CANADIAN ARMY VEHICLES

EME MANUAL D 114

INDEX INSTR

Engine and Clutch 1

PREFACE
Trans mission and Power
1. This CAEMEI is issued in manual form Take-Off !: 2
t o enable all the r epair instructions on these . ! ,.

vehicles to be retained in one binder for easy

reference. If desired, copies of t his manual may
Transfer Case
.,
' 3

be split for use in various workshop sections.

Front Axle 4

I•
2. T he manual details complete rebuild in- Rear Axle 5
structions which are entirely applicable only to
base workshops. Other workshops will use this
Propeller Shaft and
manual in accordance with scale of tools issued Universal Joints 6
and permissive repair schedule. This manual
is not an authority to request special tools '!"--

listed. Fuel and Exha u st

Systems 7

3. This manual is distributed and stocked 8

Electrical System
according to CAO 225 -3. Amendments will be It

issued in the sa me manner as regular CAE-

MEis. Every effort should be made to keep
Cooling System
, . 9

the manuals up-to-dafe as this is the o nly

complete service manual on this eq uipment. Brakes 10

Steering 11
4. This manual supersedes the following U.S.
Army T echnical Manuals which may have <

been issued previously, TM9-840, TM9-1840A, Wheels, Hubs and Tires 12

TM9-1840B, TM9-8031 -2. These manuals
may be retained for reference purposes. Frame, Springs and
Shock Absorbers 13
'

Prep(lred 1.uuler tlm dirccti-0n Winch 14

of
Cab, Body, Hood,
Q.M.G. Branch Fenders and Guards · 15
Det>artment of NatwrwJ D<'fence
Ottawa Special Tools 16
umacla

Ch rys I er Coroo ::-aYio n of Can ad a, Limited'

rssued- J anuary- 1954 (WM-4293)
CANADIAN ARMY ,VEHICLES
EME MANUAL D 114 INSTR 1

TRUCKS 3/ 4 TON 4 x 4 DODGE

Truck Ca~o M37 (CDN)
Truck Command M42 (CDN)
Truck Ambulance M43 (CDN)
FIELD AND BASE REPAIRS
ENGINE AND CLUTCH
INDEX SUBJECT PARA
ENGINE
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Description ............... . ..... . .... . . ..... .. . .. . . .. ... .... .............. . 3
Power Plant Remova l ...... . ... . ........ . .. . .. . ....... ............ . . .. . .. . . . 24
Cleaning and Draining .... . ........ ......... .... .. . .. . .. . .. . ..... . .. .... . .. 58
Power Plant Disassembly ... . .... . .......... .. .. . ........ . .. . ..... . .. ....... 69

DISASSEMBLY
Removal of Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
Removal of Components . .. . ·....... . ... . .... ..... . . . .. . .. . ................ 111

REPAIR PROCEDURES
Cylinder Block and Head. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
Crankshaft, Main Bearings and Flywheel. . .. . . .. ... . ..... .. . ... .. .... . . .. 194
Connecting Rods and Bearings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212
Pistons, Pins and Rings . ... . . .. . .. ... ... .... .. ................ . .......... 219
Valves, Valve Springs and Guides .. . .... .. . . . .. .. . ....... . ... . ... . ..... . .. 24 1
Tappets and Camshaft ...... . .. .. ... ... . .. ...... . . ...... . ... . .............248
Oil Pump .............. . ... . . . .. . ........... . ............................ 250
Water Pump ................ .. .. . .. .. . . .. . . . ... ... .. .... . .. . .... .. .. ..... 267
Throttle Linkage . . ...... . . . .. . .......... .... .. . .. . .. . ..... , .. .. .... . .. . .. 282
Oil Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286

ASSEMBLY
Installation of Components . .... ........ .. .... .. ....... ....... .. . ..... . ... 290
Installation of Accessories .......... .. .. . . . .................... . .. .. .. .... 368
Run-In Procedure .. . .. ..... .. . . ..... . .... .. ............. .. . . . ............ 399
Assembly of Power Plant ................ . .......... .. ............ .. ........ 411
Power Plant Installation ....... .. . ..... ........... .... ....... .. ............. 417
Troubles and Remedies ........ ..... ................... .. ................. .. Table I
Specifications ............................... . ...... . ..... . ........... . .. . .. Table I~
Repair and Rebuild Standards ...................................... . .. .. ... Table III

CLUTCH
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 455
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 456
Disassembly, Inspection and Repair . . .... .. .................... . .. . .. . .. .... 457
Assembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ............. . ............ .. 474
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 485
Housing Alignment .......... .. . .. . ..... . . . .......................... . .. . .. 486
Troubles and Remedies . .............. . ................ .. ............... . . . . Table IV
Spccifica tions .. . .... . .................. . ... .. . .. . .. .. . ......... . .. ......... Table V
Repair and Rehuild Standards .. . .. .. . . .... ... .... .......................... T able VI

Issue I- Nov. 1953 (WM-4293 ) Page 1

 VEHICLES CANADIAN ARMY
D 114 INSTR 1 EME MANUAL

FIG 1- CARGO CARRIER- FRONT VIEW- RIGHT

FrG 2-CARGO C..\RRIER-FRoNT V1Ew-LEn

Patel Issue 1- Nov. 1953

CANADIAN ARMY VEHICLES
EME MANUAL D 114 INSTR 1

FJG 3- AMl3ULANCE- FRO.NT V IEW- LEFT

FIG 4 -AMBULANCE- REAR Vrnw- R 1GHT

Issue 1-Nov. 1953 Pa~e 3

 VEHICLES CANADIAN ARMY
D 114 INSTR l EME MANUAL

22
21

20
19

16

e
8

249 · 0 1
12 II 10

FIG 5- £NGI N.E COMPARTMENT- LEFT

1- .C.,bu~ HMm b l1 a- R11111ulator ....mbly 15-F"lllar pipe oap

2-AI, 01. ....,. ahroud 9-F"uel fllter HMmbly 16-Radlato, •aMmbly

~ l 1nltlon fll- ....mbli, 10-Spark plu1 oabl" 17- F"•n shroud aaaambly

4-Uftln1 bracket 11--G.nerato, ••••mbly 18-Fan •n•mbly

~yllnd.,. h.ed HMmbly 12- F"an belt 19- -Water pump Hffmbly

6--011 fllt.,. aaaembly 13-011 ,. ..... pl ... 20-Wate, outlet •lbow

T--041 1...1 lndloato, 14-<:yllnd.,. blook HMmbly 21 - Radlator fflle, oap

22-Radlato, ho. .

Issue 1-Nov.1953
 •
CANAD1AN ARMY VEHICLES
EME MANUAL D 114 INSTR 1

F1G 6 -ENGINE CoMPARTMF.NT-RtGF:IT

1- R . ..,l•t- a&Mmbl)' t - -ay~p•w £Ibo• 18- 011 pUml' HMmbli,

2 .... ,....1 lltt.......... bly
3.. ·-()II 1111•" Gal'
4-0111111 ... pipe
5 - ~.........- b l y
&-- Radiator - a&Mmbly
7- f'an •h....,d
• · ··Radiator 1111.., . .,
tO-.. -Cylfnder h . ..d aHembly
1t-- Radlator ho ..
U - Spark plug as..mbly
13-CarbuNtor aa..,..bll'
1C. - Manlfold ••.. mbl)'
15-F'11el pump •-mbly
17- Alr c,leanaf' ahroud
16-- Llftlng brae.k M
19 -lgnltlon filter aHembl)'
20--,Spark plug oablH
21 - ·OIi ,..,., lndloator
22 · ·011 lltt... au.mbly

Issue l-Nov. 1953 Pate 5

"'O
~ 0
(JO
It> 2 4 5 7 8 JO II -<
a-

--
- t_%j
~~

zn
t""'
Cl)
1-j t°%j
!;;d Cl)

22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12

FIG 7-ENGINE-%' FRONT VrEw- RJG RT

1- Hond br-akc, lover ~Wlt't.er outl"1 elbow 16--011 pump •-mbly
2- Transmls.sJon cove, 10-f'an a....,mbly 17-0JI pan

-z
l
3 - Air cl...,ne, shroud

4-Car bu~or a•tembly

S-Spark plug cables
11-F'an pulle1
12-F'an drive pulley
13--F'an belt
1$--Cranl<oaM wont valve
1~•anl<uso went shut-off.,.,,..
24>-T•an•mlulon a&M>mbly
~ 6--Spi>rk p lug 1+--F'ual pump anembly 21-Trantfer shift le""r
7- 011 tUlor cap 16--Manllold uaembl:,, 22-Tran•fer de-clutoh l*"•r
&-Water pump assembly

e e
 • • '
-"
g
2 >
' • ,.' ~ • .'9 ,., ,,I ,, (:
;,.
2'
-•
t,1
I
I
:.<
~
'' .......
I
I -
~>
('>-

~;
:>, ;/,
.-., ; I
~::,..

.-
~
' I .. ,:s
"' I
'
I I "'
:::
'.'
. ·[ -<:

I
.
.''
I
I
I

''
I

''
I
I
I
I
I
I ./
I
I .,/ .
I
'
''' . ''
,.
I
'
"
I
" •• ••
,. /'
17 ,.
t-DII ,_,., l"dlo.•••,. , ..~

2 .0111111,, ,,,.
_,,., . . . ., o-..
~ ~

•· ·So.110• ,whol>
tt,....Cl.,,oi. .,• .,.,.,.
l7 011 ......
'5-DII 1111.,.. p;N, ,,o 1~ ,T,.,., ... 1,,.0,.00•..- 1a. 9,..,,u,., ...,1,,.
u-H~,,., :a,..,w. ln·u 1,-....;:,11..•o• "'-"'
, Wu,•, -tl..t ,11,o•
t~T•,>,oJIO• •-h•tOlo l o - to Oi,\111>"- ow,..l>ly
& O!t ,..,,, ,,.,uu.to,. ~-(111 ,..,._..,,.. x-•!nt uni(
19.. T"'""'"' •M"'- Im,
~ I t ll!to• o_,.11,I)' ,_'r,,........,....,........... :~,»•lo"'........,,~
l A;,~, .. ,.,,. ,l'l.....,,t
-
 0
- <
15
--
- t,:j
l'4 ~

zo
{/.) ~

~~
17 -

-
~
C:
~
....
z0I
~

F1G 9 -ENGINE-£
- XTERNAL-E XPLODEO Vrnw
• •
1-<;11,nol\ "o""'"I o,._..,.,,
1-9t-.u, ....-... n,y
~ l•cJ.e.a...•••lbow
,- Al• el••"*' o••II"'
$-A l, -11•• "•-bly
.._,.,,....~••
k.,
••t>o• to ~,11..,,.tor
7-C."'"",....,. 0... t.•r
1....
a-ou •11.,. b•ukwt
O- Oll l'l1t-,, _.,...,r
, 0...0 1 1 ~ " -
11-w . t., ov,,~ ..tw,,,
12- e_,..,.._ he,• clunp
,r-o,P-"w "-
t 4-<8•...th.Of" pip• - p
l ~ p u·k • ' " ' ""'W.
16- Olovl~ut.• h"O,,,bq
l?-C ........, •• - - " '~ '
tt.-G,,,.c,.,ttO• !>"OOllot
,•.;.............t.,,
to--C<10'"• ,,...,011.o~•t
:t c,... a..h•JI .,..,,,., """
t:a c,... .,,11011 p\llloy-t•n 111,I••
U-Suo""• Ju• ioc,.,.,,.....
t:f-$t.l•i0•
N
J.l'"'
Ch••" • ..,.,..,..,,
u ~u;,, - -.o• 011
tt- c1o., .. ~•• <..,•• 011 - •
1>---c""''" u.oe _ . . pl.I.to
•
"-C"•''" ....,••w, , 11.. ...,1,,u
n-c,11,..... bloek .... 11•11.e
~"'"'"•-·
•
•
14-,.u~I ,.,,,.,. "U'. • l>l•ld oa-c..., ,... .,,., ........... .,..il,)111 - · ......
)S !'.,vi l>'UfflP 1111•• ..,,. .M t t- ("''"" P>',..,.,.. ononm,w ,.,.,. -
U.-011 a,01 ....- 68-El'ltlftO 1>•1111 ... Wl,)rllfOIII f"Olll t"bO
J'l ;.,.., ........... .i.t tf.O O-f n9ln• ,.,......, ..,.,,.ltohl ,..,..,l t"M
lll-011 ~ " 1J<10 , ....., ••t:io•
~IE i>'"" Ond IIHl<hl t(),_M , ,.lrold '"'" ,.,...,
fl - M~l'llfOIII ......... -~~11,lf
~ 011 .......
" ~ " IN." sldo o~"•t
n - 1.,,-,.... ...,.,,..li.W ,:,o,vlc+ 111 ,,..,...,..1,11,1
1'3,-Mon"•'" '"" 9..-11--1
'2 011 .........1.. ""'' ~---
Q-011 P-'" <l•ot" prv,
,. c ,.,,..d., 1,104).
« - C..t.. tch ho .. Nno lie" •"n _, • n<f u-w•••• ,.,..,., '"'"'"'"
1$. Wu.., pvfflp . . w... 111,.
'""'
46- Cl..oh h•u,lno .,_., pl"• n-wot,0• pvMp b7•pu•oolbow tHt<rt
•$-C ,.,t•h hou<l no Pl'" n .,.•., ,.,,k:o h""
41- c, .. 1o111 .,,. ..,..., ,..,. ,...k*1 _ , ,,., P"" <»
•&-ll'li,w-1 . _... ,..y ~ c,w....i~, 11i.olll( o~"'" ' ""'
...-C•""" olu. "'"•"''>''I tl-W• ~ • """'II ~ p • a t lbow
so-c, ..... 00.... . ..., ll"Off..... "'°"• at e...tt,o, "''°" .-,,<K
,,-e.... . ..." ...... 9 ...looK ~ ) 'l;IM•• ....•dt . . ~..t
6,l-c;,. ..11..... ~ " ' flttll\f t'-C:,,l>Ml't• ' -"
'"•~•,uo, ~1-Cn,"l<MM "~"t tub.. .,..,,._, , s ..Yl•N• "'"'' " .i11ow o;o•k"1
114-(::,... 11..........,ot hlb• tG--011 .S.""'·• " • 11
66-011 cu,1-ru11 l'IWIIMCll7 " T!,.,...- t ............
$&-f"..al pvMp to wlpor tuN f0-"11>••... ·-·•••l(..t
p - r \olo• pu"'lp 1-t ..,,• .,~"°' -tvlh U - Fvt'I u111,• ....,, 1,,,.. '""
sa- r ..., , ......,,. ,,....,,,.1,.,.
t.....cn.n11..,,• .,.,.. &hul offv,,lvt
--Muhr
..... qu"" ...
91 - 011 111,... 1.ooi..
to sl~ <:..• - ,,..,.t
· - ~ · - ..-....11014'
_,..1,17) 1.s.o.....,.....
, t -Ohfflb'1to• to e h ~,• • ,.., .,·011t WM
u.1,1 ou1to,
61- r... , ,...., ".....,..,,.,.,., ,,...,. »-011 ,,..., ;,,,.uu tM "".,.
(it-(;. . fl.ltlt,~ - 1 tu-"'O C.ll"OC.lOI ~prl!1tw1
$l
u ...•.• . -.... ·-p-
c .....i..... ... ._1_1,,,....,,...
11.-.• .o...( · -· "
C,::-fl1> "'""'-- on,.o. WHIIO"t bNldO't
''
,a-c.,1o......... rt..,•• , ..i.....
, , _ . . . ,...,~ ..... , . . .1, .., -...... " ' ""
-
 16
17

8
V'5
- ------------- 18
I 2 3 4 5 6 19
\

22
23
24

~
25

40 26
5.4-=
55-- 30
27
~ 28

29

56

57 66
58 59 60
-I 63
64
65

~
~
•
FTG I O- .r:-.;c
,. ··, I NE- l!-!T£UN
"· .\L- Ex·p LODED VIE\V
h

) )
 e e e

-
:C ~>
0

-I
~
~z
t-tj ~
~ ~>
... Fie 10- ENGJNE- JNTERN.\L-EXPLODED Vmw ~z
-.c
~
~
1-Eaha_u ,t valve ••at 24-- ·Chaln oas- cover oll seal 45 · -Crankshaft beilrl ng e<a p
c>
>,=
2-·-E•haint valve 2S -·Crankahaft pulley ao,ew '46--Cranl<•haft bearing cap gasket--rlg.l>t
t"" i
3--1 nta I<• va Ive 26··-,C•11nkahaft pull•y ,orew look ..aahar
-'<
•7- Crankthaft be.-rlng cap g_a oket····left

1---Crankc.,,... r.,.r bearlhg oll ,oal 27-·-Cran kahaft ,p ulley ,48---Valve spring ••talr,er loC<k

5-CrankoHe ,b e..-rlng 28·-·F"an drive, pulley key 49 · -C•• n kshaft rear bearIng oll ••• I screw

6-Cr•nkthllft as,.mbly 29··-Camahaft boarll\g plug s, o-Valve aprl_ng retal_ner

T-Pl,ton ring 30---f'an drln pulley lk ub 51 -Crankshaft pllot buah_lng

8--Core hole plu11 52--Valve gl,lldes

31 --Cha In oH• cover oll •••' 11aak<rt
9 .. --Cra·nbhaft b-rlng 53··-Valwe springs
32···<:am,haft sprocket oll tube ollp •crew
10--011 rellet waive plwngor 5,4,--ValYe tappet aor•w
33---<:amahaft aprooket oll tube clip
11 · -011 relle{ valve plunger spring 34 - -Camahaft sprocket oll tub• S5----Valve tappet anembly

12--011 .. Uof valve plunger cap 11as kll1 56---Camahalt bearing plug
35--·Camihaft bearing oa p
13-011 rellef Ya!ve pl u n11•• .,., p 36 -Chain cHe oover pl ate dowel 57-·Camahaft bearl.ng

14-Connactlr>g rod bolt 68- <:amshaft beating

31·· ,Camshaft aprocket kub
1S·-· Piston pl n retai na• 59--~amshaft bearing
38 -Cam,haft tprooket hub thruat plate
1$---Plston 60·-Cams haft sprocket hub key
39 ·Connectln11 rod bearing cap
17-Plston pin 61-011 pan front e n d p late •aal

18--<:onnectln9 rod iusembJ)' 40-···Crankahaft bea r ing oap

62- -011 pan front end plate assembly

1~ Water dlstrlb-utor tubo 41 - ·-Camahalt a1Mmbly 63 -Camshaft •procket

20--Conn-tlng rod ~ar~ng •2 ··Crankshaft b•arlng oap ,c..w U ---C•anJ<shaft bearing e<ap sc•ew
lockwa,her
21··--Crankshaft bearing
&5-Crankshalt bea_rlng =P •crew
22---Crankshaft sprocket key ,43 - Crankshaft bearing oap ocrew lockwaak.,.
0

-~
23--Crankahaft sprocket 4'4-Connectlng rod bolt nut 1>6--Tlmln11 ckaln
-<

~
Iii)
-~
~:J:
Zo
en t""'
~ ~tt'.l
... ,=en
- -
~
 VEHICLES
D 114 INSTR 1
ENGINE
GENERAL
1. This instruction contains the information
nec~ss.:lry to carry out repairs to the Truck %' ton
4 x 4 (Dodge) engine and clutch and includes in·
structions on removal, disassembly, repair and re·
assembly of the engine and clutch and theic-
respective componen t parts.
2. This vehicle is designed for easy removal and
installation of the power plant, which includes the
cn~ine, dutch, transmission and cooling system
assembly as a unit. It is nol necessary to drain the
cooling system, the en~ine oil or the transmission
lubricant in order to accomplish the removal or
replacement of the power plant as these services
can be performed aft.er the pov,:er plant is renio\'e<l
frnm the truck .
DESCRIPTION
LUBRICATION SYSTEM
Eniine OUing System (Fig 11)
J. Thte cngioe is lubric:ated b y oil draw n from the
oil pr1.n by a rotor type oil pump and fo rced under
pressure through drilled passages in the c ylinder
block to the cranksha ft a11 d C,llll!>haft hearings.
Passa~cs, drilled in the crankshaft, allow oi l to be
forced through the crankshaft bearing-s anti to the
connecting ro<l bearin~s. A limited amount of oi l
is forced from l'!ie ca msha( t front bearing to the
timin!-!: duin case to lubricate the timing chain and
Sl)r<>ckets. CyliHder walls, pistons, piston pins, and
valve tap.pets are lubricated b~· oil spray from the
c:0nnecting rod bearings. The camshaft thrust plate
is lubricated through ,tn oil passage in the .cam-
shaft.
Oil Filter (Fig 11)
4. The engine is provided with an oil filter which
has a replace."\ble element. This element should be
replaced periodically, as prescribed, or more often,
if there is dirt or sludge on the filtering element or
in the engine oil.
Oil Pressure Gauge (Fig 11)
5. An oil pressure gauge mounted on the instru-
me nt panel and c;alibrated in pounds per square
inch, is provided to indic.ale whether the lubrication
system is operating properly. The ~auge should
register 15 psi or higher at id ling speeds. and ap-
proximately 50 psi at higher spee<ls. T he gauge
Page 12
CANADIAN ARMY
E:ME MANUAL
operates by electrici ty. The sending unit is mounted
on the left side of the cylinder block.
Oil Pressure Relief Valve (Fig 11)
6. Engine oil pressure is controlled b y a relief
valve mounted on the left side of the engine below
the starter ;rnd consist<; o f a plunger type valve,
spring, gasket, and plug'. Th() relief valve spring
controls the m aximum oil pressure to 50 psi and
circulation th rough the oil filter starts at approxi-
mately 46 psi if the tempera ture of the oil is above
135°F. The design of the oil re lief valve shuts off
circulation to the oil filter at low rm:.ssun: and per·
mits circulation through the filter s li~htly before
the valve discharge port is llllCOVl'l'C:d. l.)o not: at•
tempt to stretch the rc:lid vaJve spring if oil pressu re
is low. Remove v-11'-c and check for prt::;cncc of
<lirt OJ lint between valve a nd scat. If oil p ressure
is still low, determine cause. such as exn:~sive
c:learance of bcarin!{:'>, worn oil pump, or badly
diluted lubricating oil.
Oil Strainer (Fig 11)
7. A floacing type oil strainer, located at the
lowest point in the oil pan, is attached to the oil
pump suclion pipe. The strainer is p ivoted so that
it is free to tloat near the top of the ()ii level. Due
to the pivoting action of the strainer, clean oil is
drawn from the top of the oil kvel, while sc<l imc11 t
or other foreign part.ides settle to the bottom of the
oil pan.
CRANKCASE ANT) OIL PAN
Oil Pan (Fig 11)
8. T he oil pnn is ;11 cached l.o the b<>ttom fl a ng-e of
t.he cylinder block by cap screws. Gaskets are u;;ed
at the front and rear of the oi l pan and between rhc
mating suriaces of the oil pan. and the cylinder
block. This prevents oil lcaka~c and also possible
e ntry of dirt or foreign matter i11t.o the crankcase.
OU Level Gauge (Fi~ 11)
9. A bayonet type oil level ~l\ug-e is loc.:atcd on the
le(t side of the cylin der block and provides a means
oi d etermining t he a mount of oil in the crnnkcase.
The oil lev el should be checked at frequent inter·
vals. In order to obtain a proper readin g, the gaug:e
should be withdrawn, wiped off , reinserted care-
fully, and again withdrawn. A correct reading- can-
not be obtained if the g-auge is withdrawn while the
engine is ru nning, nor immediately ail.er the cng-inc
is stopped, as stdlt<:ient time must be allowed for
the oil in the various parts of the en~ine to d rain
down into the oil pan.
e
Issue 1 -·Nov. 1953
CANADIAN ARMY
EME MANUAL
Oil Fil I ~~ PIP~
DRILJ(I.) O IL ~A$SAOes''i
IN Ol!Nl)f.~ MO(( j
Fw 11-ENGTNE OrtrNG Sv:jTE:\I
Capacity of Oil Pan
JO. The capaci ty of the engine lubricating system
is 4 quarts (refi ll) or S quart:; ii the oil filter has
been d rained or teplacecl. The oil pan is filled
thro\Jgh the oil filler pipe, Fii;: 11, located at the
left front side oi the c yli nder block.
Crankcase Ventilator
1 l. A crankcase ventilating system is provided to
remove harmful iumes from the crankcase and to
preven t condensation of the vapors resulting from
combustion. Fresh air for the ventilating s ystem
c.nt ers the crankcase through a tuhc attached to
the cacburetor air cleaner elbow and extending to
th e oil filler pipe. Another tube, attached to the
crankcase vent ilator outlet, Fig 11, and extending to
the intake manifold (at which point a one wa.y
check valve is located ) completes the ventilation
circuit. The cont.rolled suction from t he iuta.ke
manifold causes the a ir to circuln tc through t he
crankcase from the air cleaner a nd tJrns remove the
undesirable vapors.
CRANKSHAFT BEARINGS
12. The four crankshait bearings, Fig 12, are of
the p recision insert type. Each bearing half con-
sists of a steel back, coated with a thin layer of
babbitt on the front suriace.
[ssue 1- Nov. 1953
VEHICLES
D 114 INSTR l
O il Fil !E~
f' OIL ?RE5$1J~f
I..SENDl>-:G UN!l ~
A
C,IL Pf.'f.~S:.J<.•f ( ../,(.~t. !
......, !
i. C:R.<N(CA~l
L'CY!J!'JOf.R !I OCK)
COI\.NECTING RODS AND BEARINGS
13. The drop forged connectin:z rods, Fig 12, arc
fitted with precision i,nscrt t.ypc hearings at the
lower end. Each bearing ihalf (~onsists of a steel
back, coated with a thin layer of babbitt on the
front surface. 1\ bronze he,,rinR is installed in the
upper end of the rnnnec-tinf{ rod for the piston pin.
CYLIJ\'DER BLOCK AND VALVE SEATS
14. The r.:,:linder block, Fig· 12, is the founda tion of
the entire enp:ine a%embly. I t ho uses the crank-
sh,tft, pistons, connecting rods, and in some manner
nffcrts the positionin~ of ever~: unit that comprises
the power pbnt. Coolin~ of the cylinder block is
accomplished through the use of a liquid coolant
whir.h c irrnlates thrnug-h t he block passages and is
distrihutcc.l to the valve ports and sc·,.its by means
of n w;it1;r <listrihutor tube. Tapered. seats are pro-
v ided in the cylinder block for Lhe valves a nd due
to the extremely hi:zh temperatures that the ex-
haust valv1:s ~nd seats arc subjected to, the exha ust
valve scat is a replaceable inserl. The in take valve
seat is machint:d in the cylinder block and is re-
paired by reseating with a special hig-h speed
grinder.
CAMSHAFT, VALVE TAPPETS, AND
TI.MING CHAIN (FIG 12)
'15. The camshaft i1; supported by four bearings,
three of which are the steel backc<l replaceable type.
Page 13
 VEHICLES CANADIAN ARMY
D 114 INSTR 1 EME MANUAL

70
71
/-72

·-
1· ·Oil pl,n drain plug ,!) ·Cylinder water outlet elbow g.uket
2--011 ·p111n drain plug gasket ,, .... Thermostat
:I ·- 011 strainer .assembly ,i :'fh'brm<>stat gasket
-4-•···011 p111n 4l ·C!,tll ffder watef outlet clbi>w
5 · ,OIi pan gasket ·rear 44 Water pump cover plate
6-·· .Crankshalt bc•rlng.... ·lowar-No. -4 ~S- ..wat~r ,p ump by•pass hose
7 Cranklhaft bearing cap ·No.' 46 Water pump by-.p ,.s• elbow
a-c,.nkth•lt 47 ·F'.sn
9-Cr a i> k1 haft real, bearing ol I sea I 48 - -Wate r pump by~pAss elbow g"sket
10 -··C,.mthaft rear boarln11 p lua 49---F",.n p!Jlley
1l Crarlkchaft :b earing ·uppe r -No. , 50 Wate r pump "ssembly (bi>dy)
12 ·· ·Conncotlnll rod and cap 51 P5~ton f ii'\{I ifttcrMCtHAt~
13 - Crlln ksheft Ventllato• screw 52 · Piston ring~ lowcr
1

14-<::r:1nk1haft ventilator aaaorn bly 53 .. ,Water pump to eylindcr block gasket

15· Camshaft be:orlng No. 3 S4 ·F'an- pulley hub
16 · •Valv• 1pri11g co'Vor SS ·Wa ter pump cover pll>te gasket
17 Camsha ft 56 Chain ease ~o\'er piatc
\3 ..... valve s pr;ng cover tcr~w S7 ... £n9in<> fr<>nt support insu lator
19 Exhaust manifold 5! ·Connectl""D roil
20·· ·Cyllndcr block S9- Er19i ne fto i'i t SUpjlbrt plt1te
21 Cylinder head gHket 60 · ·Generator pultcy
22 .• ·Cyllnd.ar head ·e., c .. msh,.ft sprocket
23 Inlet manifold 62 - ·CJlt.lfin case c.ovcr
2:4 •Tu be erAn kca.a.o v•ntUator to Inlet &3- ·Camatil!"ft sp,oelcet hub
m~nlfcld 64 . ·F~n and gcn~rator belt
26 .... M anllold hco-t control thermo,tat &S'". Connecting' rod be;,rings
shield 66- Camshaft sprocket hub thrust pl,.te
26 · •Valve t,oppet 67- f"a n drive pUlley
27 Valve tappet adju~ting •crew 68- ..Cran k•haft bearing ... upper -No. 1
2-a.-,.,Valvc ,prlng rotatncr 69 · Chain· case cover oil 5e-3 l gasket
29 Valv• spring 7·0 ·Crankshaft sproe kct shim
30·· •Velve spring rcuiner lock 71 -Cran kshaft starting jaw
31 Valve stem jjulde "' 7~ ....crankahaft impulse neutralh.er ht.ab
32 ·Eshauu valve •eAt 73 C haln C<15e cover oi1 .sel'I
l3 £1h,.ust ""'"" 74- c ·,an ks Waft sprocke~
3' · Pl1ton pin lock wlr~ 7S - - Timing ch,.in
35 ,Platon 76= Crankshaft pulley
36 ··· l nlot valve 77 ·Chai,- case cover g~sket
:)1 ,Piston plr, 78- ·Ch-ain ca·sc CO\;Cr plat.e gasket
l8 · Conncctina rod bushina ( p iston pin 79 Oil pin ffoflt ehil oi I $elil plate
b,uhing} 80--011 pan gaskM• ·front
39 •· P iston ring• ·upper
"Not part o, thi'1 assemtuy.

Page 14 Issue l -:\'ov . 1953

 CANADIAN ARMY
EME MANUAL
Frc; 13-ENGINI~
The cam,;hait rear bearing is not rcplat·cahlc, as it
-·
is machined in lhe cylinder block. The rcpla.ceabk
type hP.arings arc finished to very dose tolerances
an<l do not require reaminl{. scrapin!{, nr hurni!;hing-.
when replaced. Camshaft thrust i!:- taken by a
thrust plate which is mounteJ be\w(!cn the cam-
sh a ft. sprocket and the front bearing· journal. The
mushroom type ,·alve tappets arc provided wi th
1;c:lf-lockinR adjusting screws. _\ silen t (~'PC timing;
chain is mounted on sprockets 10<:ated al lhe front
e nd of the camshaft and the <.T,\nbhaft.
CRANKSHAFT (FIG 12)
16. T he drop iorg-ed cranksh,1ft has seven cout1ter-
wcight5 an<l is balanced both statically a nd dy-
namically. Passages are drilled in the crankshaft
for the distribution of tbe lubricating <>ii to the
main and connecting- rod bearinRS. The timin~
chain s procket and fan drive pulley arc mounted on
the fron t eud of the cranksha.ft and the: fl ywheel is
att,u.:hcd to the flanged rear encl.
INTAKE AND EXHAUST VALVES, VAL VE
COMPRESSION SPRINGS, AN D VALVE
STEM GUIDES (FIG 12)
Valves
17. The valve!; are forged of special steel that will
withstand extremely high ternperatures. For
effic,ien t heat transfer, the exhaust valve stems are
Issue 1- Nov. 1953
VEHICLES
D 114 INSTR l
P.,\D!ATOR HO>F. ···
o:.rnet - ...c w~~
Coou:'.\G Sv~TJ::'.\1
filled wi t.h metallic socli um. The function of the
valves is tn permit fue l mixture Lo be drawn into the
combustion chamber, compressed, ig:nit.cd, and
expelled. :\II valves ,tre operated h~· the camshaft
and seating <:learanc<.· is providell by adjustable
lappets.
Valve Compression Springs
18. The ,·alvc compression springs keep the valve.<;
,;cated and return t hem to their normal position
a fter they are opened by rotation oi the camshaft.
Valve Stem Guides
19. The valve g-uidcs arc removable from the cyl-
inder block. The g-uid cs insure proper alig-nment
of the valves in the St:at.s.
PISTONS, PISTON PIN RETAINll\'G RINGS,
AND PISTON PINS (FIG 12)
Pistons
20. The pistons are cast of special aluminum
,dloy and are of the "{;" slot t ype. .-\ll pistons are
cam A_TOUnd to allow for c:q1ansion and are tin
plated as a protection againf: t scuffing.
Piston Rin~s
2 t. Each pi~ton is provided with four piston rings.
These ring!'! arc required to seal in the compression
pressures an<l prevent oil fro m entering the com-
bustion chamber. There are two oil rings and two
Page 15
 VEHICLES
D 114 INSTR 1
compression ring::; o n each piston. The to p com-
p ression rin~ is chrome pbtcd to reduce cylinder
wa ll and ring wear.
Piston Pios
22. The piston pins are provided for the a ttach-
me nt o f the pistons t.o the connecting rods. T hey
are made of high m anganese steel 11.nd an.: of t he
fl oati ng type , free to rotate in both the connecting
rod bearing and the piston.
COOLING SYSTEM (FIG 13)
2J. The roo1in~ snlu tion is circulated by a <.:entri-
fug-al pump 1hro11gh water jacke ts nrnu11d t he c yl-
inder bores and va lv<, por ts for t he pu rpose 0f dis-
sipat ing- hrnL g-cn ....·r;1t·t d by cnmbusti<in. Til e cold
w,tre r irorn th<.: r,1dia1or core is r\in:t'tl~d ;1ruund the
c,:haust valve ,-c;1.l!i b y rn e,uu; of ,1 \\:ttcr d i~t ribulor
tube in the cylinckr block. From th e: c)·linder
block, the solution circul:.1tcs throu~h tlw ra diator
core tubes where· hc:at· is dissipa ted into the. a ir
dra,Yn thro ugh t he r;1c..l ii.ll or hy the fan. T he circ u-
h1 t ion o f the coo li ng so lut ion is au to ma tica lly con-
t rolled by a thermostat a nd by-pass loc;ttcd on the
cylinder head. The wa ter pump and fa n arc
m oun ted on the front of the engine and arc belt
drive n. ;\ pressmc: t y pe radiator filler cap is used
to sea l the C'Oolini:{ syste m and prevent loss of
cooling liquid.
POWER PLAl\"T REMOVAL
24. Remove co-driver's seat d1shion and battery
box cover-two d a mps , A, Fig 14. Di sconnect
gro u nd c:able from outside batLC'ry B, Fig· 14.
25. Remove radiator brush guard and upper
ba ffl e assembly-two c;1p screws a nd two bolts
ea ch sid e , C , Fig 14.
26. Remove radiator 1iupport to tic rnd rap scre ws
and washers-one e;1ch sid e , D, Fig 14.
27. Remove radia tor support lower cap scre ws
and washers, E. Fig 14.
28. Remove front fend er fron t support cap scre ws
- -two each side , F , F ig 14.
29. Re move engine fron t s upport boltc;--one eac h
side, G , Figs 15, 16. Remove the right hand support
holt fir s t. To remove the left iront mo tor support
bo lt, it will he necessnry to loosen the gene rator
adjusting strap screw and mov('. the g-enerator to-
wards t he engine as far as it will g-o. It may req uire
a ba r t o m ove t he generator if the two pivot holts
Paee 16
CANADIAN ARMY
EME MANUAL
F1G 14--E:-:Gl'<f·: DJSCON::,J E<.T POT'.'<T$
A-· <.o .. d rl v ors soat and b~ttcr-y bo• co "er clamps ( twd )
B ·-Batte ry ground c<tble c:ot11naction
C ·--Bru11h g uard bolt.s and ~ap scre w$ ( four- oaeh ~ido)
D ···Radia tor n.tpport to ti~ rod bolt, (ono each slde:1
E ... Rsdl ~tor support to frame bolt$ (two)
F"····F"ront f e nder front support botts ( two each s,de)
H ·-Tra11 t mission gear shirt lever bolt
J-Starte r pedal cap screws {thrt,o)
K--Powe r t3 kc-oft control lever bolts (two - i f oqul pped with
winch )
l-····Traf'\~mission cover bolts ~fourteen >
M-Daah pa nel tran.smhslon cut-out cover bolts (thl'"ee1
Z ·•a.,rtlon coil cable c.oupling at fllt• r or1 dash
a re t igh t . The n, lo0S1!n the bol t a k\\' turns and pr y
the front motor suppor r. toward the radiator core
to provide a ddif'ional working c learance.
30. Re move upper pol'tion nf gearshift lever ·-one
bolt, H, Fig 14.
31 . Remove s litrtcr p tichl·- threc cap screws,
J, Fig 14.
32. Remo ve upper sc:ction ,Jf winch control lever
if vehicle is so equipped·- two cap sc:rcws and
lockw:1shc:rs , K. Fig 14.
33. Remove transmic,sion fl oor cover from cab
underboriy- 14 c:ap screws , I,, Fii{ 14.
34. Hcrno vc.~ d ash opening· panel-three cap
screws, \r. F ig 14.
35. Disconncc.t accelerato r lin kage-one clevis pin
and co tter pin,:-,;, Fig; 16. This particular clevis pin
is accessible through the openi ng at the l()wcr rcnr
portion of t he left front fen der shidd ; in other
words, there is an open ing un<ler t he fe nder whic.h
can be u t ili,:cd fo r this purpose.
36. Remove accelerator Ii n kage pu II back spring
frorn lower right side of dash- engine co mpa rt-
ment. Spri ng can easily be re moved from dash.
37. Disconnect propeller shaft companion flange at
r r.ar of tr;tnsmiHsion --fou r bolt$, P , Fi::{ 16. ~ o te
location o f 1ock wa shcrs before disassembly. T ie
Issue 1-Nov. 1953
 CANADIAN ARMY
EME MANUAL
FIG LS-ENGINE DISCONNECT POINTS
G - Engtne ft'ont mounting bolt (on·• oack1 •idc)
Q ·- Hand brake' and traRder shif·t l ev el" rnountlng {three cap
scN1,ws )
R.. · <:lutch housing to Ira me ground Ur lip bolt
$ - Engine rear mounting bolt !or1c, each •Ide)
l" .. ,£xh;tust pipe connection rtwo r,utt )
X - ·Starter c,able to t,~nsml&&ion clip
Y - ··Ar,. clean.er mounting S-c.rews (four )
AA····Choke, throttle a.nd fordi~g valve contl"OI$
B8..- £ttglna primer c.onnection
CC····Wiridshield wlP*" tube
Ol> ... f'uel llne conni,ction
spline yoke to left of floor opening to prevent dis-
engagement and to pro ten the propeller shaft spline
fro m dirt.
38. Remove hand bra.kc a nd transfer control
levers-three mp screws, Q, Fig 15.
39. Remove ground strap from engine riKht rear
support-arm-one cap screw, R, Fig 15.
40. Remove e ngine rear support bolts---<>ne each
side, S, Figs 1:\, 16. Removal of accelerator pedal
rod grommet from t he t.oc board will facilitate
removal of left eng ine rear support bolt.
41. Disconnect exhaust pipe at the quick discon-
nect joint whit h is equipped with two eye bolts and
nuts, T. Fig 15.
42. Disconnect winch propeller shaft if vehicle 1s
so eqttipped·..··sct screw, t : , Fi!); 16.
43. Disconnect clutch linkage ,it upper lcvcl--·onc
clevis pin, V, Fig· 16. This pin can be removed
through openin~ in left front fender shield as out-
lined in item (35) for remova l of a<:cderator linkage
clevis pin .
44. Remove nut and disconnect cables from
starle1 switch-three cables and one nut, \V, Fig
16. :M ove cable out of di p a,t top of dutch housing-,
X, ·Fig 15.
-
45. Remove carburetor air clc.mer··-follr s1.:rews,
Y, Fig 1.5. To remove: the ait cleaner, loosen the
three wing nuts and remove the cover from the
Issue 1-Nov. 1953
VEHICLES
D 114 INSTR 1
i=ihrnud assembly. Discnga~c win~ nut a t the top of
the cleaner and remove the cleaner and oi l reservoir
from the shroud, which can be ac:rnmplished by
r.lising t he upper cleaning element unt il it is pos-
sihlc to Krasp the oil reservoir with both hands, as
it is desirable to remove it as a unit to prevent loss
of oil. Remove four screws and lift the shroud from
the carburetor air intake elbow.
46. Disconnect distribu tor p rimary cable from
filter asscmblv o n dash, 7,, Fig 14.
47. Discon nect carburetur choke control. han<l
throt tle control and fording- valve controls-seven
sc:,cws and one nut,.\.\, Fig 15. It is sug-gestcd that
the fording valve cable bracket wh ich is attached
to the carburetor air intake elbow stud, be removed
from the elbow which will eliminate the need of
disconnecting the c:ahlcs from the bra(';ket.
48. Discon nect primer tube at manifold, BB,
•
Fi~ 15.
49. Pull windshield wiper vacuum tube from fuel
pump tube. CC, Fig 15.
SO. Close fuel line shut-off valve and disrnnnect
flexible hose from valve, DD, Fij:?,· 1S.
51. Discon nr.ct cable from g-encrn.t.or, EE, Fig 16.
La:r cable on fender to prevent damage when engine
is removed.
S2. Disconnect oil pressure and
temperature
g;iug:c sending- unit cables, FF, GG , Fig 16. The
water temperature unit is back of the oil filter and
is located on the cylinder head.
I.~
EE
I II
l
F IG 16···-E:-!GI:-;E D1SCONN ECT POINTS
G - Engine front mounting bolt (ono each sld<t)
N -" Accelerator linkage cl•vlt pin
P - Front propell.ir shaft uni11ersal joint (four bolts)
S -·-En9lne rur mounti ng bc>lt (one each alda)
U·-··Wlnch dri ve s liaft sot screw (If •~ulppad 'with winch )
V- C luteh llnk clevis pin
W -··Startor cable co'rincction
EE- G e nerator cable coupllr19
F"F ··Electrical connector for tem)>eratu~e gauge
GQ- Ele¢trlcal connector for oil gauge
HH --- Fuel tank and mast•• cylind•• breather connections
Page 17
 VEHICLES
D 114 INSTR 1
53. Disconnect the fuel t;.111k and brake master
cylind er vent tube connections under g-cnerator,
HH, Fig 16.
54. Connect hoist to lifring eye on c ylinder head.
Carefully liit engine :wd remove rear motor support
insulators.
55. C hec k engine nnd m a ke certa in that all cables
a.n<l t u bes are disconnected. Contin ue lifti1,1g r.n~inc
and remove same from truck.
56. C heck the radiator support to bracket f1at
w~u,her s pacers n.nd drop the two radia tor support
cap screws down through the washers so that they
will not be disturbed until the power plant is
installed.
57 . Place power plant on suitable sup ports or in
a n engine stand so th a t t h e v a r ious disassembly ,
in terior a nd exte rio r servicing operations and as-
sembly can be performed.
CLEANING AND DRAl~ING
Cleanina
58. Use dry cleaning sotlvent to clean or wash
grease or oil from all parts of the vehicle chat :ire to
be worked on.
59. C leaning solvent may he used ior dissolving
grease a nd oil from the engine block . Afr.er clc.i.n-
ing, use co ld \\'a tcr to r inse off any solu t ion wh ich
remains. The 11se of stoddanl t ype solv en t is rc-
commt•nd ed for this o perat ion.
60. :\ f tcr the parts are cleaned, rinse and dry
them t.horoughly. Take care to keep p a rts r.knn.
Apply a light g-1 tlde of oil to all polished metal
surfaces, to prevent rusting.
61. Before installing new parts, remove any pre-
serva ti ve materials, such as :rust pre ventive c.om-
pounds, protective, grease, etc.; prepare parts as
required (oil seals, etc.): and for those parts requir-
ing lubrication apply the lubr ican t prescrib er! in the
lub r ication order.
General Precautions in Cleanin~
62. O rr-cleaning solvent is inflamnHtblc and
should n ot be used near an open flame. f.irc
extinguishers should be provided "·hen t his material
is used . Use only in weiJ ventilated places.
63. This cleaner evaporates quickly and has
Pa~e 18
CANADIAN ARMY
EME MANUAL
a drying: e ffcc:t on the skin. H used wi thout
gloves, it may cause c:racks in the skin and, .i.n t he
case of some individuals, a mild irritation or
inflammation.
64. Av oid getting pet roleum produc ts such as
dry -clea ning solvent, eng ine fuels, or luurica nts o n
rub ber part s as they will deteriorate the rubber .
65. Do not use gasoline, benzene, or diesel {ud
oil for cleaning.
Drainin~
66. \Vhen the nec~ssary cleaning operations have
been comple ted, prior to disassembly, the cooling
system and oil pa n should be drained.
67. The coo ling system is dr,iioe<l by opening the
radiato r drain cock loca ted on t he lower section of
t he radiator and the cylin<lcr block is drained by
opening: the cy linder block water jacket drain cock
located on the left sidf. of the engine between the
distributor and o il filler pipe.
68. The oil pan is drained by removing the drain
plug in the bottom of t he pan at the rear.
POWER PLANT DISASSEMBLY
Removal of Radiator
69. D isconnect upper o u tlet. rad iator hose from
-
wa ter p ump, F ig 13.
70. Disconnect inlet radiator hose, Fig 13, from
water outlet elbo w and radiator iolet. Remove hose.
71. Support the ra diator assembly on a suitable
stand or jack and re move both left and right
radiator support brackets. Remove the radiator,
the radiator support, ,1.nd the fan shroud.
72. Place the r adiator assembly in a suitable
space where it wi ll not interfere wit h fu rther
operations.
Removal of Transmission
i.3. Remove the four trans.mission mounting
bolts and with the a id of a j,tck m· a chain fall, lower
the transmission to the floor. If a jack or chain fall
is not available, a rop e or other s11,itab'le support can
he placed under the transmission pinion shaft and
with the aid of ,\ hdpcr, the transmission can b e
removed.
Issue I-Nov. 1953
 CANADIAN ARMY VEHICLES
EME MANUAL D 114 INST].t 1

FIG 17· ·REMOVING. CLUTCH RELEASE BEARING Fm 18- REMOVING CLUTCH .AssSMBLY

Removal of Clutch Assembly have been removed, remove the accessories from
the engine aseei:nbly.
74. Disconnect pull back spring, Fig 17. Remove
pull back spring screw from top of housing and
remov~ releaae bearing with sleeve assembly. Generator (Fig lO)

75. Remove the six cap screws from the clutch 83. Remove cap screw securing generator to belt
housing pan and remove pan. tension adjusting arm. ·
84. Slip fan belt off generator pulley.
76. Remove . the six cap acrews from the clutc.h
cover ana lower the clutcn . assembly from the 85. Remove bolts securing generator to mounting
housing. bracket and remove generator.
77. Remove the clutch release fork lever and
remove the woodruff key from the clutch release
fork.
78... Remove the screws securing- the release fork
fiange an·d pull relea se fork out of housing.

Removal of Flywheel and CtutC.h Housl.n8

1'J. Remove flywheel.
80. Remove clutch housing pan du&t seal plate.
81.., Remove clutch housing.

DISASSEMBLY
Removal of Accesaorfea
82. When the engine has been drained and
- cleaned, and the radiator, transmission, and clutch F1G 19-,-RBMOVING CLUTCH RB.LEASE FoRX.

Issue l-Nov. 1953 Page 19

 VEHICLES CANADIAN ARMY
D 114 INSTR 1 EME MANUAL

FIG 20-R1::,10v1NG GF.NEJUTOR F,c. 22---RE\fOVJN(; STARTER MOTOR

Distribu·tor (Fig, 21) Starter Motor (Fiit 22)

86. Reiore disconnecting setondary cables from 89. Pull distriibutor from c ylinder block.
spark plugs, scribe a mark on the dist ributor how:1-
90. C'nscrew oil level gauge pipe assembly and
ing- at the ~o. l spark plug cahlc terminal which will
remove from cyli,nd~r block.
facilitate assembly as the firi ng order is 1-5-3-6-2-4
clockwise. Disconnect setondary c:ihlcs at spark 91. Remove n11ts and l0ckwashers securing·
plugs. starter.

92. Lift starter ac.;semhly from engine.

87. Disconnect air ven1 lines at distributor.

88. Remove distribu tor adjusting lock sere\\'. Carburetor (Fig, 23)

9,1. Remove air cka1H:r asscmbl~·.

94. Dis1'onncr-t all vent line~ leading from car-

buretor air r.kaner clhow and remove dhow.

95. Disconnect t hrot I lc and clH>k<: control wires

anti accelerator control rod.

96. Discon nee\ fuel ])ti mp to car lwrctor Ii ne at

carh1.1retor.

97. 1-<.emovc nuts and lock W,lshcr;; .<.ecuring car-

buretor, a.no lift carburetor from intake manifold.
Discard ca.rburetor to manifold tlangc g-askct, only
if new gasket is available.

Oil Filter ( Fi~ 24)

98. Disconnect. inlet and outlet lines from oil
filter assembly.

99. Remove screws from oil filter clamp, loosen

mounting sc.rews, and lift oil filter from filter damp.

FIG 21-REMOVJNG DtSTRinUTOR ASSEMnT.Y 100. Remove oil filter clamr.

Page 20 Issue 1---Nov. 1953

CANADIAN ARMY VEHICLES
EME MANUAL D 114 INSTR 1

F H, 2S-~ RE~l ()VING _FUEi. P t:MI'

Fuel Pump (Fi~ 25)

101. Remove fuel pum p heat shield.

102. Disconnect lines frorn iuel pump to manifold ,

windshield w iper, carburetor an<l fuel fi lter.

103. Remove screws securing fuel pu mp t o cyl-

inder hlock a nd remove fuel pump.

Oil Pump (Fi~ 26)

10-l. Remove oil pu m p uiount.ing· bolts.
FIG 23-RE~IOVfNG C.\ RllU RE1,'0R ,.\SS L:: MUL Y 105. Pull oil pump out of cylinder block.

106. Remove oil pump gasket.

S <:;:l(W }
Nur
WAS!I E<, LOCK \~

Fie 24 ---RE~tovrnc Ort, F rLTER Frc 26-R E!>lOVDlG Ort PUMP

Issue 1-Nov. 1953 Paae 21

 VEHICLES CANAD.IAN ARMY
D 114 INSTR 1 EME MANUAL

Sending Units and Vent Line~ wire, Fig 27, may be required if tube is badly
corroded.
107. Remove orl pressure sending uoit bracket
from oil filler pipe and remove oil pressure sending Manifolds
unit assembly.
.. 117. Remove crankcase ventilator valve from
intake manifold.
108. Remove water temperature gauge sending
unit from cylinder head. 118. Remove nuts and lift intake and exhaust
manifold assembly with heat control valve from
109. Remove brake master cylinder vent line and
• engine,
fuel tank vent line.

I lO. Remove distributor vent lines.

Oil 'Fiilcr Pipe
119. Remove mp scre.ws and lift oil filler pipe
Removal of Components from. cylinder block.

111. After the accessories have been removed from Oll Pressure Relief Valve
t he engine, the sub-assemblies, such as the oil pan. 120. Remove cap and c:ap gasket.
manifolds, cylinder head and other un its cao be
removed. 121. Remove spring and oil pressure relief valve
plunger.
Fan Cylinder Head
112. Remove cap screws which attach fan hlacles 122. Remove vent line clips from engine.
and fan pulley to water pump sh~ift hub. 123. Remove cylinder head cap screws and lift 1

113. Remove fan bla<le a nd fan pull'cy.
Water Pump
114. ,R emove water pump by-pass elbow screws.
i 15. R.emove ,pump cap S<.:rcws :i.nd lift pump from
cylinder block
116. Pull cyfinder hlo<:k water distributor tube
from cylinder blo< k. :\ hooked piece of hc;i,vy gauge
cylinder head from engine.
124. Remove cylinder head gasket and discard.
Valves and Valve Sprin~s
125. Remove valve comp,lr tment covers.
e
126. Turn crankshaft until t he front valve is a.II
the way down on its seat and insert jaws of valve
lifter hctwecn the lower end of the valve sprin~ and
the cylinder block, with the cupped jaws up. Hold
t:he valve down and screw up t he valve lifter
until the valve spring is fully compressed. Remove
the valve spring retainer locks, Fi_g 29, from the

-~ · - --

F1G 27-RE~ovtNG CvuNoER l.koc.:K WAn:R F1<, 28--011. P1u~!:>SURE R1-:1, mF VAt.VE
DISTRIBUTOR TUBE
1.. - .Cap 3 --Sprlng
1·--Tube 2-.Cap Gasket 4 - Pluno•r

Page 22 Issue 1- Nov. 1953

CANADIAN ARMY VEHICLES
EME MANUAL D 114 INSTR 1

F,<, 29--lh:'.\W\'fNG V..\t.VE Sl'RrnG RET,HN ER LocK

lower end of valve stem. Remove the lifter and

pull the valve from the valve guide. Lift the lower
cn<l of tlic valve spring above the valve tappet
adjusting screw and pull the valve spring retainer,
Fig 30, and spring from be tween the tappet adjust-
ing screw and the valve stem guide:. Rem<.wc all
valves a.nd springs in tltis manner and place the
valves in a board or o ther device so that they can F1G 31 - --RE.MOVJNG FAN DRlVE PULLEY AND Hus
be iden tified with the port from which they were
removed. 130. .Remove oil pump inlet pipe and oil pump
outlet line from cylinder hlock.
OU Pan
Timinl?, Chain and Camshaft Sprocket
127. Remove screws securing oil pan to q·linder
block and remove oil pan.
131. Remove the fan drive puller, Fisz 31. Remove
the crankshaft starting- j,LW with a 1Ys inch socket
128. llc movc all ~askct material from mating wrench. Then, remove the fan drive pulley hub,
faces of cylinder bhl<.:k and oil pan. Fig- 31, with nnivcrsal gear puller and two ~ - 24 x 2
screws.
Oil Strainer
132. Remove the cngin1: front support plate .
129. Remove cott~r pin securing oil strainer to oil
133. Remove the timing chain case cover.
pump inlet pipe and remove oil str~tiner.

FJG 30-RE;\f()VI 1'G VAL.VE SPRJNGS FrG 32-TEsTING SLACK IN TrMrNG CHAIN

Issue 1- Nov. 1953 Pa~e 23

 VEHICLES
D 114 INSTR 1
134. Turn the <:rnnlks'haft clockwise so that the
top spai1 of the dwin is tight. If the amount of
slack in the lower span is greater than three-
quarters of an inc h, re place the timing chain, Fig 32.
135. Re move the camshaft sµroc ket and timi.ng
chain.
136. Remove camshaft sprocket oil nozzle clip
scrc:w, dip and nozzll·.
137. Remow.· timing- rhain c1se <:ov<·r p la te and
~a~kct.
138. Remove oil pan front seal plate and front oil
seal"i.
Crankshaft
t.39. Remove ridge in cylinder bore with a ridge
reamer. l'.se cxtrcme care not ro underc ut bote.
Keep pistons covered during this operation and
clean cyJjnde~ bores LhorouRh ly a fcer reaming.
t40. Remove all piston and connecting- r od as-
semhli,~c;.
141. \l a rk the two intcrmcdi,1H: main bearing
caps with punch marks , Fig 33. This wiVI prevent
replacing them in the wron~ p<>si tion.
142. Rcm ow all m ain hearing- caps.
14~. Lift rrank~hafl out of c ).:linder block.
144. Remov1: reai· oi I ::-ea I ret:-ti nerf- fro m both t ile
cylinckr block and the r('a r ma in b earing cap.
FrG 33-- ·PuNcH M .ARKS ON CvuNOER BLOCK AN1r.>
BEARING c \Ps
Pa~e 24
CANADIAN ARMY
EME MANUAL
FIG J4-.Ri:;~IOVING ('.\).ISH'.\FT
Camsh::\f t and Valve Tappets
l45. Wi th the engine upside d o wn, remove the
screws securing the camshaft thrust plate.
146. Pull camshaft, Fig- 34, from cylinder block
and rotate the camshaft to facilitate removal.
Exercise care t-o p revent possible d a ma~e to bcarililg
surf~ces. Wipe c,rn1shaft journals a nd he~rings free
of lubri<::aot. Then i11stall cams lrnft in cylinder
block so that. be;trin~ clearance ca n be checked .
147. C'ht~ck camsha ft b<.\ aring d earanc<: hy mount·
ing a d ial gauge on the crankshaft. m,1,in hearing
s11pport \\l'.b aud p<>::.ition Raugc so that the di,ll
stem is ag-«ins t the camshaft. ~lov1.! camshaft \IP
and down wit h two small liars or screwdrivers to
determine to tal cleara nce as inclirated 011 th<~ clial
gauge. The dc:sired hearing deara(\(::e is 0.002 inch
lo 0.004 ir,ch .
148. Check camshaft end play hr m.ounting a
dial gauge on th r. front· m:-i.in hea ri ng s upp0rt web
and position g-aug-e i;o that din! stem i~ aiainst e nd
oi carn:-;haft. \love camshaft back ,u1<1 forth with a
bar to cletffminc total amotwt of e nd play. The
des iircd end pla y is 0.002 inrh Lo 0. 006 inch. H t<>lal
end play is 0.010 inch or greater, replace tl1e c:uJ1-
shaft thrust pl.He , c;unshaft sprocket h u b or both .
149. Remove c.amsl1c,f t thrust pla t:e sr.rews and
p uJJ carnshaf t from cylinder block.
150. Lift valve ta ppet: and screw asstmhlies from
t heir guides and ke<:p them tagged and in proper
order so that the y can be installed in thei r original
position.
Issue 1- Nov. 1953
CANADIAN ARMY VEHICLES
EME MANUAL D 114 INSTR 1
•
(;taM$HA;T RE :OR
8EAR:NG • "1A::;Kl/'41:.0

· 0(o1RIN.:.., G.M11$HAF':

•e
FlG 35-·-RE~IO\'I~G C.UISIIAFT BE_\RI:,l'GS

Camshaft Bearings
151. lisc a remover an<l ,i nstaller, Fig 35, to re-
move the c:amshaft bearinizs.
152. Select the proper size tool adapter for each
of the three b earings to be removed.
153. fosert the adapters into the bearin~s froin the
rear_
154. ] n:>;crt t.hc pull<~t shait through the adapter:;
and instaiJI one of the horseshoe collars behind one
adapter.
155. SJjde the h;11rn11cr of the tool agai 11st the
ou ts.idc nut on the driving rod with sufficien I iorc-c
to start t he hearing and rcpcat. the op<:rat ion until
the bca ring is uut. of the bort\. Leave th<' adapter
in tJ1e block t o guide the puller shaft and pull the
other bt>,arings in t h e sa me manner.
REPAIR PROCEDURES
Cylinder Block and Head
156. Csc dry-ckaui iig solvent to remon· all oil
and grease f,roni1 the cylinder block. Re move all
expansioH plugs and ii ush sl udg c and rnr rnsion
part idc;-, fron1 the \\'ater jackets.
15 7. Rcmow: all oi 1 ill l)c connectors and plugs and
dea n passages hy fmT~Tlg 8tenm I h rough each
opening tJntil it llO\\"S \,·i t hout restrict ion. Then,
hlo\\' o rn t all pass<1ges with compn,ssed air until
' bores with a mi<'rometN caliper set, Fig 37. Ii the
thorough Iy ch y, Rc p lnxe oi I passage plug-s a nd
connectors.
158. JnsptTt cylinder blocks for cracks, including
the main bearing supports. If a crack is iound in
FIG 36-CR ECKING CYLINDER BORE WITH
lNOJCA1'0iR C~l-119
cylinder bore, valve seat or in such a location that
satisfactory repairs cannot be made, r.eplace the
cylinder block.
Cylinder Block
Checking Cylinder Bores
l59. The cylinclcr bores should be chcckc<l for
om-oi-round and taper with a cylinder dial gauge,
Fig 36. Check cnrh cylinder bore at the top, bot-
tom ; cr<.)SS\\·ise, and lengt hwise to determine~ if any
variation exists. If out-of-round exceeds 0.002 inch
and taper exceeds 0.0015 inch , cylinders should be
rchorcd.
Check Crankshaft Bearin~ Bore Diameter
160. 1nstall the ma in bea ring caps and tighten the
cap scrc\\'s just enough to hold the caps snug. With
a light composition hammer. lap each cap back
and forth until the rnatin~ sorface oi the cylinder
blo<'k and cap is exactly even. Then, tighten the
<'ap screws to 80 to 85 foot pounds with a torque
wrench and measure the di:l!neter oi the bearing
diameter of the bearing bore is less than 2_6565 inch,
replace the cylinder Mock as the bcarini cap has
been fde<l or ex('essivcly dressed down. :\ever dress
<lown a bearing cap to reduce hearing clearance.

Issue 1---·Nov. 1953

 VEHICLES
D 114 INSTR 1
F1G 37-Cnec-JUNG C'RA NKSIIAWJ' BEART~G
BO'RF Dr-\:-.iETJ::R
Inspect Gasket Surfaces of Cylinder Block
and Head
161. Lay a st.raigh1tcdge aC'rnss ,lnd Jength "'i~<:: of
the R'askel surfaces of the cylinder hlock , Fig- 38.
With a 0.008 ineh feeler ).('augc, dH·{·k for low spots
in t he surface a round t he (omlrnstion chambers.
If the feeler gauge c:111 he pas::;ed bet\\'ccn the
io.t-ra igh ledge and the lop surfac1: of the cylinder
block, rcsurincc the part until it is j us t flat. Do not
remove more than 0.010 inch, a s metal removed
frorn t.hc gask<::t st1r face niters the compression
· ratio of the cng'ine. .\!so lay a strnigbtedge on the
r{asket surface of the cylinder head, Fig 39, and with
a feeler gauge, check for low spots. If variation
FIG J8- ·C1n:cKING CvuxnER HLO<.'K
GASKET SenFAcE
Page 26
CANADIAN ARMY
EME MANUAL
FJG 39--CHisCKtNG CYLINDER H EA D
G..,sKET Sc;1u-AcE
exceeds 0.004 inch per foo t oi length, resurface the
h ead assembly, hut remove a minimum amount of
material only.
Reboring Cylinders
162. Jf cylinder bore out-of-round exceeds 0.()02
inc h and taper exceeds 0.001 5 inch, or if cylinder is
!'worcd, the bore shou ld be recondi tioned for an
oversize piston. Cyli nckrs may be rebored to 0.060
inch oversize, if n ecessary. If crankshait has not
been re moved when rehoring, the connecting rod
jour nals should be taped duri ng the 1eboring opcr ·
alion. Bore to within {l.00 1 inch of the finisbcd
size: then hone to ~i smooi h briKht finish with a
400-·g-1-i t stone to nssun:: sat.islactory rill!!,' life.
Honln8 Cylinder Bores
163. To remove light scoring, scufling- or scratches
from the cylinder walls, a cylinder hone can be used
with g-ood results. l:sua lly one or t wo passes will
clean up a cy linde r bore an<l m aintain required
limits. 1\ftcr using a hone, make sun1 that all trace
of abrasive is deaned from the engine.
·~-·1
; /. :,:.-..•,• ~.·
:;/ ~
F u; 40 J:-.'STALT.ING EXPANSION PLUG
Issue I-Nov. 1953
CANADIAN ARMY VEHICLES
EMR MANUAL D 114 INSTR 1

F,<; 41--ExnAliST V:11.,·E Srs.,T hsEwr

Installing Expan1'ion Plu~s

164. Bdorc in»talling a new expansion plug, clean
the ping- ,,ca t and remove any sharp edges or
irregularities from the plug. Coat counter bore wilh
plastic typ<~ ga;,ket cement ancl install plug with
the curved fore to the outside. Then, expand t he
plug in the ('ounterbore with a blun t drift approx.i-
marcly the same diamctt~r as the plug and a ham-
mer, until it is firntly seated, Fig 40.

Exhaust Vah·e Seat Inserts

165. B ecause of tl,1c h:nclnc:;1s of the special inserts
used in 1he exhaust valve scats, Fig- 41, itisirnpos-
sible to rcc ut th utn. 'l'h<:y must be n:ground with a
0
high s1wed valve gri nde r. l:sc a 4:i angle high
speed Mone: for .i.::1·indiniz. T he desin~d seat ""idth ifi
one-sixteen ti, of an inch. J f greater than thrce-
1birty-s1.:(·oncJs of an inch. reduce with a 20° stone
;it the top or a 60° s tnn t a t (lw bottom, as seating FIC; 42-R1rnov1NG v.,tVE Sr::,\T INSERT
surface m11!:!i be in <'<!nt<·r of valve face. :\!ways
inspect the insert:-; for cracks. damaRe or looseness cylinder block. The new inser t should be installc<l
in tbe cylincler blot·k. If darnaRcd or loose, the with a special r<'.placer, Fi!f 43. If all 0.010 inch ovcr-
insert. should lie rc·mcwc·cl with a special remover. siz<'. insert is to l><: inst;tllecJ, c u t the countcrhore
Fig- 4 2. To n:nH.)Ve an ins<:rt, place the remover with a valw seat insert rcplac:ini tool O.fHl2 to 0.004
assemhl~· on the cylinclcr hlock and positi(.111 the inch smaller in diameter than the. insert which is to
remove, jaw head !'O that tlw top surfaC"c of the be installed. Thi· inserts nwst be fitted very tightly
head w ill lie c,;irtly in line with the ~ inch mark but rnn 1:~1sily he inst;dled in the cylinder block
on the side of ( he remover body. H old the remover c1fter chilling- the insert and the replacer with <lry
jaw head in t hi;; position ancl turn the remover ice to obtain max imL1m contraction.
s<:i-cw in ;\ clockwise direction until the remover
<:A U TJON: Alrnt.Y-~ 11:mr µ,lo,1,1., idum handlinµ, i11-
jaws ;ire firmly imhcddcd in position. I t is essential
-~ert aml r<'placf!r after ,:hilli11µ, with dry ice.
that th<.' rcmov<.'r ::;new be scn1rely cig-htened. Then,
pull the ins<:rt from the cylinder block by holding \"al w scats arc available in stan<lard and 0.010 inch
the remover l-l'rew in a stationary position with a ovcrsize.
\vrench and turning the remover screw n l.l t in a
clockwis(' direc tion. Bdorc installing a new insert, Intake Valve Seats
use :t flat end driit ;i.nd hammer 10 correct any 166. The intake valve S(~ats in the cylinder block
roughness or mutilation of the countcrbore in the should he reconditioned, when necessary, with a

Issue 1- ~ov. i 953

 VEHICLES
D 114 INSTR 1
FIG 43--fNSTALT. J:'l(i VALVE S 1•:,\T INSERT
high speed grinder in the sam~ manner as indicated
for exhaust valve sca(s. The s eats s hou ld be ground
only enough to remove piti:; or ot lwr deprt~s;,ions.
Valves and scat.t; should thell lw lightl y lapped
together with valve :c;rinding· compound .
N()TJ~: Care m1Mt be taken lo make r.1mu.in lhett all
µ.rim/inf!. c1>mprm11d i.~ n•moi,1.>d from th,, 1:al,:(', rnlre
M'llf. i11takP ports w11/ cy-lintfor blod,:. Vofot>s .~lwuld he
njricf:t/ wl11•11('r11r n•comlitioninp. i.~ r<!tJ1tired, u, in.~ure
a .mwoth ll'akprm!f colllact with th<' .~eat..
InstaHation C>f Cylinder Uead
i6i. .\!ways use: a 1H.·w cyli:ickr head p;i\!;ket wlien
installing- the cylinder he;id. Coat hoth sicks of the
gnsket with a lig-ht , h igh t em perature non -fi bre
grease. \ fo ke sure. the cylinder head :i.nd b lock are
clear;. f nstaJl all brackets ret.iincd by c ylinder head
screws. Tig-hten cylind er h ead c;ip screws ill SC·
qucni:.e, n5!'44, dra wing all screw,; dow n evenly ,,·i th
·a t0rquc wrench 10 65 to 70 foot pound!'> . :\ fina l
tightening and checkitig o( l<:'nsion sh()11ld be made
ai( r r tl w enginE: ha s reached ils 110r111al operating
tcmp<.T;:ttme . Ins tall all clips a nd parts retai ned b \
screws in the tapµec! head c~1p screws.
Q)17 (=19 II 5
Q~)
2
<>
Frc 44- Sr-:nu E NCF FoR T1GHTJ·:NrNG
CvLnm1rn J {J.:AD
Pa~e 28
CANADIAN ARMY
EME MANUAL
.Cylinder SleevQS
168. Cylinde1 sleeves cm he inst;llled in an engine
in which the cyundcr borci; have reached a size
greater than the lar~est service piston available.
The sleeves can be finished to the [)roper dimensions
for sta ndard service pistons, thereby salvaging an
otherwise worth'less motor a nd put ting it back un lo
service for nw.ny miles of satisfactory opcraLion.
Sleeve Specifications
Outside Tnsid,: l<ehore Cylinder
Engitw Skcvt~ Sleeve I Block l<>
Bore Diameter Diameter Diameter
3'!16" 3 .6280
---
3.412
--
3.6250
-·-···-·--
3.6285 3.417 3.6255
I
Cylinder Sleeve Installation
169. The cylinder b lock s ho uld be mounted in an
engine stand t o facilita te hand ling during t he
installation a11d remov;ll procedures. To install a
cy linder sle<~ve refer 10, Fig 45, and proceed as
follows:
170. Rebo, e t he cylinder l<> the specified diameter
as shown in the chart, pnrng-raph 168.
171. \ j se a s teel squa re ,md rnar k on the top of l he
cylinder block the p(Jsi t i0t11 of the connecting- rod
e
relief located at the lower rig-ht side of the cylinder
bore, Fig 46. T hese mnrks ca n b e: m,\Ck with a pend!
or similar instrument r>u1. uurltr no circumstances
should any t.ool l>c usi:d that will scrat'c:li the iacc
of the; block. \\'hen ihe: sleeve is being installccl,
t·hc!:;t'. marks will serve'. as rt ~uidc :;o the roe! relief
in the cy lindc:r and in the: sleeve will coincide when
the installation i;; cnmplc:t(·.
1 i2. Fasten the cylinder block securely in the
flx tmc in ;111 upright posi(ion.
173. Coat· the cvlindcr bore and ou t.<ir s urface of
the \:lk evc with a thin 111ixtute of whit·c lead and oil.
If the cornponcnl.~ o f th is mixture :1re noL <iVailable
b rake i1uid is a !ia,isfactory subc;ti tutc.
174. Screw one of the nuts 2, Fig 45, on t he short
t hreaded end of the pt11ler shafl l , Fig 45, until flush
wi th the end o f the »ha ft and peen t.he t hreads to
lock the n ut in this position.
17 5. Stan t.he sleeve into the t0p of the cylinder
horc l>y hand. The rodl relief in the s leeve must line
-
tip with the 111arks on Lhe fol'.<: of th.e bll>Ck, Fig 47.
176. l:sc the ad,,pkr (9) and scat. it properly in
the skcvc (11).
Issue 1- Nov. 1953
 CA.!"'lADIAN ARMY VEHICLES
EME MANUAL D 114 INSTR 1

@,- - --

I
I, iI
I
®--- - ·

,- - --,
Tl1 ,1\ I
®-- 1111 ii:
1

11 i

\\Ii i:
.r L--1. . . . .
;Of
1---
~--J 1
, I F tG 46--!'vhRKING Posrnol's
f"YUNDl!:R Br.OC K
OF Roo RE1.,1i:-:F ON

(I)-/ ;-.. - i \-·--Steel Square 2··-M3rks on cyllnd • • block

3---·Rod rellef

~}
,,__, ! I'~--, ..-J
The sleeve ( 11 ) should be pulled d own into the
@1----- - -,._,._....!....!..J cylinder bore until flush with the fac:e o f the block.

-
NOTE: l,ubricatinp, the threaded porti-0n of the shaft
1vill reduce the. amo1tnt of ejfort required to t lLrfl the
nut flnd will min imi-ze wi>1lr on thi> thread~.
l81. Remove the installing; t ool.

182. The sleeves i.n number three a nd four cyl-

inders <.1rc close t n~et.htT and m a y interfere with the
il{nition <list.rihutor shaft. I nscrt th e dist ributor
shaft through t he o pening and mar k t he poin t
where it conucts the sleeves, Fi~ 48.

FIG 45- 1~s-r,, 1.1.1NG Cn,l'<r>ER Si,rmvE

1 .Puller •haft 4A··- Anchor plate posi t ion
2 ---Pullcr shah nuta 9-··Adapt~r·--<F. 1~" bore
3--Pulle, s haft be aring 10-···Cyllnde r btocl<
4---Anehor plate 11 ·· -Slee-.e

177. Insert the puller shaft (1) throug-h the hole in

the adapter and down into tbc: cylinder bore.
17 8. Place t he .t11<; hor plate in posi tio11 as i II us-
t rated (4, 4A). I nst all the hcarin~ (3) and t he nut
(2) and tig-htcn unti l snug:. \fal{c sure t he sleeve
ancl puller arc centralized with the cylinder bore so
that a straigh l pull on the sleeve will be ohta ined.
179. Invert. the cylinder block in the fixture.
FIG 4 7 --ST.Un'f~G S L~EVE TN (VUN DJ·: I{
180. Csing a suitable w re nch, t ightt:n the nut (2)
1 S l0<>-.e 3-- Marlu o n c yli nder block
o n the long threaded <~nd of the p uller shaft ( l ). 2-Rod r.ellef in s leeYe 4 ·Rod r ell *1 In cyl inde• b lock

Issue 1-Nov. 1953

 VEHICLES CANADIAN ARMY
D 114 INSTR 1 EME MANUAL

FrG 48-DrsTRIBUTOR SttAFT CLEARANCE

1-Sleev•• 2-Dlstrlbutor shaft

3-Polnt of conta~t

183. Remove the distributor (2) and file the

sleeves (1) at the point of contact (3) until the
shaft can be inserted with adequate clearance.
184. Place the block upright in the fixture and

•
run a file over the top of the block to remove any FIG 49-REMOVING SLEEVE
burrs or high spots around the edges of the cylinder 1-Puller shaft 6-Tube asMmbly
bores. 2- Puller shaft nuts 9-Adapter-3 7-if," bore
3---Puller shaft bearing 10-Cyllndet" block
11-Sleeve
185. The sleeves as received have an inside dia-
meter approximately 0.020 inch smaller than the
192. With a suitable wrench, turn the nut until
diameter of a standard piston. This allows the
the sleeve (11) is pullc<l up out of the block into the
sleeves, after installation, to be rebored and re-
tube (6).
finished to fit ·standard pistons. Standard pistons
should be available when refinishing the bore of the 193. Disassemble tool and remove the sleeve from
sleeves so that the correct selective fit of the pistons the tube.
to their respective cylinders will be obtained.
CRANKSHAFT, MAIN BEARINGS AND
Cylinder Sleeve Removal FLYWHEEL

186. To remove a cylinder sleeve refer to, Fig 49,
and proceed as follows.
187. Place the cylinder block in an upright posi-
tion in the fixture.
188. Place the adapter (9) on the short threaded
end of the puller shaft (1).
189. Insert the puller shaft up through the cyl-
inder bore from the bottom of the block. Make sure
the adapter seats properly in the sleeve (11).
Removina Crankshaft
194. Before removing the crankshaft, be sure to
prick punch the two intermediate crankshaft bear-
ing caps and the cylinder block, Fig 33, so the caps
can be installed in their original position. Remove
the crankshaft (paragraphs 139-144).
195. If replacement of the crankshaft sprocket is
necessary because of wear or damage, the sprocket
can be removed with a universal puller or an arbor
press.

190. Place the tube (6) over the puller shaft (1)
and let it come to rest on the face of the block.
191. Install the bearing (3) and the nut (2).
•
Inspect and Repair Crankshaft
196. Thoroughly clean the crankshaft and use a
micrometer to measure the main and connecting

Page 30 Issue 1-Nov. 1953

CANADIAN ARMY VEHICLES
EME MANUAL D 114 INSTR l

,.,;~~~ cm ~ '.
} /
I
/ ",h) ,. IU- JiC11 i'ILO..
l'H 1</

!~J~~

1. t

I I
, I
- ~~ p-..;,~· Of
ati,1.;..t.U

!"-"f~t.tl ,.-..1} ~IJ9N:$~::.-..C

09UAY:Q>-4 Ofc;tJ,l!{)~

Fie; .=;o.---,~sTxr.u~c; C1,uTcrr P1v)T BE~R1!'>c
rod jounwls for wear. Ii one or rnorc joun1,ds :11T
tapered, ()\It of rotlJld or 1-hait run-out is c,ccs,:;iv<·.
replace the crankshaft.
197. Inspect the mainshait piloL bearing located
in the flange end of the crankshaft and rep'l ace the
bearing; if rough or badJ y worn. Use a replacer,
Fig 50, to hurnish the new be,i.ring to size. :-.; ever
attempt to ream this hearing to si;w.
Inspect Mai.n Bearings
198. Remove ead1 main beari11g half and check
for scores aml nacks in the bearing metal. If dam-
aged in any way, the hearin~ (l wo hake;;) should be
replaced.
202. Tighten all main hearing cap screw~ to 80 to
85 fuot ponnd8 witl1 a torque wreni.:h.
Checking Main Bearing Clearance
203. )'I.ii II Bearing c kar<rncc can be checked,
Fig 53, by taking eac:h main hearing, one at a time
and removing the bearing cap. The desired clear-
ance is 0.001 inch to 0.002 inch.
204. Place a piece of 0.002 inch brass shim stock,
}-~ inch \Vidc by 1 inch long, parallel or crosswise
on the babhit surface of the bearing. :\fake certain
the shim do(~S not interfere with the crankshaft

Installin~ Main Bearings and Crankshaft

199. The main bearing halves have oil holes
drilled for the distrihution oi oil. T he bearing
halves should snap into both the c>·Jin<lcr hlock and
the caps. If they are too loo~e or too tight, :tlmor-
ma.l friction between the crankshaft and hearings
may occur which will result in premature fatigue
failure oi the he.1ring metal. If necessary, reshape
the bearing halves with a light composition or
rubber hammer, F ,ig 51. Coat the bearings with
engine oil and position the cranksh.~ft in the
cylinder block.

200. Install new rear main bearing oil seals and

rubber gaskets, Fjg 52.
201. Install bearing halve,:; in caps, a,KI install FI<; S2-CRA.~K8J[.\F'T REAR BEARING OIL SEALS
caps and attac,hin~ screws. Make certain the two
initerme<liate caps are installed in their proper 1- <:a p gat ket~·-l&ft 4···-Cap
2··-··B•arlng 5·- -011 sea I
position. 3-Cap gasket •right 6,-0il aeal screws

Issue 1-Nov. 1953 Page 31

 VEHICLES
D 114 INSTR 1
FIG 53- C 1rnc K1.Nc; M,\IN I3 r-:.uuNG Ct.E:\JL\Ntc
WITH F i::Eum
1-···Maln beaJ'lno cap 2·- F'oeler stoclr
3-Bearlng
journal fillet, ;i.nd t hat the.: edges of the shirn are
s nH>0th. \Vith cap in posi t io n, tig-htcn screws to 80
to 85 foo t pou nds with a torq ue wrench.
NOTf: Tl) 1mlid imb(,ddi,111. tht• .~him in tli<' heurinµ.
th1ts cuusing distortion I)/ tlw bew·i11g material and
ri:!lufti11µ in fxtflri nµ failun•. ,zl,cay s .~l<lrt th,i d wck
with " .~him 11 0 tl1u;ker th11n 0.002 inch und do 110£
1'Ql<lle the <:rmik.~hnft morP. 1Jw11 one-qu.(1rt1•r turn in
P.il.h•.•r tli,w:1im, ~f u. /11•111:v tlrn p. i1> opp,iretll.
205. Jf t he c learance is not excessive, a slight d ra g
will be noticeable when rotatin ~ the cranksha ft.
Ii the main bearing clearnncc is e.xcessiv<:, the
crankshaft jo urn als should be checked for out-of-
rnu n<l and lap(·r. It is <ksired that both 0u t.-o f-
round and taper not exceed 0.00 1 inch. Rcphtcc-
m en t bearing~ nre a vailable in t he followin g 11 nde1··
sizes: 0.002, O.fH(), 0.020, 0.0.30 and 0.040 inch .
Crankshaft End Play
206. The thrust. of the cranksha ft is taken by t ht:
rear main bearing which also controls end pla y.
207. ;\,fount a dial indica1or g-augc 1-0 that it will
rest against the crankshaft flange or vert ical surface,
Fig 54, an<l check e nd play by pryi ng the {'ran k~haft
back and forth . The desired end play is 0.003 to
0.007 inch.
Flywheel
208. Inspect the teeth o f the fly wheel r ing gear
and , ii damagt~cl , replace the ring gear.
CANADIAN ARMY
EME MANUAL
209. I ns pcd the clu tch surf.Kt'. of the flywheel and
if rough or d a maKed, replace the flywheel.
210. If replacemen t: o f the ring gear is necessa ry
cut the o ld g-car wi th a chisel and remove it from
flywheel.
2 l 1. Clean ring gear recess in flywh eel thoroughly.
Hea t the new rill!{ ~car to 600°F., p la ce ring g~ar
over t he recess in the flywheel and a llow it to
shrink.
CONNECTING RODS AND BEARINGS
Inspec t Rods and Bearinis
212. Remove the connecting rod cap bolt nuts
and the bearing- cap1'..
213 . llcmo ve lhc bearing ins erts and check for
!-icores or cracks in t he hearinl{ metal. If bearing
inser t is damaRed in any m a nner , it should be
r<: p Ia t'<:cl .
214. Check connecting rod wit h a connecting r od
:tlig ner, F ig- 55. If rod is bent or twisted mo re than
0.002 inch, use a connecting ro<l press to straighten
lhc rod.
Connectin~ Rod Bearings
2 15. Connectin1r rod bear ing halves a re easily
replaced after removing t he caps . Replacement
bearing halves req ui re no rea ming or fitting. The
inserts should a lways he installed so that the s m a ll
formed hi~ on the insert lines up with the ma.chined
grooves in the connecting rods a ncl caps. The bea r -
ing halves should snap into both t he connecting
rods a nd caps. If too loose or too tight, abnorma l
Issue 1-Nov. 1953
CANADlAN ARMY
EME MANUAL
Tool C-710
friction between the <:r,rnkshafl and bea(ings rnay
occur whic h will 1csult in prcm,Hurc fatig-ue failure
oi the hc,n-ing- metal. If necessary. reshape the
bearing, Fig S 1, \\'ith ,1 li~ht composition o r rubber
ham rn<:r.
Connectin~ Rod Hearin~ Clearance
216. ( 'onncning- rnd h<'aring r lear;'lnce can bl,
ch<:d,cd Ii>· t;1ki 11~ each connceting rod hearing, onl,
at a time. and n ·mo,·ins the c:np. The desired
ckarancc is 0 .00 1 tu (l.()()2 inc 11.
217. Pl.ice a picn'. of O 002 inch hrar,;s shim stock
y~ inch wide b~· i inch long. p,ira lkl or crosswise on
the babbit sut fan• <>f tlw hc,tring. ;\bk1,; certain the
shir11 docs not int<:rkr<· wi1h tlH' crank!';h;iit journal
(ii!ct. and t lt;ir th<! <:·d~c·s c,f the s him are smooth.
\\'ith <'<IP in position. 1igh tc11 cap liolt nut:s to 45 to
SO font pound;; \\'ith a tu rqnc \\'n~nch.
NOT}:;: '/'11 111:uirl imlwddinf.! the shim i11 tlw b,,11ri11µ,
thu.~ wu.~inµ di.~tortio,1 l)f thf ht•arinµ m.,1terirJ and
re,mllin p. in lw11l'i11 f.!. .failnr,., 11l1rlly.~ .~l(H't lhe check
it ith ,, shim no thidrt'r 0.()02 inch n.nd do not
1hn11
rotnt(i the cronksh,~ft 11wn• thon om.>·rpwrlN' l/1 rn i11
,,idwr dirN:lion if II lwm:v draµ. iJ upptir<•nt.
218. If th~ dcarancc is not cxccs!5ive, a slight <lra ~
will be noticeable whe n rofa t in~ t he crankshaft ..
1i the cleararKc ir,; t:xr·cssi \'c, the c:ranksh<1ft journals
should be chcd:C'd for 0u1-of-rn11ncl and taper. ft is
desired that bot'h out-oi-ro1ITHI and tapc1· not exceed
Issue 1--·Nov. 1953
VEHICLES
D 114 INSTR l
r,.G S6 -..CJrF<"KJ);(; Snw CtY.\K.\~CE I.:-- Pr::;TON
GIWO\'E
0.001 inch. Replil<.'cmcnt bc,trings are avaib.blc in
the folJo \\'i\\g tl!Jtkrsizc:,;: 0.002, 0.010. 0.020, 0.030
and 0.040 inch.
PIST ONS, PISTON RINGS AND PI NS
Inspect Piston and R!n~s
2 1'>. Insta ll p is ton i11 p 1sron vise and remove
piston p in .
220. K<:rnovc· piston I ing-". and 1horou1.rhly dean
carbon from ring- g-ror,vi.:s and oil return holes i11 the
piston. Re p la C'<.: pistr>n if cracked or scorco.
22 l. Check rinQ; side clearance in gr:1nves with new
pi~ton r inKs , Fig- .S 6. If the side clcaranc·t• is cxccssi ve,
replace the piston . R i11g· to g-roovc side clearance
is <u; follow;;:
( ·om 1ir<.:ssion R i n~l';-.. ·
Vpper···-0.0025 to 0.004 inch
Jn term<>dial<"-· 0.002 to 0.0036 inch
Oi l R:ng,;·--0.00l t•J 0.002.S inch
Fitting Pistons to Cy'iin<ler Bores
222. If the c\'li nders h;we been rebored , select
pistons and ch~·ck tht'. clearance using 0.002 inch
feeler stock, t,2 '' wide. ,.n<i long enough to extend
dow n into th ~ bore to the full length oi the piston
t ravel.
223. Insert the piston, Fiiz 5 7. in cylinder bore,
upside down, with t.hc kdc:r stock inst;,,llcd between
the thrust side of t.he pi;,ton skirt ann the cylinder
W<\ll.
Page 33
 VEHICLES CANADIAN ARMY
D 114 INSTR 1 EME MANUAL

___
rc:.f
-- ~ .._. /

\:

'\. I
I
J

U /" , i,J
\ /)'! • ./

/c

Fu; S7--··F11'Tl-"G PrsJ"O'.\ \\"!Tl! Snu, (Too1. (" -390) F IG 59 --- 1NST.\ LtING P ISTON RIN GS (Toot C-389)

224. Dra w out the fee ler stock with a spring scale.
Th~~ a mount of pull required to withdraw the feele r
stock should be between five a nd se ven pounds.
NOTK Pislotts sho1dd cilu:avs be fittmf at normrtl
room Ntmp1muure of 70° F. ··
225. Fi nished pisto ns are available in standard
size and oversihes oi 0. 005 , 0.020, 0.0JO, 0.040 a nd
0.060 inch.
Fitting Piston Rin~s
226. Select r ing iiCl to be used ,tfter measurini.r
cylinder horc d iamete r wit h a dia l g-a ugc .
227. P lace the ring squarely in the cylinder bore
..ihout t\vo inches from the bottom , and measure
the end gap with a feeler gauge, Fi~ 58.
228. R in?; gap width should be as follows:
Compression Ring-s--
U pper - 0.010 Lo 0.0 20 inch
Lower- 0.007 to 0.015 inch
Oil Rings- 0.007 to 0.015 inch
See pa rn. 221 for r ing to groove side clearance.
229. Use a piston ring: applier , Fig- 59, to ins tall
rings on riston, m ,dcing- sure tha t each piston ring,
Fig 60, is installe<l in the proper g roove.

Fitting, Piston Pins

230. The pistons SU))p!ied have the pins a lready
fitted. Piston pins are avail!lhlc in s tandard, 0.003
and 0. 008 inch o ve rsir.c.

23 1. Fit the piston pin in t he pist on pin rod bea r -

ing and the pisto n with a tight thumb press fit a l
nor m;1l room te mperature of 70° F.

Assemble Pistons and Connecting, Rods

232. The pistons nnd connecting rods should be
asst'.mblcd al normal room temperature of 70°F.
2.13. Place the upper end of the connecting rod in
t he pis ton with the small oil hole in the lower end
of the rod opposi te t he slotted side of the piston.
234. Insert the piston pin throug-h the piston and
piston pin rod bearing.
23S. Insta ll a new pis ton pin retaining rins:: in the
FH; 58-·-FITTING Prsro~ RINGS piston a l each end ~f t he 1;in . l ns ta ll piston rings
1·--f"...,ler gauge 2-·Pl5ton ring with n. piston ring applier.

Pa~e 34 Issue 1- Nov. 1953

CANADIAN ARMY VEHICLES
EME MANUAL D 114 INSTR 1

········1

~>·
~ }

I ~>2
~
~
I I I

/' ..
------··- -·· . --- -
FIG 60--PisTON Rr::...' GS - - ---- _. --- (\
\ .p ·jaton rlngt--u pper 2 - P laton r l ng1···· low• r \ .. ..J

Install Piscon and Connecting Rod Assemblies
236. Coat the:: pistons and rings with t~nginc oil
and space the r ing gaps so, that t hey nre 90° a part.
23i. I n stall tl'w piston rin~ 1.:ompn:ssor , F iK 61,
ovt'r the rin~~.
2J8. Insta ll the~ piston in the cylinder with t he oil
hole on the la rge end of the conne,1 i11g rod toward
the valve sid<~ of t lw en~i ,w.
F1G 61 - INSTA LU NG PISTON ,\ NO RlNGS Wll'H
Toot C-385
The exhaust valve is relieved a t the top of the
s tem to prevent the possibility of sticki ng in the
guirll' . T he intake v al ve is relieved a l the bottom
of t he lS tcm to p revent oil travelling u p the stem.
The int,lk(: n tlve stem diamete r is 0.3405 inches
and the exhaust. v alve stem diameter is 0 .43 inches.

239. Cl(•an the h()rt'S of the co1111c<:1ing l'()d s a nd

the bearing- ca p~ th<.>l'oughly. Insta ll the b earing-
halves and attach the connecting· rods to tn <: cnrnk-
shafr using- ne w lock washers.
240. Tighten the~ co n necting- rod cap bolt n11 ts to
45 to 50 foot pou nds with a torque wrench.
VALVES, VALVE SPRI:\TGS, VALVE GUIDES,
VAL VE TAPPETS AND CAMSHAFT
Inspect Valves
24 1. Whenever the <:ylinder head has been re-
moved, check the cond it ion of the w1lves; then
repla ce or repair as req uirl'tl.
Replace Valves
242. Jf t he v a lve he~td is badly burued, checked or
warped , replace the v;tlve. T he valve stein dia meter
m ust be measured in several p laces with a mic.ro-
m dt:r .~nd if it exceeds valve stem specifications. t he
valve should be replaced.
<:A VTTON: 1'lw exhm1,,;t vufres fir<! sodiwn filled. The
11tetttflic i.odium in .~odium cooled l!xlumst mfoes i 11
injlam,n(ll,fo 1(..•/um expo.~ed 111 moi.~tu re; howet-er,
~·alt,es ,!f thi!i ty pe ccm bl> handled u:ith comp lt!tc .~aJety
as lo11µ ,is th ,.• v11h-1!.~ 11n: ,wt OJ>erwc/. to relem,1! the
.~odium. CMt.~N/tu?llt(r, it i.~ wfrisable ll> bury all
di!iCCll'tiP.d ~wdiwn cooled 11alw.~ to pre1•,111t the pos•
sibility of inj11.ry to thO!w u·ho may t.hrouµh curiosit_y
be t1?mptetl to ope11 tlw rflfrf~ slPmi. tn examim• the
sodium.
Reface Valves
243. If t he face o f the valve is only ::;ligh t ly pitted
or wo rn, and the stem diameter is within th e speci-
fied limiti, the valve may be refaced . Se t t he v alve
rciacer at a n a ng-lc of 45°. Dress the ahrasivt\ wheel
so t.hat it is smooth a nd true. Install the valve in
the chuck. D,) not remove more metal t han is
necessary ro g~I a smooth even surfar.c. If after
refacin~. the outsid e ec.lge of the valve head is less
than ~ inch thick, replace the valve.

Issue 1- Nov. 1953

 VEHICLES CANADIAN ARMY
D 114 INSTR 1 EME MANUAL

EXHAUST

Ve IW {;Ul(•E , v•.LV~ S1£.o,1

F1G 6-2 ·-- C 11Ec~I~ <i V M.Vl·: STEM TO
Gumr:: <:u;A1uNct-:
Inspect and Test Valve Springs
244. \Vash the v.alve springs in dry cleaning- sol-
ven l and C'Xa mine them thorough Iy. If che spring is
rusted or e1ched, it should be rephccd. T est the
springs for proper tensior1 with a va lve spring-
kster. Valve spring tension shoulrl be:
107 to HS ,l bs. wl,1en ,·omprcsscrl to H-.( inch.
40 to 45 lbs. whe n compressed to 1\~ inch
Replat:c any spri11g- which rompressed tn either
specified length with less than the minimum speci-
fied pressu1 e as such a sp,ing will cause ineffiC"icnt
engine performance . . \II springs T))ust he installed
with dt)S<.:d coils at th(: top in o rder to preven l valve
flutter at high speeds.
~l ~) ~
-~~i[ ~/c:J
I
r :
J I ,.L.,.-,- ..-., -- -
,.__...;..._ _ _"","""'T'""'"E'---_;____;,,i·
FIG 6:i·-·-J J:s STALLIKG .\NJ) RE:\.Ml'-'G
V ,\LVG Sn:~1 GurnEs
Inspect Valve Stem Guides
24S. ('Jean the interior of the valve s tem g uide
with a wire brush and dry cleaning· solvent. Pl.:ic:e
the valve in the guide wi th the head fi ve-six teent hs
of an inch above the top of the cylinder block. llse
a dial indicator and adjust the plunger of the indi-
cator ag,\inst the cdg-c of the valve head, Fig 62.
Hold the valv e so it will not turn and move the
va lve toward and away from the indicator and note
the a mount of play sho wn hy the indicator. This
check should be mndc hy moving the valve cross-
wise of the surf an,' of the block. The clearance he-
tween th<~ v,i\vc stem nnd tiw guide will be approxi-
mate ly one-hali the dial indicator reading for the
intake valves a nd 0.44 oi the reading- for the cxhausl:
valves. If tb<; cakulatcd dearance exceeds the
followin g specifica tions, replace the valve guides:

Fie; 63- REM<>VING VALVE GumEs FrG 6S-C11u:K1NG VALVE T.~ PPET CLEARANCE

Pate 36 Issue 1-No v. 1953

CANADIAN ARMY VEHICLES
EME MANUAL D 114 INSTR 1

,~-------- PIN, ORIV E. GE.AA

/"''~"'
GAS1<ET, l'IJMP TO BLOCK SHAFT AND ROTOR ASSEMBLY

~
\ GEAR, DRIVE
(
800¥

ROTOR,OIJTER

GASKET, COVER
--------
COVER .-
____________.-:

;:::~1:NO WASHER - - - - - - - -

Valve Stem to Gulde Clearance Top of Block to Top of Guide

ln take- 0.001 to 0.003 inch
1--: xhaust -·-0.0045 to 0.0065 in<h
Remove Valve Stem Guides
246. The valve stem g-u idc!; n1a~· he n.•u1ov1.:d
without removing the valve tappcl willt sere\\'
assemblies , FiK63. C!:>c a drift and drive valve stem
gui<le down until iL jw;t cl~·ars the valve tappcl.
Then, remove drift and hrcak off guide ,,·ith a sharp
blow oi H h,rn1mcr. Reinsert drift and drive out
remainder of gu id(;. Remove br(.lkcn g-uide.
Install Valve Stem Guides
247. Befo re insra lling rhe valve guides, Fi~ 64,
wipe L11c interior of the guide <:lean and blow out:
opening in the cyli11der block with con1presscd air.
JVO'J'J~·: It i$ important that 1/w 1•xl1<mM rn/n! µ1tide.~
be inswlled 1vith th<• countNhorr. Nid 11p. lritalw
va/t>I? µ,uid11s mu.~l be i11Mallt•d ii·ith the ·c,,u,1terbor1•
e11tl du,rn.
lfsc a clrifr and dr ive the intake valve guide
down u ntil t he top of the ,;;) Ive g-u idc is located
Reven-eighths of an inch below the tops11rfacc of
the c ylinder block. The exhaust valve euide
should be installed with the top of the \·;tlvc guide
one and se\•en-sixreenth inches hr.low the top
surface o{ the <.:ylinder bloc:k.
Intake................... Ys inch
Exhaust. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . lYJ:6 inch
Ream new intake valve guides lo 0.3425 to 0.3435
inches and new exhaust valve gui<lcs to 0.437 to
0.438 inchcs.
Check Valve Tappets
248. \·nlw tappet clearance, FiR 6S, in th<~ cylinde r
block can be clwck<·d hv phu'ing a <lial gaug-c against
the valve tappet head ancl moving the tappr.t. back
and forth. The gauvc reading will indicate the
actual clear;uK<>. which should not exceed O.OOl
inch. Ii the dearanu~ is exceB:a;ive, replace with an
ovr.rni.%<> lappet. Before installini ;u1 oversize
tappet, ream the tappd guide to nllow 0.000 to
0.00 I in,h c.learancc for the tappet.
Inspect Camshaft
249. Inspect each c.1111:;haft uearing journal with
a microintter and replace the camshaft if tht:
.iournals are below specifications.
Camshaft Journals
L.998
~o. 1. . •• . •• . .. . .. . .. . . . ..•. .
1.999
l. 9665
Ko. 2 ... . . . .. . . . .. . . . . .. . . .. .
1.967S

Issue 1- Nov. 1953 Page 37

 VEHICLES CANADIAN ARMY
D 114 INSTR 1 EME MANUAL

254. Check drive shaft end play by attaching dia l

gnu~e to pump hocly. Place the gauge so that the
button contacts the oil pump inner rotor. :\'love the
chive shaft up and down to indioLtc the amount of
end play on the dial. If the end play exceeds 0.001
to 0.003 inch dcl<.'rminc whether the end play is the
result of wear at the distributor drive gear end of
shaft or at th e nil pump inrwr rotor end of shaft.
Replace worn par\::;.

255. Drive out the dis tributor drive gear pin

which holds the <lrivc gear to the shaft. Press the
shaft out of the drive g;ear and slide inner rotor and
shaft out of pump body. Drive out the inner rotor
pin and ptess inner ro tor from shaft.

256. \\'ash all pump parts in dry cleaning solvent

and dry with compressed air.

Checking and Inspecting Oil l'ump Parts

257. W hen tbe pump has been disassembled, all
µarts should be inspected and checked for wear.

Checkin~ Rotors for Ex·c essive Wear

258. To dwc:k the rotors for excessive wear, slide
J,'J(-; 67 - ··M EASUHIXG Cr.E..i.H \ N ~'.)•: B I, TWJ.~EN hoth rotors into tht: pump body and measure the
I.NNER .,::-.1> Ounrn RoTol{ clearance l,etwecn the inner and outer rotor lobes,
1 f"eel er gauge 3-- 01.!ter rotor
2-Pump body
Fig 67. If the clearanct: exceeds 0.004 to O.OlO inch
• ···- Inner ro'tOt"

:'\o. 3 ......... .'........ . .. . .. ! :.?35_... _

1.936
1.24 i 5
~o. -t ......................... ~~-
1.2485
E xamine oi,I pump and <.listrihutor drive gear.
a nd if damaged or worn to any not iceable exteu~.
1 eplace the camshaft. Chec.k bearing ckarance and
end play (pa ras 147, 148).

OIL PUMP
@1-----
2S.O. Proper luhrirntion of t he engine depends on
proper oil pump opera tion. lf the 011 pump is noisy
or shows any indication of faulty operation, it
should be rebuilt or replaced.

Disassembly of OU Pump
251. To disassemble oil µump, refer to, Fig66,and
proceed as ioFlows:
252. Remove p ltm p cover and gasket.
FrG 68---M EASUlUNG Cu:-:AHANCE: BETW'E l': N
2$3. Hold one hand owr the open end of the body
Bo1>v ~"In Ou-nm. ROTOR
and turn the pump upsi<le <lown. Twist the drive
1 ·-Fee ler ga uoe 2·--f'ump body
sbafr un t il the o uiter rotoT slips out of the body. 3 - -0u-ter rotor

Page 38 Issue 1-Nov. 1953

CANADIAN ARMY VEHICLES
EME MANUAL D 114 INSTR 1

FIG 69--\-fl.:.\SURrw; On, Pu~,y RoToRs

1 ··-1 n nor r"oto,. • - ·Outer rotor dlametor
2-· lnne·r roto r t hlckne15 S..·--Outer rot.or th ickness
3 - ·0utcr rotor

re place the outer rotor n.nd the drive shafr

assembly.
Measuring, Clearance Between Outer Rotor
and Body
259. To determine the cleara nce bcLween the
outer roto.r and the body, insC'rt a k clcr gauge be -
tween the nutcr roto r ,rnd the body, Fig 68. If thii-;
clearance c:o:cceds 0.008 inc.h, replace pump bndy
only after 11'1(:asuring diameter and thicknc~s of
rotor a~ clesrriberl in para 260.
Measurin~ Ou ter Rotor Diameter
260. The dimnc lcr of the ou tC'r rot or should he
mi:asured ,vith rnicronH:tcr calipers. The outer rnt<>r
FIG 71-- J :"JSl'ECTING PU.\i I' (~OVER
I ·StraighTodge 2 · Cover
3 ·· F'•eler gauge
!,;hould rneasure 2.244 inch. The thickness of both
inner and outer rotor should not be less than 0. 748
inc h. If the rotors s how excessive wear, replace
worn part~. Fig 60.
CheckinJl Inner and Outer Rotor Clearance
to Cover
261. \Vith !)(1th inner and outer rotor in position,
pl,u:<.' a strai~hlcdgc anoss pump body between

FrG 70· ·\h:ASURJNG DEPTH OF PUMP Bopy FIG 72-;"vlJ.:.,sURING DnrvE Sn,WT END PLAY
1 ·St.ralght•dll" Z- Pump body 1 ·-Drive gen 2 ·-F'. .ler e•ua•
3·-F'e41•• gaug~ J ·- Pump body

Issue 1-Nov. 1953

 VEHICLES CANADIAN ARMY
D 114 INSTR 1 EME )1ANUAL
7 e 10
\
i}
~, I

'1 '~

r 2 3 4

\\ I II I
~ f /)\)
~
'~
\
\\. 13 12 II

I 15 14

I
16

19 18 17

1--Wat'6r pun'\p body c.owor plat~ scr-ew loclnwaaher 11--.-~n pulley h\lb
2 -Water pump body c oy~r pl6te ,w,row 12·· ·WAtor puMp shatt
3 · ··Wa't6r" pump body ~ovltl'" plate 13 --Watftr pUrnp sh.ift wate, thrower
,& ·Water pump body coyor ptate gJlaket 14··-Water P""'P se~I r6t>1lnlng 1wuh'er lock <lnlJ
5 Wator pump a.al aes•mbly ,15 -Water pump se;:1• r~tahdftQ w11shor
6 -W;,tbr pump body '16· Wat<!r pump lmpell"r
, -Wator pump body gre;'"" nlppi., t 7 · ·Wnter pvmp body cow>er pl.-t• scr•w w..tshor
ft Wat•r p\lrnp ~hAft be11,.,hg groa,o nipplo 18 · W.-.ter 'pump body ~bver pl:ue screw,
9 -Water pump shaft bonrlnu loci. dng 19 - Water p1,,np body to cyllnd•r bloek a1taket
10 ·Wat"r pump hub pin

bolt. holl'r.:, Fig 70. \\.ith a fn·l<:r g;111~e. dwd, cl<-,11"-
ann: b<: t \\"ctn rotor :'-lllffan· and r.:traightl·tl!-'t'. If the
ck.iranc1· at 1t.i,._ point c::>.nTd:-. o.on-t int"li n:pl.ttT
the pump hod~·.
Checking Cover
2(12. Thl' ,OVL'r 11111:'-lt lw ~n,ooth, ir,:c- iront
scratchn, and ~roon· marks. To check ('(1\-er for
1:xn:-;:siY1· we:1r. plan· :t str:iightcd~c ;wros:; inller
surface o( covn and <"h<.'ck with ;1 icde1 gaug('. Fig-
71. If a 0.1101 inch kd(·rcan lw in!<nl1:d, rqil a~:c: the
l'O\'(L
NO'J'J,;: lt'Jw,r i11~talli11/!. " tll'tl' ,Jri111• f!.,•ar. pm,itw11
peat .~o t!:,,, pin
!,,,{" i.~ ,11 ripht ,111µ/.,.~ to the sfot in tlw
tlrin· .~haft.
Orill pi,, !tole th rot1g h ,,h;, ft ;111 (1 opp<i:-itt· side of
~<:ar with:, :·32 ind, drill. lnst:tll pin and ptTn both
ends.
265. Slid1· lite 011 l er rutor inl<1 plan· in tlw pump
hoc!\"; rhl'II install ;i new ,·on:r )!.'a,c; k1·l.
26fi. InsLtli th<' ,·1n:l:r :111(\ ti1,:.h1<:n screws n·enh'
to insure u11ifonn t·ontal'I. agains t co,·,·r ga!;kC'L.

Assembly of Oil Pump
263. Slide drive: slt:1f1 a nd in11er rntor a:-;;emhly
into pump hody.
264. Pnss drivt: gear 011 1,haft until l'nrl play
from O.OnJ to 0.010 inch , Fig- i2.
WS'FER PCMP
267. Thl' watet pump i:-ltould lie rdrnilt whL"n the
sh;tft ;rnd hca! in.~ ·as5c111bl y or the scab h<:con1c·
ineffr.ctivC'. The followi11g pron~dun: ('an he used lo
1s rebuild thl' waler pump, p10\:icling 1he ho11::,;iug is
not cracked or dn11,aged.

Page 40 Issue 1--·-Nov. 1953

 CANADIAN ARMY VEHICLES
EME MANUAL D 114 INSTR 1

FrG 74-·- RE \tOvrNG \VATER Pu:l.lr hwt;r, LEH

\ - lmpelle• 2-Too l C-498

Disassembly of Water Pump

268. Using a puller, tool C-498, re move the water
pump impelle r, Fig 74.
269. The sen! ;l!l r\ !'lea! retainer washer arc as-
sembled in the impdlcr. To remove the seal parts,
remove the was her lock ring-, Fig 73 .
270. D rive ou t t he fan pulley hub pin and r emove
the hub with sper.ial puller, C.41 2.
271. Remove luhricant nipples, and bearing loc.k
ring and pull s ha ft and bearing assembly out of the
housing.
Inspection of Water Pump
272 . Ins p ect water pump body for cracks, sand
holes or corrosion. If rlamag-ed in any way replace
the body.
2i3. Always use a new seal when rebuilding the
pump.
274. Check fan pulley .hub to see tha t it nts tight
on the shait. If a ny play is evident, re place the hub.
Assembly of Water Pump
275. \Vhen assem bling the pump, install the hub,
if it has been rcmovcrl, so that it is Oush with the
end of the ~haft.
276. Assemble the scnl, seal retainer washer and
FJG 75·-· RtWAcrNG \V,,TER Pu~n· Ho usrnG
1··-Yaal C-S51
2 77. Reface the p urn p body using special tool
C-551 1 Fig 75 , using the shaft as a pilot for t he tool.
T his tool has cutters (one 85° and t he other 90°) on
h<Jth ends. The surface of the pump body agni nst
wh ir.h the retainer washer bears should firs t be
faced with the 85° cu t ter to form a 5° ang le sc:-it.
It is important to maintain this angle of 5°.
Then, the sharp edge, next to the bore of the body
should he finished to a 90° fiat surface. The 90°
cu tter should be used until the 90° surface is \.12 inch
wide. T he slightly tape red surface on the end of the
bocly causes the seal retainer to wear a tight scat
qu ir:kly and is long lived.
27 8. Press the new (unused) impeller, with the
new seal parts, on the shaft.
2 79. The distance between the seal washer and
washer lock r ing should be ·}{2 inch . This distance
can be de termined by lookinri: in t he water in let and
is controlled by pressing· the irnpetler 01~ the shaft
until the: correct dime nsion is obtained.
280. Install bearing lock ring and lubricant
ni pple,;.

e lock ring in the impeller. Always use a new im-

peller.
281. When lubricating the pump, the shaft shou ld
be ro tated to insure complete lu brication.

Issue 1-·Nov. 1953 Page 41

 VEHICLES CANADIAN ARMY
D 114 INSTR 1 EME MANUAL

THROTTLE LINKAGE
282. When the vehide has been in service for a
19-- - ?
considerable lenl,_!th of time, there is a p<>ssibility
that. the throttle linkage will be worn.

Inspection of Linkage
283. Visual in;;pect.ion of the throttle linkage is
not sufficient. The entire linkage arrangcmc:n r. must
be checked hy ~rasping various rods and checking-
the free pb:iy. The linka,t.:e must be snug and have
no excessive play a1 any pc,int.
I
14 - · -- -- - -- ·-
Disassembly of Throttle Linka~e
284. Disconnect and remove cn.1 b twctor throttle
return spring. Remove cotter pin that holds tl1rottlc
con trol hclkrank assembly nnd throttle hand c.on -
tiol lever to manifold ..incl pull hellcrank assembly
and lever off. Disconnect accelerator shaft to 13-·--- --
throttle control hellcrnnk rod from accc'lerator
shaft. Remove acr.elcr.11!:or shatt bracket from
clutch housing. Remove accelerator bellcrank lever
bracket from clu tc:h housing-.

Assembly of Throttle Linkage

28.5. After checking· the complete linkap;e arrange-
ment, replace any fauhy or worn rods and levers.
Install the :.1<.:cclcra tor shaft bracket. Jnstall .u:cel-
erato1 shaft to throttle <:ontrol belkrnnk rod, bell-

~
crank nsscmbly, and throttle hnnd control lever.
Install accelerator hclkrank lever brac!{ec 8 - - - ·- 6
OIL FILTER
286. The oil filter assembly seldom requ ires atten-
tion wit h t he exception of c hangin~ the filter ele-
ment at established intervals. Howev er, if the fil ter
body becomes damagc<l, pl11iz hole th reads stripped,
or the unit docs not function properly, it will be
necessary to replace the ~ssembly.
----------- 10 9 - - ~

Fie; 76--011,
i 'jj - ~ - - -

FH,TER-Exl'LODED
- -~
...

Vmw
7

1 ··-Englno to oil filter tube hoH •lbow

2 -·Oil filter drain plug
3·-tnoln• to oil filter tube ho ..
Disassemble Filter Body 4 ·-Oil filter elaffll) bolt
6 - -011 filter clamp
287. R emove cover from bod~, and pull out ele- 6--011 mt,>r to enolno tubo conn.otor
T ··Oil filter to enjjll'\ll Uib• hoe•
ment. Remove drain plug. Clean inside of body 8·-011 filter tube nut
with dry cleaning solvent. 9--0il niter to engine tube assembly
10··-Englne t<I' oll mtor tube as. .mlily
1i-OII fllter clamp bolt nut
Inspect Filter Body 12-·011 ifiu.r clamp bolt fockw••hor
i:3· ·011 filter body
288. JnSJ>CCt body assetn bly for cracks, dents and H-·011 fllffl"oartrld11e
15-0il llltor cove,- :ocre• spring
stripped threads in oil line holes or covr.r screw bole 1 $,- 011 'fl lter cover gasket
or a n y other co1Jdition that would cause faulty 17-011 filter cover tuHmbly
18·-011 'f llter cover so,-ew gaokot
operatio1L 1~01 nlte• cover screw

Page 4l Issue 1- Nov. 1953

CANAD[AN ARMY VEHICLES
EME MANUAL D 114 INSTR 1

FIG 77-INST.-\I.U:-.G C'A'.\{SlL\FT Ik.\RINGS

Assemble Filter Body

289. f nsert washer and gw,kct over inner body FIG 78·- :Vl.\JlK5 0:-{ T1:-.t1:-SG S 1'ROCKET~
tube. Jnstall new clement and install rubher washer 1 ···· Mark on camshaft sprocket
2 ··· 11/i,.rk or, cr,onkJhatt •procke-t
over inner body lube. Install new cover gasket and 3-Ccnter tine
cover. InstaiJI drain ph,1g.
295. Jnsert the i.nstaller shaft through all three
ASSEMBLY n.clapters and instaJI a horseshoe collar forward to
the front adapter.
Installation of Components
Instail Valve Stem Guides 296. Drive the camshaft front hearing into place
wi t h thl~ sliding h..lmnwr of the tool, making sure
290. 'f o install the valve Rttm guides rekr to t he
that 1hc oi~ holes an• in alignnH'.nt.
proc,r.durc outlined in parn 24i.
297. Remove the installer shaft bl!t leave the
install Main Bearings and Crankshaft front and rear adapt<.·r~ in the bores to guide the
291. Procedure for installing main bearings and shafr when installing the intermediate hearing.
crankshaft i8 outlined in pnra 199.
298. !'lace the ad,lptcr in the intermediate bcarillR
and start the be,u ing ir1 its bore. Install the horse-
In stall Camsh aft Bearings
shoe collar forward of the adapter and drive the
292. Before proceeding with the installation of tht: bca,·ing into place.
camshaft bear ings, note that an o il holf: is machinf.d
in e.ad t bearing which nH1st line up with an oil l10k 299. Rc:rnove installer sbait and number three
in the block. The camshaft front bearing ha s a adapter.
second oi'I hole which must line up with the hole
that suppl,ies oil to the trimi 11g ch;:1in. The fro nt
hearing oil holes arc drilled off center a nd it is im-
portan t that thiH bearing be ini;talled wi t h the oil
holes to the rear.
293. M ount the cylinder block in an engine stand
and install the correct size adapter ior n11nshaft
beaning rcmovinR and insta ll :ng tool in each oi the
two intermediate bores, Fig- 77.
294. Install the correct atlaptc-r in the camshaft
front bearing and stnrt the fron t bearing in its bo~. Frc 79---\'AI.VE SPRJ;-.G RETAINER LocK REPLACER

lssue 1-Nov. 1953 Page 43

r
VEHICLES
D 114 INSTR 1
300. Place rear bearing in the a daJ)tcr ,tnd drive it
into place with the sarne procedure usNi in install-
ing the other bcarin~s.
Install Tappets, Camshaft and Chain Case
Cover Plate
301. Plate the valve tappets in the izui<k.s in which
they were originally installed or to which they have
been fitted.
302. Coat the camshaft journal1; with oil and
insert the camshaft through the front bcarin~. Push
the shaft carefully into position, making sure not
to damage the camshait bearings with the cclp:c of
a cam or a bearing journal.
303. Install and tighten the r,ap screws which
hold the camshaft thrust plate in place.
304. Install oil pan front seal plate and new front
oil se..!ls.
305. Coat new timrng: chain case cover plMc
gasket with plastic type gasket cement and iMtall
gasket and chain case cover plate.
306. Install cam!'>haft sprod,e t oil nozzle, clip,
clip screw and washer, and oil pan frnnl seal plate
caµ screw.
Install Camshaft Sprocket and Timing Chain
307. Turn the crankshaft sot.bat the ma rk"()" on
the face of the crankshaft spro<:ket is directly in
line with the crankshaft and carn:;haft centers,
Fig 78.
:ms. Place the camshaft sprocket on its h11b ,md
install two cap ::;crews temporarily .
309. Turn the camsha.ft sprocket until the "()"
mark on the sprocket is directly in line wirh the
cr.:ink5h:1ft and camsh;ift c-cntcrs. R emove sprocket,
install t iming <:hnin and sprocket.
310. W hen installation is com p lete, the ''O "
marks on the cranksha ft and camshaft sprnckets
must be directly between the crankshaft and cam·
shafL centers.
Install Valves and Valve Springs
311. Before attempting to insta.11 the valve<; and
valve springs, rotate the ca1nshaft until the rf':SJ>CC·
tive valve tappet is in its lowest position.
.H2. Use a block of wood nnd a heavy screw<lrivcr
to compress the valve spring and force it in to posi-
Page 44
CANADIAN ARMY
EME MANUAL
tion with the closed coil end up and the: v,ilve spring·
retainer in the lower end o( the spring.
313. Coat the valve stem with oil anrl install in its
respective guide.
314. Insert the jaws o{ a valve lifte r l,etwecn the
valve spring retainer and the cy linder b lock with
the cupped jaw up.
315. Hold the valve on its seat and rnisc the valv0
lifter until the valve :;pring is fully cornr1rcsBcd.
3 l6. :\ssemhlc the valve spring retainer locks in
the valve lock replacer, Fig 79, and place the locka
in position a,ounci the valve stern in line with the
grooves on the of stern.
317 . Lower the v a lve lifter and remove the lock
replacer.
318. Adjllst valve tappet assemblies with a feeler
~a.uge so that the intake valves have 0.010 inch
cle~rnnce and the exhaust valves h,tvc 0.020 inch
ckar;rnce.
NOTE: After the m1gine hns been as~embled und run in,
the Wppct clennmc<! should b,i readjusted t<;hile the.
engine i.~ hot to 11 deamnce of 0.010 inch for inwkl·
whes 11ncl O.Olfl inch for ,~xhaust valves.
319. Ins tall valve compartment covers with new
~asl<c1s on covers, screws and studs.
Install Connecting Rods and Pis tons
32C. To inst.all connecting rods and pi~tons, refer
to rarag-rnphs 212 to 240 for proper procedure.
Install Timing Chain Case Cover, Eng,lne
Front Support Plate and Fau Drive Pulley
321. W hen installing the c hain case cover, ca re
m ust be taken to center t he o il seal on the cran k·
shaft before tii,;h tening the cover bolts .
322. Install a new oil seal g-,1..'ikct in the rnver and
press the seal into place.
323. Use a new g:asket for the cover and instal l
c-ove.r. Tighten cap screws just enough to bold cover
in plac<:.
324. Jnstall. special tool over the cnrnksh:tft with
tapered end of tool agc'tinst chain case cover and o il
seal, Fig 80 .
325. Install c:rnnking jaw and tighten finger tight.
Issue 1- Nov. 1953
 CANADIAN ARMY
EME MANUAL
fIG 80- C 11AlN' c,sE Cov rm OIL S1-: •.\L CENTEl{(NG
TOOL
I - C • nter; ,.9 too l (C-622 \ to bo held in place by c,,.nl<shaft starting
Jaw whlle tlohtenlng cover In place. Tl9htcn jaw with llnye l'$
on ly.
e ,'326. Tig-htcn rover holts and at t he same ti,m~.
t.igh tc:n c:r<.1n king jaw wi th fin~ers to maintain ten-
sion bct1n:en oil !;cal a.nd C"Cc'. ntcring; t<x)l. \\'hen bolts
arc drawn down securely, rcmnve cranking- jaw and
special tool.
327. Install fan d1 ivc pullt>y hub key anrl install
the fan pu'l lt~y huh.
32~. Tnstall crnn king jaw with loc·kwasher and
til,('hten to 110 foot pourids mi11in111m.
-129. .\lla<h die engine front support: p lat·<: lo Lhc
rhain c,1se cove,r pl.ttc. Instr.di clrive r,ullc•y nnd
tighten cap $<:rew1\ secu1<"ly.
lnscall Oil Strainer
.BO. ln;;ta ll tbc oil pum p inlet pipe. Conned· the
oil strainer t o the pipe and insert a new r otter pin.
33l. Position the strainer and elhow so that move -
ment of the strainer is not rcst ri('tcd I>~· the oil pan
baffles.
,B2. \Vhen properly positioned, the oil srraincy
and inlet pipe should be in li1w with the rc:ar m,iin
bea rin~ cap sc.1-c1,·, right side, Fi~ 8 1.
Install Oil Pan
J,H. Place new end gaskets in position. Do not cut
Issue I-Nov. 1953
VEHICLES
D 114 INSTR 1
0 [) 0 0 0 0
'• I
Fie.: 81---l:-.1sT,,1.usc; Fr.o,,n~G Ou.. STR.\l NEH
1--·Cra n k I haft rear bear:i f\g cap scre w z.... 011 •trainer
off the eiHI!-, as they ,vill be comprr.:ssec\ into place
when the pan is instalkcl.
334. Place new side gaskets over the e nc.ls of the
end ga;;k<~ts. Hold the side gaskets in place with
heavy grease. or tie\ in place with Iight string t h rough
several screw holes while installing the oil pa n. ff
»tring i~ 11::;ecl , remove string before tig-htcning;
screws.
.'35. Place oi l pan in p()silion on (:ylinder block.
I nstal I and l!gh ten l he attad1 i11g screws.
Imta11 Cylinder Head
336. Th e .pr(x·edun: for installin![ t ire cylinder
hC'.arl is outlined in parap;rn.ph 167.
Installation of Manifolds
337 . The intake and exhaust. m,.Lnifnlc.l a:o;sembly,
with !heal rnntrol valve, is assembled and machined
as a uriit and parti; cannot h e intc.in:hang-ed.
338. \Vhcn nss,~mhling 1.hc in tnkc and exhaust
rnanifolds, insp<:<'t the hc;H control valve . If t:hc
valve is burned or <lama~ctl or ilw valve shaft is
o.:C:<'ssivcly loose in the sent httshin~s. il should be
repiaced .
339. Csc a chi:;c-1 to b rc,tk the welds securing the
v al ve phtc lo t he shall a nd remove the valve, v a lve
shaft ;inrl b1Jshing-s. l nst;i ll new bushing-s, shaft. and
valve.
340. Place the v a lve against the flat si<le of the
shaft, bend tabs .1roun<l shaft ,ind weld tabs to the
i,haft.
Page 45
 VEHICLES CANADIAN ARMY
D 114 INSTR 1 EME MANUAL

lnstamn~ Generator
346. Install mounting bracket [l nd place generator
tn posi lion on the b1 ackct.
FrG 82---0rL PAN GASKETS 347. Install gec,erator bolts, n11ts an<l loc:kwashers,
1- Gasket-rear 4·--Gasket-tront but do not tighten.
2·-·Gaaket ---rlghT A·--·Rear g.asket llpa
3 · ·Gasket· ,Ion 8-F'ront gaaket Ups Install Thermostat
348. Install a new water outlet elbow gasket on
341. Install thcrmostnt spring, lock , cover and
bumper.
t he cylinder head and place the thermostat in posi-
tion with opcnin).!'s at front an<l rear. The word
.e
"F RO :N'T" on the thermostat must be ,i nstalled
342. Before installing the manifolds, lny a st raight- towa rd the water pump, Fii 84.
ed~e lcngth·wisc over the gaskc>t surfaces of t he port
Jfonges a nd check for unifor m height of the fla nges,
Fig 83.

343. Tf a 0.010 inch feel er gauge will pass between

the straightcdg-c a nd any oi the inauifold !langes,
loosen t.hc cap screw!'\ which hold the manifolds
together a nd shift the manifolds, i,f possible, to
correct rhe uneven condi tion of the flanges. H
neccssnry, p:ri nd the _Rang-es just enough !.o make
them even.

344. Clean Rang-es thoroughly. Install new gas-

kets. Place manifold assembl y on block studs und
tighten all nuts with a torque wr,c nch to 15 to 20
ioot pounds.

NOTL~: Tlw .~tud hole.~ in the exhaust mnnifo/,l P.nd

flanges arc w,larf/!d u, <Jlou: for expansion mu/ il i.~
importw1t that th<' four c/11;1111/ered 11·11,;hers wul tnp(•n•tl F I G 84-INST,\LLTNG TltEiR'.\IOST.\T
sloued nuts be in.vtallNf <Jfl. th,~ end stud.~.
1 · -Cyllnder water outlot elb<>w, wate r pump by-pau elbow ar,d
Hoa• ~ ..-WRter pump by-pass elbow gaokat
34S. Install crankcase ventila tor valve in inta ke 2·--Thermo•tat gasket 5----Th••moaut
manifold. 3-Tl\61'moatat op,,nlngs 6-Cyllndor water outlet elbow aask.ets

Issue 1-- Nov. 1953

CANADIAN ARMY VEHICLES
EME MANUAL D 114 INSTR 1

349. Install the gasket at the top of the thermo-

stat and install water outlet elbow. Tighten elbow
cap screws securely.

3SO.: When the thermostat is operating properly,

it should start to open at 157° to 162°F and should
be fully open at 183° to 187°F.

Install Water Dlatrlbutor Tube, Water Pump

and Fan Assembly
351. Insert the water distributor tube in the cyl-
inder block so that the end of the tube is Bush with
front surface of block.

352. Install a new watei- pump gasket and place FIG 85-0IL PRESSURE RELIEF VALVE
the water pump in poeition on the block. Place the
generator belt tension adjusting arm in position and
install the cap ecrew which holds it in place, but do
360. Wash the plunger, spring and cap in engine
not tighten until the fan belt is adjuated. Install the
oil and install in that order with a new gasket under
other screws in the water pump and tighten
securely. the cap, Fig 85.

353. 1netall the water pump by-pa.88 elbow and In.stall Clutch Housln& and Flywheel
-boee on the pump, using new gaak.ets. 361. Jnstall clutch housing.
354. Install the fan pulley, fan hub to pulley 362. Install dutch housing dust seal plate.
spacer and the fan blade an<{: tighten screws 363. Install flywheel.
securely. '

35S. Place fan belt in poeition on pulleys.and ad· lnatall Clutch

juat by pulling generator out until there is ~ inch 364. Coat pi tot bushing in end of cranksho.f t with
deflection in the be!~. Secure the belt tension ad- lubricant, Fig 86. ·Wipe contact 9W'faces of the
jueting arm screw and generator to mounting flywheel and pressure plate thoroughly with a clean
bracket bolts. cloth.
365. . Hold the dutch cover and disc in pla~ a~~
Install Oil Fllter Pipe and Oil ievel Gauae install the cap 8C1'eW9 and lockwashers, but do not
356. Use a new gasket and install the oil filler tighten.
pipe. Tighten the cap screws securely.
-
357. Screw the oil lev:el gauge pipe into the cyl-
inder block and place the gauge assembly in posi-
tion in the pipe.
NOTE: Do not in.stall the oil let,el gauge pipe if $llJ1W'
u to be in.1talkd on engine.
Install OU Preaaure Relief Valve
358. Before installing the oil pressure relief valve,
apply compressed air to the valve opening to re-
move any dirt or foreign material.
FJG 86-CUtANING CLUTCH FRICTION SURFACES
359. The valve should be assembled with the . A.ND LUBRICATING THE PILOT BUSHING
small shoulder or solid end toward the seat and the
large shouldtt or drilled end toward the-spring.
1-0~ ...-u.. ......
i-TNftlHftMIOft
2-~- •.,..._.
-111 *"- ............ .._..,..

IHue 1-Nov.1953
 VEHICLES
D 114 INSTR 1
FIG 87~0'l'CR DISC AUGNJNG ARBOR
1-Tool C.:-
366. Center the clutch disc with a clutch aligning
too), Fig 87. Tighten the-.clutcll cover cap screws
evenly to avoid distorting the ~vg. FinaJly,
tighten the screws to 15 to 20 foot pounde torque
and remove aligning tool.
367. Inst.all clutch releaae bearing and sleeve and
connect the return spring. Install dutch housing
pan.
laatall.adon of Acceseoriea
368. After the accessories have been cleaned, re-
paired or replaced, they are ready Co, installation
on the engine.
Install Dlatrllpltor and Oil Pump
369:· When the distributor and oil pump are in-
stalled, care must be taken to install these two
Un.its propeily,in order that _ignition timing wilt be
correct.
370. Turn the crankshaft, with th~ aid of a wrench
I on the crankshaft star.ting jaw, until the nurnber
one piston is in firing position ('i0 "ATDC"). Top
dea.4 center is indi~red on the fan drive pulley hub
and the firing position is obtained by holding a
finger over the spa,r1c plug hole, while turning the
engine, and noting the pressure OU the finger when
the piston ia coming up on .the compression stroke.
Pqe48
l
··~
FIG 88-DISTRIBufuR. DRIVE GEAR AUGNl(ENJ'
·- .
This will cause ·~iack-in the timing chain to '.be
taken up ·and the pis.ton wUI not be in the correct
positi~~ in relation to the distributor drive gear
position.
371. Note that the slot in the distributor drive
geai,. is offee't; Fil 88. This prevents incorrect posi-
tioning of the distributor. Place the distributor
drive gear slot parallel with the oil pump mounting
holes, with the narrow side of the offset placed to-
ward the heavy portion of the oil pump mounting
flange. With the distributor drive gear in this_posi-
tion, Fig 89, note that one tooth on the gear is
directly in line with the opening in the oil pump
aha£ t housing.
372. With the fingers, turn the distributor dcive
gear, Fig 89, in ~-counterclockwiee..~ -ection to the
next tooth on the gear. .
373. Leave the distributoc drive gear in thirq:,osi-
tion and inataJI the oil pump using a new oil pump
gasket.
374. Remove distributor cap and place rotor-
"in
approximately the 7 o'cloclc position with the con-
tact points just about to open. Mau certain 'the
cork oil eea.1 washer is in place and position the di.
tcibutor on the engine a.nd push it iota the cylinder
block opening.
375. If resistance is felt on the distributor and it
wiU not go into place, tum the rotor slightly in one
direction or the other and it will drop into place.
l18Ue 1-Nov. 1953
CANADIAN ARMY
EME MANUAL
FIG 89- ·POSITIONING OIL PuMP DRIVE GRAil
376. Install distributor lock screw and time igni-
tion ~ that the contact points are just about to
open.
377. Install distributor and coil cover.
Install Starter
378. Install new mounting seal on starter housing,
Fig 90.
379. When installing the starter some difficulty
may be experienced due to interference with the
distributor assembly. However, if the distributor
is loosened and rotated clockwise, the starter will
clear and can be easily installed.
380. When the starter is in its proper· position,
install nuts and lockwashers and tighten eecurely.
Retime ignition.
381. Screw the oil level gauge pipe into the cyl-
incler block. Place gauge and cap assembly in posi-
tion in the pipe.
Install Fuel Pump
382. Place a new gasket on the fuel pump flange
and position fuel pump on engine.
383. Install special · fuel pump mounting screws
and tighten securely.
384. CoQnect Jines from fuel pump to manifold,
windshield wiper, carburetor and fuel filter.
385. Install fuel pump heat shield.
Iuue 1-Nov. 1953 . ~·
VEHICLES
D 114 INSTR I
FIG 90-STARTRlt HousnfG SEAL
Install 011 Filter
386. Install oil filter clamp, Fig 76, to mounting
bracket, but do not tighten mounting screws.
387. Install oil filter assembly in mounting
bracket and tighten clamp screw securely. Tighten
clamp to mounting bracket screws.
388. Connect inlet and outlet lines to oil niter
assembly.
ln1tall Carburetor
389. Use a new carburetor to manifold flange
gasket and place carburetor in position on manifold
studs. Install lockwashen and nuts.
390. Install carburetor air cleaner elbow.
391. Connect throttle and choke control wires and
accelerator control rod.
392. Connect all vent lines to carburetor air
cleaner elbow.
393. Install air cleaner assembly.
394. Connect fuel pump to carburetor line at
carburetor.
Install~Sendln& Unit,
395. Insta ll oil pressure sending unit and install
sending unit bracket on oil filler pipe.
396. Ins~l temperature gauge sending unit on
cylinder head.
397. Connect master cylinder vent line and fuel
tank vent line.
398. Connect distributor ve t lines.
 VEHICLES CANADIAN ARMY
D 114 INSTR 1 EME MANUAL

Run-In Procedure Crankcase Pressure

399. Check all oil connections for tightness and 407. When run-jn procedure is complete, test the
see that all cvlinder head screws are tight. t ightness of all engine connections for deep water
fording.
400. Give complete engine assembly a general
visual check to see that all accessories, components 408. This test is made by closing the crankcase
and parts are in proper position and secure. ventilator valves on t he intake manifold and air
cleaner elbow. Disconnect the vent line from the
401. When the above inspections have been made,
shutoff valve located on the a ir cleane~ elbow and
install the engine on a dynamometer or test stand,
connect a low pressure gauge to the end of the line.
following the manufacturer's instructions for
installation. at
409. Run the engine idling s;eed and watch the
gauge reading. Pressure in the crankcase should
402. If proper equipment is available, pre-oil the
build up to a minimum of 2Y2 pounds per square
engine by forcing oil under pressure into the oiling
inch in two minutes.
system. If pre-oiling equipment is not available,
fill the oil pan with the proper grade and amount of 410. If the pressure fails to reach this minimum,
engine oil. leakage in the system is evident. Leaks are possible
at the crankcase oil filler pipe cap, valve covers and
Run-In Schedule oil pan. These points should be checked and gas-
403. Engines that have been rebuilt should be kets replaced if necessary.
started and run-in according to the following table
ASSEMBLY OF POWER PLANT
U) Speed Load Installation of Transmission
-0 * s::I lnches
0 C)
·.: E c: %of Engine BHP %of of 411. With the aid of a jack, chain fall or helper,
Load Rated
~~~ Rated R.P.M. Vacuum raise the transmission into place and position it
R.P.M. BHP
against the clutch housing.
1 20 30 1020 0 0 19.0 412. Install the cap screws which secure the trans-
2 20 37.5 1275 17.6 22 16.8 mission to the clutch housing and tighten securely.
3 20 44 1496 24.4 30 15.6
4 20 so 1700 28.4 35 14.8 Installation of Radiator
5 20 56 1904 34.0 42 13.6 413. Before installing the radiator, replace old
6 30 62.5 2125 37.3 46 12.8 radiator hose and bent or worn hose connections.
7 30 75 2550 39.7 49 12.4 Clean all hose connections on the radiator. Tnstall
8 30 87.S 2975 44.S 55 11.4 the lower (outlet) hose on the radiator before instal-
9 5 57 1938 26.0 32 15.2 lation.
10 10 32 1088 0 0 19.0
414. Use a suitable support or jack and position
*Total Time: 3 Hours 25 Minutes the radiator in front of the engine.
415. Install both left and right radiator support
Adjust Valves
brackets and connect the lower (outlet) hose to the
404. Run engine at low speeds until it reaches water pump connection. Install the upper (inlet)
normal operating temperature of 160° to 185°F. radiator hose.
Adjust intake valves to 0.010 inch and exhaust
416. Close both drain cocks (radiator and engine)
valves to 0.018 inch.
and fill cooling system with correct amount of
405. Hold tappet with wrench while adjusting the coolant.
screw.
POWER PLANT INSTALLATION
NOTE: Keep engine running at idling speed whil.e
adjusting the tappets. 417. Before installing the power plant, check to
make sure that all parts and accessories have been
406. Continue run-m procedure outlined in properly installed in the same position as when
paragraph 403. removed.

Page 50 Issue,l-Nov. 1953

CANADIAN ARMY
EME MANUAL
FIG 91-ENGINE DISCONNECT POINTS
A-CO-df'I~..,.. ..at and battery box oo.,.r clamp• (two)
8-Batt.ry ground cable connection
C- Brush guard bolts and caps sor•w• (four ffCh aide)
D-Radlator support to tie rod bolt& Cone each aide/
E-R•dlator cupport to frame bolu /two)
F"- F"l'Ont f•nder front support bolts (two eaoh side)
H-Tran·amlHlon gea,. shift leYer bolt
J-Staf'WJ' pedal oap ,orews (thNe)
K-Power take-off control laYer bolts (two-If eciulpped with
winch) · BB--Englne primer connection
L-Transm.l s•lon cover bolts {fourteen)
M-Dath panel trancmlulon out-out oover bolts {three)
Z-lgnltlon coll cable coupling at filter on dash
418, Place square rubber insulators, metal side
up, on engine rear support frame brackets.
419. Position flat spacer washers on radiator sup-
port bracket, in same manner as when radiator
support was lifted from the crossmember.
420. Lower power plant into chassis.
421. Place flat washers and circular rubber insul-
ators on rear support bolts and install bolts in en-
gine rear supports from bottom S, Figs 92, 93. In-
stall plain washer and nut, each side, hut do not
tighten.
422. Install engine front support bolts, lockwash-
ers and nuts- one each side G, Figs 92, 93. When
installing the left front support bolt make certain
the engine support is positioned so it wil: not'inter-
fere with the generator drive belt.
423. Tighten all engine support bolt nuts and
install cotter pins in rear support bolts.
424. Install radiator lower support cap screws,
plain-washers and lockwashers E, Fig 91, but do
not tighten.
Do not tighten any of the bolts or cap screws
until all of the radiator support and fender parts
are attached. This will facilitate the aligning of the
Issue 1-Nov. t 953
VEHICLES
D 114 INSTR 1
FIG 92-ENGINE DISCONNECT POINTS
G--Englne front mounting bolt (one ••oh elde)
Q--Hand brake and transfer ohlft lever mounting (thNe eap
SONWS)
R--Clutch housing to fr•me around ,trap bolt
S·-En9lne rear mounting bolt (one each side\
T-Exhauat pipe connection (two nut&)
X-Starter cable to tran1mlsslon clip
Y-Alr cleaner mounting screws (four)
AA-Choke, throttle and fording valve oontrol•
CC-Wlndahleld wiper tube
00--F'uel llne connection
various parts and result in the saving of time and
material.
425. Install but do not tighten, front fender sup-
port cap screws and lockwashers-two each side
F, Fig 91. Also install the radiator tie rod cap
screws and washers-one each side, D, Fig 91.
426. Jnstall raJiator guard and upper baffle plate
assembly-two cap screws and two bolts, lock-
washers and nuts, each side, C, Fig 91 but do not
tighten.
427. Tighten radiator support and all fender bolt
nuts and cap screws. Insert new lock wire through
radiator support cap screws.
428. Connect propeller shaft companion flange to
rear of transmission-4 bolts, lockwashers and nuts
P, Fig 93. Install lockwasher in same location as at
time o{ disassembly.
429. Install hand brake and transfer control lever
assembly-three cap screws and lockwashers Q,
Fig 92.
430. Install radio suppression ground strap on
engine right rear support--one cap screw and
lockwasher R, Fig 92.
431. Connect clutch linkage--one clevis pin and
cotter pin V, Fig 93.
 VEHICLES
D 114 INSTR 1
FTG 9J-ENGrNE D,scoNNECT PorN-rs
G-Engln• fro"~ m<>u"'lna b<>lt (one oaeh •hie)
N-Accel•rJtto• llnk6go clo.,1, pin
P-F'ront p,-oJ><tll. . sh.ire un1 .. .,.....,1 Joint (four b41t&l
S-(.,glno ,.....r mounting bolt Cone each sldo)
1.1-Wh,oh drl"o thaft ..-.t t<il'<IW (If •<1ulpo,,d with wln.,h)
\1--Cl,n<ih llnk <ilovl• pin
EE--Gon•rato• Gable coupltne
rf-£1octrl-l conne,ot,or for t•mporatUNI gaugc,
GG-Eloct,lo.ol con,.ect<>r to, oll preHVN> 11au90
HH-Fuol t.antt and ma•t•r oyllnd•r bP.a,'lh•r ~onneodona
432. Install rubber grommd in toe ho:ar<l, in~ert
accelerator pedal rod through grommet, inst,\11
clevis pin and cotter pin N, Fig 93. Clevis pin ancl
cotter pin installation can be accomplished through
the opening at the bottom of the shield under the
left front iender.
433. Connect exhaust pipe-two nuts an<l lock-
washers T, Fig 92.
434. :\ttach starter switch cables-three cables
and one nut W, Fig 93. Place rnble in clip at top oi
clutch housing.
435. ,CQ_nnect brake master cylinder and fuel tank
vent tu bes below generator H H, Fig 93.
436. Connect oil pressure and temperature gau)?e
cables t·o sending units on engine FF, GG. Fig 9J.
The temperature gauge sending unit is hack of the
oil filter.
437. Connect ignition distrihu tor primary cable
to filter on dash Z, Fig 91.
438. Connect ca.hie assembly to generator elbow
EE., Fig 93.
439. ConnecL llcxiblc hose to (uel line shut-off
valve DD, Fig 92. Open shut-off valve.
440. Connect primer tube to manifold BB, Fig 92.
Page 52
CANADIAN ARMY
EME MANUAL
441. Connect accelerator pull-back spring to
right side of dash, in engine compartment.
442. Attach the fording valve cable bracket to
the top of the carburetor air intake elbow a.t the
carburetor to air intake elbow upper stud--one nut
and loC'.kwasher AA, Fig 92.
443. Connect throttle control, choke control and
fording valve control AA, Fig 92. The throttle
control button, choke control button and for<lini:r
valve control handle should be moved slightly out
from the instrument panel when the control wires
are connected w insure complete opening o( the
two valves when the controls are pushed in all the
way.
\Vhenever the power plant is removed or the
control:, are disconnected for any reason it is im-
portant to make certain that the valves can be
opened and dosed by the fording valve control
handle on the instrument panel.
To insure correct adjustment of the controls for
the fording v<ilves, proceed ;is follows:
(a) (heck the mountin~ of rhe C'.Ontrol cables on
the supporting strap attached to the carburetor
air cleaner elbow ffange stud. The cable ior the
lower valve should be at the top of the clip and
cable for upper valve at bottom.
(b) Bend levers on fording valves to obtain proper
alignment with rnntrol wires and cables, if
necessary.
(c) With instrument panel control handle, !-{2"
from the control plate, valves shoulrl be open
and when the handle is pulled out, the valves
should be closed. Jf the controls do not work
freely, pour penetrating oil on the cables.
(d) If adjustment is necessary, loosen the screw
that locks the control wire OJI the valve lever
and push control handle within ~2" irom in-
strument panel. Push the valve handles down
to the open position in each case and tighten
wire lock screws.
C'heck operation of valves hy working control
handle in and out. With the control handle all
the way out, check to determine if thl're is any
in terferencc between either lever or cable
(wiring housinR). Ii any interference exists,
alter position of c;tble in retaining dip so that
tra vcl oi the lever is not restricted.
444. Connect win<lshield wiper rnbber vacuum
tube to fuel pump tube CC, Fig 92.
Issue 1-Nov. 1953
 CANADIAN ARMY
EME MANUAL
445 . Jnstall air cleaner assembly. Make certain
that air cleaner to elbow paper gasket and shroud
cover rubber seal are in good condition- four
screws and lockwashers Y, Fig 92. Align air cleaner
center support assembly so that elongated holes
will match with like holes in the shroud. The gasket
should be installed between the air intake elbow and
the shroud.
446. Adjust fan belt--one cap screw and lock-
washer.
447. Jnstall dash opeoing cover-three cap screws
YI, Fig 91 and transmission cover- 14 01.p screws
L, Fig 91.
448. Jnstall starter pedal-three cap screws J,
Fig 91.
r ·
Issue 1-Nov. 1953
VEHICLES
D 114 INSTR 1
449. Install winch control lever if vehicle is so
equ ipped-two cap screws and lockwashers K , Fig
91.
450. Inst.a.II transmission gearshift lever-one bolt
H, Fig 91.
451. Connect winch propeller shaft if vehicle is so
equipped- set screw and lock wire U, Fig 93.
452. Connect battery ground ca.hie B, Fig 91.
453. Install battery box cover and co-driver's seat
A. Fig 91.
454. Check all µoin ts and make certain that all
tubes, cables and other parts are properly attached.
Start engine and again check the various connec-
tions.
 VEHICLES CANADIAN ARMY
D 114 INSTR 1 EME MANUAL

TABLE I-ENGINE TROUBLES AND REMEDIES

SYMPTOMS PROBABLE CAUSE PROBABLE REMEDY

Improper Ignition or Distributor or oil pump improperly Check installation of distributor

Pre-Ignition l.n stalled.
Excessive carbon in cylinder head
or on pistong.
Improper automatic advance.
Excessive on Oil Jines to filter leaking.
Consumption
Timing chain case cover gasket or
oil seal leaking.
Valve compartment cover, fuel
pump and oil pan gaskets.
Improper operation of oll pressure
relief valve.
Worn piston rings, worn cylinders
and improperly seating valves.
Poor Engine Carburetor mixture too lean.
Performance
and oil pump.
Remove cylinder head and remove
all carbon from combustion cham-
bers, pistons, valves and cylinder
block.
Removedlstributorandcheckspa.rk
advance against specifications.
Checlr visually with engine run-
ning. If leaks are present, tighten
fittings or replace any fittings that
are damaged.
Replace timing cbaln case cover
gasket. Inspect oil seal and replace
if necessary.
Check visually with engine run-
ning. If leaks are present, replace
gaskets.
Remove valve and check for pres-
ence of dirt or lint between valve
and seat. Do not stretch valve
spring if pressure is low. If oil pres-
sure ls stlll low, determine cause,
such as excessive bearing clearance,
worn oil pump or badly diluted
engine oil.
Check compression with a com-
pression gauge. Do not expect all
cylinders to show the same com-
pression, but any decided difference
will indicate improperly seating
valves, worn rings, worn cylinders
or leaky gasket. After taking initial
reading, seal the piston with a tea-
spoonful of engine oil poured
through spark plug hole and take a
second reading. If pressure does
not increase, this will indicate that
improperly seating valves are at
fault. If pressure increases, this
will indicate that worn rings, worn
cylinders or leaky gasket is at fault.
Check for damaged or incorrect
type or size of main metering jet.
Check for damaged tip or bad top
shoulder seat of main discharge
jet. Step-up jet or accelerating
pump not functioning.

Page 54 Issue 1-Nov. 1953

 CANADIAN ARMY VEHICLES
EME MANUAL D 114 INSTR 1

('.,
TABLE I-ENGINE TROUBLES AND REMEDIES-(Cont'd)

SYMPTOMS PROBABLE CAUSE PROBABLE REMEDY

Incorrect fuel level. Check fuel level in carburetor.

Improper governor operation. Calibrate and adjust governor.
Distributor operating improperly. Calibrate distributor advance
mechanism.
Valves not seating. See remedy under worn rings, etc .•
as shown a bove.
Engine Stalls or Manifold h ea t control valve frozen Freewithpenetratin.goilorreplace.
Lacks Power in open position.
Intake manifold gaskets leaking. Replace gaskets and align exhaust
and intake manifold flanges.
Engine compression low. Check each cylinder with compres•
sion gau~e. Repair as necessary.
Carburetor and governor operation Inspect carburetor and governor.
faulty. Repair as necessary.
Ignition system faulty. Check complete system. Repair as
necessary.

TABLE II-ENGINE SPECIFICATIONS

GENERAL
Type . .. ... ....... . . . . . . .... .. ....... . . .. . ........ ...... . . "L" Head
Number of Cylinders . ... . .. . ..... ..... . .. ... . . .. ........ . 6
Bore .... . , .. . ... . . .. . .. .... . ...... .. .. . .. .. . . . . ......... . 3%, In.
Stroke .. . ... .. . ..... . . .. . .. ............... , . . . . ......... . 4;1 In.
Piston Displacement . ..................... .. . , . . , ....... . 250.6 Cu. In.
Horsepower- Gross-Less Accessories ..... .... . .. . .. . .... . 106@ 3600 R.P.M.
With Accessories ... . . . . . .. . . . . ...... . 95@ 3400 R.P.M.
Torque (Foot Pounds)-Gross ....... .. .. ..... . . .. ... ..... . 200 @ 1200 R.P.M.
Net ........... . .. . .. .. . . . ... ..... . 188@ 1200 R.P.M.
Recommended Governed .Speed ...... . ..... .. . . .. . .. ..... . 3400 R.P.M.
Compression Ratio . . . . . .. . ................. . .. . .... . . .. . . 6.6:l
Compression Pressure (Lbs. per Sq. In.)
At Cranking Speed (150 R.P.M.) ....... . . . . ...... . ... . 125-135
At 1,000 R.P.M. .. ........................ . . . . . . . . . . . . 155-165
En~ine Mountln~ (Front and Rear) . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. . . . Rubber
Water Distributor Tube ... . . . ........ ... ... . . . .. . . . . . .. . . Brass
Engine Wef~ht (St ripped ) ...... .. ... . ..... . . ....... . .. . . . . 610 Lbs.
(With Accessories) . . .. . .. .. ........... .. . . . 845 Lbs.
OILING SYSTEM
Capacity
(Refill-W / New Filter Element).. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 .Qts.
(RefiH-W /0 New Filter Element).... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Qts.
OIL PUMP
Drive. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Camshaft
Normal Pressure . ... , . .... ........... , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 Lbs. @ 800 Engine R.P.M.
P1.1mp Intake .. . . ....... . . ....... ,....... . .. .. .. .. . . .. ,._Floa ting Screen
D,l
.Issue 1-·Nov. 195
f·jfer I·(.1 ~ A L I N fl T OI'\
a
X. S':)rA
t Paie 5S
or
F~A~i c tit~ .
. ,HN ~
·:N ptf <( p Y'(L Jt,-\ /IV J. I- " . -
~d()(jJ f() YI{ /f ., _,
 VEHICLES CANADIAN ARMY
D 114 INSTR 1 EME MANUAL

TABLE II-ENGINE SPECIFICATIONS-(Cont'd)

Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rotor
Pressure Gauge Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Instrument Panel
OIL PAN
Attachment. . . . . . .... ... .. . ...... . .. ..... ....... . ... . Cap Screws
Type of Seal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cork G a skets
CRANKSHAFT AND MAIN BEARINGS
Crankshaft
Material . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Hi~h Carbon Steel
Len~th... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31!12 In.
Thrust Taken By. . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Rear Main Bearing
End Play. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.003 to 0.007 In.
II
Main Bearings
Number .... .... .... . ........ .. ...... . ... . . . . ..... .. . 4
Type . .... . . . ... ...... . .. . .... .. . .... . .. . ............ . Precision Insert
Material ..... ........ . ....... ..... ..... . ... . ...... .. . Babbitt on Steel
Diameter .... . .. ... . ... . .... ..... . . ..... . ... . . .. .. . .. . 2}1 In.
Length (Less Chamfer) Nos. 1, l, 3 ..... . ....... ...... . 1.155 In.
No. 4 . .. ........ . ..... ..... . . . 1.589 In.
Clearance . .......... ... ....... . ............. .. ... .. . . 0.001 to 0.002 In.
CONNECTING RODS Ai'lD BEARINGS
Connec ting Rods
Material . ... . . ..... .. .... . . . ..... . .... . . . . . .. . . .. ... . High Manganese Steel
l 'ype ...... .. ..... ... .... .. . . . . ... . .... . . . . ...... . ... . "I" Beam Section
Length between Centers ..... . ........ .. ... . ... .. . .. . . 7,Ysln .
End Play . . .. .. . ..... .... .... . ....... .. .... ...... . ... . 0.006 to 0.011 In.
Number Used . .. . . .. .. ... ... ... . ... .. .. . . ........... . 6
Bearings
Number ...... ... .... ........ ... ... . ... .. .... . . .. ... . . 1.2
Type ....... .... . .. ..... . ... . .. . · .. ··· · · ····· ······· ·· Precision Insert
Material .. . . .... . . . . . .......... .. . .... . ..... . ....... . Babbitt on Steel
Diameter .... . ... . ..... ........ . ... ........ ......... . . 2.125 In.
Length ... . . ..... . . .. .. . . . .... .... ...... . .. .. ... · . . · .· 1.080 In.
Clearance ....... . .. .. . . .... . . .. . . . .. . . ......... .• . . .. 0.001 to 0.002 In.
CAMSHAFT, TIMING CHAIN AND BEARINGS
Camshaft
Material .. ..... . . . ...... ..... .. , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cast Iron
Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Chain
Thrust Taken By..... . ..... ...... . .. . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Thrust Plate
End Play .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.002 to 0.006 In.
Timinit Chain
Width ....... . .. . .. .. . .. .. . ..... . ..... . . .. . . ...... . . . . lln.
Number of Links . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Pitch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.500 In.
Bearings
Number ...... .. .. . .. . . . ......... ... ....... . .. .... ... . 4
Material. .. . .. . . . . . . .. .. ... Nos. 1, 2, 3... ... .. ........ Babbitt on Steel
No. 4 .. , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cast Iron-Machined in Block

Pate 56 lssue 1-Nov. 1953

CANADIAN ARMY VEHICLES
EME MANUAL D 114 INSTR 1

TABLE II-ENGINE SPECIFICATIONS-(Cont'd)

Diameter . . . . . . .... .. . .. . .. No. 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 In.

No. 2 .. .. .. . .... . . . . . . . . . . 1.9687 In.
No. 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.9375 In.
No. 4.. . . . . ... . .. . .. . .. . .. 1.250 In.
Length .... . ... ... ...... ... . No. 1.. .. . . .... .. .. ....... 1.093 In.
Nos. 2 and 3 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.0312 In.
No. 4 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.250 In.
Clearance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.002 to 0.004 In.
VALVES AND VALVE TAPPETS
Intake Valves
Location ... . .. . .. . . . . . . .. . . .. .. ....... . .. . . .. . .. .. . .. Right Side of Engine
Type of Stem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Solid
Stem Diameter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.3405 In.
Length . . . . . . .. . .. . .. .. . . .. .. . . . .... . . . .. . . . ... . .... . . 4% In.
Seat Angle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 Degrees
Valve Lift . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.379 In.
Port Diameter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . lUG In.
Head Diameter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12%'2 In.
Clearance-Stem to Tappet (Hot) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.010 In.
(Cold) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.010 In.
Exhaust Valves
Location ... . ...... . . . . .. . . .. .. . . .. . . . . ... .... . . . .. . .. Right Side of Engine
Type of Stem . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sodium Filled
Stem Diameter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.433 In.
Length . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4% In.
Seat Angle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 Degrees
Valve Lift . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.379 In.
Port Diameter. . . .. . .. . .. . ..... . ... . .... . .. . . . . . . . . . .. 1% In.
Head Diameter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1Y2 In.
Seat Insert . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Special Alloy
Clearance-Stem to Tappet (Hot) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.018 In.
(Cold) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.020 In.
Valve Guides
Material . .......... . . .. . .. . . . ... . .... . .. . .. . ... . . . . . . Bronze
Length .. ... . .. ..... .... .. . . Intake ......... ...... . .. . . 21%, In.
Exhaust .. . . ...... . ... . .. . 2%, In.
Top of Block to Top of Guide
Intake . . ... . .. . ...... .. . . . J1 In.
Exhaust . ... .... .. . .. . . .. . 1%; In.
Clearance Between Valve Stem and Guide
Intake . . .. . ..... . . .. .. . . . . 0.001 to 0.003 In.
Exhaust .... . ...... . .... . . 0.0045 to 0.0065 In. "
Ream to .... . .. .. . . .. . .. . .. Intake ... .. . .. . .. . . .. ... . . 0.3425 to 0.3435 In. I I/3 'J.
Exhaust . . . . . .. . ..... . . . . . 0.437 to 0.438 In. .. ~/ 1,
' o.YM/
Valve Springs
Pressure- Valve Open. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107- 115 Lbs. @ 1% In.
Valve Closed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40-45 Lbs. @ 1%' In.
Valve Timing
Intake Opens . . . . . ... . .... . .... .. . .. .. . . ...... . . . . . . . . 12 Degrees BTDC.
Exhaust Closes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Degrees ATDC.
Issue 1- Nov. 1953 Page 57
 VEHICLES CANADIAN ARMY
D 114 INSTR 1 EME MANUAL

TABLE II-ENGINE SPECIFICATIONS-(Cont'd ) ,,

Valve Tappets
1'ype................. . ......................... . ..... Mushroom
Adjusting Screw-Type............................ . .. Self-Locking
PISTONS, PINS Al"'lD RINGS
Pistons
Material ... . . .. . . .. ...... .. . .. . ..... . ........ . . .. . .. .
Aluminum A.Hoy
Type ..... . . . . . ..... ... ..... . ................. ....... . U-Slot-Cam Ground
Length . .. . .. .. . . .... , ............ ......... ....... .. . . ~3%' In.
Piston Fit . .. . ........ .. . .......................... . . . 0.002 'Peeler Gauge With 5 to 7
Lbs. Pull at 70°F.
Ring Groove Depth-Compression ...... . .. . ... .. . .. . . 0.176 In.
Oil ... . . .. . . .. . .. . .. . .. . ... . ... . . 0.178 In.
Piston Pins
Type . ......... . .......... ....... ................ .. . . . Floating
Bearing-(ln Connectin~ Rod) ..... . .. . .... .... .... . . . Bronze Bushing
Clearance-In Piston ......... ....... . .. . .. ... .. .. . .. . 0.000 to 0.0005 In.
In Rod ............... ...... ... ... .. . .. .. . 0.0001 to 0.0004 In.
Pin Fit-In Piston and Rod ...... .... ........ .. . . . . .. . Thumb Push Fit at 70°F.
Piston Rings
Loca tion . ................... ..... .. . .. . .. ........ . . . . Above Pin
Oil Rings-Number Per Piston ... . .. . .. . ............ . . 2
Width ....... ....... . . . . .. . ... . . . ........ . 0.150 In .
Gap Width ... . .. . . ....... ...... . ......... . 0.007 to 0.015 In.
Side Clearance- To Groove ...... ......... . 0.001 to 0.0025 In.
Surface Coating .... .. .... .. ............ . . . Tin
Compression Rings-Number Per Piston .. . . ........ . . 2
Wid th ...... . . . .... .. . .. .. . . . . . . . 0.093 In.
Gap Width- Upper .. ......... , .. 0.010 to 0.020 In.
Intermediate .. . . . . . 0.007 to 0.015 In.
Side Clearance-To Groove
Upper ... .. . .. . . . 0.0025 to 0.004 In.
Intermediate .. . . 0.002 to 0.0036 In.
Surface Coating·--Upper ........ . Chrome
.Intermediate .. Tin
COOLING SYSTEM
Water Pump
Type .. . .... ........ . . ... .... .................... ... . . Centrifu~al
Drive ... ... . .. . . .. . . . . .. ................ . . . .... . . ..... Belt
Belt Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Endless "V"
Bearings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Integral with S haft
Fan
Number of Blades. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Drive .. . . . . .......... . ..... . ........... ...... . .. .. . . . . Belt 5 br ~ ,.., J 5!-l JJi5
Diameter .. .... . . . . . ............. . .. . .. . .. . ....... . .. . 18 Jn.
Radiator Core tr L 3 .3 (' f t ttl t ,- , I fO ·
·rype ........ . ..... . .. , . . , .. , .. , ... , ............... .. . Fin a nd Tube ('(,( lt/(f)
Cap-- Type .... .. .. . .. . . .. .. ... . .. . . .......... . . _. .. . . Pressure- 4Y:i Lbs.
Capacity of System ... . ..... . . . . .. . . . . ..... . ..... . .. . . 14.2 Imp. Qts.

Page 58 Issue 1-Nov. 1953

 CANADIAN ARMY VEHICLES
EME MANUAL D 114 INSTR 1

TABLE II-ENGINE SPECIFICATIONS- (Cont'd)

FUEL SYSTEM
Air Cleaner 1-< /Marl .
l Qt.
· I'" f> l r
Capacity ........ . ................. . .... . ............ . fh· Y
Make .. . .................................. . ......... . AC
Model ............................................... . 1551142
Type ............................................... . Oil Bath
Carburetor
Adjustment .................... . .. . .. . ......... . .... . Idle Only
M.ake ......... . ....................... . ............. . Carter
Model ............ ... .................... · .. ·········· E9-D1
Size ............ . . .. . .. ........ . ..................... . lH In.
Governor .......... . .. .. ............. . . . . ............ . lnteg,ral with CarburetOT
Fuel Ftlter t~
Location ................................... . ........ . Front of Dash '1l 7 y Pt
Make ....... ·.·....................................... . Zenith l-f= - b .}...
Model ........ . .... .. ................................ . F ·363Xl-l ·- <:-~
(;.-F , I '5 7
Fuel Pump
Drive ................................................ . Camshaft
Make ............. . ......................... . ....... . AC
Model ............................................... . GP-21181
Type of Primer ....... . .............................. . Hand
Fuel Tank
,,...-. Capacity .................................. . ......... . lO Imp. Gals.
Filler Cap-Type ... . . .. . .. .... . ..... . . . . ..... . .. . .. . . Pressure
Location ................ . ........................... . At Rear of Frame
Vent ................ . ............................. . . . Tube to Air Cleaner Elbow
Gauge-Location ...................... . ............. . Instrument Panel
Type ... . .................................... . Electrlcal

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM ma/h fqJi,ce

q C ~YDt 1 I·'(. fv-ee.
Batteries (Two Per Vehicle)
Capacity ...................... . .. . ............ . .. .. . . 45 Amperes at 20 Hour Rate
80°F.
Electrolyte (Above Plates) .......... . ... . ............ . . Fill Only to Ledge
Make .................................... '......... . . . Auto-Lite or Willard
Model ......................... . ..................... . U.S.-lHN.
Cells per Battery ............ . . . ........ . ............ . 6
Plates per Battery ......... .. . ....................... . 11
Terminal Grounded ......................... . .. . .... . Negative
Voltage per Battery .................................. . 1l
Location·-(Except Ambulance) ...................... . Under Seat-Right Side
(Ambulance) ........... . ................ . . Under Front of Left Litter Rack
Distributor and Coll
!\,fake. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . Auto-Lite
Model............... . ........................ . ....... IAV-4008-UT or IAU·4009-UT
Location ........... . .. . .. . ........................ .' . . Left Side of Engine
Drive ................................................ . Camshaft Gear
Type .......... . .. . ........ . ........ - .. - ·· ··· · ·· · ·· · ·· Automatic Advance
Breaker Gap ...................... . ...... . .......... . 0.018 to 0.022 In.
( 1\J 1 I i t{ N {) ; '5 1 \7 h l.t 1bY . (6 // f{ e-5;5~0 ;-
Issue 1-Nov. 1953 ( t'. p __ A i_ •
1 3 <; f3! 0 e 5 +- v"(t\ k; t i.<!O ·- j)(\- i JS Page 59
t c; l. - O f<. - I ~O .AJ 1.- € ff o F.P ~e ~IA Off
f'ioi o1' - A L.-1 ~{ 11 Ix. ~ 5·-,. ;-ea!< W · t es - 5 5" L ~ /4
I':, , N t 5 ·- .4 L - ·<~ - a,. q. 1-nJ rv ;e h c ff' Wi..: +c.K e r
L 0 /11 .0, -- ,1 L. • 3 /.4 I I ___Jj
 VEHICLES CANADIAN ARMY
D 114 INSTR 1 EME MANUAL

TABLE II-ENGINE SPECIFICATIONS--(Cont'd)

Dwell Angle ... .......... . ... ........................ . 38 to 41 Degrees

e
Automatic Advance .. .... . ... ... .' ................... . 22 to 26 Degrees @ 3050 Engine
R.P.M.
Firing Order .... ... . ........... . .. . ................ . . 1-5-3-6-2-4
Ignition Timing .. . . . . .. .. .. . ........ . .............. . . l Degrees A.T.D.C.
Voltage ...... ... .. . ............ .. . .. . . .. . ....... .... . 24
Generator
Make .... .... . .. . .................. . ..... ····· · ···· ·· Auto-Lite
Model .... . ..... .................... ... .. . . ........ .. . GHA-4802-UT
Location . ..... . ........ . .... . ....... . . .... ..... . ... . . Left Side of Engine
Drive ...... ............................ . ........... .. . Belt
Pulley Diameter ...................... ... . . . . . ...... . . 3~ In.
Voltage . .... ...................... . .. . . . . .. .. . . . . . .. . 24
Charging Rate (Amperes) .......... ..... . .. ...... . . . . . 25
Generator Regulator
Make ..... ............ ........ ..... . .. . . . .. ....... . . . Aut9-Lite
Model ....... .. . .. .. .. ........ ........ ............... . VBC-4002- UT
Location ........ ............. ................ . ...... . Left Front Side of Dash
Specified Maximum Charing Amperage ............ . . . 24.5 to 26 Amp.eres
Specified Operating Voltage ... .. ........... . ......... . 28 ± 1 V o & ~ ~

~ ~~~~
Spark Plugs
Make ............... ... .. .. . . . ....... . . .............. . Aut1>-Lite :!
Model and Type ..... . .. . ........ ..... ............... . AR7S-ResJstor ·fl ~'}
Size ........... ....... . .... . .. . ... . .. . . . ....... ..... . . 14 MM
Gap . .......... . .. ...... ....... . .. . ..... . ........... . . 0.028 to 0.033 In.
Starting Motor
Make .............. . .... . ............... ...... .. . . . . . Auto-Lite
Model. ..... , .. . ... . . . .. . .. . ... .. ... . ..... . . . . . . ..... . MCS-4301-4 or MCZ-4002- UT
Drive . . .. .. . . . . ............ . . . . .. . .. . .. .. . . .. .... . . .. . Mechanical Shift to Flywheel
Ring Gear
Number of Teeth in Ring Gear ........ ...... ...... .. . 146
Number of Teeth in Starter Gear .... .. . ...... ....... . 9
Star ter Switch Location .............. ... .. . ......... . Starter Housing

IG-IV. f"i r1-fs

(onp,
,,

PaQe60 Issue 1- Nov. 1953

CANADIAN ARMY VEHICLES
EME MANUAL D 114 INSTR 1

TABLE III-ENGINE REPAIR AND REBUILD STANDARDS

GENERAL
The repair an<l rebuild standa1ds included in this table give the minimum and the maximum si1.es and
clearances of new or rebuilt parts as wdl as wear limits, which indicates that point to which a part or parts
may be worn before I eplacement, in order to receive maximum service with minimum replacement. Normally
all parts which have not been worn beyond the dimensions shown in the "Wear Limits" column or damaged
from corrosion will be approved for service. Minimum, maximum and wear li,mit dimensions arc inches unless
otherwise specified.

Size and Flt

Fft. Ref. Point of Measure::nent of New Parts Limits
No. Letter Wear
Mln. Max.

CYLINDERS
94 F Nominal bore diameter and maximum wear 3.4375 3.4395 3.4475
36 Out of round 0.000 0.001 0.0025
36 Taper 0.000 0.001 0.010
MAIN BEARINGS
53 Clearance of bearlni to crankshaft (main) 0.001 0.002 0.003
54 End Play of crankshaft in bearings when
instatted 0.003 0.007 0.010
i
CRANKSHAFT ''I
94 K Main bearlnt journals, nominal diameter I
'
and maximum wear l.4995 2.5005 2.498 I
Out of round 0.000 0.0003 0.0015
Taper 0.000 0.0005 . _o.oou____
Run-out of nearest center main journal
when supported at each end 0.000 0.003 0.005
94 G Connecting rod journals, nominal diameter
and maximum wear 1.124 2.125 l.123
Out of round 0.000 0.0005 0.0015
Taper 0.000 0.0005 0.0015
Run -out of crankshaft when supported at
each end 0.000 0.002 0.004
Run-out of flywheel mounting face 0.000 O.Oll 0.018
CONNECTING RODS
94 H-G Clearance-connecting rod bearings to crank-
shaft 0.001 0.002 0.004
Side clearance of connecting rod bearings to
crankshaft 0.0055 0.0115 0.021
94 0-E Fit between piston pin and connecting rod
bushing at 70°F. 0.0001 0.0004. O.OOJ
PISTONS
Width of ring groove
Groove No. 1-top 0.096 0.097 0.099
Groove No. 2- 0.0955 0.«)%5 0.0985
Groove No. 3- 0.156 0.157 0.159
Groove No. 4- 0.156 0.157 0.15~

Issue 1-Nov. 1953 Page 61

 VEHICLES CANADIAN ARMY
D 114 INSTR 1 EME MANUAL

TABLE III- ENGINE REPAIR AND REBUILD STANDARDS-(Cont'd)

~
--.;- ~ E§-- S
~
-,- GB- T
_L_
to
_t_::_
~i}T
~ ~~T

l'.14-- F·- - - . -- o - -- ~ ,

RA PO 356599

FIG 9 4 - CRANKS HAFT, C ONNE CTING Roo AND PISTON TOLE RANCES

Pate 62 Issue 1- Nov. 1953

CANADIAN ARMY VEHICL-ES
EME MANUAL D 114 INSTR 1
TABLE III- ENGINE REPAIR AND REBUILD STANDARDS- (Cont'd )

Size and Fit

Fig. Ref. Point of Measurement of New Parts Wear
No. Letter Limits
Min. Max.
PISTONS (Cont'd)
94 E Piston pin diameter 0.8591 0.8593 0.8589
94 B-E Fit between pin and piston at 70°F. 0.0000 0.0003 0.001
Clearance piston to bore, thrust side, % inch
from bottom of skirt with piston at proper
cam dimensions 0.0002 0.0012 0.003
PISTON RINGS
Gap clearance when fitted in cylinder
94 s Upper compression rlni 0.010 0.020 0.035
94 T Lower Compression ring and oil rings 0.007 0.015 0.030
Clearance of ring in groove of piston
94 N Groove No. 1 0.0025 0.004 0.008
94 p Groove No. 2 0.002 0.0036 0.006
94 Q Groove No. 3 0.001 0.0025 0.004
94 R Groove No. 4 0.001 0.0025 0.004
CAMSHAFT
Diameter of Journals
95 H No. 1 journal 1.998 1.999 1.997
95 F No. 2 journal 1.9665 1.9675 1.9655
95 D No. 3 journal 1.935 1.936 1.934
95 A No. 4 journal 1.2475 1.2485 1.2465
CAMSHAFT BEARINGS
Clearance between camshaft journal and
bea ring 0.002 0.004 0.005
End Play of camshaft when installed 0.002 0.006 0.010
VALVE TAPPETS
65 Clearance, tappet to cylinder block 0.000 0.001 0.0015
Diameter of tappet 0.6235 0.624 0.6225

RA PD 356600

FIG 95- C AMSHAFT TOLE RANCES

Issue l - Nov. 1953 Page 63

 VEHICLES CANADIAN ARMY
D 114 INSTR 1 EME MANUAL

T~BLE III-ENGINE REPAIR AND REBUILD STANDARDS- (Cont'd)

''
. ~.;\'' Size and Fit
Fit. Ref. Polnt of Measurement of New Parts Wear
No. Letter Limits
Min. Max.
VALVES AND VALVE SPRINGS
10 3 Intake valve:
Stem diameter 0.34-05 0.3415 0.3435
Stem to guide clearance 0.001 0.003 0.005
10 2 Exhaust valve:
Stem diameter 0.433 0.434 0.4315
-~ Stem to guide clearance 0.0045 0.0065 0.009
Valve springs:
;r Compressed length of 1% inch 40 lb. 45 lb.-
Compressed lenath of 1% inch
._] 107 lb. 115 lb.
~-· OIL PUMP
70 End play between rotor and cover 0.001 0.003 0.004
72 End play, drive shaft 0.001 0.003 0.004
68 Clearance between rotor to body-radial 0.0045 0.008 0.008
67 Clearance between rotots (eccentricity of
outside rotor in body considered) 0.0041 0.0106 0.010
WATER PUMP
73 tl Shaft diameter 0.6270 0.6280 0.6230
Bearin!l diameter 1.1807 1.1811 1.1777
End Play 0.0025 0.0045 O.OlO
TORQUE SPECIFICATIONS
Torque--ft.-lbs.
10 Main bearing cap screws 80- 85
44 Cylinder head cap screws 65-70
10 44 Connectin~ rod nu ts 45-50
9 25 Cranking jaw 108 minimum
Intake and exhaust manifold stud nuts 15- lO

Page 64 Issue I-Nov. 1953

 CANADIAN ARMY VEHICLES
EME MANUAL D 114 INSTR 1

22
/
21
'Qi
/ 'Q,,,1 i'"
'" '?);,, ~ ,-,;'
20 / // (o<;,,,
19 / / ' ' t)'1
18
11 / /
16 /
15

~
12 ~,,,- .
--- -9
/ ~-·o
~ - - - - 11

FrG 96- Cr.urcH- Exri,onED Vrnw

1-Cl"tch driving disc facll\11 rivet
2--.Clutch d,lvlng disc f•cll\g
3-.Cl"tch co.,.,,.
4--Cl"tch ey• bolt nut
&-Clutch relea•e bearing a ... mbly
6 -Clutch . .,ease t.e.rlng P"" back
&--Clut<>h ..I•••• fork
9-.Clutch release fork f la ngo uoembly
10- ~luu:h r-ele•H fork flange ,c..w
loolil:waaher
11-~lutch releaae fork fla nge ec,..w
12-Clutch releHe fork flange buahlng
11>--·.Cl"tch release lever 1prln11
16-- -Clutch releaae strut
17-.Clutch release lever
IS-Clutch eye bolt a ..1eml>ly
1&-.Clutch releaae l""er pin
2:>-Clutch pr<1sau,. 1prlng

e
21--<:lutch preaaure plate
1prlng 13--Clutch releHe fork lever key
22-Clutch dtlvln11 dlac Hlembly
7-.Clutch releaM fork bushlftg 14- .CCutch r-eleaoe bearing ,,. ..,.

CLUTCH 459. Remove t he cover and detach the release

GENERAL
455 . The clutch asscn~bly, Fig 96. is composed of
two major units; the pressure plate and cover as-
sembly and driving disc assembly._ The pressu,e
plate and cover ass<•mbly consists of the pressure
plate, compression springs, rdease levers and cover.
The driving d isc nmsists of a spring loaded center
disc and two facings .
REMOVAL
456-:- The procedure for removi ng the dutch is
outlined in pMas 74 lo 78 under "Power Plant
Disassembly''.
DISASSEMBLY, INSPECTION AND REPAIR
457. The clutch can he disassembled by mounting
the ch1tch (>rl an adjustinR" fixture and compressing
the cover in accordance with the instructions sup-
plied by the fixture manufacturer .
Disassembly
4.58. Remove the eye bolt nuts. Release the cover
with the clutch fixture according to the instructio11s
of the tool manufacturer.
lever spring from the pressure plate.
460. ReTi,ovc the release lever;;, Fig 98, by holding
the eye-bolt while lifting the inner end of the release
lever as high as possible. Press down on the eye-
bolt t o keep it in its socket and lift the release lever
stru I over the ridge at the outer end of the lever.
461. Lift the eye-bolt off the pressure pla.te and
remove the strut. Release the dutch from the
fixture and remove the pressure plate.
Inspection and Repair
Wash all parts (except release bearing) in dry
clean.ing solven t and dry with compressed air.
NOTE: 'l'he clrttch rele(Wi bf!<tritt~ i.~ packed with
lubri.cm1t u :l1e11 "wm~factured and (/QeS ,wt require fttr•
th<ir lubrication.
462. Examine clutch disc for broken or loose
compression springs, b roken disc. loose or broken
rivets.
463. Try the fit of the disc huh on a transmission
mainshaft that is not worn in the splines. This will
determine i{ it is too loose and unfit for further
service.

Issue 1-Nov. 1953

 VEHICLES
D 114 INSTR 1
FIG 97-CLUTCH COVER AND PRESSURE PLATE
ASSEMBLY JN FtXTURF.
1- Flatu .. (- 1 C-546)
2-Clutoh Pf'MIU,.. plat.
3- l"unc:h mark• on ,,....,,. plato and -
,-ciutoh_,,...
464. Check th'e surface of the disc and facing for
wear imd warpage. Replace disc assembly if
necessary.
465. Inspect the facings for oil or grease, exces-
sive wear, loose rivets or damaged facings. If only
the facings are worn or damaged, replace the
facings.
466. Examine the flywheel and pressure plate
surfaces for scoring, ridges or hairline cracks. Dis-
card cracked pressure plate or flywheel.
467. Inspect the driving slots in the cover for
wear. Examine the cover carefully for wear and
check the flange 01 rim for warpage. If any of these
conditions exist, replace the cover.
468. Check the compression springs with a clutch
spring tester. The correct spring testing load is 209
to 225 lbs. when compressed to 11Yio inches. Discard
springs that do not meet the above specifications.
469. Inspect the release lever springs for distor-
tion, overheating and stretching. Replace springs
showing any of the above con<litions.
470. Carefully examine the release levers, eye-
bolts, lever pins and struts. Replace any parts
showing signs of wear or damage.
471. Inspect the release bearing for roughness,
extreme looseness of the bearing races and free flt
on the bearing sleeve. Replace bearing if worn or
damaged.
Page 66
CANADIAN ARMY
EME MANUAL
I
·j'
/•
I ft
FIG 98-FINAL ASSEMBLING OF STRUT
1-Releas• ,..,er nrut 2- £.,.e bolt
3- ReteaH l.,,er
472. To reface the clutch disc, drill out the old
riyets and remove the facings from the disc. Do not
punch the rivets out as the punch will damage tbe
clutch cushion springs.
473, After removing the old facings, clean the disc
and remove any burrs or rough edges around the
rivet holes or disc with a file. Rivet new facings of
the proper thickness (0. 140 inch) on the disc with
a relining machine.
NOTE: Do not permit oil or grease t.o come irtCQntact
uit/i the clutch facinp,!o.
ASSEMBLY
474. Make certain the clutch fixture is free @foil
and grease and install the pressure plate on the
fixture.
475. Ligh tly coat the release lever pins, the plain
end of. the eye-bolts and the edges of the release
lever struts with general purpose lubricant.
476. Install lever pin in the eye-bolt. Place the
release lever over the threaded end of the eye-bolt so
the groove of the lever fits over the lever pin .
477. Hold the threaded end of the eye-bolt, Fig
98, and raise the inner end of the lever as high as
possible.
478. Place the lever strut in the slot of the pres-
sure plate lug. Lift the strut up into the lug slot
and tilt it so it will pass the ridge oo the lower end
Issue 1-Nov. 1953
CANADIAN ARMY VEHICLES
EME MANUAL D 114 INSTR 1

FIG 99-METHOD OF ATTACHING CLUTCH HOUSING

F1G 100-CHECKING CLUTCH HOUSING BORE
ALIGNMENT ARBOUR, TooL C-869, (Toot C-870
LESS DIAL GAUGE) INSTALLATION
of the lever. Drop it into the groove in the lever. 485. Install the clutch as outlined in paragraphs
Follow this procedure with the other eye-bolts and 364 to 367.
lever parts.
ALIGNMENT OF CLUTCH HOUSING
479. Place the compression springs over the bosses
on the pressure plate. Assemble the r<>lease lever 486. When replacing the clutch housing or, rein-
spting to the cover. Hook the free ends of the spring stalling the original clutch housing (if removed for
through the small holes in tbe inside rim of the top any reason), it must be correctly aligned when
of the cover and move the coils so they rest against installed. Out-of-round of the bore must not exceed
the inside of the cover. .005 inch tota l indicator reading. To rnrrectly align
clutch housing, proceed as follows:
480. Coat the sides of the pressure plate driving
lugs where they arc fitted into the cover with NOTE: Failure to align clutch housing may re.~ult in
graphite grease, as this will prevent squeaking. hard shifting of trmmniMiion and the possibility of
gear dise11p,agement.
481 . Place the cover carefully over the pressure
pla te so the ends of t he compression springs fit into 487. Inspect the housing facr. where it contacts the
the seats in the cover and the ends of the eye-bolts rear of the engine block for particles of dirt and
are in line with the holes in the cover. burrs; remove burrs with a file, then clean both
surfaces.
482. Compress the cover with the clutch fixture.
Make sure the driving lugs on the pressure plate are 488. Start the two dowel pins in t he block from
lined up ,vith the holes in the cover and that the the front end so they protrude beyond the machined
compression springs are not cocked or off their seat
while compressing the assembly.
483. Continue to compress t he assembly until the
cover flange rests against the base of the fixture.
Screw the eye-bolt nuts, large end toward the cover,
on the eye-bolts until the top of the nuts and the
end of the eye-bolts are flush. Slowly release the
pressure on the assembly.
484. Adju~t the release levers for proper position.
Make lever adjustments carefully so that all levers
will be adjusted evenly. Adjust the lever up or down
by turning the eye-bolt nut until the proper set-
ting is obtained. When final setting is obtained,
stake the adjusting nuts to lock them in place. FIG 101- CHECKING REAR FACE OF HOUSING

Issue 1-Nov. 1953 Page 67

 VEHICLES CANADIAN ARMY
D 114 INSTR 1 EME MANUAL

face of the engine block and install the clutch as described in step (1), this tolerance will no doubt
housing. l nstall clutch housing to block cap screws, be within the specified limits.
making them just snug enough so the housing can If alignment of the housing was necessary as
be shifted if necessary by tapping with a mallet. described in step (3), the dowel pin holes will have
to be reamed. Ream with Tool C-860 as shown in
489. Install the fixture C-8i0 to the flywheel Fig 102, and install .512 inch oversize dowel pins.
attaching bolts, Fig 99, a nd install the indicator
(C-435 or C-430) as shown in Fig 100. Rotate the
crankshaft and check the inside diameter of the
housing bore; it shou ld not vary more than .005
inch to one complete revolution o{ the crankshaft.
If alignmenl is necessary, remove the dowel pins
and tap the houi-ling until it comes within the
specified tolerance. After obtaining correct align-
ment:, tighten the housing cap screws to 30 to 35
foot pounds torque.

-l90. C ha nge the position of the dial indica tor and

check the rear face of the housing as shown in Fig
101. This tolerance must be within .002 inch.
Assuming that all burrs and dirt has been removed FIG 102-REAMING DOWEL PJN Hou:s TOOL C-860

Page 68 Issue 1-Nov. 1953

 CANADIAN ARMY VEHICLES
EME MANUAL D 114 INSTR l

- F IG 103-CLU'l'CH P EDAL AND LINKAGE-

1---Clutch and brake peda l bracket grease nlpple

2-Clutch and brake p•dat b•aokot assembly
3-Clutch and brake pedal bra cke t bushing
E X P LODED VIEW

21 - Clutch operat.lng rod pin

4- Lockwasher
5-Clutch pedal shaft leve• clamp bolt nut
6-Clutch pedal shaft and lever key
7- Clutch pedal shaft h,ver
8- Clutch operatin11 rod cotter pin
9 - Clutch operating rod
10--Clutch release fork lever
11 - C lutc h release fork flange screw
12---Clut c h Nlea.1e fot'k flange screw leckwuhe r
13---Clutc h •• lease fork flange
1'-Clutch re le aae tork flange bushing
15-Clutch release fork lever key
16---Clutch releas e fork
17--Clutch releasa f ork bushing
18-Clutch release f ork fie nge felt
22- Clutch pedal pull back spring clip
23- Clutch pedal pull back spring
24 - Clutch pedal pull back spring bracket bolt
25- Clutch pedal pull back spring bracket
26- Clutc h pedal pull back spri ng bracket bolt
tookw. .h e r
27-Clutch P• da l p ull back spring bracket bolt nut
28-Clutch pedal tha rt lever clamp bolt
29---Ctutch a n d brake p edal shaft
30---Clutch p6dal ah a ft lever spacer
31-C lutch and brake p• dal bracket bolt nut
32-Clutch and brako ped a l bra cket bolt locl<washer
33-Clutch and brake p edal bra cket bolt
.r 34-Clutch and brake pedal br• cke t bushing
~Clutch pedal adjusting acrew lock n Jt l.
(_ ~--Clutch pedal adjusting collar ....J
37--Clutch pedal adjusting ,ceew

19-Clutch operating rod pin 38--Clutch and brake pedal draft p a d

20-Screw 39- Clutch pedal

e TABLE IV- CLUTCH TROUBLES AND REMEDIES

SYMPTOMS PROBABLE CAUSE PROBABLE REMEDY

Clutch Chatters Worn s plines on main shaft. Replace shaft

Weak compression springs. Replace weak springs.
Release linkage binding. Align and adjust linkage.

Clutch Grabs Grooved or rough flywheel. Repair or replace flywheel.

Release levers worn or binding. Free levers or replace if worn.
Broken or weak compression springs Replace broken or weak springs.

Clutch Slips Release levers binding. Free or replace levers.

Broken or weak compression Replace broken or weak springs.
springs.

Clutch Drags Release levers incorrectly adjusted. Adjust levers.

e Rough or worn pilot bearing. Replace bearing.

Issue 1-Nov. 1953 Page 69

 VEHICLES CANADIAN ARMY
D 114 INSTR 1 EME MANUAL
TABLE V-CLUTCH SPECIFICATIONS

GENERAL
Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Single Dry Disc
Torque Capacity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285 Foot Pounds

DRIVIN;G DISC
Make. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Borg and Beck
Facings . . ... .... ..................... . . .. ............... . 2, Moulded, Woven Asbestos
Facing Diameter- inside . .. ............................. . 631 Inch
Facing Diameter- Outside ...... ................... . .. ... . 11 Inch
Facing Thickness ............ . . .. ...... ....... .. . . ....... . 0.140 Inch
Vibration Damping Method .. .. ......................... . Spring Loaded Center Disc

PRESSURE PLATE AND COVER ASSEMBLY

Make. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Borg and Beck
Number of Springs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Total Spring Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1700 Lbs.

RELEASE BEARIN G
Type ... . . .. .............. ........ . .......... . ... . ..... . . . Ball- Prelubricated
#-JO{d--fLf

TABLE VI- CLUTCH REPAIR AND REBUILD STANDARDS

GENERAL
The repair and rebuild standards included in this table give the minimum and the maximum sizes and
clearances of new or rebuilt parts as well as wear limits, which indicates that point to which a part or parts
may be worn before replacement, in order to receive maximum service with minimum replacement. Normally
all parts which have not been worn beyond the d imensions shown in the "Wear Limits" column or damaged
from corrosion will be approved for service. Minimum, maximum and wear limit dimensions are inches unless
otherwise specified.

Size and Flt

Fig. Ref. Point of Measurem ent of New Parts Wear
No. Letter Limits
Min. Max.

CLUTCH
103 16 Diameter of clutch release fork
Right end 0.753 0.755 0.750
Left end 0.748 0.750 0.745

96 20 Clutch compression springs, compressed

length of 11~5 inch 209 lb. 225 lb.
Page 70 Issue 1- Nov. 1953
CANADIAN ARMY VEHICLES
EME MANUAL D 114 INSTR 2

TRUCKS 3/ 4 TON 4 X 4 DODGE

Truck Cargo M37 (CDN)
Truck Command M42 (CDN)
Truck Ambulance M43 (CDN)
FIELD AND BASE REPAIRS

TRANSMISSION AND POWER TAKE-OFF

INDEX SUBJECT PARA

TRANSMISSION
General ....... . ..... .. . .. . .. ....... . .. . ..... . .. .... .. . . . . .... . .. . .. . . ... . . . . . . . 1
Removal . . ............ .. . . .. . . . . . ......... . .. . ............. . . . . .. .. . . . ... . . . .. . l
Disassembly ......... .... .. . . ....... .. . ............................. .... . ... . .. . ll
Inspection ........... ... . . . . .. . ........ ......... . ....... . ............. ...... . . . . 26
Disassembly of Mainshafc .. . . .. ..... ............................... . . ..... . . .. . . 27
/ ,F
.4'.
.~ .
ASSEMBLY
Reverse Idler Gear ..... .. ...... ................. . .. . ....... ... .. . . ... . . .... . 38
Countcrshafr Assembly .. ...... ..................... .. . . ... .. .. . .... . ...... . 42
Maioshafr Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . ...... . 56
Malnshaft and Main Drive Pinion lnstallatlon ...... . ......... . ..... .. ...... . 70
Disassembly of Transmission Cover ......................... ... . .. . . .. ..... . 83
Assembly of Transmission Cover ............... . ........... . . . . ... . ....... . 94
Troubles and Remedies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..... . . . .. . ...... . . Table I
Specifications. . . . . . . . . ... . . ... . .. . .. . ... . ..... ............. . ... . . .. ...... . Table II
Repair and Rebuild Standards . .... . .. . . .. .. . .... . . . . . ........... . ..... . . ...... . Table III

POWER T AKE·OFF
General. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
Disassembly ........ .. . .. .. . ..... . 117
Inspection ..... . ... .... . .. ~ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ............... . . . .. ...... ... . 138
Reassembly ........ . . ... ...... ........... . .. . ... . ........... . .. . .. . . ...... .... . 150
Installation and Gear Mesh Check ................... .. . . .. . .... .. . .. ..... ..... 172
Eye Bolt Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
Troubles and Remedies . ..... ....................... . ......... . . ... . ..... .... . Table IV
Specifications ..... . . . . . ....... ................ . .. . . . ... ... . .. . .. . . . .. ...... ..... Table V
Repair and Rebuild Standards. . . . . . . . . ................... . ..... . . . ....... ..... Table VI

Issue 1-Nov. 1953 (WM-4293) Pagel

 ,--- - 86

51

..
-d
c,,
~
....
I
z0
<
•
F'rG 1-1' RA.NSMISSION-EXPLODED
1- Transmlsslon case cover
2- Transmlsslon case cover bolt
3- Thlrd and direct shift rail
4-Low and second -shift rail
5-Shlft rail spring
6-Gearahlft rail poppet ball
7-Rall lntedock plunger
&-Rall lnterloc.k pin
9'-Reverse shift rail
10-Gea,r shift lever
11-G~r shift lever spring
12-Sprl·ng retainer cap
13-Low and second ,hlft fork
14-Gearshlft fork lock SCl'8W
15-Thlrd' and direct shift fork
I <13-Drlve gear llearlng snap ring
16-Maln,shaft low and second ge;ir
17-Synchronlzer hub snap ring
1&-Synchronlzer hub
19'-~nd speed 11ear'sync'1ronlzer
shifting plate
20-Synchronlzer PC!l>l"'t sprl nu
21-Synolirontzer poppet ball
22: -Synchronlzer hub snap ring
23-Low and· MCOnd speed gear
synchronizer •top ring
24-Second speed gear ~rlng ,spaa.r
25-Second speed gear
26-Secot1d speed gear thrust· washer
27~ Secortd speed gear thnlst washer snap
• ring
211'-Malnshaft. 3rd speed gear
Vm-w
29'-Synchronlz.er spring 57-Lock p late screw
30-Synchronizer snap ring 58- Transmlsslon malnsha t•
31- Synchronizer stop rlrig 59'-Malnshaft rear bearing
32- Clutch gear 60-Malnshaft !'ear bearing snap rin g
33- Synchronlzer shifting plate ll1-Rear bearing retafner gasket
34- Clutch gear sleeve 62-Rear bear Ing retal ner
35-Synchron lzer stop ring 63-Comp-anion tiange nut washer
36- Power take-off cover screw 6'--Companlon flange nut
37-Power take-off-cover 66- Traasmlsslon companion flange
3&-Power take-off cover gasket 66-Malnshaft rear bearing oll seal 9- /~ / 3 (_ A,
'39-Socond speed_gear bearing rollers 67- ldler gear sleeve
<lo-Countershaft gear thrust wash- &SC-Idler ge;>r snap ring
front 69'-ldler gear t :h rust wa•her
41 -Cou nteNhaft roller spacer 70-ldler gear rollers
42- Countenbaft roller.a 71- ldlet' gear rolle_r s spacer
Al 72-Reverse Idler gear
«-Drive 11ear bearing {c,
.
5 0 <! 'II 73-countel'tlhaft thrust w~•lter real"--
45-Drlve gear bear1n·11 l'etalner snap ring steel
46- Drive gear bearing retainer 74-Cou ntershaft thrust washetl real"--
bronze
47- Drlve 11e•r bearl ng retainer scr.ew
76,-Count.inhaft roller spacer
"8-Drlve gear bearing l'etalnet' gasket
Til-Cou.ntershaft roller
~Drive gear bearing retainer s.p •cer ring
77-Counte'rshaft roller spacer-center
50-Drlv• gear bearln:i retainer oil slinger
Tac-countenhaft gear
51-Maln drive gear
7&-Revet's_e shift arm
51A- Malnshaft bearing rollers
~Reverse shift rail lug
52-C.se drain plug
81-Rev- shift raff ph.tnger cotter
63-Tranamlssfon case
82,-Reverse shift rall lug plunger
M-countershaft
83-Revene shift rail lug plunger washet'
55-ldl.e t' gear shaft
. 114-Revera shift raff plunger ,s prlng
6&-ld ler s!,aft and countershaft lock plate
~ a s e cover gasket ,t:::,
86- Ca!"' co,ver b!,ot
•
-<
~=
-t_!!j
,-c ,-c
Zn
00 t""'
!-3.~
~00
~
 VEHICLES
D 114 INSTR 2
TRANSMISSION
GENERAL
1. The transmission has four forward speeds and
one reverse speed. It is designed so· that the reverse
idler gear is in mesh only when the transmission is
shifted into low or reverse. However, the reverse
idler gear is under load only in reverse. T h e main-
shaft, main drive gear and the coun tershaft assem-
bly are all mounted on a n ti-friction ball or roller
bearings. Helical gears a re provided for direct, t hird
and second speeds with straigh t spur gears for low
and reverse. The helical gears provide smooth,
reasonably silent operation in the speed ranges
normally required. Large synchronizers are pro-
vided for second, t hird and direct speeds which
facilitates the shift and obviates the need for tr ick
shi fting.
REMOVAL
2. Remove t he bolt from t he gearshift lever and
remove u pper portion of lever.
3. Remove starter pedal.
4. Remove winch control lever- if vehicle 1s so
equipped.
5. Remove transmission floor cover.
6. Disconnect propeller shaft companion fl ange at
rear of transmission.
NOTE: Tie spline yoke to Left of floor opening to
prevent disengagement and to protect splines from dirt.
7. Remove h a nd brnke and transfer control
levers.
8. Disconnect winch propeller shaft- if vehicle is
so equipped. Remove lock wire and loosen set
screw on yoke. Tap yoke from shaft a nd move
shaft out of the way.
9. Remove capscrews securing transmission to
clutch housing.
10. P lace a lift jack under the transmission and
remove transmission from vehicle.
11. Dra in lubricant and wash exterior of trans-
mission with dry cleaning solvent.
DISASSEMBLY
12. Remove capscrews and lift gearshift ho using
from transmission.
Page 4
CANADIAN ARMY
EME MANUAL
13. Shift low speed gear into engagement wit h
countershaft gear and synchronizer clutch in to
engagement with main drive pinion so t hat com-
panion flange nut can be loosened.
14. Remove companion flange nut and washer a nd
pull fla nge from sh aft.
15. Remove main drive pinion bearing retainer.
16. Remove mainshaft rear bearing retainer, oil
seal a nd gasket.
17. Remove mainshaft rear bearing and snap ri ng
from case using a soft drift a nd a ha mmer.
18. Remove countershaft lock at rear of case.
19. Drive the countershaft out through the rear
of the case with a soft drift and h ammer .
NOT E: T his operation permits the countershaft gear
cluster to drop to the bottom of the case and provides
clearance for removal of main drive pinion.
20. Support rear portion of mainshaft assembly
and have a he lper remove the main drive pinion
and bearing from the case. Be careful not to lose
the mainshaft roller bearings.
21. Lift mainshaft assembly out through top of
case a nd lift out reverse gear sh ift arm.
22. Remove main drive pinion beating snap ring
and spacer ring a nd press bearing and snap ring
from pinion shaft a nd remove oil s linger.
23. Lift coun tershaft cluster from case bei ng care-
ful not to lose the t hrust washers and roller bearings
at each end o f the cluster, Fig 3.
CA UT ION: The countershaft roller bearings and the
second sp eed gear roller bearings should be kept
separate. Although these bearings are similar in
r1ppearance, the slight difference in size will cause
difficulty if reassembled in the wrong location.
NOTE: There are three steel bearing spacers inside of
the cluster gear at the front with a large bronze washer
next to the case. At the rear, there are three steel bearing
sp acers inside the cluster gear, then a bronze washer,
with a large steel washer next to the ca.,e. K eep the
washers together for reassembly in their proper loca-
tions.
24. Drive the reverse idler gear shaft out through
the rear of the case.
Issue 1- Nov. 1953
CANADIAN ARMY VEHICLES
EME MANUAL D U4 INSTR l

21 19 20 19 18 17 16 10 II 12 15 14 •<>••·II 13

Fm 2-MAINSHAFT AssEMBL V-EXPLODED Vrnw

1- - S)'nch,onl,- •P•Hder 1prlnQ
2-<:lutch , .. ,
3-Clutch gear •••ev•
4-Thlrd •peed gear and bushing
5-T'hrutt waahar--aecond •P•ec! 1•••
6-Second apeed gear
7-Second 1peed gear bearing spacer
&-Sync:hror,lz•• atop ring
9- Synohronlhl' hul> •nap rlng-fr,ont
1<>-·Shlftlng plat. 1prlng
ft-Shitting plat.
12- Shlftlng plet<I poppet ball
13-Low and eecond speed gear
14-Synohr,onlzer hub snap rln11·····tHr
16-Synohronlzer hub
16-Malnah•~
17-·Second •..-d gear bearln'I rolloPI
1&-S-nd •Peed gear anap rlnt
19-Synohronlzer atop ring
20--Synoh,onl,.., 1hlftlng plat"
21-<:lutoh . . ., •nap ring
22-Shlftlng plat• ,top ring

25 . Remove reverse idler gear from case. When 29. The recommended end play for each gear is
d :sassembled, t his unit consists of the reverse idle1 0.003 to 0.008 inches. If end play between these
gear, bearing spacers, bearing sleeve, bearing limits cannot be obtained, it will be necessary to
rollers, thrust washers and snap rings. replace the gears.

NOTE: It is not necessar,r to remove the reverse idler 30. Remove outer synchronizer stop ring (at frontr
gear shaft and gear assemb(-,.· unless the gear assembly of shaft), clutch gear sleeve, spreader spring and
or the transmission case is to be replaced. shifting plates.

31. Remove clutch gear snap ring and remove

INSPECTION clutch gear from shaft. Remove rear spreader
26. When the transmission is completely disas- spring.
sembled, the gears should always be checked for
worn, cracked or chipped gear teeth. It is also NOTE: Lmtg hub on clutch gear goes wward rear of
essential to check the gear teeth to determine if shaft.
there are any spots where wear has progressed
through the hardness. Clean all bearing rollers in ,32. Remove inner synchronizer stop ring and third
solvent and check for wear or pitting. speed gear assembly.

.33. Remove second speed gear snap nng and

DISASSEMBLY OF TRANSMISSION
MAINSHAFT (FIG 2)
27. Before the mainshaft is disassembled, the end
play of the second speed gear and the clutch gear
should be individually checked.
28. In order to properly check the end play of the
two gears, clamp the rnainshaft between copper or
lead jaws of a vise. Check end play using a feeler
gauge. The end play of the cl utch gear is measured
between the rear face of t he gear and the shoulder
on the mainshaft.
thrust washer, then remove the gear, bearings,
bearing spacer and the second speed gear synchro-
nizer stop ring.
CA UT/ON: Do not mix the second speed gear roller
bearing., with the countersliaft roller bearings. These
bearings are of dijferent sizes and will cause difficulty
if assembled improperly.
34. If the rear face of the low and second speed
gear and the synchronizer hub are not etched, mark
before disassembly so that the parts can be replaced
i.n their proper positions.

Issue 1-Nov. 1953 Pate 5

 VEHICLES CANADIAN ARMY
D 114 INSTR 2 EME MANUAL

2 3 4 5

10 9 II 9 8 7 .... ,. 6

F1G 3-COUNTERSHAFT GEAR AssEMBLY-EXPLODED VIEW

1- Spacer wuher-countershaft b"rln9 4-Lock-ountershaft and NYerse Idler I-Thrust wash-rear ( bronae)
'rollers shaft
t-Baarlno rollers
2- Spacer--counter•haft bearln9 6--Screw- lock
10--Thrust waeher-front ( bronae)
l>-Wesher-looksoraw
11-COuntershaft 9aar
7-Counter•haft

35. Slide the low and second speed gear off the
synchronizer hub just enough to partially expose
the poppet balls, then cover poppet balls with a
cloth to keep the balls from flying out and causing
personal injury, then complete the removal of the
low and second speed gear.
36. Remove poppet balls, shifting plates and
poppet springs.
37. Remove synchronizer bub snap rings and
remove hub from mainshaft. Do not remove shift-
ing plate retainer ring unless necessary.
REASSEMBLY OF TRANSMISSION
NOTE: During reassembly operations use new snap
rings and ga.skets.
Reverse Idler Gear ( Fig 1)
38. Install reverse idler gear bearing spacer over
the sleeve and install in the gear.
39. Coat the idler gear bearings with heavy grease
and load each end of the gear with thirty-seven (37)
bearing rollers. ' -
40. Install thrust washer and snap ring in each
end of idler gear.
41. Place gear in position in case and install idler
gear shaft f,om rear of case. Make sure lock plate
slot is in proper location before completing installa-
tion of shaft .
Countershaft Assembly (Fig 3)
42. Insert a pilot shaft through the countershaft
gear cluster. This shaft should be the same diameter
as the countershaft and slightly shorter than the··
gear cluster.
43. lnstaU Jong bearing spacer over the pilot
shaft and place one of the bearing spacers over the
"' .
pilot and against the end of the long spacer.
44. Push the spacers into theg_ear cluster just far
enough to permit installation of the first row of
bearing rollers (22) at the front end of the gear
cluster.
45. Slide second bearing spacer over pilot shaft
against ends of bearing rollers.
46. Push bearings and spacers into cluster gear far
enough to permit installation of second row of bear-
ing rollers (22).
47. Coat third bearing spacer with heavy grease
and slide over pilot shaft and against ends of bear-
in_g rollers.
48. Push spacers and bearing rollers through
cluster gear just far enough to permit installation
of bearing rollers at rear end of gear cluster.
49. Follow the same procedure as used for loading
the bearings at front end of gear cluster;
(a) Spacer next to long spacer.
(b) First row of bearing rollers (22).

Issue 1- Nov.1953
 CANADIAN ARMY
EME MA.l'IUAL
(c) S pacer next to bearing rollers.
(d) S econd row of bearing rollers (22).
(e) Spacer at rear of gear cluster. This spacer
sho uld be coated with heavy grease.
50. Coat the front thrust washer (bron ze) with
heavy grease a nd install in case. Lug on wash er will
fit in groove in ca se.
51. Coat t he rear t hrust washer (bronze) with
heavy grease a nd install on rear eod of gear cl uster.
Lugs on washer will fit in grooves on gear cluster.
52. Coat t.he rear thrust washer (steel) with h eavy
g-rcase and ins tall in case. Groove in washer will fit
over lug in case.
53. Place gear cluster in case while having a
• helper insert a short shaft through front of case to
prevent bronze washer from dropping out of posi-
t ion. Push short pilot shaft through front of case
until it contacts pilot shaft inserted in gear cl uster.
This proced ure wi ll hold b ronze washer in position
a nd .1lign fron t end o f gear cluster.
54. Line up gear cluster with hole in rear of case ,
push countershaft into case and at the same time
push pilot shaft o u t through front of case.
55. . Mnke c:crtain lock plate slot is in proper posi -
tion, then drive countershaft inlo case. Install lock
plate, screw ;ind lockwasher and tighten securely.
Mainshaft Assembly (Fig 2)
56. lnstall synchron izer hub front snap ring on
maiiishaft.
57. Drive mainsh aft through synchroni;;,:er hub
until it contacts the sna p ring, then install sn;1p ring
at rear of hub.
NOTE: Shifti11g plate ring sliould be toward rear of
mainshaft.
58. 1nstnll second s peed gear synchronizer stop
ring.
59. I nst,111 second speed gear bearing roller spacer
and second speed gear o n ma inshaft.
60. Load second speed gea r with ro ller bearings
(34). then install thrust washer and snap ring.
61. Check end play of second speed gear with a
kckr gauge. Recommend ed encl play is 0.003 to
0.008 inch. lf end ·play within these limits cannot
be obtained, it wi·II be nE;cessary to replace the
second speed gear.
Issue 1-Nov. 1953
VEHICLES
D 114 INSTR 2
62. Install third speed gear and synchronizer stop
ring.
63. Insert shifting plate spreader spring in rear of
clutch gear and install gear on mainshaft. Then
install clutch g·ear snap ri ng .
NOTE: L()ng hub on dutch gear should go roward rear
of mainshaft.
64. Check end play, using a feeler gauge between
rear face of clutch gear a nd shoulder on mainshaft.
65. Recommended end play is 0.003 to 0.008 inch.
If end play between these limits cannot be obtained,
it will be necessary to rep lace the clutch gear.
66. Install spreader spring in front of dutch gear,
install shifting plates, then slide clutch gear s leeve
onto the clutch gear.
N OTE: The identifu:ation IJroOve on the dutch gear
sleeve .,hould go tow{l.rd rear of ma.inshaft.
67. Install synchronizer sto p ring.
68. Start low and second speed gear onto the
synchronizer hub. Make ce rtain that mal."ks on
gear and hub are properly ~ligned.
69. Install shifting plates, po ppet springs and
poppet balls. Hold in position while a helper com-
pletes the installation of the low a nd second speed
gear.
NOTE: Care should be taken to avoid damaging the
balls and $p;ings during thi.~ operation.
Mainshaft and Main Drlve Pinlon Installation
70. Install reverse gear shifting a rm, then install
mainshaft in case with rear end of shaft assembly
tight against the case.
71. Install mainshaf t pilot rollers in main drive
pinion and insert pinion through case from the
inside.
72. Insert mainshaft assembly into main drive
p inion and move complete assembly fo rwa rd Joto
i ts proper position.
73 . Install special tool. part number CTR-102, on
rea r end of mainshaft and lock in posit ion by mea,ns
of th e spring loaded locking levers, Fig 6.
74. Insert special tool, part number CTR-lOl, so
that on e side of the tool fits into the slot on the third
s pee<l gear and the other side of the tool fits into the
slot on the main drive pinion, Fig 6.
Page 7
 VEHICLES CANADIAN ARMY
D 114 INSTR 2 EME MANUAL

F1G 4- SPE<'IAL Too1. PART o. CTR- 102 FrG S-Srgc1AL T OOL P 1\lff No. f'TR- 101

75. With the tools in position install the main
drive pinion oil s linger on the shaJt.
76. Install snap ring and spacer ring on main drive
pinion bearing and star t bearing on shaft.
77. Have a helper hold special loot in position,
Fig 6, and using a drift a nd hammer drive the bear-
ing- into the case. Install the bearing snap ring.
NOTE: Snap rinp.s of vari-Ous thickness, 0.086, 0.089
0.092 and 0.096 inch ure uvuilabfo. Use a .map ring
thick erwugh so the bearing is .mu8 on the .~haft with
no end play.
78. Jnstall bearing retainer without a gasket and
using a feeler gauge, check t he clearance between
the retainer and t he cas<!"'.:L'ig 7. Select and install a
gasket 0.003 inch thicker than the fee ler gauge,
then install the bearing retainer.
N0 1'E: Retainer ga.~ket.~ of various thickne.~!i, 0.009,
0.0135, 0.018 and 0.0225 inch are available.
79. Remove special tool from rear of mainshaft,
Fig 6. Leave other tool in position.
80. Install s nap ring on mainshaft rear bearing
and usi ng a drift and hammer drive the rear bearing

FIG 6-SPF.CIAL TooLs TN PosJTJON

Page 8 Issue 1-Nov. 1953

CANADIAN ARMY
EME MANUAL
FIG 7-CHECKING Cu,:ARANcE ov
MAIN DRIVE PINION
into the case . Have a helper hold the special tool in
position during this operation, Fig 6.
81. Install the rear bearing retainer without a
gasket and using a feeler gauge check the clearance
between the retainer and the case, Fig 8. Select a
gnsket 0.003 inch thicker than the feeler gauge .
NOTE: Retainer gaskets of various thickness, 0.009,
0.0135, 0.018 and 0 .0225 inch are available.
82. Install oil seal in rear bearing retainer, then
install retainer gasket, retainer and oil seal
assembly.
Disassembly of Transmission Cover
83 . Place the cover assembly upside down in a vise
with the gearshift lever in the neutral position .
Looking at the cover upside down from the lever
end, note the position of the various forks and shift
rails:
(a) Left h.rnd gearshift rail is for reverse and the
reverse shift lug is at the lever end of the rail
and the slot for the 1everse shift arm is at the
opposite end.
(b) Center gearshift rail is for direct and third
speed, and the large fork is on the !ever end of
the rail, the bottom of which is offset to the
rear.
(c) Right hand gearshift rail is for second and low
speed , ,rnd the low and second speed end
(slotted lug) is at the lever end and the gear-
shift fork is al the rear end.
Issue 1-Nov. 1953
VEHICLES
D 114 INSTR 2
FtG 8-CHECKING CLEA}{ANCE OF
REAR BEARING RETArNER
84. The lock screws for the gearshift rail forks and
ends are drilled for a lock wire and the lock wire
should always be installed as the final assembly
step.
85. Remove the lock screw from the .reverse shift
rail lug and allow the lug to drop into the cover.
86. Two (2) interlock plungers are also provided
between the center and the two outside rails and
these plungers in conjunction with the interlock
pin in the center rail prevent the movement of more
than one rail at a time and this must be kept in
mind when disassembling the shift rails from the
cover.
87. If any resi stance is felt when an attempt is
made to move one of the shift rails, make certain
that the gearshift lever is in neutral position as the
rail will be damaged if an attempt is made to re-
move it unless the gearshift !ever is in neutral.
88. With a brass drift on the lever end of the shift
rnil, drive the rail out through the rear of the cover
which will also dislodge the expansion plug.
89. When the expansion plug is dislodged, hold a
finger over the opening in the center of the cove,
boss to prevent loss of the shift rail piwpet ball, and
then push the rail out of the cover and remove the
poppet ball, spring and Jug from cover.
90. Remove the center gearshift rail in the same
manner as outlined in paragraphs 88 and 89, and
the fork should be removed from the rail before the
expansion plug is dislodged.
Pa~e 9
 VEHICLES
D 114 INSTR 2
FIG 9-INST .\Ll.lNG G1 ,:.\~Sl!lr'f RAILS
(;A UT/ON: Note the interlock pin in the re(lr of the
et.•nter shift rail which is provided for the purpo.~e of
prevN1tir1p, the c11µaJ!,eme11t of more than one ~ear 11.:hc11
the co!ler and various part.~ are properly as.~ernbll'd.
91. Remove lock screw from gearshift end on right
shift rail as well as the lock screw from the shift
fork at the opposite end . Remove rail end and
fork and drift rail from cover in the same n1anncr as
outlined in paragraphs 88 and 89.
92. Shake the two (2-) in tcrlock plu ng-crs out of the
cover so tha l they will not become lost.
93 ,.. Remove cap rubber seal and unscrew gear-
shift lever mct;d cap . Lift lever from rover and
remove spring sca t, spring and guide pin.
Assembly of Transmission Cover
94 . Place cover in vise u psidc down. I11stall g<:>ar -
shif t lever guide pin in opening- al top of cover.
Insert gearshift lever in top of cover, install spring,
spring scat, mct,tl cap and cap rubber seal.
95. Remove the expansion plug- from the outer end
of the interlock plung-cr openin~ in th e cover . This
can be accomplished hy driving- the plug into the
shift rail opening.
96. Insert the reverse rail in the cover with the
shift arrn slot to the rear, until the rail just enters
the cen tcr boss of the cover.
97. Place th'e spring- and poppet ball in the drilled
recess an<l hold the hall down with a large punch .
Then force the r.1il aizainst the punch and remove
the punch as soon as the r,1il has started to cover the
poppet ball, and push the mil through the boss.
98. Position the reverse stop assembly on the rail
;Jnd push the rail in so that the stop can he alig-ncd
Pa~e 10
CANADIAN ARMY
EME MANUAL
with the lock screw opening- in the shift rail. Install
lock screw and tighten securely.
99. Insert a plunger locator in the right hand rail
opening and push the i nt.erlork pl ung<'r through
the opening- in the locator in to the adjacent section of
the cover casting, then change the locator and place
it in the center rail opening and push the interlock
on through against the reverse shi(t rail.
100. Make certain that the reverse shift rail is in
the neutral position so that the in tcrlock plunger
will be in the rail detent slot and below the surface
of the center rail opening .
101. Insert the center gearshift rail in the cover
with the interlock pin to the rear and make certain
that the interlock pin is in its proper position.
102 . Tap the rail into the cover until it starts to
entc-r the center boss and then proceed with the
installa lion of the spring amt poppet ball as outlined
in parn 97 . Then install the large fo1 k with the
bottom section offset to the rear, align fork on rail
and install lock screw.
10J. Insert the right hand gearshift rail in the
cover with a horizontal detcnt slot at the rear and
when the rail enters the cover, position the ow and
second shift fork on the rail.
104. Continue to push the gearshift rail through
the cover until it enters the center boss and install
the spring and poppet ball as outlined in p,ira 97.
105. Install the second and third speed shifter end
on the rail and push the rail in until the lock screws
can be installer\ in the shift fork and the shifter end.
Tighten loc k screws securely.
106. Install new 10<:k wires on all lock screws.
107. Try all shift rails for proper shifting- and
instal! the three expansion plugs in (he rail open-
ings. New expansion plug-s should always be in-
stalled with the convex surf,1,c out anct driven in
place with a flat drift of approximately the same
diameter as the opening.
108. Use a new gasket and install cover on trans-
mission . This <:<1n be e;tsily accomplished if the
lever and all of the shift rails arc in the neutral
position ;rnd the synchroni 1.er clutch, reverse shift
fork and low speed gear are all in the neutral
position.
109. Install plug in interlock plunger opening of
cover.
Issue 1-Nov. 1953
CANADIAN ARMY VEHICLES
EME MANUAL D 114 INSTR 2

TABLE I-TRANSMISSION TROUBLES AND REMEDIES

SYMPTOMS PROBABLE CAUSE PROBABLE REMEDY

TRANSMISSION NOISE
Before seeking the cause of a transmission noise, note what position the gearshift lever is in when the
noise occurs. l( the noise i~ e vident in o nly one gear position, the cause of t he noise is generally traceable to
the gears in operation. Some times, due to abnormal conditions in other parts of the truck, noises are trans-
mitted froin the engine, power train, frame or body t o the transmission a nd a ppear to originate from there.
Such noises may be caused by t he followi ng:

Out of balance or bent fan. Replace fan.

Ouc of balance crankshaft.
Out of balance flywhee l.
Unbalanced clutch assembly.
Loose engine mountin~s.
Worn universal joints.
Sprun~ drive shaft .
Inspect crankshaft for out of
balance condi tion. Balance crank-
shaft or replace as necessary.
Inspect flywheel for out of balance
condition. Balance or replace fly-
wheel as necessary.
Check the prick punch marks on
the clutch cover and flywheel and
make sure they are properly
alitned .
Inspect engine mountings and
tighten to proper torque.
Check universal joints, replace
parts or install new unit as neces-
sary.
Inspect drive shaft. If sprun~.
replace with new unit.

Noise in Neutral Misalignment of transmission. Check clutch housing alignment.

Misalignment between transmis-
sion and clutch housing may be
ca used by chips, dirt, buckled
gasket or burrs. Check to deter-
mine cause and correct.
Worn pinon bearin~. Disassemble transm1ss1on and
check pinion bearing. Replace
as necessary.
Worn or scored countershaft Disassemble unir. Inspect coun-
bearin~s. tershaft bearings and replace as
necessary.
Worn or scored third speed gear If bu shin~ is worn or scored Install
bushing. a new one.
Sprun~ or worn countershaft. Replace countershaft if spruni or
worn.
Scuffed gear tooth surfaces. Ins pect ~ear tooth contact sur-
faces. If scuffed or worn, replace
as required.

Issue 1-Nov. 1953 Page 11

 VEHICLES CANADIAN ARMY
D 114 INSTR 2 EME MANUAL

TABLE I-TRANSMISSION TROUBLES AND REMEDIES-(CONT'D)

SYMPTOMS PROBABLE CAUSE PROBABLE REMEDY

Insufficient lubrica tlon. If truck has been operated with

Noise in Gear Worn or rough mainshaf t rear Inspect mainshaft rear bearing.
bearing. Replace if worn or rough.
Rough, chipped or tapered slid- Check sliding gear teeth. If rough,
ing gear teeth.
Hard Shilting Improper clutch operation.
Sliding gear tight on splines.
Insufficient chamfer of sliding
gear teeth.
Burred mainshaft splines.
Damaged synchronizing units.
Sticking in Gear Improper clutch Operation.
Sliding gear tight on splines.
Slipping Out of Misaligned transmission.
High Gear
Worn pinion gear teeth.
insufficient lubricant in trans-
mission, parts may be worn or
damaged. Disassemble unit and
replace parts as necessary. Fill
transmission with proper grade
and correct amount of lubricant.
chipped or tapered, replace sltdln~
gear. Also check teeth of mating,
gears for wear or damage and re-
place as required.
Check clutch for proper operation.
Correct as necessary to remedy the
condition.
Inspect gear and shaft and replace
as necessary.
Inspect chamfer of sliding gear
teeth. If chamfer is insufficient,
replace sliding gear.
Inspect mainshaft splines for bur-
ring. If splines are burred, remove
burrs or replace shaft as neces-
sary.
Inspect synchronizing units for
damage and replace as necessary.
Check clutch for proper operation.
Correct as necessary to remedy the
condition.
Check gear for wear and replace if
required. Check splines for wear
or burring. If burred, clean up
with a file. Replace as necessary.
Check clutch housing alignment.
Misalignment may be caused by
, chips, dirt, buckled gasket or
burrs. Check to determine cause
and correct.
Inspect pinion gear teeth for wear
or damage. Replace gear as neces..
sary.

Page 12 Issue 1-Nov. 1953

CANADIAN ARMY VEHICLES
EME MANUAL D 114 INSTR 2

TABLE I-TRANSMISSION TROUBLES AND REMEDIES-(CONT'D)

SYMPTOMS PROBABLE CAUSE PROBABLE REMEDY

Worn clutch sleeve gear teeth. Inspect clutch sleeve gear teeth
for wear or damage and replace
parts as required .
Insufficient tension on detent Check tension of detent ball
balls. springs. If weak, install new
springs.
Slipping Out of Worn second speed clutch gear Inspect clutch gear teeth for wear
Second Gear teeth. and replace parts as necessary.
Weak detent ball springs. Check tension of detent ball
springs. If weak, install rtew
springs.
Slipping Out of Worn or tapered sliding gear Inspect sliding ~ear teeth for wear
Flrst Gear teeth. or taper and replace as required.
Worn countershaft first speed If coun tershaft first speed gear is
gear. worn, replace countershaft.
Loss of Lubricant Lubricant level too high. If lubricant level ls too high, drain
to proper level.
Damaged or improperly installed If gaskets are damaged or im-
gaskets. properly installed, replace and in-
stall correctly.
Damaged or worn oil seals. If oll seals are damaged or worn,
install new oil seals.
Loose drain plug in transmission Tighten drain plug.
case.
Plugged transmission breather. Clean out breather.
Worn mainshaft bearings. If mainsha{t bearings are worn,
replace parts as necessary.
Bearing Failures Bearings improperly adjusted. Disassemble transmission and
inspect bearings for damage and
wear. Replace parts as necessary.
Improper assembly of transmis- Disassemble transmission. In-
sion. spect for damaged or worn parts
and replace as necessary.

Issue 1-Nov. 1953 Pa~e 13

 VEHICLES CANADIAN ARMY
D 114' INSTR 2 EME MANUAL

TABLE II-TRANSMISSION SPECIFICATIONS

GENERAL
Make. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Canadian Acme
Model.. .. . .. .. ...... ... .. . .. .... . . ........ ........ .. T98
Type. ...... ...... ...... . .. ......... .. ... . . ......... . Helical Gear- Double Synchronized
Shift Lever Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . On Transmission
No. of Forward Speeds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Lubricant Capacity.. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 672 Imp. Pints
TRANSMISSION RATHJS
Fourth ... ..... .. .. . ... ... . . . ....... . . .... . .. ...... . . 1.00
Third .... . .. ....... ... . . . . ... . ....... . . . . . . . .... . ... . 1.686
Second .... .......... . .. . . . . ........ .. .. ... . .. ...... . 3.092
First . . . . . .. ........ ...... .. ... ... .... . .... . . .. . .... . 6.398
Reverse .. .. . .. ... .... . . . .. ... .. . . ... . . . .. .. . . ...... . 7.82
FINAL DRIVE RATIOS
Fourth.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.83
Third . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9.839
Second . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18.02
First . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 .30
Reverse. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45.59
BEARINGS
Main Drive Pinion. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M.R. No. 308-SC
Mainshaft-Rear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . M.R. No. 308-SC
Malnshaf t- Pllot . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cageless Rollers
Second Speed Gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CageJess Rollers
Third Speed Gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Bushing
Countershaft-Front and Rear... . . . . . .. ......... .... Cageless Rollers
Reverse Idler Gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cageless Rollers
GEAR DATA
No. of Teeth Face Width
MAINSHAFT
Main Drive Pinion ...... . . . ... . . . .. ........ . ... . . 17 and 27 1%; and ~
Sliding Clutch Gear . ......... .... . . . . . . . . ... ... . 27 11%'.t
Clutch Gear Sleeve . . ... .... .. . .. ... . . . ... .. .... . 27 1%
Third Speed Gear .. .. . ........ . . .. . . . . .. .. . . . .. . 24 and 27 1~ 6 and~
Second Speed Gear .. .. . .. . . ... ... . . . ... .. . .. . . . . . 33 a nd 36 ;1 and ~
First and Second Slidin'g Gear .. ...... .... .. . . . . . 43 and 36 1%,

COUNTERSHAFT
Firs t and Reverse Gear ......... ........ . . ..... . . 17 11~
Second Speed Gear . ..... ..... ... . . ... . .. .. .. .. . . 27 I~
Third Speed Gear . ... ........... ....... .. . .. . .. . 36 ss4,
Drive Gear ..... . . .. . . . .. ... .. ..... . ..... .. . .... . 43 %
Reverse Idler Gear ...... . . .... . .. ...... .. . . . .. .. . 18 and 22 land~

Page 14 Issue 1-Nov. 1953

CANADIAN ARMY VEHICLES
EME MANUAL D 114 INSTR 2

TABLE III-TRANSMISSION REPAIR AND REBUILD STANDARDS

GENERAL
The repair and rebuild standards included in this table give the minimum and the maximum sizes and
clearances of new or rebuilt parts as well as wear limits, which indicates that point to which a part or parts
may be worn before replacement, in order to receive maximum service with minimum replacement. Normal-
ly, all parts which have not been worn beyond the dimensions shown in the "Wear Limits" column or dam-
aged from corrosion will be approved for service. Minimum, maximum and wear limit dimensions are inches
unless otherwise specified.

Size and Flt

Fig. Ref. Point of Measurement of New Parts Wear
No. Letter Limits
Min. Max.
1 Inside diameter of case mainshaft ball bear-
ing opening (rear) 3.5431 3.5441 3.5446
1 Inside diameter of case main drive pinion
bearini opening (front) 3.5431 3.5441 3.5446
1 44, 59 Outside diameter of mainshaft and main
drive pinion bearings 3.5425 3.5433 3.5440
1 44, 59 Inside diameter of mainshaf t and main drive
pinion bearing bore 1.5743 1.5748 1.5773
1 51 Outside diameter of main drive pinion at
bearing con tact surface l.5745 1.575 1.576
1 58 Outside diameter of mainshaft at bearing
contact surface 1.5745 1.575 1.5725
1 54 Outside diameter of countershaft
Small end-front 1.134 1.1345 1.1325
Large end-rear 1.136 1.1365 1.1345
1 72 Inside diameter of reverse idler gear 1.623 l.624 1.625
1 67 Outside diameter of reverse idler gear sleeve J.1165 1.1175 1.1155
1 55 Outside diameter of reverse idler gear shaft
Small end-front 1.1122 1.1128 1.1105
Large end-rear 1.115 1.1155 1.1133
I 25 Width of Second speed gear at hub 3.625
1 25 Inside diameter of second speed gear hub bore l.2505 2.251 2.252
1 28 Width of third speed gear at hub 2.4375
1 28 Inside diameter of third speed gear hub bore 1.5635 1.5645 1.5649
1 39 Outside diameter of second speed i1ear roller
bearings 0.1873 0.1875
Outside diameter of third speed gear bushing 1.5635 1.5645 1.562
Length of third speed gear bushing 1.531
1 58 Outside diameter of forward end of mainshaft
(pilot bearing surface) 0.970 0.9705 0.968
1 51A Outside diameter of mainshaft pilot roller
bearings 0.2313 0.2325
1 70 Outside diameter of reverse idler gear roller
bearinll,s 0.1248 0.1250
1 76 Outside diameter of counter-shaft roller
bearings 0.1873 0.1876

Issue 1-Nov. 1953 Page 15

 VEHICLES CANADIAN ARMY
l> 114 INSTR 2 EME MANUAL

TABLE Ill- TRANSMISSION REPAIR AND REBUILD STANDARDS-(CONT'D)

Size and Fit

Fig. Ref. Point of Measurement of New Parts Wear
No. Letter Limits
Min. Max.
1 26 Thickness of malnshaf t second speed ~ear
thrust washer 0.224 0.244
1 69 Thickness of reverse idler gear thrust washer 0.114 0.116
1 40. 73. Thickness of countershaft gear thrust washers
74 front 0.0615 0.0635
Rear-bronze 0.0615 0.0635
Rear--steel 0.0615 0.0635
1 25 End play of second speed gear 0.003 0.008
1 32 End play of mainshaf t clutch gear 0.003 0.008
1 84 Free length of reverse lug plunger spring 11~
Length under compression of 21 lb. to 23 lb. I~

1 5 Free length of shift rail poppet ball spring l~

Length under compression of 22 lb. to 26 lb. 2J.{z
1 20 Free length of second speed gear synchronizer
poppet spring 1~
Length under compression of 8 lb. to 10 lb. 28~

POWER TAKE-OFF
GENERAL
110. The power take-off is mounted on the left
side o( the transmission case and engages a gear on
the transmission countershaft. The idler gear,
which runs in mesh with the transmission gear and
?0 W!NO WINOI (A.fll{l
I
the drive shaft w.hich carries the sliding gear are
mounted on tapered roller bearings. The reverse
gear is mounted on caged roller bearings.
The sliding gear, which provides means of oper-
ating the winch in either direction of rota tion , slides
on splines on the drive shaft and is controlled by the
shifter shaft connected to a lever in the driver's
compartment. The differen t gear selections are
made by moving the power ta ke-off con trol lever to
the positions shown in Fig 10.
REMOVAL
111. Disconnect control lever extension inside the
driver's compart ment.

112. Disconnect propeller shaft from power take-

off assembly.

113. Drain lubricant from transmission.

114. Remove gearshift lever, starter pedal and

transmission floor cover.

115. Remove mounting cap screw and st,ud nuts

FIG 10--POWER-TA.K E- OFT:'· CONTR OL- L EV ER and pull power take-off away from transmission.
POSlTIONS Discard gasket.

Pa~e 16 Issue 1-Nov. 1953

CANADIAN ARMY VEHICLES
EME MANUAL D 114 INSTR 2

19
II

5 6 28
29
30
3
31

34
37 36

FIG 11-POWER TAKE-OFF (EXPLO.PED VIEW)

1-ldl•• 11. .• bearing eon• 17-Drlv• theft bearing eup 31 - Drlva 1haft oll Mal Ntalner plau eorew

2-ldl•r 11. .r bNrln11 oup 18--Dtl¥• 1haft bearing oone 32- Drlve ahaft oll Mal

3-ldlergNr 19--Eyebolt 1prln1 waaher 33-ShlftJlr 1haft oll ...1

4-R•.,,••se gear •paoe• 20-Eyebolt a ... mbly 3'-ShlftAr ahaft

5--Reverl6 gear bearing 21-Eyebolt nut 36- ldler a•ar 1haft nut
,-Reotetl6 II. .,. 22-Shlfter •haft oll ... , 36- ldlor 11. .r •ha ft nut ootur

7-Slldln1111ear ~R.,..,... sh•ft lock pin 37- RwerM our shaft

8-Eyebolt cottet' pin 24-Power take,..<>ff houalnt 38- Shlfter 1haft ball

9--Eyebolt plaln wa•li•r 26--Drlve ahatt 39- Shlfter shaft ball sprln11

10-ldte• gear •haft 26--Drlve 1hatt IH•rlnt Mna 4C>-ShlftJlr 1haft ball spring ...Ulner plut

11-Drl¥e shaft •nd plate 27-Drlve shaft baarlnt cup 41-Shlfur shaft fork - 1orew

12-Drl¥e shaft end plate acrew lo<:kwa•her
13-Shlfl lwer clevls pin c<>tter
14-Drl¥e shaft end plat- .uew
16--Shlft lever clevlt pin
16- Dtlve shaft end plate gaaht
28-Drlve 1hatt oll Mal r.ulner plate 42- Shlfur shaft fork
tHket 43-Rav•..• gear beerlnt
29-Drlve ahaft oil ..al retainer plate
44--ldler au, bearlnt oup
30--0rlve •haft oll 1eal retJlln•r plate aoraw '5-ldlor gear bearing oone
lookwHher
4e--Powor uk ..off tHkM to tf'ansml..lon

Issue l-Nov. 1953 Page 17

 VEHICLES CANADIAN ARMY
D 114 INSTR 2 EME MANUAL

116. Clean exterior o f power take-off with dry

cleaning solvent.

DISASSEMBLY (FIG ll)

l 17. Remove cott er pin (8) from shifte r sha ft eye-
bolt (20) , p la inwasher a nd spr ing washer .

11S. Remove cotter pin (13) from shift lever

clev is pin (15). Remove clevis pin and lower shift
lever.

11 9. Remove cotter pin (36) a nd slotted nut (35)

from id ler gear shaft (10).

120. Drive idler gear shaft from housing (24)

with a bronze drift :.tnd hammer (<lri(t against
threaded end of shaft) .
121. Remove idler gear (3) and idler gear bearing
cones (1 and 45) from housing .
122. Remove idler gear bearing cups (2 and 44)
from idler gear with a bronze drift and h:unmer.
N OTE: B earinJ!, cups should not be removed fro m
idler gear n nless inspection reveals that replacement is
neces.~ary.
123. Re move slotted headless pipe plug (40) Crom
housing. Remove shifter s ha ft ball spring (39) a nd
shifter shaft ball (38) from bottom of power take-off
ho using. This will facilit.lte removal of the reverse
gear.
124. Remove cap screws ( 14) and ockwashers and
remove drive shaft en<l plate (11) a nd drive sha ft
plate gaskets (16) from housing. T his is necessary
to faci liti\te remo v a l of rivet from reverse gear
sh a ft.
J25. Cut off bent over end of rivel, Fig 12, with a
cold chisel and hammer. Drive rivet from housing
with a punch and hammer.
126. Drive re verse gear shaf~ (37) from housing
with a b ronze drift a nd hammer (drift at front cnct
of shaft).
127. Remove re verse gear spacer (4) . Move slid-
ing gear (7) toward rea r oi housing t.o facil it<'l tc
removal o f reve rse gear (6). Remove reverse gear
and reve rse gear roller beari ngs (5 a nd 43) .
128. Remo ve woodruff k<'y, fig 12, from front end
of drive !;h a ft (25). Remove burrs from kcyway in
sh aft.
FrG J2- Pow£R T.>.KE-Ol"f'
(FRONT AN O REAR VtEw)
129. Remove C;\!) screws (31), Jockwashcrs and
drive shaft oil seal retaining plate (29) and drive
shaft plate gasket (28) from housing (24).
130.. Force front drive shaft bearing cup (27) and
drive sh a ft (25) from housing with an arbour press.
13 1. Pull front drive shaft bci\ring cone (26) from
drive shaft with a puller, Fig 13.
132. Force drive shaft and rc;'lr drive shaft bearing
cup ( 17) from housing with a n arhour press.
CAUTION: Removal mu.~t be handled in this manner
U> prevent brinrielling of the bearing cups. Do not
u.~e a hammer.
133. Press rear drive shaft bearing cone ( 18) from
d r ive shaft.
134. Remove set screw (41 ) in shifter fork (42)
wit·h a Yt6·inch set screw wre nc h . Pu ll shifter shaft
(34) from ho using. Remove sliding gear (7) a nd
shifter fork (42).
135. Remove shifter s haft oil seals (22 and 33)
f1om housing.
136 . Remove drive shaft oil seal (32) from drive
shafr oil se.i l reta ining p la te (29).
137 . W ash a ll pa rts thoroughly 111 d ry cleanin g
solvent. D ry the pa rts , except bearings , with dry
compre:.sed air.
CA U T/ON: Beari11p,s must not be dried or spun with
comprr:ssed air.

Page 18 Issue 1-Nov. 1953

CANADIAN ARMY
EME MANUAL
FIG 13-REMOV{!'tC PRIVE SHAFT BE,'\ RING CONE
WlTH PULLER
INSPECTION (FIG 11)
1.18. Inspect machined s urfaces of housing (24) for
burrs a nd other visual d a mage. If any cracks are
evident or machined sudaces are damaged, replace
housing.
139. Jm,pect idler gear teeth (3) and bearing botes
for wear, scores, chips or cracks. ff any of these
conditions exist, replace gear.
140. Inspect reverse gear teeth (6) for wear,
scores, chips or c, acks. H any of lhese conditions
exist. replnce gear. Measure diameter of bearing
bore with a micrometer and if dime nsions exceed
1.378 inch , replace gear.
141. Tnspect sliding gear teeth (7) splines, and
shifter fork groove for wca1, scores, chips or cracks.
If any of these conditions exist, replace gear.
142. Inspect idler gear and drive shaft hearing
cones ( I, 18, 26 and 45) aod bearing cups (2 , 17, 27
and 44) for wear, scores, chips or cracks. If any of
these conditions exist, replace bearinR cups nn<l
cones.
143. Inspect reverse gear roller beari ngs (5 and
43) for wear, scores, chipped rollers or damaged
cages. Jf :my of these con<licions exist, replace
bearings.
144. Inspect idler gear shaft (10) for damaged
threads, burrs or other visti'al damnge. If sha(t or
th reads are damaged, replace shaft.
145. Inspect reverse gear shaft (37) for wear and
measure diameter ,it worn spots with a micrometer.
If d iameter of shaft is less than 0.8735 inch, replace
shaft.
t46. Ins pect drive shaft (25) for damaged or
worn splines, worn oil se.al contact surface or cracks.
If any of t hese conditions exist, replace shaft.
Issue 1-Nov. 1953
VEHICLES
D 114 INSTR 2
147. Inspect shifter shaft (34) for damage ball
grooves or wear at oil seal con tact surfaces. If b:1.11
grooves, or oil seal contact surfaces are worn,
replace shaft. [{ diameter of shaft is less than 0. 736·
inch , replace sha.it.
l48. Inspect shifter shaft ball (38) for wear, chips
or cracks. 1f any of these conditions exist, replace
ball.
149. Check shifter shaft ball spring (39) with
spring tester. If free length of spring is less than
'%;- inch or if length under compression of 20 to 26
lbs. is less than %!-inch, replace spring.
REASSEMBLY (FIG 11 )
150. Coat outer surface of shiiter sha(t oil seals
(22 and 33) with plastic type gasket cement .:.nd
install seals in housing (24) with lips of seals facing
m.
151. Place sliding gear (7) and shifter fork (42)
in housing with groove in gear and set screw (41) in
shifter fork tow:1.1d front of housing.
152. Insert shifter sh.aft (34) in housing and
through shifter fork (eye bolt end of shaft a t rear of
housing).
153. Align shifter fork with set screw recess in
shifter shaft, install set scre w and tighten securely.
154. Press drive shaft bearing cone (18) on short
machined end of drive shaft (25) with an arbour
press.
.,.,
CA UT ION: Small end Qj bearing con.e must be
wward end of shaft.
155. Insert drive shaft through sliding gear from
rea1 of housing. Lubricate bearing cone with gcM
lubricant. Tap drive shaft bearing cup (17) ioto
rear of housing wi t h a plastic hammer.
156. lnstall other d, ivc shaft bearing cone (26)
on front end of orive sha(t with an arbour press
(small end of bearing cone toward end of shaft).
157. Lubricate bearing cone with gear lubricant.
Drive other drive shaft bearing cup (27) into front
of housing with a pbstic h ammer.
158. Position <lrive shaft plate gaskets (16) (one
each of 0.0JO and 0.020 inch thickness) and drive
shaft end plate (11) on rear of housing. Coat cap
screws (14) with plastic type gasket cement. Install
Page 19
 VEHICLES
D 114 INSTR 2
lockwashers (12) and screws. Tighten screws
securely.
159. Position drive shaft plate gaskets (28) (one
each of 0.010 and 0.020 inch thickness) a nd drive
sha ft oil seal retaining plate (29) on front of hous-
ing. Coat cap screws (3 1) with plastic type gasket
cement. Install lockwashers ( 30) a nd screws.
Tighten screws secure ly .
160. Rotate drive shaft several revolutions to seat
bearings.
NOTE: When bearings tire properly adjuswd. a slight
drag must be apparent as drive shaft is rotated. Remove
or add gaskets a.~ reqLiire,L to obtain a correct adjustment
of the drive shaft bearings.
16 1. Coat exterior of drive shaft oil seal (32) with
plastic type gasket cement and install oil sea l in
retaining plate (29) with lip of seal toward bearing.
CA UTTON: Exercise extreme care when oil seal is
installed l-0 prevent cfum1ge to seal as it passes over
drive .~haft key slot.
162. Lubricate reverse gea r bearings (5 a nd 43)
with gear lubricant and position bearings in gear.
163. Position reverse gear (6) and reverse gear
spacer (4) in housing with large gear toward front
aod spacer at rear. I nsert reverse gear shaft (3 7) in
rear of housing (rivet groove at opposite end) a nd
drive shaft into position un til ri vet groove and hole
in housing a re a lig ned .
164. Install button head rivet (23) and bend
protruding end of rivet to lock rivet in place, f'ig 12.
165. If replacement of t he idler gear bearing cups
(2 a nd 44) is necessary, remove dirt and burrs from
bearing cup bores a nd press cups in idler gear (3)
with an arbour press (thin ed ge of c ups out). Make
certain that c ups are firml y seated against shoulder
of counterbores.
166. Lubricate id ler gear bea ring cones (1 and 45 )
with gear I ubr ican t a nd place cones in idler gear.
Position id ler gear in hous ing with large helica l gear
toward rear of housing.
167. Tnstall idler gear shaft (10) from rear of
housing and install slotted nut (35).
168. Tighten nut, one slot at a time, until a slig ht
drag is apparent, as gear is rotated. Install cotter
pin (36).
Page 20
CANADIAN ARMY
EME MANUAL
NOTE: These bearings must be preloaded.
169. Position lower shift lever o n eye bolt (21) an<l
in drive shaft end plate (11). Insert shift lever clevis
pin (15) in end plate and install cotter pin (13).
170. Install eye bolt Sj)ring w,tshc r ( 19) on eye
bolt, plainwasher (9) and cotter pin (8).
171. Install shifter shaft ball (38) , ball spring (39)
and headless pipe plug (40) in bottom of housing.
Operate shift lever to make certain that shifter
sha ft ball indexes with each of the three g rooves in
sh ifter shaft.
NOTE: If it is apparent tlial the ball is not indexing
witl1 furwarcl gmuve in shifter shaft it will b1i rwcessary
to remove .~hift lever and elon(!,llte, eitlier or both, the
eye bolt or c/,evis pin holes. If either th<' eye bolt hole,
or the clevis pin hole i.~ not sufficiently elongated,
movemRnt of tlw .~liifter .~haft 11•ill be restricted when tlie
lever is moved to tire extreme forward posi1io11.
INSTALLATION (FIG 11)
172. Posit ion six new power take off gaskets (46)
and power take-off on transmission. Install one
cap screw, then install lockwashers a nd nuts on
studs in transmission case, hu t do not tigh\;n nuts.
173. With this step in t he installation procedure
completed, check the gear m esh as follows:
GEAR MESH CHECK
174. With transmission cover r emoved, attach a
dia l indicator to the cap screw ho le nearest the
mainshaft t hird speed gear. The ind icator should
be positioned so that the plunger will contact one of
the teeth of the mainshaft third speed gear.
175. With a bar or large screw driver wedge the
countershaft third s pee<l gear to preven t rotation
and measure the backlash hy moving t he mainshaft
third speed gear. Note the reading on the dial
indicator.
176. Jow wedge the power take-off dri ve gear and
measure the total backlash between the mainsha ft
third speed gear, t he countcrshafl'third speed gear
and the power take-off drive gear. Note reading on
d ial indicator.
177. Subtract reading obtained in para 175 from
reading obtained in para 176. D ifference will be
total bac klash between countershaft thir d speed
gear a nd power take-ofT drive gear.
Issue 1-Nov. 1953
CANADIAN ARMY
EME MANUAL
N OTE: If procedure outlined in paras 175, 176 and
177 i.~ performed with the transmis.sion in the vehicle,
depress the clutch pedal so t.he transmission gears will
rotate f reely.
178. Tighten nuts on studs slightly and recheck
backlash . Do not con tinue to tighten nuts if back-
lash drops to less than 0.001-inch, as additio nal
gaskets must be insta lled .
CA UT ION: Tf .stud nuts ore tightened with insufficient
gaskets betwee11 power take-of! assembly and trans-
mission, and 110 backlash exists between gears, seriou.i
damage will occur u, pou.1er take-of! or tran.~mi!1.~ion.
179. Repeat operatio ns and add or remove gaskets
as necessary so that ba cklash with studs properly
tighte ned will be 0.003 to 0.008 inch .
180. \~/hen g-ear mesh check is completed, con-
tinue with installation procedure.
181. I nstall transmission lloor cover, starter pedal
and gearshi ft lever.
182. Connect winch propeller shaft at power ta ke-
off and tighten set screw.
Issue 1-Nov. 1953
VEHICLES
D 114 INSTR 2
183. Insta ll con trot lever extension, inside driver 's
compartment .
EYE BOLT ADJUSTMENT (FIG 11)
184. When a power take·off assembly is re placed,
or a cab is changed, the eye bolt (20) may require
ad justment to insure clearance bet ween shift lever
and opening in transmission fl oor cover when lever
is in t he extreme forwa rd and rear positions.
185. Loosen n ut (21) on eye bolt. Remove cotter
pin (8), plainwasher (9), and spring w;isher (19)
from eye bolt.
186. Remove cotter pin (13) from lower shift lever
clevis pin (15). Remove clevis pi,, from drive sha ft
end plate ( 11). Raise lo we r shift lever and dis·
connect lever from eye bol t.
187. Turn eye bolt in or ou t required amount to
obtain proper adjustment.
188. Connect lever to eye bolt. Install spring
washer, plain washer and cotter pin,
189. Install clevis pin through end plate a nd s hift
lever a nd install cotter pin . Align eye bolt a nd
tighten nu t.
 VEHICLES CANADIAN ARMY
D 114 INSTR 2 EME MANUAL

"fABLE IV- POWER TAKE-OFF TROUBLES AND REMEDIES

SYMPTOMS PROBABLE CAUSE PROBABLE REMEDY

Loss of Lubricant Damaged or worn oil seals at If oil seals are damaged or worn,
shifter shaft a nd drive shaft. install new oil seals.
Damaged or improperly installed If gaskets are damaged or im-
gaskets. properly installed, replace and
install correctly.
Power take-off housing cracked. Replace housing.
Gear Whine Insufficient clearance between Install proper amount of gaskets
transmission countershaft gear between power take-off and trans-
and power take-off idler gear. mission to provide specified back-
lash.
Gear Noise Worn or loose bearings. Worn Replace bearings or gears as re-
gear teeth. quired.
Slipping Out of Eye bolt worn or incorrectly ad- Adjust eye bot t and replace parts
Engagement justed. as required .

TABLE V- POWER TAKE-OFF SPECIFICATIONS

GENERAL
Make . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Canadian Acme
Model ... .. . . ....... . .. . ...................... . .. . ... 4867
Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Left Side of Transmission
Type . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Single Speed and Reverse
Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Transmission Coun tershaft Gear
Lubrication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . From Transmission

POWER TAKE-OFF GEAR

Number of Teeth . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Helix Spiral . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Left Hand
Helix Angle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30°
Face of Gear to Center Line of Opening ............. . 1~ 6-lnch to Rear
Gear Speed at 1,000 Engine R.P.M. ............ . . . . . . . 395 R.P.M.

Page 22 Issue 1- Nov. 1953

CANADIAN ARMY VEHICLES
EME MANUAL D 114 INSTR 2

TABLE VI- POWER TAKE-OFF REPAIR AND REBUILD STANDARDS

GENERAL
The r<:'pair and re build sta ndards included in this table give the minimum and the maximum sizes and
clearances of new or rebuilt parts as well as wear limits, which indicates that point to which a part or parts
may be worn before replacement, in order to receive m:\.ximum service with minimum replacement. Normally,
all parts which have no t been worn beyond the dimem,ions shown in the "Wear Limits" column or damaged
from corrosion will be a pproved for service. Minimum, maximum and w(:ar limit dimensions are inches
unless otherwise specified .

Size and Fit

Fig. Ref. Point of Measurement of New Parts Wear
No. Letter Limits
Min. Max.
·--·-·- ·- ·
l4 A Inside diameter of reverse gear bore 1.375 1.376 1.378
14 13 Outside diameter of shifter shaft 0.738 0.739 0.736
14 C Outside diameter of reverse gear shaft 0.8745 0.8750 0.8735
14 D Free length of shifter shaft ball spring 1§,(6
Length under compression of 20 lb. to 26 Jb. %
Backlash between counrershaft ~ear and
power take-off idler gear 0.003 0.008

RA PD 356912

FrG 14-Powr..n TAKF.-OFF PARTS

Issue 1- :\lov. 1953 Page 23

 CANADIAN ARMY VEHICLES
EME MANUAL D 114 INSTR 3
TRUCKS 3/4 TON 4 X 4 DODGE
Truck Cargo M37 {CDN)
Truck Command M42 (CDN)
Truck Ambulance M43 (~DN)

FIELD AND BASE REPAIRS

TRANSFER CASE
INDEX SUBJECT PARA
TRANSFER CASE
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . l
Removal .. ..... ..... ......... . ..... , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
DISASSEMBLY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10

REPAIR PROCEDURE
Brake Output Shaft Bearing Retainer Assembly
Disassembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Inspection . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
Assembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... . 52
Rear Axle Output Shaft Bearing Retainer Assembly
Disassembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Inspection ..... . .. . .... ...... . ................. . . . .... .... . . .. . ....... . . 86
Assembly .... . .. . ..... . . . ............ . . .. . . ......... . . . . . ............... 95
Transfer Case with Idler Gear, Input Shaft, Front Axle Output Shaft and
Shifter Parts
Disassembly .... . . . . . .. ...... .... . . .. . .... . .... . . . ....... ....... . .. .... . 110
Inspection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
Assembly .. ... . . . . .. .. . ........... . . . . . ... ... . ... . ...................... 161
A.ssem bly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
Installation ..... . . . . . ..... . .. . ... . . . ........ .. .. . . . .. . . . .... . .... . ..... . ....... 197
Troubles and Remedies. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table I
Specifications... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table II
Repair and Rebuild Standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table III

TRANSFER CASE the fron t and rear axles by conventional propeller

GENERAL
1. The vehicles are equipped with four wheel
drive, which requires a transfe1 case, Fig 1, to
transmit power from the transmission to the front
drive axle as well as the rear axle. The transfer case
assembl y is mounted on a frame crossmember near
the center of the chassis and is connected to the rear
shafts.
Contained within the transfer case are five con·
stant mes h helical gears and shafts mounted on ball
and roller bearings. These gears provide two speed
ranges : a high range with a 1 to 1 ratio for ordinat y
operation .and a low range with a reduction of 1.96
to 1 for heavy operation.
The transfer case is constructed so that it is pos-

e of the transmission by a short propeller shaft. From

the transfer case, the power is transmitted to both
sible to disengage the front axle drive when maxi-
mum traction is not required .

.Issue 1-Nov. 1953 (WM-4293) Page 1

 VEHICLES CANADIAN ARMY
D 114 INSTR 3 EME MANUAL

I 2 3

l// t
-

I 2 3 62 14 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 /
I
I
/
/
.,,.. /
/ ~ - - ----- ---------------~~
/
I
I

\ \/ \(fir6 / 0
/ 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85

\\',_, {dll,~
868788$9091

24 9·08

109 110

F'JG 1-TRANSFER CAsE-ExrLouEo Vre:w

Page 2 Issue 1-Nov. 1953

CANADIAN ARMY VEHICLES
EME MANUAL D 114 INSTR 3

Fie 4- Rt-:~rnvrr-.: .. CoMPAN10N Ft.:\NGE w1TH

PULLER

16. l~emove comJ)anioo fbnge oil seal (i) with a

n :1110\.(;r. Fig 5.
F,c 5-- - Rr:.\WVING C0Mr-.,N10N FuNGE On. Si-:..\1.
I 7. Remove screws, nu t!'i from studs, and lock-
,,·aslwrs holding rear axle outpul shaft bearing 25. Remove nuc (i), lockwasher (8 ) and link stud
assembly lo case. Remove retainer assembly and (9) from brake support (42).
gasket from case.
26. RcmovC' speedometer drive pinion re taining
nut (I) and drive pinion (3) from hearing retainer
REPAIR PROCEDURE (49) . Remove clriv<.> pinion <>ii seal (2) f1om retain ·
ing' nut.
Brake Output Shaft Bearing Retainer
Assembly 27. Remove companion flange nut (29) washer
(30) and companion Oange (33) \\·ith brnke drum
Disassembly (Fi~ 6) (34).
NOTH: Th1t h1tari11µ cnps can hP- in.sp('CLl!rl 1.11 1he 2K He111ovc nuts (31). lock,rnshers (32) ,ind bra ke
bearinµ rritainer (1.11d ITU/.St tWL U<' r<'11w1:ef/ nnlt·.~s <lrum b01!!:i (35) wh.icli will :;q1;1rate the h r,tke drum
i11.,peuirm rm•Nt!.~ replacenumt. is 11.1~,{'S:iCll"I'. <34) fron, th(' flange (.B).
18. Remo,·e coner pin (12) from l,r,ike ,.;pacn 2<>. Remm·.._, nuts l40) and lorkwasl1ers (-t.1 ) (rum
link stud (9). Disconn(\1:t br,1kc :;pacer link ( 1 l) studs (46) in be.iring rctai11cr (49). R<.imo,·e bra.kl.'
from spac.er link stud. s u pport (42) and gasket (-t3).

19. Remove- nuts (26 all<l 27), pl.tin washer (25) 30. Remove tl.rngt' oil Sl'.,d (39) from brake sup·
ancl brake operating- compression sf)ring (24) 01\ port.
brakes so equipped, from adjus ting- bolt (14) 31. Ren1ove outp ut shaft (58) , rea r bearing- (:one
(44), be<tri11g shims (50, 51 , 52 , 53) . spceclomcler
20. Remove adjusting bol t (t4). l,rakc cam levers
drive gear spacer (54) and sµ eed ometer d ri vc gear
(13 and 15), \)rake spacer link (ll) and cam lever
(55) from hearing· retainer.
clevis pin (17) from brake band.
32. II inspection of the front and re;ir bcarinrz
21. Remove cotter pin (16) ,llld disasseml,lc cam <:ups (45) and (56) revt.:als thal rc.-pl,H'CllH'II t i:;
levrrs and spacer link from c:lcvis pin. 1l<.'C'C$Snry, remove the cups "·ith" bron%.c clrifl- and
hanHner. Openings arc provided in !'lie retainer
22. Remove nut (18), lockwasher (19), and nut
(20) from brake ,-Hlj\lsling screw. Remove arlju:::Linft <'astinr.:- for the hrom:e drift. Fig 7.
bolt com press ion spr i11gs ( 10 and 21 ) . 33. RcmOVl' VClll as$<:·111\.ih- (4) from uearing
ret a1ner.
23. Remov <:: anchor tli p scn~w lock wiie (38) and
clip screw (Ji). 3-1. !{cmovc front bt'arin~ cone (S i) from shaft
with a puller as :;h</\rn in Fi~ 8.
24. Remove brake li,1nd (22) and anchor clip
compressio n spring (36) from brake support (42) . 35. Remov1:: outpu t shaft rollers s1wp ring (60).

lssue 1- Nov. 1953 Page 5

 CANADIAN ARMY VEHlCLES
EME MANUAL D 114 INSTR 3

-·-
... ' ........ -~ 4-!. l\Jeasure diameter o( bore in gear end o( out-
put shalt with a micrometer. II dimension <·xc...-cls
l. 2 7 ( inch, replace sha( t.

4S. Inspec t speedomei-er drive gear (55) for worn

'\ or damagc-d teeth. JI either of the,;c conditions
exist, replace gear.

46. I nspect speedometer drive gear spacer (54)

for damai:<: and replace spacer if it is not in good
condi tion.

F1G i - l{1iMOVING B1<.,K1Nc; Cm•s FROM
BEARING RETAINER
le,;$than 0. 218 to 0.2182-inch o r t.berc is evidence o(
<·orrosion or chipped ~potS, replace roller;i,
40. Inspect bearing reta iner (49) for dam.1ged
machined surfaces, cracks o r loose bearing cu po.
Replace retainer if a ny o( these condition;; exist.
41. Inspect studs (46), screw h oles and threads
for speedometer drive pinion rttaining nut for w,!;lr
or damage. Repai r or replace p.·uts as requtred.
47. Inspect b<•aring shims (50, St, 52, SJ) for
da.rnaR'C and replace them if they are not in good
condition.
48. lns1><:n brake sup1,ort (42) for cracks or
rl<1maRed ma(hined surfacTs and if either of the$(:
conditions exist, replace the support.
49. Inspect brake drum (J4) for wear, scores.
rrru:ks, elongated i'>olt holc-s or dan111g,,d ma<'hineu
surfaces. )( there is evidence of v.-e;tr or dama,,·,
repl;,ce bra ke drum.
50. Inspect oil :;cal contad surface 011 hub o(

•
c·ompanion ifanl{e (3.1), marhined surfat·e of fhu1ic.:
42 . Jnspece outpu t shalt (58) for worn, .curc-d, ,Jnd SJ)Hne.~ for wear, da maR'e, cracks or corroHion.
cra,:kcd or damaged teeth. I( any of these condi- I( M )' of the$<' conditio11s exist, or diameter nf

tions exist, replace s hafr. Jlanxe hub is less lhan 2.1 21 inch, replace the flange.

43. Inspect splines and threads o n output shalt
for wear or damage. Tf above condition!'- exist,
replace •ha ft.
51. lilsp<:c:t holt ho[(-; in Rani>:<· for w1;ar. H hole,;
arc worn or elonl(.ited , replace A,ange.
Assembly (Fli 6)
l MP08TANT, A pr.•lood is .<pPCiji,>d for tlte l,,mrin/1,,
1ha1 supporc u,, output shaft and adjmm,rru of th«
bearinp,,< must confom, u, tlte pr,·l,;ad ., p,·cification., of
15 ,o :w inrh pound., . The inch p=d p,-,,i<,ad '"'" be
-.,..,r,_,/ ,ifter ail parts are properl_y a.,:s,,11ibkd, ~,·
rotating 11,e outpw sMft ,cilh a 1orq,.,. wrench m11/
socket M 1he wmpanwn flar,ge nut.

5 2. I( inspection revea led that rcµlaccm~nt of th•

front and rear bt>aring c·up~ (45 and 56) is necessary~
dean the couoterbores in tht' bearing reuin('' and
rcrnovc any burrs that may exist..

S3. Install beari ng cups in bearing rN~iner (49)

w ith a n :tbour prC$;S, making- (·crtain thar. they are
firmly S(•ated ag~inst the ~houl<lers in th<· t o unter•

•
bores .
Fm 8-REMOVINc; FRO:<T BEARING Coin:: >KOM
0UTl'UT SIIAf•" T WITH PULLER 54. T ighten studs (46) in bearing retainer.

Issue 1- :llov. 1953 Pase 7

 VEHICLES
D 114 INSTR 3
55. Place new brake support gasket (43) and the
brake support (42) on bearing retainer so that cut-
out in gasket and oil drain openings in bearing
retainer and brake support are aligned. lnsta ll
lockwashers (41) and nuts (40) on studs (46) and
tighten nuts securely.
56. Lubricate the fifteen output shaft rollers (59)
with gear lubricant and position them in the output
shaft countcrborc.
57. Insta ll output shaft roller snap ring (60) in
shaft coun tcrbore.
58. Install front bearing cone (57) on output shaft
(58) with an arbour press and make certain that
bearing cone is firmly seated against gear.
59. Position speedometer drive gear (55), drive
gear spacer (54) and bearing shims (50, 51, 52, 53)
on output shaft. Jf new shims are required start
with a 0.0365 inch shim pack, consisting of one
each 0.004, 0.005, 0.0125 and 0.015 inch thickness
s hims and check adj ustment of bearings. Refer to
paras 62 and 63.
60. Lubricate bearings with gear lubricant and
install output shaft (58) in bearing retainer (49).
Install rear bearing cone (44), companion fl ange
(33) plainwasher (30) and slotted nut (29).
NOTE: The 1ra11efer case is equipped wit/r t/rrec
different companion jlangPs a11d it is important that
each flanp,e be installed in its proper Location. Th e
correct flrmp,e for each location can be detennined by
measuring the di.~umce bett,vee11 the bolt holes as shown
in Fip. 9.
,LANO!, COMfANK>H
(INPUT SHAFT)
FIG 9 - C'OMPAN ION fl. ANGE D1~mNSIONS
CANADIAN ARMY
EME MANUAL
FIG 10-(IIECKl~G PR ELOAD <W BEAlHNGS ON
0UTl'UT SnAFT wrTH T ORQUl1 \i\! 10-:N c H
61. \lamp companion Aange between copper
jaws of a vise and tighten slotted nut with a torque
wrench and socket, F ig 10.
62. Place bearing retainer assembly on a suitable
s tand or the open jaws of a vise in a vertical position
so that the output shaft will be free to rotate.
Rotate shaft with a torque wrench, fig 10, until
bearings roll smooth ly and check preload of bear-
ings with wrench in motion.
63. If prcload of bearings is not within specified
Limits (15 to 30 inch pounds), add or remove shims
to obtain correct preload .
64. Remove slotted nut, plainwasher and com-
panion Aange.
65. Prepare new oil seals for insta llation by soak-
ing in castor oil or neatsfoot oil for about 30 min-
utes. The 'leather must be in good condition, soft
and pliable. Work the leather by rolling with a
s mooth, round bar before installing.
66. Coat outer surface of oil seal (39) with plastic
type gasket cement and position oil seal in brake
support with lip of leather toward bearings. In -
stall oil seal, using a companion flange and plastic
hammer, Fig 11.
67. Place companion Aange (33) in shallow side of
brake drum (34) so that hub of flange will protrude
through drum. Insert brake drum bolts (35) from
opposite side of drum and install lockwashers (32)
and nuts (3 1). Tighten nuts.
68. Install hand brake drum (34), companion
fl a nge, plainwasher (30) and slotted nut (29).
69. Plilce anchor clip compression spring (36) in
brake support (42) and position brake band (22) on
Issu e 1- Nov. 1953
 CANADIAN ARMY
EME MANUAL
• J
bra ke SU J)port. Insta ll brake band anchor cliJ>
screw (.37) b u t do not tighten.
70. l'osition brake adjusting bolt compression
springs (JO and 21) on hoth sides of br,,ke support
between band ends.
7 1. Assemble brake cam levers (13 and 15) . clevis
•
pin ( 17 ) and brake spactr link (1 IJ on b ra ke '1d-
justing bolt (14) with open end of adjusting bolt
toward de vis pin hole ~nd o f cam fevers. I nstalJ
brake adjust ing bolt (14).
7 2. lnst;i.ll brnke opera.tin~ co,npr~:jioo sprinf(
(24) on brakes so equipped . ptai,rn•asher (25) and
nuts (26 a•1d 27) on threaded end of adjusting bolt.
7.l. Install brake s pacer link stud (9} in brake
support (42), a nd install lockwashtr (8) and nut
(7). P osi tion brake sp,..c.cr link (I I) 011 link stud (9)
in b ra ke sur,port and install cot ter pin (12).
74. lr1st<1ll bra ke band cidjusting screw (23)
throu~h lower end of br»ke band and b rake supfl'lr!
and install n uts ( 18 a nd 20; and Jockwasher {19).
i5. Refer ro INSTR 10 for adjustment o f hand
brake b,tnd.
76. Po.si tion s peedom eter d rive pinion (3) in
bearing rttainer n.nd make certain that pi lot at
lower- end of pinion eng~ges in hole or r c.tai ner boss.
17. Place speedometer drive pinion o il seal (2) in
pinio n retaining nut (I ) and in~tnll retaining nuc in
bearing re tainer assembly. Tjghten retaining nut.
•
78. Appl y ha nd b ra ke band a nd tigh ten s lot ted
nut (29) to 140 to r 60 foot pounds with a torque
wn,nch and socke t. Install cotttr pin (28).
Issue 1-Nov. 1953
VEHICLES
D 114 INSTR 3
79. Insta ll vent assembly (4) in top of bearing
retainer .
Rear Ade Out1)ut Shaft Bearing Retainer
Assembly
Disassembly ( Fig 12)
NOTE: The bewi..s cup.1 can be ;,,.,p,c,ed in tlie
bearinP, r1>tainer and ,rnut- nol be remo,:cd unless
i nspectitm r1weal.s replacf!-ml!nl i$ nect'S.'SOry.
80. Remove o u tput shait (20), front and rear
bearing cones (8 and 19). $halt spacer (li) and
bearinl1,' shi ms ( t3. t4. 15. 16) from bear in,:- retainer
( 12).
8l. l~cmove front Ut!arlng cone from ou tput share
with a pLtllcr, F ig 8.
~2. H )nspe<.:rion o f the front a nd rear hearing
<.' ups (9 an<l l8) r eveals that rcpfoct ment l$ neces-
s..1ry , remove rhem with~ bronze drift and h;unmer.
Openin~s are pro . .'idtd in the bearing r eta iner
casting for the bronze drift, Fig 7.
8 3. Remove o utp ut shaft ro ller snap ring (22)
fron, outp u t shaft (20).
84. Remove output shaft rollers (21) from r.oun•
terbore of output shait .
85. Wa$h all parts tho roughly in d ry-cleaning
solvent. Dry the parts, except bearlnl/,s, with dry
cornpresst d air .
CA UT ION: Bearing., m«" "°' be dried'" 'I'"" with
compres:iiP.d 11ir.
Inspec tion (Flit 12)
86 . JnsJX>tl bearing retainer (12) for cracks,
damaged machined sur faces or sco red bearing cuµ
coun terbores. H anr of these conditions eiist,
replace t he retainer.
87 . Inspect front and rear bearing cups (9 and 18)
and bearing cones (8 ;onci 19) for cracks, chipp<,d
spots, pitting. corrosion a11d wear. If any of these
{'.onditions exist. replnce bcarjng cups a nd cones.
88. Inspect output sha ft rollers (21) for ,wear,
corrosion or chiµµed spots. Jf a,.J\y of these condi,
tiOJ1$ exist, or the dia meter ol the rollers is less tha n
0.218 to 0.21 82 inch , replace rollers.
89. Inspect $haft s racer (17) for cracks or damage.
lf either of the5e conditions exist , replace spacer.
90. Inspect bearing shims ( 13. J4, 15, 16) for
damage. Jr damnged in any ,,.,~y. repbce shims.
 VEHICLES CANADIAN ARMY
D 114 INSTR 3 EME MANUAL

3"'-i

20
19 18
i/fl~
17 16 15 14 13
12 II 10
9 8 7

f t-ti •U$t:
6 5 <I

FIG 12-REAR AX LE OUTPUT SaAFT B E ARING RETAINER ASSEMBLY-EX PLODED VI£w

16---Shl m- b ea rlng

2-Sclrew 10- Nu\ 17-S p ace l"-$ ha lt

3-Ce>tt.et pl n IS-C u p- front bearlno

" - Nut-sle>tted 12- Ret.Jlr,er--b.,..rlng 19-Con.-front b ea, lng

6-Plalnwaaher 13-Shlm- b.,..rlng 2:)--$h aft w i th gur--o11tput

6-F'l.tn9e---eompanlon 14-Shlm-burlng

16-Shlm-bearlng 22--Snop ring- out.put shaft rollers

91. Inspect output shaft (20) fo,: worn, chipped or
cracked gea r teeth, worn s plines o r damaged
threads. If any of th ese condit ions exist, replace
o utput shaf c.
92. Measure diameter of bore in gear end of o ut-
puJ shaft with a micrometer and replace shaft if
dimension exceeds 1.271 inch.
93. Inspect oil seal con tact surface oo hub of
companion Range (6), machined surface of flange
and splines for wear, da m age, cracks or corrosion,
I{ a ny of these conditions exis t, or diame ter of
flange hub is less than 2. 121 inch , re pla ce Aange.
94. Jnspect bolt ho les in companion flange for
wear . If bolt holes are worn or elongated , replace
flange.
Assembly (FJ~ 12)
IMPORTA N T : A prelsOOJ is .,pedfU!d for the bearing.i
that support the output shaft and adju.stmen.J of tlie
bearings must conj orm to the preloo.d specifications of
15 to 30 inch po11,nd$. T he inch pound prel.oo.d can be
mea.mred after all parL, are propP.rly assembled, by
rotating the output shaft with a U>rgue wrench and
socket on the comp anion. flange nut.
95. If inspection revealed t hat replacement of the
front and rear bearing cu ps (9 and 18) is necessary,
dean the counterbore in t he bearing reta iner and
remove any burrs that may exist
96 Install bearing cups in bearing recainer (12)
with an a rbour press making certain they are firmly
seated against the shou lders in the counterhores.
9 7. Lubricate the outpu t s haft rollers (21 ) with
gear lubricant and position them in the shaft
counlerbore.
98. Install ou tput shaft roller snap ring (22) in
sh,ift counterbore.
99. Jnstall fro nl bearing cone (19) on output shaft
with an arbour press making certain that the bear-
ing is firmly seated agaios t the gear.
100. Lubr icate bearing co nes (8 and 19) with gear
lubricant.
101. Position shaft spacer (17) and bearing shims
(1 3, 14, 15, 16) on output shaft (20). If new bearing
shims are required , start with a 0.0365 inch thick-
ness shim pack, cons isting of one each 0.004, 0.005,
0.0125 and 0.015 inc h th ic kness shims and check
adjustment of bearings . Refer to para 104 and 105.
102. Install output shaft (20) in bearing retainer
(12). Jostall ,ear bearing cone (8), com panion

Page 10 Issue 1-Nov. 1953

CANADIAN ARMY
EME MANUAL
Frc 13-TRANSFER CAsE
1-C:ott.r p in
2-Nut-al<>tted
3-Plelnwa•h••
4-F'lange---oompanlon
6--011 s<>al--oompanlon na1>9e
6-Nut
7-Lookwaaho•
8-Retal1>0,.._bearln9
9---<.aekat--lM>arlng r<>t.alnor
10-Geek-boulng r...Ull\at
11-Stud-boterlng ....Ulno,
12-Ball bearing auembl)'
13-So-popp.-t ball
1'-Gaak-popp..t ball to,..w
16--Sprlng-popp*'t ball
16--Ball-popp<>t
17--C.uket--bearlng Nttlllfter
18-Stud
1 &-Plpo pluo
20-Thrurt washer--outi:,vt atlaft
21-Sh•ft-outpl.rt.
U-Shlfter fork
23-Sorow-ahlh..- fork
2+-Wl.--10<>klng
26--Cluuh gear-front a.slo
26-Sol'OW
flange (6), plainwasher (5) and s lotted nut (4).
Refer to Fig 9 for dimensions of correct companion
flange.
10.3. Clamp companion flange between copper
jaws of a vise and tighten slotted nut to 140 to 160
Coot pounds with a torque wrench and socket.
Issue 1-Nov. 1953
VEHICLES
D 114 INSTR 3
l t"'t·U(!.5
74 75 76 77
wcTH loLER GEAR, INPUT SHAFT, FRONT Axu::. O u -rPur SHAFT ANO
SHIFTER PARTS-EXPLODED VIEW
27- 1..ockwae her &l-011 ..21--ampanlon nange
2&-<:4val'-ld !or gNr shaft 6<1-Nut
29- Gaslret-ldler gear shaft oover 66-l.4okwa1her
30-Serew-shlfter fork 66-Reot.,lo,e,....beadng
31 - Wl.--looklng 67---Gukot- be.arlng retainer
32--Cup-ldlor gear b*8rl1>g 6$-Guk-boarlng N>talner
33-Shlm-bearlng 69--Stud-be.arlng N>t.llner
3-4-Shlm-b.arlng 61)-Ball baarlng aa"mbly
36-Shlm-bearlng 61-Gasket--popp<rt ball oo.-.w
36- Shlm-bearlng 62--Sprl11g- poppot bsll
37- Space,.._ldlor gear boarlng 63-Ball-poppet
38---Gear-ldlor 64-Case--tra n1f•r
3!>-Cup- ldler gear bearing &S-Plpe plug
40-Cone--ldler gear bearing 66-G&&leet- bearlng ,...talo,•r
,t- Sorew-poppot ball 67-Thruat wa1her--ouUl'-lnput &heft
g.ar
42--Cotter pin
'3,-Plal nwasher 68-GMl"'-lnp'ut ahaft
$~Roller-lo,put &haft gear
.W-Nut-slott.d
7~Spa.,.,._lnput ahltft gear roller
'6-011 H a l-11h ltt.ar shaft
71-Aolle,.._lnput ahaft 9Mr
'4---011 1Nl-.,h li'ter s h ah
72-Thruat wathe,.._I n ner-ln put •h•f't
47- Shlfte, shaft··-..f>o11t ulo ol utah ta•••
s••r
48- Shlft.er shaft-two-epeed olutoh aoar
n-Sh•ft--lnput
49--Cotur pll\
7,&.--Gear-two- apee~ clutGh
50-Nut-•lotted
7&-Shlfter fork
51 - Plalnwaaher
?6-Con-ldler gHr boarto,g
62- f"lange----companlon
n-Shaft--ldlM 11eu
104. Place bearing retainer assembly on a suitable
stand or the open jaws of a. vise in a vertical posi-
tion so that the output shaft will be free to rotate.
Rotate shaft. Fig 10, with a torque wrench until
bearings roll smoothly .=1.nd check preload of bear-
ings with wrench in motion.
Paie 11
 VEHICLES
D 114 INSTR 3
105. If preload of bearings is not within specified
limits (15 to 30 inch pounds), a dd or remove shims
to ob tain correct preload.
106. \Vhen correct p reload is obtained, remove
slotted nut, plainwasher and companion flange.
107. P repa re new oil seals for installa tion as
o utlined in para 65.
108. Coat outer s urface of oil sea l wit h plastic
type ga sket cement and position o il seal in bearing
retainer with lip of leather toward bearings. Install
oil seal using a companion flange an<l plast ic
hammer, Fig 11.
109. Install companion flange (6) , plainwasher (5)
a nd slotted nu t (4). Clamp companion Ra nge
between copper jaws o f vise and t ighten nut to 140
to 160 foot pound s wi t h a torque wr~nc h and
socket. Install cotter pin (3).
Transfer Case with Idler Gear, Input Shaft,
Front Axle Output Shaft, and Shifter Parts
Disassembly (Fi~ 13)
N 0 1'E : The bearing cups can be inspected in the idler
gear and nuHt 11ot be removed unl,is.~ in.~pection. re1ieal.s
replrrce,nen.t i., rrecessm y.
t 10. Remove locking wire (31) from s hifter fork
screw (30) a nd remove screw.
1 t l. Re move poppet ball screw ( 41) a nd ~ask et
(61), ball spring (62) a nd ball (63).
112. Remove two speed cl ut cb gear shifter shaft
(48) , shifter fork (7 5) and two speed d u tch gear
(74).
113. Remove locking wire (24) from shifter fork
screw (23) an<l remove screw.
114. Remove poppet ball screw (13), gasket (1 4),
ball spring (15) and po p pet ball (16).
U S. Re move front axle dutch gear shifter shaft
(47), shifter fork (22) and fro nt axle clu tch gear
(25) .
116. Remove shifter shaft oil seals (45 and 46)
from tra nsfer case wi th a sma ll pry bar.
lli. Re mo ve co tter pin (1) from slottetl nut (2).
Hold companion fl a nge with a wre11ch, Fig 3, an<l
remove nut.
I 18. Remove plainwasher (3) and compa nion
flange (4) from front ax le out.put shaft (21).
Pa~e ll
CANADIAN ARMY
EME MANUAL
F IG 1 4 - REMOVING f 1'.P UT S!:lAFT .\NI) GEAR
FROM CASE
11 9. Remove o utput shaft (21 ) and shaft th rust
washer (20) fro m case.
120. Remove cotter pin (49) from slotted nur. (SO).
Hold companion flange with a wrench, Fig .3, a nd
remo ve nu t.
121. Remove plainwasher (5 1) a nd companion
flange (52) from inp ut shaft (73) . Exerc ise care to
prevent shaft from slipping- out of input gear (68).
122. Grasp input shaft and izear, Fig 14, and re-
move t hem from transfer case . Keep sha ft, gear and
gear rollers (69 and 71) toge ther to a void loss of
ro llers.
123. R e move inpu t shaft gear outer thrust washer
(68), gc.ir, rollers , rolle r spacer (70) and in p u t shaft
inner thrust washer (7 2) from input shaft. over a
container to avoid loss of ro llers.
124. Remove nuts (6 and 54), lockwashers (7 a nd
55), beari ng re tainers (8 and 56) and bearing re-
ta iner gaskets (9, 10, 57 and 58) from transfer case.
12S. Drive companion flange oi l seals (S and 53)
from bea r ing retainers. Discard oil sMls.
126. Remove ball bearing assemblies (12 and 60)
fro m case with a b ronze drift a nd ha mmer. Wrap
bea ri ngs in clean paper until they a re inspected,
to protect them frorn dirt.
12i. Remove cotter pin (42), slotted n ut (44) and
plainwasher (43) fro m id ler gear shaft (77).
128. Re move screws (26), lockwashers (2i) , idler
gear shaft cover (28) a nd idler gear sh,\ft cove,
gasket (29).
Issue 1- Nov. 1953
CANADIAN ARMY
EME MANUAL
F 1G 15-REMO VING JOI.ER G EAR FROM
T RA.NSf'ER (A SE
129. Scr ew special arbour, Fig 15, on t hreaded end
of idler gear shaft a nd ma ke certain that a rbour is
firmly sea t ed against shoulder on !'.haft. D1ive idler
gear shaft from case with a plastic hammer. Re·
move idler gear and bearings fro m case.
130. Remove idler gear bearing cones (40 and 76),
bearing shims (33, 34, 35, J 6) a nd idler gear beari ng
spacer (37) from idler gear (38).
131. Drive id ler gear bearing cups (32 a nd 39)
from idler genr with a bronze <irift and ham m er.
NOTE: Do not rnmOV(/ bearins CLLJ>!! 1t11le!1S i n.~pt>aion
~l'tmls that replticement i:s m~:<!ssary.
132. Remove pipe plug- (65) from filler ope ning in
transfer case.
133. \¥ash a ll parts in d r y d e-:-1ning solven t . Dry
the parts, except bearinis , with d ry compressed
air.
CA UT/ON: Bearinps m ust not l>e drfod or .,pun with
compre!i!ied air.
Inspection (Fi~ 13)
134. llll,pcct id ler gear (38) for worn, chipped or
cracked gear teeth, or loose beari ng cups. Jf any of
these conditions exist, re plact~cups or replace gear.
135. Inspect shi fter: forks (22 and 75) for m isalign-
ment, scored mac hined surfaces or cracks. If any
of these conditions exist, replace forks.
136. Inspect two speed cl utch gear shifter s haft
(48) and front axle clutch gear shifter shaft (47) for
Issue 1-Nov. 1953
VEHICLES
D 114 INSTR 3
scores, corrosion or wear. If any of these conditions
exist, o r diameter of shafts is less than 0.7445 inch,
replace shafts.
137. Inspect poppet ball screws (13 a nd 41) for
cracks or damaged t hreads. If either of these con-
d itions exist, replace screws.
138. Check poppet ball springs (15 and 62) for
free length , compressed length and damage. If free
length of spring is less tha n 1%, inch and compressed
length (under load of 22 to 26 pounds) is less than
% inch, or there is evidence of damage, re place
springs.
139. Inspect poppet balls (16 a nd 63) for worn
spot's, c rac ks or corrosion. If any of t hese conditions
exis t, replace poppet balls.
140. Jnspect two s peed clu tch gear (i4) for wo rn,
chipped or cracked teeth a nd worn or damaged
splines. If any of these condit ions exist, replace
gear.
141. Inspect front axle clu tch gear (25) for worn,
chipped or cracked teeth and worn or damaged
splines. If a ny of the above conditions exist,
replace gear.
142. Inspect bearing surface of front axle output
shaft (21) for wear or damage. If necessary, replace
shaft.
143. Inspect threads on front axle output shaft
for wear or damage. ff either of these conditions
exist, replace shaft.
144. Jnspect front axle output shaft splines for
wear , chipped spots, or cracks. If any of these
conditions exist, replace shaft .
145. Measure ground end of front axle ou tput
s haft and if d iameter is less than 0.8,,0 inch, replace
shaft.
146. h1spcct tee th of input shaft gea r (68) for
wear , chippe<l spots or cracks. H a ny of these
conditions exist, repla ce gear.
147. Inspect bearing bore of input shaft gear for
wear and measure diameter with a micrometer. If
diameter of hore exceeds 1.9346 inch, replace gear.
148. Inspect thrust washer surfaces of input sha ft
gear. If surfaces are scored, replace gear.
149. Inspect input shaft gear rollers (69 a nd 71)
for wear. and measure their diameter wit h a microm-
eter. If diameter of roller is less t ha n 0.158 to
0.1582 inch, replace rollers.
Pate 13
 VEHICLES CANADIAN ARMY
D 114 INSTR 3 EME MANUAL

150. Inspect roller spacer (70) for misalignment,

wear or cracks. If any of these conditions exist,
replace spacer.

151. lnspect input shaft gear inner and outer

thrust washers and front axle output shaft thrust
washer (20, 67 and 72) for scores, wear or cracks.
If any of these conditions exist o r thickness of
washers is less than 0.151 inch, replace thrust
washers.

152. Inspect input shaft (73) threads for damage

or wear. If necessary, replace shaft.

153. Inspect bearing surface of input shaft gear

ana measure diameter of shaft with a micrometer.
Jf dimension is less than 1.6152 'inch, replace shaft.
154. Inspect surface for output shaft rollers and
measure diameter of shaft with a micrometer. If
dimension is less than 0.830 inch, replace shaft.
155. Inspect input shaft splines for wear, chipped
spots or cracks. lf any of these conditions exist,
replace shaft.
156. Inspect bearing races, balls and cages for
wear, chipped spots, cracks or corrosion. If any of
these conditions exist, replace bearings (12 and 60).
157. Inspect oil seal counterbores and m ..Lchincd
surfaces of bearing re tainers (8 and 56) for scores,
da mage or cracks. If necessary, replace rclai ncrs.
158. Inspecl trnnsfer case (64) for cracks and
replace if there is any evidence of breakage.
159. I nspect machined surfaces and bearing bores
of case for damage or scores. ff ci ther condition
exists, replace case.
FIG 16- PROPER LOCATION OF
BEARING RETAIN ER STUDS
163. If replacement of idler gear bearing cups (32
and 39) is necessary, install them in idler gear with
a n arbour press, making certain they are firmly
seated against the counterbore shoulders.
164. Place large end of idler gear shaft (77) verti-
cally between copper jaws of a vise.
165. Lubricate idler gear bearing cones with gear
lubricant and place one bearing cone on idler gear
shaft against shoulder a nd follow with bearing
spacer (37) and bearing shims (33, 34, 35 and -36).
If new shims a re required , start with a 0.0365 inch
shim pack, consisting of one each of 0.004, 0.005,
0.0125 and 0.015 inch thickness shims.
166. Place idler gear (38) on shaft (small gear

160. Inspect screw holes and studs in case for worn

or damaged threads. If t hreads or screw holes arc
worn or damaged and cannot be corrected by tap-
ping, replace case. Jf slud threads are worn or
damaged, replace studs ( 11, 18 and 59) .

Assembly (Fi~ 13)

161. Tighten bearing 1etainer studs (11 and 59) in
transfer case.

162. Tighten the four studs (18) in transfer case.

CA UT ION: Tlie.~e stt,ds are installed adjacent to the

id/,er 8ear, Fig 16, to prevent i11terfere11ce t.hat will FrG 17-LocATION OF SPACER ON
occur if long cap screws are employer/. IDLER GEAR SHAFT

Pa~e 14 Issue 1-Nov. 1953

CANADIAN ARMY
EME MANUAL
FtG 18-CHECKING ADJUSTMENT OF
IDLER GEAR BEARINGS
down) and install other bearing cone (40), tool
spacer, Fig 17, plainwasher (43) and slotted nut
(44).
167. Hold tool spacer, Fig 17, and tighten nut 140
to 160 foot pounds with a torque wrench and socket.
168. Rot'lte idler gear, Fig 18, until bearings roll
smoothly. Co',rect adjustment of bearings is free
rolHng, no end play. To accomplish a correct ad-
justment of the idler gear bearings, remove bearing-
shims, repeating operations outlined in para 165,
l 66 and 16 7 until a slight drag is evident when the
gear is revolved. Then add a thin shim so that the
bearings wi11 roll freely.
169. Remove nut, washer and spacer from idler
gear shaft. Remove parts from vise.
F iG 19-CHECKING CLEARANCE B ETWEEN
BEARING RETAINERS ANO CASE WJTR GAUGE
Issue 1-Nov. 1953
VEHICLES
D 114 INSTR 3
FIG 20-INSTALLING INPUT SHAFr G!!AR. AND
ROLLERS
170. Place one of the idler gear bearing cones (40)
in large gear end o{ idler gear (38) and position gear
on bench with small gear end up and follow with
arbour, Fig 15, (threaded end up), idler gear bear-
ing spacer (37), selected bearing shims (33, 34, 35
and 36) and other idler gear bearing cone (76).
171. Place idler gear assembly in case with small
gear toward rear oi case.
172. Insert idler gear shaft (77) through opening
at rea r of case and screw threaded end of shaft in
special arbour and make certain that shaft is firmly
seated in arbour.
CAUTION: An arbour must be used when imtaUing
idler gear shaft to prevenJ damage to bearing shims.
173. Drive idler gear shaft into case with a bronze
drift and hammer and remove arbour . Install
plrunwasher (43) and slotted nut (44) on shaft and
tighten nut 140 to 160 foot pounds with a torque
wrench and socket. Install cotter pin (42) .
174. Install idler gear shaft cover gasket (29),
idler gear shaft cover (28), lockwashers (27) and
screws (26). Tighten screws securely.
175. Lubricate ball bearing assemblies (l2 and
60) with gear lubricant and install bearings in trans-
fer case with a plastic ha mmer, until bearing snap
rings are firmly seated against case.
176. Hold bearing retainers (8 and 56) firmly
against case by hand, without gaskets or nuts a nd
measure clearance between machined surface of
retainer and case with a. feeler gauge, Fig 19. Select
Page 15
 VEHICLES
D 114 INSTR 3
a combination of bearing retainer gaskets (9, 10,
57 a nd 58) that are 0.006 inch more or less than
clearance between retainer and case.
NOTE: Gaskets are availabw in 0.009 and O.Ol3 inch
thickness.
177. Prepare new oil seals for installation as out-
lined in para 65.
178. Coat outer surface of oil seals (5 and 53) with
plastic type gasket cement and position seals in
bearing retainers with lip of lea ther toward bearing.
Install oil seals in retainers with a companion flange
and plastic hammer, Fig 11.
179. Install selected gaskets (9, 10, 57 and 58) ,
bearing retainers (8 and 56), lockwashers (7 and 55)
and nuts (6 and 54). Tighten nuts securely.
180. Place input shaft gear (68) on a clean surface
plain side up, and position sleeve, Fig 20, (tapered
end up) in gear.
181. Fill space between gear and sleeve with a
general purpose grease and install 35 input shaft
gear rollers (69). A total of 70 rolle, s are required.
182. Position input shaft gear inner thrust washer
(72) on input shaft (73) and insert shaft in sleeve,
Fig 20. Hold rollers from coming out of gear and
push input shaft into position which will remove
sleeve from rollers. Remove sleeve from sha ft.
Place input shaft gear outer thrust washer (67) over
outer end of input shaft and position it against gear
to prevent loss of rollers.
NOTE: Care must be exercised when the i11put shrift
and input shaft gear are installed in the Lra11sfer case
as an assembly. Loss of the gear roUers will occur if the
gear is not held fimily i11 contact 1.•Jit/1 the input shaft
gear inner thrust washer (72) when the as.~embly is
installed.
183. Hold the gear in place on t he shaft, Fig 14,
and insert input shaft through upper ball bearing
(inside transfer case). Jnstall companion fla nge
(52), plainwasher (51) and slotted nut (SO). Refer
to Fig 9 for dimensions of correct companion flange.
Tighten nut 140 to 160 foot pounds with a torque
wrench and socket. Install cotter pin (49).
184. Place front axle output shaft thrust washer
(20) on threaded end of output shaft (21) and install
shaft in transfer case.
Page 16
CANADIAN ARMY
EME MANUAL
185. Install companion flange (4), plainwasher (3)
a nd slotted nut (2). Refer to Fig 9 for dimensions
of correct companion fl ange. Tighten nut 140 to
160 foot pounds wi th torque wrench and socket.
Install cotter pin (1).
186. Coat outer surface of shifter shaft oil seals
(45 a nd 46) with plastic type gasket cement and
drive seals in transfer case (lip of seal toward inside)
until seals bottom in case counterbores.
187. Jnsert two speed clutch gear shifter shaft (48)
through upper oil seal, plain end toward case.
188. Position shifter fork (75) on two speed clutch
gear (74) so that recess in clutch gear wiU be toward
drive gear and screw hole in fork will be down when
parts are installed. Place two speed clutch gear and
shifter fork in case and position clutch gear on input
sh.aft. Push shifter shaft t hrough shHter fork.
189. Install shifter fork screw (30) in shifter fork
and a lign screw with hole in shifter shaft. Tighten
screw and install lockwire (31) through screw head
and around shifter shaft.
190. Insert front axle clutch gear shi fter shaft (47)
through lower oil seal, plain end toward case.
191. Install shifter fork screw (23) in fork (2 2),
position fork on front axle clutch gear (25) so that
shifter fork screw will be toward end of case and
teeth of clutch gear will be toward rear of case.
Place clutch gea, on front axle output shaft (21).
192. Push shifter shaft t hrough shifter fork and
align shifter fork screw with hole in shaft. Tigh ten
screw and install locking wire (24) through hole in
screw and around sh ifter shaft.
193. Install poppet balls (16 and 63) , poppet ball
springs (15 and 62), poppet ball screw gaskets ( 14
and 61) and poppet ball screws ( 13 and 41) in
transfer case. Tighten screws.
Assembly
194. P lace new bearing reta iner gasket (66) on
brake output shaft bearing retainer and position
retainer in transfer case so t hat pad on retainer
flange covers shifter sha ft opening. Position lock-
washers on studs and cap screws. [ nstall nu ts and
cap screws and tighten securely.
195. P lace new bearing retainer gasket (17) on
rear axle output shaft bearing retainer and position
retainer in case so that pad on retainer Range covers
shifter shaft opening. Position lockwashers on studs
and cap screws. Install nu ts and cap screws and
tighten securely.
Issue 1-Nov. 1953
CANADIAN ARMY VEHICLES
EME MANUAL D 114 INSTR 3

196. Inst.all 4 pints of the specified lubrican t in
transfer case and rotate companion flanges suffi-
ciently to insure distribution oi lubricant over all
internal parts.
Installation
197. Place transfer case assembly on a suitable
jack and position benealh truck.
198. Raise the assembly into position and install
crossmember. The transfer case is mounted on
rubber insulators which must be installed exactly
as when removed.
199. Insta ll moun tinK bolts and tighten securely.
200. Connect ha nd brake control rod and two
transfer case control rods.
201. Connect speedometer cable.
202. Connect three propeller shaft.s to transier
case assembly.

TABLE I- TRANSFER CASE TROUBLES AND REMEDIES

SYMPTOMS PROBABLE CAUSE PROBABLE REMEDY

Lubricant Leaka~e Companion flange oil seals leak· Replace oil seals.
in~.
Companion flange hub worn or Replace companion flanges as
scored. necessary to correct condition.
Brake support gasket leaking. Replace gasket.
Brake output shaft bearing re- Replace gasket
tainer gasket leaking
Idler gear shat t cover gasket Replace gasket
leaking
Rear axle output shaft bearing Replace gasket
retainer gasket leaking
Front axle output shaft bearing Replace gasket
retainer gasket leaking
Input shaft hearing retainer Replace gasket
gasket leaking
Poppet ball screw gaskets leaking Replace gasket
Transfer case cracked Replace case
Shifter shaft oil seals leaking Replace oil seals
Hard Shifting In and Scored or damaged internal parts Disassemble and inspect parts
Out of Front Axle Drive
Front Axle Drive Slips Poppet ball spring tension inade- Inspect and replace springs if
Our of Engagement quare necessary
Worn internal parts Disassemble, inspe.c t and replace
parts as necessary
Transfer Slips Out of Play in brake output shaft or Recondition brake output shaft
High or Low Range internal parts are worn bearing retainer assembly
Pronounced Gear Worn gear teeth or improperly Disassemble, inspect and replace
Whine adjusted roller bearings parts as necessary
Pronounced Gear Improperly adjusted idler gear Disassemble and adjust idler gear
Rattle bearings bearings

Issue 1-Nov. 1953 Pa~e 17

 VEHICLES CANADIAN ARMY
D 114 INSTR 3 EME MANUAL

TABLE II-TRANSFER CASE SPECIFICATIONS

GENERAL
Make ........................ . .. . .. . .. , .. . .. . .. , . . . . New process
Model. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88845
Type................................... . ... . ........ Two speed-helical ~ear
Drive.... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Propeller shaft from transmission
Lubricant capacity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 pints

GEAR RATIOS
Low................................................. 1.96 to LOO
High....................... . .. . .. . .. .. . . .. . . . .. ...... 1.00 to 1.00

BEARINGS
Driven shaft ................ .. . . . . .. Front .... . ..... . Cup No. 2720 Cone No. 2793
Rear ........... . Cup No. 3720 Cone No. 3780
Idler shaft ......................... Front ........ . . . Cup No. 2720 Cone No. 2793
Rear ........ . .. . Cup No. 2720 Cone No. 2793
Driven g,ear shaft .......................... . ........ . Loose rollers
Drive gear pilot .... . ..... . .......................... . Loose rollers
Drive shaft ......................... . ........ . .. . ... . MR No. 307S

GEAR DA.TA No. of Teeth Face Width

Drive shaft ~ear. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... . ............. . 24 and 24 1~ and ~
Driven shaft gear ......... . ...... . .............. . 35 and 24 l~ and ~
Idler gear ....................... . .. . .. . ............ . 35 and 25 1~ and 1~
Driven shaft clutch gear ..... . ....... . ............ . 24 .3123
Two speed clutch gear ..................... . .. . ..... . 24 .42

Page 18 Issue 1-Nov. 1953

CANADIAN ARMY VEHICLES
EME MANUAL D 114 INSTR 3

TABLE III-TRANSFER CASE REPAIR AND REBUILD STANDARDS

GENERAL
T he repair and rebuild standards included in t his table give the minim um a nd the maximum s izes and
clearances of new or rebu ilt parts as we ll as we;i r limits, which indicates that point to which a part or par ts
may be worn before replacement, in order to receive ma ximum service wiih m inimu m replacemen t. Normally,
all parts which have not been worn beyond the dimensions shown in the "Wear Limits" column or damaged
from corrosion will be approved for servi'ce. Minimum, m,.lximum and we;ir limit dimensions are inches unless
otherwise spec ified.

;I
II

I
j MI-

H
I
T
FJG 2 1-"':'RANSFEll C.o\SE P A RTS

Size and Fit Wear

Fi~. Ref.
Point of Measuremen t of New Parts
No. Letter Limits
Min. Max.

21 K Outsid e d ia m eter of (brake) output shaft

6 59 rollers 0 ..218 0.2182
21 A Inside diameter of bore in ~ear end of (brake)
6 58 output shaft 1.2686 t.2691 1.271

21 G Outside dia m eter of (brake) companion fl a n ge

6 33 hub at oil sea l contact sur face 2.125 2.130 2.121
10 Preload of (brake) outpu t shaft bearln~s 15 to 30 inch pounds

153 Page 19
 VEHICLES CANADIAN ARMY
D 114 INSTR 3 EME MANUAL

TABLE III- TRANSFER CASE REPAIR AND REBUILD STANDARDS-(CONT'D)

Size and Fit

Fig. Ref. Wear
Point of Measurement of New Parts
No. Letter Limits
Min. Max.

21 K Outside diameter of (rear axle) output shaft

12 21 rollers 0.218 0.2182
21 E Inside diameter of bore in gear end of (rear
12 20 axle) output shaft l.2686 1.2691 1.271
21 R Outside diameter of (r ear axle) companion
12 6 flange hub at oil seal contact s urface 2.125 2.130 2.121
Preload of (rear axle) output shaft bearings 15 to 30 inch pounds
21 L, M Outside diameter of two speed clu tch gear
13 47, 48 shifter shaft and front axle dutch gear shifter
shaft 0.7465 0.747 0.7445
21 N Free length of shifter shaft poppet ball
13 15, 62 springs 1%
Length under compression of 22 lb . to 26 lb. %
21 B Outside diameter of front axle output shaft
13 21 bearing contact surface 0.8313 0.8318 0.830
21 C Inside diameter of input shaft gear bore 1.9331 1.9336 1.9346
13 68
21 H Outside diameter of input shaft gear rollers 0.158 0. 1582
13 69, 71
21 J, P, Q Thickness of input shaft gear thrust washers
13 20, 67, 72 and front axle output shaft thrust washers 0. 154 0.156 0.151
21 F Outside diameter of input shaft at gear roller
13 73 contact surface 1.6161 l.6164 1.6152
21 D Outside diameter of input shaft at output
13 73 shaft roller contact surface 0.8313 0.8318 0.830

Page 20 Issue 1- Nov. 1953

 CANADIAN ARMY VEHICLES
EME MANUAL D 114 INSTR 4

t TRUCKS 3/ 4 TON 4 x 4 DODGE

Truck Ca~o M37 (CDN)
Truck Command M4l (CON)
Truck Ambulance M43 (CON)
FIELD AND BASE REP A.IRS

FRONT AXLE

INDEX SUBJECT PARA

FRONT AXLF
General ........ . . . . ... . . . .... . ... . . .... . .... . . .. .. .. ... ... . . . ... . . . .. . .... . .. . I
Rem ova 1..... . . . ... . . _. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _.. . . .. . . . .. . . ........ . . .... .... .. . l
DISASSE1\1BLY . .... . .. . . . . . .. .. .. . ... . . . .... . .. ... ...... . . ...... . .. . ... . . . .. . 13

R E PAIR PROCEDURE
Huh With Brake Drum AssembJles
Removal .... . . . . .. . . .. ... . . . . ... . 14
D isa ssembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Inspection ... . _. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36

Front Axle Housin~, Related Steering, Drive and Brake Parts

Dis assembly . . . .... . .. .... . .. . . _.. . . 42
Ins pecti on .. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... . ...... . . . 59
Ass embly ............. ... ... .... . . . .. . ..... .. . . ... . .... .. .. . .. .. . 76

ASSEMBLY OF AX LE FROM COMPONENTS . . . . . . . .. . . . . . .. . 99

INSTALLATION .... . .. .. . .... .. . .. . . 123
Front Wh eel Ali~nment ...... .... . . .. .. . . 128
Troubles a nd Remedies Table I
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . ..... . . . Table II
Repair a nd Rebuild Stand ards .. . ..... . ...... . . . . . .. . . . . Table III

GENERAL Th e uni ve rsal d ri ve assemblies arc equipped with

I. T he fro nt ax le, Fi g J , is the full - Ao.H ing- drivin g
t ~ pc eq u ip ped with \! lli vers« I cir ivc assemblies.
Fig 2, which trans m i t po\ver fro m t h<' di fferen ti,d
to tlH• fro n t wheels w it h o ut affecting e1 1~lom a ry
:-t.('C'rir1g .
c onstan t vc loci ty uni versal joi n ts w hi ch a rc: easiI y
ser vi ced. These asse m b! ic-s ope r ;) te in bus hin g t y p e
b carinR"s w hi c h a re p ressed in th e fro n t ax le h o us in g
,,nd s t eerin g kn ucklcs.

Th i.: steering k nuck les and ft;tng-c asse mbli es The differe nti a l :.nd ca r r ier .,ssembly is a se lf-
fu n c t ion in the s ,1m<; rn ::i 11rH:-r a;; (>rdinn r y s teer ing
contained un it wh i('h ca n l>c rem oved fro m th e
k nuc kles. The O.u1g1' a;.sen1b!i e1; rrov ide opera ci n~
~p.tcc for t he un ivt:rsal d r ive joi nts . They opera[(; ax le hou s ing fo r S4"r v ice. Re fer lo I ~ST R S for
on 1.1pcrC'd he,1ri 11 ~-~. whi{'h a rc m ot m t.ed 0 11 p ivo!" d escrip t ion, d i::,assc rnbl y . inspect io n ., nd asscm hly
pi ns wd d NI to th e <',His of t he fron t ax le h ousing . p r occ< lures.

Iss u e 1- ·· Dec. 1953 (WM 4293 ) Pagel

 18

6 7

!~~8
:~ 9 10 II 12 13 14

~~ 29

FIG 1-FRONT -
Axu: Ass EMBLY-EXPW DED Vrnw
-
I
~
~
FJG 1-FRONT AXLE ASSEMBLY -
1-F'ront axle steering knuokle flange assembly-right
2-Front ade steering knuckle flange bearing cap shim-upper
3-F'ront axle steering knuckle flange bearing cap gasket
4-.Front axle steering knuckle flange bearing cap-upper
6---F'r.ont axle steering knuckle flal'lge bearing cap soN1w lock•
~asher
\ 25---Front axle steering knuckle flange bolt lookwasher
6---F!!ont axle steering knuckle flange bearl ng ea p sere-upper
7-Front axle steering knuckle ftan111e upper bearing grease
nipple elbow
8-Front axle steering knuckle nanee upper bearing g.-.ase
nipple
9-F'ront axle trunnion aooket bushing
10- F'ront axle drive shaft oil seal assembly,
11- F'ront axle stffrlng knuokle bushing ,
12- Front axle rtMrlng knuckle flano• bearing cone cover.
13-F'ront u :le rl.Nflnt k"uc:kle flange t.lt oll seal
14--F'ront axle rteerlng knuckle flange felt pressure spring
15-F'ront axle st.er1n1 knuckle flange oil Mal NKalnet
16---Front axle SU.ring knuckle flange Joint oil seal-felt
17- F'ront axle rl.Nring knuckle ftan1e Joint oil S6al ...talner
18-F'ront axle dlfferentlal aasembli,
19- F'ront axle hCHialng YGnt assembly
EXPL ODED V r EW
20-F'ront axle. dr ive p l n ion carrier gasket
21 - Front axle housing a ssembly-with bushing
22- F'ront a xl e steering knuckle flange oil se-al "r,ew
23---Front axle riHrlng knuckle flange oil ..al lockwashe,
24-F"ront aide stffl"lng knuckle flange oil seal gasket.
26---Front axle &leering knuckle flange bott nut
27-Fl'Ont axle suering arm assembly-with ball
28--F'l"Ont axle 1teering arm cap screw
29-F'ront axle steering knuc kl e flange assembly- left
30-Front axle steering knuckle flang e bearing cap 801'8w- lower
31-Front awle ateerlng knuckle flange beiarlng oap-lower
32-Front axle steering knuckle bearing cap gaeket
33---F'ront axle steering knuckle flange bolt
34-F'ront axle steering knuckle flange bearing oup
J&--F'ront ellle steering knuckle flenge bearing cone-with roller
-lower
36---F'l"Ont axle trunnion grease plug
37-Front ellle housing drain plug gasket
38-F"ront axle housing drain plug
39-F',ont axle steering knuckle stop soNtw
40--F'ront axle steering knuckle stop screw nut
 0
-<

--
-ti::,
~ ::c:

7 14 15
zo
t""
2 3 4 5 6 8 9 10 II 12 13 16 CJ')
~t11

/
:xi CJ')
~

27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17

Ftr. 2-FRONT AxLE AND KNUCKLE-Exnoo~o Vrnw

1-F'ront ,axle drlw flange •-mbly-wlth pl"O
2-F"oont a•le d,lwe nano• gasket
3-Front whffl bearlnp .tdJu•tlng nut
,-F'oont wheol burlng .ad Justing nut look
5--front wheel b .. a,lng adjusting nut- with pin
- aS;.sembly-1 "' ner
1~front whMl h"b INlarlno cone with ,..,11., 18--F"ront. .a•I• tt.Ml'lng knuokl& to ftange eo,..w
._....mbly-ln ner
1f--Whffl h11b •tud-rlght
1\-F'ront whMI ....,,Ing o ll Hal auembly
20--F'ront nl• drl ... flanea ttud
12-front wh"I be<1rln1 o ll Mal anap ,Ing
21-rront ••. 6 d,. ••• fla"a· •tud lockwaaher
U-FM>"t whe61 brak• oupJ>O" auembly- w lth
ad),..tlng pin '2'2:-f'ront •••• drive flafl9e nud nut

-I
0
$-Front w h eol hub b,earlng cone wi t h ,oue,
•$Sem bl)'- oUter
1-F'P<>nt wheel hub bearing ~ui:,-ou-ter
14--front nl• 111... rlno knuc,lcle a ...mbly- wlth
buthl"II
15--front a•le t,u,.nlon JM>Olc.t bushing
16--front nl• unlwor-ul drh,e uaembl y--1..tt
23-Wh-l br•k• drum '"•P"C11on hole OO•et"

........
2'-Wh. .l brak• drum lnt-tlon hole c:onr

25--Wh"I brako drum UHmbly

n, 8--f'ront whe,el hub Jti1sembly-leu drum
2$-- Wh"I brak• drum ,c,... aN4mbly
17-Fro"t ule -.11111 knuokle to flan~ ...,,..,.
fl $-Front wheel hub borl"O cup-Inn•• lockw•th•r 21- WhMI hub rtud "U\
CANADIAN ARMY VEHICLES
EME MANUAL D 114 INSTR 4

FJG 3-FRONT AXL E ASS EMI3L Y

REMOVAL
2. Remove dra in plug, 38, F ig 1, from axle hous·
ing and d rain lubricant.
3. C lean exterior of unit with dry d eaning solvent.
4 . Jack up truck :i.nd place supports under the
F,G 4-R!rM()VJN (j 01tIV£ F LANGE ASS£MULV
frame side rails behind the front axle .
5. Position floor jack under cliffereotia l housing CA UT JON: Thi.~ i.~ important as 1l1e flanges must be
to support axle. inswlletl on hubs in the same po.,ition as before re-
m.or)(][, w prevent pos.~iblc peeling of drive flange stud!!.
6. Remove front wheels.
7. Disconnect propeller shaft. 15. Remove nuts and lockwashers from drive
flange studs.
8. Disconnect brake tube at connect ion on fra. me
(ront c rossmember. 16. Loosen nuts and remove puller set screws
9. Disconnect shock absorbers at lower studs. from drive Oangcs. Remove nuts fro m screws and
install screws in drive Aanges.
· )0. R e move steer ing gear drag link (idler arm to
front ax le) a t axle end. Ii. Pull each tlan~e from hub studs by tigh ten ing
puller screws.
11. Ra ise a xle slightly with floor jack and remove
U-bolt nu ts a.nd lockwashers. 18. Remove right and left bearing outer. adjust-
t 2. Lower j ack a.nd axle assemhly and remove ing nuts with wrench, Fig 5. Remove ri~h t and
from beneath truc k. left bearing- adjusting nut lncks with diagonal
cutting plieis, Fig 6. Remove ri~ht and left b earing
inner adjusti ng- nut ,1.ssemhlies with wrench, Fig 5.
DISASSEMBLY
13. For ease of service, the front axle is divided
into three sub-asseml)lies; hubs with brake d ru ms,
differential and carrier a nd front axle h ousing with
rebted steering, drive and brake part s . T he follow-
ing procedures arc based on the a ssumption that
the front axle assembl y , f.'i!!' 3 . is removed from the
truck, although many of t he following operations
can be performed wi(h the a xle assembly installed.
F or s ervicing- the differenti a l and carrie1 assem-
bly, refer to l NSTR 5.

HUB WITH BRAKE DRUM ASSEMBLIES

Removal
J 4. Punch mark drive li:'lnge ;issemblies and hub
assemblies, Fi~ 4, with a center punch ana ha mmer. f-JG 5-REMOVING nr-: AIHNG ADJUSTING NUTS

Issue I-Dec. 1953 Pa~e 5

 VEHICLES CANADIAN ARMY
D 114 INSTR 4 EME MANUAL

F1G 6---HANOLTNG BEARING ADJUSTING Nu-r Lo c K

WITH PLIE RS

Remove hub outer bearing cones and hub with

brake drum. FIG 8 - REMOVING STEERING KNUCKLE

19. Disconnect brake lines from brake flexib le

lines at brackets.
20. Remove nut and lockwasher from upper drive
pinion carrier stud, Fig 7. Open brake line "C"
type clips. Remove brake Jines and brake line tee
from axle housing.
21. Remove brake fl exible line nuts and lock-
washers from fl exible lines at brackets.
22. Remove flex ible lines from wheel cylinders.
23. Remove c:ap screws, loc kwashers and brake
support assemblies.
24. Temporarily install one or both bearing outer
adjusting nuts on steering knuckles. Strike adjust-
ing nuts with a plastic hammer, Fig 8, and remove
steering knuckles.
25. Remove outer universa.l drive shafts and
(emale universal drive joints. Remove both male
universal d1 ive join ts and inner universal drive
shafts, Fig 9.
26. Remove cotter pins and loosen tie rod end
ball stud nuts, but do not re:move the nuts. insert
pinch bar between tie rod and tlange assembly.
Apply pressure on pinch bar and strike Range as·
sembly with a hammer, Fig 10, to loosen bait studs.
Remove nuts, tie rod end dust covers, cover
washers , cover springs and tie rod assembly.

FIG 7-FRONT Axu,: Bl{AKE LJNE TEE AND F IG 9-REMOVING UNI VERSA i., DRIVE JOINT AND
\ONNECTIONS INNER SHAFT

Issue 1-Dec. 1953

 CANADIAN ARMY VEHICLES
EME MANUAL D 114 INSTR 4

F 1G 10-Ri::MovrNG Tm Roo END fRo:M F1G 11-BRAKE D RUM WITH Hua

FLANGE A S S EM.l:lL V
I ospection (Fig 2)
27 . Remove drive pinion carrier s tud n uts and 34. rnspect hubs for damage and loose bearing
loc kwash ers. Remove differential and carrier as- cups. Inspect drive flan ge studs and wheel studs
sembly, Fig 3, from axle ho using. for dama ged threads. If hub is damaged or there
is evidence of a loose bearing cup, replace hub.
Disassembly If the wheel studs or drive flange stud threads are
28. The hub inner and o uter bearing cups ca n be worn or damaged, repla ce st uds.
inspected in the hubs and should not be removed 35. Inspect hub bearing cups (7 and 9) and hub
unless inspection reveals re placement is necessary. bearing cones (6 and 10) for cracks, chipped spots,
2Q. Insert a blun t chisel in eac h of the th ree pitting or wear. If any of these condi t ions exist,
machine screw slots, F ig I 1, and strike the chisel a replace beari ng cups a nd bearing cones.
few sharp blows with a medium size hammer t o Assem b ly (Fi~ 2)
loosen screws. Remove screws .
36. Jf repla ce men t of hub beari ng cups is neces-
30. Jnstall three c ap screws in the three puller sary, r emove d irt a nd burrs from hub counterbores
screw holes, Fig 11, of each brake drum . P ull brake and p ress cups in h ubs w;th an arbour press. Make
drums from hubs by tig h tening screws. If the brake
drums are rusted to t he hub flanges , shock the
puller screws with a hammer as they are tigh tened.
31. Remove bea ring oil seal snap ring, I2 Fig 2.
Insert drift a nd handle, Fig 12, in to hub from outei
end and drive hub inner bearing cone, lO Fig 2,
a nd hub bea r ing oil seal assemb ly, 11 Fig 2, from
hub in one operati on.
32. If inspection o( hub inner a nd outer bearing
cups reveals that replacement is neces,;ar y . remove
them with a brass drift and hammer. Openings
are pro vided in the hub forgings for the drift.

33 . Wash all parts thoroug hly in dry cleaning

sol ven t. Dry the par ts, except bearlng cone s,
with d ry com p ressed air.

e CA VTJON: Bearings
compressed air.
m usl
not be dried or spun with Frc 12- REMOVING H uB IN N I;:R
C O NE AND Bun BEARING 01L
8EARfNG
SrrAL

Issue I-Dec. 1953 Pa~e 7

 VEHICLES CANADIAN ARMY
D 114 INSTR 4 EME MANUAL

Fie 13-Roi.uNG LEATHf.K 011 , SEAL

certain cups are firml y seated af{ainst shoulder of

cou n terbores.
3 i. Jf replacement of a wheel stud ( l 9) is neces-
sary, install stud with :\n arbour press making ,_M-Y-0 fl"'N<",f Oil
certain that flat portion of head corresponds with ~.f>., •UAINll1

the shoulder on hu b.
38. Prepre new o il se:ils for installation by soak-
ing in castor oil 01 nentsfoot oil for about 30
minutes. The leather must be in good condition,
soft and pliable. Wo1 k the leathe1 b y rolling with
a smooth, round bar before installing, Fig l3.
39. Pack hub inner bearing cones (10) with speci-
fi'ed lubricant using a hearing lubricator, Coa t in-
terior of hubs with a small quantity of specified
lubricant and pl;:ice bearing cones in hub.
FJG 15- FLANGE OIL SE.\L RETAINER AND
RELATED PARTS
40. Position oil seals (11) so that lip of seals
faces roller bearing. Drive oil seals squarely into
hub with a replacer, Fig 14, just far enough to
permit installation of bearing oil seal snap ring.
NOTE: Do not drive oil seal into hub beyond snap
ring groove, otherwi.~e, interjerenee will occur between
the oil. seal and hub in,ner bearing c.<me.
41. Coat flange of hub assemblies with water
pump grease to prevent cor.rosion. Position the
brake drums on hubs so that a ttaching screw holes
are in alignment. Install and t ighten flat head
machine screws.

FRONT AXLE HOUSING, RELATED STEER-

ING, DRIVE AND BRAKE PARTS
Disassembly
42. Extreme care must be exercised in all phases
o f disassembly and assembly of the axle housing tq
insure s.,tisfactory operation.
43. Remove cap sc_rews , lockwashers, joint seal
retainer and joint se~ls, Fig 15. Tw ist the ends of
the joint seal retainers apart and remove them from
f 1c 14-INSTALLING Huo
5£AL AssEMULY
BEARING ·ou, the axle housing. Remove flange oil seals and pres-
sure springs from retainers. e
Pa~e 8 Issue 1- Dec. 1953
CANADIAN ARMY VEHICLES
EME MANUAL D 114 INSTR 4

Fr G 18- RDIOVJNG Busu1NG TvrE BEARING

FHOM STEERING KNU C KL E

Frc; 16- RrrnonNc; Umn:r. P1r,; FHOM fittings 8, Fig 1 from upper flange bearing cap (4)
FL.\NGE ASSE\tnLY and steering arm (7).

44. Apply punch marks on th e two sections of
each flan ge assembly with a center punch a nd
ha111mcr, Fig 16, before disassembly.
NOTE: Th,, 1ip1wr and lou.'er .~1-•cti.011.~ of the flange.~
ar,, 11u.1chi1wd as an assembly and 11111st bl! u.~.w·mblcd as
.~uch. Therefore, thefla11p,e .~ectio11s 11·ill not i111erclwng.e
with liki: J>"rl~ of m1_y other assembly.
48. Remove upper flange bearing cap screws, 6,
Fig l, and lockwashers from right hand flange as-
scmhly. Remove upper fla nge bearing cap (4). Re-
move upper flange bearings shims (2 and 3).
49. Rernove steering arm sc rews, 28, Fig 1, from
left flange asse mbly ( 29) and remove steering arm
(27 ) . Remove shims (2 and 3) .

45. Dri vc dowel pins from tlang-c assemblies with 50. Remove flange bear ing- cups, 12, Fig l, from
a punch and ha111111er. flange assemblies. Re move ffanges from vise.
46. Remove nuts. loc k.washe rs and cap screws :i 1. ( bmp th e lower sec tions of the flange as-
which will separ.1tc the t wu senio ns of eac h flange se mblies, 1 and 2Q, Fig 1. between copper jaws of a
assc111hly. R e move flange asse mbli es fro111 axle
hou!:iing.
4 7. ( 'lamp upper sec tions of flange asscmhlies, I
,ind 20. Fig I, h~·t WN'. n coppe r jaws of ;1 vise and
re move lubric;rnt fitting elbows, 7, Fig I, and

/ I
(

Fie 17- J{uw\T\(; B u~1,1N<; Tvl' E lh:.\KJNG FrG 19- REM OVING Ur rEK AXD LmvER FL:\NGE
,\Nil nll . Sr,;.\J. F1w,1 .'\x1.1-: I l ou~1'.'I G 8 E.-\ K1N r. CoNr-:s \Vn11 f> uu.ER

Issue l - Oec. l<J53 Page 9

 VEHICLES
D 114 INSTR 4
JI • if t he mounting fla nge is damaged.
CIHlU Of AXU
FIG 20-FRONT AX LE H OUSING ALIGNMENT
vise and remove cap screws, lock.washers and lower
Range bearing caps (3 1).
52. Remove flange bearing cups (34) from flange
assemblies. Remove Ranges from vise.
53. Remove vent assembl y, Fig 7, from axle
housing.
54. Remove nuts, lockwashers, brake line "C"
t ype clips and studs. Fig 7, from axle housing.
55. Install puller, Fig 17 , and remove bushing
type bearings and drive shaft oil seal assemblies.
NOTE: These oil seals must be replaced ·whenever the
axle housing is reconditwned.
56. If inspection reveals that replacement is
necessary, remove bushing t ype bea rings, 15 Fig 2,
with a puller as shown in Fig 18.
57. If inspection revea ls that replacement of
flange upper and lower bearing cones is necessary,
remove cones with a puller as shown in Fig 19.
58. Wash all parts thoroughly in dry cleaning
solvent. Dry the parts, except bearlni cones.
with dr y compressed air.
CA UT ION: Bearings must not be dried or spun with
compressed air.
.rnsyection
59. With the spring seats in a horizontal position,
Fig 20, the top of the fron t axle housing cen ter line
tilts forward 12 degrees and 45 minutes. The top
of the axle housing pivot pin center line tilts to t he
Cront 2 degrees and 15 minutes. The top of t he
axle housing pivot pin center line also tilts toward
the center of the axle 8 degrees to provide pivot pin
inclination. If t he housing a lignment does not meet
these specifications, replace t he housing.
CANADIAN ARMY
EME MANUAL
60. Inspect the axle housing for damage or broken
welds. Inspect axle housing pivot pin to housing
welds for breakage. If any of these conditions exist,
replace housing.
61. Inspect outer spherical .ends of front axle
housing for corrosion or scored spots. If either
condition exists, clean or replace housing as re-
quired.
62. Inspect drive pinion carrier studs and axle
housing mounting flange for damage or wear. Re-
place damaged studs. T he housing must be replaced
63. Inspect flange upper and lower bearing cones,
11 and 35 , Fig 1, for scores, wear, pitting or dam-
aged roller cages. If any of these conditions exist,
replace bearings.
64. Inspect bushing type bearings, 15, F ig 2, and
9, F ig 1, for wear. If the bore diameter of bearings
exceeds 1.526 inch, replace bearings.
65. Inspect flange bearing upper shims for cor-
rosion or damage. Replace as required.
66. Inspect flange assemblies, 1 and 29, Fig 1, for
damage or cracks. Replacement of the assembly
is required· if eit her condition is apparen t.
67. Inspect fl ange bearing cups, 12 and 34, Fig 1,
for cracks, pits, scores or wear. Replace bearing
cups if any of these conditions exist.
68. Inspect vent assembly for damage and check
cap and spring for free movement. Re place vent
if necessary.
69: Discard flange oil seals, flange oil seal joint
seals and oil seal retainer gaskets. Jnspect retainers
a nd oil seal pressure spriogs for damage. Replace
parts if necessary.
70. Inspect all sha ft splines, bearing surfaces and
oil seal contact surfaces. If there is evidence of
twisting, scoring, wear, cracks or chipping, the
shafts must be replaced. Measure diameter of inner
and outer universal drive shafts at bearing and oil
seal cohtact surfaces with a micrometer. If the
=
FIG 21- UNIVERSAL DRIVE ASSEMBLY
Issue 1- Dec.1953
 CANADIAN ARMY
EME MANUAL
FJG 22-Ci;ECKJNG UNrVERSA L DRIVE JOINT
CLEARANCE
Jiameter 1::; less than 1.508 inch, replace drive
shaits.
7l. Inspect universal drive joint assemblies for
wear, scoring-, chipping or crncks. H t he parts
appear satisfactory for further service, assemble
them in the sequence shown in Fig 21 and check
clearance between parts as shown in Fig 22. The
clearance at any of the ch ecking points should not
exceed 0.007 inch. lf clearance exceeds the above
specifications, repla.ce t he joints or shafts as re-
quired.
NOTE: At time of manufactu.re the female and mole
drive joir1ts are matched as an as.,embly and etched
matching numbers 1, 2, 3 or 4 may appear on the
parL~. From a redamation standpoint the variou.t
parts are interchangeable, providin~ operating d earance
of 0.007 inch can be obtainer}.
72. Inspect bearing surfaces of steering knuckles,
1 14·, Fig 2, for wear. Check threads for wear or
FlG 23-INSTALLJNG BUSHING TYPE BEAR INGS
AND Druvr.: SHAFT OrL SEAL
Issue 1-Dec. 1953
VEHICLES
D 114 INSTR 4
damage. If there is evidence of wear or damage,
replace knuckles. Measure diameter of steering
knuckle at hub oil seal contact surface with a mi-
cromete1 . Replace knuckle if diameter is less than
2.808 inch.
73. Inspect tie rod for misalignment and worn
threads. If t he tie rod is bent, it can be straighten-
ed, however, if threads are worn, tie rod must be
replaced.
NOTE: It i.t not necessary U> disassemble tie rod a.s•
sembly unles.• in,~pecJ.ion reveals that tie rod or tie rod
end as.~emblie.~ require replncem.ent.
74. Inspect tie rod end assemblies for wear and
if a ny play is evident, replace tie rod ends. Inspect
dust covers, cover washers and springs. Replace
pnrts where neces.<;ary.
Assembly
NOTE: Use new gaskets and seals t.o aooid lubricant
leakage.
75. Prepare drive shaft oil seal assemblies, 10,
Fig 1, as described in para 38.
76. Position oil seals in axle housing with lip of
sea.I toward differential. Place bushing type bear-
ings on drift, Fig 23. Then. with handle of drift
and hammer, drive bearings and seals into axle
housing.
77. If inspection revealed that replacement of
upper and lower flange bearing cones was necessary,
install woodruff keys in upper axl~ housing piv.ot
pins. Start bearing cones on pins and drive in
place with tool, as shown in Fig 24.
F1G 24- [NSTALUNG FL AN GE DEAR(NG CONES
 VEHICLES
D 114 INSTR 4
FIG 25-(!IF,C}<ING PR ELO,\O OF fuNG E
BE.-\IHNGS \\'Tfll TORQUE \VREN'CH
78. Clamp upper sections of the flan~c assemblies,
I and 29. Fig 1, between copper _jaws of a vise an<l
install flange l>caring rups (12).
i9. Place Rang-e bearing shims totaling 0.052 indi
thickness on e;ich flange nssenibly. This can be ac-
complished by using two 0.020 inch shims, one
0.007 inch shim and one 0.005 inch shim.
NOTE: The correc.t. amou nl of $hims required for
proper adjustment of the flange bearing., cann.oc be
determined until the fla11ge a.umblie.~ 11r1! installed or1
the f ronl axli: hou.~ing.
80. Position fl.u ige upper henri ng cap, 4, Fig I,
on right flange ass('mbly. lnst,111 lockwashers and
cap screws. Ti,.;:htcn screws to 60 to 80 foot pounds
with a torq ue wrench .
81. Make certain shims ;ire properly aliKned ,ind
position steering arm, 27 , Fig 1, on left flange as-
sembly. Install stcerini arm screws (28) ;1.nd lock-
washers (where used) and tighten screws to 60 to
80 foot pounds with .1 torque wrenc h.
NOT£: Some models 11,se self-locking steering arm
screws, which do not reguire lockwasher.~. Self-locking
scr&ws can bf' id<!ntifi11d by the conrovity in the head.
82. lnst:i ll lubricant fittin g elbows, 7, Fig· 1, and
lubricant fittings ( 8) in Aan!Z'e upper bearing cap
and steering arm. Rcm<lve flange assemblies from
vise.
'83. Clamp the low.er sections of the flange as-
sembli~ between copper j.,.ws of a vise and install
bearing cups 34, Fig l.
84. Position Aan~e lower bearing cap gaskets, 32,
Fig I, and flange lower bearing caps (31) on flan~e
assemblies. Install lock washers ;1 nd tap screws.
Tighten screws to 60 to 80 foot pounds with a
torque wrench. RC'nwve flange assemblies from
vise.
Page 12
CANADIAN ARMY
EME MANUAL
FIG 26-CttE(;l<.JNG TURNING RADIUS
NOTE: I n.(ta/l ga.~ket 011~r betweert l-Ower .~ection of
flange a.tscm.blies and bearin~ caps. Do not use slzims.
85. Lubricate bearings with a gen!ral purpose
lubricant.
86. Position upper and lower sections of the flange
assemblies on their respective sides of axle housing.
Install cap screws (head down), lockwa.shers and
nuts. Do not tirhten nuts until dowel pins have
been installed. Install dowel pins and tigh ten nuts
to 80 to 85 foot pounrls with a torque wrench.
87. IMPORTANT- There mii.,t be an apparent
drag when the flange assemblies are oscillaced on o.xle
hou.sing. This ,Lrag i.~ specified in foot pounds and is
considered the preload on thefl.ange bearings. To obtain
a correct adju..~tment, the preload must be checked wi.th a
torque wrench attached UJ one of the steering arms or
flange upper bearing cap screws o.~ .~hnwn in Fig 25.
88. Oscillate the flange assemblies on the axle
housing until the bearings roll smoothly and note
the preload reading on the torque wrench while
wrench is in motion.
89. The prcload is 25 to 30 foot pounds and i{
preload does not conform to this specification, add
or remove flange bearing upper shims at the stec1 -
ing- ar·m or Aange upper bearing cap as required.
NOTE: A<X1trale prelood reading.~ cannot be obtained
with the universal drive a.,semblie.~, flange oil seal
a.isemblies or tie rod assembly installed.
90. C heck the turning radius by placing a gauge
between the flange assembly and axle housing
(tiJ.nge oil seal assembl y removed) ;.s shown in Fig
26. Turn flange until gauge restricts further move-
Issue l-Dec. 1953
CANADIAN ARMY VEHICLES
EME MANUAL D 114 INSTR 4
ment. If adjustment is necessary, break the weld
and install a new stop screw and nut.
t~~·
- =- .. .. - - ~ I N , COlltR,

91. With gauge in position, adjust the stop screw ' -··· NUT, TrE ROD tNO 8All ;ruo
so that it bears against axle housing and tighten
nut. Tack-weld stop screw ao~ nut to flange as~
sembly.
92. Saturate flange oil seals with light engine oi l
and install pressure springs and oil seals in oil seal
retainers.
93. Twist retainers apart at joint and slip re-
taine1 s, springs and oil seals over the axle housing.
Position new retainer gaskets on the flange assem-
blies (open end up) and place retainers against
flange assemblies. Jnstall lockwasher and cap
screw at each side, finger tight. to hold retainers in
position .
94. Position flange oil seal joint seal retainers
over joints of flange oil seal retainers. Install other
lockwashers and screws and tighten screws.
95. If inspection revealed that replacement of
bushing type bearings was necessary, install new
bearings as shown in Fig 23.
96. Appl y plastic type gasket cement to threads
FcG 27-Trn Ron END AND RELATED PARTS
and install studs in axle housing. Place brake line
"C" clips , lockwashers and nuts on studs, Fig 7.
102. Engage female joints with male joints and
Tighten nuts.
position steering knuckles on steering knuckt~
97. Apply plastic type gasket cement to threads flange assemblies (flat portion of steering knuckle
and insta ll brake line bracket studs in axle housing. to correspond with top of steering knuckle flange).
Place brackets, lockwashers and nuts on studs.
Tighten stud nuts. 103. Use a plastic hammer to drive steering
knuckles in Aanges while maintaining proper align-
Assembly of Axle From Components ment with screw holes.

IM PORTANT: Before i~talling the axle wmponenl$
(Ir sub assemblies, make certain that they are free of all
traces of dirt or rust preventive ct>mpounds.
98. Position· new drive pinion carrier gasket on
axle housing and install differential and earner
assembly.
99. Jnstall lockwashers and stud nuts. Use a
.torque wrench and tighten nuts to 40 to SO foot
pounds.
104. Position brake support assemblies, 13, Fig 2,
on steering knuckles and install lockwashers and
cap screws, J 7 and 18, Fig 2. Tighten screws to 80
to 85 foot pounds with a torque wrench.
105. If inspection revealed that tie rod or tie rod
end assemblies require replacement, assemble the
ends with the lubrican t fittings toward the rear
and the offset or tie rod at right side, to provide
clearance for the differential and carrier assembl y.

100. Apply a small quantity of specified lubricant
on the various universal drive joint parts. Place
male joints on inner universal drive shafts and
install inner shafts and joints in the axle housing,
Fig 2l.
IOI. Place female joints on outer universal drive
shafts and insert outer shafts in steering knuckles.
106. Assemble tie rod to flange assemblies with an
equal amount of exposed threads at each end. The
distance between the centers o( the tie rod end ball
studs should be 48 1/16 inches.
NOTE: Thi.~ is an as$embly dimension. fhe toe-in
of the front u,-heels mu.st be checked tvhen the a,,emhly is
instaUed on a vehicle.

Issue 1- Dec. 1953 Page 13

 VEHICLES CANADIAN ARMY
D 114 INSTR 4 EME MANUAL

119. Remove slotted, headless pipe plug from

107. Place o ne of the tie rod end dust cover
washers on each tic rod end ball stud , followed by
dust covers, other washers and dust cover springs.
108 . Jnsert ball studs up th roug h o pening1, in
.Range assem blies and install ba ll stud nuts . Tighten
n uts to 130 to 150 foot pounds w it h a torque wrenc.h
and install cotter pi ns. T igh ten nuts on cap screws
in tie rod end assemblies.
109. Connect brake Aexi ble lines at wheel c ylin-
ders, Fig 7.
110. Position flexible lines in hrnke line brackets
and install lockwashers and n uts . Ti~hten nuts.
1t 1. Place brake lines on front ax le housing and
brake line lee on t:Mrier upper stud a nd close "C''
t)'pe clips o n left line. Insta ll lockwnsher and n11t
on c;\J'rier s tud and tiRhten n u t. Connec t brake
lines to tee n nd flexible lines.
NOTE: Tee must be installed on upper carrier stud
with upper openin~ tou:ard axle housing.
112. lnstnll ve nt assembly, Fig 7, into housing
and tighlen securely.
1l 3 . Position hub and brake dru m assemblies on
steering knuckles. Puck hub ou ter bearing cones,
6, Fig 2, wi th specified lubrican t, using a lt1bricator.
114. Insta ll bea ring inner adjus ting nut assem-
blies, S, Fig 2, (pin tow,1rd o utside) and tig hten nuts
with wrench, .Fi!; 5, unti l be.trings are firml y seated
in cups. Then back off nu t one-sixth turn.
lower portion of outer spherical ends of axl<' h o u-,ing
and lubricate universal drive assemblies and steer-
ing k n uckle flaoge bearings with a hig h pressure
g un on th e u pper lubricating fitting, using specified
lubricant. F orce lubricant through .fittings until it
appea rs at the lower plug openings. Insta ll s lotted,
h ea dless pipe pl ugs.
120. Adjust b ra k es as outlined in INS TR 10.
121. Tnst~ll 5 pints of gear lubricant in axle hous-
ing and rotate drive pinion sh:~ft sufficiently to
insure distribution of lubrica nt over all internal
parts.
Installation
l 22. Place axle on lift jack and posi tioo under
vehicle.
123. Raise aslc into position against front springs
a nd install U-bolts . nuts and lockwashers. Tighten
nuts securely.
124. Connect shock absorbers, steering drag link,
brake tube and propeller shaft.
125. Install front wheels.
126. R a ise vehicle enough to permit removal o(
t he su pports p laced under the fra m e side rails. then,
lower vehide to fl oo r .

l t5. lnst,t!I bearing- adjusting nut locks, 4, Fig 2,

with diagonal cutting pliers , Fi~ 6. If hole in lock
does not index w ith p in on a d justing nut, remove
lock and re verse its position. H oles in lock are
d rilled o ff center in relation to the steering knuckle
key slo t; therefore, lock w ill index wi th pin on
adjus ting nut, if lock is properly p ositioned .

116. Install bearing outer adjusting nuts, 3, Fig 2,

and tighten nuts .
.1 l 7. Insta ll new drive flange gaskets, 2, Fig 2.
Install drive Range assemblies (1 ), lockwashcrs (21 )
:1.nd nuts (22). Tighten nuts to 30 to 35 foot pounds
wi th a torque wrench,
N OT E : lvfake certain that drive fla.ngcs are i,1.~tnlled
in their original po.~ition as indica1,ed by the punch
marks, Fig 4.
l 18. I nstall nuts o n p uller se t screws and ins tall FIG 28 - CttECKlN'G CAM BER, CASTER AND
screws in drive Ranges. Tighten nuts. PIVOT P IN [ NCLINATJON WITH SPECI AL GAUGE

Page 14 Issue 1-Dec. 1953

CANADIAN ARMY VEHICLES
EME MANUAL D 114 INSTR ·4

Front Wheels Ali~nment
127. The camber, caster and pivot pin inclination
are built into the front axle housing assembly and
alignment of housing imtalled on vehicle can be
determined by checking these items. Caster is
affected by the condition of the front springs and
this must be considered whenever the caster is
checked.
128. Raise front end of vehicle from floor. Check
131. Check tread of tires and if badly worn, install
substitute tires and wheels.
132. Place vehicle on a level surface and check
camber, caster and pivot · pin inclination with a
suitable instrument as shown in Fig 28. The
camber, caster and pivot pin inclination specifica-
tions are as follows:
Camber ... ... .......... 1~ 0 to 1~ 0
Caster(NoLoad) ....... 0°to 1°
Pivot Pin Inclination . . .. 7Y./ to 8~
0

hub bearings for looseness which will affect camber
reading. Adjust hµb bearings if necessary as out-
lined in para 115, rt6 and ll 7.
129. Check flange bearings for looseness. Adjust
if necessary as outlined in para 88, 89 and 90.
130. Check wheel and tire run-out. Replace
wheel or tire if run-out exceeds% inch.
Toe-In. ·.... .... . ....... 0° to ~ Inch
133. If the front sprjngs are sagged to the extent
that negative caster exists, it will be necessary to
install rebuilt or new springs in order to obtain
accurate caster readings. If caster varies more than
3 degrees from the specified limit, with front springs
that are in satisfactory condition, the front axle
housi~g is twisted and must be replaced.

TABLE 1-FRONT AXLE TROUBLES AND REMEDIES

SYMPTOMS PROBABLE CAUSE PROBABLE REMEDY

Lubricant Leakage Drive pinion bearing oil seal leaking Replace oil seal.
Companion flange hub worn or Replace flange.
scored.
Flange on seals leaking Replace oil seals.

Gear Hum or Growl Worn parts in differential and Install n ew matched drive gear set
carrier assembly. OT Teplace differential and carrier
assembly.
General Noise Unsatisfactory adjustment or Disassemble, inspect and replace
worn parts. parts as necessary to correct con-
dition.

Worn Tires Improper camber. Check camber and replace axle

housing if necessary.

Steering Wander Improper caster Check caster.

Issue 1-Dec. 1953 Page 15

 VEHICLES CANADIAN ARMY
D 114 INSTR 4 EME MANUAL
TABLE II- FRONT AXLE SPECIFICATIONS

GENERAL
Make. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Chrysler
Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Full Floating Hypoid
Axle Ratio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5.83 to 1
Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Propeller Shaft from Transfer
Case
Lubricant Capacity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 Pints
Road Clearance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10%' Inches

GEAR DATA
Ring Gear ....... . .. ..... . . ...... . .. . . . . . . . .. .. ..... .. .
Pitch Diameter ... .. .... ..... ..... . ........... . ........ .
Side Play Adjustment .... ........ .. . . .... . .. . .. . ..... .
Method of Attaching .... ... ........ . ..... . ........... .
No. of Teeth
35
9%
Thrust Pad
Bolts
·~
Face Width

Drive Pinion ............. ....... .. . . . . . .. . ......... . .. . 6

Mounting .............. .. . ...... . . . ..... ............. . Overhung
Type of Adjustment .. .... . . . . ... . .. . . . .... . . ... . ..... . Shims
Differential Side Gear .. ................ . . . ... . . . . . .... . 18 31/32
Differential Pinion (4 Used) ........... . ... . .. . .. .. .. . . . 11 31/32

BEARINGS
Wheel Bearings .... .. . . . .. . . . . . ...... Inner (2 Used) . . . Cup #28622. Cone #28682
Outer (2 Used ) Cup #2924 Cone #2984
Drive Pinion Bearing ................ Inner (1 Used) .. . Cup #59412 Cone #59187
Outer (1 Used) .. . Cup #44363D Cone #NA44143
Differential Bearings ... . .... ................ (2 Used) .. . Cup #33821 Cone #33891
Steering Knuckle Flange Bearings ... Upper (l Used) Cup #23256 Cone- Solid
Lower (2 Used) ... Cup #23256 Cone #23100
UNIVERSAL DRIVE
Make. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . New Process (Tracta)
Turning Angle of Inside Wheel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28-29 Degrees

TIE ROD
Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ball and Socket
Ball Centers. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48!,{6 Inch

DRAG LINK
Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Ball and Socket
Ball Centers ........ Steerin$?, Gear to Idler Arm. . . . . . . . . 19!4 Inch
Idler Arm to Axle.......... .... . ... 19% Inch

ALIGNMENT SPECIFICATIONS
J>ivot Pin Ang,te... .. . . . .. .. .. ... ...... ... .. . . ... . . . . ... 7_!.1 to 8_!.1 Degrees
Camber Ang.le..... . . .. . . .... .. .... ..... .. . . ........... 1!4 to 1~ Degrees
Caster Angle: ....... . ... . . . .. . .. .. .... . .. . .. (No Load) 0 to 1 Degree
(Normal Load) 1 to 2 Degrees
Toe-In......................... .. ...... .. .... . . . . . . . . . 0 to .Ys Inch
e
Issue 1-Dec.1953
CANADIAN ARMY VEHICLES
EME MANUAL D 114 INSTR 4
TABLE Ill- FRONT AXLE REPAIR AND REBUILD STANDARDS

GENERAL
T he repair and rebuild standards incl ud ed in this table give t he minim um and the maximum sizes a nd
clearance of new or rebuilt parts as well as wear limits, which indicates that point to which a part or pa rts
may be worn before r<'placement, in or<ler to receive ma ximum service with minimum replacement. Normal-
ly, a ll µarLS which have not been worn beyond t he dimensions shown in the "Wear Limits" column or
damaged from corrosion will be approved for se rvice. l'vlinimum, maximum and wear limit \'.limensions a re
inches unless otherwise specified.

~ ~ j_
- ; '.1¥1\-, :.. I I
E

F I G 29- FRONT AX LE P A RTS

Size and Fit

Fig. Ref. Point of of New Parts Wear
No. Letter Measurement Limits
Min. Max.
29 A Inside Diameter of Steering Knuckle Bushing
2 15 T ype Bearing ... . . . ........ . . .... ... ... ..... .... . l.519 1.521 l.526
29 B Outside Diameter of Steering Knuckle at Hub Oil
Seal Contact Surface ....... . .................... . 2.812 2.815 2.808
29 C Inside Diameter of Axle Housing Bushing Type
1 9 Bearing ... . .......... ..... .. ........... ....... . . . 1.591 1.521 1.526
29 D Outside Diameter of Inner Universal Drive Shaft
at Axle Housing Bushing Type Bearing and Oil
Seal Contact Surface ........................ . .... . 1.512 l.514 1.508
29 E Outside Diameter of Outer Universal Drive Shaft
at Steering Knuckle Bushing Type Bearing
Contact Surface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.512 1.514 l.508
22 Universal Drive Assembly Spigot and Spigot Slot
Must be gauged with each other to give a fit of. ... 0.002 0.004 0.007
25 Preload of Steering Knuckle Flange Bearings ..... 25 to 30 Foot Pounds
28 Wheel Alignment (Degrees)
Pivot Pin Inclination ....... . ... . .... ..... .. . 7.Vz to 8.Vz
Camber . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IU to 1%'
Cas ter (No. Load) . . .. .. ... . ... ......... .. . ... 0 to 1
N OTE: For differential nnd carrier repair and rebuild standards ref er UJ lru tr .5- Rear Ax le

Issue 1- Dec. 1953 Page 17

CANADIAN ARMY VEHICLES
EME MANUAL D 114 INSTR 5
TRUCKS 3/4 TON 4 X 4 DODGE
Truck Car~o M37 (CDN)
Truck Command M42 (CDN)
Truck Ambulance M43 (CDN)

FIELD AND BASE REPAIRS

REAR AXLE

INDEX SUBJECT PARA

REAR AXLE
General .... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Removal of Axle Assembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2

DISASSEMBLY .... ,. ......................... . 12

Axle Shafts, Hubs and Brake Drums
Removal . .. . .. . .. ................. . 13

Differential and Carrier

Remov::il .... .. .. . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . .. . ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21
Disassembly.. . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23

REPAIR PROCEDURES
Differential Carrier and Drive Pinion
Disassembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... . 27
I nspcction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .............. . .. ... .. . .. .. ... .. . 42
Assemhly .......... ... ... .. . .......... . . .. .. ......... 48
Differential Assembly
Disassembly .. . ...... ... . . ............. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . •. . . . . . . . . . 70
Inspection. . ... . 87
Assembly .... . ...... . 91
Rear Axle Housing With Related Drive and Drake Parts
Disassembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. .. 121
Inspection ...... . ... . . . . 126
Assembly .... . . . . Bl

RRASSEMBLY
Differential and Carrier
Ins tallation . ....... . 137
Hubs and Brake Drums
installation ......... . .. . 138
Jm;t a llarion of Axle Assembly. . . . . . . . . . . 148
Troubles and Remedies .... . .. Table I
Specitica tions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. ... .. .. Table JI
Rcpalr and Rebuild Standards ...... . . ... . . . .. ... . . ... . ... . . Table lll

Issue 1- Dec . 1953 (WM-4293) Page 1

10

~
...;",/ .
I /'

:," A}(l) •.• d~l. . EXJ"L-OC>Et> Vmw

RnAR AxLI! 0 ( J'l1ZRT"~..,,.
 1- Atlt• ,>,ti~ 111llfu...;,..,,1,,, ... ..,_ v,_( WM1'1t• J l - lwt, uXllt "'"e~,,.,,,,. ~..,,,.. c.,,p " ' "" i..t., it-t:11>," .w14 • """ ,,., , • ., c.,r,10, , ,.,. ._,.,. 1<»1t1t1Mr
t - ~., 1,, ',o dllf~""tllhll Pl " IO<'I . ...".' tt A.,.., ..Ai.. ,1,1,., ,.,.. ,,... ..,,,,e, , u o:tt
•
>-R Oflr.>.o\e, lll~..-1>"11;)1 (ll nl.,.. ...._,,. 01.,cl< .t,-SI...,., "114 """'" I''"'"" u,r•,w p1119
,_,t.,.,, ..d ............... ll1tlt •U - R.,,, ,oXI,: <1:f1'-tf1tl 110;).•l"O .\d$.. ~w
r-R- "~llt 11 , 1,.,._._,. . 111<•11t" "°'" • t -H•~r •••• 4•1v• 11._., 111.-11" K._,.. P•<I

6 A- ...... 11111, .,..t111 111 ... ...." ·""'t •••l "'" 2:;-,t.o, "''- II.wt oe..,, Uw u •• ..,.,,_

r -Rosv " ~' • d Jff•"""'-'• ' Ql,,lt" l"·'''-"°"" 21;- ltf,t, 1,;1'1> 1111,_...11,1 ~· ~ lt,}f> clu<I
$ A,:,., ul.. 1hlv1t ,....,. boll. loek U-A~• · •.oe ''"'" •' "'"'" oo,..1e• ~"'"' •>-~o, .,.,.,. <I U'l1t•t11 \lltl b N,tl ftq M J ...11" 11 lock

- ,t..,.r Ml• "''"•11;••r 1>,o,I< ""1 , $ - Ac,;)<' l"'llt ....l ... jtfftl1tn w,,.;.,, $\U~ 11t1tl<'-,>•ll1t> • $-Flo•• ~ •• tllt1 ,...,,, wo1 • .,,~..,. ''"'
•nd ,..,..l',u .,.....,.,,,
M._
•.o-R •..,... ,w,e <1111'~,.,..u., •..,.,,..,, ,.,; N--At;)• lt~llt Ill,.,.. ,1..1011 u"icr •111<1 " " '
="• 0 -A- •~•• cl....., ol" ~ " ,,_,.,l tt•
U l't<,,.r ol• ~•"•"'"'-lal 11...,,.,, n -A•.V •"''• ,1,,..,. ,1.,,,0,.. ll • no<> ""' -u,·, pl..
\~~;)r :,r1edUJM')l'lll ~1 c,. . jl>l l'I
•~ A-.-..,...,,... pln l..., IH•••"i cup ,...,

1, A<•• ..,., .ra,~"""';~1 l)i.,,.,.. ~...,t-.....,,

31 A..., ,oXI• d,lvO p (l'llon " •"•• nvt
_ A.,...•••• ct1,,_,..,_,.,fl~' " " " " ' w.,~11-,
tt A.,.,,""''" 11..;_ (lll'llon ftmpanlon ll•n1111 fi4--R t l* 111(10 4fll"CN"'11" 1 'c"r
\ 4 - ~ r "'''• dllt-,.,11• • ,...,.
j3 A.,,,, 1t.ol., 11•1...,.. 111 ..10" <>II•••• • u•,...t(r
$1 P...,r . ,.,., 411'10 , .,,.11 111 pl.,I•..., '"'"" . . . ..,.,

\G - 1':o>M •••• ,11tt.,..,.u., pl,.1.,.. >1, .1, ......~ p i n

n-J>e,,,.,,~,,..,.,._ .,,.,,...,. ...,~, ...,_
t$- Fe"' • -"' <l ;ff,.....,.\1,,,1 ....J 11HI •")
"'°" ••tf'>n •-••:r
it--._., ,)>11,t ,11-...0,>I lt""""lil .ttud l'IWt
10-l'klt • • "" ol h'......... !1111 1!1t,Ulnt1 :,dJ.,"-"' IIICII
~~-lil<'M ""'" <lr!N pll'II O" l,O-ft \ 1>. .• l nq t \ • ,l ftl ftO
••Ill
$1-At-•• "''It 4 1.,.,,Nf'ltl,J,I pl ·.,,,.,.
'$$•Au,•••• 111,lv• pln lo,.. ll'ltM b<o••• " ll "''U "••
63 Fee•• ••It ,1111c.,.,.,,,, t•••
lltltk M,... ~&,-~, 9r10 """" pl • lo• b_,,,, "'~" 111, -
,-c-~..,.,. u•• <1lllo<1t.,ll1<I Ot>• \ll•v•t '"'''•"°'"
'"""' $-1'1.:•• .,..,.... .,......" ·' ........
i r-,,Aoa• •>cl• 4•h·• ,., ,.lo • hoe t lloo,o,t"311 - ' " ' " • st Aw• .,.,., 111 ,· ,,_.,tt•I bu••lno c ...,•
""~*'"·~-- :.,--,..-r ul• "'"""''"' ~' ~ r1nr OVP

'"
 VEHICLES
D 114 INSTR 5
REAR AXLE
GENERAL
l. The rear axle is of the full floating type. Power
is transrniUt:d from the differential to the wheels
by driw f;bafts, which can be removed without
disturbing wheels, hubs or bearings.
The differential and carrier is a self-contained
unit with hypoid drive gear and pinion. The drive
pinion is mounted on three adjusta ble, tapered
roller beari ngs. The differential is the 4 pinion type
and is mounted on two tapered roller bearings.
Both front and rear axle differential and carrier
assemblies are serviced in the same manner.
REMOVAL OF AXLE ASSEMBLY
2. Jack up truck and place supports under the
fram e side rails ahead of the rear axle.
3. Position floor jack under differential housing to
support axle.
4. Remove rear wheels.
5. Disconn ect propeller shaft.
6. Disconnect b rake tube at connection on cross-
member above axle.
7. Disconnect shock absorbers at lower stud.
8. Raise ;ixle slightly with floor jack and remove
spring U-bolts.
9. Lower jack and axle assemb ly and remove from
bt.>ne.1 th tru ck.
lO. Remo ve drain plug from rear axle housing
anJ drain lubricant.
11. Clean exterior of unit with dry cleaning sol-
vent and dr y with compressed air.
DISASSEMBLY
I 2. For ease of service, the rear a xle assembly is
divided into four sub-asse mblies, hubs with brake
drums, drive pinion and carrier, differential with
drive gear and rear axle housing with related drive
Fu; 2-REAR AXLE ASS EMBLY
Pa~e 4
CANADIAN ARMY
EME MANUAL
FrG 3-REM OVING DRlVE SHAFT
and brake parts. The following procedures are
based on the assumpt ion that the rear axle assem-
bly, Fig 2, is removed from the vehicle.
AXLE SHAFTS, HUBS AND DRUMS (Fii 4)
Remova'l
13. Apply punch marks, Fig 3, on both drive
shaft flanges and hub assemblies with a center
punch and hammer.
CAUTION: This is important as the flanges must be
installed on hubs in the same position as before re-
11l()1)(U, t-0 prevent pos.~ible peeling of drive flange studs.
14. Remove nu ts (15) and lockwashers ( 14) from
drive shaft flange studs (21), both sides.
15. Remove the puller set screws ( 17) from each
drive shaft (13) and remove nuts (18) . Install
screws and p ull drive sha fts from hubs, Fig 3.
Remove both drive shafts.
16. Remove both drive shaft flange gaskets (19 )
..
and outer bearing oil seals ( 12).
17. Remove bearing adjusting nuts ( It) wi th
wrench as shown in Fig 5.
18. Remove bearing adjusting nut locks (lO) with
diagonal cutting pliers, Fig 6.
19. Remove bearing inner adjusting nut assem-
blies (9) with wrench as shown in Fig 5.
20. Remove hub outer bearing cones (8) and hub
and brake drum assemblies.
Issue I-Dec. 1953
 • • •
if
-
"
C.

5 8 9 10 II 12 I~ I~

\,
. . ..
;-., J..

22 21 20 19

Hom1i-(l, Hua .,.,.-o ORIV\t SriAP't'--E~rr.omm VtF.w

~"'k a'1r-
1-:A,,)r ...., . IIOvt• ... ~II t :..........,~ $-Wh... bt,,,1 ... JtclJ"'""'"' ""\"'I~.,,,._ ,.,,....,.
t R+., u1• "~""'<"O ..........,, . ..iv.,,"''"
r~'·'"'" ,..,...,.,,. d"''" 1111<>1111:outt
4 .. Rw• ••lo N11~1no ,c1,:,111 "'"'
ll_,..11-1)

10- '"'"*' .,..,.,..,, •''"'"' "' n vt lotk

U - ft.,., wh ..l h••ln11 •ctl 11..t1.,, " ' - " - -
- ,, ~. . ., .............0

It Ft••• HI•.,,.,. ,_t ,u~n

»,-Wb.... ""'II-
..., -

b.W"'"'¥ 1111~\.0
- .... t

0
l2-'Nllffl 1:>~•f<ljl OIi 'INI MMffll>t,,

_w
6
. _, . . .~.,~ ... _, . . . . . .,o/1 r
o,,,i-. ..1 ........., .............. •11'11

1-v,..o,•
t:·"((li'il t ."':'"/
t:/:
13- R . ., ;t0:1• frll•• .,,..,_,.II M
14--Ft..., ..... driY••Nlh ~..., 10<,......1o.,
11-~........ "'' " .,,..h. ~....
12 ~ hu b .-1"4 • • ...M
11,,., ~,Int """".,....,.,.. ,011... ,......~ n-w-. t,u1' I•.. IWJtk• · - ·~">I>!)'
"~"''>IY 16--l'!N• "ll. d •I .... •IIIJl't tto,CI "1>1;
$ w .................."4 C-0"0 ...,t ... --o,..._.. W"' 16.-1'1•'"' ....., , ,..·1111\&tl , ... ... . .. ........ ,
:_....,,.... ..... "°"'°"''V ..... ,-··
..............,.
....
 VEHICLES CANADIAN ARMY
D 114 INSTR 5 EME MANUAL

FIG 7- H OLOIN'G COMPANION FLANGE WITH

WRENCH

25. Remove lock screws (18 and 46), bearing

FIG 5- REMOVING BEARING ADJUSTING NUTS
DIFFERENTIAL AND CARRIER ASSEMBLY
(FIG 1)
Removal
21. Remove carrier stud nuts (29) and lock-
washers (28).
22. Remove differential and carriet assembly and
and carrier gasket (39) from axle housing.
Disassembly (Fig 1)
23. Place locating marks, Fig 10, on the carrier
assembly and the differential bearing caps (22 and
43) and bearing adjusting nuts (23 and 41) with a
center punch and hammer. The differential bearing
caps and adjusting nuts must be assembled in their
original location.
24. Remove nuts (19) and lockwashers (21) from
bearing cap studs (26).
adjusting nut locks (20 and 45) and loosen bearing
adjusting nuts (23 and 41) with wrench as shown
in Fig 11. Remove adjusting nuts and bearing caps.
26. Remove differential assembly with drive gear
a nd bearing cups (10 and 57) from carrier.
REPAIR PROCEDURE
DIFFERENTIAL CARRIER AND DRIVE
PINION
Disassembly (Fig 1)
27. Place carrier and pinion in a suitable stand
to facilitate disassembly.
28. Remove cotter pin (30) from flange nut (31).
29. Hold companion flange (32) with a wrench,
Fig 7, and loosen nut.
30. Remove companion flange with puller, Fig 8.
31. Remove oil seal (33) with a remover as shown
in Fig 9.

FIG 6-HANDLI:-.G AnJUSTlNG XuT LocK WITH FIG 8-REMOVING COM PANION FLANGE WITH
PLIERS PULLE R

Page 6 Issue 1- Dec. 1953

CANADIAN ARMY VEHICLES
EME MANUAL D 114 INSTR 5

FIG 9-RE~rovING DRIVE PINION OrL SEAL

NOT£,: The oil .~eal nutst be removed a..~ ihe initial
operation so that the dri-ve pinion 1vill provide a
support for the oil seal remover scretv.
32. Remove <lrive pinion front bearing washer
(35).
33. Remove drive gear thrust screw pad (42).
34. Remove drive pinion (5) .ind bearing cones
(17 ;ind 44) from canier as an assembly.
35. IMPORTANT: The drive pinion bearing cups
can be inspederl in th'1 carrier and should not be removed
unless inspection reveals replacement is necessary.
36. Position carrier in stand (oil seal e nd up) and
remove set screw (37) which is provided as a · lock
for the front bearing cup retaining nut (34).
37. Remove retaining nut with wrench, Fig 12,
and remove front bearing outer cone (36).
38. Remove pinion front aod rear bearing cups
(36 and 48) from carrier with a brass d rift and
hammer. Openings arc provided in the carrier
casting io1 the brass drift.
39. Break weld at dri ve gear thrust screw check
nut (24) with a sharp chisel. Remove thrust screw
(25) and nut.
FIG 10- PuNCH MAnKs ON DTFFEREl:\TfAL
,\ND C\RRI£R
Inspection (Fig 1)
42. Inspect drive pinion carrier (.38) for damaged
bearing cup bores, cracks, damaged machined sur-
faces, damaged bearing cap studs (26) and damaged
carrier and bearing cap threads. The studs are
replaceable but if the carrier or bearing caps arc
found unsatisfactory, the drive pinion carrier must
be replaced.
43. Inspect oil seal contact surface of Range (32)
for scores, corrosion and wear. Clean or r<;.place
flange as required. Measure diameter of flange ,tt
oil seal contact surface and if dimension is less than
l.869 inch, replace .Range.
44. Inspect surface of drive gear thrust pad (42)
and if worn or scored. replace pad.
45. Inspect drive pinion (5) for worn, scored ,
chipped or cracked teeth. 1f any of these conditions

40. Remove pinion rear bearing cone (17), bearing

spacer (47) and front bearing inner cone (44) with
puller and plates as sbown in Fig 13.

41. Wash all parts thoroughly jo dry cleaning-

solvent. Dry the parts, except bearing cones,
with dry compressed air.
CA UT ION: Bearing.1 mu.,t not be dried or spun with FIG 11-TURNJNG DffFERENTtAL Bt::A R lNG
corn.pres$etl air. ADJU STING NUT

Issue 1-Dec. 1953 Page 7

 VEHICLES
D 114 INSTR 5
FtG 12- R EMOVING DRIVE PIXlON FRONT
BEARING CUP RJ::TAIXING NUT
are evident, install new matched drive gear and
pinion.
46. Inspect pinion rear bearing c up (48) and cone
(17) for wear, cracks, chi ps or scores. If replace-
ment is necessary, install new c up a nd cone.
47. Inspect drive pinion front bearing c up a nd
cones (36 and 44) for wear, cracks, chips or scores.
If replacement is necessary, instaU new bearing
assembly.
FTG 13 - RDtOVING DRIV E PINION BEAIUNG
C'Oc'<ES WITII P ULLER
Page 8
I
CANADIAN ARMY
EME MANUAL
NOTE: This bearing is serviced only as an assembly
whi,e.11 includes the cup and two cones.
Assembly (Fig 1)
48. Definite preloads arc specified for the drive
pinion bearings to prevent the possibility of drive
pinion end play. These prcloads are specified in
inch pounds and can be measured by rotating t he
drive pinion shaft with a torque wrench and socket
on the companion flange nut.
49. If inspection of the front and rear bearing
cups (36 and 48) revealed that replacement is
necessary, insta ll t hem in the drive pinion carrier
(38) with an a rbour press. Make certain cups are
firml y seated against counterbore shoulders.
NOTE: If a let.ter " Y" is etched on the narrow
edge of the front bearing cup, Fig 14, the cup must be
insUJ/led with the letter "Y" wward tlae front of the
carrier (oil seal end).
50. Install front bearing cup retaining nut (34)
and tighten nut with wrench, Fig 12.
51. Install rea r bearing cone (17) on drive pinion
(5) with a n arbour press. Make certain that cone
is firmly seated against pinion.
CA UT/ON: If the rear bearing cone is going to be
installed on a new drive pin ion, check the numbers
etched on the smooth face of the drive gear and stamped
on the gear end of the drive pinion, Fig 1.5. The.,e
numbers are identical on the-, drive gear and pinion
of each matched drive gear set. Do not use the drive
gear and pinion if numbers are i/i.fferent.
52. TMPORTANT: The Jotlowing check applies
only to a front bearing assembly that ha.~ been in
service. Do not apply this check to a new bearing
asseml>ly as the correct preload is built into a new
bearing at time of manufacture and mu.st not be
dianged.
NO TE: Lack of preload in a front bearing assembly
that has been in service is not an indication that
replacement of the bearing is necessary. If a front
bearing assembly that has been in service is in good
condition and no perceptible entl play is evident,
with. the bearing cup and l'WO c-0n.es dean and dry
(no lubricant), when assembled in th~ carrier housing,
Fig l1-, the bearing i.~ .~atisfacwry.
Issue 1- Dec. 1953
CANADIAN ARMY
EME MANUAL
Fie 14--Loc,nION OF SPACER FOR CHECKIN<,
DRlVP. PINION FRONT BEARING AssEMl3LY
53. Place special spacer, fiR 14, and front bearing
inner cone on drive pinion.
NOTE: This special. spacer i.s thicker than lhe service
pinion bearing spacers and prevents the rear bearing
cone rollers from rontacting ~ar bearing cup -when the
front bearing assembly i.s checked.
54. Install pinion and bearings in carrier. Place
front bearing washer, companion flange and flange
nut on drive pinion.
55. Hold Aange and tighten flange nut with a
torque wrench to 300 foot pounds. Rotate drive
pinion several revolutions until bearings roll
smoothly. Check drive pinion for perceptible end
play. If no end play is evident th£ front bearing
assembly is satisfactory for further service. If any
end play is evident, the front bearing assembly must
be replaced.
FIG 15-LocATlON Oil' NUMBERS ON
MATCHED DRIVE GEAR SET
Issue 1-Dec. 1953
VEHICLES
D 114 INSTR 5
FIG 16-LOCATJON OF DllJVF. PINION BEA.RING
SPACER FOR CHECKING PRE.LOAD OF REAR
BEARING ....ND FRONT 8BARING OUTER CONE
56. Remove drive pin ion from carrier. Remove
front bearing inner cone and spacer from drive
pinion, Fig 14.
57. Install front bearing inner cone followed by
original pinion bearing spacer on pinion, Fig 16.
NOTE: This places the front bearing inner rolkrs out
of contact with the cup to insure an accurate seuing
of the preU>ad.
58. Lubricate bearings with gear lubricant and
install drive pinion in carrier and place front bear-
ing washer, flange and flange nut on pinion shaft.
59. Hold flange and tighten flange nut with a
torque wrench to 300 foot pounds.
FIG 17-CHECKlt-fG DRIVE PINION BEARING
PRELOAD WITH. TORQUE WRENCH
Pa&e 9
 VEHICLES
D 114 INSTR 5
........
"""111,M/I .,
......... .
•
Fie 18- LoCATlON Of.' Os1v1, PINION 8£AR!NC
SPACE:RS f.'OR F1NA(, ASSl::M 8~Y
60. Rotate drive pinion several revolutions until
bearings run smooth ly and check preload of bear•
ings (drive pin ion in motion) with a torque wrench,
Fig 17.
NOT£: The tf)rque wrench should be in a horiUJntal
posilion to in.sure af.curale reodi.ngs.
61. T he correct preload specification is 35 to 70
inch pounds. Install a thinner spacer if preload is
insufficient and a thicker spacer if preload is
greater than the specified limits. A selection of 8
spacers are available, 47, Fig J.
62. Repeat. operations, paras 58, 59, 60, if a dif.
ferent b('aring spacer is requ ired to obtain correct
preload of the rear bearing and front bearing outer
cone.
63. Kemove drive pinlon from carrier . Remove
spacer and inner bearing cone from d,ive pinion.
Place selected spacer on drive pinion followed by
inner bearlng cone, Fig 18, and set parts aside for
final assembly.
64. Prepare new oi l seal, for installation by soak-
ing in castor oil or neatsfnot oi l for about 30
minutes. The leather must be in good condition,
soft and plia~le. Work the leather by rolling with a
smooth, round bar before installing.
65. Place drive pinion front b~aring washer (3S}
on front bearing outer cone (36).
66. Coat ou ter surface of oil seal with plastic type
gasket cement and position oil seal in drive pinion
carrier so that lip of seal is toward ·front bearing
outtr cone.
Pa&e 10
CANADIAN ARMY
EME MANUAL
•
FIG 19-{NSTA LL(,<<, DRIVE PINION BEARING 01L
SEAL
67. Drive oil seal squarely into carrier with re•
placer, Fig 19, until seal bottoms in carrier counter-
bore.
68. Install drive pinion with bearing cones in
carrier and place companion flange (32) and flange
nut (30 on drive pinion. T ighten companion
flange to 300 foot pounds (minimum) wirh a torque
wrench and install cotter pin (30).
•
69. Place drive gear thrust screw check nut (24)
o n thrust screw (25) and insta.11 s~rew in carrier,
but do not tighten nut. Place thrust screw pad (42)
on inner encl of ~crew.
OIFF~RENTIAL ASSEMBLY
Disassembly (Fl& I)
70. Remove drive gear bolt nuts (9), bolt locks (8)
and drive gear bolts (4). Remove drive gear (S)
from differential case (14).
71 . .IMPORTANT: The differential ca•e flange
nw<,t be checked for mn-out. Fig 20, wiJJi the &ffere,11iol
on.se rtwun.ted on. the carrier ,usembly to obu,in cm
accurate dieck.
72. Assemble differential case, differentia l bearing
cups ( 10 and 57} and be.1.ring caps (22 a nd 43) on
carder in accordance with locating punch marks.
Fig 10. Install lockwashers (21) and nuts (19) on
bearing cap studs (26), but do not tighten nuts.
73. T ur n adjusting nuts ( 23 and 41) in until bear-
ings are firmly seated and then tighten nuts on
bearing cap studs.
•
74. Mount a dial indicator on the carrier to chec k-
run-out of machined face of differential case Aange.
Fig 20. Indicator plunger must contact machined
Iasue I-Dec. 1953
 CANADIAN ARMY VEHICLES
EME MANUAL D 114 INSTR 5

,•,(.>..U'II,"

FrG 20-C'm:cr< JNO Dtr.Fr::IH~NTt "L s r.c, FIG 21- RGMOVING DtrFERENTtAt BEARING
FL.\NGE RuN-0UT wnu Ol.\t li-rnrc.,TOR
CoNES wnu Puu,ER
face of flange a bove drive gear bolt ho les. Rotate
case a complete revolutio n and .,heck run-out of
flange . If run-out exceeds 0.005 ind1, it will be 't;J
11ccessary to replace the differential case.

75. Remove the two diffe rential bcnTing cones

( 11 and 56) from the case with a puller as 5hown in
Fig 21.

76. Clamp case flange between copper j"'ws o( a

vise and drive the taper groove pins (6 and 16)
below surface of case to facilitate center r>\ll)chin~
and drilling.

77. Accurately center punch e;-ich p,n and drill

pins with a No. 1 (0.228 inch) drill, Fig 22. Re-
move shell of pins from case with a punch.

IMPORTANT: The d~fferentiaf ccw, cap (SS) is an

interferer1ce fit in the case ( 14) and requirPs a -~pecial
procedure to facilitate disassembly.

78. Heat the case immediately below the cap

with an acetylene torc h fl ame, moving the flame
around the case until the metal becomes just hot
enough to cause solder to flow as it is rubbed over
the heated surface of the case. This expands the
case, permitti ng removal of the cap without dam-
age to the case or cap.

79. When case is properly heated , loosen cap with

a blunt drift and hammer and quickly remove c;1p
with a wrench as shown in Fii:i: 22. Immerse all
parts in oil to cool for su bsequen t handling.

e 80. Remove differen tial case rrom v ise and place

it over open jaws of vise, cap end up. F10 22-0IS,\SSCMDl\' OF Dlf'r-r.RENTIAL C,sr.

Issue 1- Dec. 1953 Page 11

 VEHICLES
D 114 INSTR 5
81. Remove d ifferential gear (53) and thrust
washer (54).
82. Drive dowel pins (12) from case with a ~ inch
drift punch a nd hammer, Fig 22.
83. Drive long pinion shaft (13) at plain end, from
case with a brass d rift a nd hammer. Remove the
two differential pinions (2 a nd 52) and pinion t hr ust
washers (1 and 51) from case.
84. D r ive the short pinion shaft (7) into the case
and through the pinion shaft block (3) until pinion
and thrust washer can be removed. Continue to
drive the shaft through the block forcing the op-
posite short shaft (15) from case. Then remove
other pinion a nd thrust washer, block a nd shaft.
Remove other short shaft from case.
85. Remove differential gear (50) a nd thrust
washer (49) from case.
86. Wash a ll parts thoroughly in dry cleaning
solvent. Dry the parts, except bearing cones, with
dry compressed air.
CAUTION: Bearings must not be dried or spun with
compressed air.
Inspection (Fig 1)
87. Inspect differential bearing cones (11 and 56)
a nd bearing c ups (10 a nd 57) for wear, cracks, chips
or scores. Jf replacement is necessary, a lways
install new cones and cups as an assembly.
88. Inspect drive gear (5) , differentia l gears (50
and 53) and differential pinions (2 a nd 52). If gear
teeth a re worn, scored , chipped or c racked, r eplace
as req uired. If drive gear requires replacement ,
install new matched drive gear set.
NOTE: It is not necessary to irispect differential gear
thrust washers and pinion thrust washers, as these
items must be replaced with new parts whenever a
differential case is serviced.
89. Check t he differential pinion shafts (7, 13, 15)
and shaft holes in case for wear. Measure shafts at
point of pinion contact a nd if dimension is less than
0.801 inch, replace shafts. Measure holes in case
for wear and if t he measurement is more than 0.802
to 0.803 inch, replace case.
90. Inspect case (14) and case cap (55) for scored
bearing surfaces, damaged threads a nd cracks. If
a nv of these conditions exjst, replace case assembly.
Inspect machined surface of case where drive gear
is mounted for burrs or damage. If burrs cannot be
corrected by honing, replace case.
Page 12
CANADIAN ARMY
EME MANUAL
CA UTION: Do not file or machine ca_.e '" it will
affect the accurate mounting of the drive gear.
Assembly (Fii 1)
91. Lubricate a ll parts before assembly with gear
lubricant.
92. Insta ll new thrust washer (49) and gear (50)
in case (14).
93. Place two pinions (2 and 52) and new pinion
thrust washers (1 and 51) in case. Place pinion
shaft block (3) on differential gear in case with large
hole in line with the pinions.
NOTE: Four holes are provided in the block for the
pinion shafts. The block must be po.,itioned $0 that
the long pinion shaft is installed through the long
hole$. Smalkr duimeter holes are provided for the
two short pinion shafts as they are a -'TW8 fit in the
block.
94. Place long shaft (13) in case and align dowel
pin hole with hole in case. Drive shaft through
case, thrust washers, pinions a nd block until pin
holes a re in proper alignment. Drive dowel pin (12)
into case a nd through shaft with a Vi6 inch drift
punch and ha rnrne1 . Peen metal of case over dowe l
pin.
95. Place other two pinions (2 and 52) a nd thrust
washers (1 and 51 ) in case and align them with the
pinion shaft holes. Place ends 0£ short shafts (7
and 15) in case (slotted ends out) and a lign the
shafts with dowel pin holes in case. Drive shafts
through case, thrust washers, pinions a nd into
block until dowel pin holes in sha fts a nd case are
properly aligned. Insta11 the other two dowel pins
( 12) wit h a~ inch drift punch a nd hammer. Peen
me ta l of case over dowel pins.
96. Clamp the case flange between copper jaws
of a vise.
97. Dip threaded por tion of case cap in gear
lupricant and place a new differential gear thrust
washer (54) and gear (53) in cap.
98. Hea t the threaded end of the case ( 14) with a n
acetylene torch flame as outlined in para 78.
99. Screw cap in case with wrench as shown in
Fig 22, a nd fi nish tightening cap with a blunt drift
and hammer.
l 00. Drill three holes evenly spaced through the
case, near .the cap flange a nd into the closed or
heavy sections of the cap with a "C" (0.242 inch)
Issue 1- Dec. 1953
 CANADIAN ARMY
EME MANUAL
FTG 23-PEENING OF PINS IN DJFFERRNTfAL CASE
drill, Fig 22. Drive in three new taper groove pins
(6 and l6) "l-16 inch below surface of case .. Peen metal
of case over groove pins, Fig 23.
101. In·spect drive gear (S) and flange of case for
foreign par tides or d irt, as the surfaces must be
absolutely clean to insure proper alignment of drive
gear. Position drive gear on case and align bolt
holes.
102. Install drive gear bolts (4), bolt locks (8) and
bolt nuts (9).
103. Tighten nuts to 35 to 40 foot i:;ounds with a
torque wrench.
104. Bend bolt locks (8) over nuts.
105. Install differential bearing cones (11 and 56)
on differential case with an arbour press.
NOTE: Bearings and case must be ahsoluuly clean to
in.sure proper seating of cones a.gain.st case shoulders.
106. Turn out drive gear thrust screw (25) and
position thrust pad (42) on screw so that curvature
coincides with drive gear.
107. Tnstall lockwasher screws (18 and 46) on
bearing caps (22 and 43) to provide a smooth
checking surface for the spread gauge, Fig 24.
108. Lubricate bearing cones (11 and 56) with
gear lubricant and p lace bearing cups (lO and 57)
on bea ring cones. Place differential and d1 ive gear
assembly and bearings in carrier. Make certain
that thrust screw pad is not disturbed on screw.
Check locating punch marks on carrier bearing
supports, adjusting nuts- and bearing caps, Fig 10.
e Jnstall adjusting nuts (23 and 41) and bearing caps
(22 and 43).
Issue 1-Dec. 1953
VEHICLES
D 114 INSTR 5
CA UTTON: Care must be exercised to make cert.ain
that differential bearing adjusting nuts are properly
engaged with the threads in the carrier and caps. If
parting faces of bearing caps M not cont.act carrier
when held in pw.ce by hand, threads are ,wt properly
engaged. Serious damage u.ill occur to the threads if
bearing oops are forced Mwn by the nuts on the cap
stud.s when bearing adjusting nuts are not properly
positi<>ned.
109. Install lockwashers (21) and nuts (19) on
bearing cap studs (26) but do not tighten nuts.
110. IMPORTANT: There must be a preiMzd on
the differeruial bearin.gi when the adjustments are com•
plet.ed, to in.,ure proper alignment of the drive gear
when it is operating under severe conditions. This is
accomplished bx spreading the canier bearing .~upports
beyond their normal position and a spread ga.uge should
be used to check this particular dimension.
111. Turn adjusting nuts in with wrench, Fig 11,
until b earings are firmly seated and some backlash
exists between drive gear and pinion.
112. Turn bearing adjusting nut (41) (tooth side
of drive gear) out one and one-half turns to relieve
bearings. Tighten bottom nuts on bearing cap studs
to 100 to 120 foot pounds with a torque wrench.
113. Set micrometer adjustment on spread gauge
at zero (0) and position arbour at opposite end so
that gauge will just slip over outside edges of lock-
washer screws in bearing caps, Fig 24. Adjust
micrometer so that gauge properly contacts heads
of lockwasher screws. Remove gauge and turn the
micrometer out (counterclockwise) 0.014 inch and
place gauge aside, exercising care to prevent chang-
ing micrometer setting. Remove lockwasher screws
from bearing caps.
114. Install a dial indicator on carrier to check
backlash between drive gear and pinion, Fig 24.
115. Rotate the drive gear a complete revolution
and check the backlash at five differen t positions
to determine the point of least clearance b etween
drive gear and pinion. After the point of least
clearance has been established, do not rotate the
gem un til all adjustments have been completed.
116. Turn bearing adjusting nut (23) (back face
drive gear) in until backlash between drive gear
and pinion is 0.001 to 0.002 inch. with adjusting
Page 13
 VEHICLES
D 114 INSTR 5
I the drive gear and the thrus t screw pad, from
FJG 24-PR.OP.ER APPLICATION OF SPREAD
GAUGE AND DIAL INDICATOR
nut correctly posit ioned for the insta llation of
adjusting nut loc k (20 a nd 45) and lockwasher
screws (18 and 46). Do not ins tall t hese parts until
all ad justments have bee n completed. T ighten nut
on upper bearing cap stud to 100 t o 120 foot pounds
with a torque wrench , which may reduce the back-
lash 0.001 inch.
NOTE: The backlash belween drive gear and pinion
will vary when this adjustment is peifonned, because
the adjwting nut lock must be in proper alignment
with the 5Crew hole in the bearing cap.
H7. Turn adjusting nut (tooth side of drive gear)
in, a notch at a time, until the backlash between
the drive gear and pinion is a minimum of 0.004
inch. Tighten nuts on upper bearing cap studs to
100 to 120 foot pounds torque, which usually in-
creases the backlash 0.001 to 0.002 inch. Correct
backlash between drive gear and pinion is 0.005 to
0.010 inch.
118. ·Check spread of bearing caps with spread
gauge, Fig 24, to determine if spread is within 0.012
to 0.014 inch.
NOTE: If spread is not within the alx>ve limi.t.$, the
bearing adjwtment.s have not been properly perfonned
and must be repeated.
t 19. Remove dial indicator from pm1on can ie1.
120. Install adjusting nut locks (20 and 45) and
lockwasher screws (18 and 46). Tighten screws to
1S to 20 foot pounds torque.
Page 14
CANADIAN ARMY
EME MANUAL
121. Place a long 0.006 inch feeler gauge between
bottom side of diffe rential and carrier assembly.
Turn thrust screw in unt il gauge is just a snug fit
between drive gear and thrust pad . Rotate drive
gear an entire revolution to make certain tha t 'mini-
mum clearance is not less than 0.006 to 0.008 inch .
Tack weld thrust screw c heck nu t to carrier to
prevent change of adjustment.
REAR AXLE HOUSING WITH RELATRD
DRIVE AND BRAKE PARTS
Disassembly
122. Remove nuts, lockwashers and brake line
"C'' type clips from brake line assemblies, 011e each
side, Fig 25 .
123. Disconnect brake lines at each wheel cylin-
der and tee on rear axle housi ng . Remove vent
assem bly and tee from housing.
124. Remove studs, from housi ng, wh ich are pro-
vided for t he brake line "C" type clips.
125. If rear axle housing requires replacement
remove brake support to axle rivets and brake s up-
ports, F ig 26.
126. Wash all parts t horoughly in dry cleaning
solvent and dry with com pressed air.
Inspection
127. Inspect axle housing for damage and broken
welds. If axle housing is damaged or bent it must be
replaced, as the housing assembly cannot be suc-
cessfully st1 aigh tened. Jf housing is not damageci,
repair any unsatisfactory welds.
FIG 2 5- REAR AXL E BRAKE LTNE TEE AND
CoNNEcTroNs
Issue 1-Dec. 19S3
L..
CANADIAN ARMY
EME MANUAL
FIG 26-REAR BRAKE SUPPORT TO AxLE RrVETS
128. Inspect pinion carrier studs a nd if any studs
are worn or damaged they must be replaced.
129. Inspect bearing surfaces and t hreads at outer
ends of axle housing for scores, damage or cracks.
If housing is scored at bearing surfaces or if there
is any evidence of cracks, housing must be re-
placed.
130. Inspect brake support to axle rivets, Fig 26.
If rivets are loose or there is any evidence of move-
ment between the axle housing or brake supports,
rivets and/or brake supports must be rcpfaced.
131. Inspect vent assembly and make certain
that check valve is fu nctioning properly. If there
is any question about condition of the vent assem-
bly, it must be replaced.
132. Inspect brake lines and tee for cracks or
damage. If the above condi tions exist, brake lines
or tee must be replaced.
Assembly
133. T{ the axle housing to brake support rivets
require replacement, the rivets must be installed
cold by hydraulic pressure, Fig 26.
CAUTION: Do not heat tlie axle to brake support
rivets as rivets will shrink and result in early loosening
of parts.
134. Coat studs for brake line "C" clips with
plastic type gasket cement and install studs in axle
housing, Fig 25.
135. Position brake line tee on axle housing with
opening for flexible line toward front and install
vent assembly. Tighten vent securely, F ig 25.
Issue 1- Dec. 1953
VEHICLES
D 114 INSTR 5
136. Position left and right brake lines on housing
and connect liries to wheel cylinders and tee.
Tighten brake line nuts.
137. Insta ll brake line "C" type clips, lockwashers
and nuts on studs. Tighten nuts. Fig 25.
REASSEMBLY
Differential and Carrier Installation
138. Position new drive pinion carrier gasket on
axle housjng and install differential and carrier
assembly. Install lockwashers and stud nuts on
carrier studs. Tighten stud nuts to 40 to SO foot
pounds with a torque wrench.
CA UT/ON: When inst.alling the axle subassemblies
it is important to make certain that they are free of
all traces of corrosi-On, dirt or rust preventive com-
pounds.
Hubs and Brake Drums Installation I
139. Position hub and drum assemblies on axl~
housing. Pack bearing cones, 7 and 8, Fig 4, with
specified lubricant. Install bearing cones.
140. Install inner adjusting nuts, 9, Fig 4, (pin
toward outside) and tighten nuts with wrench as
shown in Fig 5, until bearings are firmly seated in
cups. Then back off nuts one-sixth turn.
141. Install adjusting nut locks with diagonal
cutting pliers as shown in Fig 6. If one of the holes
in the locks does not index with pin on inner adjust-
ing nuts, remove locks and reverse position of locks.
Holes in locks a re drilled off-center in relation to
the axle housing slot; therefore locks will index
with pins on adjusting nuts, if adj usting nuts are
properly positioned.
142. fnstall outer bearing adjusting nuts with ex-
tension for oil seal toward outside. Tighten nuts
with wrench as shown in Fig 5.
143. Prepare hub outer oil seals for installation
as outlined in para 64.
144. Install one of the drive shaft flange gaskets,
19, Fig 4, on right and left hubs. Install oi l seals
(12) on each hub with lip of leather toward out-
side. Then install other flange gaskets.
145. Install nuts on puller set screws. Install
puller set screws in drive shaft fl anges. Make
certain that ends of screws do not protrude beyond
gasket surface of fl anges. Tighten nuts on puller
screws.
VEHICLES CANADIAN ARMY
D 114 INSTR 5 EME MANUAL

146. Install drive shafts, lockwiishers and nuts
on drive shaft flange s tuds. T ighten nuts to 30 to
35 foot pounds with a torque wrench.
147. Adj us t brakes as outlined in INSTR 10.
148. Install fi ve pints of specified lubricant in
axle housing and rota te drive pinion sufficiently to
insure dis tribution of lubricant over all internal
parts.
INSTALLATION
149. Place axle assembly on lift jack and position
under chassis.
150. Raise axle into position against r~a r springs
and insta ll U-bolts, lockwashcrs and nuts. Tighten
nuts securely.
151. Connec t shock a bsorbers, brake t ube and
propeller shaft.
152. -Install rear wheels.
153. Raise vehicle e nough to permit removal of
the suppor ts placed under the frame side rails, then ,
lower vehicle to floor.

TABLE I- REAR AXLE TROUBLES AND REMEDIES

SYMPTOMS PROBABLE CAUSE PROBABLE REMEDY

Rear Wheel Noise Scored or brinelled bearing cup or Check bearlnis for proper lubrica-
cone tion and damage. Replace parts
where necessary.
Rear Axle Drive Misaligned axle housing Correct allgnmen t and replace
Shaft Breakage shaft.
Abnormal clutch operation Replace shaft after checking for
other possible causes. Avoid erratic
use of clutch.
Vehicle overloaded Replace shaft. Avoid excessive
weight on truck.
Differential Case Improper adjustment of dlfferen- Replace case. Examine gears and
Breakage tial bearings bearings for damage. Adjust bear-
ings correctly.
Excessive ring gear clearance Replace case. Examine gears and
bearings. At reassembly adjust
ring gear and pinion backlash.
Differential'Side Excessive axle housing deflection Replace damaged gears. Examine
Gear \\roken at Hub other gears and bearings for dam-
age. Align housing.
Bent axle shaft Replace damaged gears. Check axle
shafts for alignment. Examine
other gears and bearings for dam-
age.
Worn thrust washers Replace damaged gears. Examine
other gears and bearings for dam-
age. Replace worn thrust washers.
Tooth Breakage Overloading Replace gears and examine other
(Ring Gear and gears and bearings for damage.
Pinion) A void overloading of trucks.

Page 16 Issue 1- Dec. 1953

CANADIAN ARMY VEHICLES
EME MANUAL D 114 INSTR 5
TABLE I- REAR AXLE TROUBLES AND REMEDIES-(CONT'D)

SYMPTOMS PROBABLE CAUSE PROBABLE REMEDY

Improper adjustment Replace gears and examine other

gears and bearings for damage.
Make sure ring gear and pinion
backlash is correct at reassembly.
Backlash - Before Axle drive shaft flanges loose on Tighten flange screws.
Checking for Back- hubs
lash, Make Certain
That the Following
Other Causes Have
Been Eliminated. Excessive clearance betwee~ ring Adjust ring gear and pinion to
Engine Properly gear and pinion proper clearance.
Tuned.
Clutch Disc Loose on
Shaft.
Excessive Play in
Transmission Gears.
Universal Joints
Worn or Flanges
Loose on Shaft.
Loss of Lubricant Lubricant level too high Drain lubricant to proper level.
Worn axle shaft oil seals Replace oil seals.
Cracked axle housing Repair or replace housing.
Worn drive pinion oil seal Replace oil seal.
Scored or worn companion flange Replace flange and oil seal.
Overheating of Unit Lubricant level too low Fill to proper level.
Bearin.g s adjusted too tightly Readjust \)earings.
Excessive wear in ge~.rs Check gears for wear or scoring.
Replace parts as necessary.
Insufficient ring gear to pinion Readjust ring gear and pinion
clearance backlash. Check gears for scoring.
Gear Hum or Growl Worn differential parts Disassemble, inspect and replace
parts as necessary.

Issue 1- Dec. 1953 Page 17

 VEHICLES CANADIAN ARMY
D 114 INSTR 5 EME MANUAL
TABLE II-REAR AXLE SPECIFICATIONS

GENERAL
Make. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Chrysler
Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Full Floating Hypoid
Axle Ratio..... . .............. . ........... ... . . . .. .... 5.83 to l
Drive... ... . ..... .......... .. . .. ... ....... . ........... Propeller Shaft from Transfer Case
Lubricant Capacity .... .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 Pints
Road Clearance..... . .... ..... . ... . . .... ... ........... 10~ Inches

GEAR DATA
·No. of Teeth Face Width
Ring Gear .. .. . ...... . ..... ........... . . . ........... . . 35 1~
Pitch Diameter ....... .... . ....... .. . .. . . .... . ..... .. . 9%
Side Play Adjustment . . ....... . .... .... . .. ...... .... . Thrust Pad
Method of Attaching ... .......... . ......... . .... .... . Bolts
Drive Pinion ........ .. ............ .. ............ . ... . 6 1~
Mounting .... .. . ....... ........ .. . . ........ ...... ... . Overhung
Type of Adjustment ... ...... ...... .. . .......... . .... . Shims
Differential Side Gear .......... ... . ... .... . .. . .. ... . . 18
Differential Pinion (4 Used) ...... .. . . ......... . . .. . .. . 11

BEARINGS
Wheel Bearings . . . . . .. . ..... ... .. ... Inner (2 Used) ... Cup 28622 Cone 28682
Outer (l Used) ... Cup 2924 Cone 2984
Drive Pinion Bearing ........ .. ..... Inner (1 Used) ... Cup 59412 Cone 59187
Outer (1 Used) ... Cup 44363D Cone NA44143
Differential Bearings ... . ...... ........... . (2 Used) ... Cup 33821 Cone 33891

AXLE SHAFT
Material. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Amola Steel
Diameter ..... . .... ...... .. ......... At Center. . . . . . . . 1~
At Spline . ....... . 1.37
Number of Splines. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Drive Flange Bolt Circle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Number of Studs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6

HOUSING
Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . One Piece
Type of Vent....... . ....... . ..... . . . ......... .. . ..... Sprlng Loaded
Spring Centers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41%

Page 18 Issue 1- Dec. 195~

CANADIAN ARMY VEHICLES
EME MANUAL D 114 INSTR 5

TABLE III-REAR AXLE REPAIR AND REBUILD STANDARDS

GENERAL
The repair and rebuild standards included in this table give the minimum and the maximum sizes and
clearances of new or rebuilt parts as well as wear limits, which indicates that point to which a part or parts
may be worn before replacement, in order to receive maximum service with minimum replacement. Normal-
ly, all part which have not been worn beyond the dimensions shown in the "Wear Limits" column or dam-
aged from corrosion will be approved for service. Minimum, maximum and wear limit dimensions are inches
unless otherwise specified.

Size and Fit

Fi~. Ref. Wear
Point of Measurement of New Parts
No. Letter Limits
Min. Max.

l7 A·D Inside Diameter of Differential Pinion Shaft Holes

in Differential Case 0.802 0.803
27 C Outside Diameter of Differential Pinion Shafts
(Pinion Contact Surface) 0.8025 0.803 0.801
2'7 B Outside Diameter of Companion Flanie at OU Seal
Contact Surface 1.873 1.878 1.869
17 Preload of Drive Pinion Rear Bearing and Front
Bearing Outer Cone (Pinion OU Seal Removed) 35 to 70 Inch Pounds
24 Backlash Between Drive Gear and Pinion 0.005 0.010
24 Spread of Differential Bearing Caps 0.012 0.014
Clearance Between Drive Gear and Thrust Pad
(360 Degrees Rotation) 0.006 0.008

FIG 27-DIFFERENTIAL ANO CARR IER P:\RTS

[ssue 1-Dec. 1953
 CANADIAN ARMY VEHICLES
EME MANUAL D 114 INSTR 6
TRUCKS 3/4 TON 4 X 4 DODGE
Truck Ca~o M37 (CON)
Truck Command M42 (CON)
Truck Ambulance M43 (CON)

FIELD AND BASE REPAIRS

PROPELLER SHAFTS AND UNIVERSAL JOINTS

INDEX SUBJECT PARA

General ..... 1
Removal ................. . ................... ....... . .. . .. . ..... . .. . .. . ..... . .... . . 2
Disassembly .......... . ........................... ................... .............. . 3
Jnspectlon .............. . .. . ....... , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Reassembly ...................................... ... . ............................... 25
[nstallation .................................. ..... .. . . .... . . ....................... 36
Troubles and Remedies . .......................... . . . . . ... .... ...................... Table I
Specifications ............. ........................ . . .. . ... . .... . ................. . . . Table H
Repair and Rebuild Standards............... ...... ... ........ . . ... . . . ......... . .. Table III

GENERAL 5. Remove lubricating fitting (JO and 17) from

e 1. Three tubular shafts, Fig 1, equipped with slid-
ing splined yokes and roller bearing-universal
splined yoke (16) and journal (9).

6. Remove bearing retainers (1. 5, 21 and 22)

joints at each end transmit power from the trans-
mission to the transfer and from the transfer to the
driving axles. The various parts, except tubes, are
in terchangeable on the propeller shafts to front and
rear axles. Complete interchangeability is provided
on the roller bearing assemblies, bearing oil seals,
bea, ing oil seal retainers, and bearing retainers for
all of the universal joints, but the journals and
yokes on the transmission to transfer propeller
shaft are of greater width than those provided for
the other two propeller shafts.
REMOVAL
2. Remove four retainer bolts holding universal
joint to drive flange. Per.form this operation at
opposite end of propeller shaft and remove shaft
from truck.
DISASSEMBLY (FIG 3)
· J. Remove splined yoke from propeller shaft tube
( 11).
4. Remove splined yoke oil seal cap (12), splined
yoke oil seal washer (13), splined yoke oil seal (14),
and splined yoke oil seal washer (15).
with a punch and hnmmer, Fig 4.
7. NOTE: The rall.N b,~arinp a.i.~emblies (2, 6, 20
and 23) are a pres$ fit. in the propeller shaft tube yoke,
flange _yokes (26), rmd splined yokes (l6), and the
proper removal procedure mu.st be f ollou,'€tl Lo prP~vm.t
damaec of pa11~. To remmie t.he roller bearing assem•
blies, proceed a.~f oll<>w.~:
8. Position a 1X' inch heavy duty socket over
roller bearing assembly (2) and a ~ inch socket
over roller bearing assembly (20) and force roller
bearing assembly (2) from the flange yoke (26) with
a vise, Fig S, or an arbor press. Watch the position
of journal (9) as bearing assembly is forced from
the yoke as the opposite bearing oil seal retainers
(8 and 25) will be damaged if they c:ont<1.ct the
splined yoke or propeller shaft tube yoke ends.
9. Change position of the sockets, so !-1 inch
socket is against the journal assembly end ,,nd 1~
inch socket is over bearing assembly (20) and re-
move bearing assembly, para 8.
10. Remove the two other roller be,tring assem-
blies (6 and 23). Refer to para 9. Remove journal

Issue 1-Dec. 1953 (WM-4293) Page 1

 VEHICLES CANADIAN ARMY
D 114 INSTR 6 EME MANUAL

SHAH, PROPfllEll 1RJ\N$Ml$$10N TO

lRANSFU, ASSY

F IG ! -P ROPELLER SH AFT ASSEMB LI ES

• .,
. - - - - - - - - - - -DIMENSION - - -- - - - - - - - DIMENSION

PROPELLER SHAFT TUBE

FIG 2- PROPELLER SHAFT TUBE AND S PLINED Y OKE D IMENSIONS

Pa~e 2 Issue 1- Dec. 1953

CANADIAN ARMY VEHICLES
EME MANUAL D 114 INSTR 6

16 15 14 13 12
I
II

FtG 3 - l 1 N tn:n s \L J OJNT \ ND PtH> t'ELLER S 11.,FT Ass rni111.v- ExPLOUEU \'mw

1- Retal n or-boa ring 10 F"lttln g l u brica nt strn lght 18- Rot.aincr- b&arl n g oll seal
2 Bearing roller auombly 11 - Tube- propeller shaft 19- 0il seal- b earing

3 Oil sea l - bearing 12 Ca p s p li ned yol<e oll seal 20-Boarlng-<'oller anombly

4 Retainer bea r ing oil soal 13- Wa s hor--s pllned yoke oll •eal 21 - Reta l ncr - bo ari ng
5 - Retal ner bearing 14 011 s oal - spllnod yoke 22- Retalner- be arlng
6 - Boadng roller assembly 15 Washer - s plined yoko oil seal 23 Bearing ro ller ass em b ly
7 011 soal - boarlng 16 Yoke - s plined 24 - 0 11 seal beari ng
8 Ret.a lner boarlng oll seal 17 - F itting lu brict1nt 67 X 0 25 Re ta i n er bear i ng oll ual
9 J o u rnal 26 -Yo ko- fla ngo

(9) I mm splilH:d n,kc or whe ~ukc. Remove INSPECTION (FIG 3)

flange yok~ (26 ).
15. lnspecl journals, (9) for w<:,1r, ,orros ion ,
11. Removr• lw,tring oil st·.t!s (.1, 7, 19 and 24) and scores, cracks or 0 1he r v i:;u ,LI damagc-. l f wc.ir is
l>l'arill~ oil seal rc tainns (.J.. 8. 18 an<l 25) from evident , nwasun· jou111a l p ills wilh a niicromcter.
journ.i l I l) ). If the journal is not in good condition, or the clia-
mcl<:r of the journal pins is l<·ss th ;lll 0.708 inrh,
NO'/'/~: l>o not n,mm'(' retui11ers 1111/i,ss neu· n •place- n plan· jo11 rllal.
mt•nt f>"rtsfl.rt' m'<1ilabif' 11s thf'_Y must be a sn11µji1 u11
1/11· journal. 16. 1nspecl rollt·1 ll<'.tr i1111. hush i ngs , Fig 6. for
\\!'.Ir, rm rosion, srorcs or cr,tcks. If wea r is e vide nt.
12. Dis,ts,;emlik other universal joints requiring 111<', L"-llr<' cli,tnH·tcr of inside and uut::-ide g:round
a tlc ntion . Rd<1r Lo para 8 through 11. surfan•s. If I lw 011 lsidc dimension is !es,; than 1. 23 1
to 1. l315 1m h or tlw in..;idt' dinwll,;ion mew(· than
13. YOTii: From a r1•cfamuti1,11 ~ta11d1wi11t the 0. <> 13 to 0. <> I I inch. rq>l,we bush i11gs.
rollf'r bcori11µ a.~ wmblil's (2. 6. 20 flml 23) cwt be
di.w1.~s<'ml>led. Fi{! 6. NOT/~: l<epair kits n111.~isti11µ of tlw jm,rrwl, roller
(1enri11{! 11s.,1'111bli,,s. bf'ari11µ. 11il Sl'als. b11ari11µ oil s('(ll
ro d isdsscrnble I ol l('r b<.:ari11g assc111 b ly. re mo ve rl'toinl'rs nm/ lwarinp. retainers are list1•d i II the
bearing roller retain<>r. and l)('ari ng- ro llcrs fi-0111 "f>Jllirnt,/,, parts cutuluf!.u e and the.,e parts i;/wuld be
roller bearing bushings. T h e lwari ng ro l kr re l,ti 11cr i11.~111lf,,rf if omilablf>. 11hn1 thf>r<' is etidPflCf> of wmr in
rnn hl' s<.·parated f1o!ll the lms hing ll'ith a sl1arp th,, roller lwari11p. lmshinf!., a nd beari11f!, roll('rs.
blade Inst ru nwn (
17 . \frasu re di,u11etcr of h.:..11 in{! 1oiler:;, Fi~ 6.
1-l. \\',ish .di part~ in cir) clca11i ttg :-olvent nncl dn· with ,l 111icronwt1·r ,ind if dimension i':- ks:i than
\\ ith cmnprcssed air. 0. t 00<) tu 0. IO 12 i11d1. 1 cplan· rollcr:i.
 VEHICLES
D 114 INSTR 6
FIG 4-REMOVJNG BEARING RETAINER
18. If new parts are available, the bearing oil seals
(3, 7, 19 and 24) including the bearing oil seal re-
tainers (4, 8, 18 and 25) must be replaced whenever
the universal joints are disassembled for any reason,
The retainers will be satisfactory for further service
if they have not been removed from journals a nd
are in good condition.
19. Inspect splined yokes (16) and flange yokes
(26) for wear, corrosion, scores, cracks or other
visual damage. Measure bearing bores in splined
yokes and fl ange yokes and if the inside diameter is
greater than 1.2305 to 1.231 inch, or if the parts are
not in otherwise good condition, replace as required.
Inspect splines in splined yokes for wear and if
noticeable wear is evident, replace yoke.
20. Inspect splined yoke oil seal cap, (12), and
splined yoke oil seal washers, (13 and 15), for wear
or damage and replace as required. A new splined
yoke oil seal, (14), must be installed whenever re-
pairs are performed on the propeller shaft.
21. Inspect propeller shaft tube, (11), for dents
and damage. The propeller shaft tube must be
replaced if there is any evidence of dents or damage
as the above conditions wilJ result in misalignment
and failure of tube.
CANADIAN ARMY-
EME MANUAL
FIG 5-REMOVING ROLLER BEARING ASSEMBLY
FROM UNIVERSAL J OINT
22. Inspect propeller shaft tube for wear and if
wear is evident,replace tube.
23. If p1 opeller shaft tubes are free of dents and
damage, the alignment of the tubes can be con-
sidered satisfactory. Alignment of the propeller
shaft tubes can be checked with a dial indicator if
the tubes are mounted in a lathe equipped with an
adjustable chuck. Support splined end of tube on
cen ter in tail stock of lathe and yoke end o( tube in
adjustable chuck. Remove paint from middle of
tube with a piece of abrasive cloth to eliminate any
uneven surfaces which might affect the reading of
the dial indicator. If run out at center of tube
exceeds 0.010 to 0.015 inch replace tubes as
required.
24. Measure the bearing bore in yoke end of pro-
peller shaft tubes and if inside diameter is greater
than 1.2305 to 1.231 inch, replace tubes.
REASSEMBLY (FIG 3)
25. If there is any question about the assembly of
the propeller shaft tubes and splined yokes, the
length of the parts must be checked to make certain
that they agree with the dimensions in Table II,
Specifications.
26. If the roller bearing assemblies, Fig 6, were
disassembled, apply general purpose grease in the
roller bearing bushings and insert 25 bearing rollers
in each bushing. Install bearing roller retainer (cup
side in) and make certain retainer is firmly seated.
27. Install bearing oil seal retainers (4, 8, 18 and
25) on journals (9). Make certain that t he retain-
ers are properly seated on journal shoulders.
Issue 1- Dec. 1953
CANADIAN ARMY
EME MANUAL
F1G 6-ROLLER BEARING ASSEMBLY-EXPLODED
Vraw
28. Soak bearing oil seals (3, 7, 19 and 24) in light
engine oil for approximately thirty minutes before
installation. rnstall oil seals on journals.
29. Place journals in flange yokes (26) so lubri-
cating fitting opening in journal wi ll be toward the
engaging splined yoke or propeller shaft tube yoke.
(This does not apply to journals for t he transmis-
sion to transfer propeller shaft assembly as t he
lubricating fitting openings are located in a differ-
ent position.)
30. Position two of t he roller bearing assemblies
(2 and 20) in the splined yoke or propeller shaft
tube yoke and force t hem into position between
jaws of a vise or wit h an arbor press. Considerable
pressure will be necessary to compress oil seals so
that the bearing retainers (1 and 21) can be
installed.
Issue 1- Dec. 1953
VEHICLES
D 114 INSTR 6
NOTE: New bearing retainers (1, 5, 21 and 22) must
be installed whenever universal joint repairs are
performed.
Install bearing retainers with a punch and ham-
mer and make certain that they are fully seated on
roller bearing assemblies, but do not distort them.
31. Engage journal (9) in opening of flange yoke
(26) and install roller bearing assemblies (6 and 23).
Refer to para 30. Install bearing retainers (5 and
22). Refer to para 30.
32. Install lubricating fit tings (17) in journals and
make certain that they are properly positioned for
the grease gun connection.
33. Install splined yoke oil seal cap (12) on pro-
peller shaft tube splines followed by splined yoke
oil seal washer (13), splined yoke oil seal (14) and
the other splined yoke oil seal washer (15). E ngage
splined yoke with splined end of propeller shaft
tube and screw splined yoke oil seal cap (12) on
threaded end of splined yoke. Tighten cap until oil
seal is firmly compressed.
34. Install lubricating fitting (10) in splined yokes.
35. Lubricate universal joints and splined yokes
with general purpose grease. If the grease does not
appear at all of bearing oi l seals, pressure must be
applied with a vise or arbor press to the roller
bearing assemblies from which grease is escaping,
which will cause the grease to flow through the
other bearings as additional grease is forced through
the journal by a grease gun.
INSTALLATION
36. Place the propeller shaft beneath truck and
connect universal joint at each end to respective
drive fla nges.
Page 5
 VEHICLES CANADIAN ARMY
D 114 INSTR 6 EME MANUAL

TABLE I-UNIVERSAL JOINT TROUBLES AND REMEDIES

SYMPTOMS PROBABLE CAUSE PROBABLE REMEDY

Noise Improper lubrication Disassemble universal joints. In-

spect all parts for possible damage
and replace as required. Pack bear-
ings with suitable lubricant and
reassemble.
Worn universal joint bearings Replace worn bearings.
Loose propeller shaft flange bolts Check universal joints for possible
damage. Tighten propetter shaft
flange bolts.
Brinelled joints Disassem bJe, clean and Inspect the
universal joints. Replace damaged
parts as required. At reassembly,
pack the universal joints with the
correct amount of the proper lubri-
cant.

TABLE II-PROPELLER SHAFT AND UNIVERSAL JOINT SPECIFICATIONS

GENERAL
Make ............................................ ,..... . Universal Products
:t\1odel. ................................ ,. , ,.... ~· .... --· .. , 5160 (All except transfer case to
transmission)
5360 (Transfer case to transmis-
sion)
l~ype .............................. · .. · · · ·. · · ·,· · · · · · · · · · J ournat and RoHer

BEARINGS
Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Cageless Roller

PROPELLER SHAFT DATA

Diameter .............................................. . 2Yz Inch
Length-Transmission to Transfer Case ................ . 10 Inch
Front Axle ................................... . 35.J.1 Inch
Rear Ade 112" w.n.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31U Inch
Rear Axle 126" W.B ........................... , 45~ Inch

Page 6 Issue 1-Dec. 1953

 CANADIAN ARMY VEHICLES
EME MANUAL D 114 INSTR 6

TABLE III-PROPELLER SHAFT AND UNIVERSAL JOINT

REPAIR AND REBUILD STANDARDS

GENERAL
The repair and rebuild standards included in this table give the minimum and the maximum sizes and
clearances of new or rebuilt parts as well as wear limits, which indicates that point to which a part
or parts may he worn before replacement, in order to receive maximum service with minimum replacement.
Normally. all parts which have not been worn beyond the dimensions shown in the ''Wear Limits" column
or damaged from corrosion will be approved for service. Minimum, maximum and wear limit dimensions
are inches unless otherwise specified.

·~
........
I ' ,.C
J
8 ~. . · ',

FIG ?-PROPELLER S1t:AFT AND UNIVERSAL JOINT PARTS

Size and Fit

Fi~. Ref. Wear
Point of Measurement of New Parts
No. Letter Limits
Min. Max.

7 E Outside Diameter of Journal Pins 0.7095 0.710 0.708

3 9

7 B Outside Diameter of Roller Bearing Bushing 1.231 1.23l5

7 C Inside Diameter of Roller Bearing Bushing 0.913 0.914 0.9155
6
7 D Outside Diameter of Bearing Rollers. 0.1009 0.1012
6
7 A Inside Diameter of Bearin~ Bores in Yokes 1.2305 1.231
3 16, 26
7 F Run-Out of Propeller Shaft 0.010 0.015 0.020

Issue 1-Dec. 1953 Page '7

CANADIAN ARMY VEHICLES
EME MANUAL D 114 INSTR 7
TRUCKS 3/ 4 TON 4 x 4 DODGE
Truck Cargo M37 (CDN)
Truck Command M4l (CDN)
Truck Ambulance M43 (CDN)
FIELD AND BASE REPAIRS
FUEL AND EXHAUST SYSTEM

INDEX SUBJECT PARA

CARBURETOR
General ......... . ........ . ...... .. ............ . ..... ..... . ..... . ..... .. ..... . ... 1
Removal ..... . ..... . ..... . .. .. ......... . ...... .. . ................ . .............. 2
Disassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
REPAIR PROCEDURE
Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Inspection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Repair ..... ...... ......... ... ......... ... ... ............... .. . ...... ...... .. 44
Reassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
GOVERNOR
Removal ................................. . . ............ ....... ................... 69
Disassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
REPAIR PROCEDURE
Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80
Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
Reassembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
Bench Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
Carburetor Adjustment .... ..... ................. . ..... ... . .. .. .... . .... .. ...... 105
Governor Adjustment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
AIR CLEANER
General . . . ......................... . .......................... ........ ... . ...... 117
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
REfAIR PROCEDURE
Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
Installation ........ ........................ . .......... .......................... 126
FUEL PUMP
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
' Disassembly ........ . ........ .. ............. .. . .. . . .. . . . ........................ 134
~ . AIRCleanl.
PROCEDURE
n g . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
Inspect ion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
Reassembly .................... .. .................... . .. . ....................... 158
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
Test Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178

Issue 1- Jan . 1954 (WM-4293)

 VEHICLES CANADIAN ARMY
D 114 INSTR 7 EME MANUAL

FUEL AND EXHAUST SYSTEM

INDEX SUBJECT PARA
FUEL TANK AND LINES
General . . . .. . ........... . . . . . .. . ........... . . . . . . ..... .. . ........ . ..... . .. ..... .. 180
Removal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
FUEL FILTERS
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
Rem.oval . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196
Installation . ..... . . .. ..... . ..... ... . . .. ... ........ . . . .. . . . . .. .. . .............. . . 197
FUEL GAUGE
General. . ......... . . . . . . . .... . .. . . . .. . . . . . . . . ... .. . . .. ...... . ... ... . . . ... ....... 199
Remqval. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200
Test Procedure . . . . . .. ...... ..... ... .. . . . . . ...... . . . . . . . .... . ... . ......... . . . ... . 204
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .213
DOLE PRIMER
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218
Removal .. .. .. . .. . . . . .. . .. .. . . ............ . ... . ..... . . . .. . .. . .. . .. ..... .. .. . ... . 219
Disassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2:22
REPAIR PROCEDURE
Cleanlnt. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 233
Inspection . . ... .......... . . . ... . ... . . . ........... ... ..... . ...... . .. . . . . . . . : . .235
Repair . ...... .. .. . ..... .. .... ,. . . ... . ........... . . . .. . ... . .... .. ... . . . ....... 241
Reassembly .... . ... . ... . .... .... . ... .. .. ..... ... .. ....... . . . . . . . ... . . . . . .... . ... 242
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250
EXHAUST SYSTEM
General . ... . ... . . . . ... ... . ..... . ... ... . . . . . ........... . . . .. . . .. .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . 253
MANIFOLDS
Removal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254
Disassembly ....... .. . .. . . .. .. . .. .. ... . .. . . . . ... ......... . ...... ... . . ... . . , . . . . . 159
REPAIR PROCEDURE
Cleaning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261
Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262
Reassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265
Installation ... .. .. . . . .. . . ... . . ... . . . .. . .. . . . . .... .. . . ... . . . . .... . . . .. ... ........ 267
MANIFOLD HEAT CONTROL
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279
Installation . . . . .. ... .. . ... . . ... ... . ... . ..... . . . . . ... ... . ....... . .... ... ..... . . .. 280
DONALDSON VALVES
General . . . .. . .. .... ... . ..... . . . . . . ...· . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28:2
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283
Disassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288

Issue I-Jan. 1954

CANADIAN ARMY VEHICLES
EME MANUAL D 114 INSTR 7
FUEL AND EXHAUST SYSTEM
INDEX SUBJECT PARA
REPAIR PROCEDURE
Cleanine. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292
Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294
Reassembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296
Installation .... . .. . ................................................... . . . ... . . . . 299
EXHAUST PIPES
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305
Installation ..... .. . ... . ........ .... . ................... . ........ . .. .. . .. . . .. . ... 310

MUFFLER
Removal ...... . ....... . ........ ... ...... . .. . . .. . . ..... . . ... . .. . .. . .. . .. . .. .. . . .. 315
Installation . . .. . ........ . ................ . ................. . ....... . . . . .. . .. .. . . 317

TAIL PIPE
Removal ....... . ... . . . .. . .. . .. . ... . . .. . .. . . ...... . .. .... . .. . . ..... .. .. .... . . ... . 319
Installation ........ .. . .. . ........ . .. . .. . ...... .. . .. ..... : . .. . . ... .... . .. . . .. .. . . 323
Troubles and remedies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table I
Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table II

CARBURETOR The main metering system, Fig 4, consists of a

General
1. The carburetor contains a built-in governor
assembly. Fuel from the tank. is delivered to the
carburetor bowl by the fuel pump. The carburetor
bowl contains a float system, Fig 2, which consists
of a needle valve and seat assembly, float and
float lever' pin. The float is set to maintain the
level of fuel in the carburetor at a predetermined
height. The float chamber vent opens in to the
air horn of the carburetor ahead of the choke valve.
This equalizes the pressure on the fuel in the float
chamber with the incoming air in the carburetor
throat, so that restrictions of the air cleaner do not
affect the fuel air ratio. From the carburetor,
fuel is supplied through separate circuits in the
carburetor for varying requirements of idling,
part throttle operation, acceleration and wide open
throttle operation.
Fuel for the idle system, Fig 3, is admitted to the
throttle through the main metering jet and a series
of drilled passages and an idle orifice tube. The
idle system supplies the major portion of the fuel
at the lower engine speeds. After the throttle
valve has been opened sufficiently, fuel is drawn
from the nozzle of the carburetor through the main
metering system.
main metering jet, a main vent tube and passage
for admitting air to the main vent tube where the
fuel, as a fluid, is aerated or turned into a partial
gaseous state before being drawn into the throat of
the carburetor. Fuel for all speed ranges above the
idle range is being constantly supplied through
the main vent nozzle.
An accelerating pump supplies the additional
fuel required when the throttle valve is suddenly
opened for quick acceleration. The accelerator
pump system, Fig 5, actuates as the accelerator
pedal is depressed. Fuel flows into the accelerating
pump cylinder thro~gh a check valve. When the
accelerating pump piston moves down, the check
valve closes and fuel leaves the pump cylinder,
entering the carburetor to supplement the fuel
supplied through the main metering system.
The economizer or step-up system, provided for
open throttle operation, is actuated by manifold
vacuum. It consists of a piston, a piston actuating
spring, a jet and various drilled passages in the
throttle body. Vacuum created in the intake
manifold (when the throttle valve is not fully
opened) causes the step-up piston to ove.rcome the
tension of the step-up piston spring, thereby shut-
ting off step-up fue1. When the vacuum is reduced

Issue 1- Jan. 1954

 VEHICLES CANADIAN ARMY
D 114 INSTR 7 EME MANUAL

f\\\.--- - - 23
- - - - 24

1-Choke Yelve eorew lookweah...

2-Choke Yelv• acrew
3- Alr horn aorew end wHh.,.
4-Chok• aheft hole rivet plug
6--Pump plung•r aprlng
6-Chook bell p11auge plug
32 7- Pump ohook aprlng
33 8- Pump dlach•~ge check bell
9- Step up Jet
10-Step up Jet guket
11- ldle orlffce tube end plug a ... mbly
4- - - - --- 12- Plunger end rod retaining ring
13- Pump lntek• ball
14-Pump Jet rivet plug
16--Pump Jet
16-Body flange atteohlng screw
17- Body flange a ttaching scr•w lookwaaher
16-AdJuat acrew passage plug
19-AdJuat acrew panage plug 'gHket
20-Governor h~ualng cover acre., and wHher
21- Governor houalng cover screw and weah•r
22- Throttle lever ....mbly
23-Choke valve assembly
24-<:hok• valve acrew lookwHher
~hoke va lve acrew
26-Vent tube and plug Hsembly
27-Maln vent plug gasket
28-Alr horn screw and WH her
29-Choke tube clamp acrew nut
:JO-Choke tube clamp acrew
31-Choke tube bracket acrew and waaher
6 a ...mbly
32-Choke tube bracket screw
33-Choke tube bracket a ...mbly
34-Choke pull back aprlng
35-Choke lever a nd ahaft a ... mbly
36- Alr horn Hsembly
37-Pump plunger end rod a ...mbly
38-Pump oonlcal I Pf'lng
39- Body gHk•t
40-F'loat pin retainer
41-Float Hsembly
42- Float pin
43- Step up plate and rod a ... mbly
44- Step up platon a prlng
46-Step up platon gHket
46-Maln metering Jet
47- Maln metering Jet gaaket
4&-Nffdle and Hat eHembly
49-Nffdle and , . .t guket
50-Maln vent tube rivet plug
51- Body
52- Bocly flange etteohln1 screw
53-Bocly flange attaching acrew lookwuher
64-Alr horn attaching acrew end washer
515-Power Jet pa1aa1• pipe plug
156-Body flange gHket
57- Throttle valve
5a.-Throttle valve acrew
5$-ldle port rivet plug
60-ldle adJuat screw 1prl119
20 61- ldle adJuat acrew
62- F'lange and governor assembly
63-Alr horn attaching screw lookwHher
64- Alr horn attaching acrew
66--Governor housing dust 1hleld
66--Throttl• lever headleu ..,...
67- Throttle lev er acrew
88-Throttle I.,,.,. screw lookwHher

~~1.{)t-
1'& ~b S36
FIG 1- CARBURETOR- DJSASSEMBLED VIEW

Page 4 Issue 1- Jan. 1954

CANADIAN ARMY VEHICLES
EME MANUAL D 114 INSTR 7

80V/L FLO,.T
~ -- -- ~ RA PO 156<121A

FIG 2-FLOAT CIRCUIT

in the inta ke manifold, such as in wide open throttle

operation , the step-up piston operates t he step-up
FIG 4- HIGH SPEED CIRCUIT
valve supplying the fuel required in addition to
that supplied by the main metering and pump
systems. 5. Disconnect fuel pump to carburetor line at
carburetor.
Removal 6. Remove nu ts and Jockwashers securing car-
2. Remove air cleaner assembly. buretor and lift carburetor from intake manifold .
D iscard carburetor to manifold flange gasket.
3. Disconnect a ll vent lines leading from carbure-
tor air cleaner elbow an<l remove elbow.
Disassembly (Fi~ 1)
4. Discon nect t hrottle and choke control wires
7. Remove the main vent tube and plug assembly
and accelerator control rod .
(26).

8. Remove t he air horn screws (3 and 28) and lift

off the air horn (36) and gasket (39).

FIG 3-Low SPEED C rncuIT FIG 5 - PUMP CIRCUIT

Issue 1-Jan. 1954

 VEHICLES
D 114 INSTR 7
9. Remove accelerating pump plunger, rod and
piston assembly (37).
10. Remove the step-up piston plate and rod
assembly (43).
11. Turn the carburetor over and catch the step-
up piston spring (44) and gasket (45).
12. Lift the floa t pin retainer (40) out of the slot
and remove the float and lever assembly (41).
13. Remove the float needle and stat assembly
(48).
14. Remove the lock wire and screws (16) and
separate the body flange and governor assembly
(62) from the carbure tor body (51).
15. Remove idle adjustment screw (61) and
spring (60).
16. Remove intake check ball retaining ri!1g
(1 2). Turn the carburetor over and catch the
check ball (13).
17. Remove the pump discharge passage plug
(6). Turn the carburetor over and catch the spring
(i) and the ball (&).
18. Remove the rivet plug (14) and the discharge
jet (15).
19. Remove the step-up jct (9) and gasket (10)
from the float bowl.
20. Remove the main metering jet (46) and
gasket (47).
21. Remove idle orifice tube a nd plug assembly
(11) from the Aoat bowl.
22. Remove the screws which hold the choke
valve (23) to the shaft (35) and lift out the valve.
23. Remove the screws (31) which hold the choke
tube bracket (33) to the air hom and remove the
shaft and lever assembly (35).
24. Pry the seal retain ing washer from the air
hor.n and remove the seal.
REPAIR PROCEDURE
Cleanint
25. Soak all parts, except throttle body, in dry
cleaning solyent for at least 2o' minutes.
26. Blow out all castings with compressed air.
Blow out all passages by a pplying tip of blow gun
directly to the opening into the passage. Note
particula rly the idle bleed hole and bowl vent.
Page 6
CANADIAN ARMY
EME MANUAL
27. Remove any carb&n accumulation from the
bore of the throttle body by scraping or with wet or
dry sandpaper.
·CA UT/ON: Do not use emery cloth.
28. Wipe out step-up cylinder with a dry rag.
29. Carefully clean the pump piston and step-up
piston.
30. Blow out all no:..zles and jets and main vent
tube with compressed air.
NOTE: Never clean jets u,.ith a uire or other mechan-
ical means because the jets uill bea>me enliJ:rged which
will make the mixture t-00 rich /or proper performance.
Inspection (Fig l)
31. Check bowl cover for warpage, out of round~
ness and wear on the choke shaft bearings. Replace
if necessary.
32 . Inspect throttle body for wear on the throttle
shaft bearings.
33 . Be sure all passages are clear.
34. Check fuel intake needle a nd seat (48) for
wear. Replace if necessary.
35. Inspect float (41) for loading, damage and
wear. Replace if necessary. If lip of float is ridged,
it should be smoothed with wet or dry fl.int paper.
CAUTION: Do not.file.
36. If fl.oat pin retainer (40) is flattened on top,
replace it.
37 . Be sure that step-up piston cylinder is not
worn and that gasket is removed from cylinder.
Be sure that the step-up piston spring (44) is
undamaged. Replace spring if necessary.
38. Inspect pump plunger rod and piston (37) for
damage to the leather. Replace if necessary.
39. Check pump plunger rod and piston (37)
for wear. Replace if necessary.
40. Check pump check valves for leakage by
pl;lcing intake and discharge check balls (8 and 13)
in place on their seats and fill pump cylinder with
gasoline.
41. Install plunger and rod (37) while holding
discharge check ball (8) on its seat by means of ·a
brass rod.
42. Apply pressure to pump plunger. If gasoline
fills up in the discharge passage, the discharge
Issue 1-Jan. 1954
 CANADIAN ARMY
EME MANUAL
check valve is leaking. H fuel is noted in the slot at
the bottom of the bowl, the intake check valve is at
fault.
43. If an appreciable leak is noticed, the check
balls should be reseated.
REPAIR
44. To reseat the check balls use a brass rod and
tap each ball on its seat.
45. Replace the balls used for seating, since they
will have been deformed by this operation, and
check for leakage as outlined above. If leakage is
still noted, repeat the seating process using new
check balls.
Reasaembly (Fli 1)
46. Group all float circuit parts including needle,
seat and gasket, float, float pin and float pin re-
tainer.
47. Group all low speed circuit parts includrng
idle orifice tube, idle adjustment screw, idle
adjustment screw spring and idle port plug.
48. Group all high ·speed circuit parts including
main vent tube, step-up piston and pin, step-up
jet, step-up jet gasket, step-up piston spring and
main metering jet.
49. Group a:11 pump circuit parts including pump
plunger rod and piston, intake and discharge check
balls, discharge check ball spring,discharge passage
plug, pump jet and pump jet plug.
50. Group all choke circuit parts including choke
valve plate, choke shaft and )ever, choke tube
bracket, choke !.pring, choke shaft dust seal, cboke
shaft dust seal retaining washer and choke shaft
plug.
51. [nstall idle orifice tube and plug assembly (11)_.
52. Install idle adjustment screw (61) and idle
adjustment screw sp6ng (60).
53. Jnstall intake check ball (13) and intake
check ball retainer (12).
54. Install pump pl.u nger rod and piston (37).
55. Install discharge check ball (8).
56. Install discharge check bait spring (7) and
discharge passage plug (6).
57. Install pump jet (tS) and pump jet plug (14}.
e· 58. Install main metering jet (46) and main meter-
ing jet gasket (47).
lsaue I-Jan. 1954
VEHICLES
D 114 INSTR 7
59. Install step-up piston gasket (45) and step-up
piston spring (44) and step-up piston and pin (43).
60. Install Boat (41) and Boat pin (42).
61. Install fuel intake needle and needle seat (48)
and needle seat gasket (49).
62. Install Boat pin retainer (40).
63. Assemble bowl cover (36), main body gasket
(39) to main body (51) with bowl cover lockwasher
screws (28). Do not tighten screws.
64. Install main vent tube (26) and main vent
tube gasket (27). Tighten bowl cover lockwasher
screws (28).
65. Install choke shaft dust seal and choke shaft
dust seal retaining washer.
66. Install choke shaft (35) and choke valve
plate (23) with choke valve plate screws (25).
Centralize valve by tapping against bore before
tightening screws.
67. Install choke tnbe bracket (33), choke tube
bracket lockwa.sher screw (31) and choke spring
(34).
68. Install new choke shaft plug (4).
GOVERNOR
Removal (Flg 6)
69. Remove the seal and cover screws (18) and
remove the cover (17) and oo~r gasket (16).
70. Unhook and remove governor chain (12).
71. Bend ears of throttle shaft Iockwasber (13)
away from the cam retaining nut (14) and remove
the nut and gevemor cam (11).
72. Remove the countersunk screws (10) which
hold the housing (7) to the body flange (1) and
slide the governor off the throttle shaft on the
throttle body.
Disassembly (Fig 6)
73. Remove adj·1:1Sting screw passage plug (4),
adjusting screw passage plug gasket (5) and tum
adjusting screw (8) clockwise until it is· free of the
adjusting nut.
74. Hold governor spring (9) and tum screw
counterclockwise to remove screw from spring.
75. H the adjusting nut (6) is damaged, it may
be removed by using a drift punch from within the
housing and driving the nut toward the outer
opening.
PaQe7
 VEHICLES CANADIAN ARMY
D 114 INSTR 7 EME MANUAL

F1G 6-SPEED GovERNOR-ExPLODED V1£w

1-Throttl• body 10-Ho1,1aln111 ..,,.._ t ~ r n o r houalng oov.,. 1or•w look•
2-S..rlng ahl•ld _ , ... r 11-Go,,,.•nor oam
•••h..
20-oun ...1
:l-Sp•lng wa•h•r 12-Go,,...nor ohaln
21-r1.e wa.hff
4-AdJullt.lng Sorew Pauago P lug 13-Th....ttlo 1haft look-11her
22-Sprlna wuher
&-AdJ ..at:111111 Serew pona111• plug gHkM 14-Retalnlng nU't
23- ThPOttl• l•v•r olamp aoNw
«.-Ad Justl 11111 1111t 15-Thl'Ottle t.haft
24-Lookwaaher
7- Gonrnor houalna 1t-G....rnor houalna 11•1kot
26--Thl'Ottl• l,...., looat.lng acraw
a-Adjust.Ing aorew 17--Govvnor houalng oo""r
21-Throt.tle le,..,
9-0oVOf'nor aprlna 18-Gowrnor hou11n.111 co,.., ......w
27-Thl'Ott.lo edJutrt.ln1 aorew

NOTE: A rawhide or fibre drift punch should be
used to prevent damage to the inner surface of the
adjusting nut channel.
76. Loosen throttle lever clamp screw (23) and
remove throttle lever locating screw (25).
77 . Gently pry off throttle lever (26).
78. Remove spring washer (22), Aat washer (21)
and throttle shaft ( 15).
79. Pry out dust seal (20).
NOTE: Do not remoce dust seal unless it is worn.
.. REPAIR PROCEDURE
~Cleaning
, 80. . Wash all parts, except governor housing, in
• dry cleaning solvent and dry with compressed air.
holes have been stripped, replace the governor
housing (7).
82. If threaded portion or slots in adjusting nut
(6) in housing are damaged, install new adjusting
nut.
83. Inspect governor spring (9) and if it is
distorted or does not close squarely when released,
replace the spring.
84. If governor chain Jinks (12) show wear or
gov~mor cam (11) shows wear or damage, these
parts should be replaced.
85 . Be sure that the adjusting screw (8) is
straight and that threads have not been damaged.
Replace if the above conditions are evident.

Inspection (Fl~ 6) Reassembly (Fig 6)

81. If plunger rod does not slide freely in and out 86. Install governor housing screws to hold
of the cylinder or if the threads in the cover screw housing (7) to throttle body (1).

Page 8 Issue 1-Jan. 1954

..
CANADIAN ARMY
EME MANUAL
FIG 7-VELOCITY GoVERNOR -
NOTE: Governor housing screws must be peened in
place (using a punch or blunt chisel) w prevent
loosening of screws due to 11ibratwn.
87. Replace adjusting nut (6) by sliding it into
place with the t hreaded end down and the wide
slot for the adjusting nut up. Insert the adjusting
wrench and tap lightly on tool until nut bottoms in
the housing casting.
NOTE: Adjusting nuts may be of two sizes. These
are not interchangeable. T he smaller nut is brass,
while the larger ty pe is die cast. Be sure to use the
correct nm corresponding t-0 the one removed.
88. Screw the adjusting screw (8) into the spring
until the head of the screw is flush with the chain
end of the governor spring (9).
89. Hook governor chain (12) to governor spring
(9) and engage extended end of spring in t he
slot in governor housing (7). Perform bench
adjustments, Para 97.
90. Hook free end of governor chain (12) to the
governor cam (11) while holding throttle lever
in wide open position. One governor housing
cover screw (18) is drilled and should be located
near the adjusting screw passage plug (4) to
accommodate the locking wire.
Issue 1-Jan. 1954
VEHICELS
D 114 INSTR 7
ADJUSTMENT
PASSAGE PLUG
THROTILE SHAFT CAM RETAINING NUT
RA PO 156520A
SECTIONAL VIEW
CA UTION: Cam must be pressed on shaft with.
finger pressure and drawn down with retaining nut
(14). Tapping the cam or end of shaft will ruin.
shaft bearings since grooves in the throule shaft form.
the ball races of the bearings.
91. Install throttle shaft lockwashers (13) on end
of throttle shaft ( 15). Tighten nut and bend
washer ears to lock the nut in place.
92. Install governor housing cover (17) and
governor housing gasket (16) with housing c.o ver
lockwasher (19) and housing cover screw (18)
while holding throttle open, install cam on throttle
shaft (15) making sure that the cam roller is in
slot of piston rod.
93. Replace dust seal (20) if it has been removed.
94. Insert throttle shaft (15) into cover.
95. Install flat washer (21) and spring washer (22).
96. Push throttle lever (26) on shaft and install
throttle lever locating screw (25) and tighten
t hrottle lever clamp screw (23) and lockwasher
(24).
Bench Adjusttnent
97. Insert screwdriver through the adjusting
nut a nd t um screw counterclockwise through
Page9
 VEHICLES
D 114 INSTR 7
F IG 8-COUNTING GoVERNOR COILS
the nut until 10>1 coils, Fig 8, of the spring are
free from the head of the adjusting screw.
98. Hold the spring open and measure the dis-
tance from the end of the screw in the spring to the
cylindrical boss in the housing. This measure-
ment should be 1~6 inch, F ig 9.
Installatlon (Fli 1) .
99. Assemble throttle body and governor (62)
ahd throttle body gasket (56) to main body (51)
with lockwasher (63) and main body screw (64).
100. P lace new gasket on intake manifold.
101. Place carburet or in position on intake
manifold and before lowering completely into
position install front carburetor ret ainer nut. This
is necessary as there ·is not sufficient clearance
between idle mixture adjust ing screw and car-
buretor flange to replace nut after carburetor is in
position.
102. Install rear carburetor retainer nut and
tighten both retainer nuts.
103. Install carburetor elbow and connect breather
lines, choke wire and accelerator rod.
104. Install carburetor a ir cleaner.
Carburetor Adjustment
105. To adjust the float level, Fig 10, remove air
cleaner and air hom assembly. Hold the lip of the
float against the needle to seat it. Be sure the
Page 10
CANADIAN ARMY
EME MANUAL
__ /
FIG 9-GoVERNOR AOJUSTING
SCREW MEASU REMENT
float pin is bottomed in the slot. Gauge from the
top of the float bowl. The setting should be %4 plus
or minus ~ inch. Set the float level by bending
lip of float.
NOTE: Do not bend ftool.
106. Install air horn assembly and air cleaner.
107. Run the engine until normal operating
temperature is reached.
108. Disconnect windshield wiper hose at tube
leading to intake manifold, and attach vacuum
gauge to the tube, Fig 11 .
109. Tum idle mixt ure adjust ing screw counter-
clockwise to make a richer mixture of fuel or
clockwise to make a leaner mixture. This adjust-
ment should be set for highest and steadiest
vacuum reading.
110. If this adjustment changes the idling speed
of engine, adjust the id le speed adjusting screw
t o obtain d esired speed (clockwise to increase
speed, counterclockwise to decrease speed).
Governor Adjustment
111. Run engine until normal operating tem-
perature is reached. Manifold vacuum should be at
least 16 inches with engine operating at full
throttle (governor operating) and at least 17
inches at idling speed.
112. The adjusting screw, 8, Fig 6, which is
Issue 1-Jan. 1954
 CANADIAN ARMY VEHICLES
EME MANUAL D 114 INSTR 7

FIG 11- CHECKING CARBURETOR IDLE

FIG 10--CHECKING FLOAT LEVEL
ADJUSTMENT WITH VACUUM
1-C.rbu""°" air horn 2--<:arltu..e.o• bod,- 1a1ket GAUGE ( TOOL C-425)
3-Cheokln1 ...... (T-1 C-449)

NOTE: Engines operate most effici,enlly when the

attached to the spring controls the maximum governor is adjusted to the point which just eliminates
engine speed. surge at full throttk.
113. Remove the adjusting screw passage plug, 116. Insta ll passage plug and locking wire after
4, Fig 6, and tum the screw clockwise to decrease adjustment.
and counterclockwise to increase the maximum
engine speed. AIR CLEANER
General
114. Adjust the governor to maximum engine 117. An oil bath type air cleaner is mounted
speed of 3,400 revolutions per minute or a road on the carburetor intake elbow on the rear right
speed of 6~ to 7~ miles per hour in low gear with side of the engine. All air for combustion passes
no load. through this air cleaner before entering the car-
buretor. Air passes over the oil, at which pc:>int
NOTE: When it is turned, the screw adds to or
most of the suspended dirt is deposited. A wire
subtracu from the number of active coils in the spring,
mesh is also provided to further filter the air before
OlllomalU:ally calibrating the tension and stability of
it passes into the fuel system.
the spring so that it is generally possible to regulate
the maximum engine speed m>er a considerable range Removal (Flt 1l)
by mean., of the adjusting screw. 118. Loosen three thumb nuts that retain the
115. If surge (continued rapid rise and fall of shroud cover.
- engine speed at full throttle) is present or occurs 119. Remove cover.
through change of the screw adjustment, eliminate
it by moving the adjusting nut, 6, Fig 6, clockwise, 120. Loosen thumb nut in center of air cleaner
one fourth turn at a time, with a wrench, correcting and lift element out.
the engine speed with the adjusting screw until CAUTION: Do not allow oil to drip inw the air
the surge is eliminated. If governor is slow acting, cleaner elbow.
move the adjusting nut counterclockwise, one
121. Lift reservoir off shroud.
fourth tum at a time, correcting the engine speed
with the adjusting screw until surge is apparent. 122. Remove four retainer screws and lift shroud
Remove surge as outlined above. from carburetor elbow.

Issue 1- Jan. 1954 Paae 11

 VEHICLES CANADIA~ ARMY
D 114 INSTR 7 EME MANUAL

132. Disconnect fuel line to carburetor at pump.

133. Remove pump mounting cap screws and
pump.
Disassembly (Fig 13)
134. Mark edges of cover and body with a file.
The parts may then be assembled in the same
relative positions.
135. Remove only the outer circle of screws (52)
and lockwashers (2). Separate body from cover at
diaphragm fl ange near body. If cover sticks, it
can be jarred loose with a light plastic hammer.
136. Ma rk edges of vacuum cover and body
d iaphragm flanges . Mark at heat shield stud (3).
137. Remove only two cover screws (23) from
opposite sides of the cover and substitute for
them two fillister head screws 1Y2 inch long. Turn
the two screws all t he way down, t hen remove the
FIG 12-SERVICING AIR CLEANER balance of the regula r cover screws.
REPAIR PROCEDURE 138. Alternately back off t he two long screws a
few turns at a time until the force of the heavy
Cleaning vacuum diaphragm spring is no longer effective.
123. Wash air cleaner element in gasoline or dry
cleaning solvent. 139. Tap the cover with a light plastic hammer if
the flanges stick together.
124. Clean dirty oil from reservoir and wipe
thoroughly. 140. Remove the two long screws, t he cover
assembly (28), diaphragm spring (21) and spring
Inspection retainer.
125. Inspect all parts of air cleaner and if cracked
141. File riveted end of rocker arm pin flush with
or badly damaged, replace parts as required.
steel washer, or cut off end with a drill. Drive out
Installation (Fig 12) rocker arm pin (36) with a drift punch and hammer.
126. Place shroud on carburetor elbow and re-
Wiggle rocker arm (42) until links unhook from
place retaining screws. both diaphragms.

127. Install reservoir and fill to correct level.
128. Replace a ir fil ter element and tighten large
thumb nut.
129. Replace shroud cover and tighten thumb
nuts.
FUEL PUMP
General
130. The fuel pump is moun ted on the right side
of the engine. The pump is mechanically operated
and is of the diaphragm type. A hand operated
priming lever is provided on the pump to be used
when the carburetor bowl is empty.
Removal
131. Disconnect main fuel line at fuel pump.
142. Remove rocker arm spring (43), rocker arm
(42) and link assembly.
143. Remove bushing (41) from rocker arm
(42), in order to remove two vacuum links (44 and
45), one fuel link (37), link spacer (40) and link
spacer washers (38).
144. Lift vacuum diaphragm ( 18) out of body.
Remove fuel diaphragm (48) by pulling straight
out.
145. The diaphragm pull rod sea.ls must be
removed if t hey exhibit wear or the sealing surfaces
are torn. To disassemble seals it is necessary to
remove metal displaced by staking operation. Use a
small chisel, round file or small grinding wheel
to removemetal. Pull seals out of body with hooked
shaped tool , being careful not to damage seal seats.

Page 12 Issue I- Jan. 1954

 CANADIAN ARMY VEHICLES
EME MANUAL D 114 INSTR 7

2 3

52

2 1--co.,.., att:aohlno II01'&W-nt.er

2--<:ow• r attaohlng acrew loo~1her
3-HNt &hleld stud
4-Dl a phragm-pulaator 1eotlon
51-- 6-Vehl• oao• ratalne, so...w
8--Velve oage euem bly
7-F'u•I Hotlon body
8-Dl•ph..om aprhtQ r.t:aln•r
,, 50 9--t>laphragm aprlncr-tu•1 ..-otlon
6 10-Dlaphragm eprlng-pe"6r
49 11-Maln body and ..al UMmbly
12-Rookn um pin wHl,er
48 7 13-Prlmlng lev•r and shaft
14-Prlmlng lev•r oil -1
16-Prlmlng le.,., cllp
16-Pf'lmlng lever ollp HNW
47 11-Valw oage a.aombllf
46 8 18-Dleph ragm-vaou11m HOtlofl
38 19--V•I"* Gage Ntalnor
9 20.-Valve ca1• 11••kat
45
21-D1aphP11gm 1prln11-•ouum ff8tlon
44 22-Vaauum .-ion body ao,...... _,h.,.
43 2:3-Vaouum -Ion body SOl'eW
24--Vaouum - I o n " ' " "
25-Vaouvm body oo,,., gaaket
26-Vaouum body oover K'*W tHk.t
~ ., 27-Vaa.. um body oonr .o..w
28-Vac11um body oo.,.r
29-f"uel ao ... n ,....hww
30-V•ouum aeotlon body
31-Vaauum oeotlon dlaph,agm spring - t

37
36
32-Valvo oage •aaembly
33-Valve uo• Ntalner
34,-Body oll aeal ret.elnM'
-w
36-Bocly oll ...,
35 !&--Rooker arm pin
32 18 37-Rooker ••m link
-----19 38--R_k.,. arm link ,pac•r -•her
34 39-Rooker arm 1prlng spa..,
~~=======--20
44>-Rook•r um llnk apace,
,1-Rooker ••m pin buahlng
33 "2-Rook... a•m
·43-Rooqr arm •prlng
32

... :-----::23
. 22 ...,_Rooker arm· tlnlo:
31
30 ... ,AS-Rooke r arm li nk
,s-Prlmlno lever link
,1-F'uel pump puah rod
'8-Dlaph,..am-fu•I -'Ion
29 ~Valve caa• gaaket
60-Valvo oe11• -lnlf'
51-F"uol p1,1mp body eo,....
62-CoVlr attaching aorew

-· FIG 13-FUEL PUMP-EXPLODED VIEW

Issue I-Jan. 1954

 VEHICLES
D 114 INSTR 7
146. Push the staked in valve off its seat with a
pencil or thin rod. If the valve sticks to its seat
under light pressure, if it moves downward and
does not rebound or if the cage is damaged, the
complete valve must be replaced.. Remove staking
with half round fil e and pull valve out with hooked
shaped tool.
147. Remove two cover center attaching screws
(1) and lockwashers (2) . Lift off pulsator cover
plate (51) and three layers of pulsator diaphragm
(4).
148. Remove four screws (5) from each of two
valve and cage retainers (SO). Remove two re-
tainers (50), six valve cage assemblies (6) and six
gaskets (49).
REPAIR PROCEDURE
Cleaning
149. Clean all metal parts in dry cleaning solvent.
Blow out all passages with compressed air. H
difficulty is experienced in deaning parts, use
carbon remover solvent.
Inspection
150. Discard cover if cracked or broken, or if the
diaphragm flange is warped more than 0.010 inch.
If warped less than 0.010 i:ncb, flatten with disc
grinder.
151. Discard cover i( bowl gasket is warped more
than 0.010 inch.
152. Discard valve seat insert type covers when
any part of raised valve seat is worn flush with
shoulder of valve.
153. If inspection reveals stripped or crossed
threads, correct with thread chaser or drill out
and retap to a l'arger size if possible.
154. Discard body if diaphragm flange is warped
~ore than 0.010 inch. If warped less than 0.010
inch, refinish with disc grinder.
155. Discard cover if threaded holes in diaphragm
flange are stripped or crossed and cannot be
corrected as described in Para 153.
156. If inspection reveals rocker arm stop to be
broken, replace body.
157. Check and if rocker arm is obviously \\~m
or broken, replace.
NOTE: AU pam in s1andard repair kit mu.st be
inslGlled ukn a fuel, pump has been ~ for
rebuild.
Paae 14
CANADIAN ARMY
EME MANUAL
Rea88embly
158. Place fuel section seal in recess of body with
large dished portion of seal d~wn. Press retainer
down finnly with Bat end of ~ inch diameter
round bar. Retain by staking die cast lip in four
places.
159. Place gasket in. recess for vacuum section
pull rod seal and follow with seal, narrow diameter
first. Press down firmly with fl.at end of ~ incb
diameter round bar. Retain by staking die cast
lip in four places.
160. Place neoprene gasket in vacuum section
valve recess next to oil seal and follow with valve
and cage, spring and cage down. Firmly p,-ess
valve and cage against neoprene gasket and retain
by staking die ca.st lip in three pl~ces around valve.
161. Assemble link spacer over fuel link. Place
one vacuum link on each side of fuel link. The
hook ends of vacuum links should come together
so they surround the Cue! link. All link hooks
should point in the same direction. Place assembly
o( links and spacer between lobes of rocker ann
with onP. spacer washer on the outer side of each
vacuum link. Slide rocker arm bushing through
holes in rocker arm, spacer washers and links.
162. Place pump body on bench, fuel flange
·4t
<lown. Set rocker spring in position with one end
over cone cast into body. Slide rocker arm and
link assembly into body. Outer end of rocker arm
spring fits over projection on link spacer. The
open end of all link hooks must point ·toward
vacuum diaphragm flange. Temporarily retain
rocker arm and link assembly with a length of ~
inch rod.
163. Soak diaphragm in clean kerosene. Fuel
oil may be used but do not use shellac or sealing
compound Turn pump body over so fuel dia-
phragm flange ia up. Set the diaphragm spring on
the staked in seal and the retainer on top of the
spring. Push diaphragm pull rod through retainer,
spring and oil seal. Flat of pull rod must be at
right angles to fuel link. Hook diaphragm pull
rod to short center fuel link.
164. Drive out the temporary pin with permanent
pin. Place washer over small end of pin and spread
pin end to retain washer.
165. .Place six valve and cage gaskets in cover
with six valve and cage assemblies on top of
gaskets. Inlet valve and cages must have 3 leg:ged
spider facing into cover; outlet valve must have 3
lasue 1-Jan. 195• ·
-
CANADIAN ARMY
EME MANUAL
legged spider facing out of cover. Retain each set
of three valve and cage assemblies with one re-
tainer and four screws. Place three layers of
pulsator diaphragm on cover and follow with
pulsator cover plate. Align two ce nte r screw holes
and insert two screws with lock washers through
cover plate, pulsator diaphragm and into pump
cover. Tighten screw securely.
166. Install cover on body making sure that
file marks on cover and body line up. Push on
rocker arm until diaphragm is flat across body
flange. Install cover screws and loc k washers
loosely until screws just engage lockwashers. P11sh
rocker arm in fnll stroke and tighten cover screws
securely. Release rocker arm .
NOTE: Diaphragm must be he/.d in flexed poi:'ilion
while tightening cover screu;s or pump u:i/l deliver too
much pressure.
167. Assemble two valve and cage gaskets in
recesses provideJ in vacuum cover and follow with
two valve and cage assemblies. St:cure valve and
cages with retainer and screw.
168. Turn cover over and set screen in recess over
inlet valve hole. Set retainer on screen. Pl.1c:e c:over
gasket, cover, cover screw gasket and cover screw
in r,osition in the order named. 'righten cover
screw.
169. Soak vacuum diaphragm in clean kerosene.
Fuel oil may be used but do not use shellac or
sealing compound. Push diaphrag-m pull rod
through oil seal with Rat of pull ro<l at right angles
to double vacuum links.
170. Clamp flange of pump in vise with vacuum
section up. Place a section of pipe over rocker arm
and raise vacuum links by moving rocker arm.
Tilt diaphragm pull rod a way from links, and as
links are raised, bring pull ro<l hack to vertical.
Repeat until pull rod is securely hooked in both
links.
171. The vacuum flange must be held level with
the body flange during the following operations.
The diaphragm is held level by inserting a% inch
piece of metal between rocker arm stop and body.
172. Lift diaphragm cloth and µosition valve
and cage in recess dose to mounting flange. No
gasket is required as the diaphragm seals this valve
cage.
173. Place retainer spring on riveted end of
diaphragm pull rod and place the diaphragm
Issue 1- Jan. 1954
VEHICLES
D 114 INSTR 7
spring on the retainer. Place vacuum cover over
spring and align file marks.
174. Insert two lj1 inch screws in opposite holes
in cover Range. Turn these screws down alternating
a few turns on each screw. rnsert regular screws
and lockwashers and tighten until screws just en-
gage lockwashers. Replace two Jong screws with
regular screws and lockwashers.
17 5. Remove piece of metal from rocker arm
pos1t1on. This allows the heavy vacuum spring
to push diaphragm to flexing stop in body. Tighten
all cover screws securely.
Installation
176. Place pump on engine and replace cap screws.
177. Connect both fuel lines, checking to see that
both are properly tightened.
Test Procedure
t 78. Disconnect fuel pump to carburetor li'le at
fuel pump and install pressure gauge on outlet side
of fuel pump. Pump pressure should be between
four and five pounds per square inch with the
engine operating at 1,600 to 1,800 revolutions
per minute. If pressure is within specifications,
proceed with capacity check.
179. Disconnect fuel pump to carburetor line
at carburetor and attach a bleeder hose to fuel
pump line. With outlet of bleeder hose at car-
buretor level or higher, the flow of fuel should be
at least one pint in 45 seconds of engine operation at
idling speed of 450 revolutions per minute.
FUEL TANK AND LINES
General
180. The fuel tank is mounted on the lower rear
portion of the chassis. The filler pipe is located on
the left rear section of the body. The filler pipe is
watertight and provided with a filter unit to
prevent dust from entering the tank.
Fuel lines are provided to furnish all component
parts of fuel system with proper supply of iuel.
Removal
181. Remove drain plug, Fig 15, and collect
contents of tank in a clean container.
182. Disconnect fuel line connections.
183. Disconnect filler tube hose.
184. Remove fuel tank rear support cap screws.
Pa~e 15
'"Cl t:,
I»
':
-
°' A
kB
::: ;;
~=
........
C
C zn
C"l'J t"I
~~
,::IC"l'J
D

N~H

M --M
\.,I
rm--G
I. E
...:i

L~
K J

10

·--D
J---E
27 26 H ~

A \c.::=-: ,,..j p R s ul j l1
T V
~~
n

a"'"' f~JH L~I /J~'n .&;. a::>

~o
-cL
~
7{t--z
oocc'--AA
' BB \ .MrL~K
a:: ....
~~
ID
:, 1,1 20 ~>
-•
J

~
io-03
~~
c:,\
FIG 14-FUEJ. SYS"l'EM COMPO!fENTS ><
-
llD
~
C:
t:'J ~
C)

-I
ID

~
a::>
t:'J t:,
IO 3:"""
~~
::,

-
,0
~
•
FIG 14-FUEl, SYSTEM COMl'ONE:NTS
e>
>,:,
1 Alf' al'- n • ,hl'Oud •-mbl, E [n111- pf'lm.,. dl_a ph,.-1m ,pf'lftg 18
A Al,. 01_- n•r ahf'OUd •-m:bl,- ,F' Entin• ptim•r dlaphra9m 1prll,'li guld• ,, ,.uel "'"" •-m bl,
t""- a::
Ii
C
Air eleanar •l•meftt ••mbl;,
AJ, el,•n•r •-mbl,-
G
H
[n9J ""
[ngtn•
prim.,. dl•phra11m
p_rlma_~ ctJaphN19m ee,T Wn ,. F'u,i tank oo"•r •-mbl,-
F'u•I "'"" to fuel ftlte,. \uba .ii....,
io<
J Ei,gll'I•
prtm.. dlephn,9m OIIP 111,ltoP't B F'u•I tank ODO,Df' ....mbl,-
z Carburetof' •-mbli, K Entin• prlmw bc141-,- C F'UDI ta_nk OD••-• ao..• -
3 l"u•I la(lk "•nt lkb• •-m.b lJr-'tD Dn9I ... _L En1ln• Pf'lm.,. 'l":k nut D F'u,I t!lrok ~""' , _ . , wHhDr
M Engln• prim..- plun1•• mm nut-utff E f'uel ta .. k ODfff' IHkft
• F'·u •I tanll nnt h•.. •-mblJ'
F'u•I ftlt•• to , -u •I pump tuba ,.... and
N
p
Engll\D pf'lm,r ph~nv•• •t•m nut-Inn.• •
En9lfte prim•• plun1•• Idem •••h•--1>utw 20 Fuel tank ftll•r plpa

'
•
1
F'~:1.~~;~~:~r~:1::

Fu•I ftlt,r •-mbll'

=. .,._
ru,1 • tu,1 ftlt:•r tuti. ,..,nt Q
R

ii'"
u
Enplne prl m•r plun1•• n.m oup
En,11\e prl-m w ph1n111•• "9m
s Engln• prim.,. lcnc,b wHhw
Entin, p,rlm•• ,pae11i-n11 rlnt
Engln• prim.,. poat._lna
"'B
C
0
E
F'u•I tank drain - k
Fuel taftll ftller ""'"ket
F'11el tonll ffll•• pipe-le,"'•"
Fe:i•I tank flll.• • pip• boM olomp
Fual tank nll•• pipe ho"
A Elbow-- t~ • 20 I/ Engine primer pac,.kln111 rln_1 F' F'uel tAftk ffll•r pipe he," c,Jamp
IIJ F\ iDI fl!tar hNd w E-npln• :prim.,. pao_lllng nut G F'11,l ·U!'.>k llll•r ,p lpa- --11pper
C Aad11ear primer b111hlng X Engln• prlm•r mounting n_ut H f'11111I tank nu•• 1plpe _ttr•lner-
I) Prl'm •r -• lbDw V -"Enpln• prim.,. i.nob J f°UD-1 tan"k ffll•r Up
f; IPl'-!r- V.-18 z Eng_lfte prlmDr lnl•t wel,r• K F'u,_I tank "ent tuba ha" alamp
r El•m•nl e"'d bowl Dtud AA lnl.t tu" nut 011-d ,1-..e !. F°'-!DI lank- ••nt t11bD " -
G f11el ftltDrc •l•m•nt. 88 lnla_t lilba e1Mmb1, M f"u•I tank nll,r plpa Hftt \UbD nut
H fu•I ftlfAN' bowl ge1k, t cc Enpln• prim•• .....
.K o,..1n. pl•-•
El•m•nt and bowl stud nut
DD Engine prlmDI' ohaok b•II ,prln1
EE Engl n• prlm•r e·haok pl11,r
21 f'11DI tank to fuDI flit.er- tuba-----1-e•r
22 F"••' tonk .,e..t tub...........l!r
L f:l•m•nt and, be_wl 1tudr nut ,p,kat
12 F"uel 1ank to fu•I fth•r lntHmadll!le t u
_ ba 23 Fuel e.-nk . .nt tube union
M F'u•I lllt.,. bowl
N i:lam•nt r9'alner 11up and nut 13 f'uel tank IO fuel ftller tubtl 11nl• n
p it F11,1 lonll Hnt tub-lntwmadlala
F'uel fflter lO fUDI PU-m p tllM ho.. l'NI'--
F'u.l, taftll &trap
1•
•
,.
1u•I tank to fu•I· tilter tuba ho.. F'11el tank ••n-1 \ut.. tc, frem-,ront
_,_t,...
• En1I"• Pf'ln11..,. lnlat tuba-up,....
F',UDI flltar- hNd
15 f'U•I 1ank D'trwp l'U\
F"u,1 111.. k ltra p n11t
Z6 Fuel tank lo fu•I flJt.r tu_ba---front

'
10 Engine prh'ftar lnlat t u bD--lo- - IT F'uel. pug• tank Uftlt
ZT

Z8
F"u,1 tuba 11tutoff - "
,,,., pump'° 111,1 ftlt.,. tuba elbo•
11 Ei'l9ll\a prim•,- ••Mmbl,
A f'u,1 IIOUIID ta-i,k Ul'II\ ll[rD"'
B ru,i 9oug, '81\k unit •••h•r 19 F..i.l pllmp •NDmbl,-
A Engln• prlm_a r, lnlrl t11bD--uppar e Fuel . .uge t...nk unit
B Engine -p rrmw t11bD nut D ru,11pug• tank ..... it •••ket 30 F'u•I p11mp to .,bu..tor tuba
C En9ln• prim-Dr outJDt eonn••r E F'u•I 11au11• ta nil unit
t:,
31 CorbuNto, al, •'-n• •Iba•
D Enalno pr im.,. dlaph-•••m oap
-<
--~=
,_ 1:21

znt""-
"1 ~
"'1 t:'J
': ~ ("/)
....
~ "-1
 VEHICLES CANADIAN ARMY
D 114 INSTR 7 EME MANUAL

FIG 16-fOEL GAUGE SENDING UNIT

FIG 15-FUEL TANK INSTALLED Cleanint

185. Disconnect fuel gauge wire as the tank is
being removed.
186. Unfasten clips on fuel lines.
187. Disconnect the connections and remove the
fuel lines.
lnstatlatlon
188. Install any fuel lines that have been r~moved
and tighten clips and connections securely.
189. Position tank and connect fuel gauge wire
190. Install fuel tank rear support cap screws.
f91. Connect filler tube hose and fuel line con-
nections.
t 92. Install drain plug and fill tank.
196. Remove screw and nut from filter cap and
wash filter in gasoline. Brush surface of filter with
stiff bristled brush to remove gum deposits.
NO'I'E: Compreued air should be blown through
the filter from the inside in order to dry it. If t1w air
doe.~ not pass through freely. replace filter element.
Do not disassemb/.e fil~r e/.ement in order to dean.
It carr,wt be reassembled.
Ins tall a tion
197. Position the filter on the voltage regulator·
bracket or in the tank (if tank filter) and install
mounting screws or cap bolts.
198. Connect fuel an<l breather lines and tighten
securely.

FUEL FILTERS FUEL GAUGE

General
t 93. There are two types 0£ fuel filters used,
one being mounted on the current and voltage
regulator and the other being mounted in the fuel
tank.
Removal
194. To remove the filter mountc-0 on the voltage
regulator bracket, remove the mounting cap
screws. Disconnect the lines and remove the
filter.
195. To remove the tank mounted filter, dis-
connect the fuel and breather lines. Remove
screws from filter plate and lift unit from the tank.
General
199. The fuel gauge is an electricalJy operated
magne tic type which instantly responds to any
change in fuel. For this reason fluctuation of the
needle is to be expected as the fuel moves back and
forth in the tank when going around a curve or
over a rough road.
The fuel 1,tauge circuit consists of a single wire
connected between the ignition switch and terminal
on back of panel unit. Another wire leads from
panel unit terminal to the tank unit. The fuel
gauge circuit is grounded at the tank and panel
units.

Pate 18 Issue 1-Jan. 1954

CANADIAN ARM\>
EME MANUAL
VARIABLE FIELD
IGNITION PANEL UNIT
SWITCH
49x791
FIG 17- FUEL GAUGE WIRIN G C IRCU IT
Removal
200. Remove the instrument cluster by turning
the four quick disconnect screws.
201. Disconnect the connectors from the back of
the fuel gauge and loosen the mounting screws to
remove the fuel gauge.
202. Remove sending unit cover on floor of body
Fig 16.
203. Disconnect cables and mounting screws and
lift unit from tank.
Test Procedure (Fit 17)
204. The following test will indicate whether
the panel unit, the wiring or the tank unit is at
fault. Use a spare tank unit known to be in good
condition to test the panel unit and the wiring.
205. Disconnect the wire leading to the tank
sending unit from the terminal on the dash unit.
206. Connect the spare tank unit with a wire
between the tank unit wire stud on the dash unit
and the spare tank unit.
207. Ground the spare tank unit and turn on the
ignition switch.
208. Operate the float arm of the spare tank
unit. The panel unit indicator should move from
empty to full, corresponding with the movement
of the float arm from extreme down position to
extreme up position.
209. To function properly, the case of the panel
unit as well as the case of the tank unit must be
properly grounded. Temporarily ground the panel
unit case and then temporarily ground the tank
unit case with a jumper wire.
210. If the gauge reading changed when a tem-
porary ground is established, the unit being tested
is not properly grounded.
Issue 1-Jan. 1954
VEHICLES
D 114 INSTR 7
211. To check the wire leading from the panel
unit to the tank unit, remove the wire from the
tank unit screw, connec t the spare tank unit and
proceed as described in Para 205, 206, 207 and 208.
Correct functioning of the panel unit indicates
that the wire is not broken and that the fault is in
the tank unit.
212. If the panel unit indicates beyond full
against the stop for all positions of the float arm,
the wire between the panel unit and the tank is
grounded. If the panel unit pointer does not move,
the wire is broken.
Installation
213. Install the tank unit and replace mounting
screws and cables.
214. Replace sending unit cover on floor of body.
215. Connect the connector to the back of the
fuel gauge and position the gauge in the instrument
cluster.
216. Tighten the mounting screws to hold the
gauge in place.
217. Position the instrument cluster in the dash
panel and tighten the quick disconnect screws.
DOLE PRIMER
General
218. The dole primer is mounted on the left side
of the instrument panel. It is manually operated
from inside the driver's compartment. The knob
actuates the engine primer for cold weather start-
ing. Two full strokes of this pump should be
sufficient to start the engine in subzero weather.
Removal
219. Disconnect inlet and outlet lines from primer
pump body.
220. Hold the pack nut and remove the plunger
knob.
221. Remove the mounting nut and pull the
primer out from behind the dash.
Disassembly
222. Loosen pack nut on plunger stem and re-
move.
223. Grasp plunger stem and pull from pump
body.
224. Slide the two brass pack rings and the
leather packing from the plunger stern.
Page 19
 VEHICLES CANADIAN ARMY
D 114 INSTR 7 EME MANUAL

17 16 15 12 11 10 9
FIG 18-ENGINE PRIMER - SECTIONAL Vrnw
t-Body .,... sum •-mbl y 7-l.4okwHht• 13-<:hook b<lll

2-....1( ''"Cl' I-Knob U-·eh-k ball oprlng

3-L.oal.h•• paoldng ~N1,1t and t lMv• HMmbly (~onal) 1g_.chook ball
,-Look ,,..t 10-Bo"'y tnd ba..-.1 HMmbly 1&-eh-k ball aprlng
6--Mo..ntlng ,...., 11-Plun ge• .um •-mbly 11-v,1... •01Mmbly
6-PNk n ..t 12-N1,1t. and ,1...,. •-mbly
225. Remove plunger stem cup washer nut and 234. Blow out all passages and be sure they are
plunger stem cup washer. Pull plunger stem cup free from dirt or restrictions.
from plunger stem.
lni:1pectlon
226. Remove lock nut from pump body.
235. Inspect aU internal and external threads and
227. Remove diaphragm cap from diaphragm replace parts if threads are not in good condition.
body.
236. Inspect check balls and springs for damage
228. Lift o.ut diaphragm compression spring, and corrosion. RepJace if necessary.
diaphragm spring guide, diaphragm, diaphragm
237. Inspect leather packing and replace i{ dry
screen and diaphragm screen gasket.
or worn.
229. Remove outlet check plug and outlet check
238. Inspect plunger stem cup and if worn or
ball and spring.
damaged replace.
230. Remove intake nut and sleeve. Unscrew nut
from sleeve. 239. Inspect fittings and if plugged or damaged,
dean and replace.
231. Remove intake check ball and spring from
sleeve. 240. Inspect plunger stem knob and if broken,
replace.
232. Remove outlet nut and sleeve and unscrew
nut from sleeve. REPAIR
241. If any part is damaged it cannot be repaired
REPAIR PROCEDURE and must be replaced.
Cleanin~
233. Wash all parts in gasoline and dry with· Reassembly
compressed air. 242. Install outlet nut and sleeve.

Issue 1-Jan. 1954

CANADIAN ARMY
EME MANUAL
243 . Install intake check ball and spring in
intake sleeve and install intake sleeve and nut.
244. Tnstall outlet check ball and spring and
outle t ch~k plug.
245. Replace diaphragm screen gasket, diaphragm
screen, diaphragm, diaphragm guide, diaphragm
compression spring and diaphragm cap in dia-
phragm body.
246. lnstall lock nut on pump body.
247. Install plunger stem cup, cup washer and
cup washer nut on plunger stem.
248. Install one pack ring, leather packing and
the n the second pack ring on plunger stem.
249. Insert plunger stem in plunger body and
push down into place. Install pack nut over
plunger stem and tighten.
Installation
250. Position primer behind instrument panel.
Install and tighten the mounting nut.
251. Tns tall the plunger knob and tighten.
252. Connect inlet and outlet lines to plunger
pump body.
EXHAUST SYSTEM
General
253. The exhaust system consists of the mani-
folds, front exhaust pipe, rear exhaust pipe.
muffler and tail pipe.
The intake and exhaust manifolds are located
on the right side of the cylinder block. The intake
and exhaust manifolds are two separate parts
which are not interchangeable but are serviced
as an assembly. The heat control valve plate
located in the exhaust manifold regulates the
amount of hot exhaust gases by-passed around the
intake manifold heat body. The valve plate is
automatically controlled by the thermostat spring
and ~easonal adjustment is not necessary.
The front exhaust pipe connects to the manifold.
1 he rear exhaust pipe connects to the front exhaust
pipe and 10 the in11ffier. The tail pipe also connects
lo the muffier.
MANIFOLDS
Removal (Fli 19)
254. Disconnect exhaust pipe at manifold.
Issue 1-Jan. 1954
VEHICLES
D 114 INSTR 7
255. Disconnect and remove all throttle and
choke controls attached to the manifolds.
256. Disconnect and remove the fuel lines and
e ngine primer pump lines.
257. Disconnect and remove carburetor and air
cleaner from intake manifolds.
258. Remove exhaust and intake manifold to
block stud nuts, noting location of spacers, and
pull manifold out and away from cylinder block.
Discard gaskets.
Disassembly
259. Remove bolts and nuts which hold inta ke
manifold to exhaust manifold.
260. Remove ,rnd discard intake to exhaust
manifold gasket.
REPAIR PROCEDURE
Cleanln~
261. Clean both manifolds in dry cleaning solvent
and dry with compressed air.
Inspection
262. Inspcct the manifolds for cracks or dis-
tortion. Tnstall new manirolds if either condition is
evident.
263. Jnspect studs in cylinder block and mani-
rold stud nuts. Replace if threads are stripped or
damn.gcd.
264. Jnspect hot spot chamber in intake manifold.
If coated with carbon it must be scraped clean or
sandblasted.
Reassembly
265. Position new intake to exhaust manifold
gasket.
266. Install intake to exhaust manifold bolts
and nuts.
CA UT ION: Do not tighten.
Ins tall a tlon
267. Position new manifold gasket and install
manifolds. Tighten stud nuts uniformly with a
torque wrench from 12 to 17 foot pounds starting
at the center and working out to the ends.
NOTE: Position spacers on manifold studs, before
installing nuts, in the same location from which they
were removed.
268. Tighten intake to exhaust manifold nuts
and bolts.
Page 21
)
 VEHICLES CANADIAN ARMY
D 114 INSTR 7 EME MANUAL

4 0 ~ - - - - -~ ------,
39 - - - ~ - -- -------
38 - - - - - -- ---

37- ~ ~~ ~ ~.. . . .,
36 - - - - -------,

26
30 29 28 27

FrG 19--ENGtNE MANifOLns--ExPWDED V1Ew

1-Manlfold p•lm•• fro"t tu~ t&--C,.,.nkaaM ven-t conl.rol support oL1tmp bolt 29-Eahaint manHold (a....,.loe In anombli,)
nlrt
2--Manlfold prl,,..... front tu" nu-t 30-f'ihavst pipe paket
1&-Vont t11bo to m-r•"'t ,,.1,.. olbow
3-Manltold prime• ap... y • .,..,....1,1,. 31-Manlfold __.nt•• 9ukri
17-V•11t fth10 op-tint , _ . .h,ol - -
4-Manlfold p•lm ... front •ll•ow 32-Prlmor L manifold tub6 , . . IHl1.
18 .Y•nt .,..,,.. o,......d,.11 • - • owl,.•I
11-lnta ... to nhauat manifold 9uk.i 33-PP"lmer ' - - ' port
19--Veftt bl'We opo.-a-tlft9 1....,. swl'NI pin
6-Mete•l"II val,.. " l p p l - manifold 34-Prltn•• tff •••• port •pny
2G--Vant ,,.,_ opol"ll't.lnt lcY•I' . .,.,,01 -•h•r
7 - Manlfold •nd gukat 3&-F'1,1el pvmp to manifold tu!M elbow
21-Vent ,,., ..... operatln11 handl•
1--C•ank- """' to manifold e lbow 36-lntalr.e manifold (Hl'Ylco In •-mbly)
22---C.-.nkuw v•nt ahui.-off vain
9--M-P'lng •• l we housl ng-ujljl6P 31-P,.lmer tube nut
23-Manlfo ld Hud nlrt
t ~ ,.. nkaaae 11,nri mKerlno ,,.,,,. 36-Prlme• tM cenvo poP"t •P,..,.
2.4-Manlfold stud
11- M ...• l nt va l we ho u al ne--tow•r ~Prim••,..., tubo
12-C.. "kcaM vent ...,nvol auppoP"t o lemp 25-lntake to HIUluat man ifo ld MNW
40-Prlmer tube "ut
U - G ... nlc.,..,.,..nt control auppol"t c lamp 2&-C..hau,t m.a nlfo ld stud nut 41-Prl mer t - n t N pol"t
bolt
27-Cx h e1,11t manlf.:, ld stud WHhor 42-Prlm•r tuba nu~
t~ranluMoaeyant c.ont,()I 1upp<11't .:. lamp
bohw.. h•• 2'1--Elrhauat ma n lfo lcl stud 43-Ga•bu-r l\ango OHk.t

Pate 22 Issue 1-Jan. 1954

CANADIAN ARMY VEHICLES
EME MANUAL D 114 INSTR 7
--~-:in --
281. lnsta11 thermostat spring, bumper and cover.

FtG 20-MANrFOLD HEAT CONTROL
269. J nstall carburetor and air cleaner on intake
maniiold.
2i0. Install fuel and primer pump lines.
271. Install and attach all throttle and choke
controls on the manifolds.
272. Connect exhaust pipe to manifold.
DONALDSON VALVE
General
282 . The crankcase ventilation system is de-
signed to remove harmful fumes from the crank-
case to prevent condensation of these fumes which
might cause excessive dilution of the engine oil.
Ventilation is accomplished by drawing off
the fumes or vapors through the Donaldson Valve,
8 to 16, Fig 19.
Removal (Fig, 19)
283. Remove the cotter pin (19), swivel washer
(20), swivel (18) and swivel screw (17) from the
support clamp (12) and the valve operating handle
(21).
284. Loosen and remove the shut-off valve (22).
285. Loosen and remove the vent tube, S, Fig 21.

MANIFOLD HEAT CONTROL 286. Remove the valve (8 to 16) as an assembly.

General (Fig 20)
2i 3. The ma nifo ld heat control regulates the
amount o( heat by-passed around the intake mani-
fold heater body. The quantity of hot gases
and consequently the amount of heat delivered to
the intnke manifold is controlled by a thermostat
which governs the position of the valve plate.
Inspection (Manifolds Removed)
274. Inspect to see if the valve is burned or
damaged.
275. Check the valve shaft for excessive looseness
in the seat bushings.
276. Check thermostat cover, bumper and spring
and replace any parts which are damaged.
287. Remove the manifold conrrection (6).
Disassembly (Fl~ 19)
288. Remove clamp bolt (13), nut (15) and
lockwasher (14) from clamp (12).
289. Clamp lower valve housing (11) in a vise
and screw off the upper valve housing (9). Remove
valve (10) and clamp (12).
290. Remove vent to manifold elbow (8) from
upper valve housing (9).
291. Remove vent tube to valve elbow (16) from
lower valve housing (11).
REPAIR PROCEDURE

Removal (Manifolds Removed) Cleanln~

277. Remove thermostat cover, bumper and 292. Clean opening in manifold where valve
spring. nipple (6) enters.

278. Break the welds securing the valve plate 293. Wash all parts in dry cleaning solvent and
to the shaft. dry with compressed air.

279. Remove the valve, valve shaft and bushings. Inspection

Installation (Manifolds Removed)
280. Place the valve against the flat side of the
shaft, bend tabs around shaft and weld tabs to the
shaft.
294. Check all tubes and connections to see that
they are free from restrictions and damage.
29S. Check all threads and if they are stripped,
replace affected parts.

Issue 1-Jan. 1954

 VEHICLES CANADIAN ARMY
D 114 INSTR 7 EME MANUAL

552 ·27

FlG 21--CRANKCASE VENTILATOR

1-Ventllator auembly
4-Ventllator body - low.,.
2-Ventllat..r bodi, - upper
!>-Ventllato, tut..
3-Valve

Reassembly (Fig 19) 304. Install lever swivel pin (19).

296. Polition valve (IO) in upper valve housing
(9) and install and tighten support clamp (12), EXHAUST PIPES
support clamp bolt (13), lockwasher (14) and nut Removal (Fi~ 22)
(15). Install and tighten lower valve housing (11).
305. Remove muffler support screw nut (23) and
297 . Install vent to manifol<l elbow (8) to upper lockwashers (24).
valve housing (9). 306. Remove muffler support clamp (22), plain-
298. [nstall vent tube to valve elbow (16) to washer (20) and support boll (19).
lower valve housing (11).
307. Remove exhaust pipe to manifold nuts (8)
and bolts (13).
Installation (Fig 19)
299. Install the manifold connection (6). 308. R emove exhaust pipe to muffler nuts (8)
and bolts (9).
300. Position the valve assembly and tighten t o
the manifold connection. 309. Remove exhaust pipes and exhaust pipe
gaskets.
301. Jnstall the shut-off valve (22) to the vent
tube to valve elbow (16). Installation (Fi~ 22)
302. Install the vent tube, S, Fig 21. 310. Place new exhaust pipe gaskets (11) on both
ends of exhaust pipe and place pipe in position.
303. Position the lever swivel screw (17), lever
swivel (18) and swivel washer (20) through support 311. Replace exhaust pipe to manifold nuts (8)
clamp (12) and valve operating handle (21). and bolts (9).

Pa~e 24 Issue 1-Jan. 1954

-
Q I)

~ --------!§
0

1::~2 - -.. . ~~
8
-
('C)

L
JI
<::>,
~ ;~
11'1
~ 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 9 a ~ 3:;;
....
..., ~z
~~i<
Vl

""'
15 ----- L-f8ljj,~
16 - ----- c:JJ:.1

.-
17~

18
----19
--- 20

- . -·

28 27 26 19 20 27
\ 26 25 II
/\~~
24 23 22
\

21
2•9·o•

FIG 22-MuFFLER AND EXHAUST P1PES-Exrr.0DE0 Vrnw

1-lll'h,ffler ~II pipe, • ..,.mblr 10-Mufflar uwmbly 19-Draollat bolt
2-M1.1ffler 1Jill pf~ btaoktt olamp bolt 11-u:hauN. pl.,. ftanp& 11••kU 20-9,....ktrt bolt plaln••-".,..
3-Mufflff 1*11 pf.,.. bn1ok.-t IM>lt 12-E...hauet plJ>41 UpP<fr •-mbly Z1-E.lhaud. pipe low.,.
4-Muffl.,. 1*11 pf.,. bnrolr.eot 13--E:lhaust pipe !lan;c, b<;llt 22-Mllffl.., eupporl olamp-il"Ont
5--M11ffler tall pipe braolr.n bolt loolr.- 14-Eane11n plpt, dl.c:onneoot bolt olnl1 23-Braokttt bolt n11t
weaher pin
24-Bntokn 'bolt 100......... hor i:,
&-Muffler te.11 plP1' bt111llr.e-t b-olt nut 15--Ellhaull'l plf"' dlM>onneqt 'bolt. 01..,11
U-Mlllffl... ,upport olamp-'l'. .r
l-Mvfflar 1'1!ar 1upport •-mbly e>o.n·
pin ootter pin
=;i
--
26-Braoket bolt nut
pl9ta 16-&.heun PIPO dl-nneot. bolt ~ :i::
tl-Braoktrt t>c>lt nstt lookWNhff
,••kn
8-F"lano• be>lt nut

9- Fleno• IIC>lt
1t-Eohauot pl ... •tl-nn... t
18-Muffta.. front •upport eompln•
28-MufflM' tall pipe b,..lt.._ olamp zo
(/}~
"tS
Cl) 8"'40Mbly
~~
0: ~(/}
~
"
 VEHICLES
D 114 INSTR 7
NOTE: Do 1U>t tigluen.
312. Install exhaust pipe to muffler flange nuts
(8) and bolts (9). Tighten exhaust pipe to mani-
fold nuts and bolts.
313. Install muffler support bolt (19) and plain-
washer (20) in support assembly (18).
314. Position support clamp (22) and tighten in
place with lockwasher (24) and bolt (23).
MUFFLER .
Removal (Fl~ 22)
315. Remove exha ust· pipe to muffler and tail
pipe to muffler nuts and bolts (8 and 9).
316. Remove muffler (10) and Aange gaskets (11).
Installation (Fig 22)
317. Position muffler (10) and install· new flange
gaskets (11) .
318. Install and tjghten exhaust pipe to muffler
and tail pipe to muffler nuts and bolts (8 and 9).
CANADIAN ARMY
EME MANUAL
TAIL PIPE
Removal (Fig 22)
319. Remove rear muffle r support clamp (25)
by removing nut (26) and lockwasher (27). Remove
bolt (19) and Ratwasher (20) from rear support
assembly (7).
320. Remove muffier tail pipe clamp nut (26),
lockwasher (27) and bolt (2).
321. Remove tail pipe bracket clamp (28).
322. Remove muffler to tail pipe flan ge nuts and
bolts (8 and 9) and gasket (11).
Installation (Fi~ ll)
323. Position tail pipe and install new gasket (11).
324. Install tail pipe to muffler flange bolts and
nuts (8 and 9).
325. Install muffler rear support clamp (25), bolt
(19), flatwasher (20), lockwasher (27) and nut (26).
326. Install muffler tail pipe clamp (28), clamp
bolt (2), lockwasher (27) and nut (26).
Issue 1- Jan. 1954
CANADIAN ARMY VEHICLES
EME MANUAL D 114 INSTR 7
TABLE I-FUEL AND EXHAUST SYSTEM TROUBLES AND REMEDIES
SYMPTOMS PROBABLE CAUSE PROBABLE REMEDY
Insufficient Fuel Leaks in fuel 6 ttlne,s Check fittings and tii,bten o.r
Delivery replace.
Worn, ruptured or• tom fuel Check and replace damaged dia-
pump diaphragm phragm.
Weak fuel pump spring Test spring and replace if neces-
sary.
Improper seating valves in fuel Check fuel pump and replace
pump valves as required.
Fuel Pump Leaks Fuel Loose housing screws Securely tighten loose housing
screws.
Worn, ruptured or torn dia- Test pump and replace dlaphraam
phragm as necessary.
Loose inlet or outlet fittings Check fittings and tighten or re-
place.
Fuel Pump Noise Loose mountint bolts Install new gasket and tighten
moundng bolts.
Scored or worn rocker arm Replace scored or worn rocker arm.
Carburetor Mixture too Main metering jet damaged iDlsassemble carburetor, inspect
Lean worn or wrong type used det and replace if required.
Vacuum piston worn or stuck Disassemble carburetor, free or
replace piston.
Power Jet corroded or seating Disassemble · carburetor. Clean
badly power jet and inspect. If seating
is faulty replace Jet.
Fuel level incorrect Cb eek fuel level in carburetor.
Adjust vertical lip of float to ob-
tain correct fuel level.
Faulty fuel pump Repair or replace fuel pump.
Intake manifold leak Tighten manifold or install new
gaskets as required.
Carburetor Mixture too Restricted air cleaner Remove and clean air cleaner.
Rich Excessive oJl in air cleaner Remove and clean al.r cleaner.
Refill to correct level.
Lea.king float Dtsassemble carburetor and re-
place float.
High ffoa t level Adjust lip of float to obtain cor-
rect level.
Excessive fuel pump pressure Check fuel pump pressure and if
excessive, replace fuel pump.
Poor Idling Idle tube carbonized or shoulder Disassemble carburetor, clean idle
seating poorly tube and check seating shoulder.
Replace if necessary.
Idle discharge holes plug~ed or Disassemble carburetor. Use com-
gummed pressed air to clean idle discha~e
boles after soaking main and
throttle body in solvent.

Issue 1--Jan. 1954 Page 11

 VEHICLES CANADIAN ARMY
D 114 INSTR 7 EME MANUAL

TABLE I-FUEL AND EXHAUST SYSTEM TROUBLES AND REMEDIES-(CONT'D)

SYMPTOMS PROBABLE CAUSE PROBABLE REMEDY

Idle needle damaged or worn Replace idle needle if worn or

damaged.
Fuel level incorrect Check fuel level and adjust ver·
tical lip of float if necessary.
Carburetor Floods or Cracked body Replace cracked body.
Leaks
Faulty body gaskets Replace faulty gaskets.
High float level Check float level and if incorrect
adjust vertical Hp of float.
Worn needle valve and seat Clean and Inspect needle valve and
seat. Replace if necessary.
Excessive fuel pump pressure Check fuel pump pressure and
replace fuel pump if pressure is
too high.
Excessive Exhaust Burned or blown muffler Replace muffler if burned or
Noise blown.
Exhaust manifold cracked or Install new manifold lf cracked or
broken broken.
Blown exhaust manifold gasket Replace exhaust manifold gasket.
Leaking Exhaust Gas Cracked exhaust manifold Install new manifold and gaskets.
Loose exhaust pipe connections Tighten exhaust pipe connections
securely.
Burned or blown out muffler or Check muffler and exhaust and
exhaust replace if necessary.
Restrictions in muffler or tail Check muffler and tal.l plpe and
pipe install new parts as required.
Enetne Runs Rou~hly Heat control valve not operating Check heat control valve for
and is Hard to Warm Up or frozen in manifold operation. Repair or replace as
necessary.

Page 28 Issue 1-Jan. 1954

CANADIAN ARMY VEHICLES
EME MANUAL D 114 INSTR 7

TABLE II-FUEL AND EXHAUST SYSTEM SPECIFICATIONS

CARBURETOR
Make . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Carter
Model. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . E9-D1
Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Downdraft
Adjustment... ..... ........ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Idle only
Governor type . . .. ..... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Carter velocity (integral with
~ ~ b ~ &vv#- J..So acaJ buretor)
AIR CLEANER
Make. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AC No. 155114.'l
Type.. .... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Oil bath (one quart capacity)
FUEL PUMP
Make ... ... . . .... . . ... .... . ... ..... ...... . .. ... . .. .. . . . AC
Model. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GP-21181
Type .... .... . ... . . ... . ...... . ... .. . , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Six valve
Drive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Camshaft
Hand primer. . .... ............... ..... ... . .... . . . .. . .. . Yes
Vacuum pump ... . ... . .... ........ ... . ...... . .. ..... ... Yes
FUEL TANK
Capaclry .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Imperial gallons
Size. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 ~ lon~. 33 wide, 7%' deep
Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . At rear of frame
Type of filler tube . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Telescopic
Type of filler t ube cap . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pressure
Fuel filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . In tank
FUEL GAUGE
Location .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Jnstruraent board
Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Electric
DOLE PRIMER
Make. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dole valve
Type.... . . .... ... . ... .. . .... .......... . .. .. ..... .... ... Hand primer
MUFFLER
Make . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Noblitt sparks
Type .. .. ... . . .... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Straight through
Diameter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5h:'6 inch
Length...... . . .. ....... . .. ..... .......... .... ... .. .. ... 20>1 inch
Inner diameter of exhaust pipe connection ... . . . . . . . . . . . 2 inch
Inner diameter of tall pipe connection ............ . . .... 1% inch
EXHAUST PIPE
Outside diameter- lower.... .... ........... ... ......... 2 Inch
Outside diameter- upper . ... .. , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Inch

TAIL PIPE
Outside diameter ....... . .. ......... ... . . ... .... ........ 1~ inch
Len~th .. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . l8Ys inch

Issue 1- Jan. 1954 Pa~e 29

CANADIAN ARMY VEHICLES
EME MANUAL D 114 INSTR 8

TRUCKS 3/ 4 TON 4 x 4 DODGE

Truck Cargo M37 (CDN)
Truck Command M4l (CDN)
Truck Ambulance M43-(CDN)
FIELD AND BASE REPAIRS
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

INDEX SUBJECT PARA

GENERATOR
Gen eral ............ . .......... . ........................ ... ..................... 1
Removal ......... ·. ... ... .... . ... .. ............ . ................................ 2
Disassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
REPAIR PROCEDURE
FRAME AND FIELD ASSEMBLY
Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Repair ..... ........ ·................................................... .. ... l4
ARMATURE
Cleaning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Inspection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Repair..................................................................... 39
COMMUTATOR END HEAD
Cleaning ................................................................... U
Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Repair ........................................................... ,,........ 52
DRIVE END HEAD
Disassembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Cleaning ..................................................................... 57
Inspection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Repair. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
MISCELLANEOUS PARTS
Cleaning. . .......... . .. .. . ... ......... . .. .... ........ . ... . ................. 65
Inspection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
Repalr . ................. . ....................... .. .............. .. ......... 67
Reassembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6'9
Test Procedure ................. . ....... , ............................. . .. , .. , . . . ·83
Installation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99
GENERATOR REGULATOR
General ....................................... . .............. . .. . .............. 103
Removal ................. . ........ . ................................. .. .. . ...... 104
Disassembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
REPAIR PROCEDURE
Cleaning, ........... _.... _. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
Inspection ..................................................... . ........... 117
Repair ..................................................................... 151
Reassembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
Adjustment.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
Test
, Procedure ............................ . ............ ... .................... 177

Issue I-Jan. 1954 (WM 4.193) Page 1

 VEHICLES CANADIAN ARMY
D 114 INSTR 8 EME MANUAL

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

INDEX SUBJECT PARA

REGULATOR SEALING
General. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
Seal Application. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
Jnstallation .................................................................... 197
DISTRIBUTOR AND COIL
General. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . lOl
Disassembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . lOS
REP AlR PROCEDURE
CAP
Disassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214
Cleanlii.~. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216
Inspection .. . . ......... .... .. . .... . . ........... ...................... . ... .. 218
Reassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
ROTOR
Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .223
Inspection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225
IGNITION COIL
Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ll8
Repair . . . . . ............... ............... ..... ....... ..... .. . . ...... ....... 119
Tests ....... ... . .. ~ .. . . .... ............. ...... .. , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . l30
BREAKER PLATE
Disassembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133
Cleanlili. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236
Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238
Reassembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . l4l
PRIMARY CONNECTOR
Cle:an.ln11. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245
CAM
Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... 247
Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248
GOVERNOR
Cleaning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249
Inspection .. . ... . ....... . .... .. . .. . ... ... ... . . ... ...... ... __. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 250
BASE AND SHAFT
Cleanlnt. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251
Inspection . ......... ............ . ...... . . . .... ...... . ...... ....... ......... l5l
Repair. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . 256
Reas~mbly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
Adjustment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . l73
Test Procedure ....... . .... ............... . ............. ...... . ......... ....... . l78
Installation .......... . ..... ............. .. ................ ........ . ... ........ . 294
lanition Timing ................................................................ 301

Pa&el Issue 1-Jan. 1954

CANADIAN ARMY VEHICLES
EME MANUAL D 114 INSTR 8

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM
INDEX SUBJECT PA.RA
STARTER MOTOR
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 305
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306
Disassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 310
REPAIR PROCEDURE
FRAME AND FIELD ASSEMBLY
Cleanln~ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325
Inspection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 327
Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331
ARMATURE
Cleaning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 334
Inspection .. : . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 335
Repair ........................................................ ~. . . . . . . . . . . . 340
COMMUTATOR END HEAD
Cleaning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 343
lnspectlon .................................................... .. ........... 346
Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 355
PINION HOUSING
Cleatilng . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 356
Inspection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 357
Repair ..... ............. ...... ............. . . ... .......... ......... ........ 360
OVERRUNNING CLUT,CH
Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 362
Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 363
Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 366
STARTING SWITCH
Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 367
Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 369
Repair ..................................................................... 372
MISCELLANEOUS PARTS
Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 375
Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 376
Repair .................................. . ..... . .................. . .......... 379
Reassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 380
Test Procedure ................................................................. 401
Installation .... ................................................................ 419

SPARK PLUGS
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.23
Removal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.24
REPAIR PROCEDURE
Cleaning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 426
Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4l8
Adjustment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 431
Installation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 432
SPARK PLUG CABLES
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 434
Issue 1-Jao. 1()54
 VEHICLES CA!"IADJ;\N ARMY
D 114 INSTR 8 EME J\fANUAL

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

l!'.0.11.X S t.:llJECT PARA

IIOAA
Gttltr~I ........................ ..... , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . ... . .. . .... . ........ 4l~
ltemoi<at . .. . ............ . ...................... . .... . ................. . .. . .. . .. f..16
Oleasae,nbJy.. . . . .. , . . . . . . . . .. . .. ... . .. . .. . . ...... .. . .......... . . , .. . ...... 4'15
llEPAIR l'ROCP-1>\;RP,
CleanUl!! . . .................. . .. . ... . ....... . ............................... " '
Tn!i.pectlo:n .......... , ............... . . . . . . .. .. ........................... 4.$2
Rcp•lr ...................... .. . . . .. . .. . . .• . .. .. . ........................... '60
Re:a1t~embly ...................................... . ...................... . ... 461
T ..:&t Pr-0ccduce ............... . . ... .. , , . . . . . . . . . . . . . ~64
ln~calt2ti.on .......... .. . .. .. . .. . .. . .. . . .. . 470
liAT1·ERY AND SL\V£ R£CEPTACL'£
Ge,\era1. . . . . . . . . . .. . , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . • . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4S2
Remov:a l. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4,83

Rll.PAIR PROCEDURE
Cleanint . . . . .. . .... . . . . . . . .. . .. . .. .. . .. .. . .. • . . • . . .. . .. . . . . .. . .. . .... . . .. . 491
Inspection... .. .. .. .. .. . .. .. . .. .. . .. . .. . .. . .. . . .. .. . . , . . • . . , . . , . ,,, ........ 49Z
Repair . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . .. . .. . .. . ......... .. . .. . . .... . .. .. 4-97
ln&f81latlot1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . • . • . .. 49s·

1,TGHTING SYST~'.M
Ceneral .................... . S07
IIE:\Dl,JGHT ASSEMBLY
Genetal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. ...... . SOR
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... . ......... 509
rn~pecrton. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .................... . .......................... . .Sl2
JnstaUntlon ............... .... . ........... ..... . . .. . . . . . ............. 51.t
,\djui.tmes1t ......................................... . ....... . .. . .. . ........ 517
BLACKO{;T DRJVDIG LlGIIT
General. ......................... . . . .. .. , ... .... ........ .. ................'il8
RcJt'H>val. . . . . . . ............ .... . .. .. . .... . . . .. . . . , . . . . . ................... 519
lnspecclon ............................ . .. . .. . .... .. ........................ .Sl'l
JnstnllAtlOtl , . . . . . . . . .. . . .. .. . . .. .. . . .. . . . . .. . .. . .. . ............... S24
Adjuttm~nt. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .................. &li
PARKll<G LIGHT, BLACKOUT MARKER LIGHT .'\ND TAIL LIGHT
(';eneral . .. .. . . .. . ..... . .. .. . .. . .. . .. . , . . , . . . .. . . . . . .. . .. . ...... .. . .. . .. . . 523
Remo\•al . . . . . . . ... . . .. . .. . . .. . .. ...... , .. . . . .. . . .. . .. . . , . .... . . .. . .. . .. . . . 5l9
I nspection . .. . .. . ... .... . . ... . .. . . . .. . . . . ... . . . . .. . . . .. . .. . .. . ...... .. . .. . . 531
J111stallatlou . . .• . .. . .. . ... . . . .. • . . • .. . . . . .. . .. ..... , . .• . .. . .. . ... .. . .. . .... . 533
CONVOY L,\M.P
Central . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . S.36
Remn,·al . .... . . .. . . . . , .. . . . . . .. .• . ........ . .. .... .. . .. . . ...... , . . . , . . , . . .. 537
Inspc.-Gtion. . . . . . • . . • . . . . . . • . •. . .. . •.. ,. . •• .. . . . .. . .. . .. . .. . ......... . ... . . . .S40
Jn11tsllatlon . . . . . . . . . . . , . .... , .. , , , . , , . , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ............... 544
CANADIAN ARMY VEHICLES
EME MANUAL D 114 INSTR 8

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

INDEX SUBJECT PARA

SPOT LIGHT
General ................... ... ............................................. . 546
Removal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 547
Disassembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 559
Cleaning,. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 571
Inspection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 572
Reassembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 595
Installation ........ ... .... ..... ..................................... ..... . . 613
PANEL LIGHTS
General. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6:2:2
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6:23
Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 626
Lamp Replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 628
Installation ... ... .......... . .. . ............. . ..... ...... . .... . .. .. . ... . . . . . 631
MAIN LIGHT SWITCH
General. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 634
Removal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 635
Inspection ........ .... . ...... .................. . .................. ......... 637
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 638
DIMMER SWITCH
General. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 640
Removal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 641
Inspection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 643
Installation . ........ . ..... ........ . ... . ..... . ...................... .... . ... 644
STOP LIGHT SWITCH
General. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 646
Removal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 647
Inspection .......... .. ... . ............................................. ... . 649
Installation .................... .............. . .................... .... . .... 650
CONVOY LAMP SWITCH
General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 652
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 653
Inspection ...................... . . .. ..... .'... .. . . .. ........ ........ .. .. .... 655
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 656
CIRCUIT BREAKERS
General ...... ..... . ... . .. .................................... .............. 657
Removal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 658
Inspection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 660
Installation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..... . . .. .................... ... .. ..... 661
INSTRUMENTS
General. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 663
AMMETER. FUEL GAUGE, TEMPERATURE GAUGE AND OIL PRESSURE GAUGE
·Removal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 664
Inspection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 667
Installation ..... . .... ................................................. , . . . . 668

Issue 1-Jan. 1954 Page 5

 VEHICLES CANADIAN ARMY
D 114 INSTR 8 EME MANUAL

ELECTRICAL SYSTEM

INDEX SUBJECT PARA

SPEEDOMETER
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67l
Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 676
Installation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 678
IGNITION SWITCH
Removal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 682
Inspection ........... : . ................................... .............. . .. 686
Installation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 687
SENDING UNITS
General. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 691
OIL PRESSURE AND TEMPERATURE GAUGE SENDING UNITS
Removal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 692
Inspection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 694
Installation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 695
FUEL GAUGE SENDING UNIT
Removal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 697
Inspection .......................... . , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 700
Installation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 701

RADIO SUPPRESSION EQUIPMENT

~neral ........................... .. ................. . ..... ·. .............. . ... . 704
FILTERS
General. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 705
Inspection ......... . ... . ........................................ ........... 706
Tests .......................................................... ............ 709
SHIELDING
General. ................ . ........................................ ....... . .. 711
Inspection .. . .................................................. ............ 712
BONDING
~neral ....... . .............................................. ... . .... . ..... 716
Inspection ........... .... .... ............. . ..... .......... ........ . . ... .... 717
WIRING
Generlill ............................................................... ......... 719
Troubles and Remedies .... . ........................ . . . . ... .......... . . .. ..... . . Table I
Specifications ...................... . .............. ... ........ : ......... . .. . ... . Table II
Repair and Rebuild Standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Table III

PaQe 6 Issue 1-Jan. 1954

 VEHICLES CANADIAN ARMY
D 114 INSTR 8 EME MANUAL

COMMUTATOR---.....,.
BEARING RECESS--·-

BALL BeARING
BRUSH PLAT£·---....;.._.

BRUSH PLATE}
ATTACHING SCREW ·---!1!1"4:

Oil THROWER DRIVE GEAR

FrG 2-GENERATOR-SECTIONAL Vrnw

GENERATOR Disassembly (Fi11 l)

General (Fi~ l and l)
1. The generator is a four pole, two brush unit
with the output controlled by a separately mounted
current and voltage regulator. The generator is
completely sealed and can be operat¢ while
submerged.
The generator has no internal regulation in-
corporated in the design and must be used with
the regulator designed to operate with it. The
original regulator must be used with each generator.
Care must be used when replacing as some sub-
stitute regulators will operate satisfactorily for a
short period but will soon fail completely.
Removal (Fi~ 3)
2. Disconnect generator cable, using a spanner
wrench.
3. Remove generator adjusting strap screw and
push genera tor inward toward engine block . Lift
belt over generator pulley.
5. Remove cotter pin (l) from shaft.
6. Remove shaft nut (2) and fockwasher (3).
7. Putt pulley (4) from shaft with puller.
8. Remove woodruff key (30) from shaft.
9. Take out six commutator end head attaching
screws (24) and note position of two long screws.
10. Tap head (23) with soft hammer to loosen
from frame.
NOTE: we slwuld be taken when rem.ovi~ the head
a.s the brushes will snap off the end. of the commUl.alOr
and may become chipped. This may be avoided by
removing head in a direction away from the mounting
lug, approximately one-haJ,f inch, as &oon as it is dear
of the fmm.e and bearing.
11. Tip head (23) away from generator and re-
move brush plate attaching screws, Fig 4.

4. Remove two generator hinge bolts and lift 12. Disconnect armature lead from insulated
out generator. brush holder, Fig 5.

Pate 8 Issue 1-Jan.1954

CANADIAN ARMY VEHICLES
EME MANUAL D 114 INSTR 8

FIG 3-DISCONNECTING GENERATOR

To REGULATOR LEADS

13. Take out six drive end head attaching screws

(1 4).

14. Tap head (40) with soft hammer and remove

head and armature assembly from frame.
FIG 5--BRUSH PLATE ASSEMBLY
15. Remove drive end bearing retainer attaching
screws (5) and bearing retainer (6).

16. Press arma ture shaft out of drive end head

with an arbour press, Fig 6. ~

00
FIG 6-ARMATURE WITH ARBOR PRESS
PLATE IN POSITION FOR DRIVE
FIG 4- REMOVING BRUSH PLATE END, HEAD REMOVAL

Issue 1- Jan. 1954 Page 9

 VEHICLES CANADIAN ARMY
D 114 INSTR 8 EME MANUAL

110 VOIT llNf

TEST rll08fS

10 WAn
LAMP

FIG 7-TEST PROBES

REPAIR PROCEDURE
FRAME AND FIELD ASSEMBLY
Cleaning (Fig 1)
17. Clean frame and field assembly with cloth
dampened in dry cleaning solvent. Dry with clean,
dry,compressed air being careful not to damage in-
sulation or leads.
NOTE: Do not soak in solvent.
Inspection (Fig 1)
18. Inspect frame and field (22) for worn or
frayed insulation , broken leads and loose or cor-
roded terminals. Repair or replace defective parts.
FIG 9-TESTING FIELD COILS FOR
OPEN C IRCUITS
Inspect leads, gasket (17) and terminal sockets.
Replace defective gasket or leads. If leads are
loose in terminals, solder to make strong, low
resistance connection. Inspect receptacle socket
for dirt and corrosion and replace receptacle
assembly if the sockets cannot be cleaned to make
a good electrical connection.

19. Remove terminal receptacle attaching screws
(20) and pull receptacle (21) away from housing (19).
20. Remove field ground connection by taking out
the terminal screw near the drive end of frame.
Touch one test probe, Fig 7, to field terminal
marked "B" , Fig 8, and other probe to the frame.
If lamp lights it indicates a ground and the com-
plete frame and field assembly should be replaced.

VIEWED ROM COMMVTATO• l!NO

FIG 8-TESTING FIELD COILS FOR GROUNDS FIG lo-GENERATOR INTERNAL WIRING

Page 10 Isnue 1-Jan. 1954

CANADIAN ARMY
EME MANUAL
FIG 11-TESTING ARMATURE FOR
GRO UNDS ON GROWLER
21. Touch one test probe to the " B" socket in the
terminal connector and the other probe to field
ground lead terminal, Fig 9. If lamp fa ils to light,
it indicates an open in the field coils and the frame
and field assembly should be replaced.
22. 1£ coils a re not open or grounded , connect an
ammeter battery and variable resistance in series
with the "B" receptacle socket and the field ground
lead· terminal. Connect a voltmeter from the "B"
receptacle socket to the field ground lead terminal.
Adjust voltage to 20.0 and read ammeter. If
current is not within 0. 7 to 0.8 amperes, replace
frame and field assembly.
23. Inspect end of frame and pilots to make sure
there is no roughness or dirt that would cause an
FIG 12-TESTING ARMAT URE COILS
FOR OPEN C I RCUITS
Issue 1- Jan. 1954
VEHICLES
D 114 INSTR 8
F IG 13- TESTING ARMAT URE
FOR SHORTS ON G ROWLER
improper seal of the end heads. Inspect head attach-
ing screw holes and replace frame and field assembly
if all threads are not in perfect condition.
Repair (Fig 1)
24. Replace defective leads, terminal receptacle
and termina l elbow gasket. When soldering use
resin core solder and make a strong, low resistance
connection.
NOTE: Connect the insulat.ed brush lead to the "A"
and "C" t,erminals of the receptade and the field coil
lead to the "B" t,enninal, Fig 10.
25. Replace complete frame and field assembly
if coils are grounded, shorted or open.
FIG 14-MEASURING COMMUTATOR OUT
OF ROUND WITH DIAL INDI CATOR
Pate 11
 VEHICLES
D 114 INSTR 8
Frc 15-TuRNING CO?,tMUTATOR DowN
26. Brush paint field coils and inside of frame with
air drying, fungus resistant insulating varnish. Be
careful to keep varnish from head seats and in-
sulated brush lead. Allow to dry thoroughly.
ARMATURE
Cleanin,~ (Fig 1)
27. Blow off all loose dirt with compressed air.
Wipe armature with clean cloth dampened in dry
cleaning solvent.
NOTE: Do not soak.
28. Sand commutator with 2/0 flint paper.
NOTE: Do not wuch commut.ator wilh hand.!.
29. Clean dirt from between commutator bars
but do not damage or form burrs on bars or mica.
30. Clean commutator end bearing by wiping with
rag dampened in dry cleaning solvent.
NOTE: Do not soak.
Inspection (Fig 1)
31. Inspect armature (29) to make sure all coils
are properly pressed into core slots and are all
soldered to commutator risers. Replace armature if
windings are loose or unsoldered at commutator.
32. Inspect core for wear and discard armature
if scored badly. lf commutator is rough or worn,
tum down.
33. Inspect shaft bearing seats for wear and
discard armature if wear is evident.
34. Place armature on "V" block and touch one
test probe, Fig 7, to shaft or core. Touch the other
probe to riser on each commutator segment in
CANADIAN ARMY
EME MANUAL
FIG 16-RE.MOVJNG COMMUTATOR BURRS
turn, Fig 11. If a ground is present, lamp will light.
Discard armature if grounded.
NOTE: Do ru,t touch probes to bearing or brush sur•
face of COmnu.LtaU)r as an arc would mar the snwoth
finish.
35. Touch test probes, Fig 7, to risers on each
pair of adjacent commutator bars, Fig 12. I{
lamp does not light it indicates an open circuit
and armature must be replaced. Repeat this test
on every pair of adjacent bars.
NOTE: Do ru,t wuda brush surface of oom.miitawr.
36. Place armature on growler and hold thin
steel strip on core, Fig 13. Rotate the armature
slowly through a complete revolution. If short
circuit is present, steel strip will become magnetized
and vibrate. Discard shorted armature.
37. Place armature with drive end bearing seat
and commutator end bearing on "V" blocks and
place dial indicator with plunger against commu-
tator, Fig 14. Rotate armature and measure total
commutator out to round. H total reading is
larger than 0.001 inch or if any bar to bar reading
is larger than 0.0003 inch, turn down commutator.
38. Inspect commutator end bearing for wear and
lack of lubricant.
Repalr (Flt l)
39 . .,If commutator is rough or worn or if run out
exceeds 0.001 inch, mount armature in lathe,
preferably on shaft bearing seats if lathe is so
equipped, otherwise mount on shaft centers. Take
light cuts until commutator is completely cleaned
up, Fig 15; then remove all burrs with 2/0 flint
Issue 1-Jan. 1954
CANADIAN ARMY
EME MANUAL
FIG 17-UNDERCUTTING COMMUTATOR
MICJ\
paper, Fig 16. Do not use armature if commutator
is smaller than 2.15 inch. After turning commu-
tator, undercut mica to a depth of l~ inch, (Fig
17 and 18).
40. Brush paint windings, core and front face
of commutator with air drying fungus resistant,
insulating varnish.
NOTE: Use care to keep VQ,mish off tJhaft and com -
mutator.
41. If commutator end bear.ing must be replaced,
remove from shaft with puller. Install new bearing
with sealed side toward commutator and seat
against shoulder by pressing against inner race
with arbor press and a suitable sleeve.
COMMUTATOR END HEAD
Cleaning (Flg 1)
42. Clean head and brush plate thoroughly with
soft rag and dry cleaning solvent. Dry with com-
pressed air and remove all lint.
43. Wipe brushes with dean, dry rag.
Inspection (Fig 1)
44. Inspect head (23) and brush plate (27) for
cracks and distortion and replace if these conditions
are found. Be sure seal groove in head is clean and
smooth.
45. Replace brush plate (27) if brush holders are
bent or corroded.
46. Replace brushes (41) if cracked, oil soaked or
worn to less than 0.500 inch. Make sure brush
1eads and terminals are not frayed, broken or
corroded.
Issue 1-Jan. 1954
VEHICLES
D 114 INSTR 8
FIG 18-EXAMPLE OF Gooo AND BAD
MICA UNDERCUTTING
47. Measure brush spring tension by clamping
brush plate in vise and hooking spring scale in
hole in end of brush arm. Pull on a line perpen-
dicular to the brush arm and take reading when
the arm is slightly above the brush holder, Fig 19.
If tension is not within 29 to 46 ounces, disassemble
plate and replace spring.
48. Install brush plate in head and install brushes
in holders so th at the brushes are in position but
held in place by the arm resting against the side of
the brush, Fig f 9. Be sure beveled faces of brushes
are turned to fit the commutator. ·
49. Place annature in padded vise and install
head on armature. Release brushes against
commutator and inspect alignment of brushes
with commutator bars. Replace brush plate if
brushes are not exactly parallel with commutator
segments.
SO. Remove head from armature using care not
to chjp brushes when sliding off the commutator.
Remove brush plate from head. I nsert brushes in
holders so they are held in place by the arm.
51. Test insulated brush holder for grounds with
test probes, Fig 7, by touching one probe to in-
sulated brush holder and other probe to a ground
on the plate. Replace brush holder plate if holder
is grounded as indicated by lamp lighting.
Repair
52. Replace defective parts and do not attempt
to straighten bent parts.
Pa~e 13
 VEHICLES
D 114 INSTR 8
FrG 19-MEASURING 8RUSR SPRING TENSION
53. Replace brush arms or springs if not in good
condition or if brush spring tension is not within
29 to 46 ounces.
DRIVE END HEAD
Disassembly (Flg 1, 2 and 20)
54. Remove oil thrower plug. Insert screwdriver
in hole and remove oil thrower pivot.
NO TE, Oil rhrower pivot ha$ left hand rhrcad. T ..m
rigltt to remove.
U>
SS. Remove oil seal, shalt spacer, oil thrower drive
gear, plainwasher and oil thrower from head.
56. Press bearing, corrugated washer, felt washer
and felt washer retainer from head.
Cleaning (Fig I, 2 and 20)
57. Soak head, retainer, plug, plainwashcr, felt
washer-retainer, pivot, gear, oil thrower and screws
in dry cleaning solven t. Clean with soft rag and
dry with compressed air.
58. Wipe bearing, oil seal and felt washer with
clean, dry rag.
Page 14
CANADIAN ARMY
EME MANUAL
Frc 20-SECTIONAL V1Ew OF GENERATOR
DRIVE E:<D Co:<sTRoCTION
Inspection (Fig I, 2 and 20)
59. Inspect all parts for wear, distortion and
cracks and replace if defective. Inspect bearing
carefully for damage due to excessive thrust used to
disassemble head from armature. Replace bearings
if worn or damaged. Replace oil thrower if gear
teech are not in good condition. The oil thrower
drive gear acts as the mating ring for the oil seal.
If either the mating ring or seal is damaged, replace
both .
NOTE, Do not replace only one of these p,,rts; they
"''"' he replaced o., a sel.
60. Try fit of bearing in head. Bearing must fit
easily without looseness or binding. Replace head
if bearing is loose.
61. Pack bearing one half luU of grease and soak
felt in preservative lubricating oil. Drain off
excess oil.
62. Install felt washer and felt washer retainer in
head. Have neoprene side of felt toward armature.
Issue 1- Jan. 1954
CANADIAN ARMY VEHICLES
£ME MANUAL D 114 INSTR 8

)/\stall new corrugated washer and bearing.

Shielded side of bearing mus t be toward the
armature.
63. Try fit of oil thrower on the pivot and replace
oil thrower or pivot if oil thrower does not tum
· easily without looseness.

Repair
64. There are 110 repairs to parts of drive eod
head other than the replacement of faulty parts.

MISCELLANEOUS PARTS
Cleaolng
65. Clean balance of pans in dry cleaning solvent
and dry thoroughly.

Inspection
66. Inspect a ll parts for wear and distortion and
replace any pans that cannot be cleaned and
straightened to give satisfactory servic,,. "0''
ring gaskets should be in good condition and should
fit in the grooves without looseness.

Repair
67. Replace screws, washers and other parts if
not in good condition. •
68. Replace gaskets, drive end oil seal and a ll
"O" ring gaskets unless in perfect condition.

Reassembly (Fig I, l and 20) FIG 21-ARMATURE WITH DR1vr, ENO

69. Fabricate an end head installing tool for use HEAD IN POSITION FOi< ASSEMBLY

in assembling generator. End of tool must be

square.
70. Place oil thrower, corrugated washer and ball
bearing in position in head. Do not install oil
thro,-..·er pivot.
71. Start armature shaft through d rive end bear-
ing. taking care not to PltSh felt wa9her and its
retainer out of the recess. lns<rt end of shaft into
end head installing tool so that the pipe rests on
the bearing inner race, Fig 21. Press armature
into drive end head so hearing seats against
shoulder on shaft.
72. Place plainwasher, oil thrower drive gear
and shaft spacer on drive e nd of armature shaft,
Fig 22. Press tigh t ·a gainst bearing with the end
head installing t.ool, F'ig 21.
73. Install oil thrower pivot, Fig 20.
NOTE, The pivot ha. a kft hand thread.
74. Turn armature shalt to make sure that there
is no binding in the drive end bearing or oil thrower.
75. Assemule oil seal and "O" ring gasket in
bearing retainer. Coat "O" ring gaskets with
grease and install retainer on the d rive end h~ad,
Fig 20. Install and tighten bearing retainer screws.
76. Insta ll "0" ring gasket on drive end bead and
coa t th e gasket and pilot with grease. Install head
a nd armature on frame and tighten head attaching
screws.
77. Connect armature lead and insulated brush
lead tn insulated brush holder, Fig 5. Connect
grounded brush lead to grounded brush holder.
Have brushes inserted in holu«s and held in place
by the Mm re.sting agains t the side of the brush.
78. Place "O" ring gasket in position on the
comm utator end head and coat pilot and ring wi th
grease. P lace one half ounce (one u,bkspoonful)

Issue I- Jan. 1954 Page 15

 VEHICLES
D 114 INSTR 8
Fie 22-WASIIER AND GEAR ON
AR!olATURE SB>.FT
of grease in bearing recess, Fig 2. Install brush
plate in bead, Fig 4,
79. Stand generator on drive end and place
commutator end head in position. Release brushes
by pressing on hack of brush with screwdriver as
shown, Fig 23.
80. Install and tighten commutator end head
attaching screws.
81. Fill oil pocket in drive end head with one
hall ounce (one tablespoonful) preservative lubri,
eating oil and install oil thrower plug and "0"
ring gasket.
82. Install woodruff key, drive pulley, shaft
lockwasher and shaft nut on armature shaft.
Tighten nut thoroughly and install cotter pin.
Test J'..rocedure
83. Mount dial indicator with plunger in line
with and resting against end of shaft, Fig 24. Move
armature to its two extreme positions and read
indicator. End play must be 0.003 to 0.010 inch.
If it is not within these limits, it indicates improper
Page 16
CANADIAN ARMY
EME MANUAL
Fie 23-JNSTALLINe COM!.IUTATOR
END HEAD ON GENl!.RATOR
generator assembly or a damaged and worn ·drive
end bearing. Inspect drive end and com1nutator
end bearings for loosene.ss in heads and make sure
drive end bearing is down against shoulder on
shaft.
84. Mount generator on test stand. Make a test
connector by connecting leads to a plug that will
mate with tbe receptacle on the generator. Connect
the "A" and "C" terminals together and to one
test lead. Connect the "B" terminal to a second
lead. Plug this connector into th~ generator.
85: Test stand battery must be fully charged and
of a twenty-lour volt rating, the same as the gener-
ator. Connect generator as shown for field coil
draw test hookup, fig 25.
CAUTION: Alway, connect higheu range of ammeler
in circuit being te,ted. Apply e1,rrent anti111>/e readinlJ;
then reoonnttt u, lower range ,,J,i,;h will safely cq.ny
current noted. • ·
86. Close test stand battery switch and adjust
variable resistance so voltage is 20.0 volts. Cur-
rent must be within 0.7 to 0.8 ampres. Any other
reading indicates faulty field coils or connections
lsaue I-Jan. 1954
CANADIAN ARMY VEHICLES
EME MANUAL D 114 INSTR 8

FIG 24-MEASUR!NG GENERATOR END PLAY

FlllD COIL DIAW ffS1 HOOKUP
and necessitates the replacement o( the frame and
field assembly. CONNECTOR WlfH
flEX11LE lfAOS
1'0 RT GfNUIATOlt
87. Open the test stand battery switch.
88. Connect battery ground lead to .the generator
frame for negative polarity. Connect generator
as shown for motoring draw hookup, Fig 25.
CA UTION: Aluviy, connect highe,t range of ammeter
in circuit being te!led. Apply cu"ent and note reod.
ing; then reconnect to louv,r ra11ge whidi u:ill •afely
carry current noted.
89. ·Close test stand battery switch. Generator
must operate as a motor with armature turning AMMETER
slowly.
90. Seat brushes by operating in this manner for
10 to 15 minutes; then open battery switch and
allow generator to cool to room temperature.
91. Close battery switch, adjust voltage to 28.5 MOTOIING DRAW
AND OUTPUT UST HOOKUP RA PD 125473
by adjusting variable resistance and read ammeter.
If current is not within 5.5 amperes maximum,
check for the following causes; open winding, high FIG 23-TEST HooKurs
resistance, grounded or shorted windings, restricted
armature or bearings, incorrect or faulty commu- stat. It is important that voltage be held a t 28.5.
tator end head 1 incorrect brush position, excessive Note ammeter reading as speed increases. When
drag or incorrect wiring. current reaches 25.0 amperes, read tachometer.
The speed should not be more than 1,800 revolu-
92. Open test stand battery switch. tions per minute. Do not operate at voltage or
93. To measure generator output connect gencr• current higher than the specified values as there is
ator as outlined in Para 88 for motoring test danger o( burning armature and field windings. H
except turn variable resistance to "all out" and output cannot be obtained or speed is too high,
connect carbon pile. load rheostat across ba ttery. check for the following causes: open windings,
high resistance, shorted field windings, incorrect
94. Connect generator to driving motor to give or faulty commutator end head or incorrect brush
a clockwise rotation. position.
95. Increase speed slowly, keeping voltage at 96. To test (or leaks connect generator as out-
maximum output of 28.5 by adjusting load rheo- lined in Para 88.

Issue I-Jan. 1954 Page 17

 VEHICLES CANADIAN ARMY
D 114 INSTR 8 EME MANUAL

56

_, -...
1-0.....-.tw .................

----- --..
~eut..ut..tq...,..,1,
~ e o n....11... ..,..

.....
___
1--c....... ,.................,

._............ ....
10--,,,............
1f-CWNM
......
,..us...,...,.. ............lt.t
11-C.............................
) ....

1 - - - - (......... 11)

1-
11--ANI...,. m..,Mlllttl..,...
1.........
11-C.H m•uwtlftl "'-'I• • • nwt

t ~..... ftlflW WffilMII ptMt

,._................ .........,,
to--t,._.......,.1117

a-1 .............................u"' ........

--
Zr ......'*""• .......... .....,...

____
H - lnw1n1,.. MMMOUilttlft8 ..,..,,._,,..

..............................
~,,................... ...........
,,_..,,._.....,....,...,.
. ...,.
~. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 0° ..........

~ ........... _ .....u.., ...11n

11- lleNpu,o............,
u- -
D-RM.ptNlo atld IMd ....,,.Illy

----
U--Mountlnelt., -"-t

..
·-~
a-Greuncf . . . .

.,_.....,...............,.
~11eev,...,. "'·"""'""
._,.~... p ....
_,.
ftlllt

a .. •• , ,ouMlne

.,_,.,................ ......
,.._.._l•toMm•rar..11 200)
.,-v.,w...................................
-·
--
.._. .,...., moumfne pl•ln•Hhw

--
u-v.,.._....,.,.._ .............,
......1.aa11 ........u......
11-s-t.................
.................. ooww ........,m,,........

f'1G 26-GEHEllATOll Rl!GULATOll-£XPLODED VIEW

188ue 1-Jan. 1954

CANADIAN ARMY VEHICLES
EME MANUAL D 114 INSTR 8

FlG 27-REGUI.ATOR INTERNAL WIRING

97. Connect air hose which is provided with a
source of air pressure and a pressure gauge to the
test hole in the drive end head. T his is exposed by
removing teat plug, Fig 1.
98. Submerge generator in water, operate as a
motor at 24.0 volts and apply 6 to 8 pounds in-
temal air pressure. I{ any bubbles appear after
the 6rsr one half minute, rebuild generator paying
apecial attention to all seals.
Installation
99. Place generator in mounting bracket and
install hinge bolts with lockwashers but do not
tighten securely.
100. Check to sec that bracket, hinge bolts and
FIG 29-REGULATOR PARTIALLY DISASSEMBLED
nuts are clean so that a good ground connection
will be made at this point. ,
101. Place fan belt over generator pulley and
connect generator cable.
102. Replace adjusting strap cap screw and adjus-
fan belt.
GENERATOR REGULATOR
General (Fig 26}
103. The regulator is a heavy duty unit combining

F10 28-REGULATOR WITH COVER REMOVED FJG 30--REGIILATOR Bue ASSEMBLY

Issue 1-Jan.1954 Page 19

•
 VEHICLES
D 114 INSTR 8
FIG 31-REGULATOR RESJSTOR ASSEMBLY
a circuit breaker, vibrating voltage regulator and
vibrating current regulator.
These regulators have two sets of circuit b·reaker
contacts. These two sets of contacts operate
simultaneously and are connected in parallel to
reduce voltage losses due to the higher current
values encountered.
The regulators have a second winding (frequency
winding) on tJ1e volwge regulator unit, Fig 27. This
winding is connecte<l in the circuit to stabilize the
frequency of vibra tion of the voltage regulator
armature.
The regulator, Fig 27 and 28, ha• a small radio
frequency choke coil wound on a bakelite core
inserted into the field circuit fM suppression of
radio interference.
The regulator is designed to be completely
waterproof and can be operated while submerged.
Removal
104. Disconnect cable from battery to avoid
short circuit damage.
105. Disconne~t: two generator ~gulator cables
using a spanner wrench, Fig 3.
106. Remove four regulator mounting nuts.
107. Lilt regulator from mounting bracket.
Disas~mbly
NOTE: Do not disauemble regulator unleu there is
indi,;oti,,n tha1 tire unil req,,iru more than o simple
CANADIAN ARMY
EME MANUAL
FIG 32-REGULATOR RESISTOR ASSEMBLY
readjusanen1. If th6 regulator oper1,res sarisfaelorily
bui giue, indkorwn of tKe need for readjus1met1t. omil
the ai,,am,mbly ond repair operllUl>ns and proceed
duer1ly ro ce,1 and adj1U1m<1nl operations.
108. Break seal and take out cover screws. Lift
off cover and gasket.
109. Take out sub•base mounting screws, Fig 28.
Four ol these screws arc at the corners and two
arc near the edge at the spring side of the unit.
Some o( these screws act as ground connections
for the windings which are disconnected when the
screws arc removed.
110. Lilt the sub.base, Fig 29, away from base.
There are lemls from under the base connected to
the current and voltage regulator yokes. These
should be disconnected before lilting. the sub-base
in order to disconnect the lead,. Disconnect
filter cable Imm filter terminal and disconnect the
armature cable, field cable and resistor cable from
bottom of base, Figs 29, 30 and 31.
ti I. Disassemble tenninal connectors or studs
from base.
112. Remove resistor mounting screws, Fig 30,
and lift out button type resistor and mounting
parts.
113. Remove rectifier mounting screws and take
out roctificr and resistor cable with terminal.
ti 4. Disconnect battery terminal connector from
filter and take out filter mounting screws. Filter
will then lift out.
REPAIR PROCEDURE
Cleanlna
115. To clean studs, screws and loose metal parts,
soak in dry cleaning solvent and clean and dry
thoroughly.
Issue 1-Jan. 1954
CANADIAN ARMY
EME MANUAL
Fm 33-REGULATOR OPERATING
ADJ USTM eNTS
116. To clean assemblies, insulation, capacitoni
and resi•toni, wipe with clean rag slightly dampened
in dry cleaning solvent, Blo-:v off with clean, dry,
low pressure air.
NOTE: Do ,wt bend or domas, paru.
Inspection
117. BP-fore making any tesu or adjustments,
make a close visual inspection of regulator with
special emphasis given to points listed below. If
any of the&e conditions are found, make necessary
repairs or replace complete regulator.
118. Inspect for evidence of burning or abnormal
high temperatures at coils, contacts, insulation,
external terminals or any other point.
119. Check for loose connections which result
from poor soldering.
120. Check for loose nuts on bottom of magnet
cores, loose rivets or screws. All nuts and screws
must have lockwa$bers.
12L Inspect for loooe contacts.
122. Check alignment of contacts. Bend station·
ary contact bracket to align contacts for full lace
contact. If contact alignment is changed, check
air gap.
113. Check for,bent·armature, armature hinges or
field yoke.
124. Inspect bimctal hinge on circuit breaker
unit to see if it is reversed. When corre1:tly in-
stalled, brass side must be up.
lasue 1-Jan. 1954
VEHICLES
D 114 INSTR 8
Fie 34-REGUI.ATOR Ta."r HooJCurs
125. Inspect for stripped or crossed threads on
any screw or nut.
126, Inspect for corrosion due to salt or acids.
127. Check for broken ground strap.
128. Inspect for evidence of water having been
inside of cover.
129. Check to see if armature spring is incorrect,
bent or distorted.
130. Check tOStt if annature springs arc reversed.
The armature springs on the circuit bre.>ker and
current regulator have sixteen turns and the
armature spring on the voltage regulator has four•
teen and one-half turns.
131. Inspect for broken or altered resistors,
Fig 32, and if resistors appear altered check their
resistance.
132. Inspect gaskets for breaks or damage.
133. Check wiring connections between units,
Fig 27.
134. inspect armature stop to see if interfering
with or rubbing against circuit breaker armature.
1.35. Inspect a63Cmbly o[ armature to see if
correct.
136. Remove resistors one at a time and check
with ohnu~eter.
137. Replace any carbon re.istors that are cracktd
Pate ll
 VEHICLES
D 114 INSTR 8
...........,\IOU~----..
.....
M1AMa10 ~ - Ml NntOllOf.,.,....AIMANalaowN
...
FIG JS- ADJUSTMENT OF REGULATORS
or wire wound resistors with broken or burned out
wire.
138. Replace resistor if not within the following
limits :
RI marked 200 ohms--190-210 ohms
R2 marked 15 ohms--14-17.1 ohms
R3 marked 175 ohms--166.25-183.75 ohms.
Make sure resistors are correctly installed, Figs
31 and 32, as any interchanging would make
regulator inoperative.
139. With ohmmeter, measure resistance from
ground lead, Fig 33, to circuit breaker stationary
contact. This ground lead was fastened to ba!e
between circuit breaker and current regulator
units. Install new circuit breaker unit if shunt
coil res/stance is not within 215-237 ohms.
140. With ohmmeter, measure resi~tance between
two winding leads. One of the leads was connected
to ground between voltage and current regulator
units, Fig 33. Other lead is connected to resistor
through base next to ground connection. It is
Pa&ell
CANADIAN ARMY
EME MANUAL
FIG 36-FJLING REGULATOR CoNTACTS
unnecessary to remove this connection to check
resistance. Do not interchange these leads when
reconnecting. Install new voltage regulator unit
if main winding resistance is not within 15.7-17.3
ohms.
141. Touch test probes to end of series winding
and circuit breaker yoke. If lamp lights, install new
circuit breaker unit. Hold circuit breaker contacts
closed. If lamp does not light install new circuit
breaker contacts or complete circuit breaker.
142. Touch test probes to series winding and
voltage regulator yoke. If lamp does not light, it
indicates faulty resistor, frequency winding or
faulty contacts on either current or voltage
regulator units. If lamp lights, open current regu-
lator contacts. Release current regulator contacts
and open voltage regulator contacts. If lamp does
not go out in each case, replace armatu~e affected.
143. Disconnect . the capacitor (condenser) leads
and measure capacity with tester. It is unnece59ary
to dismount capacitor (condenser). Install new
capacitor (condenser) if capacity is not within
2.0-2.5 microfarads. Check capacitor (condenser)
for grounds and replace if grounded.
144. Back off contact adjusting nut, Fig 33,
on voltage and current regulator units until there
is no spring tensions.
145. Place sub-base on insulated table and con-
nect battery and lamp bulb in series with series
winding and voltage regulator yoke, Fig 34. Re-
move armature stop, Fig 35, on voltage and current
regulator units. Hook tension gauge at upper con-
tact. Hold armature firm and pull contacts apart
Issue 1-Jan. 1954
CANADIAN ARMY
EME MANUAL
FIG 37-CLEANING REGULATOR CONTACTS
with gauge. Take reading as lamp goes out. In-
stall new armature if this reading is not between
7-8 ounces.
146. Check both current and voltage regulator
units in the above manner. ·
147. Install armature stop, making sure that
fibre block, Fig 35, is in place.
148. With direct current test probes touch either
filter terminal and filter case. Replace if lamp
lights.
149. Touch probes to two filter terminals. Re-
place filter if lamp does not light.
150. Inspect contacts on all three units. In
normal use contacts will become grayed. If con-
tacts are burned, dirty or rough, file with contact
point dresser parallel and lengthwise to armature,
Fig 36. File just enough so contacts present smooth
surfaces. It is not necessary to remove every trace
of burning. After filing, dampen a piece of linen
tape in carbon tetrachloride and draw between
contacts, Fig 37. Repeat with dry tape. Use clean
tape for each set of con tacts.
Repair
151. To install new circuit breaker remove nut
and clamp on series connection, Fig 33 1 between
circuit breaker and current regulator units.
152. Remove nut and washer from bottom of cir•
cuit breaker magnet core.
153. Lift circuit breaker unit off base.
154. Install new circuit breaker unit on base.
Make sure aligning lug enters hole in base.
Issue 1-Jan. 1954
VEHICLES
D 114 INSTR 8
155. Install cable on core, Fig 31.
156. Install and tighten series clamp, lockwasher
and nut.
157. To install new voltage or current regulator
unit, remove nuts and clamps on series connection,
Fig 33.
158. Remove capacitor (condenser) mounted on
regulator yoke.
159. Disconnect leads, marking their proper
location so they can be reassembled without
interchanging.
160. Remove the core nut from the bottom of the
base being careful not to damage resistors.
161. Install new regulator unit on base and
tighten core nut.
162. Connect leads as marked when disassembling
the unit.
163. Install capacitor.
Reassembly
164. Tighten all screws and nuts.
165. Install filter, capacitor (condenser), re-
sistors, rectifier, terminals and cables in base.
166. Install resistors and condenser on sub-base.
Be sure resistors are assembled as indicated, Fig 31.
167. Connect all internal connections.
168. Check internal wiring, Fig 27.
169. Install sub-base mounting screws, Fig 28 and
33, connecting ground leads.
Adjustment
170. Use pin gauge of 0.060-0.065 inch size and
insert between armature and core on contact side
and next to brass pin in core, Fig 35. Adjust gap
by bending armature stop, Fig 35. Be sure stop
does not interfere with armature movement.
171. Connect battery and lamp in series with
series winding and voltage regulator yoke, Fig 34.
Insert pin gauge of 0.04 7 to 0.049 inch size between
armature and core on contact side and next to brass
pin in core. Hold armature down with two lingers,
Fig 35, so contact spring is not touched. Adjust
gap so lamp will burn brightly when high limit
gauge is in place and will go out or dim when low
limit gauge is in place.
172. Adjust gap by slightly loosening screws hold-
ing armature stop and raising or lowering stop.
Tighten screws and check gap.
173. Check and adjust current regulator unit as
 VEHICLES
D 114 INSTR 8
NOOKU, fOR JISTING YOLJAOI ANO (UUINJ IIGULAJOU
FrG 38-REGULATOR TEST HOOKUPS
described in Para 172 for voltage regulator. Use
correct pin gauge of 0.040-0.042 inch to give current
regulator armature air gap.
174. Check gap between contact spring and stop
on voltage regulator unit. Hold armature down
against core stop and with feeler gauge measure
gap between contact spring and armature stop.
If gap is not between 0.010 and 0.016 inch, inspect
fibre block, Fig 35, for damage or improper assem-
bly and inspect armature stop for distortion or in-
correct adjustment.
175. 'To check gap on contact spring and stop on
current regula tor follow the same procedure and
use the $lime limits as given in Para 174.
176. Measure gap between both sets of contacts
on circuit breaker unit, Fig 35. Do not set this
gap to less than 0.025 inch but it may be set larger
than this alter adjusting contact opening amperage.
Bend stationary contact brackets, Fig 28, to ad-
Page l4
CANADIAN ARMY
EME MANUAL
FIG 39- REGULATOR T EST HOOKUPS
just gap and align contacts so that contact is made
and broken on both sets of contacts at the same
time.
Test Procedure
177. Mount regulator on test stand in same posi-
tion as it is mounted on vehicle. If this is unknown
mount with base .vertical and terminals hanging
down. Use correct generator with regulator and
mount on test stand. Connect with 24 volt battery
for negative- polarity.
178. Connect regulator, generator, battery and
meters using improvised test connectors as shown
in the circuit breaker test, Fig 38 and 39.
179. Polarize the generator to prevent burning
regulator contacts; remove generator field lead from
variable resistance, close test stand battery switch
and momentarily touch field lead to ba ttery
terminal; then connect field lead to variable
resistance.
180. Adjust variable resistance to insert all
the resistance in field circuit. Start generator and
Issue I-Jan. 1954
CANADIAN ARMY
EME MANUAL
operate at 1.000-2,000 revolutions per minute.
Decrease field resistance slowly noting voltmeter
reading just before change caused by closing of the
circuit breaker. Decrease reaistance until ammeter
shows a charge of one-half cu~rent value stamped
on regulator nameplate, then increase resistance
slowly. Note amperage discharge just before con -
tacts open and ammeter reading drops to iero.
181. Adjust closing voltage to 25:7-26.7 by turn-
ing adjusting nut on lower end of armature spring,
F'ig 33. Recheck closing voltage aher each adjust-
ment.
182. Adjust opening discharge current to 7.0·11.0
amperes by raising or lowering stationary contacts.
Open test stand battery switch to prevent shorting.
Bend stationary contact brackets to increase or
decrease contact gap. Increasing contact gap
increases opening discharge amperes. Keep
contacts aligned for full lace contact and adjust
both sets of contacts so they operate simultan•
eously. Do not adjust gap between contacts when
open to less than 0.025 inch.
183. Open test stand battery switch.
184. Change connections to those shown for
voltage and curtent regulator tests, Fig 38 and 39.
The load rheosta~·may consist of a carbon pile or a
lamp bank.
185. On units that have been completely rebuilt
close test stand battery switch and operate genera-
tor at 2,500-3,000 revolutions per minute. Hold
voltage regulator contacts closed hy pressing lightly
on back of voltage regulator armature and read
ammeter. H thi• is within two amperes of correct
setting, do not adjuat. H current setting is not
within two amperes, turn adjusting nut, Fig 33,
on lower end of armature spring. Release voltage
regulator armature. Stop generator, then start
and bring speed UJ> to 2,500 to 3,000 revolutions
per minute. Adjust current to one-half the value
stamped on regulator name plate by changing
carbon pile load rheostat or lamp bank. Read
voltmeter. If this reading is within 0,8 volts of
correct operating voltage, do not adjust. If voltage
i& not within these approximate settings, tum
adjustini: nut on lower end of armature spring,
Fig 33. Stop generator and open test stand battery
switch.
186. Install cover gasket and cover on regulator.
187. Close test stand battery switch and operate
generator at 2,500,3,000 revolutions per minute.
Adjust load rheostat or lamp bank so ammeter
reads one-half current regulator operating amper-
lssue I-Jan. 1954
VEHICLES
D 114 INSTR 8
age of 24.5-26.0 amperes. Operate at this current
for thirty minutes to bring regulator up to operat-
ing temperature.
1S8. Place thermometer near regulator to as-
certain temperature of air around unit. Thermom-
eter must not touch regulator.
189. Stop generator, then immediately start
and bring it up to 2,500-3,000 revolutions per
minute. Adjust current to one-hall current regu-
lator operating amperage of 24.5-26.0 amperes and
read voltmeter and thermometer. This voltage
must be within:
28.45 plus or minus 0.40 for 50°F
28.40 plus or minus 0.40 for 60°F
28.30 plus or minus 0.40 for 70°F
28.25 plus or minus 0.40 for 80°F
28.20 plus or mious 0.4.0 for 90°F
28.10 plus or minut 0.40 for 100°F
28.0S plus or minus 0.40 for 110°F
27.95 plus or minus 0.40 for 120°F
If voltage is not within the above limits, etop
generator, open test stand battery switch and re-
move regulator cover. Close switch and start
generator. Tum adjueting nut on lower end of
voltage regulator armature spring, Fig 33, until
voltmeter reading is within limits. Check thia ·
setting by stopping generator, then operate genera-
Wr at 2,500-3,000 revolutions per minute and at
one-half maximum current. Read voltmeter and _
readjust and recheck voltage regulator if not within
operating limits.
190. Adjust load rheostat or lamp bank so volt-
meter reading drops 0.5 to 0. 7 volts and read
ammeter. This reading must be within 24.5-26.S
amperes. Jr current is not within limits, stop
generator and remove regulator cover. Start
generator artd adjust current setting by turning
adjusting nut on lower end o( armature spring,
Fig 33.
191. Stop generator a11d open battery switch.
Install regulator cover.
192. Close tc~t stand battery switch and operate
generator at one-half current regulator setting
for five minutes, then check voltage artd current
settings, Para 189 and 190. Make any readjust·
ments that ·are necessary and finish with a final
run and clleck.
REGULATOR SEALING
General
193. Generator regulators are prec,s,on control
instruments used to protect the electrical units in
the electrical system. To insure that this protection
Page 25
 VEHICLES
D 114 INSTR 8
FIG 40-SEALING REGULATOR AFTER REPAIRS
is maintained and to prevent tampering, all genera-
tor regulators must be sealed.
Seat Application (Flf, 4e)
194. Remove one cover retaining SC'teW and
lockwasher.
195. Place the seal cup over the cover retaining
screw hole and insert lockwasher in the seal cup.
196. Install and tighten the screw, then fill the
sealing cup with molten sealing wax and allow
to cool.
Installation
197. Place regulator assembly on mounting studs.
At this point be sure that shielding wire is located
between regulator mounting flange and regulator
mounting bracket.
198. Place lockwasher on each stud, install
mounting nut$ and tighten.
199. Connect two cables to regulator a-mbly
using spanner wrench.
200. Connect battery cable at battery.
DISTRIBUTOR AND COIL
General
201. The distributor is a fully automatic unit
with heavy duty governor control. It is specially
designed for underwater operation and has all of the
mechanism sealed in a water tight chamber. The
ignition .coil is mounted within the h~using.
Removal
202. Re,nove the high tension wires from the cap
towers noting the proper order to be used when
reassembling, Fig 43.
i>aael6
CANADIAN ARMY
EME MANUAL
203. Disconnect vent lines from fittings on side of
di&tributor.
204. Remove adjusting plate nut and lift out
distributor.
Dl8asaemb1y (Ft& 41)
· 205. Take out cover attaching screws and lift
cap and cover assembly off.
206. Remove "0" ring ga.ket lrom top of base.
207. Make a sketch of the relationship between
the rotor and offset drive tongue to facilitate
assembly. Pull rotor from top of cain.
208. Disconnect primary cables from ignition
coil. Remove two ignition coil mounting screws
and lift coil out. Lift out two cable clips.
209. Take out two breaker plate mounting screws
and holders. Lift plate out of base.
210. Remove felt wick from cam sleeve. Take
out snap ring in ~leeve. Lift off cam and apacer.
211. Slip govemor springs off of lugs on weight
carrying plate. Slide governor weights off of pivots
and remove governor springs from weight pins.
212. Take out advance arm attaching screw and
remove advance arm and thruct washer.
213. Take out four screws and pull primary COD•
nector from base. Remove primary connector
gasket.
REPAIR PROCEDURE
CAP
Dl98saembly
214. Take out three cap attachihg screws and
remove cap cover from cap.
215. Remove rubber sealing washers, Fig 41
and 42, from cap towers.
Clean!~
216. Clean cap inside contacts with carbon
tetrachloride but do not file. Wipe contacts thor·
OUl\'hly.
217. Clean cap cover in dry cleaning solvent.
Inspection
218. Discard cap if it is cracked, has corroded
terminal• or if carbon runners have formed either
on in&irle or outside surfaces. Inspect contacts on
inside of cap, Fig U. After normal use these
Issue I-Jan. 1954
CANADIAN ARMY VEHICLES
EME MANUAL D 114 INSTR 8

t-0,...........................
a-01nrau......p ...... ~•• no•• ..........
3-Dlftl'UHttitr . .., MWf' '

4-DIWlltuW' . . . ...,_ ••O" rln• N&I

f-Dfflf'Jltu•, .... ,,...,,.
t-Da.trebut.f'.....,
J-Ol,ttru..,..,, ..,..• .,. Mftlaet. ~flt Mt
a-0.....,111...... 111... 119" .....
....Dldrlll•• Mnl .,..._ r.tt wlell
10-0t4"f'(•wtor ..... Hill twp,,_..
1t.-DIWJlu,tw......,..,. __.,ht
1J-Dlnit.utor lwNkw ,_. MNfllM'I
1~01Wtbu.... ..,ffllMI n.d n•'t
1~D1..... 1Hf..,.W'ffl1MI . . . nwt ............

u-
1.f--otQl'lt,.-._, trtd•• ....
1.....0lewii............ -.ft t.tw1Mt ....._,_

17-Dkilrl bvw .... .,...

,~Dkt,otlMlt# ......... . . . .

, .....oc.wtlll"4# .......... ....untJn1 ' " " "

20--Dfftf'tlll~ ............
21-Dbwla.u..,. , . . . . ~ ......ndne ......
tt-Ok-Vlllv&w ~ lifNln pfu1
n-or.vnt.,...,. ••ft . .tr.,
U-Ofwl.._,._ ...k ,..... ,. .kw••hff
11-Duvtlnn... 1. .11 ,.t•.. •••tnwa,hw
zt-lNWIIIIV...- ' " " ,..,. . . . . . . .
21-01.t!P'lll,utor •II -t-f••r
~DltVU•ut., ......n . . .,M
11-Dlrilib'"o, ..... wo.,.....
»-Dfirtnbu..,.M1S.r rffft

,._
a,~rwttN.iwr drJ" 1hltft thrv•t wHh..-

U-DletNIHrtor • .._ •-nM e..erlfl9

U-DltttfMIM, a-.. a ...mfll.l)'
M,,-Ol.utln1t.o, ..... bNnN •••rt119
31---0lnrtltvtM ........

,,__
38-0lntlWW ah•ft

3:f-01.....~ CIO'ffl"ftO,. w•leht ........ Mt

32

31~
__
lt-Dl.tl't!MriM
...ao....
••m NUlnl.ng •n•p "'"•
.,•1--0tnrlbvtoP ........1r:.,. pl.W hctld...

30-------~ 23 G-OCsttla.uto• "ndon...,

29-0 4'-Dfttrlbll'tor -n4•nMP ......,
• ------- 24 ..._D/nl'la.u~f' .., •ttuhln1 ......,
28-~~2~ ~Dl••lbUtef'N'
47-0htrfbutor ...... u.,. ...h . .
27-gf~ ...... 26

FIG 41-DISTRIBUTOR-EXPLOl>EO VIEW

Issue I-Jan. 1954 Pate '¥1

 VEHICLES CANADIAN ARMY
D 114 INSTR 8 EME MANUAL ·'".~

FIG 43-DJSTIUBUTOll COVER

f'IG 42-DlSTRIBUTOR-SECTIONAL VtEW
contacts become slightly burned on inside tip.
If burning is excessive or uneven replace cap. If
burning is found on horizontal face of contacts, it
indicates rotor is too short and must be replaced.
Inspect contacts for cracks or an oil soaked con-
dition. Replace cap if carbon contact is not in good
condition.
ROTOR
Cleanln&
223. Clean contact with carbon tetrac~loride.
Do not file.
224. Clean button so that it will make a good
contact on the carbon contact in the center of the
cap.
Inspection
22S. Discard rotor if it is cracked, has loose
contact strip or if burning is found on top of strip.
226. Inspect end of contact. If burning ia excessive,
replace rotor.
227. Inspect contact spring and replace rotor if
spring does not instantly spring back when contact
button is pressed against rotor.
NOTE: Pre1,ure ,li,,.Jd 1H appli,td to l;uuon u, al>Oid
,euing ,print:· .

219. Replae<: rubber sealing washers if they are
rough or do not fit properly.
220. Inspect cap cover for cracks or other damage.
Place cover on base and inspect to make sure it
touches base ().ti all sides. Replace cover if distorted.
Reaaseinbly
221. Place rubber sealing washcn on cap towers
and install cap in cover.
222. Install three cap attaching screws and
tighten evenly,
IGNITION COIL (FIG 45)
lnsJ)«tlon
228. Inspect for dents or cracks and replace coil
i! cracked or if terminals are badly corroded.
Repair
229. The coil is scaled and cannot be repaired.
If the coil is damaged or tests show it to be in-
operative it must be replaced.
Teats
230. Connect 24 volt battery and variable
resistance in seriea with two coil primary terminals.

Pa&e 28 Issue 1-Jan. .l9S4

.cANADIAN ARMY
'' EME MANUAL
FIG 44-DISTRIBUTOR COVER-
INNER VIEW
Connect voltmeter across primary terminals.
Adjust voltage to 25.0 volts and allow current
to flow for one-half minute; then take reading.
Open, then close battery switch; adjust voltage to
25.0 volts and read ammeter.
·231. With coil tester, compare coil to standard
coil. Make comparison test both hot and cold
by measuring length of spark gap. Heat ignition
coil and standard coil by connecting to battery for
five minutes.
232. If tests show that primary current is not
within 1.9 cold and 2.1 on a flash reading, or that
the coil is weak or inoperative, it must be replaced.
BREAKER PLATE
Disassembly
233. Remove distributor lever spring clamp screw,
washers and clamp. Take off primary cable.
234. Remove stationary contact lock screw and
lilt contact from plate.
235. Take out capacitor mounting screw and
lilt capacitor off.
lsaue 1-Jan. 1954
VEHICLES
D 114 INSTR 8
Fm 45-IGNITION CorL-SECTIONAL VrEw
Cleanlni
236. Clean all parts with cloth dampened in dry
cleaning solvent.
237. Rub contacts with linen tape dampened in
carbon tetrachloride. Dry with clean tape to re-
move any residue.
Inspection
238. Test capacitor (condenser) for capacity and
grounds on a capacitor (condenser) tester. Replace
capacitor ii grounded, leaky or ii capacity is not
within 0.18 to 0.21 microfarads. Inspect cable
and replace capacitor if cable or terminal is chafed,
partially broken or damaged.
239. Inspect plate for stripped threads and
damaged or worn lever pivot and replace plate
if these conditions are found. Check primary
terminal for grounds with test probes and replace
plate if terminal is grounded·.
240. Inspect contacts. If they arc a grayish
colour and are not pitted or burned they need not be
PaQel9
 VEHICLES CANADIAN ARMY
D 114 INSTR 8 EME MANUAL
replaced. Replace contacts if rough, burned or
pitted.
241. Install· contacts on plate and turn distributor
lever on pivot. It must turn easily without binding
or looseness. Remove lever and inspect pivot.
Replace plate if wear is evident on pivot or if
pivot is loose or not perpendicular to plate. If
pivot is in good condition, install new contacts to
obtain correct pivot lit.
· Reassembly
242. Assemble contacts, capacitor and primary
cable on plate. Distributor lever spring and con-
nector should be installed on the inside of the
tenninal. FIG 46-MEASURING SIDE PLAY OF
DISTRIBUTOR SHAFT
243. Place one drop of preservative lubricating
oil on distributor lever pivot. Operate lever once Inspection
or twice and remove excess oil. 250. Inspect and replace weights if pivot holes
are worn or if they are a loose lit on pivots. Replace
PRIMARY CONNECTOR springs if bent or distorted.
Cleanlna
244. Clean connector with cloth dampened in dry
BASE AND SHAFT
cleaning solvent. · Cleanlna
251. Wipe shaft and inside of base as clean as
Inspection possible with cloth dampened with dry cleaning
245. Inspect connector for damaged or corroded solvent. Dry immediately with clean, dry com-
connector pin, lead and terminal. Check for pressed air.
grounds with test probes by testing between ter- NOTE: Do not ,oak.
minal pin and connector body and replace if
grounded. Inspection
NOTE: The primJJry conn«t<>r indwle, a primJJry 252. Inspect base for cracks or other damage.
fih,,r and wilI'teSI groun<kd if alternating cu"ent teSI Make sure groove for cap "O" ring gasket is smooth
probe, are u,ed,
and clean.
246. Inspect primary connector gasket and gasket
253. Remove slotted plug and take out felt wick.
seats and replace if rough or damaged.
Inspect wick for damage and soak in preservative
lubricating oil. Fifi wick cavity with grease and
CAM insert wick, Wipe off excess grease. Coat plug with
Cleanlna plastic type gasket cement and install.
247. Clean cam in dry cleaning solvent. 254. Clamp dial indicator on base with plunger
resting against side of shaft. With tension gauge,
Inspection
apply a five pound pull in line with plunger, Fig
248. Inspect cam lobes and weight slots for wear. 46. Install new drive shaft bearings if side play is
Replace cam if lobes are grooved or if sides of more than 0.005 inch.
weight slots are rough.
255. Clamp dial indicator on base with its plunger
GOVERNOR o against end of shaft. Move shaft to its two extreme
positions and read total end play. End play can
Cleanlna also be measured with flat feeler gauge inserted
249. Clean governor weights, governor springs, between shaft collar and lower thrust washer,
snap ring and spacer in dry cleaning solvent and Fig 47. If end play is Jess than 0.003 inch, tap
dry thoroughly. lower end of shaft to loosen. If end play is more

Paae 30 Issue 1-Jan. 1954

CANADIAN ARMY
EME MANUAL
FIG 47-MEASURING END PLAY OF
DISTRIBUTOR SHAFT
than 0.010 inch, remove collar and install additional
thrust washers between base and gear.
Repair
256. Remove rivet and take collar off shaft.
Take off lower thrust washer and remove burr from
rivet hole in shaft. Pull shaft out of base and
remove upper thrust washer and oil seal. Drive
out old bearings with arbor or bolt that rests on
bearing without gouging bearing bore.
257. Install new bearing on arbor of correct size
to give proper bearing diameter of 0.4995 to 0.500
inch and press bearings into place. Install lower
bearing flush with bottom of base and install upper
bearing flush with face of bearing bore.
Continue oil hole in base through bearing using
a drill of same diameter. Remove all burrs from
inside of bearing, being careful not to mar bearing.
258. Soak ~arings in preservative lubricating
oil and drain off excess oil. Do not get oil in upper
part of base.
259. Install oil seal in top of bearing bore.
260. Assemble governor and install cam.
261. Grease upper thrust washer and install on
shaft. Place shaft in bearings and install lower
thrust washer and collar. Drill rivet hole in shaft
to correspond to hole in collar. Install rivet and
swage so both ends are riveted over and rivet
spreads to Ii II hole. .
262. Check side and end play of shaft, Para 254
and 255.
263. Soak felt wick in preservative lubricating
oil. Fill cavity with grease and insert wick. Remove
Iaaue I-Jan. 1954
VEHICLES
D 114 INSTR 8
excess grease. Coat plug with plastic type gasket
cement and install.
Reaaaernbly
264. Place a ,mall amount of grease on governor
weight pivots, weight pivot holes, cam yoke slots
and weight spring lugs and pins.
265. Place governor weights in position and
install governor springs. Make sure springs are
properly seated on weight pivots and carrying
plate brackets.
266. Apply a film of preservative lubricating oil
to upper end of shaft. Place cam in position over
shaft and weights.
267. Place rotor on cam and check relation be-
tween rotor and drive tongue. If not correct, lift
cam and tum 180°. Remove rotor.
268. Install cam snap ring and felt wick. Add
5 to 10 drops preservative lubricating oil to wick.
269. Place breaker plate in base and tum so
locating lug fits into slot. Install plate mounting
screws and holders.
270. Place primary connector and gasket in
position on base and inspect to make sure it lits
tightly. Install attaching screws.
27 t. Place ignition coil in position in base and
arrange the cables so they will reach coil terminals
without kinks and cramping. Install coil mounting
screws and primary cable retaining clips.
272. Connect breaker plate primary cable to
ignition coil terminal under the cover plug. Connect
primary connector cable to second coil terminal.
Adjustment
273. To adjust contact gap, turn shaft so distribu-
tor lever rubbing block is on high point of cam. 1.
274. Loosen stationary contact lock screw slightly.
Adjust gap to 0.020 inch by turning.adjusting cam,
Fig 48. Use wire feeler gauge or dial indicator to
check contact gap as there is less chance of error
than with a flat gauge. Tighten contact lock screw.
275. Turn shaft until contacts close. Bend
stationary contact bracket to align contacts for
full face contact.
276. Adjust contact gap as in Para 273 and 274
after aligning contacts.
277. To adjust contact spring tension, hook
spring on distributor lever at contact and pull on
Pall.e31
 VEHICLES
D 114 INSTR 8
FIG 48-AOJUSTINC CAM TYPE CONTACTS
line with contacts, Fig 49. Take reading as1contacts
eepuate. Adjust tension to 17-20 ounces by loosen-
ing distributor lever sprin~ clamp screw and sliding
spring in or out as necessary. Tighten screw and
check pressure.
Test Procedure
278. To check cam dwell mount distributor on
test fixture and connect test leads. Set fixture (or
right hand rotation.
' 279. Start test fixture and operate at about 1,000
revolutions per minute. Read cam dwell, which
should be within 36-42°. If it is not, check contact
gap.
NOTE: Do no: adjust contact IY'P ()Utsib 1M cwred
limit., to obw.in ape,;ified cum duii/l. Ducril>uu>r, will
o,,.rou ,ati.,factorily if clwdl ;.. , liglrdy ouuidc
•J>«if,ecl ool'!'f, but wiU /;uoe short oontact life if die
contact gap II incorr~.
280. lf cam dwell is not within limits, it may
indicate that the cam, cam sleeve, ,lialt or distribu-
tor lever is worn or that the shaft is bent.
281. To check governor advance, mount dis-
tributor and connect for correct rotation as in
Para 278. Set controls lo, synchronization test.
Pate 32
CANADIAN ARMY
EME MANUAL
Frc 49-M EASUIUNC CONTACT SPlllNC
TENSION
282. Start fixture and increase speed slowly
until •park just begins to advance. Reduce speed
7S to 150 revolutions per minute and set indicator
to zero.
283. Start 6xture and increase speed until one
degree advance is obtained, then read apeed. If
speed i• not 370 revolutions per minute, stop
distributor. If speed was too high, decrease tension
on weak spring by bending governor outer spring
lug. If speed was too low, increase tension on
weak spring. On distributors that have two
identical springs, consider one spring as weak
sp~ing and the other as a heavy spring and make
adjustments as described.
284. Check zero setting, which should be 350
revolutions per minute, and then check and adjust
one degree point, Para 283.
285. !ncrea.e distributor speed until advance is
one degree less than maximum and read speed.
This reading should be eleven degrees at 1,400
revolutions per minute. If speed is· too high or too
low stop distributor and change strong spring
tension by bending governor outer spring lug.
NOTE: lnaeaslng r,,nsion l"Oises tJac r.p.m. al wl,idl
advance occurs.
286. Check advance at three degrees. The revo·
lutions per minute ,hould be 400. Check advance
at maximum of twelve degree$. The revolutions
should be 1,525 per minute. Make whatever
adjustments arc necessary to bring all points
within tolerance.
287. Check advance up and down the speed
range. If there is more than .J,s degree di_llcrence in
any one point, it indicates friction in governor.
288. Operate distributor at about 250 distributor
revolutions per minute and read the firing point
19sue I- Jan. 1954
CANADIAN ARMY
EME MANUAL
FIG ~TIMING POINTEll AND MARKS
for each lobe. Each point should not be more than
one distributor degree from the theoretical firing
point. Repeat this test at 1,000 distributor revo-
lutions per minute and again at 2,000 di&tributor
revolutions per minute. If any point is more than
one degree from the theoretical point, rebuild
distributor and look for wom bearings, shaft,
cam and cam sleeve.
289. If the above tests show the distributor
operates satisfactorily complete the distributor
aseembly as given in the following para.
290. Place rotor on cam and pre,ss down firmly.
Turn shaft and arrange cables so as not to interfere
with rotor.
291. Install "0" ring in groove in base. Install
coil o;econdary terminal connector spring on r.ap
connector pin. Place cap on distributor taking
care spring enters coil high tension terminal and
that "O" ring gasket is in its proper place. Make
sure cablea arc not close to secondary terminal or
do not extend beyond coil so that leads arc pinched
between cover and base. Install cover attaching
acrewa and tighten evenly and thoroughly.
292. All base plugs and pipe connectors should
be coated with plastic type gasket cement to
make leak proof.
293. Test the distributor for leaks by connecting
an air hoee to one of the ventilating holes in the
distributor base and iflStall plugs in other holes.
Apply a six pound air pressure and submerge unit.
If bubbles _occur at any 1>9int except around the
drive shaft, the leak must be eliminated.
lnatallatlon
294. Intermittently crank engine with starter
Issue 1-Jan. 1954
VEHICLES
D 114 INSTR 8
Fu; 51-TnuNG INDICATOR (TOOL C-435)
until two degrees after top dead center timing
mark stops in line with timing pointer, Fig SO.
295. Remove cover from distributor and tum
drive shaft until lobe of cam opeus breaker point.
Place a straightedge against the preceding Rat o(
the cam and turn shaft until str;,ightedge will c,o..
edge of distributor housing between scribed marks.
296. Place distributor in position and engage
coupling with drive coupling on oil pump shaft.
Install adjusting plate nut and tighten.
297 Install distributor cover.
298.. Connect primary cable and vent lines.
299. Connect spark plug cables to the distributor
cover connections. Note firing order as marked
on cover, Fig 43, and be sure cables are connected
in proper order.
300. Adjust ignition timing.
IGNITION TIMING
301. The distributor should be moved clockwise
to retard, and ~unterclockwise to advance the
ignition.
302. Using a timing indicator over number 6
cylinder, Fig SI, bring the piston up on the com-
pression stroke until the piston is at 2° A.T.D.C.
Pa&e33
 t:,
i ::: ;i
~

/ \ \j"/ ..zn=
Cl) t""
--3 t"l
:a Cl)
ao

I
\ ~ ~r
' ',, ________________________________ _
25 24 Z3 22 21 20 19

26

10 ~-~
T\ \lL \t
40 39 33
0

..._ ....._ ~~
..i' FIG .S2- START£ R-ExFL0DED VIEW

___ . . .
i.,., t:,

--..............
........ ..........,. it-su...... ~ .......
C 1-ata,.......,..m......,•"4--,•W... tt.rvft ~
2'0-Scarltl' ,..,.. ....,...,,. (with o.m)

z ~ ·"'"'"'"°" ....
1 ~ W ' Mlftal lONW l......... ilomhl . .
,,_
11-Seanw •ltoh heu.........
z,--san.,, -.I .......
n-SUt1iw.-.. ..,.. •rm~...,._.
~...................
. . . .. ... =-~=:::.~~,\~ ,
~~
..[
armattif9'1h,uft
,-sea................ 11-Sta,.... .-ltoh HMmllly ,..__._....,. ,..,,.... ·"
2:l--,$u,-, , ............. ,, ..." .
a-s....tw•m•utMer•nd .._. teet
,._St.an- .............,..
........,...,. .....,......, .... ....
==~"too-.
. _ . _ ~ awf&ah linitln•f ..,.... ftl . . .bit ~ .. YUha1Nmlot.y ........PW' . . . . . . . . . ~

?
6--SU"'" swftah .... ........
~ " " ' . .,.... unn1...,.....,
, ._.,..,..., plaMft ...............,,,.
1e-sc.,-.- ......~
~1Nuahq11'1...
..,,
l f-SIIN'talf ,..... •haft
iJ-Slww-·111n1• - - - ..........,
0~
._...,..
l - 1.ookwll'911• 17-Start,w "'"'· · ,...,..,.. ...kwuhw
1 ~ f ' W pinion ....._..., _ . . .
3:t-S..ttar •MfflUtnw . . . . h . . . .....
t•kwahw ~::::
i 1t-su,.._ ••o,• "'"' ...a. ~0-............................. . . . .
-<
 CANADIAN ARMY
EME MANUAL
303. ' Loosen the clamp cap screw and rotate
distributor body until breaker points just start
to open. This may be checked by means of a
· test lamp connected between the distributor
primary terminal and battery terminal of the
current and voltage regulator. When the points are
closed the light will be on and as soon as the points
break the light will go off. Press the distributor
· cam lightly against the direction of proper rotation
so as to remove all backlash.
· 304. Minor adjustments in ignition timing may be
obtained by loosening the adjustment control arm
lock screw and rotating the.arm slightly in proper
direction. · 311. Remove switch cover attaching acrews.
STARTER MOTOR
General (Fli 52 and 53)
·30s. The starter is a 24 volt, four brush, four
pole unit designed for underwater operation. The
starter is used with a waterproof flywheel housing
and the drive end of the motor is not sealed. The
starter uses an overrunning clutch ·type of drive
which is shifted mechanically by a yoke lever.
Removal (Flt 54)
306. Disconnect cable from battery. T)lis reduces
Issue I-Jan. 1954
VEHICLES
D 114 INSTR 8
possibility of buming cables and parts when re~
moving starter. · . ~ ~~.;-~
·307. Remove terminal nut from starter switch
and lift off battery and ammeter cables.
308. ·• 'Remove oil level gauge and disconnect iower
end of oil filter to engine_ line. ·
309. Remove starter mounting cap sere- and
pun starter out.
· Dlaaeeembly '·
310. Remove starter 'and switch terminal nuts
and take off switch connector.
312. Take off switch cover, switch cover gasket,
plunger spring and switch plunger
313. Take out commutator end head attaching
screws.
314. Tap commutator end head with a soft ham-
' mer until pilot is clear of frame. Ease head off
starter so brushes will not snap down and become
cracked.
315. Lift insulated brush springs ,with hook and
remove insulated brushes from holders.
·"" ·-
 VEHICLES
/ ' D 114 INSTR 8
FIG 54-STARTER INSTALLED
316, Remove field coil connector settw. This
screw is located near the top field coils· and is
accessible from the commutator end of the frame.
317. Remove pinion housing attaching ~rews.
318. Tap pinion housing with soft hammer to
loosen from frame and lilt the housing and armature
assembly from the frame.
319. Take out yoke pivot lock screw and pull
yoke lever and pivot from housing. · field coil and ground terminals. Insert new brush
320. The armature and clutch and yoke lever can
then be lifted out.
321. Remove thrust washer and snap ring from
drive end of armature shaft. Slide pinion stop
artd clutch assembly from shaft.
322. Remove switch connector screw on inside
of pinion housing.
323. Remove four switch housing attaching
screw,.
324, Remove switch housing, plunger spring and
switch plunger.
REPAIR PROCEDURE
FRAME AND FJELD ASSEMBLY
Cleantna
325. Thoroughly clean frame and field coils with
cloth dampened in dry cleaning solvent. Blow
dry with compressed air.
NOTE: Do not g,,i ,olvent on h•hes ond do not wait.
Be careful Tl<>' UI damase ~,,su/alion and cabk,.
326. . Wipe brushes with clean rag.
Pate36
CANADIAN ARMY
EME MANUAL
lnepec:tlon
327. Inspect frame and field for worn, cruked
or frayed insulation, corroded or burned terminals
and for loose or corroded connections. All connec-
. tions must be clinched and soldered.• Repair or
replace parts affected if above conditions are
found.
328. lnstall new brushes if brushes are oil soalced
or worn to less than f1t inch or if brush cables are
broken and frayed.
329. Make aure insulated brushes are not touch-
ing frame, pole shoes or grounded brushes. Touch
test probes, Fig 7, to tenninal and to ground. lf
lamp lights, discard frame and field.
330. Inspect all conpectors, windings, and con-
nections in field coil assembly to make sure they
are clinched and soldered and no breaks or partial
breaks are present. If in doubt as to connections,
clinch and solder U&ing resin core solder. Install
new bruahes or terminals, if necessary, or discard
frame and field assembly if field coils are at fault.
Repair
331. Replace frame and field if 6eld coils are
faulty. Clinch and solder looee connections using
resin core solder.
332. Unsolder and unclinch worn brushes from
cable in terminal, clinch tightly and solder with
resin core solder. Be sure all connections are
strong mechanically and low resistance electrically.
333. Brush paint field coils and inside of frame
and poles with air drying fungus resistant varnish.
Do not paint pilots or brush cables.
ARMATURE
Cleanlna
334. Blow off all loose dirt with compressed air.
Wipe armature with clean cloth dampened in dry
cleaning solvent. .Sand commuta·tor with 2/0 6int
· paper.
NOTE: Do not handk commutawr.
Inspection
33S. Inspect to make sure all windings are pressed
into core slots and all are staked and soldered to
commutator risers. Stake and solder if necessary.
Discard armature if core is badly scored, if.windings
are loose, or if wear is evident on bcarin1i seats.
336. Discard armature if splines are unevenly
worn or rough. Tum down commutator if rough
or worn.
Issue 1-Jan. 1954
 CANADIAN ARMY
EME MANUAL
337. Touch one test probe, Fig 7, to core or abaft
and touch other test probe to riser on each commu-
tator aegment in tum, Fig 11. Do not touch
probes to bearinr or brush 1urface. Discard
armature if grounded as indicated by lamp lig~ting.
338. Place armature on growler, hold thin steel
atrip on core and rotate armature 1lowly, Fir 13.
Discard armature if shorted as indicated by steel
strip becoming magnetized.
339. Mount armature with bearing surface on
"V" blocks. Place dial indicator with plunger
against and perpendicular to commutator. Rotate
armature slowly and read total out of round. Tum
down comm.u tator if total indicator·-readinr ia rpore
than 0.003 inch.
Repair
340. Replace armature if shaft is worn or bent,
if core is badly scored, if windings are grounded
or aborted, if commutator is badly burned or
scored or splines are worn excessively.
341. Stake and solder loose windings to com-
mutator risers. Use resin core solder and be careful
not to short across bars. Check for grounds and
shorts after soldering.
342. If commutator is rough or worn or if out
of round exceeds 0.003 inch, place armature in
lathe. Mount armature on bearing surfaces and
not on shaft centers, Fig 15. Take light cuts until
commutator is cleaned up. Remove all· burrs with
2/0 flint paper, Fig 16. Undercut mica segments
to a depth of 1"2 to I(. inch, Fig 17. Cut must be
square and free from burrs, Fig 18. Check armature
for shorts.
COMMUTATOR END HEAD
Cleanlnt
343. Remove brush holder plate attaching screw
and lift off brush holder plate. Remove felt pad
from bearing. ·
344. Wipe felt pad clean with rag. Clean head
in dry cleaning .olvent. Wipe .brush plate with
cloth dampened in dry cleaning solvent, keeping
solvent away from brushes.
345. Wipe brushes with clean rag.
Inspection
346. Discard commutator end head or brush
holder plate if cracked or distorted.
l88ue I-Jan. 1954
VEHICLES
D 114 INSTR 8
FIG 55-MEASURING STARTER BRUSH
SPRING TENSION
347. Discard brush springs if distorted or cor-
roded.
348. Discard felt pad if tom or gritty.
349. Clamp armature in padded vise and install
thrust washer and head on shaft. Feel side play.
If any side movement can be ·felt, replace head.
Remove head from armature.
350. Install brush holder plate on head. Check
each brush holder for grounds with test probes.
Discard brush holder plate if grounds are present.·
351. Clamp armature in padded vise and install
thrust washers and head on commutator end of
shaft. Install new brushes in brush holders.
Discard brush holder plate if brushes are not in
perfect alignment with commutator segments or
· if brushes do not slide easily.
352. Remove head from armature and remove
brush holder plate. Insert felt pad in bearing and
soak bearing and pad with preservative lubricating
oil. Tum upside down and allow excess oil to
drain off.
353. Hook tension gauge under brush spring,
Fig 55. Pull scale on a line perpendicular to the
spring and take reading when end of spring is even
with top of brush holder. Adjust tension within
45-53 ounces by bending spring where it is clamped
by holder. . Repeat this inspection and test on all
four brush holders.
· 354. Inspect brushes. Replace if oil soaked or
worn to fess than ~ inch or if cables are frayed or
broken.
Repair
355. To install new grounded brushes, unsolder
and unclinch brush cable from terminal. Insert
 VEHICLES
D 114 INSTR 8
new brush cable to its full depth in terminal and
clinch tightly. Solder with resin core solder to make
a low resistance connection.
PINION HOUSING
Cleanln&
3~6. Soak in dry cleaning solvent and clean
thoroughly.
·Inspection
357. Jnspect £or cracks and replace if not in
perCect condition.
358. IMpe<:t "0" ring gasket and ring gasket
scats and replace if not perfectly smooth.
3S9. Install armature 6ha!t in bearing and feel
for side play in bearing. Install new bearing if any
movement can be felt ..
Repair
360. Drive out old bearing taking care not to
damage be3ring bore.
361. Install new bearing on arbor of proper $ize.
Press bearing into housing with arbor press.
OVERRUNNING CLUTCH
Cle11nln&
. '
362, Clean with .oft rag dampened in dry clean·
inr solvent. Do not aoak clutch mechanism as it ia
sealed and cannnt be repacked with grease.
Inspection
. 363. Inspect for broken teeth on pmlOl\ and
internal splines. Make sure the coll,ir slides freely
on sleeve and spring compresses. Replace assembly
if these condition• are not correct.
364. Try fit of clutch eplines on armature sha(t
splines. Replace clutch or armature if clutch does
not $lide easily,
365. Hold clutch wft and tum pinion to the
• right at pinion end. Clutch must relt'ase and
pini~ turn ,moothly. Revene direction of turning
and clutch must instantly lock. Reven<: direction ·
again and clutch must instantly release. Replace
dutch if it does not operate ·in this manner.
Repair
366. There are no repairs of the clutch or pioion
and sleeve assembly ncept complete replacement.
CANADIAN ARMY
EME .MANUAL
STARTING SWITCH
Cleaning
367... Diaaaeemble terminals and insulation from
switch. •
368. Cle.an all parts with cloth dampened in dry
cleaning solvent. Do not soak insulating pert9.
Jnspecdoo
369. Inspect all parts to make sure they are in
good working order.
370. Clean co,;tacts with 2/0 flint paper and
replace if burned badly or if &urface is not flat
enough to make a good contact.
371. Try lit of plunger in guide and replace i£
tight or excessively loose.
RepaJr
372. Replace faulty insulation, contacts or other
parts not in ueeable condition.
373. Assemble terminal studs in switch cover and
check for ground• with test probes. Replace
insulation i( ground is present.
374. Paint insulating washers with rod glyptol
paint after assembly of studs and cover glyptal
paint with air drying, fungus re$istant vamW,,
MISCELLANEOUS PARTS
Cleanln&
375. Cle.an all misoel!aneous parts i11 dry cle.aning
solvent•
ln•pectlon
376. Place all "0" ring gaskets in their proper
places and inspect for roughness or looseness.
Replace if not in good condition.
377. Replace yoke, yoke shaft, yoke lever and
springs if bent, damaged or worn.
378. Replace screws, washers and other small
partt if not in good condition.
Repair
379. Replace (aulty parts.
Reassembly
380. Pla(:e switch plunger and blade assembly,
plunger spring and gaaket on pinion housing.
raaue 1-Jan. 19S4
CANADIAN ARMY VEHICLES
F.ME MANUAL D lU INSTR 8

381. Install switch housing and switch housing

attaching screw. Tighten screws.
382. Inspect to make sure flat on switch terminal
stud and terminal stud nut is parallel to starter
mounting face. This stud must clear flywheel
housing when starter ia installed on engine.
383. Install clutch, pinion stop and snap ring
on armature shaft.
384. Install switch . to field connector and switch
connector screw.
NOTE: Screw is i,uu/aled from the two conn«tors by
0 bwlung and wawr.

385. Place thrust washer on armature shaft

and insert armature in housing. Thread yoke into
clutch collar and pinion housing as armature is
inserted.
386. Insert yoke in position in pinion housing
and install pivot pin with "O" ring gasket and key
in place. Have "O" ring gasket coated with grease.
Install yoke pivot lock screw.
387. Assemble yoke lever, bushing and spring on
yoke pivot and install cotter pin.
388. Mount pinion housing on a block so that
it is supported ver'tically by the mounting flange
with the pinion extending through a hole in the
block.
389. Install "O" ring gasket on pinion housing
and coat ring with grease. Wipe all grease from
inside of housing.
390. Place frame and field on starter taking care
to thread switch between coils to the field terminal.
391. Line up· housing attaching screw- holes; then
seat frame by tapping with soft hammer.
392. Install pinion housing attaching screws and
lockwashers an,\ tighten securely;
393. Install "O"' ring gasket on head and coat
with grease. Wipe grease from inside of head.
394. Wipe brushes with clean dry rag.
395. Place grounded brushes in brush holders
with brush spring resting on side of brushes to
hold in place. ·
396. Install insulated brushes in holders in same
manner, Fig 56. ·
397. Arrange brush cables for free brush move-
ment and to avoid touching armature.
398. Enter armature shaft into bearing.
FIG 56--COMMUTATOll END HEAD WITH
BRUSHES IN POSITION
1
399. Press on brushes with a screwdriver to
release, Fig 57.
400. Set head on frame and install commutaior
end head attaching screws and lockwashers and
tighten.
Teat Procedure
401. Mount dial indicator on starter with plunger
against end of shaft, Fig 58.
402. Move armature to its two extreme positions
and read indicator.
403. If end play is not within 0.005 to 0.030 inch,
remove commutator end head and install thrust
washers on the arrnatu~e shaft.
404. Connect a battery and lamp in series with
switch terminals to indicate when the contacts are
closed.
405. Insert a 0.125 inch spacer between the pinion
and pinion travel gauge and shift yoke lever until
pinion strikes spacer. ·
406. Remove plug in center of switch cover and
insert a screwdriver in the slot in the plunger
assembly. Turn screwdriver until indicating lamp
just goes on.
407 . Coat plug with plastic type gasket cement,
then install and tighten.

Isaue I-Jan. 195, Pa&e 39

 VEHICLES
D 114 INSTR 8
FIG .S7-RELEAS1MG BRUSHES ON CoMMUTAl'OR
408. Connect starter to 24 volt battery through
the starting switch.
409. Insert ~ "U" .i,aped •pacer ~ inch thick
over shaft between pinion and pinion travel gauge.
410. Shift yoke lever until pinion strike• •pac..,r.
Continue to shift lever, compressing pinion spring,
until switch closes and starter operates. If •witch
will not close. it indicates clutch collar will not
slide on pinion shaft and the clutch or pinion
assembly should be replaced.
411. Connect starter to battery of 24 volts
through a 1,000 ampere ammet~. Vig 59, ,u,d con-
nect seconcl battery terminal to a ground on st&rter
frame. · Connect voltmeter from starter terminal
stud to starter frame. The battery can be connected
with the switch in or out nf the circuit whichever is
·convenient, however, connect voltmeter to the
$tarter terminal.
412. Close switch and ch'eclc to sec that motor
Page40
CANADIAN ARMY
EME MANUAL
Frc S8-MBASUR1NG AR>IATUIIE END PLAY
operates and the no load current is approximately
22 amperes, then change ammeter to 100 ampere
scale.
413. Shirt pinion to full mesh {)O•ition and close
battery switch. Adjust voltage to 22 volts and ~d
ammeter. Hold tachometer against drive end of
.Jiaft or pinion while operating at 22 volt• and
read no load speed. If current i, higher than 22
amperes or if speed is below 4,800 revolutions
per minute, look for evidence of binding on arm-
ature and shorts within starter. If current and
speed are both low look for high resistance con-
nections at terminals, field coils and brushes..
414. With starter connected as for no load test,
change ammeter shunt to 500 ampere scale. Clamp
•tarter duwn and rnount torque ann and tension
gauge on starter, Fig 60. Close test stand battery
;;witch and staru:r switch ii in the circuit and
adjust voltage to 16 volts for stall test. Read
ammeter and teneion puge. They should read
250 amperes anci 21.0 foot pounds. Multiply
gauge reading by length of torque arnl in feet to
get stall torque. II current is high and torque low
it indicates shortt or improper assembly of starter.
II current and torque arc both lolY, it indicate&
high resistance in internal connections at field
coils, annatur<= or brushes.
415. With 6tartcr connec.tcd to battery through
the starting switch, connect voltmeter to the two
switch terminals. Close test &tand battery switch
end starter switch and operate motor at no load.
Read ,•oltmeter. If voltage drop in switch is over
0.15 volt, disassemble switch a11d replace or clean
contact,i. ·
Issue 1-Jan.1954
 CANADIAN ARMY VEHICLES
EME MANUAL D 114 INSTR 8

/
.........

-·-
FrG 60-STARTER Su.u. TEsT HOOKUPS

SPARK PLUGS
General
423. The spark plugs are resistor type, each

- containing a built-in carbon 'resistor.

fttt MOOCW so• H.HH•t W..... MANUM IWffOI fllOUNHO ON tfUID
u. ,o
FIG 59-ST.-ltTER TEST HOOKUPS
416. Bolt starter llange to a watertight chamber
equipped with a fitting for the air hose.
417. Apply six po1inds air pn,Kure to starter and
submerge in water.
418. Jf'air bubbles occur it indicates leaks which
should be corrected before starter is put into use.
Installation
419. Place starter in dutch. housing and install
two cap screw, which hold starter iJl position.
420. Connect lower end of oil filter to engine line.
Jnstall oil level gau·ge.
421. Connect battery to starter cable and am-
meter cable to starter switch.
422. Connect battery cable at battery.
lsaue 1-Jan. 1954
Removal
424. Loosen nut on spark plug cable with spanner
wrench and pull cable from spark plug.
425. Use spark plug wrench or deep socket
wrench to remove spark plugs.
12,,...
REPAIR PROCEDURE
Cleanlni
426. Clean the plug in a sand blast type cleaner
which will remove the deposit formed by the fuel••
427. Wipe the outer surface of the plug to remove
grease and dirt.
Inspection
428. Using a round .028 • .033 feeler gauge, check
the gap to see if correct and if not, adjust.
429. Inspect threads and i( damaged, replace plug.
430•• Test the spark plug with a tester and re-
pface if faulty.
Adjustment
431. If the gap of the plug is incorrect, adjust to
0.028 to 0.033 by bending the •ide wire of the plug.
NOTE: If tM center el«R'OtU i, ~"'• t/ie porctk,m
may crock, tesiJdng in plus fai/u.n.
Pate4l
 VEHICLES CANADIAN ARMY
D 114 INSTR 8 "EME MANUAL

··---=~'
Installation
432. Place a new gaslcet on spark plue and start
plur into cylinder head. Tighten plug against
gasli'et, using a deep socket or spark plug wrench .
433. Install sparlc plug cable using spanner wrench 22
and tighten nut on cable.
SPARK PliUG CABLES 21--<==>
.._,
~---t
General 3
~
434. The cables are shielded with a braided
metallic covering and no repairs can be'' ·made.
i£ inspecton reveals that. the thread. of the
to
.t• ·· ·
9
v ..------4
/

spark plug or distributor attacqing nut are faulty, . ..--- _,,,-5

the complete cable must be replaced.
HORN
General
435. The hom is the vibrati~g diaphragm type.
An armature jg linked to the diaphragm and is
operated by an electro-magnet. When voltage
is applied to the electro-magnet, the armature. is
drawn toward the magnet. This movement Rexes
the diaphragm and also opens a set of contacts
in the magnet circuit. As soort as the circuit is
opened, the diaphragm foroes the armature back
to its original position which immediately closes ·
the contacts and the cycle is repeated. The con-
tinuing cycles cause a constant vibration of the
diaphragm and set up the eound waves.
Removal (Fte 61) 9

· 436. To remove the horn button, 6rst remove the

horn button rubber seal.
14-------·
0
437 : Push down on the horn button (23) and
tum counterclockwise. This will unlock the born
button assembly from the horn button lower 12-------1;,
retainer plate (5). The horn button and retainer
plate apring (20) can then be removed. ·
. '-38.Remove retainer plate lockwire (21) from F10 61-HoR.N-EXPLOOE.O V111w
horn button (23). This will free the upper retainer
plate (2) and horn button spring (22).
439. Remove cable inaulator (4) from cable and
remove horn button cable ntamer (18).
440. Unecrew cable tube nut (8) from steering
gtar housing.
441. Separate.connector shield (13) and pull cable
out of connector (11).
442. The horn wire may then be pulled down
through the steering gear housing and out of the
vehicle.

Issue 1-Jan. 1954

CANADIAN ARMY
EME MANUAL
FIG 62-HORN AssEMBLY
443. Disconnect two .wires from horn and inark
their location.
444. Remove two cap screws froin hood brace and
remove horn from vehicle.
maassembly .(FIQ 62)
445. Remove horn dome and disconnect horn
wires.
446. Remove nuts and lockwashers and lift off
horn back assembly, diaphragm and diaphragm
gaskets.
REPAIR PROCEDURE
Cleantna
447. Soak diaphragm and flange in dry cleaning
solvent and clean and dry thoroughly.
448; Wipe gaskets clean with cloth dampened
in dry cleaning solvent.
449. ~low back assembly off with clean, dry
air and wipe off with cloth dampened in dry
cleaning solvent. Dar,;pen strips of linen tape in
carbon tetrachloride ·and draw between contacts.
Draw clean dry tape between contacts to remove
any residue.
450. Wipe horn button and horn button cable
with a cloth dampened in dry cleaning solvent.
Iaaue 1-Jan. 1954
VEHICLES
D 114 INSTR 8
451. Soak horn button spring, upper retainer
plate, retainer plate lockwire and retainer plate
spring in dry cleaning solvent and dry thoroughly.
Inspection
452. Replace diaphrag.;; if cracked or if armature,
ringer disc or stud is loose. Replace if diaphragm
is corroded or rusted.
453. Replace diaphragm gaskets if torn orrough.
Replace "0" ring gasket if not in good condition.
454. Replace back assembly if contacts or coil
are burned. Install new adjusting screws or lock-
nuts if threads are stripped.
455. Touch one test probe to ground on horn and
touch each terminal stud with other probe. If
ground is present, disassemble terminal stud from
back and test again. If etill grounded, replace
back assembly. Install new terminal stud insu-
lation.
456. Touch test probes to terminals. If lamp
does not light, replace back assembly.
457. If front flange is dented, it must be straight-
ened if possible or replaced.
458. Check the horn cable for frayed insulation or
damage to tube nut threads. Replace if damage is
found.
459. Check horn button and pertaining parts for ·
corrosion or breakage. If either condition is
evident, replace the affected parts.
Repair
460. Replace -any parts which inspection has
shown to be faulty.
Reassembly
461. Place one gasket in front flange and line up
holes.
462. Place back assembly on horn and tum so
diaphragm lug will actuate contacts.
463. Tum diaphragm and back so drain hole is in
correct position. Install flange bolts, lockwashers
and nuts. Tighten screws equally and thoroughly.
Teat Pr(!Cedure
464. R~move horn cover or dome.
465. Mount horn on test fixture. Connect battery,
variable resistance and ammeter in series with two
horn terminals. Close battery switch and adjust
voltage to 24 volts. Ammeter reading should be
5.5 amperes.
Paae 43
 VEHICLES CANADIAN ARMY
D 114 INSTR 8 EME MANUAL
466. If horn does not have a steady tone and
operates at the correct amperage, loosen locknut
and tum circuit breaker adjusting screw in or out
as ~needed to give correct voltage and current.
Tighten locknut and check current.

467. Install horn dome and check horn operation,

opening and cl011ing the switch a few times.

468. To adjust air gap, I009en armature locknut

. and clamp plate, It may be necessary to tap clamp
. plate ligh tly to looeen from armature.

~9. Insert llat 0.043 inch feeler gauge between

armature and winding cup. Tum armature, screw-
ing in or out, until gap ie correct on all sides.
Tighten armature locknut and check gap. FIG 63-BATTEllY l.oc.\TIO!I

Installation (Fig 61) BATIERY AND SLAVE RECEPTACLE ·

470. Position b.om on hood brace and install two
mounting cap screws, lockwa&hcrs and nuts.
471. Cnn.nect horn wires to correct terminals as
noted when disasllf:mbled.
General
482. Two twelve volt batteries connected in
series, Fig 63, are located in the battery com-
.p a,tment beneath the passenger seat inside the
driver'& compa.rtment. ··

472. Pull horn wire up through steering gear hous-
ing and column by {a.~tening the end o( it to a
stiff piece o( wire and pushing up through the
housing and column.
0
473. Position retainer plate spring (20) on re-
tainer plate (S).
474. Place cable contact (19) through upper
retainer plate (2).
4 75. Position cable insulator (4) on cable, and
install c,1ble retainer (18) on cable contact (19).
A slave battery receptacle. Fig 64, is provided at
the lower front right corner of cab dunr. Thia
receptacle is connected to the batteries and provide&
an external connection foe charging batteries or to
connect added power for operating electrical units.
Removai
483. Remove p~nger seat.
484. Release catch on front o{ battery box cover,
Fig 65.
485. Remove cover from bMtery box.

476. Install bution spring (22) and upper re- 486. Disconnect battery cables from both bat·
tainer plate (2) with cable and insulator in horn teries.
button. · 487. Remove two battery hold down bracket nuts
and remove bracket.
477. Compress and position retainer plate lock-
wir~ (21) to hold in place. 488. Lift batteries o~t of compartment.
478. Position horn button and push down while 489. Remove cap acrews lrom slave battery
at the same time turning in a cloc:kwise direction receptacle.
to lock in place. 490. Pull receptade out and disconnect cable, at
479. l_nstall horn hutton rubber seal (1). connectors.

480. Tighten cable tube nut (8) to bottom of . REPAIR PROCEDURE

steering gear housing. Cleaning
481. Push cable into connector (11) and join 491. Clean terminals on battery and battery
connector shield (13). cable with a wire brush and wipe with a clean cloth.

Page 44 Issue 1-Jan. 1954

 CANADIAN ARMY
EME MANUAL
F1G 64--SLAVE RECEPTACLE
lnapectlon
492. Inspect battery posts for corrosion or loose-
ness and clean if corroded or repair if loose.
493. · Check case and if damaged replace.
494. Check specific gravity reading of battery
with a hydrometer, Fig 66. The reading should be
1.275 to 1.300 when fully charged; 1.225 when half
charged; and 1.150 when the battery is dangerously
low. Replace battery with one fully charged if
hydrometer reading is low.
:495. Inspect the level of the electrolyte and if
low, distilled water should be added to bring the
level above the separators.
FIG 65-REMOVING BATTERY Box CovER
Issue 1-Jan. 1954
VEHICLES
D 114 INSTR 8 .
FIG 66-CHECKING BATTERY WITH HYDROMETER
496. Inspect the slave receptacle for corrosion
or breakage. Replace if the above condit_ions
are evident.
Repair
497. If the battery has minor damage, in most ·
cases, it can be repaired. If damage is excessive or
battery will not hold its charge, it must be replaced.
Installation
498. Connect cables to connectors and place
receptacle in position.
· FIG 67-HEADLIGHT, BLACKOUT DRIVING
LIGHT AND BLACKOUT MARKER LIGHT
PaAe 45
 VEHICLES CANADIAN ARMY
D t14 INSTR 8 EME MANUAL

I
' . i .LI
E b • r
J11t jl 1
1• !J ...J
I .. .. .. ..
%
f
%
•c 1J
1- LI. 11
J i· l
!~ ! ! •

. ,.,

J - -- -
Pate 46 Issue I-Jan. 1954
 CANADIAN ARMY VEHICLES
EME MANUAL D 114. INSTR 8

FIG 69-LIGHT REFLECTIONS FROM PROPERLY ArnED HEADLIGHTS

1-Uppet' beam of right h . .dllght 1-Venlcal llne, In llne wl-th wlndahl•ld Nnter strip
:,t:"!_
-
2-Upper bum of '-oth hNdllghta 1-Vertloal llne, In lln• with oenter of rl11ht h .. dllght
3-Horlsontal llne 3• Nlow Mad.ll11ht oent.n 7-FlOCM' .......,
.f-Vertloal llne, In llne with oenter of left hudllght
i · '-

499. Replace cap screws and tighten securely.
500. Place batteries in battery box with negative
P,Ost of one battery and positive post of other
tlattery pointing toward front of vehicle.
~01. .Install battery hold down bracket.
502. Connect jumper cable from front negative to
front positive post.
503. Connect cables to rear positive post.
504. Connect cable to rear negative post. When
all connections have been tightened securely,
lubricate with mineral jelly.
505. Install battery box cover.
506. Install passenger seat.
LIGHTING SYSTEM
General
507. All lights operate through the main lighting
switch. A circuit breaker protects the lighting
system against damage caused by short circuits.
The circuit breaker automatically opens the circuit
if any light cable becomes grounded. All lights are
waterproofed and require no preparation for under.
water operatio1:1,
HEADLIGHT ASSEMBLY
General (Fig 67)
508. The headlight Jens, bulb and reflector are
built into one water and dustproof prefocused
unit. The unit is sealed and therefore the reflector
will never need to be cleaned. In event of failure
or damage the whole unit can be replaced,
Removal (Fig 68)
509. Remove headlight door by removing the
screw (3) located· at the bottom.
510. Remove sealed beam lamp unit retainer
ring· and lift unit out through brush guard.

Issue 1-Jan.1954 Page 47

 VEHICLES CANADIAN ARMY
D 114 INSTR 8 EME MANUAL

t t 3 7 e
3 4 4
'

IO

FtG 70-BLACKOtrt DRIVING LIGHT-EXPLODED VIEW

1---e.11>•• ........._ ....
:1---<;elt&e . .n......,, 9Nmmet
>-,,,,c;.,lt......~ltu•hl"I
f - C a W . ~ .......,-,
t-e.a-.........Nt,w
t-C.bl• ..........,. ......
1-et..kout dflW'ln1 l•mp INd)' NMmltlr
-
1S-BfMkovt thi'tt.... l•m,, ....ntl"9 ....,
waaheP
...
10--a...11..,, .,,.,...,. '8,ne ....,. MnnMIIM' 1t-81•uvt drl"'ftf '-"'• ,n,eu,nttne ........_
11-81. .hout 41rtwlne tamp -•untln9 ._..ltet 1J-81MkoYt tllrJ•lne lamp mou..une 11,.o'-t

t r - - = ~ " ' P fflount11119 ew.o•et 18-8lllH•ut d'rlYinf t•mp lllulll ••1emlllp

tt-a1....-out t11,Mn1 l•t'IP 4eof' •..,.mbJy
I0-81M~t •nwtn1 '•'"" t i ~ ,,......,,..
.,..., ,.a.tnlftl rlnt
a-e,.dwt tlrlwlft8 l•m• MIii• 9"""'..._. 14-....k.edt 4,.1.en1 ••mtt mwntln9 nut
t~•.............
..11.ou-t. d"'"'"• ••mp rneu,ntlne INlt
11-81:.=t CNrine lemp do., mwntlne
t-,.81......t drt'Wtfte I.,_. ..W. twffllNI

511. Disconnect cable from lamp unit.
Inspection
S12. Inspect the sockets and wiring. If damaged
it must be replaced.
S13. 11 the filament in the unit is burned out or
the glass is cracked or broken, the unit must be
replaced,
Installation
S14. Place lamp unit in position and connect
cable.
515. Replace retainer ring.
516. Replace headlight ·door and install and
tighten door screws.
Adjustment (Fig 69)
SI 7. The headlight is adjusted .by loosening
mounting bolt nut and turning headlight in desired
direction. A headlight aiming chart is helpful in
properly aiming the headlights. lf one is available
place it twenty-live feet ahead of the vehicle.
Cover one headlight and turn on bright beam.
Aim headlight so that the center of zone of highest
intensity falls on the screen at intersection o(
horizontal cord vertical marker directly in front of
light. Tighten mounting bolt nut and aim other
light in same manner.
BLACKOUT DRIVING LIGHT
General
518. The blackout driving light i• mounted on the
left front fender. The bulb assembly consists of the
lens, bulb, reflector and hooded mask and must be
replaced as a unit.
Removal (Fig 70)
519. Remove door mounting screw (21) and door
(19).
520. Lilt sealed beam unit (18) out.
521. Disconnect cable at connoctor and remove
unit.
Joape<:tlon
522. Inspect the con11ector and wiring lor cor·
Jesue I-Jan. 1954
CANADIAN ARMY VEHICLES
EME MANUAL D 114 INSTR 8

FIG 71-BLACKOUT MARKER LIGHT-EXPLODED VIEW

t-Chatal• wlrln9 ""......,. W'ffllnal t-Grommn eyelet 11-Blaokout ,nark.,. lamp pl.W and ...lret
a-.mbly
2- BIHkout mark.,. lamp . .blo 9rommet 10-81-llout marllw lamp wiring oontaet
bu1hlng ,._Wiring sooket
1-BIHkout maf'k.. lamp wlrlft8 oonneotor
bu•hln9 11-81. .kout m.,.11.,. lamp bulb 20-Blaokout marker lamp •Iring bafflo plat.

~:=:::::: ::::.:'":.:::
4-Blaokout markw lamp ,...unt1n1 IM>lt 12-Blaokout. mark- wlNna oontaot woah... 21-Blaokout mark• lamp wlrlr19 baffto plat.

1--81::.\•;!,h'::"ker lamp mounting Nit algnol bulb 22-Bl:::::.rket lamp houalng

1-Blaokout n1orkor lomJ' wiring NOiiet
?-BIHkout markff lamp wlrlna sooket 1~81Mkout mark.,. lamp mounting HNW n-a1::::~ mark.. lamp mounting
oomp,.....on aprlna 11-BIHkout marker tamp dHr HMmbty 24-Chaaeli wiring oonnMtoP atMII
1--BIHkovt mark.,. lamp wlrfn1 tHmmllt 17-BINkovt "'•'•.,. tamp wlr-ln1 tooll:et
., and .,..let MMpt'Nelon aprl"III

rosion or fraying. II either is ·found, replace the height five inches below the distance from the
affected parts. ground to the top of the opening in blackout driving
light. A vertical line should also be placed the
523. Inspect the lens for cracks or breakage or for
same distance as the light is from the center of the
burned out element. Replace as required.
vehicle.
InstaIla tlon 527. Loosen mounting nut, 14, Fig 70, and aim
524. Connect cable and position unit in lamp beam at the spot where the horizontal anc! vertical
body. lines intersect. Hold light in this position and
525. Install door and mounting screws and tighten tighten adjusting nut.
securely.
PARKING LIGHT, BLACKOUT
Adjustment MARKER LIGHT AND TAIL LIGHT
526. To aim the light locate the vehicle twenty-
live feet from a light coloured wall or screen. A General (Fla 71, 72 and 73)
horizontal line should be placed on this surface at a 528. Th£ parking light, blackout marker light

Issue I-Jan. 1954

 VEHICLES CANADIAN ARMY
D 114 INSTR 8 EME MANUAL

()'>

CD

O>

Paae 50 Issue 1-Jan. 1954

CANADIAN ARMY VEHICLES
EME MANUAL D 114 INSTR 8

FIG 73-BLACKOUT AND SERVICE TAIL AND STOP LIGH1'-EXPLODED VIEW

t-81M~ tall lamp ..........,. ..,.ffllnal 10-er=n':.!!,.:."'P wlrift9 ...kn ....,. 1~°::..:'~:11 w1r1n1 '*"• plate
2-8'6okout tall lor,,p _..,.....,. ...-m.t
tt-alaekout tall la"'• whine a,,Nnnld an4- 20-._k...t tall lamp wlrlna NOket oom-
._81Mkout tall lamp mount.1119 bolt .,..1.t. preaalon •prlng
4--BINllout tall lamp maun'llq llott INk• 12-8,..kout tall lamp wlrtn1 1rommet anti 11-BINkeut UII lamp wiring baffle plate
wa1h.,. aye,let mou.nt.ln•..,...
l-81Nkevt tall lam111 meunt.lna b,..ket. 22-81aok...t talt lamp wlrl119 eooket ptata
HMmbfy
._ar..11out tall lamp hou..... 14-BINkout tafl lamp Wltt"9 eontaot weaher
~Blaokout tall and atop Haht aooltet. with
f-lllaokNllt tall lamp wlrift8 Nflla plate 15-Blullraut taU lamp 1top 118ht bulb. plate
•Nmmft
24-Blaolteut tall lamp oonnMtOf' bM1hln1
a-a1aakowt tall lamp w&rtnt l>afflo pfota
~B1Nkevt tall ..mp wlrl n1 1Nket

and tail lights are not sealed beam units, but are loose connections or other damage. Replace if any
sealed in the body assembly so they are waterproof. damage is found.

Removal 532. Check the bulbs and replace if burned out.

529. Remove screws from door and remove lnstalladon

door and gasket.
533. Place lamp in socket and turn clockwise
530. Push lamp inward and turn counterclock- while pushing down.
wi:ie. ~emove lamp from socket.
534. Install gasket and door.
Inspection .535. Replace retaining screws and tighten
531. Inspect the.sockets and wiring for corrosion, .securely.

Jsaue 1-Jan. 1954 Paae 51

 VEHICLES CANADIAN ARMY
D 114 INSTR 8 EME MANUAL

Fie 75--Sror Lrctrt HANl)t.i. AND

RELATED PARTS
Fie 74-Sl/OT LtGBT Assl!MBt.Y
543. Inspect all threads and if damaged, rep!ace
CONVOY LAMP onit.
General
536. The convoy lamp is mounted in a bracket lnstallatlon
.at the rear of the vehicle on the frame crossmember. S44. Connect cable at rear o( bulb and socket
assembly.
Removal
545. Position bulb and socket assembly in bracket
537. Unscrew lens aod body -1J1bly of lamp. and install lens and body auembly. Tighten
538. Pull bulb and socket assembly from bracket. securely.

539. Disconnect connector and remove aseembly SPOT UGIIT (AMBULANCE)

from vehicl.,.
General
Inspection 546. The •pot light assembly, Fig 74, is a high
540. Inspect the bulb and i( damaged or burned candle power unit incorporating a scl(-containec\
out, replace. switch and mochanism which permits the driver
to direct the light beam io any desired direction.
S41. Check bulb receptacle and wiring. Replace
The spot light usembly is mounted in the roof
unit if dama~ is apparent.
and th• control handle and switch are in the dciver'a
542. Check leas aod replatt if cracked or broken. compartment.

Page S.2 Issue 1-Jan. 1954

 CANADIAN ARMY
EME MANUAL
Fm 76-SPOT LIGHT SWJTCH HOUSING B,4.sg
Removal
. 547. Scparateconnectorshellsandconnectorwhich
will disconnect the extension cable from the
switch cable.
S48. To remove handle, Fig 7S, remove handle
mounting screw and remove· handle, handle
pinion bearing and apring washer from spot light
assembly.
549. Remove handle pinion from switch housing
asaembly.
550. Remove two machine screws and remove
switch housing base, Fig 76, from switch housing
as.embly.
S51. Remove socket head cap screw, Fig 77,
from switch housing assembly with a se.t screw
wrench.
552. Separate conj\ector shells, Fig 78, and con·
nector which will release arm and tube cable from
switch cable.
553. Pull switch housing assembly from arm and
Jseue I-Jan. 1954
VEHICLES
D 114 INSTR 8
FIG 77-SPOT LIGHT SWlTClf AND
HOUSING AsSEMBLY
tube assembly. Exercise caution in removal of
switch housing, as arm and tube cable must be
guided through at upper end of switch housing as
housillg is removed.
554. Remove connector grommet, connector bush,
ing and connector shell, Fig 78, from arm and tube
cable.
555. Remove adjusting nut from Collet bracket.
SS6. Remove two loc;kwashers and screws which
will release collet bracket from roof inside front
center panel.
557. Remove collet bracket from spot light.
5S8. Remove two machine screws from outside
mounting bracket and remove spot light assembly
from roof.
Disassembly
SS9. .Loosen three machine screws and separate
door and lamp unit assembly as an assembly Crom
body, Fig 79.
Paae 53
 VEHICLES
D 114 INSTR 8
F'JG 78--SPOT LIGHT COLLET BRAC1tET"
AND l'.AllTS
560. Remove connector shells from clip in body.
Separate connector shells and connector.
561. Remove nut, lo.ckwasher and ground ter-
minal ..,rew which will separate lamp unit ground
cable from body.
562. Remove lamp unit retaining springs and
separate lamp unit assembly from door.
563. Remove mounting bracket gasket, retaining
spring and outside mountfog bracket from atm
and tube assembly, Fig 80.
564. Remove machine 11erew and pinion retainer
spring washer.
565. Push ann pinion from body and arm and
tube assembly which will separate body from ann
and tube assembly. Withdraw the two arm racks
from arm and tube assembly. Remove pinion
sleeve.
566. Remove ann and tube cable from ann and
tube assembly.
561. Remove male terminal from one end of arm
and tube cable and remove body, cable tube,
pinion retainer plate and pinion retainer rubber
gasket from cable.
Paae 54
CANADIAN ARMY
EME MANUAL
FIG 79-SPOT LJG8T LAMl' UNIT ASSEMBLY
NOTE: Do not """°""arm and tub.t OCJhl,J or relatMl
poru from body ur,I.n imp«ti,Jn rewou lhat ,...
~ <>/ cabu or rdaleO pan, i, -=-uary.
568. Remove machine screw and cable clamp
from switch housing assembly. Remove connector
grommet, connector bushing and connector ahell
from switch cable.
569. Remove identification tag from switch cable.
570. Remove switch supporting plate and switch
assembly from switch housing.
Cleantna
571. Wash metal parts in dry cleaning solvent
and dry with compressed air. Wipe dirt from other
parts with a cloth.
Joapectlon
572. Inspect handle for cracks or other visu.ll
damage. Handle must be replaced if it is not in
good condition. Inspect handle mounting screws
for distortion or damaged threads. Replace screw
if either of these conditions exist.
573. Inspect arm pinion, Fig 80, and handle
pinion for worn teeth, distortion or damaged
threads. Replace pinions if any of these conditions
exist.
Issue 1-Jan. 1954
CANADIAN ARMY
EME MANUAL
FIG 80---SPOT LIGHT ARM AND TUBE ASSEMBLY
574. Inspect handle pinion bearing for cracks,
worn splines or other visual damage. Replace
bearing if any unsatisfactory c,ondition exists.
575. Inspect spring washer for cracks or other
visual damage. Replace washer if it is not in good
condition.
576. Inspect switch housing base, Fig 76, for
cracks or other visual damage. Replace housing if
base is not in good condition.
577. Inspect switch housing assembly, Fig 77,
for cracks, broken or seized switch lever, cracked
or distorted contact plate or damaged threads.
Replace switch housing if any of these conditions
exist.
578. Check switch assemblr, Fig 77, for current
flow to determine if contacts are in good condition.
If current flow is not satisfactory replace switch
assembly. Inspect switch cables, cable tube and
cable spring for deterioration or other visual
Issue 1-Jan. 1954
VEHICLES
D 114 INSTR 8
damage. If these parts are not in good condition,
replace switch assembly.
579. Inspect switch supporting plate, Fig 77, for
distortion. Replace plate if it is not in good con-
dition.
580. Inspect collet bracket, Fig 78, for distortion,
cracks or damaged threads. Replace collet bracket
if any of these conditions exist.
581. Inspect adj'usting nut, Fig 78, for distortion
or damaged thre~ds. Replace nut if any of these
conditions exisL
582. Inspect mounting bracket gasket, Fig 80,
for deterioration or other visual damage. Replace
gasket if it is not in good condition.
583. Inspect retaining spring, Fig 80, for cracks
or distortion. Replace spring if either of these
conditions exist.
584. Inspect outside mounting bracket, Fig 80,
for broken stop, cracks or other visual damage.
Replace bracket if it is not 'in good condition.
585. Inspect door for worn or damaged screws,
cracks, corrosion damage, distortion or other visual
damage. Replace door if any unsatisfactory con-
ditions exist.
586. Connect lamp unit to a source of current and
determine if filament is in good condition. Replace
lamp unit assembly if not satisfactory. Inspect
lamp unit assembly for evidence of moisture on
reflector. Replace lamp unit assembly if there is
evidence of moisture on reflector.
587. Inspect lamp unit retaining springs for
breakage or distortion. Replace springs if not in
good condition.
588. Inspect body for loose rivets, cracks, dis-
tortion, corrosion damage or other visual defects.
Replace body if not in good condition.
589. Inspect arm and tube assembly for cracks,
distortion, corrosion damag~ or other visual
defects. Replace arm and tube assembly if not in
good oondition.
590. Inspect arm racks for worn teeth, distortion
or cracks. Replace racks if any of these conditions
exist.
591. Inspect arm and tube cable and cable
insulator for deteriorated insulation or other visual
damage. Replace cable and/or insulator if not in
good condition.
 VEHICLES
D 114 INSTR 8
592. Inspect pinion retainer rubber gasket for
.deterioration. Replace gasket if there is any evi-
de"'e of deterioration.
593. Inspect pinion retainer plate for cracks,
corrosion damage or distortion. Replace retainer
plate if any of these conditions exist.
S94. Inspect pinion retainer apring washer for
_cracks. Replace washer if it is not in good condition.
Reassembly
S9S. If arm and tube cable or related parta were
removed, install cable and related parts in body.
596. Insert arm ~nd tube cable in body.
S97. Install cable insulator so that it will be
located at right angle bend where cable enteni tube
from body and install connector male terminal on
one end of cable.
S98. Install pinion retainer rubber gasket on
cable through outside hole of gasket, followed by
pinion retainer plate (tlirough outside hole of
plate and Jlru1ged edge toward -body bracket). In-
stall other connector male terminal on end of cable.
599. I naert arm and tube cable in arm and tube
assembly through lower hole fo arm upper opening.
NOTE: Allow appro,ci.ma~y 6M indies of tal,le
inside of body and ,.,. iru:Ju,s bdwt!ffl body and arm
so thot appro,iimai«y lhree indta of cabk uill exwnd
from bouom of tube.
600. Position cable insulator oo. cable so that it
will cover cable where it extends througb upper end
of arm and tube assembly.
601. Insert the two arm racks in the arm and
tube assembly with arm and tube cable between
racks. Hold arm and tube assembly in left h:\nd
end push one nick up into arm and tube assembly
aa far as it will go and position other rack so that
teeth at upper end just cover op,ming for pinion.
Insert arm pinion in arm and tube. assembly and
place pinion sleeve over pinion. Wrap cable three
times around sleeve (counterclockwise) and position
body on pinion with opening of body p0inting
directly away from arrn and tube assembly.
Install pinion retainer spring washer and round
CANADIANARMY
EME MANUAL
head machine screw in end of pinion and tighten
screw.
602. Install connector shell, connector bushing
and connector grommet on upper end "Of arm and
tube cable.
603. If a new lamp unit assembly is installed,
install an identification number tag on lamp unit
ground cable and on other cable to correspond with
numbers on wiring diagram. Also install a con-
nector shell, connector bushing and connector
grommet on other cable.
604. Position lamp unit in door and install four
lamp unit retaining springs equally spaced.
605. Install round bead ground terminal screws
· through hole in body assembly (head outside).
Place terminal of lamp ground cable on screw
followed by an internal tee~h lockwasher and a nut.
Position cable at right angles to connector shell
clip and tighten nut.
606. Install connector on arm and tube cable and
insert lamp unit cable. Connect connector shells
and insert connector shells in clip attached to
body assembly.
607. Position door on body so that drain hole
in door corresponds with drain opening in body.
Tighten attaching screws.
608. Position outside mounting bracket on arm
and tube assembly (flange d own) followed by
retaining spring (hook down) and engage hook of
spring in hole in tube a=mbly. Install mounting
bracket ga&ket on tube assembly.
609. Insert switch cable (long) through hole in
switch housing a•sembly (from inside) and make
certain that coil spring around cable extends
. through hole. Install identification tag on cable.
610. Position cable clamp in switch housing
assembly and install a lockwasher and round head
machine screw. Tighten screw.
611. Install female connector shells, connector
bushings and connector grommets on switch
cables. Install cable connectors on switch cables.
612. lMtall £witch supporting plate on switch
usembly.
Issue I-Jan. 1954
CANADIAN ARMY VEHICLES
EME MANUAL D 114 INSTR 8

FIG SI-INSTRUMENT PANEL AND DRIVER'S CONTROLS

t-En1lne prim., pa,,np llnolt
2-Horn button
3-U•ht awlteh
4-Ferdlna Control
I-Throttle NntNI bltttotl
.,_,11.eln• tien,peratuN eau..
11-Fuel ..u,.
ti-Engine oH pr,NMIN t•u..
13-Tranlf• .,.,,. t.....
1-4-M•III Mm. .rtment
11-au.r1,.. ......
11-HNdlleht beam Nntrot awttoh
21--Poww u.1r:..,.,r oontl'el ._..
22-Choke oontrol bt.rtton
2:1-Startw ltutton
24-Tnn•mlulon . . .nhlft . . . .
a----Gowl wintllator handle
~Hudllght high ....m al1nal Uaht

7-Ammeur 1•u. . 17--Clutoh pedal 21-Haftd brake ,...,...

l-lnttnu11ent ll1ht 11-a...11:e pedal 21-Tnnd.,. dNluteh ' - -

._SpMdornet:et' t~l1nltlon 1wltiah 21-F'IN •rilftlul..._.
10-lnatrument llght IB-A........... pedal

Installation assembly and engage teeth of pinion with teeth on

613. Position spot light assembly on roof and
install two oval head machine screws. Tighten
screws.
614. Position collet bracket over lower end of
tube and attach bracket to roof inside front center
panel with two internal teeth lockwashers and
round head header point machine screws. Tighten
screws.
615. Install adjusting nut on collet bracket but
do not tighten nut.
616. Connect connector shells on switch cable
(short) and arm and tube cable. Position switch
housing assembly on end of tube and work arm
and tube cable through slot at end of switch housing
assembly.
Align screw hole at upper end of switch housing
assembly with cut out in end ol tube. Insert a
socket head cap screw through slotted end of switch
housing assembly. Tighten screw.
617. Install handle pinion through switch housing
arm racks.
618. Snap cable connectors in switch housing
base and position base on switch housing assembly.
Install and tighten two machine screws.
619. Place spring washer in countcrbore of switch
housing base followed by handle pinion bearing
(slot outside), handle and handle mounting screws.
620. Engage connector and connector shells to
attach extension cable to switch cable (long).
Place connector shells in clip on roof pa nel.
621. Tighten adjusting nut until a slight drag
is evident when handle is oscillated.
PANEL LIGHTS
General
622. The panel lights, 8 and 10, Fig 81, are located
in the instrument cluster as an aid to night driving.
Removal
623. Remove instrument cluster, Fig 82, by
turning four quick disconnect screws.

Issue I-Jan. 1954 Pall,e 57

 VEHICLES
D 114 INSTR 8
Fie 82-REMOVINC INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
624. Disconnect electrical connections at rear
of panel lights.
625. Remove two screws from front of cluster and
remove light from back of cluster.
Inspection
626. Inspect the lamp connections and wiring.
Replace if lhulty or damaged.
· 627. Check the bulbs and replace ii burned out.
Lamp Replacement
628. Press assembly together and tum count«·
clockwise to separate the two halves.
629. Press on lamp and remove from socket.
630. Install new lamp and place halves together
Pre&& and turn clockwise.
lnstallatlon
631. Place light in.. position and install mounting
screws.
632. Connect the electrical connections at rear
of cluster.
633. Replace the instrument clu,ter and lock
'.:four quick disconnect screws.
.... ~
·,
MAIN. LIGHT SWITCH
General (Fla 83)
634. The light switch is located on the instrument
panel to the driver's right, 3, Fig·81. This switch
Paae58
CANADIAN ARMY
EME MANUAL
FIG 83-MAIN LJGHT SWITCH
is a three lever type with main switcli, auxiliary
switch and mechanical switch ,levers. The main
and auxiliary switches interlock to prevent the
.ervice headlights or parking lights from being
turned on when the main switch lever is in black-
. out or daylight driving position.
The five position main switch is located at the
top with lever pointing up. This switch controls
the blackout lights, (head, marker, stop and tail)
and service stop and tail lights.
The mechanical switch is located below and to
the right of the· man switch with lever pointing 45
·degrees to the right. The main •witch interlocks
with the switch fl) prevent accidentally turning on
the service stop or tail light. To turn the main
switch !eve,· to these two positions it is necessary
to hold the mechanical switch lever in a raised
position.
The five position auxiliary switch is located
below and to the left of main switch with lever
pointing 45 degrees to the left. This ·switch con·
trols the instrument cluste~ lights, service head
lights and parking lights. lt is inoperative when
the main switch lever is in an off po9ition.
Removal
635. Remove connections from plugA on back
of switch.
laaue 1-Jun, ltS4
CANADIAN ARMY VEHICLES
EME MANUAL D 114 INSTR 8

636. Remove screws holding switch in instrument Removal

panel and remove switch from panel.
647. Disconnect brake lines and connector term·
inals.
Inspection
637. H the switch does not operate or isdamaged, • 648. Unscrew aod remove switch from mounting
it must be replaced. block.

Installation Inspection

638. Place switch in position in instrument 649. Replace stop light switch if damaged or
panel and replace mounting screws. inoperative.

639. Connect the connections to the pllli& on Installation

switch back.
DIMMER SWITCH .
General
640. The dimmer switch, 16, Fig 81, is foot
actuated and controls the selection of high or low
beam .on service headlights. Depress and then
release the switch to change the headlight beam
in use. When the high beam is in use, the high
beam signal light, 26, Fig 81, will be on.
Removal
641. Remove mounting screws from below floor
boards and lift the switch.
642. Disconnect the cable connections and re-
move the switch.
Inspection
643. Inspect the switch and.if darn~ed or faulty
replace with new switch.
InetaUatlon
644. Connect cable connections and place dimmer
switch in position.
645. Jnstall and tignten mounting screws.
· STOP LIGHT SWITCH
General
646. The atop light switch will function when the
brake pedal is applied, only when the main lightins-
switch is moved to the ,top light position.
The stop light switch is mounted on the left
frame aide member, immediately in front of the
front; transfer mounting crossmemlJer.
I88Ue I- Jan. 1954
650. Install switch in mounting block and install
brake lines and connectors.
651, Bleed the brake lines according to INSTR 10.
CONVOY LAMP SWITCH
General
652. The convoy lamp switch is a single pole
toggle switcn mounted on the dash below the
steering column.
Removal
653. Remove two mounting screws and lift off
cover plate.
65,. Pull switch from behind dash and disconnect
connectors.
Inspection
655. Inspect the ,_;itch and replace i( damaged or
inoperative.
I nsta Ila tlon
656. Position switch behind dash, install cover
plate and mounting screws and connect connectors.
CIRCUIT BREAKER
General
6S7. A circuit breaker is placed in the lighting
circuit aa a protection against burned wires or '
battery discharge due to shorting. It is located on
thecowl ventilator brace. If a short developsinthe
lighting circuit, the circuit breaker will open and
close automatically until the short has been elimi-
nated.
Pa&e59
 VEHICLES CANADIAN ARMY
D 114 INSTR 8 EME MANUAL

Removal SPEEDOMETER
658. Disconnect terminal connectors from cir- Removal
cuit-breaker. 672. Remove instrument cluster, Para 623.
659. Remove mounting screws and remove circuit 67 3. Remove ftexible shaft from speedometer
breaker. head, 29, Fig 84-
Inspection 674. Remove two lock nuts and lockwashers .a nd
660. Check the circuit breaker and replace if remove speedometer from front of instrument
damaged or inoperative. cluster panel.
lnstalln tlon 675. Disconnect Rexible shaft from drive unit
661. Position circuit breaker and install mounting on transler and pull shaft from hou,ing.
screws.
loapectloo
662. Connect terminal connectors to circuit 676. · Check the speedometer he.'\d and if damaged
breaker. nr inoperative, replace.

INSTRUMENTS 677. Inspect the speedometer cable for damage.

Replace if necessary.
General
·663. The instrument cluster, Fig 84. contains Installation
the following instrumenta: ammeter, fuel ·gauge, 678. Insert drive shaft into drive unit and tighten
. temperature gauge, oil pressure gauge and speed- connection.
ometer. The ignition switch, 19, Fig 81, is located
below the light switch on the driver's right. 679. Place speedometer in position and install
mounting nuts and lockwashers.
AMMETER, FUEL GAUGE, TEMPER- 680. Connect Rexiblc cable.
ATURE GAUGE AND OIL PRESSURE
GAUGE 681. Install instrument cluster and tighlen lock
screws, 25, Fig 84.
Remonl
664. Remove the instrument clu,ter, Para 623.
IGNITION SWITCH
663. Disconnect electri.:al connection or con-
nections from unit to be removed. Removal
682. Di,oonnect battery cable to prevent damage
666. Remove two nuts and lockwMhers at back
of unit and remove unit from front of instrument fro,n short circuits.
clU$lCr panel. 683. Remove screw from center of switch lever
and remove lever.
Inspection
667. lllspect the unit which has been removed. 684. Remove nut holding aw;tch in instrument
If it is damaged or inoperative, replace, panel and remove switch from back of panel.

Installation 685. Disconnect cable connections.

668. Place unit in position in instrument cluster Jn~pectlon
panel.
686. Test ignition switch and if inoperativ.e or
669. Install two nuts and lockwashers. damaged, replace.
670. Connect electrical connections. lnatallation
671. lostall instrument cluster and tighten lock 687. Install ignition switch in instrument panel
screws, 2S, Fig 84. and install retainer nut and wa.,hcr.

Issue I-Jan. 1954

 ...-..
C

T
.....
:'
-..."'....
r·~,,w;;,
.,.,.~ ~ II 12

16
.
l
~z
~-
('j

>>
zz
c::>
n
('j >

>:;,::I
t"'3::
g· / 46 I , - "'''-r .r
-<:
7 45
I
44 -~ ,-. ,...,
~-·- -'-=" 25

35

FIG 84--INSTRUMlrNT CLUSTER-EX.Pl.ODED VIEW

1-Brackll't mo11ntlng nut
2-Braatet: 1nountln9 nut lookwa1her ....,,
t~lnstrument panel llght oabl• connector
...
2.(-lnstrument ,-nel rno1i1ntln9 etud WNIMM' 31--lnstrumant panel olroult ...._kM'...,..
25--lnatrument "nel mountln111tud
t:,

3-lnat.rurneo11t wiring • ...,.,bl)'
,-lnatr1.un•nt wiring connNtor
S-lnatrum•nt wlrlnlil conn-tor gl'Ommri
l--ln1trum•nt wiring "'nnNtor b1ahln11
7-ln1trum•11t wiring connNtor
B-lnatrurnant wlrln11 conneotor ollp
!t--1 natrurnent panel conn-.:itor ah11I
...:l'. 1D-ln1trum1M1t. pa,nel llght u.ble cionnactor
•hell
11-lnstrurnent. panel llght. oaba. oonneot.or
12-lnatru..,...,.t p.anal llght ubl• -nneotor
11rommat.
~ QO
--=~
14-lnstrumint pa1t11I llght connNtor t - 2'-1 natrument. panel oe,ble bl'Nlr.et .,.... 3t-Hlgh beam Indicator lamp alMftlbly
.(0-lnatrumant . . nel lamp oovar auernbl,.
mlnal
16--lnatnimant panel lamp OOftl' a ...mbl:,
1&-lnatrument panel bulb
i~:!cr:::-~=t,)'
33-011 11au11e a&Nmbl,.
.(1-Bracket gau . . mounting nlllt lookwHhw
42-Btaoket gauge mountl1111 nut ,I>,.=
17-lnauument: panel lamp lana 31-Ammet.r ga.,.. HNmbl)' .U-ln.vument panel light UMmbl)'
11-lnatrument. panel lamp bodw- 32-Watar ternperat1i1ra 11auge, a . . mbl,.
19---1 nstrumant panal Ilg ht ahleld 33-lnstrument. panel olN1ult IN'N.ket NNW
U-5,.,.ctom.ter mount.Ina bracket
4&-1 nrtrurnent pa rial U•trt uble mountln1 Zn
20--Gaua• mounting braa.ket
21-lnatrumant panel cab .. brllokri •-w,.
22-1 nitrument panel cable braoket ..,_ nut
23-lnftl'llment pa11111I -bla ..,...kltt: KNW
lockwa1her
:U-Lockwuhlf"
35-lnitrument penel
38-Hlah bNm lndtoat.oP bod,. aNMnbly
37-lnltrurnent panel elreult ~ker
stud
44-1 nat.ruim•nt panel l ..ht ubla rnMlntlng
atull lookwMher ~~
):Hll
 VEHICLES CANADIAN ARMY
D 114 INSTR 8 EME MANUAL

FIG 85-FUEI. GAUGE SENDING UNIT

688. Connect cable connections.

fIG 86--0!L PRESSURE SBNDINO UNIT
689. Install switch lever and tighten screw in
center. FUEL GAUGE SENDING UNIT
600. Connect battery cables and tighten sccurely. Removal
Coat connections with mineral jelly. 697. Remove sending unit cover on floor o(body.

SENDING UNITS 698. Djsconnect cable at connectors.

General 6<>9. Remove mounting screws and lift unit out

691. The fuel gauge sending unit, Fig 85, is
located (n top of fuel tank. The oil pressure gauge
sending unit, Fig 86, is located on the left side of
engine between di•tributor and oil filler pipe. The
temperature gauge 6ending unit is located on the
rear left side of the engine. ·
OIL PRESSURE AND TEMPERATURE
GAUGE SENDING UNITS
Removal
692. Disconnect cable at connectors.
693. Remove oil pressure and temperature gauge
sending unit by twisting counterclockwise and
unscrewing.
Inspection
694. ln~pcct units and teat for accuracy. Jf
. damaged or not accurate, replace.
Installation
695. Position gauges and tighten in a clockwise
direction.
696. Connect cable connectors.
of tank.
Inspection
700. Inspect and test unit for damage and in-
accuracy. If either of the above conditions exist,
replace unit.
Installation
70J. Position unit in tank and replace mounting
screws.
702. Connect cable connections.
703. install unit cover on floor of body.
RADIO SUPRESSION EQUIPMENT
General
704. Filtcn and shielding arc designed to reduce
or eliminate radio interference due to .the electrical
system. Shielding consists of a grounded metal
case mounted around current carrying conductors
or units. This shielding restricts or confines the
radio inte rference caused by electrical currenu.
Filters are connected in electrical circuits to block
fluctuating peaks in the current due to the making
and breakini: of contacts in the ignition or charging
system.

Issue 1-Jan. 19S4

 CANADIAN ARMY VEHICLES
EME MANUAL D 114 INSTR 8

0 0
17

""@ ... ... @>:i: -@ ...3

... (@)::;
!c 0 ... 8@~
!3
"'@"" ~
....
REGULATOR FIELD
FIG 88-SHIELDING

0 0 TERMINAL FILTER NOTE: Thi, ,ame procedure can be wed to tell

corulen&ers.
RADIO INTERFERENCE FILTER

SHIELDING

~~ General (Fla 88)

CONDENSER
FIG 87-FILTERS AND CONDENSERS
FILTERS
General (Fla 87)
705. The filter is an assembly consisting of a coil
and one or more condensers connected internally
in a metal can which is mounted at the desired
location in such a manner that the can is well
grounded to the body of the vehicle.
Three filters are enclosed in.a metal housing,
located on the left side of the dash above the clutch
and brake pedals.
Inspection
706. Inspect all filters to make sure that terminal
connections and wiring make a good electrical
contact and all mounting bolts are drawn tight.
707. Check mounting surfaces, tops and bottoms
of all filters and their placement ~sitions to be
sure they are clean and free from paint and dirt.
708. Check cadmium plated bolts, nuts and
washers to be sure they are in good condition.
NOTE: If du, boll., nut., or uxuher, ore remm>ed they
mwt be replaced .,,u/i the ,ame type and material.
Tests
709. Connect test unit to each terminal of filter.
If current does not pass through filter and an open
circuit is indicated the fitter should be discarded
and replaced with an identical new part.
710. Disconnect wiring from filter and connect
test unit from either terminal to filter body. Pas-
sage of current between terminals and body in-
dicates a short within filter and unit ohould be
replaced.
711. Shielding is accomplished by encasing wires
of the electrical system in metal braid and ground-
ing the braid at both ends to keep the offending
wires and braid from radiating interference.
Inspection
712. Check terminal connections and wiring to be
sure of good connections.
713. Check mounting and ground bolts to be
sure they are tightened securely.
714. Check mounting surfaces to be sure they
are clean and free.from dirt or grease.
715. Check shielding braid and if frayed or
broken, replace.
BONDING
General (Fla 89)
716. Bonding is an electrical connection of
extremely low resistance between two or more
metal parts. Various points of the vehicle are
bonded by means of tinned copper braid ground
straps. These straps are fastened to their respective
points by cadmium plated bolts and nuts or screws
10-01 GROUND STRAP
@@©@@
INTERNAL-EXTERNAL TOOTH LOCK WASHERS
18)(111
FIG 89-BONDING

Issue 1-Jan.1954 Pall,e 63

 VEHICLES CANADIAN ARMY
D 114 INSTR 8 EME MANUAL

FJG 9(}-RADIO INTERFERENCE SUPPRESSION BONDING Pon1n

1-ru..,..· ~" wpp......,.. 22-llledlato, •W• •'"' upper tMII• to euaHI ,t-Runnlne ....,... .. ..unnl... ....,.. .......,,
Vot'*fe rqvl•..,. le 4••"- za-A•4'•tca.· • .,..,... tie 1ld• .t1,ell 0 . ., . •upport 42---Cowl "n\ll11W ._._. to da•h ...~,
Sht_,.,.., a.ltt• •, • • " ~ 1 " 4 . . , 111••._.. '° ...,.
•h_.t and tie NMI t• ar.r. ..,._,. '3-StM,lng ,...._ b"••k.t to ct..h ,.nM
2-S':,'!:! m•tM •••u•anMr to tUrtlh• U-1 ,...,,...,..,.. . ftlwr u da1h 4'-F"roht tend- r-nt ••pport . , . . to ,adla•

.._,......1.., " ' " ' " " ta ....h

1-St"'°'"• aoluffln to ln,trumant .....,1
t--£"''"' to fram.-l•tt •141•
.........row, p,Mal rotl b,..het to 4'aah
· N-IW'1M ahlft r...- to atartlne M4tM
t1-t1nld1n ••-'• b,..bt to •Jllnd.., ....,
..,.. .....,,.....
Wf' ,.,.. auppo,t
4-F'ront faft'd... front 1yppo,t to Peelldol"

..--R..r ....- of fNnt 1-,tdal' to frame

.._£n1tn• t.o traffl.-.t9hc •Iii• , ,._.,.,th.., PIJ:N 1'rHket. to 9"tlne
........... CUN . . . . . .A. ,,.nc •uci",t
•r-r•nd... to ,,,.,n
•hl•ld
1~Splaah 1hl4144 to frame .....R.dlotor M,. a ...mbfr 10 ...........
11-H. .dH.hU .. f ...dt t•nd.... lwppori
11-L.9lft1 to ...."
· 12--Haod MOtlona-fNftt N-81••k•ut tlflYln•••eht to fNnt f•nd., ,u.ior ..... .,...,,
....... ,f'Oftt hOM .......... ...
t,3-HM4 ...ti.n,-,..., » - 84 .. tco•t H•hu to f,ont feft4w dO-ftNf' ..,.. of tpfa1h •hl•ld W "'•"'•
1~"'-411:, to f-m••ntl •••to. Ndr-1.eft lold• a.-o~;,~:r•dJu.tlnt arm t.e•n..,•COratMI ":-"ii,';:!=•~"',!4::w to .... Mid d . .n
1&-a.., to ,,..m......,.letlt tide ff-OIi fllt•l' to IDl'H4cet 51-Reaf' •kw"''"'°" w ..-1
11-Mood •unt6*' ..nu•t ae-M•pbff"' •h•n.nel to d. .h paneJ 11-Wt,ufthkld pfl'ot 1,.-.obl W ....
1t--G•nweto, thloid-4 . .1t1e at. tSdo pan•I
»--ContNI . .bl•• to da,h
--M•• Ito.,... •h••••• w '""""'"e,m. pan-1 lt-Wfndthfold ... ,I•
b,..."'-t t. MWt
40-ln1Jn• fl'Ont wp"°" plate t. •u..-r1 te--COW1 bf'eokot 'Co und-a..cl)'
2t-r1..r on,"" tMaNI• '° u•d•,brodr

and internal, external .shake proof lockwashers. All 1hake('rtJOJ lockwa,hers 1ho<1ld be repl,,C*d in tMi¥
The bonds are located as shown, Fig llO. original s•qiun~.

Inspection
717. Check mounting surfoces to- l>e sure they
arc free from paint and dirt.
713. Check bonds and replace if broken or frayed.
NOTE: When bond, or ,hak,,proof lockwasher, a"'
nmo""4 ha ,,,,... to replaa, in ttt;..t:1ly the ,ame po,iti<m.
WIRING
General
719. All circuits in the electrical system are
numbered on bQth ends of the cables that make up
the circuit. These circuits can be checked with the
use of a test light, ohmmeter or voltmeter used in
conjunction with the electrical wiring diagram •.

Pate 64 Issue 1-Jan . .1954

~,-,.v..,-m.~1, ~Rl\#,X 'f'iJlH;:J._,"t,~
EME MANUAL D 114 INSTR 8

?? ! ~~. !
M
rv••
M~
!H:!!
~ :: :

1m: n
i~ (3
r ill
~
;,i
)l
0
u
Q
z
"
8
';1
u
I
~
a"
<!

";;;z
1i ~I ~
1
0:
"
C:
:

Issue 1-Jan. 1954 Pa~e 65

-
. , ,'·/:-, ' .
 VEHICLES CANADIAN ARMY
D 114 INSTR 8 EME MANUAL

Paae 66 l8e11e I-Jan, 1954

\.
CANADIAN ARMY
EME MANUAL
TABLE I-ELECTRICAL SYSTEM TROUBLES AND REMEDIES
SYMPTOMS PROBABLE CAUSE
Generator Falla To Open chartmll, drcult
Charte
Stlckln& brushes
Dirty or burned commutator
Grounded commutator
Grounded field coll
Open circuit In field
Poor solderlnll, on armature and Check and resolder any faulty
field studs
Low, Unsteady Chart· Sllpplnll, fan belt
lnll, Rate
Faulty ammeter
Improperly seated brushes
Weak brush sprlnQ tension
Out of round commutator
Resltance In charll,lna circuit Check charjllnll clrcult.
Open armature wlndlna
Hl&h resistance at battery term• Remove battery cables and clean
lnal posts
Excessive Char1tlnll Rate Faulty rell,ulator
Shorted field
Noisy Generator Improperly seated brushes
Worn beartna
Fan blades or pulley damaaed
Noise and Arclnll At Hlllh mica between commutator
Brushes bars
Out of round commutator
Spruna armature shaft
Dirty, atazed commutator
Hard spots on·brushes
Weak brush sprlnll,s
Worn or loose brushes
l88ue 1-Jan. 1954
VEHICLES
D 114 INSTR 8
PROBABLE REMEDY
Teat 11,enerator for open clrcult,
Free up or replace brushes.
Check commutator and lf dirty,
roull,h or worn, recondition.
Check armature for ~ounda.
Check for ~ounded field coll.
Check for open clrcult In field.
connections.
Tlll,h ten bet t.
Check ammeter and replace.
Relpace brushes and seat.
Check tension and replace weak
sprlnll,s,
Recondition armature commu-
tator.
Test armature for open winding.
terminals. Replace and tighten
securely, coatlnA with mineral
jelly to retard corrosion.
Check and repair rell,ulator.
Test field coll for short.
Check brushes and replace If neces-
sary.
Check and replace worn bearln&s,
Check blades and pulley and re•
place.
Undercut commutator mica.
Recondition commutator;
Replace armature assembly.
Recondition commutator.
Replace brushes.
Check and replace weak brush
springs.
Replace brushes.
 VEHICLES
D 114 INSTR 8
TABLE I-ELECTRICAL SYSTEM TROUBLES AND REMEDIES-(CONT'D)
SYMPTOMS PROBABLE CAUSE
Regulator Points 011- Poor eround connections
dbed
Ml4allgned contacts
Improper air gap setting
Shorted field in aenerator
Re&ulator Polnta Pitted Insufficient point spring tension Check sprinll.s and replace If weak.
Reversed generator polarity
Burned Coll Windings High Yoltage regulator setting
High current regulator setting
Grounded generator field
Stuck cutout points Revereoo polart ty
Lont usage
Ignition Coll Failure Extremely high voltage
Burned or Pitted Dirt or oil on points
Distributor points
Improperly adjusted points
Faulty condenser
Faulty coll
Re&ulator setting blah
Starter Falls To Weak batteries
Operate
Loose battery cables
Slow Starting Motor Low battery
Speed
Dirty or burned commutator or· Recondition commutator and re-
brushes
Worn bearings causing armature Check bearings and replace If worn.
drag.
Bearl~as too tight
High resistance In wlrln& circuit Check resistance In wiring circuit.
Engine oil too beavy In cold
weather
Page 68
CANADIAN ARMY
EME MANUAL
PROBABLE REMEDY
Check for poor eround.
File down, align and adjuat con•
tacts.
Set air taP to spedflcatlona.
Check generator for shorted field.
Check polarity and correct If neces·
sary.
Check regulator and repair
Check regulator and repalt.
Check generator and correct
grounded condition.
Check generator polarity and cor•
rect if necessary.
Check and replace points If neces•
sary.
Replace coll and check voltage
regulator.
Clean points and replace If neces-
sary.
Adjust points and test breaker arm
spring tension.
Check and replace condenser if
necessary.
Check and replace coll If necessary.
Check regulator setting and adjust
If required.
Replace or recharae batteries.
Check and tighten battery cables,
Check battery and replace or re•
charge If necess:1ry.
place brushes. ·
Check bearing size and replace If
necessary.
Check oil and make sure It Is
proper grade.
Issue 1-Jan. 1954
CANADIAN ARMY VEHICLES
EME MANUAL D 114 INSTR 8

TABLE I-ELECTRICAL SYSTEM TROUBLES AND REMEDIES-(CONT'D)

SYMPTOMS PROBABLE CAUSE PROBABLE REMEDY

Starter Turns But Does Broken drive spring Remove starting motor and Install
Not Engage new drive spring.
Broken teeth on flywheel ring Check ring gear and replace If
gear necessary.
Starter Locks Broken or chipped teeth on lly• Check ring gear and replace If
wheel ring gear necessary.
Loose starter mounting bolta Check mountlnll bolts and tighten.
Horn Wlll Not Blow Improper adjustment Adjust horns.
Faulty horn Check and replace horn,
Faulty button contact Check horn button by troundlng
and If horn blows check button
and replace
Broken or faulty wldng Check and replace faulty wlrlna.
Horn Blows Con- Shorted wiring Check wiring to locate short.
tinuously Replace wiring.
Grounded horn button Check horn button and replace
If required.
Stuck contact points In horn Check points nnd replace horn If
nece~s11ry.
Battery Will l\ot Re- Too high charging rate Fill battery and check voltage
taln Water retula tor. Repair If necessary.
Cracked battery case Replace case or battery.
Battery Will Not Take Low water level Fill battery and chnrge.
Charge
Worn out battery Replace battery.
Lights Do Not Burn Burned out bulb or unit Replace burned out bulb or unit.
Faulty wiring Replace faulty wiring.
Faulty switch Replace faulty switch.
Dead battery Recharie or replace battery.
Llgh rs Fllcker Loose connections Tighten connections as necessary.
Poor ground at llgh t socket Check ground connections.
Bulbs Burn Out , lxcessive voltage Test battery voltaee.
·Frequently
Short In circuit Check wiring.
Incorrect bulbs Replace with correct bulbs.

Issue I-Jan. 1954 Page 69

 VEHICLES CANADIAN ARMY
D 114 INSTR 8 EME MANUAL

TABLE II-ELECTRICAL SYSTEM SPECIFICATIONS

GENERATOR
Make........... . . . . . ..... . . ..... .. ... . . .. . ... ..... Auto-L.lte
Model. ... ... .. . . .... ... . .... . ...... . . . . . . . . . . . . ... GHA-480.2-UT
·Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Left side of entlne
Drive ... . ..... . . . .... . . .... ... . . . .. .. .... ... ... . . .. Belt
Pulley diameter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . 3~ Inch
Voltage ...·.... . .. .. . .. . . . . ... . . . . . . . . . ... . ... . ..... .24 volts
_ Charting Rate-Amperes . .... ... .. . ... . .. . .. . . . . . .. l5
Watts..... . . .. . .. .. . .... .. . . ...... 600

GENERATOR REGULATOR
Make. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Auto-Ute
Model ... . ............................. .. .. . .. ...... VBC-400.2-UT
Location .... ....... . ........... . ....... . .. . , ....... Left side of enf,lne
Voltage .. .. . . . . . .. , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24
Polarity. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Nqatlve

DISTRIBUTOR AND COIL

Make . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Auto-Lite
Model.. .. .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IAU-4009-UT
Type... . .. . ... . .... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Automatic advance
Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Left side of engine
Drive ........ . . . . .. . . . .... . . . .... . . . . . . . ... . .. . .... Camshaft t ear
Voltage... . . .. ... . . . . . . ... ...... .. ... .. ............ 24
Number of lobes on cam .... .. , . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Breaker gap . .. . : . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.020 Inch
.Cam or Dwell Angle . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . ... . . , .... . . . . . 36-41 degrees
Automatic advance. ... . .. . . . . . . .. . .. . . .. ..... . . ... . 12 dqrees
Firing order ... . .......... , . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-5-3-6-l-4
lllnltlon timing............... . . .. .. . ... . ... .. . .... 2° A.T.D.C.

STARTER
Make. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Auto-Lite
Model. . . . . . . . .. . . . .. . . . . .. • . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . MCZ-4002-UT
Drive. . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . .. . . . . .. . Mechanical shift to steel ring on
flywheel
Teeth In 11.ywheel. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
Teeth In starter gear. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Width of Hywheel gear.. . ....... . . ... ... ..... . .. . ... 'h Inch
Gea·r ratio between armature and flywheel. . . . . . . . . . 16.2.2:1

HORN
Make .. ..... .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... . . . . . . . ... . . . ..... . . Auto-Llte-HX-4003-UT
Delco-19999881 or Sparks
Wlthlngto11-- D2140A
Type ...... . .. ... . .. .. ....... . . . .. .. ..... . ...... .. . . Vibrator
Location ... ... : . . ... . . . . . . . . . . .. . . .. ... . .. . . . . . . . . . On hood brace
Voltage ... . . . ... ... . . . .... . . . .. . . . . . . . . . .. . . . ..... . .24 volts

Page 70 le&ue J-Jan. 1954

CANADIAN ARMY VEHCILES
EME MANUAL D 114 INSTR 8

TABLE II-ELECTRICAL SYSTEM SPECIFICATIONS-(CONT'D)

HEADLIGHTS
Make... ... . ... .... . .................. . . .. ......... Auto-Lite
Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Sealed Beam
Beam shift....... . ......................... . ... ... Right
Location .. ....... . ...... . . .......... . .. . . . . . . ... .. . Front fender

BLACKOUT DRIVING LIGHT

Make. ...... ............. . ................ Auto-Lite
Type. . . . . . . .. . .. . . . .. . . . . .. .. .. .. . . . . . . . . . . .. .. . . . . Sealed Beam
Location... . .. . .. . .. . .. . .. . .. . .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . Hood-left side

BLACKOUT MARKER LIGHTS

Make......... ... ............... . .............. . ... Auto-Lite
°[!~:~.~~ .·.· .·.·.·.·...... ::::::::::::::::::::::::::'. ::::: ~;:~1~:~::smarker and parking

TAIL LAMP-LEFT
Make............... . ..... . ...... . .. . . . . . . . ........ Auto-lite
Type ......... . .......... , . . .. ........... ..... ...... Combination stop and tall
Location . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Frame aide rail - rear

TAIL LAMP-RIGHT
Make... . .. .. .. . . .. . . .. . . . .. . . .. . .. . .. . . . . .. . .. . .. . Auto-Lite
Type . ...... . . . .. . . . . . . . . .. . . ..... ..... . . . . . . .. . . .. . Combination blackout stop, service
stop and service tall
Location ..... . . ....... . ............... ... ..... , . . . . Frame side rail - rear

SPOT LIGHT
Make . . . ....... . ........ . ........ . . .. ..... . Gulde
Model .. .. .... .. . ... .. ..... . ... .. . . . ..... . ... . .. . . . . 2070
Type ...... . ... . . ....... . . . . ... . . . . . . . . . . .. . . .... . . Sealed Beam
Lens ... ........ . ... . . ... .. . ... . .. . .. ... ......... . . . Crystal glass
Control ... ... ..... .. . .. . . .. . . . . .. . . . . .. . .. . . . . Rack and pinion

SPARK PLUGS
Type. . ............................ . ... .. .. .. .... . .. Auto-Lite AR-7S
Size . . . ............ .. ........... . .................. 14 MM.
Gap :. .. . . . . . . .. . .. .. . .. .. .. . .. . .. . .. . .. . .. . .. . .. . . .028 - .033 Inch

Issue I-Jan. 1954 Page 71

 VEHICLES CANADIAN ARMY
D 114 INSTR 8 EME MANUAL
TABLE III-ELECTRICAL SYSTEM REPAIR AND REBUILD STANDARDS

General
-The repair and rebuild standards included in this table give the minimum and the maximum &ize and
clcamnces of new or rebuilt parts as well as wear limits, which indicates that point to which ape.rt or parts
may be worn before replacement, in order to receive maximum service with minimum replacement, Nor-
mally, all parts which have not been worn beyond the dimensjons shown in the "Wear Limits'' column or
damaged from corrosion wm be approved for service. Minimum, maximum and wear limit dimensions are
inches unless otherwise s1iecified.
Siu and fit
Flt, Ref. Point of Measurement of New Parts Wear
No. Letter Min. Mas. Llmht

Generator Brush lenQth Ji ~

Generator commutator diameter 2.250 2.150
Generator end play 0.003 0.010
Generator commutator out of round 0.001
Generator commutator bar to bar readlna 0.0.003
Generator commutator mica undercut lTl
Generator brush aprlnQ tension (ouncea)
Restlatance of circuit breaker ahunt
29 "'
46

coils (ohma) 21S 237

Clrcult breaker a.rmature air tap o.~ 0.065
Circuit breaker contact point aap 0.035
Current regulator armature air &ap 0,047 0.049
Current re&ulator contact aprtna and
atop aap 0.010 8.016
Voltaae retulator armature air &ap o.o,ao 0.042
Voltaae re&ulator contact sprln& and
atop aap 0.010 0.016
Distributor contact &ap o.02e
Distributor contact sprint tension (oUDcee) 17 20
Distributor shaft end play 0.003 0.010
Distributor bearing diameter 0.4995 0.500 9.505
Distributor elde play 0.001 o.oos
Starter brushes % 'w
Starter brush aprlng tension (ounces) 42 53
Starter end play 0.005 0.030
Starter commutator diameter 1.562 J.45
Starter commutator max. out of round 0.003
Starter commutator mica undercut ~
Starter commutator end bearing Inner
diameter 0.6375
"
0.6385 0.643
Starter commutator end bearln& side play 0.005
Starter drive end bearing Inner diameter 8.500 0.501 t.506
Starter drive end bearln& aide play 0.005
Clearance between starter pinion and pinion
stop (pinion ehlfted to full mesh position) % $~

Pate 71 Issue I-Jan. 1954

CANADIAN ARMY VEHICLES
EME MANUAL D 114 INSTR 9
TRUCKS 3/4 TON 4 X 4 DODGE
Truck Cargo M37 (CDN)
Truck Command MU (CDN)
Truck Ambulance M43 (CDN)
FIELD AND BASE REPAIRS

COOLING SYSTEM
INDEX PARA
SUBJECT
GENERAL ......... . 1

REPAIR PROCEDURES
RADIATOR CORE
Removal ....... . 2
Installation .... . 6

FAN AND FAN DRIVE BELT

Removal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . 11
Installation .................................................. ·. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
Adjustment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15

WATER PUMP
Removal ..... . . 18
Disassembly .. . .......................... . . . ............. ......... .
~ ~ . 22
Inspection ... . . 26
Reassembly .. . 29
Installation .. . . 32

WATER DISTRIBUTOR TUBE

Removal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . • . . . . 37
Inspection. . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Installation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40

THERMOSTAT
Removal .... . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . • . • • . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Inspection .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . • . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . • . . . . . . 46
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . • . • . • • . . • . . . . . . • . . . . 47

HOSE AND FITTINGS

Removal ............... . . ... 50
Inspection ............. . . ... 53
Installation ....... . . ... 54

FLUSHING COOLING SYSTEM

Cooling System Service ........... . . 55
Troubles and Remedies ........... . . Table I
Sepcifications .................... . . Table II
Repair and Rebuild Standards .... . . Table III

Issue 1-Jan.1954 (WM-4293) Page 1

 /~\\\\\ rr r;3 ;4 ;5 ///// IJ/"
16 17 18 19 20 21 22

!I 0
::: ~
~::i::
"""""""'4
zn
~ nA
fl) t""
.., tr.I
::0 fl)
-D

51

48

47

28
27
~ 26 25
t•t·o~

FIG t-COOLtNG SVST1!1'...:...EXPLOlll!D Vrnw

,.-ovtlft •IIMweHket a- tan nlade 1erew U-liadl•t.o:r ,upport bra-oktt-f'lgh1: C')
2 - Th...motbt l20--R•d
9-f"a" shroud auomb.ly ,c:,..w
·3&-11.i'ppol't bracktt
.... , -n-m..at ,-11.et. afor 1uppor1 brackH.....f.lJft l7-Suppott brack• 1:· -.cn w IOGJiwuh ,r t,,l ~ ·

..a ~~
4-W•W' pump l>Odr to crlfndff •tock 1•k•t 21- A•Clalor core •nembl)' .a-sur,pc,rt bnackri st.NW plalnwathar
••tw
~-
~)'Undff e11ttet. el.bow '22--fllbr c ap auembly at-Dr -v . pull•Y .u•w
1-e, ....,... hOM clamp 2~rm,, ·"p on"-*t .e,_
--40-t>rlv-e pulley lock.......fnt'

-L 1-c,11nc,., - ~ outllt1: etillow KNW

. _. ,..... h -
t -Br·. ... • lbow , ..11..._
1 ~ 1 - ~ .. ---
11- a,.,,... •:It•••
11- lnl.-t hOM clamp
plut
24-R•dl.a1or ,upport . ,.. mbly
25--Ra Cl.at.o'" 1.uppo r t bo lt,
20- SuFPOl'l bOlt locli.,uhera
27- SUFPOl't boJt_ptaln•••hcr
28- D1111n cock
r.'·'"'•••lwr
~1- f'an drlw• pull•1
'2- f'an a l'ld t •n•rato¥ b.11:
U~uUet hoM eJamp
« -Ou tl•\.- hou
• 5-()utlltt tut>.
'8- Water pumo body ,c,.._ ,hor t
~~
~
29-CO,o bolt. .,cln., . .h_.
.i.,ppott bolt

~~'<
13-Weut' fKiimp a1Mmbly 30--COl't 1.uppo,t '1- Water pump body 1c:r.w-Jong

... 14-lnlet MM
1~Fan puller
11 -ran HMfflbly
3'1 -C·o,n ,uppor-t bott
32- Rac!l,tor 1uppor<t b,...kn p lal-Mh...
33- S u ppol"\ t,,rac ktt lodl•••he,
48-Watar pump body a.crew loekwHhtr
• t-ou,1.e1:. hote
50- 0udet ho,e clam p
i n - F•n IIIM• 10011.•••h•r 34- Support br111cli.•t Mr•• 51-Cyllnder bloek'watar dlrtrlbutot tub•
CANADIAN ARMY
EME MANUAL
GENERAL
1. The sealed type cooling system consists of
the following: radiator, fan, drive belt, thermo-
stat, water pump, t~mperature gauge, pressure
type filler cap, thermostat by-pass line and the
lines, hoses and fittings connecting the radiator
to the engine and water pump. Water is drawn
from bottom of radiator by action of water pump
and is circulated through the engine and returned
through upper connection to radiator. Air, drawn
through the radiator core by the fan and by motion
of the truck, cools the water to maintain correct
engine operating temperature. To drain the cool-
ing system remove the ndiator cap, open the
radiator drain cock and open the drain cock on
the left side of the engine near the center.
REPAIR PROCEDURES
RADIATOR CORE
Removal
2. Drain cooling system as outlined in Para 1.
Remove center section of brush guard and radia-
tor top shield.
3. Disconnect and remove upper and lower
radiator hose.
4. Remove fan blade assembly.
5. Remove six radiator mounting bolts and lift
radiator assembly and fan shroud out of radiator
support.
Installation
6. Place radiator and fan shroud in position and
replace radiator mounting bolts.
7. R~place fan blade assembly.
8. Replace upper and lower radiator hoses.
9. Replace center section of brush guard and
radiator top shield.
10. Refill radiator to proper level.
FAN AND FAN DRIVE BELT
Removal
11. Remove fan belt by loosening generator
adjusting strap cap screw, pushing generator in
toward engine and lifting fan belt over fan blades,
crankshaft pulley and generator pulley.
12. Remove fan blade mounting cap screws and
lift fan out.
Issue 1-Jan. 1954
VEHICLES
D 114 INSTR 9
In Jtallation
13. Place fan blade assembly in position on water
pump hub and install mounting screws.
14. Install fan belt and while doing so, grasp
generator by hand and pull belt tight. Allow ap-
proximately ~ inch deflection of fan belt before
tightening generator adjusting strap cap screw.
Adjustment
15. Loosen generator adjusting strap cap screw
and pull out on generator by hand.
16. Hold the generator in this position and tighten
the adjusting strap cap screw.
17. Check deflection of belt. It should be~ inch.
NOTE: Do Mt over tighten belt by moving generator
with a pry bar.
WATER PUMP
Removal
18. Remove fan, Para 11 and 12.
19. Pull fan blade, spacer and fan pulley from
water pump flange.
20. Remove radiator outlet hose and thermostat
by-pass line.
21. Remove water pump mounting cap screws
and pull pump out. Discard gasket.
Disassembly (Fig 2)
22. Remove the impeller using special tool as
shown in Fig 3.
23. The water pump seal assembly (5) is in the
water pump impeller (16). To remove the water
pump seal, remove the washer lock ring (14) and
washer (15).
24. Drive out the fan pulley hub pin (10) and
remove the hub (11) with special tool as shown
in Fig 4.
25. Remove the bearing lock ring (9), lubricant
fittings (7 and 8) and pull the shaft and bearing
assembly (12) out of the housing. The water pump
shaft and bearing (12) are serviced as an assembly.
Inspection (Fig 2)
26. Inspect water pump body (6) for cracks.
Check internal threads for damage or wear. If
any of the above conditions exist replace water
pump body.
Page 3
 VEHICLES CANADIAN ARMY-
D 114 INSTR 9 EME MANUAL

,, ..
..
•• •• IT

FIG 2-WATER PUMP-EXPLODED VrEW

t-lhdy sovw pl•t• JKk••~ 1-SMft klrl,._ .,..... "••••• ,._.,.., ,.....1n1na wuho r • -• rh'lt

i - 8o4y e . - pl• t• ..... ~ f t ........... 1-111 ... ". tl-a.•I Ntalftln1 wHhor
)-lk4J' SOYOr pla1.0 lo-Htit" pl.ft ,.,_.,." _ .... ' " . lffl.,etl-

4-8,H_y oo..... , , ••• .....-I 11~- ~ ·It., hut, 11- -..., •.....,. plat• MNW •••h•r
s.-s.., .... fflbt)' 12-Wotw P'-'""P 1Mft 11--...,. ...,.,. ........,...
t -W•t- pum11 boofJ' ,~a..tt ...... th--- ,._._,. t o 01llndff Ill-II . . . . .,

7- Watw ""-""P bcMfy ,,...__ "lpplo

27. Inspect water pump shaft and bearinit a-m-
bly for wear, burrs. SC10ring or other damage. Re-
place if any of the above conditions exist.
28. Check lubricant 6ttings (7 and 8) lor damaged
threads, dogging or damaged ball seats. If there
ia any evidence of damaged threads or ball seats.
lubricant fittings must be replaced. If 6ttings are
clogged, remove obstruction.
Reuaernbly (Fl& l)
NOTE: W/w,n a&<ffltbling the pump, install 1he hub
(11), if ii luu been r<1mOl!<d. 10 thal iii•"'""
wilh lhe
tnd of 1M ,haft.
29. Install a new seal assembly and assemble in
the impeller.
NOTE: Alway, uu o Mw impelkr.
30. Face the pump bodr (6) with special tool
C-SSI as shown in Fig 5, using the shaft and bear-
ing assembly (12) as a pilot for the tool. This tool
has cutters (one 85° and the other 90°) on both
ends. The surface of the pump body against which
the retainer washer bears should be faced with the
85° cutter, to form a 5° angle seat . It is important
to maintain this angle or s0 • Then the sharp edge
next to the bore or the body should be finished to a
90° flat surface. The 90° cutter should be used
until the 90° surface is "'• wide. Polish the seal
seating surface with a polishing disc, SP 1527,
until all cutter marks have been removed. The
slightly tapered surface on the end of the body
causes the seal retainer to wear a tight seat quickly
and is long lived.
31. Press the new impeller 06) with the new
seal parts on the water pump shaft and bearing
assembly (12) .
NOTE: Tlte di,tanct between lhe -1 uxuher (JS)
and ,ea/ washer lcck ring (14) ,hoold be ~ inch.
Th is di.stunct con be detennined by looking in tltt
tt'(ll<tr pump i n/el and i, conlrolled by pres,ing lhe

Iesue 1- Jan- 1954

CANADIAN ARMY VEHICLES
EME MANUAL D 114 INSTR 9

FIG 3-REMOVING WATER PUMP IMPELLER

1-lm,.itw 2-Tool c-491

impeller on the !haft unlil the correcl dimemion i!

obtained.
FtG 5-REFACING WATER PUMP HOUSING
Installation (Fig 1) 1- Tool C-&111
32. Remove all traces of gasket from engine
block and pump. 34. Place water pump in position and replace
mounting cap screws.
33. Install new water pump body to cylinder
block gasket (4). 35. Connect by-pass line and radiator outlet
hose.
36. Replace fan pulley (15), spacer and fan (16).
Replace fan belt and adjust, Para 13, 14, 15, 16
and 17.

WATER DISTRIBUTOR TUBE

FIG 4--PuLLING HUB l'ROM W ATER PUMP SHAFT
1- T . .IC-412 2-S.Nw holdlne t . .1 t o - pump hu~
Removal
37. The water distributor tube, 51, Fig 1, may
be removed and installed after removing the water
pump.
38. Bend a piece of wire to form a hook and use
this to remove the tube, Fig 6.
Inspection
39. Inspect the water distributor tube for rust
or corrosion. Replace if necessary.
NOTE: The tube :ihould be replaced whenever the
engine i:i compl.etely overhauled.
Installation
40. Place new tube in cylinder block and push
into place.

Issue 1-Jan. 1954 Pate 5

 VEHICLES CANADIAN ARMY
D 114 INSTR 9 EME MANUAL

FIG 6-REMOVING CYLINDER BLOCK WATER

DISTRIBUTOR TUBE FIG 7-THERMOSTAT AND RELATE D PARTS
1- Tube 2- Hook 1~yllnd... wat• outlet olbow, wat... pump by-pa .. olbow
and hoM 4-Wator pump by-pa .. olbow gaakot
2- Thormoatat gaaket 6-Thermoatat
NOTE: When installing a new tube see that the front 3--Thormoatat opening• fl--Cyllnder wator outlot elbow gaakot
of the tube is flared in a manner similar to the original.
48. Install outlet elbow ~nd by-pass elbow.
THERMOSTAT Tighten screws securely.
Removal (Fig 1) 49. Replace hose, close radiator and engine
41 . Drain radiator and engine block. block drain cocks and refill cooling system.
42. Remove radiator inlet hose (14). HOSE AND FITTINGS
43. Remove water pump by-pass elbow cap Removal
screws.
SO. Hose connections are provided at both
44. Remove water outlet elbow cap screws and radiator inlet and outlet passages. The thermo-
lift off housing. Discard gasket. stat by-pass hose connects water pump to water
jacket in the cylinder head.
45. Lift thermostat (2) from cylinder head.
51. Drain cooling system.
Inspection
52. Remove all hose connections by removing
46. If there is any damage to the thermostat, hose clamps.
it must be replaced as there are no repairs or
adjustments that can be made. Inspection
Installation 53. Inspect all hoses for cracks or deterioration.
Replace where required.
47. Place a new outlet elbow gasket on the
cylinder head and position thermostat in opening
Installation
in cylinder head. When installing the thermostat
be sure to install the upper gasket, 3, Fig 1. The 54. Install the hoses and tighten clamps.
thermostat has four by-pass ports and it is es- NOTE: Coat all hose connections with liquid type
sential that these ports be in the proper position. gasket cement before installation.
The alignment of the thin bridge that divides the
ports should be from front to rear of truck. This will FLUSHING COOLING SYSTEM
place two ports toward the radiator and the other
two ports toward the rear, leaving the two wide 55. Qpen radiator drain cock.
faces to right and left, Fig 7. 56. Remove water hose from radiator inlet.
Pa~e 6 Issue 1- Jan. 1954
CANADIAN ARMY
EME MANUAL
F1G 8- Fi..usHING RADIATOR WITH FLUSHING GuN
1 - W - outiet hoM 1-f'luehl,.. 111-T..a.att
3- Radlator outlet h--loww
57. Remove cylinder head water outlet elbow
from the cylinder head and take out the thermo-
stat. Plug the by-pass elbow with a cork and
install elbow.
58. Remove water hose from the radiator outlet.
59. Attach flushing gun to the hose on the engine
water outlet elbow at the top of the cylinder head.
60. Turn on the water supply and force the
water downward through the cylinder block un-
til the water jacket is cleaned. A pulsating flow
of water will loosen sediment quicker than a steady
flow .
l88ue 1-Jan. 1954
VEHICLES
D 114 INSTR 9
FIG 9-FLUSHING ENGINE WITH FLUSHING GUN
1- lledl•- Inlet heM -Tt..r.....tat .....,,.....
1-rluahlng eun-T-1 C-311 ~lli,-pa.. heM
3,-Water ovtlet h -
61. Remove flushing gun and install on the
radiator outlet elbow and force water upward
throlfgh the radiator until cleaned. When pres-
sure flushing the cooling system much care should
be taken not to apply excessive pressure to the
system because of damaging the radiator. Before
applying any pressure make certain that there is a
clear open outlet for the incoming water.
62. Assemble the thermostat and hose to the
engine and radiator, taking care to remove cork
or plug from by-pass elbow.
63. Inspect for water leaks at connections after
filling.
Paae 7
 VEHICLES CANADIAN ARMY
D 114 INSTR 9 EME MANUAL

TABLE I-COOLING SYSTEM TROUBLES AND REMEDIES

SYMPTOMS PROBABLE CAUSE PROBABLE REMEDY

External Leaking Loose hose clamps Inspect and tighten. Replace if

necessary.
Rubber hose leaking Replace hose
Broken radiator seams Remove radiator and solder
seams. Test radiator for possible
leaks before installation.
Worn water pump Remove and recondition.
Loose core hole plugs Remove plug, clean out hole and
install new plug.
Damaged gaskets or dry gaskets Inspect for leaks at water pump,
if engine has been stored cylinder head, thermostat hous-
ing (water outlet elbow) and by-
pass tube flange. Replace gaskets
as required.
Warped cylinder head Replace cylinder head and gasket.
Tighten head bolts to specified
torque and In sequence.
Cracked cylinder head Replace cylinder head.
Cracked cylinder block Replace block
Cracked thermostat housing Replace thermostat and housing.
(water outlet elbow)
Leak at water temperature in- TiiJiten nut or replace adapter.
dicator bulb (in head)
Leak at Exhaust manifold center Remove and coat with suitable
studs sealing compound. Reinstall and
Inspect for leaks.
Water pump attaching bolt leak Remove and coat with sealing
through hole into cylinder block compound. Reinstall and inspect
water passage for leaks.
Internal Leaks Warped cylinder bead Replace cylinder head and gas-
ket. Tighten head bolts in se-
quence to required torque.
Blown cylinder head gasket Replace gasket and tighten cyl-
inder head bolts to proper torque.
Cracked cylinder wall Replace block.
Loose cylinder head bolts Tighten head bolts in sequence
to specified torque.
Cracked valve port Weld crack or replace block.
Sand holes or porous condition Weld holes or replace block.
(block)
Porous condition around distri- Correct by using a good sealing
butor hole in block compound.
Crack in cylinder block at valve Replace block.
chamber

Page 8 Issue 1-Jan. 1954

CANADIAN ARMY VEHICLES
EME MANUAL D 114 INSTR 9

TABLE I-COOLING SYSTEM TROUBLES AND REMEDIES (CONT'D)

SYMPTOMS PROBABLE CAUSE PROBABLE REMEDY

Overflow Loss Refer to causes listed in Poor Refer to remedies listed in Poor
Circulation Circulation.
Check fan belt. Be sure water
pump impeller is operating. In-
spect hose connections for tight-
ness and hoses for plugging, col-
lapsed condition or damage. Test
for plugged radiator and make
certain that outside of radiator
is clear so air flow is not restricted.
Check cylinder block for restricted
distributor tube or passage.
Leak in cylinder head gasket Replace head and gasket. If leak
is internal, check oil for contam-
ination. Drain flush and refill to
correct level.
Restricted radiator Reverse flush radiator.
Overfilling Fill to one inch below tiller neck.
Due to expansion within system
excess water is forced out of the
overflow tube. This may give
impression that a leak has de-
veloped in cooling system.

Poor Circulation Restricted radiator core Drain and reverse flush radiator.
Restricted water jacket Drain system, disconnect radia-
tor hoses and reverse flush cylin-
der block.
Restricted distributor tube Remove distributor tube and in-
spect for rust, corrosion or re-
striction In water outlet holes.
Replace if necessary.
Low coolant level Refill radiator to approximately
one inch below filler neck.
Collapsed radiator hose Replace hose. Check clamps and
replace if necessary.
Water pump impeller loose on Remove and recondition water
shaft pump.
Fan belt loose Check driving surfaces of belt
and tighten. If belt is frayed,
checked or greasy, replace and
adjust.
Scale in cylinder block Flush cooling system.

Issue 1-Jan. 1954

 VEHICLES CANADIAN ARMY
D 114 INSTR 9 EME MANUAL

TABLE I-COOLING SYSTEM TROUBLES AND REMEDIES (CONT'D)

SYMPTOMS PROBABLE CAUSE PROBABLE REMEDY

Corrosion Impurities in water Drain and flush radiator and

Improper draining and service
Air leaks in System
Overheating Refer to causes listed in poor cir-
culation
Radiator core air passages
plugged.
Operating Factors that Incorrect ignition timing
may cause higher than
normal water tempera-
ture.
Incorrect valve timing
Low oil level
Heat control valve Inoperative
Dragging brakes
Overloading
Driving In heavy sand or mud
Overcoollng Faulty thermostat
Inaccurate temperature gauge
cylinder block.
When dralnina system, be sure
that the drain cock In cylinder
block ls open. In severe cases of
restriction, remove the drain cock
to allow larie particles of sedi-
ment to be washed out.
Tithten all hose connections.
Check for possible leaks ln cylin-
der head gasket. Inspect water
level In system.
Refer to remedies Hated ln Poor
Circulation.
Thoroughly clean out the pas-
sages from the back of radiator
core with air pressure.
CAUTION: Do not prod at core with
metallic~.
Remove obstruction.
Adjust as needed.
Adjust as required.
Check level and if necessary drain
and refill to proper level.
Replace heat control valve sprint
and inspect valve stop for wear.
Replace if necessary.
Check for restriction, damage or
rust. Replace parts as required.
Check and correct.
Do not overload.
Drive with care to avoid over-
heating.
Replace thermostat.
Check and replace lf required.

Page 10 Issue 1-Jan. 1954

CANADIAN ARMY VEHICLES
EME MANUAL D 114 INSTR 9
TABLE II-COOLING SYSTEM SPECIFICATIONS

GENERAL
Capacity .......... . ............................. . .. . .. . .. . .. . 14.2 Imperial Quarts
Location of FUler .. . . . .. . ...... . ... . .. . ................ . ..... . Under Hood
Type of Cap . .. ..... . . .. ......... . .. . .. . .. . .................. . .Pressure (4 Y2 Pounds)
PUMP
Type . . . ......... ...... .. ...... . ........ . ..... ... . ..... .... .. . Centrifugal
Drive ....................................................... . Belt
Adjustment . . .. .... ... .. . . .. .. . .... .... .... . .... ... . . ....... . Movement of Generator
Bearings . ...... . . .... ..... . ... . . . ........... . .. . ..... . ...... . Ball-Integral with Shaft
Make .. . .. .......... . .. . .. . .. .. ... ............ . .... .. .. ..... . MR No. 5200
Model .. . . .... . ... . .. . . . .. ..... . ..... . .... ... .... .... ..... . . . FFS-21
Capacity (Gallons per Min.) ................................. . 41 @ 3000 Pump R.P.M.
FAN
Number of Blades . . .... . 4
Diameter ..... . .. .. .... . . 18 Inch
Pulley Diameter .. ... .... . 6~ Inch
Pulley Ratio ... . . . . . .... . 1.23
FAN BELT
Type ... . .. ... ... .. .... ................. . .................. . V belt-Endless
Size .. . . . . .... . ..... ... . .. ... .. .... . .. .... .... . .. . ...... . .. . %; x 1~ Inch
RADIATOR CORE
Make .... .. ... . ......... . McCord
Model . .. . .... .. ........ . No. 300 HV
Type . .. .. . ....... . .. . .. . . Fin and Tube
Thickness . . ... . . ........ . 3 Inch
THERMOSTAT ........ . . .. . . Yes
ENGINE HEAT INDICATOR. On Instrument Panel

TABLE III-COOLING SYSTEM REPAIR AND REBUILD STANDARDS

GENERAL
The repair and rebuild standards included in this table give the minimum and the maximum sizes and
clearances of new or rebuilt parts as well as wear limits, which indicates that point to which a part or parts
may be worn before replacement, in order to receive maximum service with minimum replacement. Nor-
mally, all parts which have not been worn beyond the dimensions shown in the "Wear Limits" column or
damaged from corrosion will be approved for service. Miminum, maximum and wear limit dimensions are
inches unless otherwise specified.

Size and Flt

Fig. Ref. Point of Measurement of New Parts Wear
No. Letter Limits
Min. Max.

l 12 Water Pump Shaft Diameter 0.6270 0.6280 0.6130

l 12 Bearing Diameter 1.1807 1.1811 1.1777

Issue 1-Jan. 1954 Page 11

CANADIAN ARMY VEHICLES
EME MANUAL D 114 INSTR 10

TRUCKS 3/ 4 TON 4 x 4 DODGE

Truck Cargo M37 (CDN)
Truck Command M42 (CDN)
Truck Ambulance M43 (CDN)
FIELD AND BASE REPAIRS
BRAKE SYSTEM

INDEX SUBJECT PARA

BRAKES
General .. . .... . . .. ... . 1
HAND BRAKE
Removal. .... ...... ... . ... ....... .. .. . .. .. .... . . . . . . . . ... . .. . .. . . . . . ...... . l
Disassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Inspection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
Reassembly ... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Adjustment.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
SERVICE BRAKE
BRAKE SHOES AND LININGS
Removal . . . . .. ............ .... . . .... . ... .... . .. .. .. ..... ... . ... .... .. 56
Disassembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Inspection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
Repair Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Reassembly. .... . . ... . . ..... .. . .. ... . . .. .... . . . ... ... . . .. .. .. . ... . . . . 74
Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Installation ... . .. . .. .. .. .. . ..... .. ... .. ... . ..... . . .... .. . .. .. . . . . . . ,. 87
WHEEL CYLINDERS
Disassembly .. .. ... . .. . . .. . .... . . . . .... . . . . .. .... ... . .. .. . . .. . . . 89
Inspection ..... . . . . . .. . . . . .. .. . . .... ... .. . . .. ... .. . ..... .. . . . . . . 93
Repair Procedure .. . . . .. .. . .. . . ...... . .. . . . .. .. . . .... .. ... ..... . 102
Reassembly ... .. .. .. . .. .. . ... . . .. . . . .. . . .. . . . . . ... ... ..... . .. . . . 104
MINOR ADJUSTMENT
General. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
Adjust Brake Shoe Cams. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
MAJOR ADJUSTMENT
General . .. . ........ . . .... .... . . .. . .. . ·.. .. . . . .... .. ... . . .... .. .. . 116
Special Adjustments for New Trucks or Linings . . .... . . . . ... . ... . 117
Adjustment Procedure for Worn Linings . . ...... . . . ... ... .. . . . .. . 124
MASTER CYLINDER
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
Disassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
Repair Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158
Reassembly ... .... ... . .. .. . . . ... ... .. . . .. . ... . . . . .. ... . ... . ... . .. . . .... .. . 159
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170

Issue 1- Jan. 1954 (WM-4293) Page 1

 VEHICLES CANADIAN ARMY
D 114 INSTR 10 EME MANUAL

BRAKE SYSTEM

INDEX SUBJECT PARA

BLEEDING BRA~£ LINES ..... 174

BRAU l'EUAL AND PEDAL BRACKETS

Removal. ... ..... ..... , .. .. . ... ....... . . 180
Disassembly, ... .... ...... . .. . ......... . 186
Inspection .. ... ...... . ... ... ... .. . . , . . .. 194
Reassembly ........ .. , .. , . , ........ .. , . • 204
rnstallatlon .. . .. ... . ..... , .. . ......... . . 214

BRAKE PEDAL ADJUSTMENT

General. ............. . , . , .. 220
Adjustment , .. ........... , . 221

BRAKE LINES AND BRACKETS

Removal. , ....... , . , . . . . , , .. . . ... 224
Inspection . , ... . ... .. ... . . . . . .. .. 227
Installation ... , .. ,, ........ . . .... . 228
Troubles and Remedies .... ...... . . ... Table I
Specifications ........ , .. , . . . .. . .. , ... T able H
Repair and Rebuild Standard• , . . , . ... Table HI

PAIi n6A& - 0
'1044 .. A(l..tf AS5£MIIU

..
f

•
FIG 1-8R.,JCE SYSTEM M AJOR COMPONENTS

Paae 2 I.sue 1- Jan, 19S4

 CANADIAN ARMY VEHICLES
EME MANUAL D 114 INSTR 10

F I G 2- BltA1tE OUTPUT SHAFT 8EAJUNG RETAINER AssEM BLY AND H AND BRAK£- E XPLODED V I EW

'2- Su p,..,...- lffak•

22-. . . 11:o h M • "" lf"lne a .. .. m ...lJ'
~ f t ton~ometw 4,t,,.. .q.-..Qa•kn-W•lll• ,up~t
~ S - . -..,..te NIJv•tlrie
4--V oft-t A.uc,nltl·y It Cun ...,. tt..rlnt
2.& -S.-tfloe-m11- ••"· llr•'-• . ,._.t1n1
~ ... . .h.,
._...., 21--ll"te lnwN"""'
-.....
1'--fh,t
1-LMhtutt.r
ZT-NYt
.... ~ , ......,.
...._S tvll-W.11:e , . ._

....
10-s,.,t,......_....~•••"•
11.nlr.

W.•• • •Jw.rt1n9
~

11--N11tt- l •tu•
20-Ptalft••-".,
--~"--...."""
IO-StillM- - -lftt
11-SMm- . . .,lftt
11- u,.11.- .,,.,u •P•- 21- N ut
. 12-'Shlffl- ~ l n•
11--c.tt.w plft 22- &..lllwuhw
U -·l h lffl---.rlftt
,,_~ a.,..tro um D-n. ,...._..m ... ftlen
1+-a.,,- .........., ...u ...., M-Ona-ww•• 14-t, 1 1 •"'"4•""'"., 4rlw . . ..,.

11----w, . ·lllr•11• e;,i m ........._...._._.""'""

M-s,..,l"'I__ "'.,......·"· . ............ ..
a Ci u ....,.. _, .,. 4rl••
M-C,w~ ...fl1. ll•Urif'lt
11-c.tt.r "'"
17-~fowf• pJn- W.ke . .m , • ....,. :If- ..,.._ ..... ._. Nft4' H M.,., CIIJI
ff-ClfWI ' " " ' . . ......

11-N ut M-Sheft w ith ...,. ev.. ut

a-,w1...-....._1"', . ,.• .._, •"• ..,...
f...._Loc.kwuh.,. 9 -ft•ll.,.._ u t•u• •kaft

- ··
»--OU ...1-..mpa nloft ft..fll. .
fO-Sf'l e tt f'l .. ,-...,q.ut • -"i1H NH-
~ ""''
General (Fit l ) woven and molded linings which ope.r ate against
I. The hand brake assembly consists of an cast iron brake drums attached to the hubs and
external contracting steel band equipped with wheels. Control of the brake as9Cmbliea is accom-
compressed woven lining which operates on a cut plished by a brake pedal in the driver's compan-
iron drum at the rear of transfer assembly. Control mcnt, attached to the master cylinder which forces
of hand brake assembly is provided by a lever in ftuid to the wheel cylinders for actuation of the
the driver's compartment. The brake band is brake ahoc., when brakes are applied.
.. adjustable lo compensate for lining and" drum
wear. HAND BRAKE
il,ntcrnal expanding hydraulic service brake Removal (Fla 2)
assemblies are provided on all lour wheels and 2. Remove hand brake and transfer control levers
consist of steel brake shoes equipped with tapered by removing three cap screws.
Issue 1- Jan. 1954
.. Pa&e 3
 VEHICLES
D 114 I NSTR 10
3. Remove cotter pin (12) from brake spacer
link stud (9). Dioc:onnect brake spacer link (11)
from spacer link stud.
4. Remove nuts (26 and 27), plainwasher (25)
and brake operating compression spring (24), on
brakes so equipped from adj.,.tiug Lvll {14).
S. Remove adjusting bolt (14), brake cam levers
(13 and IS), brake spacer link (11) and cam lever
clevi.s pin (17) from brake band.
6. Remove cotter pin (16) and disassemble cam
levers and spacer link from clevis pin.
7. Remove nut (18), lockwasber (19) and nut
(20) from brake adjusting screw. Remove adjusting
bolt compression springs (10 and 21).
8. Remove anchor dip screw lock,,;re (38) and
clip screw (37).
9. Remove brake band (22) and anchor clip
compression spring (36) from brake support (42).
10. Remove nut ( 7), lockwasher (8) and link stud
(9) from brake support (42).
11. Remove speedometer drive pinion retaining
nut (I) and drive pinion (3) from bearing retainer
(49). Remove drive pinion oil seal (2) from re-
taining nut.
12. Remove companion Range nut (29), washer
(30) and companion flange (33) with brake drum
(34).
13. Remove nuts (31), lockwashen, (32) and
brake drum bolts (35) which will separate the
brake drum (34) from the Range (33).
14. Remove nuts (40) and lockwaahers (41) from
studs (46) in bearing retainer (49). Remove brake
support (42) and gasket (43).
JS. Remove ffange oil seal (39) frnm hrakr. AUP·
port.
Disassembly (F l& 3)
16. Remove cotter pin (10) from clevis pin (6)
and remove clevis pin from lever to brake rod
yoke (7) and band brake lever a-mbly (4) which
will releaae the rod and yoke from lever. Remove
lever to brake rod yoke (7) and nut (8) from lever
to brake rod (9).
Paae 4
CANADIAN ARMY
EME MANUAL
17. Remove stamped lock nut (13) a.n d lock nut
(14) from lever bolt (5). Remove lever bolt from
band brake lever assembly (4) which will release
the hand brake lever sector (11).
18. Push lever pawl rod assembly (12) up through
lever to expose lever pawl rod button (2) and button
knurled pin (1). Wben knurled pin is visible above
lever, drive pin from button with a small drift.
Remove button and lever pawl rod compression
spring (3) from rod (12).
19. Wash all parts, except band and lining,
thoroughly in dry cleaning soh·ent and dry with
compressed air.
Inspection (Fill 3)
20. Inspect band brake lev•• (4) ro, d<>mBge,
cracks, distortion or worn bolt holes or c levis pin
holes. If any of theae conditions exiM, hand brake
lever must be replaced.
21. Inspect lever pawl rod compression spring
(3) for damage or breakage. If there is evidence of
damage or breakage, replace spring.
22. Inspect lever pawl rod button (2), button
knurled pin (I), lever bolt (5) and clevis pin (6)
for wear or damage. If either of theae conditions
are evident the parts affected must be replaced.
23. Inspect lever pawl rod assembly (12) for
cracks, distortion or worn pawl. If any or these
conditions exist, lever pawl rod ass,,mbly must be
replaced.
24. Inspect hand brake lever sector (11 ) for
worn sector teeth, worn bolt holes or clevis pin
holes, cracks or distortion. If any of these con-
ditions exist, sector must be replaced.
25. Inspect lever to brake rod (9) for wear, cracks
or damaged threads. If any of these conditions
exist, rod must be replaced.
26. Inspect lever to brake rod yoke (7) and nut
(8) for worn threads, damaged threads, cracks or
worn clevis pin holes. If any of these cond.i tions
exist, yoke or nut must be replaced.
27. Inspect brake band with lining assembly, 22,
Fig 2, for wear, loose rivets or cracks. If lining is
worn it must be replaced. If any of the bracket
rivets arc loose they must be replaced or tightened
If any cracks or other visual damage is apparent,
replace brake band.
Issue 1-Jau. 1954
CANADIAN ARMY VEHICLES
EME MANUAL D 114 INSTR 10

clevis pin holes. If either of these conditions exist,

unsatisfactory parts must be replaced.

32. Inspect brake adjusting screw, 23, Fig 2,

for worn or damaged threads. If either of these
conditions exist, replace screw.

33. Inspect brake band anchor clip screw, 37,

Fig 2, for cracks, worn or damaged threads. If
any of these conditions exist, replace screw.

34. Inspect brake drum, 34, Fig 2, for cracks,

worn bolt holes or scored or worn braking surface.
I( braking surface of drum is scored, drum can
be machined providing the material to be removed
does not reduce the drum size below 7.780 inch.
If there is any evidence of cracks or bolt holes are
worn, brake drum must be replaced.

Reassembly (Fig. 3)
35. Insert lever pawl rod assembly (12) in hand
brake lever assembly (4) and position lever pawl
rod compression spring (3) and lever pawl rod
button (2) on upper end of pawl rod. Align hole in
button with hole in pawl rod and install button
knurled pin (1).

36. Position hand brake lever sector (11) in hand

FIG 3-HAND BRAKE LEVER AND Ro~
EXPLODED VIEW
brake lever (4) so that spacer bn sector will be on
offset side of lever. Install lever bolt (5) and lock
1- Pln- knurled button S-Nut
nut (14). Tighten lock nut until sector is just a
2-Button- leYer pawl rod t-Rod - lner to brake
free fit in lever. Install stamped lock nut (13)
3-Sprlng-leYer pawl rod 10-Ptn-cottOf'
oomp,...lon (flange side out) and tighten nut securely against
11 - Sootor--hend b1'11ko leYer
4-LeYer-hand brake lock nut (14).
12-Aod-le. . r pawl
6-Bolt-leyer
1---Pln-lnla
13-Nut-look 37. Assemble nut (8) and lever to brake rod yoke
7-Vok_l_r to brake rod
14-Nut-t-k (7) on lever to brake rod (9). Align pawl with holes
in hand brake lever (4) and attach rod to lever with
clevis pin (6). Install cotter pin (10) in clevis pin.
28. Inspect brake adjusting bolt compression
spring, 10 and 21, Fig 2, and anchor dip com- 38. Before attaching new brake lining, make
pression spring, 36, Fig 2, for damage or breakage. certain that surface of brake band, 22, Fig 2, is
If there is any evidence of damage or breakage, clean and metal is smooth and level around lining
springs must be replaced. rivet holes.
29. Inspect brake operat~ 00@..e_ression spring,
24, Fig 2, on brakes so equipped Tor damage or 39. Position woven asbestos brake lining and
breakage. If there is any evidence of damage or install eighteen brass tubular countersunk head
breakage, replace spring. rivets. Countersink brake lining to a depth of ~
inch with a brake lining machine and install the
30. Inspect brake adjusting bolt, 14, Fig 2, for
four end rivets.
worn or damaged threads. If threads on adjusting
bolt are not satisfactory, replace bolt. NOTE: A tight smooth fit of brake lining on band can
31. Inspect brake cam levers, 13 and 15, Fig 2, be accomplished if lining is raised from band Y2 inch
and brake spacer link, 11, Fig 2, for cracks or worn at anchor dip before the four end rivets are in&talled.

Issue 1-Jan. 1954 /

 VEHICLES CANADIAN ARMY
D 114 INSTR 10 EME MANUAL
with open end of adjusting bolt toward clevis pin
hole end of cam levers. Install brake adjusting
bolt (14). Install brake operating compression
spring (24) on brakes so equipped, plainwasher
(25) and nuts (26 and 27) on threaded end of
(\ adjusting bolt.
I\
J 45. Install brake spacer link stud (9) in brake
12
I\

• ~~
support (42) and install lockwasher (8) and nut
(7). Position brake spacer link (11) on brake spacer
13 link stud (9) in brake support and install cotter
pin (12).
14
46. Install brake adjusting screw (23) through
lower end of brake band and brake support and
install nuts (18 and 20) and lockwasher (19).

47. Install hand brake and transfer case levers

FIG 4-BRAKE SUPPORT AND BRAKE SHOES-
EXPLODED VIEW
1~1llnder A...mbl,-whNI
2-Sc,rew-blMCler
3-Sc,,..w-oap
1---<:onnectlon-hNI cylinder
Inlet
6--<io•tket-whNI oyllndOf'
Inlet eonnectlon
6-Bolt-whNI c1llnder Inlet
oonnectlon
7--G•oket-whNI cylinder
Inlet connection
8-Waoh-lock
____
9-Sprlng-brake ,
.. .. _......... 1h00 cam
10-AdJuote<--br•ke thoe oam
11-WHher--plall'I
by installing three cap screws.
12-Nut Adjustment
13--Waaher--look
48. Place hand brake lever in fully released
1A--Support-brak•
position.
1~ShH-brake
16--011 waoher--anohor bolt 49. Remove anchor screw lock wire and adjust
17-Retalner--anchor bolt oll screw so lining and drum have !{g inch clearance.
•••h•r
11-"C" •••h-•nohor "'°1' 50 Lock anchor adjusting screw with lock wire.
19-Bolt-anchor 5 ~ 71/11 Of •
20-"C" wHh-•nchor bait
21-Sprlne-.b rake 1h00 return
,7, 51. Back off large adjusting bolt until free.
22-Sprlng-brak• ahoe guide 52. Tum guide bolt adjusting nut, after loosening
23--Rl ..et lock nut, until band and lining have ~ inch clear-
24-Cam-tarak• 1h00 ance.

53. Lock guide bolt in place with Tock nut.

40. Drive lining down smooth against the brake
band at anchor clip with a hammer. 54. Tighten large adjusting bolt until tension
on guide bolt is just a:elieved at either end. Tighten
41. Install remaining fourteen rivets. lock nut.
42. Grind lining rivet holes to eliminate high
55. Lubricate all frictional surfaces of brake
spots.
con trot linkage and anchor bolts.

Installation (Fig l)
SERVICE BRAKES
43. Place anchor clip compression spring (36)
in brake support (42) and position brake band (22) BRAKE SHOES AND LININGS
on brake support. Install brake band anchor clip
screw (37) but do not tighten. Removal (Fig 4)
56. Remove hub and brake drum assemblies as
44. Position brake adjusting bolt compression covered in Instr 4, Front Axle, and Instr 5, Rear
springs (10 and 21) on both sides of brake support Axle.
between band ends. Assemble brake cam levers
(13 and 1S), brake cam lever clevis pin (17) and 5 7. Remove brake drum from hub by inserting a
brake spacer link (11) on brake adjusting bolt (14) blunt chisel in each of the three machine screw

Page 6 Issue 1-Jan. 1954

CANADIAN ARMY
EME MANUAL
Frc s-RltMOVlNC B1tAltB 5BOB
RETURN SPRING
slots and strike the chisel a few sharp blows with a
medium sue hammer to loosen screws. Remove
screws.
58. Install three cap sc.11ewa in the three puller
screw holes of each brake drum. Pull brake drums
from hubs by tightening ocrews. If the brake
drums a re rusted to the hub ffanges, ahock the
puller screws with a hammer as they are tightened.
Dlaauembly (Fla 4)
59. Do not remove brake aho,, guide springs from
brake supports unless inspection reveals that 11,.
replacement is necessary as theae parts a rc attached
by rivets.
60. Do not remove brake shoe cams from the
brake shoe cam adjusters unless inspection reveals
that replacement of adjusters, brake ahoe com-
pression springs or cams are necessary as adjusters
are riveted to cams.
61. Remove brake shoe return Sl)ring (21) with
pliers, Fig S.
NOTE: A fl>U6' rul,t,er pad mu1t be u-' be<uottn
pliers ond broh lini"& to prooont damase to the lini"IJ,
Fig 5. A 1uitobk piece of rohher oon be a,i fro1n a
duau,kd tire.
62. Remove nuu (12) and lockwashets (13) from
anchor bolts (19). Remove anchor bolu complete
with anchor bolt "C" washers (18 and 20), anchor
bolt oil washer retainers (17) and anchor bolt
oil washer (16). Remove brake shoe assemblies
from brake support assemblies.
NOTE: Th~ anchor bolts nuul 1H, romoved wluiru,,,u
brolce 1hoe1 arc relined ,o diat all troce, of com>sion con
Issue I-Jan. 1954
VEHICLES
D 114 INSTR 10
-'
Fu; 6 -REMOVING CEMENT
BONDED LINL,;c
be l'ffllQOed to imure f,w mooement of bolts u/Jm
odju,tmenu are JH!lfonn«l.
63. Remove cap screws (3), lockwashers (8) and
wheel cylinder assembly (I) from brake support.
64. If inspection reveals that 11,placement of brake
shoe guide spring (22) is necessary, cut the two
button head rivets (23) and remove guide spring.
65. If inspect.ion revws that replacement of the
brake shoe cam adjuster ( 10) and brake shoe cam
(24) is necessary, grind riveted end from adjuster
which will release the brake shoe cam, broke shoe
cam compression spring (9) and plain washer ( II) .
66. If inspection reveals that replacement of
original cement bonded fyJ>e brake lining is nece.
sary remove brake lining from brake shoes with a
hammer and chisel, Fig 6. Care must be exercised
when lining is removed with a hammer and chisel
to prevcn t damage to brake shoes.
The ceme.n t that remains after brake lining is
removed can be dressed from brake shoes with a
belt type grinder.
NOTE: Care must be ""'"rci&edu:mn cement u
l'ffl10(Jf!,/ by g-indi~
to p.--,,t the renu,oo/ of «>-otuit1e
metol f,- ""-·
lmpectlon (Fl& 4)
67. Inspect brake drums for cracks, scores or
worn braking surface. U brake drums arc scored
Pa&c 7
 VEHICLES
D 114 INSTR 10
or worn beyond 14.220 inch they cannot be re-
paired and the installation of new brake drums will
be necessary. If brake drums are cracked, replace
brake drums as required.
68. Inspect brake support assemblies (14) for
damage or cracks. If either of these conditions
exist, brake supports must be replaced. Inspect
brake shoe guide springs for distortion, cracks or
loose rivets. If any of these conditions exist, install
new guide springs. Inspect brake shoe cam ad-
justers (10), brake shoe cams (24) and brake shoe
cam compression springs (9) for damage or break-
age. If any of these parts are not in satisfactory
condition, they must be replaced.
69. Inspect brake shoe with lining assemblies (15)
for wear, distortion or damage. If brake lining is
worn to Jess than ZR ins;h thickness it must be re-
placed. If brake shoes are damaged or badly
distorted, they must be replaced.
70. Inspect anchor bolts (19), lockwashers (13)
and nuts (12) for wear or damaged threads. If
either of these conditions exist, replace required
parts.
71. Inspect anchor bolt "C" washers (18 and 20)
for damage and if there is evidence that they have
been previously removed install new "C" washers.
Inspect anchor bolt oil washer retainers (16) for
damage. If there is eyjdence of damage, retainers
must be replaced. Inspect anchor bolt oil washers
(16) for wear. Whenever repairs are performed to
brake shoes, anchor bolt oil washers must be
replaced.
72. Inspect brake shoe return springs (21) for
free and extended lengths. If free length of brake
shoe return spring is not 7.0 inch or extended
length under 70 to 82 pounds pull is not 7% inch
replace springs.
Inspect springs for damage or cracks If either
of these conditions exist, replace springs.
Repair Procedure
73. If braking surface of brake drum is scored or
worn, it can be satisfactorily repaired by removing
the worn braking surface with a brake drum lathe.
If it is necessary to increase diameter of the brake
drums beyond 14.220 inch install new brake drums.
~OTE: When brake drums are machined on a brake
drum lathe they must be attached t.o the hubs with
three flat head machine ffl"eUJS and three tdreel stud
nuts t.o insure proper alignment.
Page 8
CANADIAN ARMY
EME MANUAL
Reassembly (Fig 4)
74. If facilities are not available for the cement
bonding of brake lining to brake shoes, replacement
brake lining with rivets are available. The service
brake shoes after truck serial number 91401434
are drilled for rivet on lining but only cement
bonded lining is installed on new trucks.
75. Brake shoes complete with cement bonded
brake lining are available for replacement through
established supply channels.
76. Hold brake lining in position on shoes with a
brake lining applier. Install brass countersunk
head tubular rivets at each end and secure them to
brake shoes with a brake lining machine. Remove
brake lining applier.
NOTE: If lining is used that is not drilled, rivet
holes must be countersunk ro a depth of~ inch. If it is
necessary ta drill the brake lining, a No. ·10 drill is
required and the seroice brake shoe can be empl.oyed as
a template..
77. Install other rivets and secure them in place
as described in Para 76.
78. If inspection revealed that replacement of the
brake shoe cam adjuster (10) and brake shoe cam
(24) is necessary, assemble the plainwasher (11)
and brake shoe cam compression spring (9) on cam
adjuster and insert the small end of cam adjuster
through hole in brake support. Place brake shoe
cam (24) on cam adjuster and cold rivet end of cam
adjuster over cam.
NOTE: The riveting or swaging of small end of oom
adjust.er mu.st be performed in an arbour press.
79. If inspection revealed that replacement of the
brake shoe guide spring (22) is necessary, position
guide spring on brake support and install two new
button head rivets (23) with the heads on outside of
brake support. Swage ends of rivets in an arbour
press to insure a secure attachment of guide spring
to brake support.
80. Position wheel cylinder assembly (1) on
brake support assembly (14) and install two cap
screws (3) and lockwashers (8) to attach wheel
cylinder to brake support.
NOTE: The location of the wheel cylinders is in•
dicated by the letters "L" and " R" cast int.o the
wheel cylinder body designating left and right and
must be installed accordingly. This identification is
provided as large f>ore of wheel cylinder must always be
toward rear of vehicle.
Issue 1-Jan. 1954
CANADIAN ARMY
EME MANUAL
FIG 7-B RAJt.B Al>JUSTXENT POINTS
81. Position brake shoe with lining assemblies
(15) on brake support assemblies (14).
82. Place anchor bolt " C" washers (18 and 20)
on each anchor bolt (19) followed by anchor bolt
oil washer retainers (17) and anchor bolt oil
washers (16). Saturate washers with engine oil.
Insert anchor bolts through brake shoes and brake
support. Install lockwashers (13) and nuts (12)
on anchor bolts.
83. Make ttrtain that upper end of brake shoes
are properly r_ngaged in slots in boots at each end of
wheel cylinder.
34, Engage brake Ahoe return spring (21) in
hole at upper end of one of the brake she>e$ and
finieh installation of other brake shoe with brake
• pring pliers, Fig S.
Ad ju stm en ts Prior t o Install ation of
Brake Drums
85. Turn anchor bolts ao the arrows point to-
ward each other as indicated, Fig 7, but do not
tighten nuts.
86. Turn brake slioe cam adjusters away from
each other, Fig 7, until the brake shoes drop to
laaue l - Jan, 1954
VEHICLES
D 114 INSTR 11
F IG 8-WHEEL C YUNDEll-EltPLODEO VIEW
the lowest point which will position them for
maximum clearance between lining and drum.
lnetallatlon
87. Coat Ranges of hub assemblies with water
pump grease to prevent corrosion. Position the
brake d.r ums on the hubs so that the attaching
screw holes are in alignment. Install and tighten
Rat head machine &erewa.
88. Install hub and brake drum Hsemblies a•
covered in Instr 4, front Axle and Instr 5, Rear
Axle.
WHEEL CYLINDERS
Recondition (Removed)
Dlsaesembly (F Iil 8)
89. Remove boots from both ends of the wheel
cylinder.
90. Remove front piston, rear piston, rear piston
cup, front piston cup and piston cup compression
spring from wheel cylinder.
91. Remove bleeder screw from wheel cylinder.
92. Wash a ll parts thoroughly in alcohol.
NOTE: Do not clean porn in dry dei>ning
die $0/oen t ;.. d,itrimen1al 10 th. rub«r paru.
4$
'°'"""'
Inspection (Fla 8)
93. Inspect wboel cylinder for wear, corrosion or
cracks.
94. Measure diameter of wheel cylinder bores
with an inside micrometer and if dimengon exceeds
1.250 to 1.253 inch for the front and rear wheel
front cylinders or 1.375 to 1.378 inch for the front
and rear wheel rear cylinde.r s, check clearance
Page 9
 VEHICLES CANADIAN ARMY
D 114 INSTR 10 EME MANUAL
between each bore and a new front or rear piston
as de«ribcd in Para 95.
95. If wear ia evident in the bore of wheel cylinder,
check ck-arnnce between wheel cylinder and a new
piston with a thickness gauge, Fig 9. Place thick-
nesa gauge in wheel cylinder and insert new piston
to determine ,ize of thickness gau1te that can be
pulled from wheel cylinder with a slight drag.
II clearance exceeds 0.001 to 0.004 inch, wheel
cylinder must be replaced.
96. If bore or wheel cylinder is corroded but
clearance between c ylinder and new piston is
less than 0.001 to 0.004 inch, cylind"r can be re-
paired aa described in Para 102, on Repair Pro-
cedure.
97. Inspcct front and rear pistons for scores or
wear. If pistons are worn, check the diameter with
a micrometer and if measurement is less than J.2475
to 1.2490 inch for front and rear wheel front
pistons or 1.3725 to 1.3740 inch for front and rear
wheel rear pistons, pistons mus..t be replaced.
98. If wheel cylinder is cracked, install new wheel FIG 9-WHEEL CYUl'fl>Elt CLEAUNCE
cylinder.
99. Inspect piston cup compre.ssion spring for ReaiSembly (Fl& 8)
free length and for compressed length. II free 104. Absolute cleanliness must be exercised in the
length is not 21~ inch or if length under cc mpres- assembly of wheel cylinde.r parts. To insure proper
sion of 4~ to ol~ pounds is not 1% inch, a new protection of wheel cylinder bores and pistons, coat
spring must be installed. parts with hydraulic brake fluid beforeinstallation.
100. The boots at each end of whee l cylinder
must be replaced whenever repairs are required to 105. Place piston cup compression spring in
insure proper protection of internal parts. wheel cylinder with lal"l(e end toward large bore
of wheel cylinder.
IOI. Inspect threads and seat or bleeder screw
and if either of these items are not in good con- 106. Install front piston cup and rear piston
dition, bleeder screw must be replaced . cup (Oat side out).

Repair Procedure
102. Hone corroded &pots from wheel cylinder.
Wash wheel cylinder free of abrasives.
NOTE: Conwion in. uJi«l cylinkr con be rcm«'td
rcilh a hoM, pN1Vi.ding omounl of mawiaJ r,,moo«l
does ""' i.runa.se 1M ckaronce b«,_n rd&ed cylirrdu
and pt.mm beyond 0.001 u, 0.004 indr. Only standard
pu/lJns ,ire aooilable 111 &eniice rep~nl pa,1,,
which limiL< the omounl of mtlleri4/ thal a,n be ,.,.
mor,ed from bore, of rduid cylinder.
103. Check clearance between new piston and
reconditioned wheel cylinder as deacribcd in Para
94. If clearance between new piston and recon-
ditioned wheel cylinder exceeds those indicated in
Para 95, wheel cylinder must be replaced .
p.,, ., 10
107. Install front piston and rear piston (Hat
side in).
NOT E: With u-heel cylinder in iu opemtins po.,i.tw,1,
pistolt3 mwt be irutalkd so thot 1M two bo.1.- for the
brake ,Ji«, are rertiail.
108. Install a boot at each end of wheel cylinder
and make certain slot in boot is vertical to insure
a tight lit on end of brake shoe.
109. Install bleeder screw in upper threaded hole
of wheel cylinder.
I 10. S..al opening• ol wboel cylinders with bpc
to prevent the entrance of dirt while 1>:1rta arc in
service stock awaiting issue.
Issue 1-Jan . 1954
CANADIAN ARMY
EME MAN UAL
Fie 10-CllECIONC To£ ADJUS'TMltNT
1-TM•f rMf' •hoe
z-T. . •' front ' ""
2- r-,... , .\11•
BRAKE ADJUSTMENT
MINOR BRAKE ADJUSTMENT
General
111. A minor brake adjustment consists of ad-
justing the brake shoe cams which control only
the released position of the brake shoes. The minor
adjustment will reduce the brake pedal travel
caused by brake lining or drum wear or will
relieve brake drag caused by lack of clearauce
between the brake shoes and drum. Before attemp-
ing to adjust the brakes, make certain the master
cylinder piston rod is properly adjusted and that
the wheel bearings are properly adjusted. Do not
adjust brake shoes when brake druma are hot
beca use the drums will contract when they cool
off and cause the b rakes to drag.
Adju st Brake Sh oe Cams (Fig 14)
112. Jack up wheel until tire is dear of the ground.
113. Revolve the wheel and turn one brake shoe
cam pin until the brake shoe contacts the drum
and cau5e5 the bra.kc to dl"ag.
114. Tum the cam pin in the opposite direction
just far enough to eliminate the brake drag.
I 1S. Adjust the other shoe in the aame manner
and repeat the operation on the other three wheels.
Issue 1- Jan. 1954
VEHICLES
D 114 INSTR 10
F1G 11- CUECKING HEEL ADJUSTVEN'T
1- H. .,-, ,......__
1- H-I ef frent , tt..
,__,.. .. ff •• " • ·
MAJOR BRAKE ADJUSTMENT
Gener2I
116. On new trucks and for newly installed brake
linings whose tapers hav4' not been worn down, the
special major brake adjustment will be required.
Wh4'n th" taper on the brake lining wears to the
extent that a full contact exists between the lining
and the drum, a major brake adjustment may be
required which differs from that rec,ommended for
new or relined brake shoes equipped with tapered
brake lining. 84'fore attempting to make a major
adjustment, make certain the master cylinder
piston rod is properly adjusted and that th" whc~I
bearings have no play.
CA UT/ON: While molting a brake adjwtment,
do not apply the ~ . . a, tJw, mulling dutortwn
of the variou.s partJ U.U moke u impossil,l,, t<> accom-
plish on ocauvle adju.stm-tnJ.
Special Major Brake Adju stm ents for
New T rucks or Linings
11 7. Adiust the anchor bolt and cam on one or the
shoes to give equal clearances at the toe and heel,
Fig 10 and 11, maintaining suffici4'nt shoe cent,re
contact to produce a slight drag.
118. After adjusting the clearances on one shoe,
repeat procedure on other shoe.
Page l1
 VEHICLES
D 114 INSTR 10
~
~
~i .._
4
-- -
FIG 12- WHEEL BRAKE INSPECTION HOLE
1-<:oyer
2-<:o..eroCNw
3-Brakedrum
4---l nopeotlon hole
119. After toe and heel clearances on both shoes
have been equalized, install the tire and wheel
assembly.
120. Using the top adjusting cam, bring the
shoes out until a moderate drag is attained.
121. Repeat this procedure on all wheels.
NOTE: Do not back cam, off.
122. If during this final adjustment an extremely
heavy drag is produced, it is necessary to back the
cam off until the shoe has no drag and to repeat
the final adjustment as outlined above.
123. For general procedure in performing a major
brake adjustment refer to the following paragraphs.
Adjustment Procedure for Wom Llnlngs
124. Remove wheel and tire assembly and install
two of the wheel stud nuts and tighten with wheel
wrench so tha t brake drums will be held in proper
alignment.
125. Remove inspection holecover, Fig 12. Loosen
anchor bolt lock nuts. Tum anchor bolts to the
fully released position so that the dots on any pair
of anchor bolts, Fig 13, face toward each other and
the flats of the anchor bolts are in the same hori-
Paae 1l
CANADIAN ARMY
EME MANUAL
FIG 13- BRAKE SHOE ANCHOR BOLT ADJUSTMENT
zontal plane. This can best be determined by
placing a straightedge across the fiats of the anchor
bolts.
126. Turn the brake shoe adjusting cams, Fig 14,
so that a 0.006 inch feeler gauge will be a snug fit
between the toe of the brake shoe lining and drum.
127. Tum the anchor bolts in the direction indi-
cated by the arrows, Fig 13, to decrease the clear-
ance between the heel of the brake shoe lining and
drum to 0.006 inch. This will cause the brake shoe
to move down and out increasing the clearance
at the toe of the brake shoe lining to approximately
0.012 inch, resulting in proper centralization of the
brake shoes. When the shoes have been adjusted,
hold the anchor bolt from turning and tighten lock
nuts securely. If the pedal travel is too great after
the adjustments have been completed, decrease
the clearance between the toe of the shoe lining
and the drum. Make certain the brakes do not
drag.
128. Place the cover over the inspection hole,
Fig 12, in the drum and install the attaching screw
and lockwasher.
129. Install the wheel and tire assembly.
MASTER CYLINDER
Removal
130. Open the clip on the lower master cylinder
screw that holds the fuel tube and move tube out of
the way.
Issue 1-Jan. 1954
CANADIAN ARMY VEHICLES
EME MANUAL D 114 INSTR 10

BRAKE SHOE
ADJUSTING CA S

"
ro - --
..............

INCREASE t+-ff+.!-J
CLEARANC£
--
Fro 15- MASTER CYLINDER
0rSCONl<ECT POINTS

139. Remove pipe p lug (23) from bottom of

Fro 14-TURNI NG BRAKE SHOE CAMS master cylinder.

131. Remove cotter pin lrom clevis pin and dis-
connect master cylinder to pedal rod from brake
pedal, Fig 15.
132. Disconnect hydralic brake tube from the
master cylinder.
IJJ. Remo,·e the three cap screws which h_old
the master cylinder to the mounting bracket.
Disassembly (Fla 16)
134. Remove large boot strap (6). Remove
master cylinder to pedal rod (l), push rod asscmbl)•
(3) and boot (5) as an assembly from master
cylinder.
140. Remove piston stop locking ring (7) from
large end of master cylindeij whif h will release
piston stop (8), secondary cup ~t-lit!J pi•ton (10),
piston shims ( 11 ), piston c up ( l~piston return
spring with retainer assembly (13) and valve
assembly (14). Remove secondary · cup (9) lrom
piston (10) .
141. Wash all parts thoroughly in alcohol.
NOTE:: Do not ckon parts in dry cleaning solt'<'nl
a.s th~ $</lve,u is ddrimenwl to rubber pc.ru.
Inspection (Fla 16)
142. Inspect master cylinder ( 15) for wear, cor-
1wiuu ur \:nu;ks.

135. Remove small boot strap (4) and remove 143. Measure diameter of master cylinder bore
boot (5) from push rod assembly (J). Remove with an inside micrometer and if dimension exceeds
master q •linder to pedal rod (I) from push rod 1.249 to 1.253 inch, check clearance bctwee.n the
assembly (3). Remove nut ('l). bore and a new piston, as describce in Para 144.

136. Remove cover plug (18) , master cylinder to
Air cleaner tube shut off cock {24) and elbow {25)
from cover (17). Remove cap screws (19) and cover
screw gaskets ( 20) which will release cover and
co\'Cr gasket ( 16) from master cylinder.
137. Remo,·e pipe plug (21) or stop light switch
lrom master cylinder.
138. Remo,·e outlet connector (22) from master
cylinder.
144. If wear is evident in bore of master cylinder,
check clearance between muter cylinder and a new
piston with a thickness gauge, Fig 9. Place thick·
ncss gauge in maste r cylinder and insert new
piston to determine size of thickness gauge that
can be pulled from cylinder with a slight drag. If
clearance exceeds 0.001 to 0.0045 inch, master
cylinder must be replaced.
145. If bore of master cylinder is corroded but
clearance between cylinder and new piston is leas

lasue 1-Jan. 1954 Paae 13

 VEHICLES CANADIAN ARMY
D 114 INSTR 10 EME MANUAL

1- fllM-ffluu, -,HMw t• "4• 1

FIG 16-MASTE'.lt CYU:Nt>l!ll-ExPLODl!D Vll!W
10-P"l...ft ,......,,., W IO.
'
23

1-·Hv, 11- lhhn- .,e.w,n 1t--Sc.: oa - •

J.-...lluah ~ ••.. m.••1 11-Cw~l._a IO---Ga.k•• • •• ..,...

- -...
, - Stn,._,m.. 11, _...

1-,S,tn ~ ..........

, - ,.1n.-1. .1tlft1 , pl•t.en --~

._ ,_.,~
1>- s..-1..,_.,..._wrft. • h t.n w lt.h ...ulnw
. . . .l'ftM7

14-'Y• l'N •..,.mMy

11-C'J'lll'MI.,._..,...
1---.Geekal N •••
.2'1 - ,,~...
n-c.-·~ t.191
~...-...'"'
_, .... ....
~ t r - . h ~ t .,., ma.wr c,•lffMI- w el r

t-cu.-,- 4 a r y

than 0.001 to 0.0045 inch, C)'linder can be repaired
as described in Repair Procedure, Para 158.
146. If master cylinder is cracked, install a new
master cylinder.
147. Inspect cover (17) for cracks, damaged
machined surface, st.ripped or worn threads. If
any of these conditions exist cover must be re-
pla~.
148. Inspect cover plug (18), pipe plug (21),
outlet connector (22), pipe plug (23), master
cylinder to air cleaner tube shut off cock (24) and
elbow (25) for damaged threads, cracks, or other
visual damage. If any or these parts are unsatis-
fac.tory, replace as required.
149. Inspect master cylinder to pedal rod (I),
nut (2) and push rod assembly (3). for damaged
threads, distortion or worn clevis pin holes. II
any or these conditions exist, replace parts as
required.
ISO. Inspect small boot strap (4) a nd large boot
strap (6) lor damage or distortion. U either ol
these conditions are apparent. replace parts as
required.
151. Boot must be replaced whenever repairs are
performed on master cylinder.
152. Inspect piston stop locking ring (7) and
piston stop (8) for distortion, corrosion or damage.

Issue I-Jan. 1954

CANADIAN ARMY
EME MANUAL
If corrosion on piston stop is not excessive it can be
removed but locking ring must be replaced if it is
distorted.
153. Discard secondary cup (9) and piston cup
(12).
NOTE: A kit containing the secondary cup (9) and
piston cup (12) is available for service replacement
and these parts must be replaced whenever repairs are
required on the master cylir.der.
154. Inspect piston (10) for wear by measuring
the diameter of the flanged ends with a micrometer.
If dimensions are less than 1.247 to 1.2485 inch,
replace piston.
155. Inspect piston shim (11) for distortion. If
shim is not in good condition it must be replaced.
156. Inspect free and compressed length of
piston return spring with retainer assembly (13)
and if the dimensions are less than 2% inch under
compression of 872 to 972 pounds, spring must be
replaced.
157. Inspect valve assembly (14) for damaged
contacting surfaces. The contacting surfaces of
valve and rubber seat must be absolutely free of
scratches and if there is any question about their
condition, install a new valve assembly.
Repair Procedure (Fig 16)
158. If there is evidence of corrosion in the
master cylinder (15), hone master cylinder bore
until surface is smooth and free of corrosion. Clean
master cylinder thoroughly with alcohol and
check clearance between piston (10) and master
cylinder as indicated, Fig 12. If clearance exceeds
0.001 to 0.0045 inch with a new piston, master
cylinder must be replaced.
Reassembly (Fig 16)
159. Care must be exercised in handling master
cylinder parts at time of asseml?ly to prevent the
possibility of leakage because of dirt particles
between cups and master cylinder bore.
NOTE: All parts must be washed in alcohol and dipped
in hydraulic brake fluid before assembly. A dean
piece of paper must be placed on the bench during the
proccess of assembly.
160. Position new cover gasket (16) and cover
(17) on master cylinder (15) with filler opening in
cover towards large open end of master cylinder.
Install cap sen. ws (19) and new cover screw gaskets
(20). Tighten screws.
Issue 1-Jan.1954
VEHICLES
D 114 INSTR 10
161. Install cover plug (18), pipe plug (21) or
stop light switch, pipe plug (23), outlet connector
(22), master cylinder to air cleaner tube shut off
cock (24), 90 degree elbow (25). Tighten all parts.
162. Wash master cylinder bore free of all dirt
particles with hydraulic brake fluid.
163. Attach valve assembly (14) to piston return
spring with retainer assembly (13). Place spring
and valve in master cylinder, (valve end first).
164. Insert piston cup (12), (flat side out) in
master cylinder followed by piston shim (11).
165. Assemble secondary cup (9) on piston (10).
Insert piston and cup in master cylinder (perforated
end of piston towards shim) followed by piston stop
(8). Install piston stop locJdng ring (7).
166. Install new boot (5) on master cylinder and
attach boot to master cylinder with large boot
strap (6).
167. Install nut (2) on master cylinder to pedal
rod (1) and screw pedal rod into push rod assembly
(3). Tighten nut.
168. Install push rod and pedal rod assembly in
boot and attach boot to push rod with small boot
strap (4).
169. If completed master cylinder is going to be
placed in service stock for issue, cover all openings
with adhesive tape to prevent the entrance of dirt.
Installation
170. Attach the master cylinder to the mounting
bracket by replacing the three cap screws.
171. Connect the hydraulic brake tube to the
master cylinder.
172. Install master cylinder push rod to pedal rod
and install clevis pin and cotter pin.
17 3. Place the· fuel tube in the clip on the lower
master cylinder screw and close the· clip.
BLEEDING BRAKE LINES
NOTE: When any part of the braking system is
disconnected for any reason or the fluid level is allowed
to get too low it is necessary to bleed the brake lines
at all four wheel cylinders. Air in the braking system
seriously impairs braking efficiency, resulting in soft,
spongy pedal action.
174. Fill the master cylinder reservoir with
hydraulic brake fluid and attach a short length
Page 15
 VEHICLES CANADIAN ARMY
D 114 INSTR 10 EME MANUAL

FIG 18-CAs D1sc0NNECT I'on<TS

178. Bleed one wheel cylinder at a time to make

sure that all air is expelled from the system. When
all air bubbles have been forced out of the line,
close the bleeder screw tightly.

FIG 17• -BLEEDINC BRAKI! LINES

NOTE: a,_ tAe bleeder -"""'w be/on l(Jking the
t - 8IN41e,. ICNW
bleeder lune out of the fluid.
2- 8 1Md•r hoM
179. Install the bleeder cap 91:rew and check
of rubber hose to the bleeder screw a fter removing the flu_id level in the ma.s ter cylinder. If the ftu_id
the cap screw in the center of the wheel cylinder is more than ~ fourths inch below the top of the
where it protrudes through me brake support,
opening, add brake fluid to proper level and install
Fig 17.
filler plug.
17S. Allow the free end of the hose to be su_b-
merged in a clean glass con tainer of brake fluid and
unscrew the bleeder screw one-half to three-quarters
of a turn.
176. The master cylinder reservoir must be
kept full of fluid durinir the bleeding operation.
If the filler cap of the reservoir is left off during the
bleeding operation, it will be possible to watch the
fluid to see that it does not get below the halfway
point. It is best, however, to use an automatic
refiner to pre,·ent the master cylinder from running
dry during the bleeding operation.
17 7. Depress the brake pedal slowly through half
the limit of its travel. Allow the pedal to return
to its relea~ed po!ition and depress it again or until
fluid runs out of th.e bleeder hose in a continuous
• .J;tream, without air bubbles. If an automatic
refiller is not used, the foot pedal can be given from
six to ten half strokes before it is nece.sary to re- Fro 19-PEDAL SHAFT DISCONNECT
fill the master cylinder. POINTS

Pa~e 16 Issu e I-Jan . 1954

CANADIAN ARMY VEHICLES
EME MANUAL D 114 INSTR 10
185. Remove three nuts, lockwasher's and cap
scrcwa, a. Fig !~ , and remove pedals and pedal
bracket assembly from vehicle.

Disassembly (Flit W)
186. Do not remove bushing type bearings from
brake pedal or pedal bracket assembly unless
insp,,ction reveals that replacement is neceuary.

187. Remove woodruff key (10) from pedal shaft

(9).

188. File any distorted metal from shaft that

may be evident around woodruff' key openings.
Remove shaft from pedal bracket assembly (6)
which will release brake pedal (I) and pedal shaft
spacer (8). Remove brake pedal draft pad ( 12).

189. Remove lubricating fitting (2) rrom brake

pedal.
Fu; 20- BRAKE PEDAL AND PEDAL BRACKh'T- 190. If inspection reveals that replacement of
Ex.FLOOED V11Sw brake pedal bushing typ,, bearing (11) is necessary
remove bearing from brake pedal (1) with remover
,_,,. . . 1- 1tni1t• 1- •••rl"e- 1tu• hln1 ty~
and replacer, Fig 21.
2-nt"tl ...-lull!riwnt . - , . . . - - -. . - ., •h •ft
:I- -P'l u lne,-lullw1-n"\ t-lh:e,-- i,ed•l
NOTE: To P"""'"' pos,ihk damage to broke pedal,
4-,.IUlfltl- htWl c.ant to- ,Kay . . . ,,,.ft'
a iultable metal block spacer, Fig 21 must be, placed
s- a.arlno- 1iu....hln1 \111'• ,,_ . . . ,...., ......bu• hlnit tYP•
bclu~"'" pedal and vise jaw.
I-Br• • kH- p-411• 1 t:t- ~1Mf-4n.f'l. ~ k • ---··
191. Remove lubricating fitting• (J o.nd 4) from
BRAKE PEDAL AND PEDAL BRACKET pedal bracket assembly.

Removal 192. If inspection reveals that replacement or

pedal bracket bushing type bearings {5 an<i 7)
180. Remove eleven lockwasher screws and is necessary, place pedal bracket assembly over
remo,·e clutch and brake pedal covers from cab, op,,n jaws of a vise and drive bearings from bracket
E. Fig 18. assembly with a remover and replacer, Fig 22.

181. Remo,·e cotter pin from clevis pin and dis-
ronnect master cylinder to pedal rod from brake
pedal. 9, Fig 15.
182. ·Remo,· e brake pedal pull back sprin11 and
spring extension from pedal, 4. Fig IS.
183. Rcmo,·e cotter pin and clevis pin from
clutch pedal shaft lever which will release the pull
back spring, clip and clutch operating rod from
the le,·er, Fig 19.
184. Remove nut, lockwnshcr nnd cap screw from
clutch pedal shalt lever ond remo,·e le,·er from
pedal shaft, B, Fig 19.
19.1. \Va,.h all parts thorough ly in dry cleaning
solvent and dry with compressed air.
Inspection (Flit 20)
194. Inspect brake pedal bushing type bearing
(11) for wear and if inside diameter exceeds 0.753
to 0.755 inch it will be necessary to replace the
bearing.
195. Inspect brnke pedal (I) for cracks, damage
or worn lubricating fitting th reads and i[ any 0£
these conditions exist, replace brake pedal.
196. Inspect brake pedal draft p,,d (12) for de-
terioration and if p.:1d is not in good condition,
repl"ec pad.

l5$UC I- Jan. 1954 rage 17

 VEHICLES
D 114 INSTR 10
Fu; 21-REMOVING PEDAL BUSHING
197. Inspect lubricating fitting (2) for damage or
wom threads. If either of these conditions exist,
replace lubricating 6tting.
198. Inspect bushing type bearings (S and 7) in
pedal bracket (6) and ii the inside diameter of the
bearings exceed O. 7SJ to O. 755 inch, it will be
nece..ary to replace the bearings.
199. Inspect pedal bracket (6) for cracks, scored
bearing openings or damaged lubricating fitting
threads. II any of these conditions exist, replace
bracket.
200. Inspect lubricating fittings (3 and 4) for
damage or worn threads. II either ol these con•
ditions exist, replace lubricating fittings.
201. Inspect pedal shalt (9) for wear and measure
diameter at the worn spot with a micrometer: JI
diameter is less than 0.748 to 0.750 inch, it will be
neces.ary to replace shalt.
202 . Inspect pedal shaft &pacer (8) !or damage
and ii the spacer is not in good oondition, install
new spacer.
Paae 18
CANADIAN ARMY
EME MANUAL
FIG 22- RENOVING PEDAL BRACKET
8USHI NG
203. Inspect woodruff key (10) for wear or
damage. If either ol these conditions exist, re-
place key.
Reassembly (Fla 20)
204. II inspection revealed that replacement or the
brake pedal bushing type bearing ( 11) was neces-
sary, press bearing in brake pedal exercising care
to align hole in bearing with lubricating fitting
hole in brake pedal. The bearing can be installed
in pedal with a remover and replacer or by an
arbour press.
205. Ream bearing if necesltlry, until pedal shalt
(9) is a free fit with minimum clearance bctw~n
shalt and bearing.
206. Install a 45 d~rec lubricatinr fittinr (2)
in the brake pedal.
207. Install brake pedal draft pad (12) on brake
pedal. Draft pad must be installed from pad l!nd or
brake pedal, flat side towards pedal when installed.
208. JI inspection reveals that replacement of the
pedal bracket bushing type bearings (5 and 7) is
Issue I-Jan. 1954
CANADIAN ARMY
EME MANUAL
necessary, install pedal bracket bushing type beM-
ings in pednl brncket (6), exercising eare to align
holes in bearings with lubricating fitting holes in
bracket. The installation of bearings can be accom-
plished with a remover and replacer or by an arbour
press.
209. Ream bearings until pedal shaft (9) ih a free
fit in bearings with minimum clenrance between
shaJt and bearings.
210. Install 45 degree lubricating fitting (3 and 4)
in pedal bracket assembly.
211. Po&ition brake pedal (1) in pedal bracket
a=mbly (6) so that lubricating fittings on bracket
and pedal are facing in the same direction.
212. Insert pedal shaft (9) through bushing type
bearing• in brock~t a ssembly and pedal.
213. Posi,inn f""lnl •haft •racer (8) on pedal
shaft and install a woodruff key (10) in keyway
at end of shaft that protrudes through frame.
Installation
214. Install clutch pedal, v.•oodrufi key in shaft
and clutch pedal adjusting collar on outer end of
shaft. Align screw holes in collar with groove in
shaft. Place lockwasher on screw and install cap
screw in adjusting collar. Tighten cap screw.
215. Install pedals with bracket assembly on
frame left side rail with three cap screws, 8, Fig IS,
and nuts. Tighten nuts.
216. Install woodruff key in shaft. Install clutch
pedal shaft lever on pedal shafr. Align screw hole
in lever with groove in shaft. Install cap screw
in lever followed by lockwasher and nut, 2, Fig 19.
Tighten nut. Position clutch operating rod on
lever and install clevis pin through yoke on clutch
operating rod and clutch pedal shalt lever. Place
clip attached to pull back spring on clevis pin and
install cotter pin.
217. Install clevis pin in yoke on master cylinder
to pedal rod and brake pedal, Fig 15. Install
cotter pan In clevis pin.
218. Attach brake pedal pull back • pring tn
pedal and attach spring to spring extension, Fig IS.
Issue 1-Jon. 195(
VEHICLES
D 114 INSTR 10
FIO 23- FL£XIBLR BRAKE LINE
DISCONNECT Ponns
219. Position clutch and brake pedal covers in
cab and attach covers to cab with eleven lockwasher
screws, 5, Fig 18.
ADJUSTMENT OF BRAKE PEDAL
FREE TRAVEL
~neral
220. The backward travel of the brake pedal
is limited by the master cylinder push rod. The
pedal free travel is the amount of movement ol the
pedal from its fully released position to the point
where noticeable resistance is felt in the downward
movement of the pedal. This free travel is con-
trolled by the length o( the master cylinder piston
rod.
Adjustment
221. Depress and release the brake pedal and
note if free travel is approximately one inch.
222. Loosen the lock nut at the front end of the
master cylinder piston rod between the pedal and
the master cylinder.
223. Turn the master cylinder piston rod until
the rx.'<lal bas 3' inch Cree travel. Tighten lock
nut on piston rod.
BRAKE LINES AND BRACKETS
Removal
224. Remove brake Aexible line brackets, Fig 23,
from luel tank aupport crossmember.
225. Remove nut and lockwasher from brake
line frame tee, 5, Fig IS, and, 2, Fig 24. Remove
Page 19
 VEHICLES CANADIAN ARMY
D 114 INSTR 10 EME MANUAL

FIG 24-BRAKE LINE DISCONNECT FIG 25-BRAKE LINE DISCONNECT

POINTS POINTS

all vent, brake and fuel lines from clips at right
and left frame side rails, frame transfer front cross-
member and frame front crossmember, Fig 24 and
25.
226. Disconnect line union, A, Fig 24, and remove
Jines and clips.
Inspection
227. Inspect brake line assemblies and rear
axle brake line tee for cracks or damage. If there
is any evidence of cracks or damage, brake line
assemblies Cir tee must be replaced.
Installation
228. Install rear bracket on right side of fuel
tank support crossmember and front bracket on
right rear flange of front crossmember. Install
all brake line clips.
229. Place fuel lines, brake lines and vent lines
in clips on frame side rails, on front crossmember
and transfer front crossmember. Connect unions,
A, Fig 24. Install lockwasher. and nut on brake
line frame tee, 5, Fig 15, and B, Fig 24.

TABLE I-BRAKE TROUBLES AND REMEDIES

SYMPTOMS PROBABLE CAUSE PROBABLE REMEDY

Spongy or Rubbery Air in system Bleed brake system.

Pedal
Swollen rubber parts due to use Replace rubber parts as required.
of improper fluid Drain system, flush and refill with
clean brake fluid.
Improper shoe adjustment Adjust brakes.
Improper height of guide pin or Align brake shoes.
cam
Chattering Brakes Improper adjustment of brake Adjust brakes.
shoes
Loose front wheel bearings Inspect bearings for possible
damage. Replace as required and
adjust.
Hard spots on brake drum Check lining for excessive wear and
install new drum.
Out of round brake drum Check lining for spotty wear.
Replace if necessary and install
new drum
Page 20 Issue 1- Jan. 1954
CANADIAN ARMY VEHICLES
EME MANUAL D 114 INSTR 10

TABLE I-BRAKE TROUBLES AND REMEDIES-(CONT'D)

SYMPTOMS PROBABLE CAUSE PROBABLE REMEDY

No Pedal Reserve Normal wear of lining Adjust brakes.

Hydraulic brake fluid level low
Check brake system for leaks and
correct as necessary. Refill master
cylinder and bleed lines if needed.
Wheel cylinders not operating Remove cylinders and recondition
properly
Improper push rod adjustment Adjust pedal free play.
Deteriorated hoses Replace deteriorated hoses and
bleed the system.

Loss of Pressure Leak in primary cup of master Remove master cylinder and re-
cylinder condition.
Leak in wheel cylinder (internal) Remove leaking cylinder and re-
condition.
External leak in lines Check lines and connections for
fractures or fatigue. Replace
necessary parts. Bleed lines.
Leak at stop light switch Replace stop light switch and
bleed lines.
Hard Pedal Improper lining Replace brake lining.
Restrictio~s in by pass port of Remove master cylinder. Clean
master cylinder or recondition as necessary.
Improper shoe adjustment Adjust brakes.

Pumping of Pedal Worn linings Replace with new linings.

Necessary
Improper adjustment of brakes Adjust brakes
Worn wheel cylinders or cups Recondition worn wheel cylinders
as required.

Binding Brake Pedal Bent piston push rod Replace bent push rod. Reset brake
pedal free play.
Worn, tight or rusted pedal shaft Free up pedal on pedal shaft.
Check pedal bushing for excessive
wear. Replace ff necessary.
Loose master cylinder mountinjl Tighten master cylinder mounting
bolts bolts as required.

Brake Pedal Fails to Weak pedal return sprinjl Check pedal return sprint and
Return replace as necessary.
Bent piston push rod Replace bent push rod. Reset
brake pedal free play.
Loose master cylinder mounting Tilth ten master cylinder mountinjl
bolts bolts as required.

Issue I-Jan. 1954 Page 21

 VEHICLES CANADIAN ARMY
D 114 INSTR 10 EME MANUAL

TABLE I-BRAKE TROUBLES AND REMEDIES-(CONT'D)

SYMPTOMS PROBABLE CAUSE PROBABLE REMEDY

Poor Brakes Water soaked lining
Glazed linings
Improper shoe adjustment
Improper pedal adjustment
Dry brake lining by applying brakes
while driving.
Replace brake linings and adjust.
Adjust brakes.
Adjust pedal free play.

Grabbing Brakes Linings soaked with grease, oil or Check for oil, fluid or grease leaks.
brake fluid Replace seals as needed. Replace
lining.
Charred linings Replace linings.
Scored or cracked drums Replace cracked drums.
Incorrect lining Replace with correct lining.
Improper shoe adjustment Adjust brakes.
Hard spots on drums Replace drums.

Side Pull Linings soaked with grease,
brake fluid or oil
Improper shoe adjustment
Loose anchor pins
Excessive wear in drums
Improper tire inflation
Charred linings
Scored drums
Water or mud in brakes
Check for oil or grease leaks and
replace seals as necessary. Replace
brake lining.
Adjust brakes.
Tighten anchor pins. Inspect lin-
ings for wear or damage. Adjust
brakes.
Replace drums.
Inflate all tires to proper pressure.
Replace linings.
' Reface scored drums. Check lining
for excessive wear and if necessary
replace.
Remove drums and clean brake
assemblies. Lubricate all moving
parts.

Squealing Brakes Incorrect lining Replace lining.

Distorted brake drum Replace distorted brake drum.
Bent brake support plate Replace bent support plate.
Sprung or bent brake shoes Check shoes for alignment. If
shoes are bent or sprung, replace.
Foreign material embedded in Remove foreign material. If drums
lining or lining is heavily scored, replace.
Dirt in brake drum Remove drum and clean or re-
place as necessary.

Page ll Issue 1-Jan. 1954

CANADIAN ARMY VEHICLES
EME MANUAL D 114 INSTR 10

TABLE I-BRAKE TROUBLES AND REMEDIES- -(CONT'D)

SYMPTOMS PROBABLE CAUSE PROBABLE REMEDY

Shoes scraping on support plate Check shoes for alignment. If

Loose anchor bolts
Brake shoe cocked by cam post
shoes are out of alignment and
condition cannot be corrected,
replace shoes.
Tighten anchor bolts. Inspect
lining for possible excessive wear
and replace if necessary. Adjust
brakes.
Remove drums. Then, insert
insulating washer around cam
post between shoe web and ad-
justing cam. If necessary groove
the lining.

Overheating Brakes Dragging brakes Adjust brakes.

High spots on drums Check diameter of drum. If re-
facing of drum does not correct
this condition, replace drum.
Improper adjustment Adjust brakes.
Master cylinder not operating Check master cylinder for dirt,
properly rust or corrosion in back of piston.
This may prevent piston from
making a full return. Also check
for swollen primary cup. If neces-
sary recondition master cylinder.
Dirt or grime on drums Clean brake drums and lining.
Check for possible scoring.
Incorrect push rod clearance Adjust pedal push rod clearance.
Fading Brakes Incorrect lining Replace lining.
Poor lining contact Adjust brakes.
Dragging Brakes Improper brake adjustment Adjust brakes.
Distorted cylinder cups Replace rubber cups. Drain and
flush system. Refill with fresh
fluid and bleed lines.
Brake shoe seized on anchor bolt Free up brake shoe and lubricate
anchor bolt.
Weak brake shoe return spring Check brake shoe return spring
and replace if spring is weak.
Anchor bolt loose or improperly Tighten loose anchor bolts.
installed
Sprung brake shoes Check shoes for alignment.
Loose wheel bearings Adjust wheel bearings.

Issue 1-Jan. 1954 Page 23

 VEHICLES CANADIAN ARMY
D 114 INSTR 10 EME MANUAL

TABLE I-BRAKE TROUBLES AND REMEDIES-(CONT'D)

SYMPTOMS PROBABLE CAUSE PROBABLE REMEDY

Obstruction in brake line Disconnect brake lines and clear

Warped brake drum
Wheel Locks Oily fluid on linings
Torn brake linings
Loose lining
Loose or improperly installed Tighten loose anchor bolts.
anchor bolts
All Brakes Drag Improper adjustment
Swollen cylinder cups
Restricted port in master cylinder Remove master cylinder, clean
No free pedal travel
Weak brake shoe return spring
with air pressure. Refill brake
system and bleed lines.
Replace warped drum. Check
lining and replace if necessary.
Replace linings, clean drums and
inspect for possible brake fluid
leaks. Replace parts as necessary.
Replace linings.
Replace lining.
Adjust brakes.
Replace cylinder cups, drain and
flush brake system. Refill and
bleed brake lines.
and recondition if necessary.
Adjust push rod setting until
free pedal travel is obtained.
Check tension of brake shoe re-
turn spring and replace if neces-
sary.

Page l4 Issue 1-Jan. 1954

CANADIAN ARMY VEHICLES
EME MANUAL D 114 INSTR 10

TABLE II-BRAKE SPECIFICATIONS

HAND BRAKE
GENERAL
Type . . ... . Drum-External Band
Location . . On Transfer Case
DRUM
Material. Cast Iron
Diameter 7I%i Inch
LINING
Material ...... . .... .... . . Woven Asbestos
Method of Attaching .. .. . Rivets
Width .. . ........ . .. .... . 2 Inch
Length . ... . ... . .. . .. . . . . 24 Inch
Thickness . . . .. .. . . ... . . . . ~ Inch
Area (Square Inch) . ... . . . 48 Inch
Clearance .. . ...... . .. . . . . .015 - .030 Inch
SERVICE BRAKES
GENERAL
Make ......... . Chrysler
Type-Front .. . Single Cylinder
Rear ... . Single Cylinder
PEDAL
Ratio . . . ... . 7.8 to 1
Free Travel . . M Inch to 1 Inch
DRUM \':I
Material .. . .. .. .. . . .
Diameter .. . ..... . . .
Width ........... .. .
Composite
14Ys Inch
1% Inch t,"
. ~.~
\f...L •. .

\-l6 cl
LINING
rJ·· "
Make .......... . .. . .. .... .. . ................. ... . . . .. . ...... . Asbestenos "' i'-
Type ............ ..... . .. .. .. . ........... . ..... . .. .. . . .... ·· .. Woven and Taper 9round
Method of Attaching . . . .... .. ............... . .. .. .. . .. . .. ... . Rivets or Cement Bonded
Width . .... . .. .. ... ... . . . .. . . ............ . .. . . . . . . .. ........ . 1% Inch
Length . . ...... . .. .. . ... . .. .. . .. . ....... .. . .. . .. . . . .. . . . . .... . 15 Inch
Thickness . . . . . . ... . . . . . .. . .. . . . . . ..... . ..... . . .. . . . . .. . .... . . M Inch
Clearance Heel .. . .. .. . .. . . . . .. ... . . . . . . . . .. .. ... ... .. . . .. .. . . .006 Inch
Toe . ... . . .... .. . . . . . . .. ... .... . .. . ... . ··· · · ··· · ·· .012 Inch
WHEEL CYLINDER BORE
Front Wheel Front Shoe. 1M Inch
Front Wheel Renr Shoe . . 1% Inch
Rear Whee] Front Shoe . . 1M Inch
Rear Wheel Rear Shoe .. . 1% Inch
MASTER CYLINDER
Bore . . ..... . .... . 1~ Inch

Issue I-Jan. 1954

 VEHI CLES CANADIAN ARMY
D 114 INSTR 10 EME MANUAL

TABLE III- BRAKE REPAIR AND REBUILD STANDARDS

General
The repair and rebuild standards included in this table give the minimum and the maximum sizes and
clearances of new or rebuilt parts as well as wear limits, which indicates that point to which a part or parts
may be worn before replacement, in order to receive ma ximum service with minimum replacement. Nor-
mally, all parts whic.h have not been worn beyond the dimensions shown in the " Wear Limits" column or
damaged from corrosion will be approved !or service. Minimum, maximum and wear limit dimensions llre
inches unless otherwise specified.

F10 26--BllAKll PAllTS

Size and Flt

Fl&. Ref. Wear
Point of Measurement of New Par ts
No. Letter Limits
Min, Max.
26 B Outside dJameter of hand brake drum 7.803 7.823 7.780
6 34
26 E Free len&th of brake shoe return sprint 1
1 21
LG11Qth whQn subj ected to pull of 70 to 82 Iba. 1%
26 A Inside diameter of (wheel) brake drum 14.155 l4.165 14.220

Pate 26 luue 1-Jan. 195'

CANADIAN ARMY VEHICLES
EME MANUAL D 114 INSTR 10

TABLE III-BRAKE REPAIR AND REBUILD STANDARDS-(CONT'D)

Size and Fit

Fig. Ref. Wear
Point of Measurement of New Parts
No. Letter - -
Min Max
Limits

26 K Inside diameter of wheel cylinder bore front

26 J and rear wheel front cylinders 1.250 1.253
Front and rear wheel rear·cylinders 1.375 1.378
26 L Outside diameter of pistons (wheel cylinders)
26 G front and rear wheel front pistons 1.2475 1.2490
Front and rear wheel rear pistons 1.3725 1.3740
26 G, J, K, L Pistons (wheel cylinder) to bore fit (all pistons
12 must be select fit at assembly to give clearance of 0.001 0.004
26 H Free length of piston cup compression spring
(wheel cylinder) 21~6
Length under compression of 4U to 4%; lbs 1%
26 M Inside diameter of master cylinder bore 1.249 1.253
19 15
26 F Outside diameter of piston (master cylinder) 1.247 1.2485
19 10
26 N Length of piston return spring (master cylinder)
19 13 under compression of 8.Vz to 9.Vz lbs.
26 M-F Piston (master cylinder) to bore fit (all pistons
must be select fit to give clearance of) 0.001 0.0045
26 C Inside diameter of brake pedal bushing type
20 11 bearing 0.753 0.755 0.759
26 P-Q Inside diameter of pedal bracket bushing type
20 5-7 bearings 0.753 0.755 0.759
26 D Outside diameter of pedal shaft 0.748 0.750 0.745
20 9

Issue I-Jan. 1954

CANADIAN ARMY VEHICLES
EME MANUAL D 114 INSTR 1l
TRUCKS 3/4 TON 4 X 4 DODGE
Truck Cargo M37 (CDN)
Truck Command M42 (CDN)
Truck Ambulance M43 (CDN)
FIELD AND BASE REPAIRS

STEERING

INDEX SUBJECT PARA

General 1

REPAIR PROCEDURES
STEERING GEAR ASSEMBLY
Removal .................. . . .. 2
Disassembly .............. . 12
Inspection ................ . 30
Reassembly ............... . 51
Lubrication ............... . 72
Installation .............. . 73

STEERING IDLER ARM ASSEMBLY, BRACKET AND

SHAFT ASSEMBLY
Removal .......................................... . . ....... 77
Disassembly ...................................... . . ....... 79
Inspection ........................................ . . ....... 83
Reassembly ....................................... . . ....... 90
Installation ....................................... . ........ 95

DRAG LINK ASSEMBLIES

Removal .............. . 97
Disassembly ........... . 100
Inspection ............ . 103
Reassembly ........... . 108
Lubrication ........... . 116
Installation ........... . 117
Troubles and Remedies ........ . Table I
Specifications ................. . Table II
Repair and Rebuild Standards .. . .. Table III

Issue 1-Jan. 1954 (WM-4293) Page 1

 VEHICLES
D 114 INSTR 11
C
8
UU•1tl0 IOlt• 41", .....1.0 1
,. ~" ! ""'~ It
Fm 1-SrEEIUNG SYSTEM ASSEMBLIES
General
1. The atcering gear is a worm and sector type,
assembled in a cast iron housing which supports
the column shaft with worm and pitman arm
shaft with integral eector. Tapered adjustable roller
bearinb'SSupport the worm and the pitman arm shaft
operates in bushing type bearings. Adjustments
are provided for controlling the backlash between
worm and sector and adjustment of the roller
bearings is accomplished by the use oC shims.
Proper steering geometry ia a ccomplished by
the use of two drag link assemblies which require
a steering idler arm to complete the connection
between steering gear and front axle. The idler
arm is equipped with a bushing t ype bearing and
operates on a steel shaft supported in a bracket
attached to the frame left side rail.
The drag Jinks arc tubular assemblies with
adjustable ends. One drag link provides a connec-
tion between the pitman arm on the steering gear
and the steering idler arm, and the other drag hnk
connects idler arm to the steering arm on front
axle.
REPAIR PROCEDURES
STEERING GEAR ASSEMBLY
Remov11J
2. Disconnect horn cable at connection on left
fender splash shield and pull cable out through
frame opening. Pull rubber grommet and metal
retainer from end of cable and remove sheet metal
connector.
3. Remove rubber cover from horn button.
4. Turn horn button one-fourth turn to release
it from the steering wheel and remove button and
Pall,e 2
CANADIAN ARMY
EME MANUAL
i
trtn.t1JG Al.A 10 IDIU
.4ht l'l"IA!. IIPn A~~MII' f
l,:lb_Je from steering gear. R"move retainer plate
l"pnng.
5. Remove steering column nut and horn button
lower retainer plate. Pull steering wheel from
column.
6. Remove steering column cutout cover from.
the instrument panel.
7. Remove steering column mounting bracket
settWS.
8. Remove wheel and tire assembly, left side.
9. Disconnect pitman arm from upper drag
link by removing cotter pin on end of drag link
and loosening drag link end plug. Remove dust
cover and move linkage back and forth to loosen
ball socket. Lilt drag link off pitman arm.
10. Remove steering gear housing mounting
bolts and pull gear out from front of vehicle.
Disassembly {Fig. 2)
11. Remove nut. lockwasher and cap screw
which retains the column jacket clamp at bottom
of column jacket, Fig 3. Remove column jacket
with bearing assembly and clamp from steering
gear.
12. Remove column jacket bearing upper spacer
{20), column jacket bearing compression spring
(19) and column jacket bearing spring retainer
(IR) from column shaft assembly (28).
13. Remove column jacket bearing spring re-
tainer snap ring { t 7) from column shaft assembly
with snap ring pliers.
14. Remove column jacket oil acal spring washer
(16), column jacket oil seal compression spring
laeue 1- Jan. 1954
CANADIAN ARMY VEHICLES
EME MANUAL D 114 INSTR 11

28
'?,t, 23 ,,., ....

Fro 2-STEEIUNG GEAJt AssllaBLY-ExPLODED Vmw

1 Se•• h . .• tne . ..,.,. 11-S-""'n•__.._.,.....,.-..," '"" J-k..t '"-"rtt
2- Nut-pltman *"" •h•tt HJuat.1"9...,.. 20-S,....-uppar-e.,IUfflft _i..k.t bM'4"'1
3-Ple t•- loek--pl.-man -,.,. , N~ M Jwttlfll MNW 21-Nut..-plt"'• " _,,.
4-,,,,,,,Ceur houalne 12- WHh.,......_k--allbl'lllf!I N'ffl

-
S-G••k.t-hot.1alftt: c.ow,r
1- W . .hlll"'-t.h~ltm•fll

l - ·k ~ h : J f t -
l<-IMN-•ltnwil'I arm
afWI ,haft HJu.tln1

*'"' sh.aft. MJv1tlnt

1-a..rt,..- lu.1•hfnt ty.,._hou11...,

H-14,,m-plt.,nan
u-s..,,_.ttnu,,. arm _.......
~ . . . --lfw, hlne t,pe-houal"t
11-C..---,n ....... ..._.-,..
17- ...... ...-.-..n. r-wlth cae• ....mbf1
2&-Sh• ~ I IHftn-Wlth Wo,f'ffl ....rnbl,-
10-Hau.aln1-....,ln1 . - ,
11- v...,t-• .Mem\l y
~ --.,...-.,,._...1,h n111• ••nmw,
30-Cu.-w•"" ,• .,.. ltNN n1
ll-flh•11- ••,.
21--Shlm-howtAnt lo,,,,_.._
1 ~ 1 - 1 1 •olumft JHll.t
U--ShiM- ho,nlnt 1.-... _,..,
14-Wa, h.,_..lwmn Ja e k•t oll - .1
»-Shl.m --tiMl•lnti low.,. - -
1S--S,.-lfl9--.ompNN•• - l v,nft
Jacht .i1 ...1 ~ . , , . . .._.,.
l ~ Waffi•,-.Nlumn J-ket ell - • 1fl'ri11t a--c..kn-ho_.,.. • - . . . , . , ...1 pY,to
17- Aln,-.na ,-...lumfl J•ek -1: 1-arl"tt , .,.. ,,.
NUlner 31-Plne-holnlft9 S.....-... . . .1
11-fteuf-..tUffln JMU'l ..,_,,..,.. ai,ri .... , ....
...
_ _ ............ 1. - - .... .

·c1s), column jacket oil seal washer (14) a nd column
jacket oil seal (13) from column shaft assembly.
Diacard column jacket oil seal as it must be re-
placed at asse_mbly.
IS. H inspection reveals that replacement of
column jacket seal, Fig 3, is necessary, remove
seal from upper end of column jacket.
NOTE: Do not remOlle boll beariff8 cm,:mbl)• from
upper end of the column jaclc« as tlii, part ii •er•/.c,id
only with the j<Ukt onembly.
16. Remove pitman arm nut (2t) and pitman arm
lockwasber (22) from pitman arm shaft (8). In-
stall puller, Fig 4, and pull pitman arm (23) from
shaft.
17. Remove vent assembly ( 11 ) from steering
gear housing.
18. Remove pipe plug (12) from filler opening
in steering gear housing.
19. Remove pitman arm shaft adjusting screw
nut (2) and pitman ann shaft adjusting acrew
lock plate (3) from pitman arm shaft adjusting
screw (7).

Issue I-Jan, 19S4

 VEHICLES CANADIAN ARMY
D 114 INSTR 11 EME MANUAL

••
1
FIG 4-RBMOVING PrnuN Allll
WITH POLLER

28. Wash all parts thoroughly in dry cleaning

&<>lvent. Dry parts, except roller bearlntl.t,
with dry compressed air.
CA. UTION: Roller l>earitig• mwt ""' be dried or
FIG 3-COLIDIN JACl<ET
AND RELAIED P A'ATS spun uilh compntssed air.
Inspection (Fla l )
20. Remove housing cover !IC~S ( I). Push
29. Inspect steering gear housing (10) for cracks,
pitman arm shaft (8) , housing cover (4), pitman
damag1.-d machined surfaces, damaged cap screw
arm shaft adjusting screw (7) and housing cover
gasket (S) from steering gear housing (10) as an threads, damaged vent assembly threads or
damaged filler plug threads. If any of these con-
assembly. Disengage pitman a rm shaft adjusting
screw and housing cover from pitman arm shaft. ditions exist, housing must be replaced.
NOTE: If lwwing bushing type bearings (9 and 25)
21. Remove pitman arm shaft adjusting screw
(7) and pitman arm shaft adjusting screw thrust an in good conditi<m and iniide dimneter of ~ns•
washer (6) from housing cover (4).
22. Remove housing lower cover screws (37)
which will release housing lower cover assembly
and shims (31, 32 and 33).
23. Remove worm lower bearing cup (JO) and
roller bearing with cage assembly (29) from steer-
ing gear housing.
24. Remove column shaft with worm assembly
')
(28) and roller bearing with cage assembly (27)
from steering gear housing.
2S: Remove pitman arm shaft seal (24) from
steering gear housing.
26. If inspection reveals that replacement of
worm upper bearing cup (26) is necessary, drive
bearing cup from housing with a sp<....:ial remover,
Fig S, which can be manufactured loca.lly.
27. If inspection reveals that replacement of
housing bushing type bearings (9 and 25) is neces- FIG S-R£11ov1NG WORM UPPBR BEARING
aary, drive bearings from stttring gear housing Cur FROM STEERING GEAR HOUSING
( 10) with remover and replacer, Fig 6. WITH SPECIAL RBMOVER

Pall,e 4 lssue 1- Jan. 1954

CANADIAN ARMY
EME MANUAL
FIG 6-REMOVING AND INSTALLING HOUSING
BUSHING TYPE BEARING
does not exceed 1.253 inch, bearings will be wtisfacrory
for further use.
30. Inspect column shaft with worm assembly
(28) for cracks, damaged threads, damaged
serrations, worn spots on worm, wom roller bear-
ing cones on worm or worn seal contacting sur-
face at lower end of shaft. If any of these con-
ditions exist or diameter at lower end of shaft is
less than 0.680 inch, it will be necessary to in-
stall a new shaft assembly.
31. Inspect worm upper and lower bearing cups
(26 and 30) for cracks, corrosion or wear. Also
inspect fit of worm upper bearing cup (26) in
steering gear housing as this cup must be a tight
fit. If there is any evidence of cracks, corrosion,
wear, scores or looseness of worm upper bearing
cup, bearing cups must be replaced. If worm
upper bearing cup is loose in housing it will be
necessary to replace housing and cup.
32. Inspect roller bearing with cage assemblies
(27 and 29) for wom, cracked, scored or corroded
rollers. Also inspect cages for wear or damage.
If any of these conditions exist, it will be necessary
to replace the roller bearing assemblies.
33. Inspect pitman arm shaft (8) for worn
sector teeth, worn shaft, damaged splines, damaged
threads, cracks, scores or corrosion. If any of these
conditions exist, or if the diameter of the shaft is
less than 1.247 inch, replace shaft.
Issue I-Jan. 1954
VEHICLES
D 114 INSTR 11
34. Inspect pitman arm (23) for cracks, dis-
tortion, damaged splines or worn ball. Measure
diameter of ball with a micrometer and if measure-
ment is Jess than 1.215 inch, replace arm. If
splines are damaged or if there is any evidence of
cracking or distortion, replace arm.
35. Inspect housing cover (4) for damaged
threads, distortion or cracks. If any of these con-
ditions exist, replace cover.
36. Inspect housing lower cover and lower cover
oil seal (34) for cracks, damaged machine surfaces,
distortion or worn or damaged sealing element.
If any of these conditions exist, replace cover and
seal.
NOTE: The housing lower cover oil seal is spun inro
housing lower cover and cannot be replaced. If the
seal requires replacement, cover and seal assembly
must be discarded.
37. Inspect housing lower cover seal plate (36)
for cracks, distortion or damaged threaded bush-
ing. If any of these conditions exist, replace seal
plate.
38. Inspect pitman arm shaft adjusting screw
(7) for damaged or worn threads. If either of these
conditions exist, replace screw.
39. Inspect pitman arm shaft adjusting screw
thrust washer (6) for wear or distortion. Measure
thickness of thrust washer with a micrometer and
if dimension is less than 0.079 inch, replace thrust
washer. Replace thrust washer if it is distorted.
40. Inspect pitman arm shaft adjusting screw
lock plate (3) and pitman arm shaft adjusting
screw nut (2) for damaged or worn threads. If
any of these conditions exist, replace Jock plate
and/ or nut.
•
41. Inspect vent assembly (11) for damaged
threads, damaged cap or clogging of the opening
with dirt. If vent is clogged, clean it with dry
cleaning solvent, and dry with compressed air.
If threads or cap are damaged, replace vent
assembly.
42. Inspect pipe plug (12) for damaged or worn
threads. If either of these conditions exist, re-
place plug.
43. Inspect column jacket with bearing assembly,
Fig 3, for damage or cracks. If either of these
conditions exist, replace jacket assembly. Inspect
ball bearing assembly at upper end of jacket and
 VEHICLES
D 114 INSTR 11
if it is not in good condition, replace jacket a~em ..
bly. Inspect column jacket seal at upper end of
jacket and replace if worn or damaged.
44. Inspect column jacket bearing upper spacer
(20) for wear or distortion. If either of these
conditions exill4:, replace spacer.
45. Check column jacket bearing compression
spring (19) for damage or breakage. If either ol
these conditions exist, replace spring.
46. Inspect column jacket bearing spring re-
tainer (18) and column jacket bearing s pring
retainer snap ring (17) for wear or distortion.
If either of these conditions exist, replace parts as
required.
47. Inspect column jacket oil seal spring washer
( 16), column jacket oil seal washer ( 14) and column
jacket oil seal (13) for d istortion, wea r or damage.
If any of these conditions exist, replace partS
required.
NOTE: ~ ne•~r ,ieering gear i, di,a.•sembled for
repair, a new column jacket oil ,ea! (13) must be
installed.
48. Check column jacket oil seal compression
spring (15) for damage or breakage. If there is
evidence of damage or breakage, replace apring.
49. Inspect pitman ann shaft seal ( 24) ft;r wear.
If there is any evidence of wear, seal must be re-
placed.
Reassembly (Fig l )
CA UTlON: AU parn mmt be free of corro.ion and
dirt before OJsembly. Satufactory steering gear
adja&tment cunnol be aa:ompli1hed unlO/ls paru are
free of comuion ond dirt.
50. If inspection reveals that it is necessary to
replace wonn upper bearing cup (26), install
bearing cup in steering gear housing ( 10). This
operation can be performed with an arbour press
or a bronr.c drift a nd hammer. Make certain that
cup is fin,nly bottomed in steering gear housing
counterbore.
SI. II inspection reveals that it is necessary to
replace housing bushing type bearings (9 and 25),
install new bearings in steering gear housing with
remover and replacer, Fig 6.
52. If necessary, ream bushing type bearings
until pitman ann shaft is just a free fit without play.
53. Place a roller bearing with cage assembly
CANADIAN ARMY
EME MAN UAL
FIG 7-CHECKING PltELoAD OF W ORM
ROLLER BEARIJ,G WITH TORQUE WRENCH
as (27 a nd 29) on each end of worm. Lubricate bear•
ing11 with gear lubricant.
54. Position column shalt with wonn assembly
( 28) in steering gear housing a nd Install worm
lower bearing cup (30) .
55. Position one 0.011 inch thic k housing lower
cover shim (33), two 0.006 inch thick housing
lower cover shims (32), and one 0.003 inch thick
housing lower cover shim (31) on the steering
gear housing.
56. If the replacement of the housing lower
cover oil seal is necessary, a new oil seal and hou.s-
ing lower cover assembly must be installed. The
original oil seal is s pun into the cover a nd cannot
be replaced.
57. Position housing lower cover :membly (34)
against shims on steering gear housing and install
housing lower cover screws (37). Tighten screw•.
NOTE: The hoafi"ll lower cover ,crews are special
itemJ a, tAey are maduned 1.W. a circular ridge under
the head to provi,k a lubricanl ti!Jht seal againJt lower
cover. Do not UM lockwo,J,ers or su.b!lilule ordinary
cup screws.
58. Check preload of wonn bearings by rotating
column shalt with a torque indicating wrench,
Fig 7. Add, change or remove housing lower
cover shims until bearing preload is 12 to 24 inch
pounds. Read torque indicating wrench while
wrench is in motion to obtain accurate resulta.
NOTE: D~jinlu! prei,oo,1, are •ped/led for the u,onn
ro&r bearing, and ~ prelot:uJ. are •pecifwd in inch
Issue I- J an. 1954
CANADIAN ARMY
EME MANUAL
FIG 8-AoJUSTING BACIO.ASD Bnwa-.m
\Vo KM ANU SKc:nJK
pounds and con be measured by rotOling c,,lumn
,haft wuh ti IO,qtffl indu:aling urtnch and ,oded on
the -ring ulleel nUL
59. Remove housing lower cover 1Crews (J7) and
install a housing lower cover seal plate gasket
(35) and housing lower cover seal plate (36) .
Install housing lower cover screws (37) and tighten
screws.
60. Place pitman ann shaft adjusting screw
thrust washer (6) on pitman arm shaft adjusting
screw (7) and install screw in housing cover (4).
61. Place housing cover gasket (5) against cover
and engage adjusting screw and thrust washer
in slot in pitman arm shaft (8). Lubricate shaft
with gear lubricant and install shaft and cover as
an aeeembly in •t~-ering gear housing (10). Ins tall
housing cover screws ( I).
NOTE: n.~ housing c:o~r ,crews are ,pecial items
,diid, are equipped u:illt a mad,ined ridse on the
under ,ide of the lu:od ullid, prt>1,ide• a lubricant
liflht -1 betu>ttn ........., and cooer. Do nat use locJ:.
tt'O~rr otil/, these saews or substilWe standard cop
,crew,.
62. Tum column shaft 38 far 38 it will go in both
directions and count total number of turns. When
shaft is in the extreme position in one direction,
tum shaft back one hall the total number of turns.
When shaft is in this position high spot on worm
is in contact with sector on pitman arm shaft.
NOTE: The thread• on the worm are tksigMd so that
•~ring genr can be adj'"ted to operote ,whout baclc-
la,h in the straight ahead position whid, is known as
the liigh ,pot. Because of thi, de,isn worn1 musl be in
proper positi,," when back/a.sh adjustments are
petform.ed.
Issue I- Jan. 1954
VEHICLES
D 114 INSTR 11
rlG ~ORRECT l..ocATlOX OF PITMAN AIUC ON
SHAFT
63. Tum pitman arm shaft adjusting screw (7)
out to increase backlash and in to decrease back-
lash, Fig 8. With worm positioned so that high
spot is in contact with sector or pitman arm ahaft,
tum adjusting screw in until a drag is apparent as
sector is moved across the high spot. Check drag
with an inch pound torque indicating wrench,
Fig 7, and tum adjusting ac:rew until drag conforms
to 24 to 36 inch pounds. Install pitman arm shaft
adjusting screw lock plate (3) and make certain
that it indexes with button on housing cover. In-
stall pitman arm shaft adjusting screw nut (2)
and tighten same.
64. Install pitman arm shaft seal (24) in steering
gear housing (counterbore aide out).
65. Install pitman arm (23) on pitman arm
shaft with ball toward steering gear housing.
Locating marks on pitman arm and pitman arm
shaft must be in alignment, Fig 9. Install pitman
arm Jockwasher (22) and pitman arm nut ( 21).
Tighten nut with a torque indicating wrench to
1.0 to 150 foot pounds.
66. l n•tall vent 1'06Cmbly (11 ) in atccring g,,ar
housing.
67. Install pipe plug ( 12) in filler hole of steering
gear housing.
68. Soak new column jacket oil seal in gear
lubricant and install aca1 on column shaft against
steering gear housing. Install column jacket oil
seal washer with cupped surface toward seat fol-
lowed by column jacket oil seal compression
CANADIAN ARMY VEHICLES
EME MANUAL D 114 INSTR 11

__ .1

~
.. . ...... ti~,.., tr,t.
-:::.:: --, j
~"~-H
ii
~ M~ 1 111
~

-~·
... m~ICU•

Fro 10-PR.OPEll LocATION OP

CoLUMN JACKET PAttS

1pring and column jacket oil .eat 1pring washer, Fro 11- STEERINO IDLER AllM AND
Fig 10. BRACKET WITH il£LATED PARTS

69. lnatall column jacket bearing spring retainer

snap ring in groove at upper end of column shaft
Install column jacket bearing spring retainer on
column shaft followed by column jacket bearing
compression spring and column jacket bearing
upper spacer. Make certain that Oanged end of
spacer is down.
70. Lubricate ball bearing at top of column jacket
with gear lubricant. Install column jacket seal,
Fi11 3. in upper end of column jacket (counter-
bore side out). Place column jacket clamp on tower
end of column jacket, Fig J. Install column
jacket with bearing assembly on steering gear.
Install cap screw through column jacket clamp
and install lockwasher an d nut. Locate end of
column jacket approximately ~ inch from shoul-
der on steering gear housing and tighten nut on
cap screw in column jacket clamp.
Lubrication
71. Install 12 ounces of rear lubricant in steer-
ing gear housing and rotate column shaft until all
internal parts arc thoroughly lubricated. If steer-
ing gear is going to be placed in storage, drain lub-
ricant from housing.
75. Place drai1 link end over ball on pitman arm
and install dust cover. Install ball socket, spring
and end bumper. Install end plug and adjust
drag link.
STEERING IDLER ARM ASSEMBLY,
BRACKET AND SHAFT ASSEMBLY
Removal
76. Remove draiz links. Paras 96, 97 and 98.
77. Remove four bracket mounting cap screws
and remove idler arm and idler arm bracket as an
assembly.
Disassembly (Fig 11)
78. Remove nut and lockwashcr from screw
which clamps the steering idler arm bracket
around steering idler arm shaft. Remove screw
from bracket.
79. Drive steering idler arm shaft from bracket
with a bronze drift and hammer which will dis-
engage the steering idler arm Mscmbly from
bracket. Shaft can also be removed with a dapter
and a slide hammer type puller.

Installa tlon 80. NOTE: Do nOI remove ,r«ring ldkr ann bwhing
72. Place steering gear in position and install type bearing from stttring idler ann ~ y unle..
mounting bolts. irupedion reveal. that N!p/a«nu,nt io nettUary.

73. Install steering column mounting bracket
and steering column cutout ,cover.
74. Install steering wheel. Installation is reverse
of removal procedure as oullined in Paraa 2, 3, 4
and 5.
If replacement of bearing is necessary, place
idler arm asHmbly in a vise, Fig. 12, and drive
bearing from arm with a remover and replacer.
81. Wash all parts in dry cleaning BOlvent and
dry with compressed air.

Page 8 lasue 1- Jan. 1954

CANADIAN ARMY
EME MANUAL
FIG 12-REMOVING IDLER ARM BUSHING
TYPE B EARI NG WITH R EMOVER
AND REPLACER
Inspection (Fist 11)
82. Measure inside diameter of steering idler
a rm bushing t ype bearing with an inside microm-
eter and if dimension exceeds 1.003 inch, re-
place bearing.
83. Measure d iameter of balls on steering idler
arm with a micrometer and if dimension is less
than 1.207 inch, replace idler arm assembly.
84. Inspect idler arm for cracks and d amage.
If either condition exists, replace idler arm .
85. Measure steering idler a rm shaft openings
in steering idler arm bracket with an inside microm-
eter and if d iameter of openings exceeds 1.002
inch, replace bracket.
86. Inspect bracket for cracks or damage.
either condition exists, replace bracket.
87. Measure diameter of steering idler arm
s haft with a micrometer and if measurement of
the surface in contact with bushing type bearing
is less than 0.978 inch, replace shaft .
88. Inspect screw and nut which clamps the
bracket around steering idler arm shaft, and
lubricating fitting for damaged threads. If threads
are damaged, replace parts.
Reassembly (Fig 11)
89. If inspection reveals that replacement of
steering idler arm bushing type bearing is neces-
sary, install a new bearing with a remover and
Issue 1- Jan. 1954
VEHICLES
D 114 INSTR 11
replacer and ha mmer, Fig 12. Ream bearing if
necessary so that s teering idler arm shaft is a free
fit in bearing without play.
90. Lubricate steering idler a rm bushing type
bearing with a general purpose lubricant and posi-
tion steering idler arm assembly in bracket.
Install steering idler arm shaft in bracket and
through bearing in idler arm. Make certain that
groove in shaft is in proper alignment with screw
hole.
91. Install screw in bracket a nd make certain
that it engages with the groove in steering idler
a rm shaft. Install lockwasher and nut. Tighten
nut.
92. Install s traight lubricating fitting in shaft.
93. Lubricate steering idler arm bushing type
bearing and steering idler arm shaft with general
purpose grease.
Installation
94. Install the complete idler arm assembly
by the installation of four idler arm bracket
cap screws.
95. Install drag links, Paras 116, 117 a nd 118.
DRAG LINK ASSEMBLIES
Removal
96. Remove lubricating fittings on end of drag
link and remove lockwire.
97. Unscrew and remove drag link end plug.
Remove dust cover.
98. Rotate steering wheel back and forth to
loosen t he ball sockets. Lift d rag links off ball
sockets.
If
Disassembly (Fist 13)
99. Remove cotter pins (16) and drag link plugs
(22) from drag link tubes (15 and 39). Remove
drag link ball seats (19), drag link bumpers (21)
and drag link compression springs (20).
100. Remove lubricating fittings (8 and 17) from
drag links.
101. Wash all parts in dry cleaning solvent and
dry with compressed air.
Inspection (Fig 13)
102. Inspect pitman arm to idler arm and steer-
ing arm to idler a rm drag link tubes (15 and 39)
 VEHICLES CANADIAN ARMY
D 114 INSTR 11 EME MANUAL

FIG 13-DRAG LINK ASSE:l&BLIES-b:XPLODBD VIEW

t--111., •rm fra.me brae .\M. •l•mp bolt nwt 2 1 ~ " 1 ltl'Hfckl• ft11,.,• IMarlftf

......,.
2-1dt., .,"" r,amo brHk•t clamp kit 15-ld~ •l'ffl tlr•t li nk ........ "'""'•
21- St.win• kl'lu•kl• .,.,., C;aip ,crew
11 -D,.. lh'llt e.l'llil pl¥t cottw plft
l - ltnic1tet ~ ft•m• b•lt nut H--$t.Hrln1 ti"'ue" I• •"" eap te,•w
loekWHhff
4o-Braoke-t t • fraMe bolt •••htr 11-0,...,. "'"' " . ,....
30--T'M Nd • nd du•t COYer wuhw
11-0...t lh,11 NII du.It ffv-e r
31- Tte "" -"'
32- Tje - • " " ' $la.m,, ltolt w .
. .her
20--0,... flnll 11-•II 1prtn1
2:S-T1e f'Od end cl•mi, Nh nut
I-Idler ar·m 11:haft v•at• "lpple lt- Dr•e llnll en41 lu.tmpeot" M-Tlo rod ond du•t .-• ..,.
t -e ·,acket to fnaffl• Nh 22-Dr•• llnle e nd JJ1w1 )5-Tlo rod +l"cl dutt co\l'ff '~"I
10-hUer arm tn,.1hh,1 22-StNirlnt .,m 31- Ti."" •n• lt•tl nut
t t - 14.k,r •rm 31- TI• ,..4 """' lt•lt l'lut con.., ,1,.
11- ldS- e nd dNt link arm ,,nt ......,.•""" 21-Tle red ial'ld ct•m• bolt --.steerlnt 1;,u..ci-;1..,. ti• rod

t~hllff e nd dr•1 llnli. • rm dun CO'l"et"-in.,., lt-ldl.., e rm te .-t...tn t um d,a, llnt,.

for crncks, d amaged plug threads. damaged 105. Inspect drag link compression spring,, (20)
lubricating fitting threads or distortion. H any for crru;ks or breakage. If any or these conditions
or these conditions exists, rep1ace tubes. exist, replru;e springs.

103. Inspect drag link plugs (22) for cracks or 106. Inspect drag link bumpers (21) for cracks
worn or d11111t1Ket.l threads. If any o( these con• or breakage. If either of these conditions exist,
ditions exist, replace plugs. replace bumpers.
104. Inspect drag link ball seats (19) for wear or
crru;ks. H either or these conditions exist, replace Reassembly (FIil 13)
seats. 107. To insure proper steering, the internal

Issue I- J an. 1954

CANADIAN ARMY VEHICLES
EME MANUAL D 114 INSTR 11

parts of the drag links must be installed as in-
dicated in Fig 13.
108. Assemble parts in pitman arm to idler
arm drag link tube (15) beginning at pitman a rm
end. Pitman arm end may be identified by greater
distance of ball opening from end of tube. Install
two drag link ball seats (19) foUowed by drag
link compression spring (20), drag link bumper
(21) and drag link plug (22). Insta ll cotter pin
(16). Tape opening to protect internal parts.
109. Install lubricating fitting elbow (17) in
drag link a t pitman arm end a nd install straight
lubricating fitting (8) in elbow.
110. Position drag link bumper (21) (flanged end
in), in idler arm end of drag link tube (15) followed
by drag link compression spring (20), drag link
ball seats (19) and drag link plug (22). Tighten
plug and install cotter pin (16). Tape opening
to protect internal parts. Install straight lub-
ricating fitting (8) in idler arm end of drag link.
111. Begin assembly at steering arm end of
steering arm to idler arm drag link tube (39).
Steering arm end may be identified by shorter
distance of ball opening from end of tube. Position
drag link bumper (21) (flanged end in), in drag
link followed by drag link compression spring (20),
drag link ball seats (19) and drag link plug (22).
Tighten plug and install a cotter pin (16). Tape
opening to protect internal parts.
112. Install lubricating fitting elbow (17) in
steering arm end of drag link. Install str<tight
lubricating fitting (8) in elbow.
113. Position drag link ball seats (19) in idler
arm end of drag link tube followed by drag link
compression spring (20), drag link bumper (21)
and drag link plug (22). Tighten plug and install
a cotter pin (16). Tape opening to protect in-
ternal parts.
114. Install straight lubricating fitting (8) in
idler arm end of drag link.
Lubrication
115. If the drag link assemblies are placed in
storage, inject a sufficient amount of general
purpose grease through the lubricating fittings to
prevent corrosion of the internal parts.
Installation
116. Place drag link end over ball and install
dust cover.
117. Install ball socket spring and end bumper.
118. Install end plug and screw plug in tight.
Then back off to nearest lockwire hole. Install
lockwire and lubricating fitting.
IMPORTANT: For service procedure on tie rod
assembly refer to Instr 4-Front Axle.

TABLE I-TROUBLES AND REMEDIES

SYMPTOMS PROBABLE CAUSE PROBABLE REMEDY

Lubricant Leakage Housing lower cover assembly Replace cover assembly

leaking
Housing cover gasket or lower Replace gasket or shims as re-
housing cover shims leaking quired.
Faulty pitman arm shaft seal Replace seal.
Loose Steering Idler Arm Loose idler arm frame bracket Tighten clamp screw.
Shaft In Frame Bracket clamp screw
Steering Idler Arm loose Worn idler arm bushing type Replace idler arm bushing type
On Steering Idler Arm bearing or worn steering idler bearing and/ or steering idler arm
Shaft arm shaft shaft
Backlash Excessive end play of steering Adjust worm.
gear worm
Improper mesh of worm and sec- Adjust steering gear.
tor

Issue 1- Jan. 1954 Page 11

 VEIDCLES
D 114 INSTR 11
TABLE I- TROUBLES AND REMEDIES-(Cont'd)
SYMPTOMS PROBABLE CAUSE
Hard Steering Insufficient lubricant
Front tires under inflated
Tight steering assembly
Bent steering linkage
Worn steering gear
Worn pivot pins
Bent steering knuckle
Sagging or broken front spring Remove and install new parts as
Bent or twisted frame
Loose Steering Worn tie rod ends
Steering gear mounting loose
Worn sector shaft bushings
or bearings
Improper steering adjustment
Worn pivot pins or bushings
Loose or worn front wheel bear- Check bearings for looseness or
ings
Bent steering cross shaft
Low speed shimmy To much caster
Worn pivot pins and bushings
Loose steering gear
Loose wheel bearings
Weak or broken springs
Worn tie rod ends
High Speed Shimmy Eccentric wheels or tires
Weak or broken springs
Wheel or tire wobble
Front tires under Inflated
Whipping propeller shaft
Page 12
CANADIAN ARMY
EME MANUAL
PROBABLE REMEDY
Fill to proper level.
Inflate to proper pressure.
Adjust steering gear.
Check linkage and replace dam•
aged parts as required.
Remove, disassemble and replace
necessary parts
Replace axle housing.
Replace knuckle.
required.
Check frame dimensions and make
necessary repairs.
Check tie rod ends and replace
those that show wear.
Tighten mounting bolts.
Replace bushings as required.
Adjust as required.
Replace axle housing or bushings
as required.
damage. Replace as required.
Replace bent cross shaft.
Adjust caster.
Replace axle housing and bush-
ings.
Adjust steering gear.
Inspect wheel bearings for pos-
sible damage. Replace as neces-
sary.
Check and replace as required.
Replace worn tie rod ends.
Check for out of round. Balance
if necessary
Check and replace weak or broken
springs.
Straighten wheel or replace as re-
quired.
Inflate to proper pressure.
Check propeller shaft and correct
as necessary.
Issue 1- Jan. 1954
CANADIAN ARMY VEHICLES
EME MANUAL D 114 INSTR 11
TABLE I- TROUBLES AND REMEMDIES-(Cont'd)

SYMPTOMS PROBABLE CAUSE PROBABLE REMEDY

Loose engine mounting Tighten mounting bolts.

Wander or Weave
Truck Leads to one side
Wrong caster adjustment
Jncorrect toe-in adjustment
Worn pivot pins and bushings
Worn front wheel bearings
Loose spring shackles
Weak or broken springs
Bent or broken frame
Overloading
Incorrect camber
Unequal tire inflation
Dragging brake
Steering off high spot
Tight pivot pin bushings
Tight or dry wheel bearings.
Readjust caster.
Readjust toe-in.
Replace pivot pins and bushings.
Replace front wheel bearings.
Tighten shackles.
Check springs. Replace if weak or
broken
Check alignment. Repair or re-
place.
Avoid overloading.
Readjust camber.
Inflate tires to recommended pres-
sure.
Adjust brakes.
Adjust steering.
Free up bushings or replace as
necessary
Inspect bearings for possible dam-
a~e. Replace and adjust.

TABLE II- -STEERING SPECIFICATIONS

STEERING GEAR ASSEMBLY

GENERAL
Make ................... . . Gemmer
Model ..... ............. . . B-60
Type ...... .. . .. .. ....... . . Worm and Sector (Fore and
Aft Steering)
Ratio .................. ...... . 23.2:l
Total Available Travel In Gear . 69°
Turning Diameter-Right . . . . . 50 Feet
Left . . ... . 50 Feet
Steering Arm Length ........ . . 4 Inches

BEARINGS
Worm .... .... .. . . Tapered Roller
Pitman Arm Shaft Bushing Type
Column Jacket .... Ball
STEERING WHEEL
Type ....... .... . Moulded Rubber
Diameter .. .... . 18 Inch

Issue 1- Jan. 1954

 VEHICLES CANADIAN ARMY
D 114 INSTR II EME MANUAL

TARLE IT-STEERING SPECIFICATIONS-(Cont'd )

STEERING £OLER ARM , BRACKET ANO SHAFT

ASSEMBLY
Idler Arm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . Fo,ted Steel
Idler Arm Bracket. . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Malleable Casttna
Idler Arm Shaft. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Hardened and Ground Steel
DRAG LINK
GENERAL
Type. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tubular
Number of Orall I.Inks • •. . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . l
Type of Adjustment....... . .. ....... . .. ................ Threaded Plua

TABLE Ill-sTEERING GEAR REPAIR AND REBUILD STANDARDS

GENERAL
The repair and rebuild standards included in this table give the minimum and the maximum sizes a nd
clearances ol new or rebuilt parts as well as wear limits, which indicates that point to which a part or parts
may be worn before replacement, in order to receive maximum service with minimum replacement. Nor-
mally, all parts which have not been worn beyond the dimensions shown in t he "Wear Limits" column or
damaged from corrosion will be a pproved for service. Minimum, maximum a nd wear limit dimensions
an inches unless otherwise spcci6ed.

:;
I

'
I
.
FtG l ~TKERING GEAR PARTS

Issue I-Jan. 1954

CANADIAN ARMY VEHICLES
EME MANUAL D 114 INSTR 11

TABLE III-STEERING GEAR REPAIR AND REBUILD STANDARDS-(Cont'd)

Fig. Size and Fit

Ref. Wear
Point of Measurement of New Parts
No. Letter Limits
Min. Max.

14 J Inside diameter of steering gear

2 9, 25 housing bushing type bearings 1.250 1.251 1.253
14 A Outside diameter of steering column
2 28 shaft at seal contact surface 0.683 0.687 0.680
14 G Outside diameter of pitman arm
2 8 shaft 1.2485 1.2495 1.247
14 F Outside diameter of pitman arm
2 23 ball 1.230 1.250 1.215
14 H Thickness of pitman arm shaft adjusting
2 6 screw thrust washer 0.082 0.083 0.079
7 Preload of steering column shaft and worm
assembly bearings- sector sbaft removed ll to 14 inch pounds
7 Preload of gear mesh between worm high spot
and pitman arm sector 24 to 36 Inch pounds
14 C Inside dimaeter of steering idler arm
11 bushing type bearings 0.999 1.001 1.003
14 D Outside diameter of steering idler
11 arm halts 1.2137 1.2237 1.207
14 ~· E Inside diameter of steering idler arm
11 bracket bore 0.999 1.001 1.002
14 B Outside diameter of steering idler
11 arm shaft 0.981 0.986 0.978

Issue 1- Jan. 1954 Page 15

CANADIAN ARMY VEHICLES
EME MANUAL D 114 INSTR 12

TRUCKS 3/ 4 TON 4 X 4 DODGE

Truck Carao M37 (CON)
Truck Command M42 (CON)
Truck Ambulance M43 (CON)
FIELD AND BASE REPAIRS
WHEELS, HUBS AND TIRES
INDEX SUBJECT PARA
General 1
REP AIR PROCEDURES
WHEELS AND HUBS
Removal. . . ... .. . l
Disassembly ..... . l3
Inspection ..... . . 17
Reassembly .. . .. . 19
Installation . .. .. . ll

TIRES
Removal . .. .. . ............. .. l9
Installation . . . . . .. ........... 37

TIRE CHAINS
Installation Using Vehicle Jack .. ... . 41
Installation Without Vehicle Jack .. . 49
Troubles and Remedies ...... ..... .. . .. . . .. . . Table 1
Specifications .... .......................... . Table II
Repair and Rebuild Standards ............. . . Table Ill

General 4. Remove six retaining stud nuts and pull the

1. All vehicles are equipped with pneumatic all
service tires. The tires are held in place on wheels
through the use of a bead lock ring on one side,
the wheel fl ange on the other and bead lock clips.
Disc type wheels are used and are held· in place
on wheel hubs by five studs and nuts.
REPAIR PROCEDURES
WHEEL AND HUBS
Removal
2. Loosen wheel stud nuts before raising vehicle.
When stud nuts are loose, raise wheels until clear
of ground.
3. Remove five wheel stud nuts and remove
wheels.
axle shafts, Fig 1.
5. Insert a blunt chisel in each of the three
machine screw slots in the brake drum, Fig. 2, and
strike the chisel a few sharp blows with a medium
size hammer to loosen screws.
6. Remove screws.
7. Install the puller screws in the puller screw
holes of each brake drum as shown in Fig. 2.
8. Pull brake drums from hubs by tightening
screws. If the brake drums are rusted to the hub
flanges, shock the puller screws with a hammer as
they are tightened.
9. Remove right and left bearing outer adjusting
nuts with wrench, Fig 3.

Issue 1- Jan. 1954 (WM-4293) Page 1

 VEHICLES
D 114 INSTR 12
Fro 1-Rrt1o1ov1NG DRtVE F LANGE Assrt11nLv
10. Remove right and ldt bearing adjusting
nut locks with diagonal cutting plie,s, Fig 4.
11. Remove right and lelt bearing inner adjust•
ing nut assemblies with wrench. Fig. 3.
12. Remove hub outer bearing cones a nd hub.
Disassemb ly (Fla. 5)
I J. Remove beat illg vii ...,,J """V ring ( 26) from
hub.
14. Insert drift and handle into hub from outer
end and drive huh inner bearing cone (19) and
hub bearing oil seal assembl)' (20) from hub in
one operation, Fig. 6.
15. If inspection of hub inner a nd outer bearing
cups reveal that replacement is necessary, remove
them ";th a brass drill and hammer. Openings
are provided in the hub forgings for the drilt.
FtG 2- BRAKE DRUK WtTII Hun
CANADIAN ARMY
EME MANUAL
F10 3 -REMovtNG BEARING ADJUSTING NUTS
16. Wash all parts thorough!)' in dry cleaning
solvent. Dry the parts, except bearlna con es with
dry compressed air.
CAUTION: BMl"ing mwt not be dried or ,pun rdtlt
compressed air,
Inspection (Fla. 5)
l7. Inspect hubs for damage and loose bearing
cups. 1nspect the drive Range studs and wheel
studs for damaged threads. 11 hub, is damaged or
there is evidence of a 1006e bearing cup, replace
hub. If the wheel studs or drive flange stud threads
are worn or damaged replace studs.
HI. Inspect hub bearing cups (14 and 18) and
hub bearing cones (13 and 19) for cracks, chipped
Fto 4-HANDUNG AoJusn~G NUT Loci.
W t m PUERS
Issue I- Ja n. 1954
CANADIAN ARMY VEHICLES
EME MANUAL D 114 INSTR 12

21 22

f\27 (~YV(I)
28 "f IS /.J'l'

FIG ~Hmi WlTR BRAICE DRUM ASSEMD1.Y-EXPL0060 VIEW

-·-
1- ----maehln• 11- Loek_._l'f,.. NJYftl,._ Mtt
!~Ut-W....l ~ · 12-NYt----hu,_.. -.arin1 • •J111rtl "9
- - · · - ...., 'f/5'1'1'

·s---c....
--
.)-Dru_,,. ...

i.n•• d"'"' 1.._speetlon hol•

........ ....._,,.. t._
7- Nwt-,iu.lS- ...,...
. _,,.. ......,..,.,,. a-.nltly
,-.....a.._....._.rtwe flan . .
10-N ~ _ , . -..fin• NJustl "-
1a-<:o...-ttua. ..,._ beal'fn1
1~11...-,.hub ~ Nerl"'I
1S-S.utl.-4riwe flan. .
1e-stud-wh.. 1
1:1-&...ltw..Mof'
D -Su ~_.,..._••...._. ..,
M-K,.,...lll.-...... "'I
:II ........_.......... ty~
1f- H11I, a -SN,p .. "__............. ....
11-cu,-- tu,b Inner 1Jnrln1
._....._.............
11- LNk . .~ •flloee MliMII
1t-C....-hult In,.., -.. .,1,,.

spots, pitting or wear. If any of these conditions
exist, replace bearing cups and bearing conea.
Reassembly (Fla. 5)
19. 11 replacement of hub bearing cups is necesaary,
remove dirt and burrs from hub counterbores and
press cups in hubs with an arbour press. Make
.c ertain that cups are firmly seated against shoulder
of counterborea.
20. If replacement of wheel stud (16) i• necesaary,
instaU stud with an nrbour press making certain
that flat portion of bead corresponds with the
shoulder on bub.
NOTE: WJ,.,n in,u,JJing new lwb l>eoring oil - '
wsemh/i,,,, du, leatMr mu,t he in pd condilion,
•0/1ond pliohle. Sook ""'" oil uo/1 in CG.JtOr oil or
neaufoot oil for about 30 minute, and work 1.eolJier l,y
rollins ialli a ,mootli round bar, Fis 7, befort1 insuJlin«,
21 . Pack hub inner bearing cones (19) with speci-
fied lubricant, with a lubricator. Coat interior of hubs
with :umall quantity of specified lubricant and place
bearing cones in bub. Position newly prepared oil
seals (2tl) so thatlipof seals fll()C roller bearing. Drive
oil seals squarely into hub with replacer, Fig. 8, just
far cnou((h to permit installation or bearing oil seal
enap ring (26).
NOTE: Do na1 drive oil ••al
into hub beyond ,nap
ring groo1N1; othorwi••, inter/emnce will occur b,,tioe,m
~ oil ,eol ,ind hub inner bearing cone.
Installation (Fig. 5)
22. Poeition the bubs on the steering knuclaes
or ax.l e housing. Pack hub outer bearing cones
(13) with specilied lubricant, using a lubricator and
install bearing cones.
23. lruitall bearing inner adjusting nut assemblies
(12) (pin toward outside) a nd tighten nut with
wrench, Fig. 3, until bearings are firmly seated in
cups. Then back off nut one-sixth turn .
24. Install bearing adjusting nut locks (11)
with diagonal cutting pliers, Fig. 4. If bole in
lock does not index with pin on adjusting nut,
remove lock and reverse its position. Holes io
locks are drilled off center in relation to the steer·
ing knuckle key slot and rear axle housing slot;
therefore, lock will index with pin on the adjust-
ing out if lock is properly p0<5itioncd.

Issue 1- Jan. 1954 Paae 3

 VEHICLES CANADIAN ARMY
D 114 INSTR 12 EME MANUAL

FtG 6-REMOVING Huu lNNER S1>c\1t1NG

Ct>NE Al'fD On. s~AL
FtG 8-INSTAU.JNG BEARING OtL SEAL

25. Install bearing outer adjusting nuts (10) TIRES

and tighten.
26. Coat flange of hub assemblies with water
pump grease to prevent corrosion. Position the
brake drums on the hubs so that the attaching
screw holes are in alignment. Install and tighten
flat head machine screws.
27. Install axle shafts and tighten six retaining
etud nute.
CA. UT JON, Puller ,en,,... on o.x.le .loafu J.«dJ
be turned in beyond the face of the flange a.,
domoge to the 1<,-heel huh mil result.
28. Install wheel and tire assembly and tighten
five wheel stud nuts.
Removlni Tires
29. Lay wheel on floor and release air pressure by
removing valve inserL
CAUTION: Make certain that tire u dejlaied before
proc«dint, furtkr.
30. Place pry bar between side ring and tire,
next to one of the spring clip bead locks.
31. Pry downward until tension is relieved on
spring clip bead lock.
not
•eri,,u, 32. Tap the spring clip bead lock with a hammer
and it wiU snap under the edge ol side rim, Fig. 10,
step one.
33. Repeat this procedure until all six spring
clip bead locks are beneath the side ring.
34. Lift bead lock ring off and remove spring
clip bead locks, Fjg. 10, step two.

FIG 7- ROLLING OIL SF.Al. F1G 9-WHJIBL ANO Tum ASSEUOLY

Issue I- Jan. 1954

CANADIAN ARMY
EME MANUAL
FlG 10-TIRR REMOVAL
35. Remove wheel from tire by placing a pry
bar between wheel 8ange and tire sidewall and
prying it off wheel.
36. When tire is far enough from wheel Aange,
remove spring clip ~ad locks.
Instatuna Tires
37. Place six spring clip bead locl<s. equally
spaced, around bead of tire on each side, Fig. 11.
step one.
38. Place wheel in tire far enough eo that wheel
8ange meets the six spring clip bead locks.
39. Place side ring on tire and drive it onto
wheel with a rawhide hammer.
40. Slowly inflate tire, checking to see that spring
clip bead locks snap into place over the lip of
wheel and lip of side ring, Fig. II, step two.
TIRE CHAINS
CA UT/ON: Tire chain, of any type or de,ign are
r,ery injuriou, to tire• made from either crude or
synd,etic rubJ>er. Therefore, tire damage u:iJJ re,u/l
wJeu proper precouti.o11& are taken in the u.. of tire
c:haitl&.
It u imperotir,e thot tire chain& be appli'ld only as an
emerg,,ncy mea,ure to negotiate road., otl1envi-1e impau•
ab~ ond tlrey should be remotJed immcdiat~ly after tlre
cmerse11cy ha. p,u,ed.
FlG II-TIRE !NSTAJ.U.TION
Issue I - Jan. 1954
VEHICLES
D 114 INSTR U
FIG 12-PLAClNG UIAJN ON TutE
Installation Uslntl Vehlcle Jack
NOTE: Thi& metlrod u rccornmen,kd uknerer jad,.
ing condWon, ore fa""',rable. A clo.,, fa con be
obtained and 1ub.""f"ent road adjustment 1ho.,/d be
wiiuceuory.
41. Lay chain out flat on ground oppoeite wheel
to be fitted. See that cross link, "A", Fig. 12,
(locking hook end) is toward rront of vehjcJe and
that open end of cross link hook• "B", Fig 12,
11
face up...
42. Straighten out side chains and all cross
links. Operate both locking hooks several time$
to make sure that they are working freely and
leave hooks in open position. (Use lubricating
oil or penetrating oil sparingly if hooks are rusted
or hard to operate.)
43. Grasp inner side chain (one closer to vehicle)
with both hands at center section, hands about
two feet apart , and drape chain over tire, Fig. 12.
(With heavy chains this is a two man job.) Check
to see that open ends of cross Jjnk hooks are away
from the tire.
44. Position vehicle jack and raise wheel until
tire is about thrtt inches off the ground.
NOTE: Unku iv,hide i, on perfectly t-i ground
block a front ,cheel tdocn ral,in& rear end, or a rear
t<lr«I rmen rai&ing fronl end. Check tlrat gear bo,c,,.
are in neulrol and tlrat front ••~oo/ drill<! ii di&~nppged.
Patte 5
 VEHfCLES CANADIAN ARMY
D 114 INSTll ll EME MANUAL

45. Stcaighte.n and arrange cros.e. links in groovn

in tire aide: walJ tre.ld to gr~ce:u ewtt:n.c p(li4ible. away from tire so 1iw:y wi)l )\()t be ru11 <Wtr tmd
(H th~s is not done difficulty will be cxpcrien«d in ctamagtd, Fi-g. t4.
hooking up side chain;.1, or exce&& sl&ck will develop
<11,•)ltf\ ~hidt i• dri~n.) 5 t. Ori. . .·t ,•ehicl~ tlowly ahead until rear of chain
4.6. Route whttl in ror14•a,rd direi:tion until is about etghtttn fochca oft ch~ Rround 3nd at lt'tiC
r-wo er~ Ch3.io, 3t forw;)td end of chain are tltar
chain end at rt."lr of tire is "bout eighteen ifldltfl
off the ground. Apply br.UCff co hokl whee[ in of tire on the ~und, Fig. IS. ..\pply brakes in
this position.
thic p0tit.ion.
47. E~ercing as much pull a.a; PQMibk on che S2. Complete ·ch.e operations as Jii.ud in f>;U3.8 4,7
lower (loc.lcir'lg hoolc) end of ch:sin, in1)t:Tt s,,,a,11 and 43.
end of ''S" of in~dt loclcing hook through a suitable
link ;n 01,µo&,iiie t ,id of \;h;1in an(I fold hook h.v;k NO'f& Aft;er " ~ ' ~ri.<,d. of rlnMR dte d,.,iin
into closed p06ition, Mace the retainer ring over re/Uio,a Jaould b e ~ ond odiwi«od if '*fU~·
hook lO lotk i11 ()()!liti()n, "C''. }~ig. 13. Rt;::pe,31 this
opt-ration on the outside locki11g hook.
4S. 'r&elll eh~in for «ir~ct t.e.naion by ~r3fl;)in8·
$idc chains and pulling out from tire. T en•ion i&
(X')ttt:oet when. uch ajde ch~n can be oUHOO awa"y
·~m tire.approlOJnat('ly thtte induea. Make an)'
3Djuitiftmt'-rt'C't6Ut)• by repoe1tioning locking
hooL<.t.

fn$1311aUon without us,e of Vehlcte Jack

NOTR: AU ~i,u 001t 6e i n ~ en $4M«' c~.
49. Perform opc,a(ior,~ as li&tc<l in Paras 41, 42,
43 ;1od .fS.
SO. Arrange front cross li()k; of the chairt $nugly
undec front of tire snd pls.ce lock.inr hooks 'Q.'tll

P~e6 lM!.ve J-Jan. 1954

CANADIAN ARMY VEHICLES
EME MANUAL D 114 INSTR 12

TABLE I-WHEELS, HUBS AND TIRES TROUBLES AND REMEDIES

SYMPTOMS PROBABLE CAUSE PROBABLE REMEDY

Excessive Front Tire Driving in four wheel drive on a Whenever driving on a smooth
Wear smooth hard road or at speeds in hard road or at speeds in excess of
excess of twenty-five miles per twenty-five miles per hour, front
hour. axle drive should be disengaged.
Excessive Tire Wear Insufficient tire pressure. Keep tires inflated to correct pres-
sure at all times.
Improper toe-in. Adjust toe-in.
Unbalanced tires and wheels. Balance tires and wheels.
Bent or twisted axle housing. Straighten or replace axle housing.
Tire Wear On Side of Improper camber. Adjust camber.
Tread
Wheel Noise Scored or brinelled bearing cup Check bearings for proper lubrica-
or cone. don and damage. Repl9ce parts
where necessary.

TABLE II-SPECIFICATIONS

WHEELS
General
Type . .. . ... . ... . ...... . ..... . Ventilated Disc Divided Rim
Number of Studs . ...... . . . .. . 5
Bolt Circle Diameter .. ...... . 6Ys"
Tread
Front . .... .... . . . .. .... . . . . .. . ... ... . 62"
Rear .. . .. . ..... .. . . ....... . ......... . 62"
TIRES
General
Type . .. . W.D. Pneumatic
Size .... . 9.00 X 16
Rim Size 16 X 6.50
lnfla tion Pressures
Highway . . ........... . 40 Pounds
Cross Country ........ . 40 pounds
Sand . . ............... . 10 pounds
WHEEL BEARINGS
Type .. ........................ . . . Tapered Roller
Front and Rear-Inner (2 Used) .. Cup #28622 Cone #28682
Outer (2 Used) . Cup #2924 Cone #2984

Issue 1-Jan. 1954 Page 7

 VEHICLES CANADIAN ARMY
D 114 INSTR 12 EME MANUAL

TABLE III- -WHEELS, HUBS AND TIRES REPAIR AND REBUILD STANDARDS

General
The repair and rebuild standards included in this table give the minimum and the maximum sizes and
clearances of new or rebuilt parts as well as wear limits, which indicates that point to which a part or parts
may be worn before replacement, in order to receive maximum service with minimum replacement. Nor-
mally, all parts which have not been worn beyond the dimensions shown in the "Wear Limits" column or
damaged from corrosion will be approved for service. Minimum, maximum and wear limit dimensions
are inches unless otherwise specified.

Size and Fit

Fig. Ref. Wear
Point of Measurement of New Parts
No. Letter Limits
Min. Max

5 10 Diameter of front wheel bearing

adjusting nut (outer)
2.5625 ). 'Yl ~
5 10 Thickness of front wheel bearing
adjusting nut (outer) 0.250
5 11 Diameter of front and rear wheel
bearing adjusting nut lock 2.750 'J.;)4
Diameter of rear wheel bearing
adjusting nut (outer) 2.5625 ~ ~,,Id
Thickness of rear wheel bearing
adjusting nut (outer) 0.8125
5

5
12

12
Diameter of front and rear wheel
bearing adjusting nut (inner)
Thickness of front and rear wheel
2.5937 d',1-o~
bearing adjusting nut (inner) 0.2812
Diameter of stud holes in wheel assembly 1.255 1.285
Bolt circle diameter 6.871 6.879

Page 8 Issue 1-Jan. 1954

CANADIAN ARMY VEHICLES
EME MANUAL D 114 INSTR 13
TRUCKS 3/4 TON 4 X 4 DODGE
Truck Ca~o M37 (CDN)
Truck Command M42 (CDN)
Truck Ambulance M43 (CDN)
FIELD AND BASE REPAIRS
FRAME, PINTLE ASSEMBLY, SPRINGS AND SHOCK ABSORBERS
INDEX SUBJECT PARA
FRAME
General. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Removal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Disassembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3
Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Repair Procedure. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . 21
Reassembly. . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Installation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
PINTLE ASSEMBLY
General. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . 30
Removal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Disassembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Inspection . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
Reassembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Installation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
Adjustment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Lubrication... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Specifications ...............................................•.................. Table I
Repair and Rebuild Standards .................................................. Table II
SPRINGS
General.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . • . . • . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Removal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65
Disassembly-Front Springs.................................................... 77
Rear Springs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Inspection - Front Springs...... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
Rear Springs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . • . . . . . . . . • . . . 99
Reassembly-Front Spring,s... . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. . . . . . . .. . . . • . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
Rear Sprinits. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . 117
Installation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . • . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . 128
Troubles and Remedies ......................................................... Table III
Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . Table IV
Repair and Rebuild Standards. . . . .. . .. . . .. .. . . . . . . . .. . .. . . . .. . . . . .. . . .. . .. . . . . . Table V
SHOCK ABSORBERS
General. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . 132
Removal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . • . . . . • • . . . . . . . . . . 133
Disassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . • . . . . . • . . . . . . . 134
Inspection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
Installation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . • . . . . . • . • . . . . . . . . . . 139
Troubles and Remedies. . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . • . .. . . . . . . .. . . .. . . . . . • .. . . • . . . . . • • . . . . Table VI
Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • • • • . . • . . . . . . Table VII
Issue 1-Jan.1954 (WM-4293) Page 1
 10

-
t i'

-
•
=
;
-L t-.,..ttft-f'e41111atw w pport
i---o..""'"....,_.,.",
~.,..,.,....,..._.,.,.tf... ,..,
.......
7-.a-.tMtMM.............. •prl"'9 f,ont
11_.,_l l f t - _ ,pn..,
11- a n . k e t ~ held d ~

; i-3'.tt,c,b t-...elna front , u,iport

a-.......-_, .-Jne
,,_...,.,..,_~,"" ... ~

'-...._.,.__...,..,., 1,-f'll\9'-,.. .. , 11ht 14-atNll~ftt ..... "'*-""flt left

t-C,,o..~.....,_..,., ta111k _,,..,..

,o-.cr...~- ,w
11- ,. . .ll:et-(te.ftt ,.,.1,.~, ,..l't,
CANADIAN ARMY
EME MANUAL
FRAME
GENERAL
1. The frame assembly consists of two double
drop, high carbon steel side rails and six cross-
members. Five of the crossmembers are riveted to
the frame side rails, and the transfer rear cross-
member is bolted to the side rail gussets to facilitate
the replacement of the transfer assembly. The
frame front crossmember and rear spring front
bracket crossmember are box type assemblies for
added rigidity. The radiator support bracket,
spring brackets, engine front support brackets, and
body hold down brackets are also riveted to the
frame side rails or crossmembers.
REMOVAL
2. In order to remove frame assembly it will be
necessary to strip chassis completely.
DISASSEMBLY
3. If inspection reveals that it is necessary to
remove one of the c1 ossmembers from the frame
side rails, remove rivet heads with a rivet buster
and hammer.
CA UTION: Do not remove rivet heads with a chisel
and hammer as damage to the frame side rail or en-
largement of the rivet hole will occur.
4. Remove rivets from frame side rail and cross-
member with a punch and hammer. Remove cross-
member from frame side rails.
5. If inspection reveals that it is necessary to
remove one of the front or rear spring brackets from
the frame side rail, remove rivet heads with a rivet
buster and hammer.
6. Remove rivets from frame side rail and front or
rear spring bracket with a punch and hammer.
Remove bracket from frame side rail.
7. If inspection reveals that replacement of the
bushing type bearing, 13, Fig 1, is necessary, re-
move bearing from front spring rear brackets 4,
Fig 1, with a remover and replacer, Fig 7.
8. Wash all parts thoroughly in dry cleaning
solvent. Dry parts with compressed air. Clean all
corrosion or scale from frame assembly with a
power driven wire brush.
INSPECTION (FIG 1)
9. Inspect frame side rails for cracks, breakage or
Issue I- Jan. 1954
VEHICLES
D 114 INSTR 13
FIG 2-FRAME DIAGONAL MEASUREMENTS
damage. If the frame side rails are cracked, broken
or damaged, they can be repaired as described in
"Repair Procedure".
10. If inspection of the frame side rails indicate
any evidence of misalignment, measure distance
between points indicated by diagonal lines A and
B, C and D, E and F, Fig 2. If distance between
points indicated by any pair of diagonal lipes varies
more than ~ inch, the frame is not in proper align-
ment.
NOTE: Extreme care must be exercued when checking
diagonal dimensiom as the measurement$ must be
taken from exactly the same point on each side offrame.
11. If misalignment is indicated by the diagonal
measurements, check the various important frame
dimensions, Fig 3, to determine exact location of
any unsatisfactory condition that may exist.
12. Inspect front crossmember (2) for cracks or
loose rivets. The cracks can be repaired as explained
in "Repair Procedure". Replace loose rivets.
13. Inspect radiator support bracket {l ) and
engine front support brackets (3) for cracks or
loose rivets. Minor cracks may be repaired by
welding. If rivets are loose replace the front cross-
member assembly which includes the radiator
support bracket and engine front support brackets.
NOTE: The front crossmember (2) is a box type as-
embly which prevents replacement of the rivets for the
radiator support bracket and engine front support
bracket.
14. Inspect spring brackets (8, 11, 14 and 15) for
cracks, worn spring bolt holes or loose rivets.
Measure diameter of spring bolt holes with an
inside micrometer. If the brackets are cracked or
diameter of spring bolt holes exceeds 0.752 inch ,
replace brackets. If rivets are loose, replace rivets.
Page 3
 VEHICLES CANADIAN ARMY
D 114 INSTR 13 EME MANUAL
O' 0

.1
FIG 3 -FRAME DIMENSIONS

Except Ambulance Ambulance Except Ambulance Ambulance

A 151Uz 151Uz H 74~ 74U6
B 44~ 44~ J 13}4 13}4
C 22% 22% K 7 7
D 9~ ()~
E 11}4 11u L
M
45 %
107%
45%
121%
F 31~6 45U&
G 174% 188% N 55% 55%

15. Inspect bushing type bearings (13) and front
spring rear brackets (4) for wear, c1acks or loose
rivets. Measure inside diameter of bearings with a
micrometer. If inside diameter of bearings exceeds
0. 761 inch replace bearings. If brackets are
cracked, replace brackets. Replace loose rivets.
16. Inspect transfer front and rear crossmembers
(5 and 6) for cracks or damage. If crossmembers are
cracked they can be repaired by welding. Damage
of the crossmembers can be repaired if metal is not
distorted. If metal is distorted replace crossmem-
bers. Inspect rivets which attach transfer cross-
member gussets to frame for looseness. If rivets are
loose install new rivets.
17. Inspect rear spring front bracket crossmember
(7) for cracks, distortion or loosE' rivets. Cracks can
be repaired by welding, but if crossmember is dis-
torted it must be replaced. If rivets are loose, install
new , ivets.
18. Inspect body hold down brackets (12) for
cracks or loose rivets. If brackets are cracked they
can be repaired by welding. Replace all loose rivets
with new rivets.
19. Inspect fuel tank support crossmember (9)
for cracks or loose rivets. If crossmember is cracked
it can be repaired by welding. Replace loose rivets
with new rivets.
20. Inspect rear crossmember (10) for cracks or
loose rivets. If crossmember is cracked it can be
repaired by welding. Replace loose rivets with new
rivets.
REPAIR PROCEDURE
21. When frame is originally manufactured, no
heat is employed in the shaping and forming of the
side rails, therefore, all straightening operations
must be performed cold whenever practical. When
heat is employed maintain the temperature '6f the
area to b<' straightened at a cherry red throughout
th~ operation. As an oxy-acetylene torch is gener-
ally used for heating, employ a neutral flame and
play it over the entire area to be heated until' the
metal has reached a uniform cherry red. Never
heat metal beyond a cherry red as it will result in
serious weakening of the steel. Frequently check
the temperature of the heated metal with a dry pine

Page 4 Issue 1-Jan. 1954

CANADIAN ARMY VEHICLES
EME MANUAL D 114 INSTR 13

FIG 4--PINTLE ASSEMBLY-EXPLODED VIEW

1-Pln-tter 7- W••"-lock 13-f'ln- look
2-Nut-lotucl &-Lock 14-Lat.oh
3-Waeh-,olaln-adap- ._Sprl ng- latoh 15-~p
4-Block- plnt.le adapter bearing 10-Pln-lat.oh 16-H-k- plntle
6----Adapt-,.lntl• 11- Rlng-nap 11- Rln.--.nap
&-Nut 12- F'lttlng- lubrl. .nt t~lttlng-lubrloant

stick as metal that is cherry red will cause the stick
to glow and char but not ignite. Protect heated area
of the frame from d rafts to prevent sudden cooling
of the metal.
22. When a major welding operation has been
performed, apply a reinforcement to strengthen the
repaired section. The thickness of the reinforce-
ment material must at least equal the thickness of
the frame section. A channel reinforcement pro-
vides a satisfactory repair and when installing the
channel reinforcement, weld only the edges of the
channel to the frame flanges, leaving the ends free
to avoid stresses brought about by the straighten-
ing and welding.
REASSEMBLY
23. If inspection reveals that replacement of a
crossmember is necessary, make certain that the
frame side rail metal around rivet holes is smooth
and level.
NOTE: Riveu must be imrolled cold. Do not apply
heal w rivet will shrink and result in premature
looseness.
24. Position crossmember between frame side rails
and instali two bolts, lockwashers and nuts, each
side, to correctly position crossmember. Use a
punch to align holes in frame side rails a nd cross-
member as nuts are tightened. •Install rivets of the
same dimension as those removed.
NOTE: To imure a satisfactory job of cold riveting,
rivet must extend from hol.e 1.75 times its diameter.
As an ex.ample: If rivet is }"2 inch diameter il must
extend 'J"8 inch. If a cone point rivet is used add ~
inch to kngth specifed.
25. Set rivets cold with a hydraulic riveter, using
a button head adapter.
NOTE: Do not in.stall oversize riveu if hoks are worn
w a more .,atisfactory repair can be accomplished with
rivets specified.
26. If inspection reveals that replacement of any
of the front or rear spring brackets is necessary,
perform installation as outlined in Paras 23, 24
and 25.
27. If inspection reveals that replacement of the
bushing type bearings (13) is necessary, install new
bearings in front spring rear brackets (4) with a
remover and replacer, Fig 7.
28. Ream bearings until spring bolts are a free fit
with minimum clearance.
INSTALLATl ON
29. In order to install frame the vehicle must be
completely reassembled.
PINTLE ASSEMBLY
GENERAL
30. The pintle assembly is mounted on the .rear
crossmember of the frame and contains a latching

Issue 1- Jan. 1954

 VEHICLES
D 114 INSTR 13
mechanism which prevents accidental disengage-
mentof the pintle hook. The pintle hook is mounted
on a shaft operating in the bracket attached to the
rear crossmember permitting the hook to swivel.
REMOVAL (FIG 4)
31. To remove the pintle assembly from the rear
crossmember remove cotter pin (1), slotted nut (2)
and plainwasher (3) from pintle adapter (5). Re-
move pintle adapter and pintle hook.
32. To remove pintle adapter bearing block (4)
from frame rear crossmember remove four cap
screws and nuts.
DISASSEMBLY (FIG 4)
33. Remove lubricating fittings (13 and 18) from
latch pin (10), lock pin (13) and flange adapter (4).
34. Remove snap ring (11) from latch pin (10)
which can be accomplished with a small screw-
driver. Discard snap ring.
35. Remove latch pin (10) which will release latch
(14) from pintle hook (16).
36. Remove snap ring (11) from lock pin (13)
which can be accomplished with a small screw-
driver. Discard snap ring.
37. Remove lock pin (13) which will release lock
(8) and latch spring (9) from latch (14).
38. Remove snap rings (17) from latch pin (10)
and lock pin (13). Discard snap rings.
39. Remove nuts (6), lockwashers (7) and cap
screws (15) which will separate pintle hook (16)
from pintle adapter (5).
41,. Wash all parts thoroughly in dry cleaning
solvent. Dry parts with compressed air. Thorough-
ly clean lubricant passages in latch pin (10) and
lock pin (13). Remove all evidence of corrosion
from shaft of pintle adapter (5) and bore of adapter
flange (4).
INSPECTION (FIG 4)
41. Inspect adapter flange (4) for cracks or worn
bearing surfaces. Measure diameter of bore in
adapter flange with an inside micrometer. If there
is any evidence of cracks or diameter of bore exceeds
1.515 inch replace adapter.
42. Inspect shaft of pintle adapter for wear, worn
or damaged threads or cracks. Measure diameter of
shaft with a micrometer. If threads are worn or
Page 6
CANADIAN ARMY
EME MANUAL
damaged, cracks are evident or diameter of shaft is
less than 1.485 inch, replace pintle adapter.
43. Inspect adapter plainwasher (3) for cracks.
If washer is cracked.install a new washer.
44. Inspect slotted nut (2) for worn or damaged
threads. If either of these conditions exist, replace
nut.
45. Inspect pintle hook (16) for cracks. If there
is any evidence of cracks, replace pintle hook.
46. Inspect latch (14) for cracks. If there is any
evidence of cracks, replace latch.
47. Inspect lock (8) for cracks. If there is any
evidence of cracks, replace lock.
48. Inspect latch spring (9) for cracks. Check
compressed and free length of spring. If free length
of spring is less than 1 '4 inch or compressed length
of spring is less than 1~ inch under 772 pounds
pressure or if there is any evidence of cracks, replace
spring.
49. Measure diameter of latch pin (10) and lock
pin (13) with a micrometer. If diameter of pins is
less than 0.495 to 0.497 inch, replace pins.
50. Inspect lubricating fittings (12 and 18) for
damaged threads, clogging or damaged ball sea ts.
If there is any evidence of damaged threads or ball
seats, lubricating fittings must be replaced. If
fittings are clogged remove obstruction.
51. Inspect cap screws (15) and nuts (6) for worn
or damaged threads. If either of these conditions
exist, replace cap screws and nuts.
REASSEMBLY (FIG 4)
52. Install new lock rings (11) on latch pin (10)
and lock pin (13).
NOTE: New lock rings must be installed whenever
pintle hook is disassembled for any reason. Exercise
care in the installation of the lock rings to prevent
distortion.
53. Insert latch spring (9) in closed end of latch
(14). Position lock (8) in latch (14) so that tapered
boss engages with latch spring and pin holes in lock
and latch are aligned for lock pin. Install lock
pin. (13).
54. Install new snap ring (17) on lock pin (13).
Issue 1-Jan.1954
CANADIAN ARMY VEHICLES
EME MANUAL D 114 INSTR 13

55. Position latch assembly (14) on pintle hook
(16) and insert latch pin (10) through holes in latch
and pintle hook.
NOTE: Latch pin (10) and lock pin (13) must be
installed so that lubricating futings (12) are on the
same side.
Install new snap ring (17) in latch pin (10).
56. Install straight lubricating fittings (12) in
latch pin (10) and lock pin (13).
57. Install straight lubricating fitting ( 18) in
flange adapter (4).
58. Attach pintle hook to pintle adapter with four
cap screws (15), lockwashers (7) and nuts (6).
INSTALLATION (FIG 4)
59. Attach pintle adapter bearing block (4) to
inside of frame rear crossmember with four cap
screws and nuts.
60. Insert shaft of pintle adapter (5) in short hub
end of pintle adapter bearing block (4). Install
plainwasher (3), slotted nut (2) and cotter pin (1).
ADJUSTMENT (FIG 4)
61. To adjust the pin tie adapter shaft (5) in the
pintle adapter bea ring block (4), tighten the slotted
nut until there is no perceptible end play in the
adapter shaft.
62. Back off the nut 1/ 6 turn and insert cotter
pin (1).
NOTE: The adjustment of the shaft on pintle adapter
(5) in adapter bearing bl«k (4) cannot be performed
until adapter bearing block is installed on rear
crossmember.
LUBRICATION (FIG 4)
63. Lubricate shaft on pintle adapter, latch pin
and lock pin through lubricating fittings (12 and 18)
with general purpose grease. Rotate pintle hook
several revolutions to insure complete lubrication
of the pintle adapter shaft and adapter flange.

TABLE I-FRAME AND PINTLE ASSEMBLY SPECIFICATIONS

FRAME
GENERAL
Material. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Hiih Carbon Steel
Type ............ ........ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Double Drop
Wheelbase. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Except Ambulance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112'
Ambulance. ... ...... .. ......... 126'
SIDE RAILS
Thickness. ....... Except Ambulance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . ~'
Ambulance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1%'4"
SIDE RAIL FLANGE
Wld th .. . . .... . ..... . ..... Except Ambulance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . ll,{&"
Ambulance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2~ 11
Depth ............. ... .... Except Ambulance.............. 6Y7'
Ambulance.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61~ 11
FRAME SIDE RAIL INSIDE FRONT REINFORCEMENTS
Lentth-All Models. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47%'4'
Thickness-All Models.. . .... ...... ....................... ~,
FRAME SIDE RAILS OUTSIDE REINFORCEMENTS
Lentth-Ambulance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59Vi6 "
Thickness-Ambulance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ~ ..
PINTLE ASSEMBLY
GENERAL
Type . ................................. ...... ...... . ..... . Swivel
Location ....... .. ....................................... . Frame Rear Crossmember

Issue 1-Jan. 1954

 VEHICLES CANADIAN ARMY
D 114 INSTR 13 EME MANUAL

TABLE II- FRAME AND PINTLE REPAIR AND REBUILD STANDARDS

GENERAL
The repafr and rebuild standards included in this
table give the minimum and the maximum sizes and
clearances or new or rebuilt parts as well as wear
limits, which indicates that point to which a part
or parts may be worn before replacement, in order
to receive maximum service with minimum replace-
ment. Normally, all parts which have not been
worn beyond the dimensions shown in the "Wear
Limits" column or damaged from corrosion will be '¥,'
approved for servioe. Minimum, maximum and
wear limit dimensions are inches unless otherwise
specified.

Fu; 5- PU<ru; PARTS

Sin a"nd Flt
Fig. Ref. Wear
Point or Measurement of New Parts
No. Letter Limits
Mln. Max.

8, 11, Ins ide Diameter or Sprlng Bracket Bolt Holes. 0.7490 0.7505 0.752
14, 15
1 13 Inside Diameter of Front Spring Rear Bracket
Bearing. 0.7495 0.7515 0.761
5 A Inside Diameter of Plntle Adapter Flange Bore. 1.505 1.510 1.515
4 4

5 B Outside Diameter or Plntle Adapter Shaft. 1.490 1.495 1.485

4 5
5 C Frff Length or Pintle Hook Latch Spring. 1~
4 9
Length Under Compression or 772 lb. l~
5 D Outside Diameter or Pintle Hook Latch Pin. 0.495 0.497
4 10
5 E Outside Diameter of Plntle Hook Lock Pin. 0.495 0.497
4 13

Page 8 Issue 1-Jan . 1954

CANADIAN ARMY VEHICLES
EME MANUAL D 114 INSTR 13

Fro 6-SPJUNO A!(D Snocx AOSORBER

AssElolBLl&S

SPRINGS AND SHOCK ABSORBERS

SPRINGS
GENERAL
64. The springs, Fig 6, are semi-elliptic, consisting
of a number of leaves held together by a center bolt
and spring-leaf clips. Attachment of the springs to
the axle housing is accomplished with "U" bolt
t)'pe clips. Hardened steel bolts operating in bronic
buahing type bearings pressed into the eyes of the
top spring leaf, attach the springs to the frame
brackets and shackles. Ample capacity to absorb Fm 7-R-ovaNO Bu,111No TYl'E BEA-..NO
FROM SPRING WITH REMOVER AND REPLACll
the braking and driving stra.i ns are provided by the
additional wrnp or the second spring lea( around the
front end of each spring. DISASSEMBLY-FRONT SPRINGS (FIG 8)
CAUTION: Place front •pring ou«mbly between the
REMOVAL ja= of n llillC IO p=•nt po,.il,k injury /Q per.onnel
65. Place a jack under front bumper and raise ,,Aen nu.I (8) ls removed from sprinB ctnt<,r bolt (16).
frame enough to relieve load on shackle bolts.
77. H ends or front spring center bolt (16) a nd
66. Remove slotted nut on inside of shackle bolt spring leaf clip bolts (7 and 24) are peened over the
and drive bolt out with drift. Repeat this operation
nuts, remove n<.'JCffSary metal by grinding.
on front bolt.
67. Diaconnect shock absorber• from spring-clip 78. Remove jam nuts ( II and 21) from spring
plate. leaf clip bolts 17 and 24) and diacard nuts. Drive
bolts from upper spring leaf clips (8 and 23) which
68. Remove spring clip nuts and spring clips. will release spring leaf clip spacers (2 and 4). Dis-
69. Remove front springs. card bolts.

70. Place jack under rear bumper and raise frame
enough to relieve load on shackle bolt.
71. Remove rear spring rear shackle bolt lock bolt.
72. Remove lubricating fittings.
73. Install puller and remove shackle bolts. Re-
move rear spring front bolt in same manner.
74. Di,connect shock absorbers and remove spring
clip nuts.
75. Remove spring clip plate and spring clips.
76. Remove rear spring.
79. Open lower spring leaf clips (12 and 19) which
can be accomplished with a chisel and hammer.
Clips must be opened a sufficient amount to provide
clearance for the release of upper leavee.
80. Remove nut (3) from spring center bolt ( 16)
and discard nut. Drive bolt from spring and discard
bolt.
81. Re.leaoe spring :u..,mbly from viAA and
separate leaves.
82. Place spring leaf in a vi..: aud n:111vve bu,,hing
type bearings with a remover and replacer, Fig. 7.

Issue I- -J an. 1954 Page9

 VEHICLES
D 114 INSTR 13
NOTE: Do not remove bushing type bearings (1 and
5) from No. 1 spring leaf (6) unless in,pection reveals
replacement of bearing is necessary.
83. If inspection reveals that replacement of the
upper and lower spring leaf clips (8, 12, 19 and 23)
is necessary, remove heads from rivets (10, 14, 18
and 22) by grinding. _Drive rivets from spring
leaves with a punch and hammer which will release
clips from spring leaves.
84. Wash all parts thoroughly in dry cleaning
solvent and dry with compressed air. Clean all scale
or corrosion from spring leaves with a power driven
wire brush.
DISASSEMBLY-REAR SPRINGS (FIG 9)
CA UTION: Place rear spring assembly between jaws
of a vise to prevent possiMe injury to personnel when
nut (3) is removed from the spring center bolt (20).
85. If ends of spring center bolt (20) and spring
leaf clips bolts (7, 13, 27 and 33} are peened over
the nuts, remove necessary metal by grinding.
86. Remove jam nuts (12, 18, 23 and 29) from
spring leaf clip bolts (7, 13, 27 and 33) and discard
nuts. Drive bolts from upper and lower spring leaf
clips (8, 15, 26 and 31) which will release spring leaf
clip spacers (2 and 4). Discard bolts.
87. Remove nut (3) from spring bolt (20) and
drive bolt from spring. Discard bolt and nut.
88. Release spring assembly from vise and se-
parate leaves.
89. Place spring leaf in a vise and remove bushing
type bearing with a remover and replacer (Fig 7).
NOTE: Do not remove bushing type bearings (1 and
5) from spring leaf (6) unless inspection reveals
replacement of bearing is necessary.
90. If inspection reveals that replacement of
upper and lower spring leaf clips (8, 15, 26 and 31)
is necessary, remove heads from rivets (10, 16, 24
and 30) by grinding. Drive rivets from spting
leaves with a punch and hammer which will release
clips from spring leaves.
91. Wash all parts thoroughly in dry cleaning
solvent and dry with compressed air. Clean all
scale or corrosion from spring leaves with a power
driven wire brush.
Page 10
CANADIAN ARMY
EME MANUAL
INSPECTION - FRONT SPRING LEAVES
(FIG 8)
92. Inspect spring leaves for wear or cracks.
Replace leaves that are cracked or worn.
NOTE: It is important to inspect spring/or wear that
may be caused by the ends of the lower leaves as this
type of wear usually results in breakage of the upper
leaf.
93. Measure inside diameter of bushing type
bearings (1 and 5) in No. 1 spring leaf (6) with an
inside micrometer. If dimension exceeds 0. 750
inch, replace bearings.
94. Inspect upper spring leaf clips (8 and 23) for
cracks, loose rivets or worn bolt holes. If clips are
cracked or bolt holes are worn, replace clips. If
rivets are loose they can be tightened in an arbour
press.
95. Inspect lower spring leaf clips (12 and 19) for
cracks or loose rivets. Replace clips if there is any
evidence of cracks. If rivets are loose they can be
tightened in an arbour press.
NOTE: The lower spring leaf clip is a bent over type
dip that must be opened whenever a change of spring
leaves is necessary, therefore this item must be care-
fully inspected for cradcs.
96. Inspect spring leaf clip spacers (2 and 4) for
distortion. If spacers are distorted they must be
replaced.
97. Inspect inner and outer spring shackles for
wear, worn bolt holes or cracks. Measure inside
diameter of bolt holes with an inside micrometer.
If there is any evidence of cracks or damage, or
diameter of bolt holes exceeds 0.752 inch, replace
shackles.
98. Inspect spring bolts and shackle lower spring
bolts for wear, cracks or damaged threads. Measure
diameter of bolt with a micrometer and if dimension
is less than 0.741 inch, replace bolts as required. If
there is evidence of cracks or damaged threads,
replace spring bolts.
INSPECTION - REAR SPRING LEAVES
(FIG 9)
99. Inspect spring leaves for wear or cracks.
Replace leaves that are cracked or worn.
NOTE: It is important to inspect spring leaves for
wear that may be caused by the ends of the lower leaves
as this type of wear usually results in breakage of the
upper leaf.
Issue 1-Jan. 1954
CANADIAN ARMY VEHICLES
EME MANUAL D 114 INSTR 13

17 i!H.. SW

~16

FIG 8-FRONT SPRING ASSEMBLY-EXPLODED VI E W

1-a..,1ng-buahln1 ty!M
2- Sp11Cel'--1prlng IHf cllp
3-Nut
4-Spa-.prlng leaf cllp
5-a..l'ln-buahlng type
8-Lea1-prlng-No. 1
7-Bolt-aprlng INf ollp
8--Cllp---11prlnt1 lfff--up.,.r
t--Laaf- aprlne-.... 3
10-Rlnt
11-Nut--Jam
12--<:11..-.prln1 INf-lower
13-Laaf-11prln1-No. 5
14-Rlvet
15-Laaf-.prl"1J--No. 1
18-Bolt-aprlf\9 oent.er
11- Lnf- aprln-No. &
18-Rlwet
19--Cll-•prlng leaf-lowel'
20--Laaf-.prlng-No. 4
21- Nut- Jam
22-Rh,et
23-Cll-•prlng leaf-uppw
24-Bolt-aprlng leaf ollp
2$-Laaf-prln-No. 2

FIG 9-REAR SPRING ASSEMBLY-EXPLODED VIEW

1- Beartnr,-buahlng type 12-Nut-Jam 23-Nut-Jam
2-Spa...,._aprlng IHf ollp 13-Bolt-aprlng loaf ollp 24-Rlvet
3-Nut 14-Laaf-aprlng---No. 6 25-Laaf-prln-No. 1
4-Spaoel'-Spl'lng leaf ollpa 15---Cllp-11prln11 leaf-lo- 2$--CU p-ptlng 1..f-lower
15-Beal'lnr,-buahlng type 18-Rlvet 21- Bolt--11prln1 laaf ollp
8--Leaf-prlng-No. 1 17-Leaf-aprln,-No. a 28-Leaf-prln9-No. 6
7-Bolt-apl'lng leaf o ll p 18-Nut-Jam zt.--...Hlft-Jam
8--Cllp-aprlng leaf-vp.,.r 1t--Leat-prln-No. 10 30-Rlv.t
&-Laaf-aprlng-No. 3 20--Bolt-prlng center 31--<:llp---11prln1 leaf- vpper
10-Alwet 21-1.nf-apf'ln-No. 11 3Z-LNf-prlng-No. 2
11-Laaf-prlng- No. 4 22-Leaf-prln-No. t 13-Bol........,...ng laaf ollp

Issue 1-Jan. 1954 Page 11

 VEHICLES
D 114 INSTR 13
100. Measure inside diameter of bushing type
bearings (1 and 5) in spring leaf No. l (6} with an
inside micrometer. If dimension exceeds 0.750 inch
replace bearings.
101. Inspect upper and lower spring leaf clips (8,
15, 26 and 31) for cracks, loose rivets or worn bolt
holes. If clips are cracked or the bolt holes are
worn, replace clips. If rivets are loose, they can be
tightened in an arbour press.
102. Inspect spring leaf clip spacers (2 and 4) for
distortion. If spacers are distorted they must be
replaced.
103. Inspect spring shackles for wear, loose bear-
ing, cracks or worn bolt holes. If any of these con-
ditions exist, replace shackles. Measure inside
diameter of outer bolt holes and bushing type bear-
ing with an inside micrometer. If the inside dia-
meter of the outer bolt holes exceeds 0.755 inch or
the inside diameter of the bushing type bearing
exceeds 0.761 inch replace shackles.
104. Inspect spring bolts for wear, cracks or
damaged threads. Measure diameter of bolts with
a micrometer and if dimension is less than 0. 741
inch, replace bolts as required. If there is any
evidence of .cracks or damaged threads. replace
spring bolts.
REASSEMBLY-FRONT SPRING (FIG 8)
105. If inspection reveals that replacement of the
bushing type bearings (1 and 5) is necessary, place
No. 1 spring leaf (6) in a vise and install new bear-
ing with a remover and replacer.
106. Ream bearings so that spring bolts are a free
fit in bearings with minimum clearance.
107. If inspection reveals that replacement of the
upper or lower spring leaf clips (8, 12, 19 and 23) is
necessary, position spring leaf clips on spring leaves
and insert new rivets (10. 14, 18 and 22) (rivet
heads on clip side).
NOTE: The upper spring leaf dips are attached to
No. 3 spring leaf on all trucks. The rower spring leaf
dips are attached to No. 5 spring leaf.
108. Set rivets into countersunk space around
rivet holes in spring leaves with an arbour press.
NOTE: End of rivets must not protrude above top sur-
face of spring ka/. If necessary, grind end of rivet
level wilh spring leaf surface.
109. Apply a thin coating of general purpose
grease on spring leaves.
Page 12
CANADIAN ARMY
EME MANUAL
110. Position No. 2 spring leaf (25) on No. 1
spring leaf (6) so that wrapped end of No. 2 spring
leaf is around top eye of No. 1 spring leaf.
111. Place No. 3 spring leaf (9) which includes
upper spring leaf clips on No. 2 spring leaf followed
by No. 4 spring leaf (20), No. 5 spring leaf (13)
which includes lower spring leaf clips, No. 6 spring
leaf (17) and No. 7 spring leaf (15).
NOTE: The center bolt hole in the front spring lear,es
is offset and the long dimension from the center bolt to
the end of the leaf must be toward the front.
112. Insert a long thin punch through center bolt
holes in spring leaves and place the assembly in a
vise and align center bolt holes as vise is tightened.
Remove punch and install new round head spring
center bolt (16) (head down). Install new nut (3)
on center bolt. Tighten nut and peen end of bolt
over nut.
113. Wipe surplus grease from edges of spring
leaves.
114. Position spring leaf clip spacers (2 and 4)
between open ends of upper spring leaf clips (8 and
23). Insert new spring leaf clip bolts (7 and 24)
through clips and spacers. Install new heavy jam
nuts (11 and 21) on bolts and tighten nuts. Peen
end of bolts over nuts.
115. Remove spring assembly from vise.
116. Clamp spring assembly at each lower spring
leaf clip between the jaws of a vise and firmly
tighten jaws. Bend end of clips over top of spring
assembly with a heavy hammer. Remove spring
assembly from vise. Support each lower clip be-
tween the open jaws of a vise to clear rivet and
finish shaping of clip around spring assembly.
REASSEMBLY-REAR SPRING (FIG 9)
117. If inspection reveals that replacement of the
bushing type bearing (1 and 5) is necessary, place
No. 1 spring leaf (6) in a vise and install new bear-
ing with a remover and replacer, Fig 7.
118. Ream bearings, so that spring bolts are a
free fit in bearings, with minimum clearance.
119. If inspection reveals that replacement of the
upper or lower spring leaf clips (8, 15, 26 and 31) is
necessary, position clips on spring leaves and insert
new rivets (10, 16, 24 and 30) with rivet heads on
clip side.
Issue 1-Jan. 1954
CANADIAN ARMY
EME MANUAL
NOTE: The upper spring leaf clips are attached to
No. 3 spring leaf on all trucks. On all models except
the ambulance lower spring leaf clips are on No. 7
spring leaf and on the ambulance the lower spring
leaf clip is on No. 8 spring leaf.
120. Set rivets into countersunk space around
rivet holes in spring leaves with an arbour press.
NOTE: End of rivets must not protrude abo. ·e top
surface of spring leaf. If necessary grind end of rivets
level wilh spring leaf surface.
121. Apply a thin coating of general purpose
grease on spring leaves.
122. Position No. 2 spring leaf (32) on No. 1
spring leaf (6) so that wrapped end of No. 2 spring
is around eye of No. 1 spring leaf.
123. Place No. 3 spring leaf assembly (9) which
includes upper spring leaf clips on No. 2 spring leaf
followed by No. 4 spring leaf (11), No. 5 spring
leaf (28), No. 6 spring leaf (14), No. 7 spring leaf
assembly (25) (includes lower spring leaf clips on
all except ambulance model), No. 8 spring leaf (17)
(includes lower spring leaf clip on ambulance mod-
els), No. 9 spring leaf (22), No. 10 spring leaf (19),
No. 11 spring leaf (21).
NOTE: With ambulance models assemble in same
manner outlined above but add No. 12 and No. 13
spring leaf.
TABLE III-SPRING TROUBLES AND REMEDIES
SYMPTOMS PROBABLE CAUSE
Noise Worn spring bolts, spring shackles Replace necessary parts.
and bushin~ type bearing
Spring bolts loose in frame brackets If holes in frame brackets are
Shifted spring leaves Broken sprin~ center bolt
Issue 1-Jan. 1954
VEHICLES
D 114 INSTR 13
124. Insert a long thin punch through center bolt
holes in spring leaves and place assembly in a vise
and align center bolt holes as vise is tightened.
Remove punch and install new round head spring
center bolt (20) head down. Install new nut (3)
on center bolt and tighten nut. Peen end of bolt
over nut.
125. Wipe surplus grease from edges of spring
leaves.
126. Position spring leaf clip spacers (2 and 4)
between open ends of upper and lower spring leaf
clips (8, 15, 26 and 31). Insert new spring leaf clip
bolts (7, 13, 27 and 33) through clips and spacers.
Install new heavy jam nuts (12, 18, 23 and 29) on
bolts and tighten nuts. Peen end of bolts over nuts.
127. Remove spring assembly from vise.
iNSTALLATION
128. Place spring in position and install shackle
bolts.
129. Install spring clips and clip plate.
130. Connect shock absorbers.
131. Install lubricating fittings and lubricate.
PROBABLE REMEDY
elongated, it will be necessary to
install new spring bolts and frame
brackets.
Replace spring center bolt.
Page 13
CANADIAN ARMY VEHICLES
EME MANUAL D 114 INSTR 13
TABLE V-SPRING REPAIR AND REBUILD STANDARDS

GENERAL
The repair and rebuild standards included in this table give the minimum and the maximum sizes
and clearances of new or rebuilt parts as well as wear limits, which indicates that point to which a part
or parts may be wo.rn before replacement, in order to receive maximum :i,ervice with minimum rcplacemc:nt.
Normally, all parts which have not been worn beyond the dimensions shown in the "Wear Limits"
column or damaged from corrosion will be approved for service. Minimum, maximum and wear limit
dimensions are inches unless otherwise specified.

'1,\ff& n1:fl'J

.!. .il
J~H

1 ID
r· J_ J.l

FIG 10-SPIUWG p ARTS

Size and Fit Wear

Fig. Ref. New Parts
Point of Measurement o{
No. Letter Limits
Min, Mu.
10 A,B Inside Diameter of Front Spring Bushing Type
8 1, 5 Bearlni&s, 0.735 0.740
10 E Inside Diameter of Inner and Outer Front
Spring Rear Shackle Bolt Holes. 0.749 0.7505 0.752
10 D,F,G Outside Diameter of Spring Bolts and Shackle
Lower Spring Bolts. 0.745 0.747
10 C,X Inside Diameter of Rear Sprlnjl Bushing Type
9 1, 5 Bearings. 0.735 0.740 0.750
10 H Inside Diameter of Rear Spring Outside Shackle
Bolt Hole. 0.751 0.753
10 J Inside Diameter of Rear Shackle Bushing Type
Bearings. 0.7495 0.7515

Issue 1-Jan. 1954 Page 15

 Vl!:J.fl CLE$ CANADIAN ARJ\lY
D 114 INSTR 13 EME 1'fANUAL

SHOCK ABSORBERS 1,37, (.1ampshock abiorbcrs by lower eye upright

Gl!NJ;;RAL
132. Hydrautic, ule:l(')Opie, cylindric:tl tyf~, ~ril>li,
;1e1,lnjt $hock <l~ben, .l.rt provided ,,tthe front ;.,nd
rear uJc. The &hock absorbers are attached to the
axle$ ~net fr;;imt ht:\tk~t:1. by l'Uhhi,:r hu11;hirig tnie
bearings.
RE~IOVAI,
133. Remove upper and lower abock ll.h!IMher
stud nuts. S6di: ish<>tk ;t~l>eT'lS 1.1H :rtn&.
DISASSEMBLY
l3f., The shock t11':iorl,er,s cannot be dis.u;&emblcd,
therefore no rebuild jnfonnscion ~'9 reqllircd.
INSPECTI0:-1
135. lnsr>e<:t 9bock aOOOrher, for damaged or
brokm we-Id~ c1round e~1.'S at '-'ac.h tnd, I{ citha
oonditlc>n exi9tA, shock absorbeu must be replaced.
136. IMpcc:t shock ab:Klrbers for f\ui.d le;-1kage
whieh will be al)J\3.l'fflt by fluid that i.s lea.king fl,'l&t
tht'. :shtx:k ...~orber ._,i,.ton rod .aod :si:;,1-l. H Rui,1
teaka,.~ )& cvi-dent, &hock abwrbers mur.t be ·rc-
pl,1<"'1.
in a vi&e. \\'hen shock ab1>0rbers :lte in ,he uv,iStht
pMitinri tht leUtrin.i <in Lhe du:st :sf•ield US at top of
abrorlJer. Operate sboc·k absorber a few lull
-strok09 to rcmo\'e air fmm pl'eatUl'P. r.ylindP.r. Vf1 h-t:,
thM .\~ h.11\Cli<ining properly &eat instantly and
m.i&tancc to an)' movement of the shOC'k 3.h9()J'ber
must be felt with()U( aoy loM, motion ju <either
di~ction. If lost motion or any lack of resistance ia
evident in either din:ction, flhock ahs(wbtri must. he
rP.1>l:\¢M.
138. Clamp -s hock absorber in a vi~ in :i.n uprijh(
l'>(l~titlo (du~t &hi~d ti' l~$eCt.ion uv), and rotate
tlmot &hi.de.I. ff dust t.hicld does not rotate fnxl}'\
binding of int:cmaJ pal't9 is ind~tOO or the shllt;k
;1,1'.*orber µiJ$(UII r()(1 i$ bent, If <'tun $hidJ cJoea not
rotate freely &hock absorber& must be replaocd.
INSTALLATI0:-1
139. J>l:.\(:le ,hl:,r.k :\~er i111'1idf: ruhber bi1:":<hi11sc
on ,tuJ.s.
14-0, ln,1:111 ~ock aM()rhff- and l)Ul:Uc1e: ruhbei'
buN,i~.
141. In,tall stud nuu and "~tter pina.

TABLE VI- SHOCK ABSORBER TROUBLES AND REllfEDIES

SYM:P'l'OMS PROBABLE CAUSE PROBA8LE R£M.llliY

Lack of Shock Failure of loterual pQ.rt3 Shock abeotben CaJ:lD-Ot be ro•

Abeorber Control paired. •11,ey muac be replaced.

TABl., E VII SHOCK ABSORBER SPECIFICATIONS

GENERAL
Mak• ......... . L>etcoJ Gabriel nr Munro
Type .......... . Tbre., Seate Control, llydnullc
Stze ...... .. .. .. 2 lac.hes

Issue 1-Jao. 1954

CANADIAN ARMY VEHICLES
EME MANUAL D 114 INSTR 14

TRUCKS 3/4 TON 4 X 4 DODGE

Truck Cargo M37 (CDN)
Truck Command M42 (CDN)
Truck Ambulance M43 (CDN)
FIELD AND BASE REPAIRS

WINCH AND DRIVE SHAFT

INDEX SUBJECT PARA

General ..... ....... . ..... . 1
Removal ....... ·.· .... . 2
Draining and cleaning. 6
Disassembly . ... . . .... . 8

REPAIR PROCEDURE
CLUTCH HOUSING ASSEMBLY
Disassembly ... . ... . .. . ..... . 14
Inspection ..... .. .... .. ... . . 27
Reassembly . . ... ...... . ... . . 40
CABLE DRUM ASSEMBLY
Disassembly . .......... . . 51
Inspection . .. .... ..... . . . 56
Reassembly .. . . ...... .. . . 65

WORM HOUSING ASSEMBLY WITH CABLE DRUM SHAFT

Disassembly . . . . . . .. ... .. ... .. . . . ..... . . .... . ....... .. . . . .. . 69
Inspection . .. .. ...... . ....... . .. . . . .. .. .. .. .... . .... .. .... . 86
Reassembly . . ......... .. ......... .. ........ . .. . ....... .... . 105
DRIVE SHAFT ASSEMBLY
Disassembly ..... .. ... . .. . 127
Inspection .. ............ . . 137
Reassembly .. . . ...... ... . 145
Reassembly . . ... ......... . . . . . 155
Installation .. ... . . .... .. . . . . . 164
Adjustment . ......... . .... . . . 168
Troubles and Remedies . . ... . . Table I
Specifications . ... ........... . Table II
Repair and Rebuild Standards Table III

GENERAL The drive shaft assembly is a solid steel shaft

1. The winch assembly is a worm drive assembly
mounted at the front end of the frame side rails
and is operated by power transmitted through
the transmission to the power take off and drive
shaft.
equipped with two universal joints and a sliding
yoke.
.
The winch and drive shaft assemblies, Fig 1,
are divided into four subassemblies: clutch hous-
ing assembly, cable drum assembly, worm housing

Issue 1-Jan. 1954 (WM-4293) Page 1

 VEfilCLES
D 114 INSTR 14
assembly with cable drum shaft and drive ohaft
as&embly.
Removal (Fig l )
2. Remove cotter pin and shear pin from winch
end yoke on winch drive aha!t (A).
3. Remove locking wire and looeen set screw on
yoke at aplined end of drive shalt M&embly. Push
drive shalt assembly to rear to disengage front
universal joint assembly from winch worm shaft.
4. Remove cap screws and lockwashers from
winch to frame brackets and winch to bumper
brackets, ( ten cap screws and lockwashers), (B, C
and D). Lilt winch from frame.
S. Remove locking wire and loosen set screw in
front univenal joint assembly. Drive front univer-
aal joint aaatmbly from shaft. Pull shaft forward
to disengage it from splined yoke of rear universal
joint assembly and remove drive shaft from rear
o( frame front crossmember.
Draining and Cleaning (Fig 3)
6. R-,mow, pip<: plugs (35 and 47) from clutch
housing assembly and worm housing assembly.
Drain lubricant
7. Clean exterior of winch assembly, drive shaft
assembly and cable assembly with dry cleaning
solvent and dry with oompressed air.
Disassembly (Fla 3)
8. Raise clutch shifter handle knob (57) and
engage clutch shifter handle {56) in outside hole
of clutch indexing plate '63). Unwind cable assem-
bly from cable drum assembly. Remove set screw
from drum and remove cable assembly Crom drum
assembly.
Page 2
CANADIAN ARMY
EME MANUAL
FIG 2- WIMCH D 1sooNNBcr POINTS
9. Remove four cap screws ( 75) and lockwasbers
(74) and remove spacer plate ( 73) from winch.
10. Remove nut (St) from winch spacer bar (40)
at clutch housing assembly end. .
11. Pry clutch housing assembly from cable
drum assembly by inserting two large screw drivers
between housing and drum.
12. Loosen nut (39) and unscrew winch &pacer
bar (40) from worm housing assembly (6) .
13. Remove sliding clutch keys (43) from cable
drum shaft (9) with a punch and hammer. Re.m ove
cable drum retainer ring (70) and cable drum
assembly (72) from cable drum shaft.
REPAJR PROCEDURE
CLUTCH HOUSING ASSEMBLY
Disassembly ( Fi& 3}
14. T he clutch housing bushing type bearing ia a
press fit in the clutch housing a86embly and is
serviced only with the housing assembly. T)le
clutch housing assembly must be replaced if the
bearing is worn or damaged .
15. Remove pipe plug from lcycl opening and
pipe plug (52) from filler opening in clutch housing.
16. Remove clutch housing grease seal (65) from
clutch housing with puller, Fig 4. Discard greaSG
seat.
17. Remove two machine screws (44), lockwashers
(4S) and cable drum drag brake assembly (46)
lrom clutch housing.
18. Remove sliding clutch (69) and cable drum
retainer ring (66) from clutch hou.ing.
haue l - Jan . 1954
 CANADIAN ARMY VEHICLES
EME MANUAL D 114 INSTR 14

10
5 5657 9

~
~~\-58
54
59~
61
1---62 67 68

a-::6~~r~
_-1;W J
T
35
~ \'20
L2,
43
\·~44
' 45
2

41
34 ?•
33
32
r1,
i2 23
'
5 1~ 46
50_.Go-_
49
_...9 48
47
,......,. 3J~A:til i)s
29 28 ~'
:,~2

FJG 3- WIN CH A SSEMBLY- EXPLODED Vrnw

1- Sc,..w- ap 28- Houalng- ufoty brake 63- Soal- groao-lutch shifter shaft

e
2- WHher-lock 29- Band- afoty brake 64- Washar-plaln

3-S.al- greas-worm 1haft 30-Koy- woodruff 5S-Scrow-•t

4-Con-bearlng-o r m shaft 31 - Drum-aafoty brako 66 - Handle- olutch shlftor

It-Spacer-worm shaft bearing 32- GHkoi-orm housing boating 67- Knob--clutch shifter handle
retainer 5S--Sprlng-lutch shifter handle knob
6-Houslng-orm
7- Plug- plpe 33- Spacor- otm shaft bearing 59-Key- woodruff
34- Koy -worm 60-Shaft-lutch shifter handle knob
8--Key-orm gen
JS- Plug- pip& 61 - Shaft--clutoh shifter
9-Shaft-ble drum
36- Bearlng-orm housing 62- Screw-maohlne
10-GHk•t-orm housing cover
37- Seal- greue-oable drum 63-Plate-<>lutoh lndexln.11
11-COve..--orm houalng
38--Boarlng-cablo drum 64- Housln11-<>lutch
12- Vent
13- Wuhor--lock 39-Nut 65-Soal-grease--clutch housing
40-Bar -wlnch spacer 66-Rlng-cablo drum retainer
14-Scrow- ap
41 - Nut 67- Fork--clutoh shifter
15-Plug- p l pe
42- Pln--cable drum bearing
16-Gear--worm 68- Screw-•t
43- Key- lldl ng clutch ~lutch-lldlng
17- Worm
44- Scrow-,nachln• 70-Rlng-oablo drum retainer
18-Shoft- orm
4S-Washor--lock 71-Bearlng-cable drum
1~on- worm 1haft bearing
46-Brak-ablo drum drag 72-Drum--cable
20- Seal-grea - wotm 1haft
21- Retalnor--worm houalng beari ng 47- Plug- p l pe 73-Plat.-pacer
48-Spaco,.._lutch housing expansion
22- Screw-aet 74-Washer--lock
p l ug
23- Nu t -Jam 75-Scrow-ea p
49--Plug-clutch housi ng ospanslon
24- Waaher- look 76--Retalner-bearlng- worm hou.slng
~ Snap r i ng-clutch shifter shaft
25-Screw- ap n-Gaskot- worm hou_slng bearing
51 - Nut retainer
26- Nut- Jam
62--Plug-lpe 78-Pl n-blo drum bearing
27- Sprlng- aafety brake

e
l$sue 1- Jan. 1954 Pa~e 3
 VEHICLES
D 114 INSTR 14
FIG 4-RBNOVING CLUTCH HousrNG
G1tEASE SEAL WITU PULLER
19. Move clutch shifter handle (56) off clutch
indexing plate (63) and strike shaCt end of handle
with a plastic hammer to remove clutch housing
expansion plug (49) and clutch housing expansion
plug spacer (48) from bottom ol clutch housing.
Discard plug. Remove clutch shiltcr shaft snap
rin11 (SO) from lower end of clutch shilter shaft {61).
20. Remove set screw (68) from clutch shifter
fork (67).
21. Remove clutch shifter shah {61), clutch
shifter handle (56) and plainwasher (54) from
clutch housing. Remove clutch shifter fork (67)
from clutch housing.
22. Remove two machine screws {62) and remove
clutch indexing plate (63) from cl12tch housing.
23. Remove clutch shifter shaft grease seal {53)
lrom clutch housing. Discard &eal.
24. Remove set screw (55) and press clutch
shifter handle {56) from clutch shilter shalt . (61) .
Kemove ,-·ooclruff key (S9) from shifter shaft.
25. Clamp exposed end of clutch shifter handle
knob shalt (60) between jaws ol a vise and remove
riveted portion of shaft (knob end) with a drill.
Remove clutch shifter handle knob (57} from
shifter handle knob &halt. Lift clutch shifter
Pa&e 4
CANADIAN ARMY
EME MANUAL
handle {56) and clutch shifter handle knob spring
(58) from handle knob shaft. Remove shaft from
vise and cUscard shaft.
NOTE, Do not remove parU from dUldi .Aifw limulk
(56) unle., inspection ~-1• lmll '"Placement i.,
nece'"""Y·
26. Wa.sh all parts except cable drum drag brake
assembly in dry cleaning solvent. Ory with com-
pressed air.
Jn specrloo (Fig 3)
27. Inspect clutch housing assembly (64) for
cracks or damaged threads. Replace housing if
either of chese conditions exist.
28. Inspect machined surfaces at councerboreft
(clutch shifter shaft grease seal (53} and clutch
housing grease seal (65)), for scores or other visual
damage. Replace housing assembly if condition
ol either counterbore is questionable.
29. Measure inside diameter of clutch housing
bushing type ~aring with an inside micrometer.
If the diameter is greater than 1.156 inch, replace
clutch housing assembly.
30. Inspect sliding clutch (69) for worn jaws,
wom fork groove or cracks. II any of these con-
ditions exist, replace sliding clutch.
31. Inspect clutch shifter fork (67) for cracks,
damaged threa ds or other visual damage. Replace
fork if any of theae concUtions exist.
32. Inspect clutch shifter shaft (61) for corrosion
damage, distortion or other visual damage. Replace
shaft if any of these conditions exist.
J3. Inspect cable drum drag brake assembly (46)
for worn lining, loose rivets, cracks or distortion.
If any of these conditions exist, replace cable
drum drag brake assembly.
34. Inspect clutch indexing plate (62) for cracks
or elongated holes. If either of these concUtions
exist , replace plate.
35. Inspect cable drum retainer rings (66 and 70)
for wear or cracks. IC rings are cracked or thickness
of the rings is less than 0.250 inch, replace rings.
36. Inspect clutch shifter ha ndle (56) for cracks
or other visual damage. Handle muse be replaced
if it is not in good concUtion .
37. Inspect clutch ahiftcr handle knob (57) for
cracks or other visual damage. Replace knob if it
is not in good condition.
Issue I- Jan. 1954
CANADIAN ARMY VEHICLES
EME MANUAL D 114 INSTR 14

38. Inspect clutch shifter handle knob spring (58)

for cracks or distortion. II either of these conditions
e.-<lst, replace spring.
39. Inspect sliding clutch keys (43) for wear,
scores or other visual damage. Replace keys if they
are not in good condition.

Reassembly (Fig 3 )
40. If inspection revealed that replacement of
clutch shifter handle parts were necessary, place
clutch shifter handle knob spring (58) on new
clutch shifter handle knob shaft (60) and insert
knob shaft and spring through opening in outer
f
end of clutch shifter handle (56). Place lower
portion of knob shaft on a metal surface and force
the clutch shifter handle knob (57) on upper end
of knob shaft and peen end of shaft into counter•
bore in knob.
41. Install a woodruff key (59) in clutch shifter
shaft (61).
42. Align keyway in clutch shifter handle (56)
with woodruff key on clutch shifter shaft and press
handle on shaft until end of shaft is flush with top
of handle. In.stall a set crew (55) in handle and
tighten.
43. Coot outer surface of new clutch shifter
shaft grease seal (53) with plastic type gasket cement
and install seal in counterbore at top of clutch
housing assembly, Clip of seal toward inside of
housing).
44. Position clutch indexing plate (63) on clutch
housing assembly (64) and install two slotted flat
head rnachim, screws (62). Tighten screws. FlG 5- ·REMOVING C A8LK DRUM GREASE
SEAL WITH Pu1.1. ER
45. Place plainwasher (54) over clutch shifter
shaft grease seal (53) and insert dutch shifter 47. Poeition cable drum drag brake assembly
shaft (6 1) through washer and seal. Piace clutch (46) on clutch housing assembly, Fig 4. Install
shifter fork (67) in clutch housing assembly and two lock washers ( 45) and slolted round head
slide shaft through shifter fork and clutch housing machine screws (44). Tighten screws.
assembly. Align set screw holes in fork and shaft
and install a set screw (68) in shifter fork. Tighten 48. Install pipe plugs (47 and 52) in drain and
screw. filler openings in clutch housing assembly but
tighten only drain plug. Install pipe plug in level
46. Install clutch shifter shaft snap ring (50) in opening of clutch housing assembly but do not
groove on lower end of clutch shifter shaft (61). ti~hten plusr.
Insert clutc:h housing expansion plug spacer (48) in
counterbore at bottom of clutch housing assem- 49. Place cabl~ drum retainer ring (66) on clutch
bly and install clutc:h housing expansion plug (49) housing bushing type bearing in clutch housing
in housing assembly. assembly. Engage sliding clutch (69) with clutch
shifter fork (67) (jaw• exposed).
NOTE: l n,,ra/1 clutch howfrrg upamian plug (49)
apprwtimoldy die .ame diameuir
,dsl, a flat drift of 50. Prepare new clutch housing grease seal (65)
as the plug (convex ,ur/(1(% of pl~ out). by soaking in castor oil or ncatafoot oi l for about

Issu e I- Jan. 1954

 VEHICLES CANADIAN ARMY
D 114 INSTR 14 EME MANUAL

30 minutes and worlc leather by rolling with smooth

round bar until seal is soft and pliable. Coat outer
surface of grease seal with plastic type gasket
cement and install grease seal in clutch housing
assembly {lip of seal in).

CABLE DRUM ASSEMBLY

Dlaaaaembly (Fig 3)
51. Remove cable drum grease IM?al from cable
drum assembly with puller, Fig 5. Discard grease
seal.
52. Remove cable drum bushing type bearings
(38 and 71) with puller, Fig 6.

NOTE: Do TWI """""" co6le bum bwlu,is type bear-

ing, (38and 71 ) unla, irup«rion ~ d i a l ~ -
menl i, neceua,y.

53. Remove cable drum bearing pins (42 and 78)

from cable drum assembly (72). Discard pins.
54. Clean all parts in dry cleaning solvent and
dry Mth comp........d ~ir.
55. Clean cable assembly in a degreaser.

Inspection (Fig 3)
56. Inspect cable drum assembly (72) for broken
welds, distortion or corro<1ion damage. Broken
welds can be repaired by welding. Replace drum
assembly if it is distorted or damaged by corrosion.
57. Inspect sliding clutch jaws on end of drum
assembly for wear and replace drum if there is any
evidfflce of wear.
FIG 6 -REIIOVING CABLB DRUM BUSBtNG
58. Inspect outside surface of cable drum exten· TYPE BBAJUNGS WITH PULLER
sion at clutch housing grease seal end for acorea,
wea.r or other visual damage. If surface is not 62. Inspect cable assembly for broken strands,
in good condition, replace cable drum assembly. damaged locking clamps, distorted eye, damaged
chain or damaged hook. If any of these condition.
59. Measure inside diameter or cable drum bush·
exist, replace cable assembly.
ing type bearings (38and 71) withan inside microm-
eter. Replace bearings if dimenaion is greater 63. Inspect spacer plate (73) for distortion, cor•
than 1.761 inch. Inspect Ranged surface of bearings rosion damage or cracks. If any of these conditions
for wear and replace bearings if wear is evident. exist, replace spacer plate.
60. Inspect cable drum grease oeal counter bore 64. Inspect winch spacer bar ( 40) for worn or
(worm housing end) for evidence of mutilation or damaged threads, cracks or distortion. If any of
sooring. If either of theac conditions exist, replace these conditions exist, replace bar.
cable drum assembly.
ReaMembly (Fig 3)
61. Inspect cable set screw threads i.n cable drum
for wear or damage. If threads are worn or dam- 65. If inspection revealed that replacement of
aged it will be necessary to drill and tap drum for a cable drum bushing type bearings (38 and 71) was
new, larger set screw. necessary, install bearings in cable drum assembly

Page 6 Issue I- Jan. 1954

CANADIAN ARMY
EME MANUAL
with an arbor press. Rerun bearings if necessary,
so that cable drum shaft is a slip fit in bearings.
66. I>rill a new hole through flange of bearings
and into cable drum assembly for cable drum
bearing pins (42 and 78). Depth of hole must be
exact to insure full pin engagement with bearing
flange. Drive new cable drum bearing pins in
holes so that they are just flush with flange surface
of bearings.
67. Prepare cable drum grease seal {37) by soaking
in castor oil or neatsfoot oil for about 30 minutes
and work leather by rolling with smooth round
bar until seal is soft and pliable. Coat outer surface
of grease seal retainer with plastic type gasket
cement and install grease seal (lip' toward inside of
drum assembly) with replacer.
68. Install hex socket cup point cable set screw in
cable drum assembly, but do not tighten until
cable is installed.
WORM HOUSING ASSEMBLY WITH CABLE
DRUM SHAFf
Disasse1nbly (Fit 3)
69. Remove three jam nuts (26) from safety
brake band assembly and remove safety brake
spring {27).
70. Remove three cap screws (25) and lockwashers
(24) from safety brake housing (28). Remove
safety brake housing.
NOTE: A fourth cap screw is located between the
safety brake band adjusting stud and flange of safety
brake housing, and must be loosened with an end
wrench as screw and housing must be removed as an
assembly.
71. Remove four cap screws (1) and lockwashers
(2) and remove worm housing bearing retainer
assembly (76) and worm housing bearing retainer
gaskets (77) from worm housing.
72. Remove worm shaft assembly by turning the
worm shaft counterclockwise as shaft is withdrawn
from worm housing assembly.
73. Remove set screw (22) from safety brake
drum (31) and pull drum from worm shaft (18).
Remove woodruff key (30) from worm shaft.
74. Remove worm housing bearing retainer assem-
bly (21) and worm housing bearing retainer gas-
kets (32).
Issue 1-Jan. 1954
VEHICLES
D 114 INSTR 14
75. Remove worm shaft bearing cones (4 and 19)
from worm shaft (18) with an arbor press. Remove
worm shaft bearing spacers (5 and 33), worm (17)
and worm key (34) from worm shaft.
NOTE: Do not remove wonn shaft bearing cones (4 and
19) or wonn (17) from wonn shaft (18) unless in-
spection reveals replacement is necessary.
76. Remove worm shaft grease seal assemblies
(~ and 20) from worm housing bearing retainer
assemblies (21 and 76).
NOTE: Do not remove the bearing cups from the worm
housing bearing retainers, as the retainers and bearing
cups must be serviced as an assembly.
77. Remove safety brake band assembly (29)
from safety brake housing (28). Remove jam nut
(23) from band assembly.
78. Remove three cap screws (14) and lockwashers
( 13), and remove worm housing 'cover assembly ( 11)
from worm housing assembly (6). Remove worm
housing cover gasket (10).
NOTE: Do not remove bushing type bearing from
worm housing cover assembly (11) as the wonn housing
cover and bearing must be serviced as an assembly.
79. Remove cable drum shaft ~~) and worm
gear (16) as an assembly from worm housing
assembly.
80. Remove worm gear (16) from cable drum shaft
(9) with an arbor press.
NOTE: Do not remove wonn gear (16) from cable
drum shaft (9) unless inspection reveals that replace-
ment of either part is necessary.
81. Remove two worm gear keys (8) from cable
drum shaft.
82. Do not remove worm housing bushing type
bearing (36) from worm housing assembly (6)
unless inspectio~ reveals replacement is necessary.
If replacement is necessary, remove bearing with
an arbor press.
83. Remove pipe plugs (7 and 15) from filler and
lubricant level openings in worm.housing assembly.
84. Remove vent assembly (12) from worm
housing cover assembly (11).
85. Wash all parts in dry cleaning solvent. Dry
the parts, except roller bearings, with dry com-
pressed air.
Page 7
 VEHICLES
D 114 INSTR 14
CAUTION: Bearings must not be dried or spun with
compressed air.
Inspection (Fig. 3)
86. Inspect worm housing assembly (6) for cracks,
damaged or worn threads, scored bearing bore or
damaged machined surfaces. If any of these
conditions exist, replace worm housing assembly.
87. Measure inside diameter of worm housing
bushing type bearing (36) with an inside microm-
eter. If dimension is greater than 1.756 inch,
replace bearing.
88. Inspect worm housing cover assembly (11)
for cracks, damaged threads or damaged machined
surfaces. If any of these conditions exist, replace
worm housing cover assembly.
89. Measure inside diameter of bushing type
bearing in worm housing cover assembly with an
inside micrometer. If dimension is greater than
1.756 inch, replace worm housing cover assembly.
90. Inspect .vent assembly (12) for clogged
opening, weak or broken spring or other visual
damage. Remove obstructions from vent opening
or replace vent if it is not in good condition.
91. Inspect cable drum shaft (9) for scores,
worn keyways or other visual damage. Replace
shaft if it is not in good condition. Measure
diameter of shaft at points of wear with an outside
micrometer. If diameter of shaft is less than 1.745
inch, replace shaft.
92. Inspect worm gear (16) for worn teeth or
other visual damage. Replace worm gear if it is
not in good condition.
93. Inspect worm shaft bearing cones (4 and 19)
for scores, corrosion, wear or chipping. If the
bearing cones are not in good condition, replace
bearing cones and worm housing bearing retainer
assemblies (21 and 76).
94. Inspect worm (17) for wear, pits, scores,
chips or. other visual damage. Replace worm if
it is not in good condition.
95. Inspect worm shaft (18) for corrosion damage
or damaged keyways. Replace shaft if either of
these conditions exist.
96. Measure diameter of worm shalt at points of
wear with an outside micrometer. If dimension
is less than 1.0005 inch, replace worm shaft.
Pag.e 8
CANADIAN ARMY
EME MANUAL
97. Inspect worm shaft bearing spacers (5 and
33) for distortion or other visual damage. Replace
spacers if they are not in good condition.
98. Inspect worm key (34) for wear or scores. If
either of these conditions exist, replace key.
99. Inspect worm housing bearing retainer assem-
blies (21 and 76) for cracks or damaged machined
surfaces. If either of these conditions exist, replace
worm housing bearing retainer assemblies.
100. Inspect bearing cups in worm housing
bearing retainer assemblies for scores, pitting,
wear, cracks or other visual damage. I{ bearing
cups are not in good condition replace worm
housing bearing retainer assemblies and worm
shaft bearing cones (4 and 19).
101. Inspect safety brak;e drum (31) for scores,
cracks or other visual damage. Replace drum if
any of these conditions exist. Measure diameter of
drum with an outside micrometer, and if the
dimension is less than 2.970 inch, replace drum.
102. Inspect safety brake band assembly (29)
for worn lining, loose rivets, cracked band, broken
welds or damaged threads. If lining is worn or
band is not in good condition, install a new safety
brake band assembly.
103. Inspect safety brake spring (27) for cracks,
distortion or other visual damage. Replace spring
if not in good condition.
104. Inspect safety brake housing (28) for cracks
or other visual damage. Replace housing if it is not
in good condition.
Reassembly (Fig. 7)
105. If inspection revealed that the worm housing
bushing type bearing, 36, Fig 3, required replace-
ment, install a new bearing in worm housing
assembly, 6, Fig 3, with an arbor press. Ream
bearing if necessary, so that cable drum shaft is a
slip fit in bearing.
106. If worm or worm shaft bearing cones were
removed install worm key, 34, Fig 3, in worm
shaft (11). Install worm shaft bearing spacer (13)
on shaft so that slot engages with worm key.
Start worm shaft bearing tone (12) on shaft (small
end toward end of shaft). Press cone on shaft with
an arbor press until it contacts the worm shaft
bearing spacer.
107. Place worm (14) on worm shaft followed by
worm shaft bearing spacer ( 15) and engage slot
in spacer with worm key. Start worm shaft bearing
Issue 1-Jan.1954
CANADIAN ARMY VEHICLES
EME MANUAL U 114 lNST R 14

11
T 249 •1 175

FIG 7-\VORM, WORM HOUSING AND RELATED PAltTS

1-C....,__fft hev.Jn9
,~,,..,.
._Ga1k~ w m hou1lf'lt Marine 17-Ga•llet.
NUllfMf'
orM hou.1ln11 bearing

i - c -11 ...- . . - " ' hov1l n t " " • '

10-P1u1- ,1pe
>-H-•fn.,-w-,n
11- Sh• ft-o""
~w,1- pJpe
1 1 - C . n - , haft bMrlnt 20-Nvt- Jam
~v...1:

·--
1S-Spu- W W"\ •h•II IMorint 21- s,..1n9-;afet.1 brake
I-W• 1M,-.10011
22-.S.N-ap
7-$1....-.o p
15-S~Of'ffl 1h•ft l,Hrlnt 23-W..tt.r-loek
&-<~ fn.,.......wor"' how,1n1 k • rlne
1J-C.O,..-wonn 1haft boa,t n1 ~He.....rn..-.,ety .,,.., .

cone (16) on shaft (small end toward end of shaft)
and press bearing on shafl with an arbor press until
it just contacts spacer. Change eet-up of shait
in arbor press and support the aseembly on lace of
lower beari ng cone Apply pr~urP with :rn Arbor
pre95 on other bearing cone to firmly lock spacers
and worm on shaft. Remove shaft from arbor
preta.
CA UT/ON: Make certain that bearing cone
polY<l on a 1/e,,vo that i, smaller in di,u,,eu,r than 1M
opening of the boa.ring cage a, da,ruzge to the cage t<-ill
de,troy bearing.
108. Lubricate worm shaft ~ g cones ( 12 and
16) with gear lubricant. Place worm shaft assem·
b ly in worm housing.
109. Position four worm housing bearing retainer
gaskets (9 and 17) on each worm housing bearing
retainer assembly (8 and 18). Position worm
housing bearing retainer a55emblics and gaskets on
worm housing assembly, nnd a lign ohaft in bearing
cups. Install four lockwashers. 2 and 24, Fig 3,
and cap screws, I a nd 25, fig 3, in each retainer.
Tighten screws.
110. Insert a punch in hole at drive end of worm
shaft and oscillate shaft back and forth to seat
bearing cone rollers. Remove or install worm
housing bearing retainer gaskets until bearings
have a slight drag when shaft ls oscillated. Remove
u ,u.p· bearing retainers, gaskets and worm shalt assembly
from worm housing.
NOTE: V ariarl,,n mu.t not exoted one pk< on either
bearing rel4iner. Tie ga.,kei. to tech beoring ~iner
IO in&ure a proper beoring adjwunent when porn are
reauembled.
111. Prepare new wonn shaft grease seal assem·
blict, 3 and 20, Fig 3, by soaking in castor oil or
neatsfoot oil for about 30 nunutes and work leather
by rolling with smooth round bar until seal is
soft and pliable. Coot outer surface of greaee
se:ils with planic type gasket cement and install

luu e 1-Jan. ICJ~ Page 9

 VEHICLES
D 114 INSTR 14
Fto 8-SAFRTY BllAltK BAND AsSRl,CBLY
IN H OUSING
seals in worm housing bearing retainer assemblies,
21 nnd 76, Fig. 3, (lip of narrow seal out).
112. Position worm housing bearing retaincr
all8Cmbly (18) and worm housing bearing retainer
gaskets (17) on worm shaft. Install woodruff key,
30, Fig 3, in worm shaft and press safety brake
rlrurn ( IC)) nn •h•ft .,.. th.r r• .,., of dnom hob is
flush with end of shaft (set screw hole out). Install
set screw, 22, Fig 3, in safoty brake drum and
tighten set screw.
113. Install a lockwasher and cap screw in safety
brake housing adjacent to holes that are drilled
for the threaded ends of the safety brake band
assembly, as this screw cannot be installed after
the safety brake band assembly is in the housing.
114. Install jam nut on short threaded end of
safety brake band assembly. Position safety brake
band assembly in safety brake housing, Fig 8,
(short threaded end of safety brake band assembly
at bottom). Install jam nut on outside end ol abort
threaded end of safety brake band assembly. Position
jam nuts so that threaded end of safety brake band
assembly will be approximately flush with outside
nut when nut is tightened.
115. Install safety brake spring (21) on threaded
end of safety brake band assembly followed by
one jam nut (20). Nut muet be juet Aueh with
threaded end ol band.
I 16. Position salety brake housing (24) on safety
brake drum.
Page 10
CANADIAN ARMY
EME MANUAL
117. If worm gear, 16, Fig 3, was removed,
install two worm gear keys, 8, Fig 3, in cable drum
shaft, 9, Fig 3.
118. Install worm gear on cable drum shalt with
an arbor press. Press gear on shalt until measure-
ment from gear hub to end of shaft is 1.562 inch.
CA UT/ON: Thi, dimen.,ion i, importan1 "' tAe
pro~r po,irioning of tAe wcmn gear e,klhlishes tAe
correct end play for tAe oobk drum.
119. Lubricate worm housing bushing type bear-
ing, 36, Fig 3, with gear lubricant and install cable
drum shaft and worm gear in worm housing assem-
bly as an aBSembly.
120. Position a new worm housing cover gasket,
10, Fig 3, on worm housing cover assembly, II,
Fig 3, and po6ition cover assembly on worm
housing with vent opening at top. Install three
lockwashers and cap screws, 13 and 14, Fig 3.
Tighten cap screws. Check end play of cable drum
shaft. Install additional worm hou.sing cover gas·
kets if necessary, until a small amount of end play
is <evident.
121. Install vent asscmbly, 12, Fig 3, in worm
housing cover.
122. Install pipe ,plugs. 7 and 35, Fig 3, in filler
and drain openings of worm housing aBSembly.
Tighten plug only in drain opening.
123. Insert worm shaft aBSembly in worm housing
assembly (from lubricant level opening end of
housing) and <engage worm with worm gear and
tum cable drum shaft until worm housing bearing
retainer assembly ( 18) is fully seated in worm
housing assembly. Install worm housing bearing
retainer gaskets (9) and worm housing bearing
retainer assembly (8) on worm housing.
124. Position safety brake housing (24) on safety
brake drum (19), (aafety brake spring (21) down),
and start cap screw (22) in worm housing, lnatall
other seven lockwashen, and cap screws in the
two worm housing bearing retainer assemblies.
Tighten cap screws.
125. Insert a Jong punch through hole in drive
end of worm ahnft (II) eo that shaft can be oscil-
lated as brake adjustment is performed.
126. Osclllate worm shaft (II) and tighten jam
nut (20) until a noticeable drag is apparent in one
direction. Hold jam nut, install and tighte.n other
jam nut (20) to lock adjustment.
luue I- Jan . 1954
CANADIAN ARMY VEHICLES
EME MANUAL D 114 INSTR 14

19

T249-1176
17

FIG 9-DRIVE SHAl:J: UNIVERSAL JOINT- EXPLODED VIEW

1-Shaf-wlnch drive
2- Coll•r,-ctrlve shaft
3--Yoke--Nar apllned
4-Retalnel"-ilnlversal Joint bearing seal
5-Seal-unlversal Joint bearing
6--Bearlng-unlversal Joint bushing type
7-Rlng-sru,p-unlversal Joint bearing
8---Rlng-snap-unlversal Joint bearing
&-Bearing-universal Joint buahlng type
10-Seal- unlver.sal Joint bearing
11- Retalner-unlveNal Joint bearing seal
12- Serew- aet
13--Yoke- power take off
1<4-Wl...-locklng
1S-Retalner-unh,eNal Joint bearing .seal
16--Seal- unlvorsal Joln-i bearing
17- Bearlng- unlversal Joint bu•hlng type
18- Rlng-snap-unlversal Joint bearing
1~ f'ltt lng- lubrloant
~ o u rnal- unlversal Joint
21- Retalner-unlverul Joint bearing seal
22- Seal - unlversal Joint bearing
23-Bearlng- unlvorsal Joint bushing type
24-Rlng- nap-unlveraal Joint bearing
25-Wlr- looklng
28-- f'lttlng- lubrloant
27- Serew- cap

DRIVE SHAFT ASSEMBLY 128. Remove drive shaft rear universal joint
Disassembly (Fi~ 9) assembly from splined end of drive shaft.

127. Remove locking wire and set screw from
drive shaft front universal joint assembly. Drive
front universal joint assembly from drive shaft
with a plastic hammer. Remove woodruff key from
drive shaft.
129. Remove lubricating fittings from rear splined
yoke (3), universal joint journals (20) and winch
end yoke, Fig 1.
130. Remove universal joint bearing snap rings
(7 , 8, 18 and 24).

Issue 1-Jan. 1954 Page 11

 VEHICLES
D 114 INSTR 14
F'1G 10-REMOVlNG ROLLEk BEARING
f,SSEMBLV FRO),( U NIVER,SAL JOINT
NOTE: The univerM1l joirtt bu.,hing ~vpe bearing..•
(6, 9, 17 and 23) are a pre<, fit in the yokes am/ tlw
proper remo,oal procedure m1£St be followed to prevem
damage of part,.
131. Position a 1 inch socket over universal
joint bushing type bearing (6, 9, I 7 and 23) and a
116 inch socket on bearings and force bearings from
yokes with a vise, Fig 10, or an arbor press.
132. Change the position of the sockets so that
the l1'6 inch sockeL is against the end ot 1.he universal
joint journals (20) and the 1 inch socket is over the
bearing assembly. Remove bearings as described in
Para 131.
133. Remove other bearings as outlined in Para
131. Remove journals from yokes.
134. Remove universal joint bearing seals (S,
10, 16 and 22). Discard seals.
135. Remove universal joint bearing seal retainers
(4, 11, 15 and 21).
136. Wash all parts in dry cleaning solvent and
dry with comprt-ssed air.
Inspection (Fig 10)
137. Inspect universal joint Journals (20) for
wear, corrosion, scores, cracks or other visual
damage. If wear is evident, measure journal pins
with a micrometer. I[ the journals arc not in good
condition or the diameter of the journal pins is
less than 0.6485 inch , replace journals.
138, Inspect universal joint bushing type bearings
(6, 9, 17 and 23) for wear, corrosion, scores or
CANADIAN ARMY
EME MANUAL
cracks. If wear is evident, measure inside diamete r
of bea rings with an inside micrometer. If inside
dimension is greater than 0.660 inch, or there is
evidence of corrosion, scores or cracks, replace
bearings.
139. Inspect universal joint bearing seal retainers
(4, II, 15 and 21) for distortion or corrosion damage.
Rep.lace retainers if they are not in good condition.
14-0. ln&pect power take-off y oke (13), winch end
yoke, Fig l, and front yoke, Fig l , for corrosion
damage, cracks or other visual damage. Replace
yokes if they are not in good condition.
141. JMSif.lP.r.t rP:tr Sipli·ne<I yoke (3) for wea r ,
corrosion damage, scores, cracks or other visual
damage. Inspect splines for wear and if yoke is not
in good condition, install new yoke.
142. Inspect universal joint bearing snap rings
(7, 8, 18 a nd 24) for distortion or other visual
damage. Snap rings must be replaced if they are
not in good condition.
143. Inspect lubricating fittings ( 19 a nd 26) a nd
fitting from winch end yoke, Fig 1, !or worn
threads or other visual damage. If lubricating
fittings are not in good condition they must be
replaced.
144. Inspect drive shaft (1) for misalignment,
worn splines or damaged keyway. T he shaft must
be replaced if any of these conditions exist.
Reassembly (Fig 9)
145. Install universa l joint bearing seal retainers
(4, 11, 15 and 21) on each universal joint journal
(20).
146. Soak universal joint bearing seals (5, 10,
16 and 22) in light engine oil for approximately 30
minutes before installation. Install seals on
journals.
147. Place universal joint journals (20) in power
take-off yoke (13) and winch end yoke, Fig 1 , so
that the lubricating fitting openings in journals
are toward yoke.
148. Apply a coating of general purpose grease
to inside of universal joint bushing type bearings
(6, 9, 17 and 23) and position two of the bearings
(9 and 17) in the yokes and force them in position
between jaws ot a vise or with an arbor press,
Press bearings into yokes until the snap ,fog groove
Issue 1- Jan. 1954
CA,NADIAN ARMY VEHICLES
EME MANUAL D 114 INSTR 14

is fully expo&ed and install universal joint bearing

enap rinp (8 and 18)
149. Engage journal (20) in opening at rear
,plined yoke (3) and front yoke, Fig 1, and install
other bearings (6 and 23) and snap rings (7 and 24).
150. lnsuill square head cone point set screw (12)
in power take-off yoke ( 13) and insert locking wire
(14) in set screw. Place wire around yoke to prevent
loss of parts.
151. Install lubricating fitting (19) in each
universal joint journal (20). Install lubricating
fitting (26) in rear splined yoke (3). Install lubri-
cating fitting in winch end yoke.
152. Install woodruff key in front end of drive
shaft. Install front universal joint assembly on FIG 11- AoJUSTL'fG WLNCR DRUM BRAKE
front end of drive shaft and align set screw hole
in yoke with indentation on shaft. Install square Maembly. Exercise care to alig,n keys on cable
head cone point set screw in yoke and tighten drum ah:tih with 1lidjng clutch keyw~ys: and this
screw. Install locking wire through set screw head must also apply to the cable drum shaft, cable
and around yoke. drum retainer ring and bushing type bearing in
clutch housing assembly.
153. Install rear universal joint assembly on
splined end of drive abaft so that universal joint 160. P0&ition spacer plate ( 73) on worm housing
bearings on the front yoke and splined yoke an in aMCmbly (6) and clutc h houaing ~mbly (64).
line. Install four lockwashers (74) and cap screws (75).
154. Lubricate universal joints and rear splined Tighten cap screws.
yoke with general purpose grease.
161. Turn winch spacer bar (40) into worm
Reassembly (Fii 3) housing assembly (6) as far as it will go and tighten
nut ( 39). Tum nut (4 1) at opposite end, finger
155. Lubricate cable drum bushing type bearings
tight, against clutch housing oS6Cmbly (64) and
(38 and 71) with general purpose grease. Install
install and ti1thten nut on bar.
cable drum assembly (72) on cable drum shaft (9)
(grease seal toward worm housing). 162. Remove pipe plugs from lubricant level
156. Position cable drum retainer ring (70) on openings in worm housing assembly (6) and clutch
cable drum shaft. Install two sliding clutch keys housing assembly (64). Remove pipe plugs ( 7 and
(43) in ke)"'>ays of cable drum shaft. 52) from filler openings in worm housing and
clutch housing. Fill housing with gear lubricant
157. Install two nuts (39 and 41) on winch spacer until lubricant just runs out of level openings.
bar ( 40) and turn nuts to the bottom of threads- Install plugs.
Install short threaded end of winch spacer bar in
worm housing assembly. 163. Insert end of cable in opening provided in
cable drum and tighten hex socket cup point cable
158. Turn worm shaft (18) with a punch at
drive end until slidirig clutch keys (43) are straight set screw. Tighten set screw with a set screw
wrench to ret<>in cable. Power drive winch and
up and down in relation to the worm housing
auembly. Place clutch housing assembly on wind cable on cable drum. Wind until c:-able and
chain are firmly in position with cable hook over
bench, open end up, and align cahle drum retainer
ring (66) and sliding clutch (69) with bearing in winch spacer bar, Fig I.
clutch housing assembly (64) to faci litate instal-
NOTE: Posilion winch a, in.,talled on truck and tum
lation ol cable drum shaft (9).
u,onn shofl until rohk opening in oohle drum i,, "' u,p.
159. Install worm housing assembly (6) complete Install cable from fronl of i<indi around bottom of
with cable drum MSCmbly on clutch housing cable drum.

lsoue t- JAn . 1'1!14 Paae 13

 VEHICLES
D 114 INSTR 14
Installation (Fig 2).
164. Install drive shnft on splined yoke a t rear
of universal joint assembly. Install lront universal
joint assembly on shaft. Tighten set screw and
install locking wire.
165. Position winch on frame and install ten
cap screws and lockwashers in winch to frame and
winch to bumper brackets.
166. Engage front universal joint assembly with
winch worm sha ft. Tighten set screw on yoke at
splined end of drive shaft assembly and install
locking wire.
CANADIAN ARMY
EME MANUAL
167. Install shear pin and cotter pin in winch
end yoke on winch drive shaft.
Adjustment (Fig 11)
168. 1£ winch drum spins when t he cable is bei ng
released it will be necessary to adjust the brake.
Loosen lock nut and turn adjusting nut to increase
tension on spring to tighten brake. Reduce tension
on spring to loosen brake. When adjustment is
completed hold adjusting nut and tighten lock
nut.

TABLE I- WINCH TROUBLES AND REMEDIES

SYMPTOMS PROBABLE CAUSE PROBABLE REMEDY

Lubricant Leakage Worn worm shaft grease seals Install new seal assemblies.
Loose worm shaft bearing Check and adjust worm shaft
bearing.
Worn clutch housing grease seal Install new seal assemblies.
Worn cable drum grease seal Install new cable drum grease seal.
Winch Fails to Operate Broken shear pin Replace shear pin.
Sliding clutch disengaged from Engage sliding clutch.
winch cable drum
Noisy Operation of Winch Insufficient lubrication of winch Check lubricating fittings and
cable drum shaft lubricate.
Excessive end play in winch worm Check and adjust
shaft
Winch Not Holding Load Improper adjustment of safety Tighten brake band adjustment
brake until the brake holds properly.
Winch Drum Spins when Improper adjustment of winch Tum the adjusting nut clockwise
Cable ls Released drum brake until the spinning ls overcome.

TABLE II- -WINCH AND DRIVE SHAFT SPECIFICATIONS

WINCH
General
Make ............... . Braden
Model .. . .. . .. ..... . . . LU-4
Capacity . .. ......... . 7500 Pounds
Mounted .. . . .. .. ... . . On Frame in Front of Radiator
Weight .. ... .... . .. . . . 250 Pounds
Lubricant Capacity . . . 1 Imperial Quart
Gear Ratio . ..... ... . . 29:1

Page 14 Issue 1- Jan. 1954

CANADIAN ARMY VEHICLES
EME MANUAL D 114 INSTR 14
TABLE II- WINCH AND DRIVE SHAFT SPECIFICATIONS-(CONT'D)
Cable
Size ..... .. .. .. . ..... .. ... . . . . . • . .. .•.. . .... . • 'KG lnch
Length . ... . . . . ..... .. , .. , , , .. . • . • .. , , • .. . . . , . 150 Feet
WINCH DRIVE SHAFT
General
Make . . . .... ,, ,,, .. . .. ,., . , ... ,., ,. Blood Brothers
Model. . ... .. . . .. . . . .. .. . .. . ..... . . . 4080
Length (Center to Center of Joints) . 41''1& Inch
Diameter . . .. . . . .... . ... . .. ..... . . . 1).1 Inch
UNIVERSAL JOINTS
Type .......... .. .. . ......... . . . ... . Cross and Trunolon

TABLE III-WINCH AND DRIVE SHAFT REPAIR AND REBUILD STANDARDS

General
The repair and rebuild standards included in this table iive the minimum and the maximum sizes
and clearances of new or rebuilt parts as well as wear limits, which indicates that point to which a part or
parts may be worn before replacement, in order to receive maximum service with minimum replacement.
Normally, all parts which have not been worn beyond the dimensions shown in the "Wear Limits" column
or damaged from corrosion will be approved for service. Minimum, maximum and wear limit dimensions
are inches unless otherwise specified.

z.
r-
L

...._ G

FIG 12- WINCH PARTS

hsue 1-Jan. 19S4 Page IS
 VEHICLES CANADIAN ARMY
D 114 INSTR 14 EME MANUAL

TABLE III-WINCH AND DRIVE SHAFT REPAIR AND REBUILD

STANDARDS--(CONT'D)

Size and Flt

FIi!., Ref. Wear
Point of Measurement of New Parts
No. Letter Limits
Min. Max.

12 A lnside diameter of worm housing bushing type

3 36 bearlnl!, 1.749 1.751 1.756
12 B Inside diameter of clutch housing bushing
3 64 type. hearinl!, 1.749 1.751 1.756
12 C Inside diameter of cable drum bushing
3 38, 71 type bearing 1.7550 1,7565 1.761
11 D Inside diameter of worm housing cover
3 11 bushing type bearing 1.7{9 1.751 1.756
l2 E Outside diameter of journal pins 0.650 0.652 0.6485
10 20
12 F Inside diameter of un.l versal joint b~sbin&
10 6, 9, type bearing 0.656 0.65S 0. 660
11, 23

1l G Outside diameter of coble drum sboft 1.747 1.750 1.745

3 9

12 Thickness of cable drum retainer rings 0.250 0.235

3 " · 70
66, J

12 K Outside diameter of safety brake drum 3.000 2.970

3 31

12 L Outside diameter of worm shaft 1.0005 1.0015

3 18

Pa!le 16 Issue 1-Jan. 1954

CANADIAN ARMY VEHICLES
EME MANUAL D 114 INSTR 15

TRUCKS 3/ 4 TON 4 x 4 DODGE

Truck Cario M37 (CDN)
Truck Command M42 (CDN).
Truck Ambulance M43 (CDN)
FIELD AND BASE REPAIRS
CAB, BODY, HOOD, FENDERS AND GUARDS

INDEX SUBJECT PARA

CAB
General ............... . ....... .. . . 1
REPAIR PROCEDURES
DOOR ASSEMBLY
Removal ...... . ......... .. . . . . 2
Disassembly .......... .... . .. . 4
Inspection ......... .. . .. . .... . 29
Assembly .. . .. . ........ . ..... . 46
Installation .. . .. .. ..... . .. ... . 72
DRIVER'S SEAT
Removal ....... . ..... . .. . ....... . . . 76
Disassembly . . . ..... . ............. . 77
Inspection ........ .... . . . . . .. . 88
Assembly ....... . .. . .. . .. . .. . . 100
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... . 111
WINDSHIELD AND FRAME
Removal . .. . ................. . 112
Disassembly ............ .. .. . . 119
Inspection ......... .. . .. ... . . . 138
Assembly . . ... . ............. . . 152
Installation ............. .... . . 170
WINDSHIELD WIPER MOTOR
Removal ........ . ...... .. .. .. . 175
Disassembly ........... . . .. .. .. . .. . 179
Inspection . ........ .. . . .. .. ..... .. . 189
Assembly ......... . ....... .. .. . . .. . 200
Installation . . . . . .. ...... . .... . .. .. . 218
COWL VENTILATOR ASSEMBLY
Removal ...... . ....... . .. . ... . 222
Disassembly .. ..... . ..... . .. . . 230
Inspection . . . . . . . .. .. . ... . .. . . 236
Assembly ......... .. . .. .. .. .. . . .. . .. .. ... . .
• ,• 247
Installation .... . . .. . .... . .... . 258
CAB SHELL ASSEMBLY
Removal . .......... . .......... . 266
Disassembly . . ..... . ....... . . . 287
Inspection .. . ... . .. . . . . . .. ... . 298
Assembly .. . ..... ... .. ...... . . 316
Installation ...... . . .... . .... . 328
 VEHICLES CANADIAN ARMY
D 114 INSTR 15 EME MANUAL
CAB, BODY, HOOD, FENDERS AND GUARDS
INDEX . - SUBJECT PARA
BODY
General. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 353
REPAIR PROCEDURES-AMBULANCE BODY
PARTITION DOOR
Removal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 355
Disassembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 356
Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 372
Assembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 392
Installation .................................................................... 414
FRONT DOOR ASSEMBLY
Service Reference. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 416
WINDSHIELD AND FRAME
Disassembly ................................................................... 417
Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 419
Assembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 422
Installation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 423
WINDSHIELD WIPER MOTOR
Service Reference. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 438
VENTILATING BLOWER
Removal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 439
Disassembly ................................................................... 446
Inspection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 451
Assembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 467
Installation .................................................................... 473
DRIVER'S AND ATTENDANT'S SEAT
Service Reference. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 480
REAR DOOR ASSEMBLY
Removal ....................................................................... 481
Disassembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 483
Inspection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 508
Assembly ...................................................................... 531
Installation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 557
FOLDING STEP ASSEMBLY
Removal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 560
Disassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 564
Inspection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 568
Assembly ...................................................................... 574
Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 577
COWL VENTILATOR
Service Reference. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 582
AMBULANCE BODY SHELL
Removal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 583
Disassembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 592
Inspection ..................................................................... 619
Assembly. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 644
Installation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 669
Page 2 Issue 1-Jan. 1954
 CANADIAN ARMY VEHICLES
EME MANUAL D 114 INSTR 15

CAB, BODY, HOOD, FENDERS AND GUARDS

INDEX SUBJECT PARA
REPAIR PRO()EDURES-CARGO BODY
CARGO AND COMMAND BODY
Removal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 686
Disassembly . .. . ..... .... .............. . ........... . . . . . ........... .. .. . ...... . 691
Inspection .. . . . . ... .. . . . . . .. . .... . . .. . . . ..... ... ... ... . ... . .. . . . ........ ... ... . 713
Assembly ..... .. . .. .. .. . . .. . .. .. . .. ....... . .... .. .... . . . .... . . .. ....... . .... . .. 728
Installation ........ .. . . ...... . .... . ..... . .. . ... .. . . . .. .. . .. . . . ..... . ..... .. ... . 770
HOOD, FENDERS AND GUARDS
General ...... . .. . ....... . . .. .. . ....... .. . . ... . ..... . 775
REPAIR PROCEDURES
HOOD
Disassembly . . ........ . . . ... . ... ... ... .. ....... . 776
Inspection ... . . ....... ... . . .......... . .. . ....... . 786
Assembly ... .. ........ .... ............ . ......... . 795
FRONT FENDERS
Disassembly . ... ... .. .. . . ... .. . ... .. . . . . . . .. . . . . . 804
Inspection . . ... .... .. ........ . .. .. . . . . .. . ... .. .. . 829
Assembly ... ·. · ...... . . . ............ . . .... ... . . . . . 844
HEADLIGHTS AND RADIATOR GUARDS
Disassembly . ........ . ............. ..... . . ...... . 874
Inspection ... . .......... .. . .. ...... ..... ... . .... . 887
Assembly . .. . . . ..... . . . .. . ... .. . . . . ... . . . . .. .... . 896
REAR FENDERS
Disassembly . ...... .. .. . . .. .......... . . .. ....... . 913
Inspection . . ........ . .. . . ... . ....... . . ... . . ..... . 915
Assembly .. . . ......... . . . ............ .. . .. ...... . 917

CAB 3. Drive door hinge pins from hinges with a short

General
1. The cab, Fig 1, is a closed type, all steel assem-
bly, equipped with doors and folding type wind-
shield. Adjustable glass assemblies are provided in
the doors and windshield frame. The driver's
seat is an adjustable bucket-type assembly and a
storage compartment is accessible by tilting the
seat forward. Adjustments are not provided for
the co-driver's seat but the cushion can be re-
moved for servicing the batteries.
1 fR.EPAIR
~ . ..
PROCEDURES
DOOR ASSEMBLIES
Removal
2. Remove riveted end of door check arm pin
with a grinder or file and drive pin from check arm
with a punch and hammer.
punch and hammer and remove doors.
Disassembly (Fig 2)
IMPORTANT: The door locks, dovetails, window
regul.ators, window !!,lass and weatherstrips can be
inspected without remm:ing these parts from the door.
Do not remove any of these parts until they are in-
spected.
4. Remove inspection cover screws (10) which
will release inspection cover (12) from door.
5. Remove inspection cover liners (11) from cover.
NOTE: Do not remove inspection cover liners unless
inspection reveals replacement is necessary.
6. Lower door glass and remove the lower channel
stop screws and glass frame lower channel stop,
Fig 3.

Issue 1-Jan. 1954 Page 3

 CANADIAN ARMY VEHICLES
EME MANUAL D 114 INSTR 15

1- ~ t l'Mll-lrit
2--Wu\t'i•nil'f p--gla" p.anel
3--W-thert. . l.-ot,.1.-p• r hlntto pllla ,
4-R. . ulator h•ndle
$.--Sc,... a nd wa1M.,.......hanne l run

2-, -,.,
6-aC1e1,1tch+o~ula tJH h~nd le

~,
1- S,cr,ew •nd wa. , . _,...wlator
l -41au run c.han·t1al- t,ont

19--1.7-0 ,-..0..,. sh.ck arm

10-S.,..w a.nd wa1hel"-4t11,.ul.n e.o-,,
11-Unar--lntPfftlo" e;ow..,
18 17 12:-l ft.l p-tlon COYer
13--G,lau run ehennel-.._,.
\i&-Ahtet -1pl l t -- 1 h4iad
1&-WHth#Met - 4 -
1t-$crew • ftCf •••~,.._.h•nnel ru.n
IJ--81.cll- fafflale doveUII
tt-spf'tn....-,f•m•I• deH U II
11-0..., h.andl- u t1I••
20-S."w- doof' handle
21--S.f'• w-doltf' Mndle
22- S..-•w • nd wa•l'l.,._..oo., Ioele
23-Sci,._ a nd w ..l'l....-et'l.anl\el ru"
24-£ecut:c.tte.ft-Nmo•• • ol\trol h• l\d Je
2&-P1tt-rem• 1• M ntrol handle

... 2'-R.mo«. eontrol handle

9 2t~ "l•lnwa1ne.l"-<,...ul.ater • rm plo,o• bracll•t
J9
F'JG 2-Dool\ SHELL, DooR locKS, WINDOW
REGULATOR AIID RELATED PARTS
21'- ..,n-"9ula10, ha n"•
i.--SeNw • -nd wHhe,._Nmet• eont:f'ol
30-S.,..w and wutt.r- JtlHI 1tr,90ket
3t-GIH1 no,-....,.,.
32- S.rew a.nil wuf'l..--9lan 1t.e1P
23-CII.,_...,. w . . 1her,. . 1
:u Sue• d H r WHth• - •
~Loci! a nd Nmot• control
,.._G la.. ,un
al- "f"t b,aclH-t-,-..ulat... ,,..,,..
, . _...... t.tor-left
» -l11mpw--door c.,.,._lc a,m
40--R*lal,..,._aow.r chann•I W , .,uf.ator
41- fteWl....-low.,.. oh•nnel i . ,....,,. tor

NOT E: Do not llmO<'<! glass run, unleu in1pection NOTE: Do not rem<n,-e g/,us /Nim t,lou lower channel
reveal, replacenrern ;. nece.,sary. unleu impection reveal$ repl,,«me111 » neoewuy.

19. Remove rivets (14) which will release glass
runs (36) from glass run channels. Pull runs from
channels.
20. Remove female dovetail blocks (17) and
spring (18) [rom door with a screwdriver.
NOTE: Do Ml remove door weather-l, (15) or upper
loin~ pillar weatherseal (3) un/e,s in,pectlon revea/3
repla~ment i, nece.,sary.
21. Remove •crews (34) and clips (33) from
bottom of door.
22. Pull weatheneals (15) from door.
23. Pull upper hinge pilla.r weatherseal (3) from
door.
24. Remove screws at each side of top of glass
lower channel, Fig 3, which will release the glass
upper channel. Remove glass upper channel.
25. Remove glass by shocking upper ends of glass
lower channel on a wooden or fibre block with lower
channel upside down.
NOTE: Care mu.ti be cxerci.ed duri,., rem"""! of
g/as, to prevent damage to glass /ou;er c:loannel.
26. Remove and discard glass upper filler and
glass fittu.
27. Remove glass lower channel filler spacer, Fig
3, from glass lower channel and discard spacer.

Issue I - Jan. 1954

 VEHICLES CANADIAN ARMY
D 114 INSTR 15 EME MANUAL

• lf any of these conditions exrst, replace weather-

< " ~Cl.AU ..._,;0. """"'
,==·===:.!!!!--~===O!!!llj' strips.
· 34. Inspect regulator handle (4), remote oontrol
I
li-- - ---fttl.l,. ~·u
handle (26) and door outside .handle (19) for cracks
or damage. If either of these conditions exist,
=i=i==--...... replade handles. .

d.l ~ r ,er'fa. 35. · Inspect handle e&tutcheons (6 and 24) for

wear, damage or weak springs. If any of these
~ S,ioe conditions exist, replace th.e .escutcheons. .
36. Inspect lock and remote control (3S) for
wom latch, broken spring, loose rivets or worn
operating parts. If any o f these conditions exist,
__ ... - 2
. replace loclt and remote oontrol assembly.
Ith( '. . . ..,. ~

\tr.# '4,t.....
~ ...,.

""'""""""UIMa (Jo•-
~
.. . .
37. Inspect remote control assembly (35) for
~ cracks or damaged thre,1ds. If eithe.r of these
· conditions exi~"-. replace lock and -remote co~trol
assembly. · ·
. 38. Inspect frqnt and rear glass run channels
(Ir and 13) for worn g)assrunl, cracked channels or
damaged threads.. If glass ru'n s arc worn, install
• n.ew. runs and .rivets. I( channels are cracked or
any of the t hTeads for the attaching screws arc
FIG 3-0ooR Guss FJL.utING CRAN~Ei.S
damaged,
'
replace channels as required.
.
AND RELATED PARTS 39: Inspect door ched< a rm a~mbly. for deterior-
ated bumper ·( 39), damaged spring or i:r.icked arm
28. Remove all traces . of ·cement, corrosion , (?). If bumper is deteriorated it can· be replaced ..
weatheracat. or glass. fill~r from the various parts, If the aqn is cracked or breakage of the springs is
evident, replace door check arm assembly.
JnspecUon ( Fig. l )
40.·. l~spect female ,dovetail bl~ks (17) for ~ r
29. Inspect inspection cover (12) for diatof11on or cracks. If either of these conditions exist,
or corrosion. If cover is damaged or .oorrosion has · reph\ce blocks.
destroyed port-ions of the .metal, replace cov~r.
. .
41. Inspect female. do~etail springs . (18) ior
30. Inspect inspection cover liners . (11) . for distortion' or breaJcage. If either of these conditions
unsatisfactory adhesion to cover or damage. If exist, replace springs. ,:
linen, are damaged or improP,rly loc~ucd 1 rcPlo.cc.
42. lns15CCt' door weatheraeals (IS) · and upper
liners. 0

hlnge •pillar weatherseals (3) . for deteriorati,on or

31. . Inspect regulator assembly (38) for improper looseness. J.f w~therseals -are .detenoratcd; ,install
operation, loose .. · fivets, damaged spring, worn new seals. ' If weathcrseal• are loose at any point,
threads, worn gear tce~h. damaged _pivot bracket . c(ment .-them .to door as required . .
..· ' ~

(37) or broken spot welds. If any of these .con- 43. _Inspect glass' for cracks· o_r discoloration. If
ditions exist, replace regulator assembly, glass is cracked or ,th~re is c)lidcnoe of discoloration,
replace glass. · · · ··
32. Inspect to..·er channel to regu lator retainers
(40 and 41) lor cradcc or distortion. II the.re ••· 44. I i{spect ,glass fill~r a;nd if. the.re ls evidence of
·· ·. any evidence of breakage or distortion or if the · water leakage, replace')iller. . .
retainers do not engage pl'!)perly with pin; on
regulator nrm~. replace retainers. · 4,5; Inspect gl&M upper and" lc;,weo channel for,
· da!tlage, corros~n. broken welds or ~istortion. .
33. Inspect glass weatherstrip nMblie,, ·c2) If any of these conditions·exist, replp.ce channels as
for wear, loose fasteners or damaged retainers. required. · · ·
....
lssu~ i- Jaii. 1954 ·
CANADIAN ARMY
EME MANUAL
Assembly (Fig 2)
46. Place glass lower 'channel filler spacer, Fig 3;
in center of gl~ss lower c~annel. . horizontal position. (pointing toward rear of door).
47. Make certain glass is clean and position glass
filler around sides and bottom of glass.
48. Apply a liberal coating of liquid soap on glass
filler and position glass in lower channel. Force·
glass into position until it·contacts spacer at bottom
of chann~l. If glass i~ a tight fit it may be necessary
to tap it in place .with a ru~ber mallet. ·
49. Install glass upper filler -across top edge of
glass.
50. Positioq glass upper channel ·over glass and
make certain ·it is properly engaged in the lower
channel. Align screw holes, install and tighten
screws.
51. If inspection reveals that replacement .of the
glass runs (36) is neces~ary,_positionnew glass runs
in channels and fasteq in · place., witlt oval. liead, ·
brass, split dveis. · •
52. Insert glass run front channel' (8) (straight
brackets), and rear channel (13) (offset brackets),
through inspection cover opening 1n ·door... Align
channels with screw holes and inst.ill screws· (5, 16
and 23). Tighten screws. ·· · · ·
53. If inspection reveals- ·that.·it is necessary. to
replace the ·door check arm hU:mper. (39), install
new bumper on arm. Insert arm (9) frem inside:
of door'witli rivet holes 'in end of arm toward door
outside panel.
' .
CAUTION: Door cl,eck ~ must be properly
positioned in door or breakage of the arm spring
catch in door is certa,in. to result. ' nuts. Do not tighten nuts· until door gl?,ss is
54. Install weatherstrip :asseiublies. (2) in top
opening of door, with metal retainer dow:n. Engage
snap-on fasteners in.. hol~s .provided in door shell.
. ' . ·.
55. Insert lock and -remote control assembly (35)
up through inspection ~o~er opening ·in .door and .
pos_ition latch• and remote ·controf handle shaft in
openings in door. ·· · · insure proper operation of ,the regulator. . •.. ' . .. ·. .
56. Align screw h<>les and install. sc.rews (22 a.nd
28). · Tighten scr~\\'s.· · ·
57. Insert shaft of door outside'. handle. (19)
through door .and into li?<:k with handle in a ho~i-
zonta} position (pointing toward frq'nt of door).
Attach .handle to door with screws :(20 and 20 ..
Tighten screws: · · · ln~tall screws in stop and tighten. screws· securely;.
Issue 1,-:.Jan. 1954
VEHICLES
D 114 INSTR 15
58. P.osition remote control handle escutcheon
(24) on door and place· handle (26) on shaft ·in a
Force escutcheon in toward door as far as it wili
go and 'install handle pin (25) so that it. will be
covered -when escutcheon is relea~d. · ··
59. Positiqn female ~oyetail springs (18) in
dovetail blocks (17). Install b,locks .in door with
springs. toward outside panel.
-60. Install pivot bracket (37) on arm of regulator
(~8) with flat portion of bracket toward .regulator;
61. .Insert regulatoi; (38) with :pivot bracket (37)
·up through inspection.cover opehing in door.as an
assembly. Posit.ion regufator_handle shaft through_
opening in door. Align regulator with .screw holes
and install screws (7)'. · ··
62. Tempor~rily install regulator handfe (4) and
operate. regulator tQ align· pivot bracket (37) w,ith
screw holes in door. Positi~n bracket' plain.washer's·
(29)' over screw· holes and: install · screws (30).
Tighten . screws, 'then remove regulatQr
' .
handle. ·
NOTE: The position of the .in;ide pivot . bracket
screw (30) controls the align"':ent vf t~~ door glass in
the opening and final adjustme11,t can only be accom-
plished when door assembly is i~talled on truck;' .
63. Posit.ion escutcheon (6) on d~r· and 'install
haricite (4). Push e'scutcheon;.iµ toward door as far
as. it will go ·and install handle _pin, (27) so'. that it
will be covered when escuteheon is i;eleased. ' '
64 . . '.Position glass lower stops (31) on
doodnside
panel. Insert screws (32). (heads outside) through
. door panel and stops' arid install lockwashers and
installed. · · · ·
~.5. Lower _glass assembly through upper·:opening ·.
of door with large gusset plate (bottotl\ ,end of '
.
lower chan.nel) toward hinge side of doQr, untjl it
contacts glass· lo\Ver stops (31), ·
. CAUTION: . Glass must be· correctly instailed to .
. 6~•. Engage arms on .regulator (38) Wi!h opening~
in· glass· lower channel and iqstaU retainers (40 "
and 41). · ·
67, Position glass lower channefstopf Fig 3, with
offset at .top and weld. nuts toward outside door.
panel in line with scr~w. holes in., lower channel.
i>ag~7
 VEHICLES CANADIAN ARMY
D 114 INSTR 15 EME MANUAL
NOTE: The glass lower channel stop controls the
total upward travel of the glass assembly and final
adjustment can only be accomplished when door
assembly is installed on truck. 4

68. To adjust the glass stops, lower door glass

5
so that glass upper channel is flush with top of door.
Position glass stops (31) against lower channel.
Tighten nuts on glass stop screws.
69. If inspection reveals that replacement of th'e
inspection cover liners (11) is necessary, apply a.
coating of synthetic rubber cement to the cover and
liners. Allow cement to dry for ten minutes.
Apply liners on cover between screw holes.
70. Install inspection cover and cover screws·
Tighten screws.
71. If inspection reveals that replacement of the
door weatherseals (15) and/or upper hinge pillar
weatherseals (3} is necessary, apply a coating of ~10 11

synthetic rubber cement on weatherseals and door.

Allow cement to dry ten minutes. Install weather-
seals (3 and 15} on door and exercise care to prevent
p
~12

~i
stretching of weatherseals. Firmly press weather-

'
' -p;.$2
sea ls in position to insure proper adhesion to door.
Install weatherseal clips (33) and screws (34) at
bottom of door.
FIG 4 - DRIVER'S SEAT ASSEMBLY
Installation
72. Clea n all traces of corrosion from door hinge 1-S.at cushion aanmbly
2-Lockwasher
pins and coat pins and hinges with general purpose
3--Cap screw
grease.
4-Seat back cushion auembly
73. Position door assemblies in cab and install 6--S.at baok panel
hinge pins. 6-Nu-egulator stud

74. Engage door check arms with brackets on 7-Lockwaeher-regulator stud nut

hinge pillars and install hollow point steel pins. 8--Lockwaaher- Hat back panel

Rivet ~nds of pins. 9--Nut-Hat back panel

10-Control rod-eeat regu lator
75. Align doors and door glass assemblies. 11 - Regu lator-rlght
12- Regulator-left
DRIVER'S SEAT 13-C.p aorew-regulator
Removal 14-Lockwasher--"'aulator
15--Cap ,c,.w-aeat board
76. Remove cap scr~ws and washers and remove
16-Lockwaaher
driver's seat from seat riser.
17-Seat board

Disassembly (Fig 4) 18-Bolt-eeat board

77 The seat cushion, sea t back cushion and seat

regulator can be inspected without removing them
from the truck. Do not remove any of the above
parts until they have been inspected.
78. Remove cap screws ,(15} and lockwashers
(16) and remove seat cushion assembly (1).
79. If inspection reveals that the seat cushion
cover, seat cushion pad or seat cushion spring
requires replacement, untie the rope. Fig 5, which
fastens the cushion cover to the spring and remove
cover. Remove cushion pad.

Page 8 Issue 1-Jan. 1954

CANADIAN ARMY
EME MANUAL
(0VfR. S,fAl
(ts.)Hll()N, A$$'(.
. ,11$ltNH: CUSoHION 'AD
""'°"'
FIG 5-SEAT CUSHION ASSEMBLY-
EXPLODED VIEW
80. Remove cushion pad support fasteners which
attach cushion pad support to the spring assembly
and remove support.
81. Remove screws (3) and lockwashers (2) and
remove seat back cushion (4).
82. Untie rope which attaches seat back cushion
cover to the spring assembly and remove cover,
Fig 5. Remove seat back cushion pad.
83. Remove cushion pad support fasteners which
attach the support to the spring and remove
support:
84. Remove nuts (6) and lockwashers (7) and
remove both seat regulators (11 and 12) from seat
board (17).
85. Remove regulator control rod (10) which
connects the two seat regulator controls.
86. Remove nuts (9) and lockwashers (8) and
remove seat board (17) from seat back panel.
87. Remove carriage bolts (18) from seat board.
Inspection (Fig 4)
88. Inspect seat cushion (1) for worn or torn
cover. If either of these conditions exist, replace
cover.
89. Inspect seat cushion pad, Fig 5, for deteriora-
tion or other visible damage. Replace pad if not
in good condition. • (7) and nuts (6). Ti'ghten nuts.
Issue 1-Jan. 1954
VEHICLES
D 114 INSTR 15
90. Inspect seat cushion pad support, Fig 5,
for damage or wear. If either of these conditions
exist, replace support.
91. Inspect seat cushion spring, Fig 5, for sagged
or broken springs, misplaced springs or broken spot
welds. If any of these conditions exist, replace the
spring assembly.
92. Inspect seat back cushion (4) for worn or
torn cover. If either of these conditions exist,
replace cover.
93. Inspect seat back cushion pad for deteriora-
tion or other visible damage. Replace pad if not
in good condition.
94. Inspect seat back cushion pad support for
damage or wear. If either of these conditions exist,
replace support.
95. Inspect seat back cushion spring for sagged
or broken springs, misplaced springs or broken
spot welds. If any of these conditions exist, replace
spring assembly.
96. Inspect seat regulators (11 and 12) for broken
springs, loose rivets, damaged threads, broken
welds, cracks or distortion. If any of these con-
ditions exist, replace seat regulator assemblies.
97. Inspect regulator· control rod (10) for cracks
or distortion. If either of these conditions exist,
replace control rod.
98. Inspect seat board (17) for cracks, warpage or
other visible damage. . Replace seat board if any
of these conditions exist.
99. Inspect seat back panel (5) for distortion,
cracks, damaged threads or unsatisfactory spot
welds. If any of these conditions exist, replace
seat back panel.
Assembly (Fig 4)
100. Position seat board (17) in seat back panel
(5) with countersunk recesses for bolt heads at top.
Install carriage bolts (18) through seat board and
seat back panel. Install lockwashers (8) and nuts
(9) on bolts. Tighten nuts.
101. Position right seat regulator (11) with hinge
toward front on seat board. Install lockwashers
·
Page 9
 VEHICLES
D 114 INSTR 15
102. Install regulator control rod (10) on right
regulator assembly.
103. Attach left regulator (12) with hinge toward
front, to regulator control rod (10). Position
left regulator on seat board. Install lockwashers
(7) and nuts (6). Tighten nuts.
104. Place seat cushion pad support Fig 5, on
seat cushion spring and attach support to outside
frame of spring with fasteners. The fasteners can
be inserted through the support and crimped
around the spring frame with pliers.
105. Place seat cushion pad on spring assembly.
106. Place seat cushion cover over pad and spring
assembly and fasten cover to bottom of spring
with rope. Place rope under retainers, Fig 5, which
are a part of the spring assembly. Tighten rope
so that cover is a snug fit over pad and spring
assembly and tie rope.
107. The seat back cushion is assembled in the
manner outlined in Para 104, 105 and 106.
108. Engage seat back cushion (4) with the two
support clips at top of seat back panel (5).
109. Install cap screws (3) and lockwashers (2)
to attach seat back cushion (4) to seat back panel
(5) at bottom. Tighten screws.
110. Position seat cushion (1) on seat board (17)
and install lockwashers (16) and cap screws (15).
Tighten screws.
Installation
111. Position driver's seat on seat riser and
attach hinges on regulator assemblies to seat riser
with lockwashers and cap screws. Tighten screws.
WINDSHIELD AND FRAME
ASSEMBLY
Removal
112. Remove the screws which secure the front
of the roof panel to the windshield frame. There
are two screws at each corner and three screws
across the top of the frame.
113. Place supports between the top of each door
and the roof panel to support the front of the roof
panel.
Page 10
CANADIAN ARMY
EME MANUAL
114. Disconnect windshield wiper hinge tube
from rubber hose on windshield wiper left pillar to
manifold tube (under cowl).
115. Remove screw and tube clip from wiper
tube. Disconnect tube from left pillar hose and
remove tube from frame pivot screw.
116. Remove nuts, lockwashers and frame pivot
screws which attach frame to cowl.
117. Unlatch frame clamp handles from in-
strument panel brackets.
118. Move bottom of frame outward and allow
top of frame to tilt toward inside of cab, so frame
brackets will clear roof panel, then, remove wind-
shield and frame assembly from cab.
Disassembly (Fig 6)
119. Place windshields and support frame assem-
bly on a bench, upside down. Open windshields
(21) and remove adjusting arm screws (19) which
attach the arm assemblies (11) to the support
frame (6). Disengage arm assemblies (11) from
support frame and remove adjusting arm spring
washers (20).
120. Remove screws (22) and lockwashers (23)
which attach the hinges to the support frame.
Remove windshield assemblies.
NOTE: Do not remove the windshield glass, as out-
lined below, unless there is evidence of water leakage or
glass is broken. Refer to Fig 7 for key references
except as otherwise stated.
121. Remove screws and remove adjusting arms,
11, Fig 6, from windshield. Remove adjusting arm
spring washers (15 and 18).
122. Remove screws (10, 12, 20 and 22) and lock-
washers (11, 13, 19 and 21) from frame lower unit
(14).
123. Remove nuts (5 and 26) and lockwashers
(6 and 25) from screws (7 and 23). Remove screws
from frame upper crosspiece (4).
124. Remove frame upper crosspiece (4) with
hinge (2) from windshield. Remove crosspiece
plugs (8 and 24) from crosspiece.
125. Hold windshield upside down and shock
open ends of frame lower unit (14) alternately on
the edge of a wooden or fibre block to remo.ve glass.
Issue 1-Jan. 1954
CANADIAN ARMY VEHICLES
EME MANUAL D 114 INSTR 15

NOTE: Do not separate hinge (2) from frame upper

crosspiece (4), as outlined below, unless inspecJion
reveals that replacement of either part is necessary.

128. Open one crimped end of hinge and separate

frame upper crosspiece Crom hinge.

NOTE: Do not remove hinge to frame weatherseals (1)

or hinge end iveatherseals (3 and 27), as outlined
below, unless inspection reveals replacement is nec•
essary.

129. If weatherseals require replacement, remove

them from hinge. Discard weatherseals.

NOTE: Do not renwve locking handle (17), as out-

lined below, unless inspection reveals replacement is
necessary.

130. Remove nuts, lockwashers and screws which

will release locking handle (17) and handle bumper
from windshield. Discard bumper.

FIG 6-WINDSHIELD AND SUPPORT FRAME
ASSEMBLY
1- Weatheratrl-door 11•••-
left front
2-Tapplng screw
3--Retalner--<loor 11l•u
weatherstrip
4-Hoe-wlper
&-Tub-wiper-header
&-Frame support
1-Wlper motor
8--Sere-tu.,. bracket
9-Cllp-header tub<I
10-HC>M-wlper to tube
11-Wlndshleld adJuatlng arm
12-Locklng bracket
13-Bracket screw and wHher
14 - Retalner----eupport frame
center weatherstrip
1S-Screw-support frame
16-Weathent,lp--oenter
11-Serew- weatherstrlp
18-Wutheratrl-•ld-lower
19-Screw and wa1her-adjust•
Ing arm
20-Sprlng washer--adju1tln11
arm
21-Wlndahleld auembly
22-Screw-frame
23-LockwHher-frame aorew
131. Refer to Fig 6 and remove screws (8) and
wiper header tube clips (9). Remove wiper header
tube (5) and left pillar wiper hose (4). Separate
tube from hose.
132. Remove screws (17) and frame lower side
weatherstrips {18) from each side of support frame
(6).
133. Remove screws (15), frame center weather-
strip retainer (14) and frame lower center weather-
strip (16) from frame.
134. Remove door glass weatherstrip (1) from
retainer (3).

NOTE: Do not remove door glass weatherstrip unless

NOTE: Exercise care when removing glass to prevent
damage to the open ends of the frame lower unit.
126. Remove any glass filler (9) that may remain
in the frame upper crosspiece or frame lower unit.
Discard filler.
NOTE: Do not remove frame lower unit weatherstrip
(16), as outlined below, unless inspection reveals that
replacement is necessary.
127. Pull weatherstrip (16) from frame lower
unit. Discard weatherstrip.
inspection reveals repl<lCl!ment is necessary.
135. Remove screws (2) and weatherstrip re-
tainer (3) from frame.
136. Remove screws (13) and locking bracket (12)
from each side of support frame.
NOTE: Do not remove locking bracket unless in-
spection reveals that repl.acement is necessary.
137. Remove all traces of corrosion from the
various parts. Clean cement from door glass
weatherstrip retainers (3).

Issue 1-Jan. 1954

 VEHICLES CANADIAN ARMY
D 114 INSTR 15 EME MANUAL

any of these conditions exist, replace frame lower

26~
.25
'1, --------------£¢4~65
'-·---------------1..1.3
za~,___29
7 8
unit.

140. Inspect locking handle (17) for corrosion,

loose rivets or cracks. If rivet is loose, replace
. 24 :...-------------"
23 i.--9 handle. If there is evidence of corrosion which
..,...,o affects operation of the handle it can be corrected
22 ,:;.--11
21~ 1:::12
13
by the use of rust remover. If there is any evidence
2<Y.'
19'/ -14 of cracks or distortion, replace handle.
I t 'I
18
15 141. Inspect hinge (2) for distortion, corrosion
or broken locking ends. If metal is not damaged,
corrosion can be removed with rust remover. If
17
the hinge is distorted or either of the locking ends
are broken, replace hinge.

142. Refer to Fig 6 and inspect wiper header tube

(5) for kinks, loose tee or cracks. If any of these
conditions exist, replace tube assembly.

FIG 7-WINDSHIELD ASSEMBLY-EXPLODED 143. Inspect left pillar wiper hose (4) and wiper
VIEW to tube hose (10) for deterioration. Replace hose
if not in a satisfactory condition.
1- Weathersul-hlnge to 16-Weathel'!lt.rlp-lower frame
frame
17-Looklng handle
2-Hlnge 144. Inspect wiper arms for weak springs, loose
18-Sprlng waahel'-adJuatlng
3-Weatherieal-hlng.-.nd arm rivets, worn serrations or distortion. If any of
4-Fram• oroupl--upper 19--LockwHher--frame aorew these conditions exist, replace wiper arms.
6-Nut-ro11plMe 20--F'rama .orew
6-LookwHher-oronpl- 21-L..ck..,Hher--frema aoraw 145. Inspect wiper blades for worn or deteriora-
7-Screw-croaapleoe 22-Frama aorew ted rubber wiping element. Replace blades if they
8-Plug-roupleoe ~w-roapl- are not in a satisfactory condition.
9--Flll•f'-lllasa 24-Plug-roHpl-
11>-Frame screw 25-Lockwa•h••
146. Inspect adjusting arms (11) for distortion,
11- Lookwaaher 26--Nut-•011place "°"w
cracks or worn locking indentations. If arms are
12-Frame aorew 27-Weathersaal-hlnga-nd distorted, straighten or replace as required. If
13- Lookwash ... 28-Lookw.. har-weathar... l there is any evidence of cracks or worn indenta-
14-Lower frame auembly
screw tions, replace adjusting arms.
15-Sprlng washel'-adjuatlng 29--Screw-weathal'Nal
arm 147. Inspect large spring washers and clamp
screws for breakage or damaged threads. If either
Inspection (Figs 6 and 7) of these conditions exist, replace adjusting . arm
assemblies as individual parts are not serviced
138. Refer to Fig 7 and inspect upper crosspiece because the ends of the clamp screws are riveted
(4) for evidence of corrosion, damage or cracks. to prevent accidental disengagement.
Corrosion can be cleaned from crosspiece if metal
is not damaged. If corrosion is extensive or there 148. Inspect door glass weatherstrips (1), lower
is evidence of damage or cracks, replace cross. center weatherstrip (16) and lower side weather-
piece. Inspect crosspiece plugs (8 and 24) for strip (18) for deterioration or other visual damag~.
damaged threads, cracks or distortion. If any of If any of the weatherstrips are unsatisfactory,
these conditions exist, replace plugs. replace as required.

139. Inspect frame lower unit (14) for evidence of 149. Inspect weatherstrip retainers (3 and 14),
corrosion, distortion, cracks or loose rivets. If and screws (2, 15. and 17) for corrosion damage,

Page 12 Issue 1-Jan. 1954

CANADIAN ARMY
EME MANUAL
distortion or worn threads. If any of these con-
ditions exist, replace parts as required.
150. Inspect support frame (6) for corrosion
damage, broken welds, loose rivets, damaged
threads, distortion or other visual damage. Broken
welds and loose rivets can be repaired but it will be
necessary to replace the support frame if tht.. metal
is damaged by corrosion or the assembly is dis-
torted.
151. Inspect locking brackets (12) for corrosion
damage or cracks. If either of these conditions
exist, replace brackets.
Assembly (Fit 6 and 7)
152. Install glass filler, 9, Fig 7, evenly around
edge of windshield glass with joint at top.
153. Apply a liberal quantity of liquid soap
around the inside of the glass channel in the lower
frame assembly, 14, Fig 7, to facilitate installation
of glass. Slide glass into lower frame assembly
until glass is firmly seated in lower portion of unit.
154. Support lower frame assembly, 14, Fig 7,
in an upright position (open end up). Insert
crosspiece plugs, 8 and 24, Fig 7, in each end of the
frame upper crosspiece, 4, Fig 7, with screw holes
exposed. Place upper crosspiece, 4, Fig 7, with lip
for hinge on opposite side of adjusting arm brackets
and position crosspiece on glass with crosspiece
plugs inserted in upper ends of lower frame assem-
bly. Force upper crosspiece into position and align
screw holes with a small punch. Install screws, 10,
12, 20 and 22, Fig 7, and lockwashers (11, 13, 19
and 21). Tighten screws. Install screws (7 and 23)
with heads opposite bracket side of windshield.
Install lockwash'.!rs (6 and 25) and nuts (5 and 26).
Tighten nuts.
155. Apply a liberal quantity of liquid soap
around the edge of the frame lower weatherstrip,
16, Fig 7, and channel in lower frame assembly,
14, Fig 7, to facilitate installation.
156. Position weatherstrip on lower frame assem-
bly with groove and tapered side to the outside
of windshield. Starting at bottom, insert the
grooved side of weatherstrip in lower frame
channel and work opposite side of weatherstrip
in channel with the end of a hack saw blade. If
length of weatherstrip appears too long, slide
Issue 1-Jan. 1954
VEHICLES
D 114 INSTR 15
weatherstrip in channel until it is firmly engaged in
channel.
NOTE: Do not stretch or mt off the ends of tlte
weatherstrip as the size is correct for the lmcer frame
channel.
157. If inspection reveals that replacement of
hinge, 2, Fig 7, is necessary, slide new hinge on
upper crosspiece, 4, Fig 7, and bend in ends of
hinge to lock hinge in place.
158. If inspection reveals that replacement of
hinge to frame weatherseal, 1, Fig 7, is necessary,
coat upper surface of hinge (2) and weatherseal
with synthetic rubber cement. Allow cement
to dry for ten minutes and then position weather-
seal in groove at top of hinge.
159. If inspection revealed that replacement of
the hinge end weatherseals, 3 and 27, Fig 7, is
necessary, install new weatherseals in hinge
(tapered end toward center of windshield).
160. Position adjusting arm spring washers,
15 and 18, Fig 7, on brackets on lower frame
assembly. Place long adjusting arm assemblies,
11, Fig 6, on brackets and install lockwasher screws.
Tighten screws.
161. Position new locking handle rubber bumper
in hole provided in locking handle bracket. Place
locking handle, 17, Fig 7, on bracket side of lower
frame assembly and install two screws (head on
frame side), lockwashers and nuts. Tighten nuts.
162. If inspection revealed that replacement of
the locking bracket, 12, Fig 6, is necessary, position
bracket on support frame and install screws, 13,
Fig 6. Tighten screws.
163. Position frame lower ~nter weatherstrip,
16, Fig 6, with narrow side of weatherstrip against
frame (groove at front). Position retainer, 14,
Fig 6, on weatherstrip and install screws, 15,
Fig 6. Tighten screws.
164. Place frame lower side weatherstrips, 18,
Fig 6, at each end of frame and install screws, 17,
Fig 6. Tighten screws.
165. Position weatherstrip retainer, 3, Fig 6, on
each side of frame support. Install four screws,
2, Fig 6, in each retainer and tighten screws
securely.
NOTE: Position each retainer with large flange in.
Page 13
 VEHICLES
D 114 INSTR 15
166. Coat channels of each weatherstrip retainer
and weatherstrip, 1, Fig 6, with synthetic rubber
cement. Allow cement to dry for ten minutes and
install weatherstrips in retainers with large lip of
weatherstrips in, tapered end up. The installation
of the weatherstrips can be facilitated with the aid
of a small screwdriver.
167. Position windshield assemblies, 21, Fig 6,
in frame support, 6, Fig 6, and install lockwashers,
28, Fig 7, and screws, 29, Fig 7, in each hinge,
Tighten screws.
168. Place adjusting arm spring washers, 20,
Fig 6, on adjusting arm brackets which are attached
to the support frame. Position adjusting arms on
brackets and install screws, 19, Fig 6. Tighten
screws.
169. Install left pillar wiper hose, 4, Fig 6, on
wiper header tube, 5, Fig 6. Insert wiper hose in
left pillar of support frame at top and guide hose
through outside opening at bottom. Position wiper
header tube in support frame and install tube
clips, 9, Fig 6, and screws, 8, Fig 6. Tighten screws.
NOTE: Left pillar wiper hose must be installed on
end nearest header tube tee.
Installation
170. Position windshields and support frame on
cowl and install pivot screws which attach the
frame to cowl. Install lockwashers and nuts.
Tighten nuts.
NOTE: The drilled screw must be installed at the
left side for the windshield u:iper hinge tube.
171. Latch clamp handles to instrument panel
brackets.
172. Insert windshield wiper hinge tube through
pivot screw on left side and attach tube to hose on
left pillar to manifold tube. Connect hinge tube to
left pillar hose.
17 3. Install hinge tube clip and screw. Tighten
screw.
174. Remove supports holding roof panel and
install screws at each comer and across top of
frame. Tighten screws.
WINDSHIELD WIPER MOTOR
Removal
17 5. Disengage wiper blades from wiper arms.
176. Remove wiper arm nuts and wiper arms.
Page 14
CANADIAN ARMY
EME MANUAL
177. Remove wiper to tube hose from wiper
motors and wiper header tube.
178. Remove nuts and lockwashers from studs
which attach wiper motors to windshields. Remove
wiper motors.
Disassembly (Fig 8)
IMPORTANT: Special tools and repair parts are
required for the servicing of windshield u:iper motor
assemblies. The motor assemblies must not be dis-
assembled unless the special tools and repair kits are
available.
179. Remove plate and bushing screws (14)
which will release plate and ·bushing (12) from
motor assembly. Remove plate and bushing, felt
washers (15), and spacing washer (16). Remove
two studs (13) from plate and bushing.
180. Remove handle set screw (26) from handle
(27). Remove handle from shaft.
181. Remove valve cover screws (28) which will
release valve cover (29) from housing (31).
182. Remove cover flat head screws (3), long
screws (2) and short screws (4). Move top end of
kicker (11) from lug on cover (1). Lift cover and
gatkets (18 and 32) from housing. Discard gaskets.
Remove shut-off valve cover screws (6) which will
release cover (5), plate spring (7), retainer plate
(8), retainer plate pad (9) and valve (10). Remove
control knob (37) from valve.
183. Disengage escapement spring (22) from
tripper (23) with remover and installer, Fig 9.
184. Remove tripper (23), valves (21 and 24)
and felt washers (20 and 25). Discard valves and
felt washers.
185. Remove paddle plate (34) and paddle shaft
(30). Drive rivet (35) from paddle plates which
will disengage the paddle plate assembly from
paddle shaft. Remove washers (17 and 36).
Discard paddle.
186. Remove kicker (11) and escapement spring
(22). Remove escapement spring from kicker and
discard spring.
187. Remove valve bushings (19 and 33) from
housing (31) with a punch and hammer, Fig 10.
Discard bushings.
188. Wash all parts thoroughly in dry cleaning
solvent and dry with compressed air. Blow out all
passages and ports with compressed air.
Issue 1-Jan. 1954
CANADIAN ARMY VEHICLES
EME MANUAL D 114 INSTR 15

. f..-s 1-Cover H"mbly

~
2-Cover Mrew-lona

_,--1 3-Cover Mrew-flat hHd

4-Gover ..,rew-hort
&-Shut-off valve oover
&-Screw-valve cover
7-Sprlng-t"etalnff plate
&-Retainer plate
&-Pad-retainer plate
10-Shut,,off valve
11-Klcker
12-Plate and bu•hln11
13-Stud
14-Screw-plate
16--Shaft waaher-falt
18-Spaolng wuhff-hart
17-Waahal'-paddle plate
1S-COver gaaket
19--Valve buahln11
20--Felt waaher
32 21-Valve
U-Eaoapement aprlng
23-Trlpper
24--Valve
15-Felt waaher
29 2&-Set aorew-handle
27- Handla
28--Screw and wuhel'-valve cover
29--Valve cover
30--Paddle ahaft
\28
31-Houalng
32--C<,v.,. gaaket

2 »..-Valve bu•hlng
34-Paddle plate
35-Rlvet
36--Wuhar
FIG 8-WINDSHIELD WIPER MOTOR 37-Control knob
-EXPLODED VIEW

Inspection (Flt 8)
189. Inspect housing (31) with "go"-"no go"
gauge, Fig 11. If upper "no go" portion of gauge
(top land) can be inserted in housing, wiper motor
must be replaced.
190. Inspect threads in housing for wear or
damage, gasket surfaces for imperfections and
cracks in housing. If any of these conditions exist,
wiper motor must be replaced.
191. Inspect threads in cover assembly (1) and
gasket surfaces for wear or damage. If either of
these conditions exist, replace wiper motor.
192. Inspect shut-off valve (10) for wear or
breakage, retainer plate pad (9), retainer plate (8)
and spring (7) for wear or other visual damage. If
any of these parts are not in satisfactory condition,
replace as required.
193. Inspect kicker (11) and tripper (23) for
cracks or distortion. If either of these conditions
exist and satisfactory repairs cannot be performed,
replace, as required.
194. Inspect paddle shaft (30) for damaged
threads, damaged serrations, distortion or other
visual damage. If shaft is not in good condition,
replace shaft.
195. Inspect handle (27) and set screw (26) for
cracks or damaged threads. If handle is cracked or
threads are damaged, replace handle.
196. Inspect valve cover (29) for distortion or
cracks. If either of these conditions exist, replace
cover.
197. Inspect threads of control knob (37) and all
screws for wear or damage. If threads are worn
or damaged, replace as required.

Issue 1-Jan. 1954 Page 15

 VEW CLES
D 114 INSTR 15
FIG C). • REMOVING AND INSTALLING
ESCAPEMBNT SPIUNO
198. Inspect plate and bushing (12) for loose
bushing, da maged threads, distortion or cracks.
If any of these conditions exist, replace plate and
buohing.
199. Inspect studs (13) for worn threads, damaged
threads or misalignment. If any or these conditions
exist, replace studs.
FIG 10--REMOVING VALVE BUSHINGS
Pat e 16
CANADIAN ARMY
EME MANUAL
FIG 11-CJraCXING HOUSING WITH
"Go-No-Go" GAUGE
AMembly {Flt 8)
IMPORTANT: Whenever a wiruuhield uiper motor
i. d ~ for rebuild, 1M entire ~nu,nu of ,Ji.
repair padrage mu.i he irutalkd.
200: Swing new paddle plate assembly {34) open
and pack interior with special wiper lubricant and
close paddle plates.
201. Hold paddle plate assembly (34) with parking
lift pad up, Fig 12, and insert paddle shalt (30)
through paddle plate with short end of shaft at
left. Place metal washer (36) on rivet (3S) and
insert rivet through paddle and shaft. lnstaU metal
washer (17) and set rivet with punch and riveting
block, Fig 12.
202. Form sides and bottom edges of paddle
plate toward center of paddle with a smooth
punch and slide paddle into forming tray as far as
it will go, Fig 13. Allow paddle to remain in tray
for ten minutes. Form top edges of paddle with a
smooth punch to insure a seal at the cover, Fig 14.
I1S11ue 1-Jan . 1954
CANADIAN ARMY VEHICLES
EME MANUAL D 114 INSTR IS

flG 12-SETrlNG RIVET WITH PUNCH

AND RIVETING BLOCK F 1G 13- FORMINO PADDLE Pun. ENDS
WITH Fo1um ,o Tuv
NOTE: The aboV<> operati<>ru mwi 1"' oanfully
performed u, in.m re a proper seal beutwn tlte paddle 107. Place new felt washers (20 and 25) on val~es
plau and hou,ing. (21 and 24). Insert valves in housing lrom under
side, notched end down, and notches toward center
203. Position valve bushings (19 and 33) in top 0£ of housing.
housing (JI) and canrully sec bushings in housing
with installer, Fig IS. 208. Position tripper (23) on housing and engage
tripper with notches in valves (21 and 24).
NOTE: EJCvcis,, extreme tore u, prevent damage u,
tJu, modliM<l g,uket ,urface of hou,ing wlleri bushing,
are irutalled.

204. Attach eacapement spring (22) to kicker (II)

and close end or spring with pliers to prevent dis-
engagement of spring from kicker when other I
parts are installed.

205. Jnsert kicker (11) with escapement spring

attached, in opening provided in housing at valve
side (flat side of kicker toward housing) .

206. Spread special wiper lubricant lightly on

inside walls of housing. Insert paddle plate (34)
and paddle shaft (30) by holding fingers at edge of
housing and forcing paddle straight down between
fingers, Fig 16, to prevent damaging of paddle seal.
Place hooked end of kicker (11) over paddle shaft 1'' 1G 14- l'OJtMI.NG PADDLE Pl.ATE E NDS
(30) as shaft is being positioned. WITU SMOOTH PuNCR

Issue 1- Jan. 195, Paae 17

 VEHICLES
D 114 INSTR 15
FIG IS- INSTALLING VALVE 8USH1NG5
WITH INSTALLER
209. Hook remover and installer over lower end of
escapement spring (22) and attach spring to tripper,
Fig 9.
210: Place shut-off valve (10) on cover (I)
followed by retainer pad (9), retainer plate (8)
and va.lve plate spring (7) with open end toward
thread(<! end of shut-off valve. Place valve cover
(S) over valve parts, open end toward threaded
portion of shut-off valve. Install valve cover
screws (6) and tighten screws.
211. Install control knob (37).
212. Position gaskets (18 and 32) on top of
housing. Place cover (I) on housing and inota.11
long screws (2), flat head screws (3) and short
screws (4). Tighte.n screws.
213. Lift kicker (11) and engage booked end with
boss located on cover.
21'l. Poeition valve cover (29) on housing and
install screws (28).
215. Place handle ('i7) on end of paddle shaft
(30) and align handle set screw hole with hole in
shaft. Install and tighten handle set screw (26).
216. Place spacing Wa!her (16) on paddle shaft
followed by four felt washers (IS). Apply special
Paae 18
CANADIAN ARMY
EME MANUAL
FIG 16- INSRRTING P ADDLE FLATE
AND SHAFT AssEMBLY
wiper lubricant on felt washers and position plate
and bushing (12) on housing. Inst.all and tighten
plate and bushing screws (14).
217. Install studs (13) in plate and bushing (12).
Tighten studs.
NOTE: l...u,Jl ,hor1 threaded end of Slud in plate
and bwhins,
Installation
218. Position wiper motor assemblies in wind-
shield upper frame crosspiece and install two
lockwashers and nuts on each wiper motor.
Tighten nuts.
219. Connect wiper to tube hose on both wiper
motors.
220. Position wiper arms and wiper blades on
wiper motor shafts and Install and tighten wiper
arm nuts..
221. Check operation of wiper motors and make
certain that wiper arms and blades are properly
located.
COWL VENTILATOR ASSEMBLY
Removal (Fla 17)
222. Disconnect ground cable from batteries to
prevent the possibility of a short circuit when the
variou1 cowl ventilator parts are removed.
223. Tum four attaching screws counterclockwise
and disconnect instrument cluster from instrument
panel to permit access to the cowl vent.ilator parts.
laaue 1-Jan. 1954
CANADIAN ARMY VEffiCLES
EME MANUAL D 114 INSTR 15

c,..,,.....:.---7
FIG 19-VSNTlLATOR Lm A.ssl!MSLY

227. Open clip and release cable harness from

12 brace asaembly.
228. Remove acrewa (II) whkh attach the brace
to the cowl.

..
,,. ,... 229. Remove nuta (6), loclcwashere (7) and
screws (8°) which attach the brace to the instru-
10
ment panel. Remove link and brace (10) from cab.
FIG 17-CoWL VENTILATOR
AssEMBLY AND RELATl!I> PARTS
Dlsasaembly
,~,.. ......,,..,,. f- ·L.MbMhw 230. Remove tapping screws which will release the
l - LM.llWNh.,. a-s-- a M . . ...__.lnll: ci"'uit breakers from the ventilator brace, Fig 18.
3-S...W-ha mil• 9-T•nll•fl tlN'iPII 231. Remove screw that will release rubber coated
4-S-.• a n......IM,f,-lld 10-Uflll: a M W.. clip from brace, Fig 18.
11-s..-. . ,.. • .....,_u,.,
12- Dnln bl.M 232. Remove acrew and two rivets, Fig 19, which
1:),-flwt-lW _.... will release the screen from the ventilator lid.
233. Remove tension spring, Fig 20.
224. Remove screws (4) which attach the venti- 234. Grind ends from rivets and drill rivets from
lator lid (1) to the binge arms at each side. brace which will release the handle and the ratchet
pawl, Fig 20. If it is necessary to replaoe the
225. Remove nuts (13) lockwashers (2) and cap handle, remove rivet which connects the link to the
screws (3) which attach the link and brace assembly handle. This can be accomplished with a punch and
(10) to the lid. Lift lid assembly from cowl opening. hammer.

226. Disconnect cable connectors from circuit

breakers attached to b race.

FIG 13-LJNlt WITU BRACE

AsSEMBLY AND RELATED PARTS FIG 20-Lnnt WITH BRACE ASSEMBLY

Jsau e 1- Jao. 1954

 VEHICLES
D 114 INSTR 15
235. Support handle link and drive rivet from
handle link brackets and link with a punch and
hammer.
Inspection (Fig 17)
236. Inspect lid (1) for corrosion damage, dis-
tortion, cracks or broken welds. If any of these
conditions exist, replace lid.
237. Inspect screen, Fig 19, for corrosion damage,
holes, distortion or broken brackets. If any of these
conditions exist, replace screen.
238. Inspect weatherstrip (5) for deterioration,
unsatisfactory sealing or other visual damage.
If weatherstrip is detached from cowl trough at any
point it can be resealed. If weatherstrip is deterior-
ated or damaged, it must be replaced.
239. Inspect drain tube (12) for deterioration.
Replace tube if it is not in good condition.
240. Inspect link and brace (10) for corrosion
damage, distortion or cracks. If any of these con-
ditions exist, replace link and brace.
241. Inspect handle link and link brackets for
corrosion damage, distortion or cracks. If replace-
ment is necessary, repairs can be accomplished by
installing a new link and brace or handle link,
Fig 20, or link brackets, Fig 20.
242. Inspect handle for broken welds, corrosion
damage, worn or loose rivet. If weld between
handle and ratchet is broken, reweld handle to
ratchet. Replace rivet if worn or loose. If parts
are damaged by corrosion, replace link and brace
or install a new handle assembly.
243. Inspect ratchet pawl for wear, loose or worn
rivet or corrosion damage. If rivet is loose or worn,
install new rivet. If pawl is damaged by corrosion,
repair by installing a new link and brace or a new
ratchet pawl.
244. Inspect tension spring (9) for cracks or loss
of tension. If there is evidence of cracks or space
between the spring coils, replace spring.
245. Inspect hinge assemblies at each end of
ventilator opening for damaged threads, loose nuts,
worn or loose rivets, cracks or corrosion damage.
If any of these conditions exist, replace hinge
assemblies which are attached to the cowl.
246. Inspect ventilator drain trough for holes,
distortion or corrosion damage. Repair any evi-
dence of the above conditions by straightening
and soldering as required.
Page 20
CANADIAN ARMY
EME MANUAL
Assembly
247. Position ventilator screen on lid, Fig 19,
and install screw, but do not tighten screw.
248. Install one oval head, tubular rivet through
each screen bracket and lid deflector. Set rivets
with a rivet punch. Tighten screen to lid screw.
249. Position handle link brackets on short offset
end of handle link and insert tubular rivet. Set
rivet with a rivet punch.
250. Insert a tubular rivet through handle from
handle side. Position plainwasher over rivet fol·
lowed by handle link, embossed side of link away
from handle to prevent interference. Set rivet with
a rivet punch.
251. Place handle on brace with link and handle
toward tapered end of brace and insert rivet with
head on handle side. Set rivet and exercise care to
prevent binding of handle.
252. Place ratchet pawl on brace so that pawl
indexes with ratchet on handle and insert a steel
rivet with head on pawl side. Set rivet and exercise
care to prevent binding of pawl.
253. Install tension spring to pawl and brace.
254. Position one of the circuit breakers on handle
side of brace, Fig 18, and install two tapping screws.
Tighten screws.
255. Position other circuit breakers on inside
surface of brace, Fig 18, and install two screws in
each circuit breaker. Tighten screws.
256 Position rubber coated clip on brace, Fig 18,
and install screw. Tighten screw.
257. Coat flat lower edge of ventilator weather-
strip and trough in cowl with synthetic rubber ce-
ment. Allow cement to dry for ten minutes and
install weatherstrip in trough around ventilator
opening in cowl. Install drain tube on drain pipe
and insert tube through opening in dash panel.
NOTE: Weatherstrip must be installed so that lip at
inner edge is up.
Installation (Fig 17)
258. Position link and brace (10) between
instrument panel and dash panel. Install screws
(8) (head down) at instrument panel end, followed
by lockwashers (7) and nuts (6) but do not tighten
nuts. Install screws (11) at dash panel end. Tighten
screws and nuts.
Issue 1-Jan. 1954
CANADIAN ARM Y
EME MANUAL
FIG 21-C,\B DISCONNECT POINTS
259. Connect cables to large and small connectors
on circuit breakers.
260. Place cable harness in clip on brace and
reform clip to retain harneS&.
261. Position vent ilator lid (I) in cowl opening
and attach hinge arms at each side with screws (4)
(heads inside), but do not tighten screws.
262. Attach handle link to lid with lockwaahers
(2), screws (3) and nuts (13). Do not tighten nuts.
263. · Elongated holes are provided in the lid
to Facilitate adjustment or the lid in the cowl
opening and the lid should be positioned LO insure
proper contact with vent ilator weatherstrip. When
lid is properly positioned, tighten screws and nuts.
264. Position instrument cluster in instrument
panel and tum four attaching screws clockwise.
265. Connect ground cable to batteries.
CAB SHELL ASSEMBLY
Removal
266. Remove clutch and brake pedal cover from
cab by removing screws, E, Fig 21.
267. Remove power take-off upper shift lever
(on vehicles so equipped). Pull shift lever weather-
seal from transmission floor cover, D , Fig 21.
268. Remove transmi5sion up per shift lever.
Remove shift lever weatherscal from transmission
floor cover, B, Fig 21.
269. Remove brake and tra nsfer lever weather-
ecal retainer from transmission floor cover, C,
Fig 21.
Issue l -Jan. 1?54
VEHICLES
D 114 INSTR 15
F1G 22- CAB D ISCONNECT
POINTS- CONTI.NOED
270. Remove light switch from instrument panel.
Disconnect body wiring harness from right side or
light switch, A, Fig 21, with a opanner wrench.
Disconnect cable at fuel gauge. Remove harness
from clips on cowl inside panel and engine side of
cowl front panel. Remove grommet from right side
of cowl front panel and pull body cable (light
switch) harness from cab, B, Fig 22.
271. Loosen nuts, A and E, Fig 22, and remove
radiator tie rods from cowl brackets.
272. Disconnect cables from starter switch ter-
minal stud.
27 3. Disconnect slave receptacle ground cable
at nght front runn10g board banger.
274. Disconnect speedometer cable at transfer
and remove cable from frame side rail clips.
27S. Oi:icomtCCl wate, Lcmpe:a·atui·e gauge cable
from sending unit, rear of cylinder head. behind
oil filter.
276. Disconnect generator to regulator harness at
regulator, 0, Fig 22, with special spanner wrench.
277. Disconnect fuel fi lter ffexible lines at line
fittings, F, Fig 22.
278. Disconnect ignition distributor cable at
filter, C, Fig 22.
279. D isconnect accelerator pedal rod at acceler-
ator bellcrank lever.
280. Disconnect choke control at carburetor,
G, Fig 22.
281. Disconnect throttle control at throttle link-
age bellcrank on intake manifold.
282. Disconnect lording controls, H and J, Fig
22, at crankcase ventilator shut-off valves.
Patte 21
 VEHICLES
D 114 INSTR 15
283. Disconnect carburetor throttle spring at
cowl.
284. Disconnect engin~ primer inlet line at intake
manifold tee.
285. Disconnect windshield wiper hose from wind-
shield wiper manifold tube.
286. Remove cotter pins, nuts, springs and
plainwashers from three cab hold down bolts.
Remove the two nuts and lockwashers from left
forward cab hold down bolt. Lift cab from chassis.
Save body to frame pads on running board hangers
(four pads).
Disassembly
IMPORTANT: The cab shell is an all steel welded
composite assembly and repairs are generally neces-
sitated by corrosion or collision damage. Inasmuch as
the repairs involve welding and metal firp,shing,
specific instructions are not included in this chapter.
287. If inspection reveals that replacement of the
cowl hood lacing is necessary, pull the worn lacing
from the cowl and unscrew drive studs with pliers.
NOTE: Do not pry drive studs from cowl with a
screwdriver as this will enlarge the holes in the sheet
metal and prevent a satisfactory attachment of new
lacing.
288. Remove screws from door lower weatherseal
retainer and remove retainer and weatherseal.
289. Remove door hinge pillar and lock pillar
weatherseal.
290. Remove co-,driver's seat cushion from cab.
Remove screws which attach seat back cushion to
cab shell. Raise cushion to release it from the two
upper clips and remove cushion.
291. Untie rope which attaches the seat cushion
cover assembly to the clips on the co-driver's seat
cushion board. Remove cover and cushion pad from
board.
292. Untie rope which attaches the seat back
cushion cover to the cushion spring and remove
cover. Remove seat back cushion pad.
293. Remove cushion pad support fasteners which
attach the support to the spr[ng and remove sup-
port.
294. Remove battery tray drain hose from drain
tube, which is located under the cab underbody.
295. Remove batteries.
Page 22
CANADIAN ARMY
EME MANUAL
296. Remove screws, battery cable grommet
retainer and grommets from cab underbody and
battery box assembly. Remove cap screws which
will release the battery tray and battery box from
underbody. Remove battery box and tray from
cab. Remove battery box seal grommets if in-
spection reveals that replacement is necessary.
297. To remove the instruments from instrument
panel, refer to INSTR 8.
Inspection
298. If cowl hood lacing is worn or damaged it
must be replaced. If any of the drive studs are
loose and cannot be tightened, new drive studs
must be installed in a different location.
299. Inspect door lower weatherseal for corrosion
damage or cracks. If either of these conditions
exist, replace retainer.
300. Inspect door lower weatherseal for deterior-
ation or cracking. If either of these conditions
exist, replace weatherseal.
301. Inspect door hinge pillar and lock pillar
weatherseal for deterioration or looseness. If
weatherseals are deteriorated they must be re-
placed. If weatherseals are loose they can be at-
tached with synthetic rubber cement.
302. Inspect co-driver's seat cushion cover and
seat back cushion cover for wear, deterioration or
damage. If any of these conditions exist, replace
cushion covers as required.
303. Inspect both cushion pads for deterioration
or damage. If either of these conditions exist,
replace pads.
304. Inspect seat back cushion pad support for
wear or damage. Replace support if not in good
condition.
305. Inspect seat back cushion spring for sagging
springs, cracks or broken welds. If any of these
conditions exist, replace spring.
306. Inspect seat cushion rope clips on bottom
of seat cushion board for missing clips and loose
screws. Tighten screws or replace missing clips
and screws.
NOTE: There are eighteen clips spaced around the
seat cushion board.
307. Inspect seat cushion board for cracks and
deterioration. If either of these conditions exist,
replace board.
Issue 1-Jan.1954
CANADIAN ARMY
EME MANUAL
308. Inspect cab underbody and determine if
nuts which are a part of the floor are in satisfactory
condition. If threads are worn or stripped, nuts
must be replaced.
309. Inspect battery tray for corrosion damage,
cracks or loose drain tube. If drain tube is loose
it can be soldered in place. If there is evidence of
cracks or tray is damaged by corrosion, a new tray
must be installed.
310. Inspect battery box for corrosion or other
visual damage. If battery box is not in good con-
dition it must be replaced.
311. Inspect battery hold down cover for dis-
tortion or corrosion damage. If either of these
conditions exist, replace cover.
312. Inspect drain hose for deterioration. Re-
place hose if not in satisfactory condition.
313. Inspect battery box seal grommets for
deterioration. Replace grommets if necessary.
314. Inspect battery cable rubber grommets and
retainers for deterioration or corrosion damage.
If either of these conditions exist, replace parts as
required.
315. Inspect battery cover for corrosion damage
or broken welds. Replace cover if there is evidence
of extensive corrosion damage. If spot welds are
broken, repair as necessary.
Asseml:!lY
316. Place hood lacing on cowl with large section
of lacing toward windshield. Punch holes in lacing
with a small drift corresponding with the drive stud
holes in the cowl. Install new drive studs with a
punch and hammer. If any of the drive studs are
not a tight fit, it will be necessary to drill a new Ys
inch hole in the cowl and relocate the drive stud.
NOTE: A punch must be used to install the drive
studs as damage to the lacing will occur if hammer
contacts lacing.
317. Position door lower weatherseal on lower
section of cab door opening with rolled edge of seal
up. Place retainer against weatherseal and i_nstall
and tighten screws.
318. If inspection r~veals that replacement of the
door hinge pillar and lock pillar weatherseals is nec-
essary, coat new weatherseals and metal surface
with synthetic rubber cement. Allow cement to dry
£or ten minutes and install weatherseals (large lip
down) on hinge and lock pillar in line with door
lower weatherseal.
Issue 1-Jan. 1954
VEHICLES
D 114 INSTR 15
319. Place co-driver's seat cushion pad on cushion
board and make certain pad is. positioned to con-
form with contour of board. Tack pad to edge of
board.
320. Place cushion cover assembly over pad and
board and fasten cover to bottom of board with
rope that is part of the cover. Position rope around
clips and tighten rope until cover is a snug fit over
pad. Tie rope securely.
321. Place seat back cushion spring support on
spring and attach support to outside frame of
spring with fasteners, Fig 5. Fasteners can be
inserted through pad and crimped around spring
frame with pliers. Place cushion pad on spring.
322. Place cushion r,:over over pad and spring.
Loop rope in cover around rope retainers which are
part of the spring assembly. Tighten rope until
cover is a snug fit and tie rope.
323. Place five battery box seal grommets in cab
underbody in holes adjacent to the nuts for screws
which attach battery box and tray to underbody.
Place battery box on underbody with hinge brac-
kets at rear. Place tray in battery box with drain
tube toward center of truck and through hole
provided in battery box and underbody. Install
and tighten screws.
324. Position cables in battery box and under-
body. Install battery cable rubber grommets and
retainers. Install and tighten retainer screws.
325. Install batteries, hold down cover, cables
and battery box cover.
CA UTION: Do not connect bauery ground cable
until cab installation is complete.
326. Install co-driver's seat back cushion in cab
and make certain that cushion is properly engaged
with upper clips on cab shell. Attach lower brackets
of cushion to cab shell with two screws. Install
seat cushion.
327. Install battery tray drain hose on tube which
extends from tray through cab underbody.
Installation (Fig 23)
328. Place three large body to frame pads (B) on
the two right running board hangers and the left
rear running board hanger. Position small body to
frame pad (K) on left front running board hanger.
329. Place plainwasher (J) on cap screw (N) and
install cap screw through left front hole in cab
Page 23
 VEHICLES CANADIAN ARMY
D 114 INSTR 15 EME MANUAL
RIONT--IIIGHT HAI RIONT-lEFT
A J

M
N ,

FIG 23-CAB HOLD-DOWN BOLT AND CAP ScREW ASSEMBLIES

A-PlalnwHhee F'-Nut L-Lockwashee
B-Pad-body to feame G-Cottee pin M-Nut
C-Plalnwashu H-Bolt-body hold down N---Ca p 1ceew
D-Compeesslon Spelng J-Plalnwaohee P-Nut
E-Plalnwa1hee K-Pad-body to frame Q--Compression spring

underbody. Place plainwashers (A) on body_ hold
down bolt (H) and insert bolts in other three holes
in cab underbody.
330. Attach cab assembly to a hoist and lower
it into position on chassis. Make certain that body
hold down bolts and cap screws properly enter the
body to frame pads and the holes in the hangers.
331. Place lockwasher (L) on capscrew at left
front of cab and install nut (M). Tighteq nut.
Install and tighten nut (P). Install plainwasher
(C) and the shorter of the three compression
springs (D) on the right front body hold down
bolt, followed by plainwasher (E) and nut (F).
Tighten nut until it just clears the third cotter pin
hole and install cotter pin (G). Install plainwashers
(C) and two longer springs (Q) on rear body hold
down bolts, followed by plainwashers (E) and nuts
(F). Tighten nuts until they just clear the first
cotter pin hole and install cotter pins (G).
332. Insert body wiring harness through opening
in right side of cowl and connect harness to right
side of light switch, A, Fig 21. Tighten connector
nut on switch with a spanner wrench. Install
light switch in instrument panel with four screws
and lockwashers. Connect cable at fuel gauge.
Pk..ce body wiring harness in three clips on cowl
inside panel. Insert body wiring harness grommet,
B, Fig 22, in cowl front panel and position harness
in clips on cowl front panel.
333. Connect windshield wiper hose to wiper
manifold tube.
334. Connect engine primer inlet line to manifold
tee. Connect carburetor throttle spring to cowl.
335. Connect fording controls at crankcase venti-
lator shut-off valves, H and J, Fig 22. Refer to
INSTR 1 for valve adjustment procedure.
336. Connect throttle control at bellcrank on
intake manifold.
337. Connect choke control at carburetor, G,
Fig 22.
338. Connect accelerator pedal rod to accelerator
bell crank lever with clevis pin and cotter pin.
339. Connect ignition distributor cable at filter,
C, Fig 22.
340. Connect fuel filter flexible lines at line
fittings, F, Fig 22.
341. Connect generator regulator harness to
regulator, D, Fig 22, and tighten nut with special
spanner wrench.

Pa~e 24 Issue 1-Jan. 1954

CANADIAN ARMY
EME MANUAL
342. Connect water temperature gauge cable to
gauge sending unit at rear of cylinder head, behind
oil filter.
343. Connect speedometer cable to transfer case
and place cable in the two clips provided on frame
right side rail, just ahead of transfer front cross-
member.
344. Connect slave receptacle ground cable at
right front running board hanger. Install screw,
lockwashers and nut.
NOTE: One lockwasher must be on each side of the
cable terminal to insure a good connection.
345. Connect cables from battery slave recep-
tacle and voltage regulator to starter switch ter-
minal stud. Install lockwasher and brass stud nut.
346. Position radiator tie rods in cowl brackets,
A and E, Fig 22, and make certain the plainwashers
are located on both sides of each bracket. Tighten
nuts securely.
NOTE: Tie rod with offset must be installed on right
side to provide clearance for air cleaner.
347. Install weatherseal, C, Fig 21, on trans-
mission floor cover with four screws.
348. Install shift lever weatherseal in trans-
mission floor cover, B, Fig 21.
349. Install upper portion of shift lever, B, Fig 21.
350. Install shift lever weatherseal, D, Fig 21.
351. Install power take-off shift lever, D, Fig 21,
(on vehicles so equipped).
352. Install clutch and brake pedal cover on cab
underbody, E, Fig 21.
BODY
General
353. The ambulance body is a closed type, all
steel assembly equipped with a plywood floor.
The assembly consists of a driver's compartment
and a litter compartment separated by a partition
and sliding dgor. The litter compartment is equip-
ped with litters for transporting four patients, a
personnel heater, ventilating system and pro-
vision for blackout. The rear entrance to the litter
compartment is facilitated by double hinged rear
doors and folding step. The seating arrangement
and controls in the driver's compartment are
similar to the cab. The spare wheel and tire
Issue 1-Jan. 1954
VEHICLES
D 114 INSTR 15
assembly is mounted on a carrier attached to the
body left hinge and lock pillars.
354. The cargo body is an open top, all steel
assembly incorporating seats for troops which can
be raised and lowered whenever necessary and a
hinged tail gate. Protection from the weather is
provided by a paulin and end curtains supported
by wooden top bows which are mounted in supports
in the body side panels. The spare wheel and tire
assembly is mounted on a bracket attached to the
front panel.
REPAIR PROCEDURES-
AMBULANCE BODY
PARTITION DOOR
Removal
355. Remove nuts and lockwashers from bolts
at partition door upper run retainer. Remove
retainer, bolts and plainwashers. Remove parti-
tion door from body.
Disassembly (Fig 24)
356. Remove screws (1) and plainwashers (2)
which will release blackout curtain (3) from door.
357. Remove nuts (8) and lockwashers (7) from
curtain fastener studs (30). Remove studs from
door.
358. Pry one end of weatherseal insert (6) from
glass weatherseal (29) and pull insert from weather-
seal.
359. Force door glass from weatherseal and
remove glass. Remove weatherseal from door.
NOTE: Do not remove tloor glass or weatherseal unless
inspection reveals replacement is necessary.
360. Remove lock cylinder set screw from opening
in lock spacer (11). Remove lock cylinder (44)
from door. Remove screw (14), lockwasher (13)
and inside handle (15).
361. Remove nuts (10), lockwashers (9) and
bolts (45) from lock assembly and door. Remove
lock (12), lock spacer (11) from door.
362. Remove nuts, lockwashers and screws (43)
and remove outside handle (42) from door.
363. Remove nuts (26), lockwashers (27) and
screws (5) and remove door side weatherseal re-
tainer (28) and door side weatherseal (25) from
door. Separate retainer and weatherseal. Discard
weatherseal.
Page 25
 VEHICLES CANADIAN ARMY
D 114 INSTR 15 EME MANUAL

2 19
20
21

23
39 37 36

FIG 24-PARTITION DOOR AssEMBLY

1 Sec •• bla•kwt • urtah, tt--VentllatOf' trnob 31-LNkwa•h•,..._.tt.ttehlng bolt

2-..P'talttwuh• ,. 11-t<nob •tud U-Nut
~BIHkovt c,urUln 11-L>ckwathw 33-Ventllato, ....mbly
.._....,, 1t--Boct-v.ntllator •t,..oh1n9 36--,Lockwaahw-roll•r
........... w. . th•,....I Ntaln•r ~LookwHher '6-Nui---11 ... ltol-t
~ lnMf"t-Weath....,..f 21- Nut ~kwatJoi•,-.,.;aln•r
f - Leoltw.. ...,._.ul'Uln rt.ud
........ 22-Roll• r a1Nmbly
2~11o1~,,-
37- NYt- r.taln•r
D-ft.taln--1-•r •••th..-...1
~ 1 1. . ........_.. . k bolt 24--8olt-.-th• ...... , NUIMr 31-W...ut.,....1- 1.,.....
10--kut 25-W..th.....,.l-dOM •Id• «>-Bolt-wl\tll•tor
11- SpHw-lMk ~ut--t,aln- 4 t-f'talnwaehet'
U-lollk a ...mbly J-7- Lo.kwa•h•r '2·- Hal'ldl.-ouUld•
1t-Lol:liwHhet--h•ndl• n -A..uln•--• ld• wutl,eruel 43 $:;ew h•ndte
14-.Sot-ew - handle 2t--GI... •-t.....- 1 ~ k ayllnd-
1~a~,....-.n.,d• ~stvd-uf'Ulln faet.nw <46-llolt- lock

364. Remove nuts (37), lockwashers (36) and
bolts (24) and ~emove door lower weatherseal
retainer {38) and weatherseal (39) from door.
Separate retainer from weatherseal. Discard
wC£:Lthcrscnl.
NOTE: Do not nmw•-e door ,ide or door lower weacher-
••als
unless irupectwn reveaL, replacement i, n«e•·
sary.
365. Remove nuts (32), lockwashcrs (31) and
bolts (19) and remove ventilator assembly (33)
from door.
366. Remove nut (21) , lockwasher (20), plain-
washers (41) and ventilator bolt (40). Remove
ventilator knob (16) and lockwasher (18) from
knob stud (17), which will result in separation of
inner and outer halves of ventilator assembly (33)

PageU IS8ue I-Jan. 1954

CANADIAN ARMY
EME MANUAL
and ventilator spacer. Remove other knob from
stud.
367. Remove nuts (35), lockwashers (34) and
bolts (23) and remove the two roller assemblies
(22) from door.
368. Pull door pillar weatherseal from partition
door right pillar and discard weatherseal.
NOTE: Do not remove door pillar weatherseal unless
inspection reveals replacement is necessary.
369. Remove screws and plainwashers and remove
door bumper from door left pillar.
370. Drive door upper run studs from upper run
retainer and run with a punch and hammer, which
will separate run from retainer. Discard run and
studs.
NOTE: Do not remove upper run from retainer unless
inspection reveals repla<'~ment is necessary.
371. Remove all traces of corrosion or dirt from
door shell and metal parts.
Inspection (Fi3 24)
372. Inspect blackout curtain (3) for . holes,
damage or deterioration. If any of these conditions
exist, replace curtain.
373. Inspect curtain fastener studs (30) for
corrosion damage or wear. If either of these con-
ditions exist, replace studs.
37 4. Inspect door glass for cracks or discoloration.
If either of these conditions exist, replace glass.
375. Inspect weatherseal insert (6) for deteriora-
tion or other visual damage. Replace insert if not
in good condition.
376. Inspect glass weatherseal (29) for deteriora-
tion or other visual damage. Replace weatherseal
if not in good condition.
377. Inspect lock assembly (12) for worn or
broken parts or corrosion damage. If any of these
conditions exist, replace lock.
378. Inspect lock spacer (11) for cracks or other
visual damage. Replace if necessary.
379. Inspect lock inside handle (15) for wear or
cracks. If either of these conditions exist, replace
handle.
380. Inspect lock outside handle (42) for cor-
rosion damage, cracks or worn parts. If any of these
conditions exist, replace handle.
Issue 1-Jan. 1954
VEHICLES
D 114 INSTR 15
381. Inspect door side weatherseal (25) and door
lower weatherseal (39) for cracks, poor contact or
deterioration. If any of these conditions exist,
replace weatherseal.
382. Inspect side weatherseal retainer (28) and
lower weatherseal retainer (38) for corrosion
damage or distortion, If either of these conditions
exist, replace retainer·.
383. Inspect ventilator assembly (33) inner and
outer halves, for misalignment or corrosion damage.
If either of these conditions exist, replace venti-
lator assembly.
384. Inspect ventilator bolt (40), plainwashers
(41), lockwasher (20), nut (21) and spacer for
worn or damaged threads or corrosion damage.
Replace any part not in satisfactory condition.
385. Inspect ventilator knob (16) and knob stud
(17) for damaged or worn threads or corrosion
damage. If either of these conditions exist, re-
place parts as required.
386. Inspect roller assemblies (22) for worn or
damaged bearings, worn rollers or damaged brac-
kets. If any of these conditions exist, replace roller
assemblies.
387. Inspect weatherseal that is attached to the
door right pillar for deterioration or looseness.
If weatherseal is deteriorated it must be replaced.
If loose at any point it can be attached to the
pillar post with synthetic rubber cement.
388. Inspect door bumper which is located on the
door left pillar for deterioration or other visual
damage. If bumper is not in good condition, in-
stall new bumper.
389. Inspect door upper run for deterioration,
wear or other visual damage. If run is not in good
condition it must be replaced.
390. Inspect upper run retainer for corrosion
damage or distortion. If either of these conditions
exist, replace retainer.
391. Inspect door (4) for corrosion damage,
distortion or other visual damage. Replace door
if any of these conditions exist.
Assembly (Fig 24)
392. Apply a small quantity of general purpose
grease on the roller assembly ball bearings.
393. Position roller a~emblies (22) on door and
install bolts (23) (heads on opposite side of curtain
Page 27
 VF.HTCL&S
D 114 INSTR 15
screw holes). Install lockwaahers (34) and nuts
(35). Tighten nuts.
394. Position ventilator inner half in outer half
(Ranged section).
395. Place ventilator bolt plainwasher (41 ) on
bolt (40) followed by ventilator spacer. Insert
bolt through center of ven tilator (bead on flanged
half of ventilator) and install other plainwasher,
lockwasher (20) and nut (21). Tighten nut.
396. Place knob hole of ventilator inner hall in
notch opening of ventilator outer hall.
397. Assemble ventilator knob (16) on knob stud
(17) and install lockwa.sher (18). Insert stud
through ventilator inner half and install other
knob on stud. Tighten knob.
398. l nstall bolts (19) in door for ventilator assem•
bly (beads on same side as bolts for roller assem-
blies).
399. Position ventilator (33) on door (knob at
top) and install lockwashers (31) and nuts (32).
Tighten nuts.
400. l nstaU bolts (24) through door for lower
weatherseal (heads on opposite side of ventilator).
Position lower weathenseal (39) on bolts followed by
retainer (38) (flanged edges out). Install lock-
washers (36) and nuts (37). Tighten nuts.
401. Install bolts (24) through door for lower
weatherseal (39) (heads on opposite side of venti-
lator). Position lower weatherseal (39) on bolts
followed by retainer (38) (flanged edges out).
Install lockwashers (36) and nuts (37). Tighten
nuts.
402. Position weather!C:11 (25) on ventilator side
of door followed by retainer (28) so that flange
covers edge of door and wcatherseal. Install screws
(5) through retainer, weatherseal and door. Install
lockwashers (27) and nuts (26). Tighten nuts.
403. Position lock outside handle (42) on venti-
lator side of door (handle down). Install screws
(43) through handle escutcheon and door followed
by lockwashcrs and nuts. Tighten nuts.
404. Install bolts (45) through door for lock
assembly (heads on ventilator side or door).
Position lock spacer (11) over bolts so that locking
cylinder support sleeve llange fits into recess in
door. Insert lock cylinder («) in door but do not
tighten retainer set screw. Place lock {12) on
spacer and guide lock cylinder shaft through
opening in lock with a piece of wire. Install lock-
Pag e 28
CANADIAN ARMY
EME MANUAL
F10 2S-IN~rALUNG Guss WEATHERSKAL
J11StltT WITH AN INSERT Rl!PLACJlR
washers (9) and nuts (10). Tighten nuta. Position
lock cylinder (44) in door (key slot down) as far as
it will go and tighten retainer set ecrew which is
accessible through an opening in the lock sprucer
( II).
405. Install lock inside handle ( IS) (handle down).
Install lockwasher (13) and screw (14). Tighten
screw.
406. Position glass weatherseal (29) around open-
ing in door with joint at top and weatherseal insert
opening on lock side of door.
407. Position door glass in weatherseal.
408. Apply a liberal coating of liquid soap over
entire surface of glass weatherseal inaert (6). Posi-
tion end of insert three inches either side or wnther-
seal joint and install insert with weatherseal insert
rcplattr, Fig 25. A satisfactory replacer can be
fabricated locally.
CA UT/ON: ~ extreme care to p~nt .treld,.
ing the weathenml inurr. duri11g in,tallatum. If
stretching oocur,, Jurin& in.iollotum, pu,h iruerr.
backward in weatloerseal uith a ..nwdriver, uilich wul
incretU6 tension of ,ueoth~l agoinst gla...
409. Install blackout curtain fastener studs (JO)
through door with fastener on ventilator side.
Install lockwashers (7} and nuts (8) on studs.
Tighten nuts.
410. Position curtain (3) on ventilator side of
door and install plainwashers (2) and screws (1).
Tight.en ecrews.
Issue 1- J an. 1954
CANADIAN ARMY
EME MANUAL
411. Posi1ion door upper run in upper run re-
tainer and fasten nm to retainer with three studs.
412. Position door bumper on door left pillar and
install plainwashcrs and screws. Tighten screws.
41 3. Apply a coating of synthetic rubber cement
on Rat side ol door piUar weather,;eal and in chan-
nel on door right pillar. Allow cement to dry ten
minutes and install weatherseal (lip forward).
Installation
414. Po,,ition pnrtitton door assembly in body
(curtain toward windshield}.
41 5. Place partition door upper run retainer O\'Cr
top of door and against p.~rtition. lnstnll bolts
{heads toward windshield) , lockwashers and nuts.
Tighten nuts.
FRONT DOOR ASSEMBLY
416. For information pertaining to removal,
disassembly, inspection , assembly and installation
of ambulance body front doors, refer to p;ira 2
through 75 in t his INSTR.
WINDSHIELD AND FRAME
NOTE: Th• unm r,,...,.,/,.,.,., co11,ring Wind.Jiield
and F'ro,ne an d e ~ in detail in para 112 through
174 in thi1 INSTR. The only items covered 1,,,1,,,v are
those p«t<liar to the ambulance lx,dy.
Disassembly
41 7. Remove tappinit screws which will release
the support frame lower cen ter weatherstrip re-
tainer from support frame assembly, Fig 26.
418. Remove all traces of sealing compound from
top of support frame assembly.
Inspection (F ig 26)
419. Inspect support frame lower center weather-
strip retainer for corrosion damage, distortion or
cracks. lf any of these conditions exist, replace
retainer.
420. Check screw holes in lower portion or support
frame with a screw to determine ii holes are in
good condition. If the screw is not a aatisfactory
lit it wi II be necessary to install an oversize screw in
the boles that are enlarged.
421. Check screw holes at top of support frame
with a cap screw. If any of the threads arc worn or
damaged, repair with a ~ 24 NF tap. If the
Issue I- J an. 1954
VEHICLES
D 114 INSTR 15
FIG2~5UPPORT FRAM E l..oWER
WEATHERSTRIP AND RETAL'iER
threads cannot be repaired with a tap, it will be
necessary to install a ~-20 NF x % lockwasher
screw.
Assembly
422. Assembly procedures are outlined in para
152 thrnugh 1M in thi• INSTR.
Installation
423. Apply a liberal coating of sealing compound
across top of support frame.
424. Position frame lower weatherstrip, Fig 26,
across top of cowl (groove out and lip down).
425. P06ition windshields and frame as...sernbly
in body opening. Install screws, Fig 28, but do
not tighten screws.
426. Align fra me lower center weatherstrip, Fig
26, and position weatherstrip retainer on support
frame. Install and tighten screws.
427. Install right a nd felt support frame to co1A•I
screws, Fig 27, (hollow screw on left side). Install
lockwasher and nuts but do not tighten nuts. Jn-
s1all frame to cowl screws each side, Fig 27, but
do not tighten screws.
411!. Position rear view mirror on left side and
install two bolts, Fig 27, lock washers and nuts. Do
_not tighten nuts.
429. Poaition cowl liquid container strnp bracket
on cow! (right side). Install bolts, lockwashers and
nuts. Do not tighten nuts.
Page 29
 VEHICLES
D 114 INSTR 15
F!G 27- WINDSH1ELD FRAME
TO COWL PARTS
430. Tighten all screws and nuts.
431. Insert windshield wiper hinge tube in left
pillar tube hose and insert tube through left support
frame to cowl screw, Fig 27. Install hinge tube
clip and screw. Tighten screw. Attach wiper hinge
t ube to hose under cowl.
432. Insert SP9tligbt extension cable through
grommet in roof inside front right panel. Position
panel in right side and install ICl'eWI. Tighten
screws.
433. Position roof inside front left panel in body
and install and tighten screws.
434. Position roof inside front center panel in
body and install and tighten screws.
435. Position three spot light extension cable clips
over spot light extension cable and attach to roof
inside Cront right and center panels with screws.
436. Install connector shell, bushing and g rommet
on extension cable. Install connector on cable.
<137. Refer to INSTR 8 for installation procedure
on the spot light assembly.
WINDSHIELD WIPER MOTOR
438. For information pertaining to removal,
disassembly, inspection, assembly and installation
of ambula nce body windshield wiper motor, refer
to para 175 through 221 in this INSTR.
VENTILATING BLOWER
Removal (Fia 29)
439. Remove screws from right and left exhaust
ducts (17). Remove ducts from litter compartment.
CANA.DIAN ARMY
EME MANUAL
FIG 28- ROOF TO W1NDS8IELD
Fuv~ ATT,>CRJllC Scuws
440. Remove screws which attach each blower air
control valve (16) to body partition and remove
valves.
'41. Remove screws (18) which will release each
blower outlet louvre (19) and blower outlet gaskets
(21) from body panel Remove louvres. screens
and gaskets.
442. Remove screws (lower and front) each aide,
Fig 30, and pull extensions through openings in
body panel.
443. Remove motor cable from cable c(jp, F ig 30.
Disengage switch to blower cable from motor by
separating the connector shells.
444. Remove nuts and lockwashers from studs
in blower housing assemblies (litter compartment
side).
«s·. Remove right and left ventilating blowers,
blower housing gaskets, spacers and plainwashers
(ii t.ruck is 80 equipped) from body.
Dlaaeaembl.y (Fta l9)
446. Remove plainwashers (13) from studs in
blower housing assembly, il so equipped.
447. Remove spacer (12), spacer plate (11) and
housing gasket (10) from blower housing (9) .
Remove blower motor (2) and motor n,tainer (4)
from blower housing (9).
448. Loosen set screw in blower wheel hub with
a '6 set screw wrench and remove blower wheel (8)
from blower motor shaft.
449. Remove nuts (7), lockwashers (6), plain-
washer (2.3) and motor mounting grommets (S)
from screws in blower motor and remove motor
n,tainer (4) and gasket (3) from motor.
450. Wash all parts, except blower motor and
gaskets, in dry deaning solvenL Dry with com-
l u u e 1- J an. 1954
CANADIAN ARMY VEHICLES
EME MANUAL D 114 INSTR IS

l 10
I II

,/ i/ 12131415
l I// 17

~,o•
I 16

2
19

"'lil
FIG 29-VENTILATING BLOWER A,m,,usLY· ·EXPLODED VrEW

1.-s-.w-u,,1n1 .-Slower hoUl.lnt 1~Alr . . ntrol ••Iv•

2-91••- fftOMII' 10-0•1-li:tt-hout.l"'I 11- E.irh• un du• t
3,--GNll . .- m.lOf' 11-s,.... plate 11-S.rew-louvre
4-fl.U.l '*""'-"•'- 11- s..o.r , t -AIOWOf' lo.u,,,..

6-GNmft'Mt-ffl.•U ntll'l t 1,-,..• lnwMtMI' io- s.....n

$-LM,lt . . .h ... ,.-.w,a......,... 21-.Guk~ "
7-Nut ti- fhtt tt-aa.ww PUfl.do"'
.-ei.w•r wh"I ~ a lnw qhw

pressed air. Wipe dirt from blower motor with a
rar dipped in dry cleanin~ solvent.
Inspection (Fla 29)
4SI. Inspect blower motor (2) for corrosion
damage. If metal is not damaged by corrosion to
the extent that the protection of the internal parts
is endangered, remove corrosion and repaint as
required.
4S2. Check end play of motor shalt and if end
play is not within 0.008 to O.OIS inch, replace
motor.
453. Check current draw and R.P.M. of motor
shaft. The current draw is 2 amperes at 27.S volts,
motor turning 2700 R.P.M. and outlet opening
restricted to 2.S inches. If motor does not perform
to the above specifications; replace motor.
454. Inspect gasket (J) for deterioration and
breakage. If either of these conditions exist, re-
place gasket.
455. Inspect motor retainer (4) for corrosion
damage, cracks or distortion. If corro,;ion has not
damaged metal, remove corrosion and paint re-
tainer. H retainer is distorted or cracked, install
new retainer.
456. Inspect blower wheel (8) for bent blades,
damaged set screw threads or other visual damage
If blower wheel is not in satiatactory condition it
must be replaced.
457. Inspect housing (9) for corrosion damage,
distortion, cracks or damaged threads on attaching
bolts. II any of these conditions exist, replace
housing.
458. Inspect housing gasket (10) for deterioration.
If gasket is not in good condition it must be re-
placed.
459. Jnspcct spacer plate (11) !or corrosion dam-
age or deterioration. II either of these conditions
exist, replace plate.
460. 1.nspect housing spac.er (12) for deteri.o ration
or cracks. Replace spacer if either of these con-
ditions exist.
461. Inspect air control valve (16) for corrosion
damage, distortion, worn or deteriorated valve

hsue 1-Jan. 195-l Paae 31

 VEHICLES
D 114 INSTR 15
F IG 30-V£NTILATINO BLOWER
ASS£MBLY- INSTALLE1>
plate, broken abaft tension spring or brcken spot
welds. Tension spring can be replaced but if any
other unsatisfactory conditions exist, valve must be
replaced.
462. Inspect outlet extension (22) for corrosion
damage, distortion or cracks. If any of these
conditions exist, replace extension.
463. Inspect ou tlet gasket (21) for dete_rioration.
If gasket is not in satisfactory condition it must
be replaced.
464. Inspect outlet screen (20) for deteriora tion or
breakage. If either of these conditions exist, scrttn
must be replaced.
465. Inspect outlet louvre (19) for bent or broken
plate& or corrosion damage. I! louvre is distorted
or damaged, replace louvre.
466. inspect exhaust ducts (17) for corrosion
damage, distortion. broken spot welds or other
visual damage. If ducts are not in satisfactory
condition they must be replaced.
AS&embly (Fig 29)
IMPORTANT: The right and kft blou,er nwtors
ret10lve in oppo,ite clirectioM. Vwang t~ $lioft end.
the ,haft revolve, clockwi,e on the kft nwlOr and counter•
clockwi,e on the rig/11 moior.
467. Place motor gasket (3) on shaft end of motor
(2). Position motor retainer (4) on shaft end of
motor (flange toward motor.)
468. Place motor mounting grommets (5) on
motor screws, followed by plainwasher (23) and
nut (7). Tighten out.
469. Align Rat portion of motor shart with set
screw hole in blower wheel bub and position blower
Pag e 32
CANADIAN ARMY
EME MANUAL
wheel (8) on shaft (open end of wheel out) and
locate bub end of wheel flush with bottom of
chamfer on end of motor shaft. Install set screw
and tighten with~ set screw wrench.
IMPORTANT: Ri&J,t and left blower wheel• are
requu-ed and the position of the wheel blades mun be
checked before imtollation. TM blower wheel blades
mu.st slant in tAe dinction of motor rotation.
470. Position motor in blower housing (9) with
motor cable up on right motor and down on left
motor.
471. Position cable clip at bottom and install
screws (I) and attach motor ground wire to motor
retainer under one of the screws. Tighten screws.
472 . Place blower housing gasket (10) on blower
housing followed by spacer plate (11) and spacer
(12), flat side toward blower housing.
Ins talla tion (Fig 29)
4 73. Insert blower housing bolts through holes
in partition panel and hold blower assembly against
panel. Temporarily install outlet extension, Fig
30, on housing and check alignment of extension
in body outside panel opening. If ou tlet utension
is not properly aligned in body opening it will be
necessary to add plainwashcrs (13) between housing
spacer (12) and partition. When blower is properly
positioned , install lockwashers (14) and nuts (15)
oo housing bolts. Tighten nuts.
474. lostall outlet extension on housing through
opening in body outside panel, Fig 30. Install
screws which retain extension on housing. T ighten
screws.
475. Plaoe outlet gasket (2 1), outlet screen (20)
and outlet louvre (19) on body outside panel and
install four BCrews (18) in each louvre. Tighten
screw,.
476. Connect switch to blower cable, Fig 30.
Insert cable connector in blower cable c.lip on
blower housing, Fig 30.
477 . Position blower inspection covers on right
and left openings in roof inside front panels (plate
with large cutout on left side). Install one 1 inch
screw in upper rear corner of each inspection plate.
Install % inch screws in other holes of each in-
spection plate and tighten screw,.
4 78. Position air control valves '(16) in openings at
upper front corners or partition panel (litter com·
partment side) and install four screws in each
valve. T ighten screws.
Issu e 1-Jan. 1954
CANADIAN ARMY
EME MANUAL
479. Position right and left exhaust ducts (17) in
upper corners of litter compartment and install
seventeen screws in each duct. Tighten screws.
DRIVER'S AND ATTENDENT'S
SEAT ASSEMBLIES
480. For information pertaining to removal,
disassembly, inspection, assembly and installation
of the above units, refer to para 76 through 111 in
this INSTR.
REAR DOOR ASSEMBLIES
Removal (Fig 31)
481. Remove hinge screw hole rubber plugs (16)
from body hinge pillars.
482. Remove screws (23) from hinges and body
hinge pillar. Remove door assemblies from vehicle.
Disassembly (Fig 31)
IMPORTANT: The right and left door assemblies
are disassembled in a like manner. The disassembly of
the left door is described in the following paragraphs.
The parts peculiar to the right door are: lock cylinder,
remote control outside handle and female dovetail
assembly.
483. Remove cap screws (7) and lockwashers (8)
and remove check arm guide (6) from door.
484. Remove cotter pin (10), plainwasher (11)
and spacer (12) from check arm (15). Remove
check arm from guide (6). Remove plainwasher
(13) and cotter pin (14) from check arm. Discard
cotter pins.
485. Remove screws (2) and plainwashers (3)
and remove blackout curtain (9) from door.
486. Remove curtain fastener studs (58) from
door.
487. Remove screws (30), plainwashers (29) and
rubber bumpers (28) from door.
488. Remove lock inside handle screw (53), plain-
washer (54) and inside handle (55).
489. Remove cotter pins (41), plainwashers (42),
screws (38) and lockwashers (37) which will release
the lock lower link {40) and the lock upper link
(46). Remove links and spring washers (43).
490. Remove screws (1) and remove lock assem-
blies (52) and lower lock spacer (39) from door.
Issue 1-Jan. 1954
VEHICLES
D 114 INSTR 15
NOTE: The right rear door is equipped ivith a lock
outside handle and lock cylinder and these parts should
not be removed unless inspection reveals that replace-
ment is necessary.
491. Remove screws (45) and remove remote
control (44) from door.
492. Loosen headless set screw which retains
the lock cylinder in the right door with a mag-
netized screwdriver through a hole provided in the
edge of the door. Remove lock cylinder from door.
CAUTION: Loosen screw only enough to release lock
cylinder as extreme care must be exercised to prevent
screw dropping down inside of door.
493. Remove screws which will release outside
handle from right door. Remove handle.
NOTE: The right rear door is equipped with female
dovetail assemblies and they should not be removed
unless inspection reveals that replacement is necessary.
494. Remove screws (23) from each hinge (21)
and remove hinges from door.
495. Remove hinge pins (20) and remove door
to body hinge (19) from door hinge (21).
496. Remove dovetail screws (48) and male
dovetails (47) from left door.
497. Remove female dovetails which consist of
blocks and coil springs from right door with a
small screwdriver.
NOTE: Do not remove glass, weatherseal insert (56)
or weatherseal (57) from door unless inspection reveals
that replacement of the glass or weatherseal is neces•
sary.
498. Lift one end of weatherseal insert (56) from
weatherseal (57) and pull insert from weatherseal.
499. Remove glass from insert side of weather-
seal. Remove weatherseal from door.
NOTE: Do not remove any of the weatherseals from
doors unless inspection reveals that replacement is
necessary.
500. Pull upper weatherseal (4) from door and
ciiscard weatherseal.
501. Pull hinge pillar weatherseal (22) from door
and discard weatherseal.
502. Pull hinge pillar lower weatherseal (24)
from door and discard weatherseal.
Page 33
 VEHICLES CANADIAN ARMY
D 114 INSTR 15 EME MANUAL

FIG 31-REAR DOOR ASSEMBLY AND RELATED PARTS

~ l n 9 e pl n 3t-$(N..,.._... 11- 1. . ...

2-Ser•w- euruln 11·- Hlft,f.-to door 40-Urtll- """•'-' . ."t,ol- low itf'
J.-P,l•l n•••h.., 22- W . . the, ...t- hlnt• pllla, 41-c.tut ~ ft-41 nll
42~a.lnw..h4oP-tlnlt
.....
4- Weath.,.... 1- WPP4'f'
.._
1-Gvll _ h. . ll ,um
D-54,.. a nti wH h...-hlne•
t w.. the , -t -hln . . plllar--tow ... .Q-5'irln1 •H~ " m•U control

H-W..urten,,Nt-1•• • " " · - - .....v.t

7-C..• ..,....._.uld•
~L..e~. . ......
1-C,w,ul -~IKll out.
10--C.ti - ,,,._...._k _ .,.
1t- ~ la lflw•1h..-."-:k n m
11-s,• ..,._h.clt ..."'
tJ- P laln•••h--hNJr . ,.,,.,
14-C.t.tet- pln- c~ k • r"'
15-Ch-ll; arm
t ~P lue-hlne• ..,,.., h•I•
tf- Pl• lnw .. ~ t t e .• arffl
1~ r ,,in-.ehffk a rm
tt-Hlne--te h4l1
46-S.rew •"411 • - " - -·o.mou «1ntrel
H-fliKal ...,._1. ..,. . .thenff.l
46--Llnll-N..,..,. contro-1 - up...-
21 lz cw uetaln-
4 1-00¥.U.ll-n,a lo
11- a:umJM,1 l ur
4--Sci,.... a.nd wuh-----4:oYe\llll
J,-l"lalrt W_h.,._bUfflp,ff
......S.Nw-Ntafa.r
,o-sc,,. • - ltu.m pw
ao-w..tho,...al- look ~11,ir
31- 54,...._ ,.._,ner
a:t-fltt,Wl nof'-Woathon .. t
'2-Plalnw,,h.,._reu,,,._.
51-Lee.k Q.Mfflbl.,
D--W-t;h-.eal -'104!11 ~llaf'- i.we r
53--k...- a nd . . .tt.,-tn, tde handle
k-Reu.ln. . . - ,,u,.,.,eal
M ~ l n wM ho,._h• 1'411o
55-Ka.M lo-tM14e
>8-s..-w--talne,r
51--tftMl"t-. t..M WMltMrMal
n - Loc-11.. ..hw-,1"" ..,...
11- W ..t .........1-tlAM
a-Sc.,...- l1nk
11- St\HI.-... P'laln f ~ r

503. Remove screws (27) and remove lower
weatherseal retainer (26) and lower weatherseal
(25) from door and discard weatherse-.il.
504. Remove screws (31 and 36), plainwashe.r
(32 and 35) and lock pillar lower weatherseal re-
tainer {34) and remove lock pillar lower weather-
seal {33) from door. Discard weatherseal.
SOS. Remove screws (49) and remove lock pillar
w..athers,,al retoJncr (S1) and weatheroeal (SO)
from door as an aaaembly.
506. Pull weatherseal from retainer and discard
weatheneal.
507. Remove all traces of ~mcnt and weather-
seals from door and retainers. Remove corrosion

Page 34 Jgsu e 1- J .-n . 1954

CANADIAN ARMY
EME MANUAL
from all metal parts. Clean dirt or grease from
metal parts with dry cleaning solvent and dry with
compressed air.
Inspection (Fig 31)
508. Inspect check arm (15) for corrosion damage,
distortion or cracks. If there is evidence of cor-
rosion damage, clean corrosion from arm and
repaint. Arm can be straightened if it is distorted.
Replace arm if cracked.
509. Inspect check arm guide (6) for broken
spring, distortion, corrosion damage or cracks.
Remove corrosion a11d repaint guide. If spring is
broken or there is evidence of distortion or cracks,
replace check arm guide.
510. Inspect check arm spacer (12) for corrosion
or other visual damage. Corrosion can be removed
but if there is evidence of other damage, replace
spacer.
511. Inspect blackout curtain (9) for deterioration
or other visual damage. If curtain is not in good
condition it must be replaced.
512. Inspect curtain fastener studs (58) for
worn threads or other visual damage. If threads
are worn or if there is evidence of other damage,
replace studs.
513. Inspect rubber bumpers (28) for deteriora-
tion or other visual damage. If bumpers are not
in good condition they must be replaced.
514. Inspect lock assemblies (52) for worn
latches, corrosion damage, broken spot welds or
binding. If latches are worn or there is evidence
of any other visual damage, the lock assemblies
must be replaced. Corrosion can be removed if
lock is in otherwise good condition.
515. Inspect lower links (40) and upper links
(46) for distortion, corrosion damage or cracks.
Replace links if they are not in good condition.
516. Inspect inside handle (55) for wear or
cracks. If either of these conditions exist, replace
handle.
517. Inspect remote control assembly (44) for
wear, corrosion damage, broken spot welds, cracks
or binding. If binding cannot be corrected by
removal of corrosion or if any of the other con-
ditions exist, replace remote control assembly.
518. Inspect link pins on remote control assem-
blies for wear or looseness. If either of these con-
ditions exist, replace control assemblies.
Issue 1-Jan. 1954
VEHICLES
D 114 INSTR 15
519. Inspect right rear door outside handle for
cracks, corrosion damage or distorted escutcheon.
If any of these conditions exist, replace handle.
520. Inspect lock cylinder on right rear door for
corrosion damage, binding, twisted or broken shaft
or other visual damage. If any of these conditions
exist, replace lock cylinder.
521. Inspect hinges (19 and 21) for wear, cor-
rosion damage, breakage or distortion. Corrosion
damage can be corrected by cleaning and painting.
If there is evidence of other visual damage, replace
hinges.
522. Inspect hinge pins (20) for wear, corrosion
damage or .distortion. If hinge pins are not in good
condition, install new pins.
523. Inspect male dovetails (47) for wear. Dove-
tails must be replaced if they are worn.
524. Inspect female dovetail blocks and springs
for Worn blocks or broken springs. If either of these
conditions exist, replace parts as required.
525. Inspect door glass for cracks or discoloration.
If either of these conditions exist, replace door glass.
526. Inspect weatherseal insert (56) for deteriora-
tion or cracks. If either of these conditions exist,
replace weatherseal (57) and insert (~6).
527. Inspect weatherseal (57) for deterioration,
cracks or evidence of water leakage. If any of these
conditions exist, replace weatherseal and insert.
528. Inspect upper weatherseal (4), hinge pillar
weatherseal (22), lower weatherseal (24) and
weatherseal (25, 33 and SO) for deterioration or
looseness. If either of these conditions exist, re-
place weatherseals as required.
529. Inspect lower weatherseal. retainer · (26),
lock pillar lower retainer (34) and lock pillar re-
tainer (51) for corrosion damage, cracks or dis-
tortion. If any of these conditions exist, replace
retainers as required.
530. Inspect rear door (5) for corrosiori damage,
damaged panels, distortion, broken welds or
damaged threads. If corrosion has not damaged
the panels, remove corrosion and repaint door as
required. If any of the other conditions exist,
replace door.
Assembly (Fig 31)
531. Position glass weatherseal (57) around
opening in door with joint at top and weatherseal
insert opening on curtain side of door.
Page 35
 VEHICLES
D 114 INSTR 15
532. Position door glass in weatherseal.
533. Apply a liberal coating of liquid soap over
entire surface of weatherseal insert (56). Position
end of weatherseal insert three inches eitlier side
of weatherseal joint and install insert with replacer,
Fig 25. A satisfactory replacer can be fabricated
locally.
CA UTION: Exercise extreme care to prevent stretch-
ing of the insert during installation. If stretching
occurs during installation, push insert backwards in
u:·eatherseal uith a .,crewdriver, which ivill increase
tension of weatherseal against glass.
534. Position hinges (21) on door and install
screws (23) in each hinge, but do not tighten screws.
535. Position male doevetails (47) on left door
(tapered portion toward hinge side of door).
Install screws (48) and tighten screws.
536. Position female dovetail springs in female
dovetail blocks and install in right door with spring
toward outside panel.
537. Position lock outside handle on right door
with handle pointing toward hinges. Install and
tighten screws.
538. Position lock cylinder in door (key opening
down). Tighten cylinder set screw with a small
screwdriver through opening provided in edge of
door.
NOTE: Check operation of lock cylinder when set
screw is tightened to prevent possibility of bindinlJ,.
539. Position remote control (44) on door and
install screws (45). Tighten screws.
540. Position lock assemblies (52) on top and
bottom of door, with lower lock spacer (39) be-
tween lower lock and door. Install and tighten
screws (1).
541. Place remote control spring washer (43) on
inside pin of remote control (44).
542. Position upper link (46) on inside pin of
remote control (44). Install plainwasher (42) and
cotter pin (41). Position link in bracket of upper
lock assembly (52) and instalt lockwasher (37) and
screw (38). Tighten screw.
543. Position spring washer (43) on outside pin
of remote control (44). Position lower link (40) on
outside pin of remote control (44). Place plain-
washer (42) on pin and install cotter pin (41).
Pa~e 36
CANADIAN ARMY
EME MANUAL
544. Insert lower end of link in bracket of lower
lock and install lockwasher (37) and screw (38).
545. Position lock inside handle (55) on remote
control with handle pointing toward hinge side of
door. Install plainwasher (54) and screw (53).
Tighten screw.
546. Place plainwashers (29) on screws (30) and
install rubber bumpers (28) on door at three
locations. Tighten screws.
547. Position blackout curtains (9) on door (fin-
ished side out) and attach curtain to door with
plainwashers (3) and screws (2). Tighten screws.
Install curtain fastener studs (58) in door.
548. Position check arm guide (6) on door with
spring at hinge side of door and slot at top. In-
stall lockwashers (8) and screws (7). Tighten
screws.
549. Install cotter pin (14) and plain washer (13).
Place end of check arm (15) in slot of guide (6).
Install spacer (12), plainwasher (11) and cotter
pin (10). Bend ends of cotter pins.
550. If inspection revealed that replacement of
the upper weatherseal (4) is necessary, apply a
coating of synthetic rubber cement on weatherseal
and door. Allow cement to dry for ten minutes.
Apply weatherseal on door with lip at top.
551. If inspection revealed that replacement of
the hinge pillar weatherseal (22) is necessary,
apply a coating of synthetic rubber cement on
weatherseal and door. Allow cement to dry for
ten minutes. Install weatherseal so that it fits
squarely against door.
552. If inspection revealed that replacement
of the hinge pillar lower weatherseal (24) is nec-
essary, apply a coating of synthetic rubber cement
on weatherseal and door. Allow cement to dry
for ten minutes. Install weatherseal on door, with
lip down and away from door.
553. If inspection revealed that replacement of the
lower weatherseal (25) is necessary, place new
weatherseal on door (flat edge toward door).
Position retainer (26) on lower weatherseal with
flange of retainer covering upper edge of weather-
seat Install screws (27) to attach retainer and
weatherseal to door. Tighten screws.
554. If inspection revealed that replacement of
the lock pillar lower weatherseal (33) is necessary,
position new seal on bottom corner of door, closed
end of seal at flange of door. Place retainer (34)
Issue 1-Jan. 1954
CANADIAN A~1Y
EM.E MANUAL
flG 32-FOLDING STEP ASSEMBLY- I NSTALLED
at clo~ end or seal and attach seal and retainer to
door with plainwasher (35) and screw (36). Tighten
screw. Place plainwasher (32) on screw (31) and
install screw at opposite end of lock pillar lower
weathersenl. T ighten screw.
555. If inspection revealed that replacement cf
the lock p illar weatherseal (50) or retainer (51 )
is necessary, apply a coating of synthetic rubber
cement on seal and groo,·e of retainer. Allow
cement to dry for ten minutes. Install square side
of seal in retainer with lip of seal at screw side of
retainer. Firmly press seal in retainer to insure
proper adhesion. Position retainer on door and
install screws (49) . Tighten screws.
556. Position door to body hinges (19) on doors
with offset toward inside of door. Install hinge
pins (20) with heads toward top of door.
Installation (Fii 31)
557. Position rear door assemblies in line with
bod~· binge pillars and insert hinges through body
openings and install screws (23). Align doors in
body opening and tighten all binge screws.
558. ln5Crt hinge Kl"CW hole n,bber pluga (16)
in hinge pillar post.
559. Insert check arms (15) up through body
brackets and install plainwashers (17) and cotter
pins (18) and bend ends of cotter pins.
Issue I- Jan. 1954
VEHICLES
D 114 INSTR 15
FIG 33-FOLDING STEP fftNGES,
Fwoa B0A11.D A-"ID RELATED PARTS
FOLDING STEP ASSEMBLY
Ram.oval ( Fl~s 32 and 33)
560. Remove lower atrikcr K-rcws and Jowe1· dour
lock strikers.
561. Remove nuts and lockwasbers from scuff
plat.c: Crvnt -.:.rews and remove screws.
562. Remove scuff plate rear ,crews and remove
rear door scuff plate from body.
S63. Kemove step hinge ,crews. Remove folding
step assembly and hinge spacers. Pull cross sill
hinge weather:ieals from sill and discard aeals.
Disassembly (Fig 34)
564. Remove nun (16), and lockwashen (17)
from step bolt (22). Drift bolts from s tep bo:lrd
(IS) and step frame (14). Remove board.
S65. Remove cotter pin.s (10 and 25), slotted nuts
(11 and 24), lockwashers (9 and 26), plainwashcrs
(8 and 27) and remove step link screws (3 and 4).
Remove link screw spring washera (2 and 5) and
remove righ t and left step links (12 and 28) from
upper portion of s tep fra me.
566. Remove cotter pins ( 18), slotted nuts ( 19),
lockwasher1 (20), plainwMhers (21) a nd link screws
(13 and 23) and remove links from lower portion
of step frame.
567. Wash all parts, except step board (IS), in
dry cleaning solvent and dry with compressed air.
 VEHICLES CANADIAN ARMY
D 114 INSTR 15 EME MANUAL

571. Inspect link screws (3, 4, 13 and 23) for worn

or damaged threads or distortion. If any of these
conditions exist, replace screws as rcquin:u.

572. Inspect spring washers ( 2 and S) for crac~

H wabheu, are nol in good. c.ondition they must be
replaced.

573. ln• i,ecl hinge apace,·• (6 and 29) lor crack,.

II any cracks are evident sp.icen must be replaced.

Assembly (FIil 34)

574. Hold right and left step links (12 and 28)
with upper ends ol links inside ol t tep frame chan-
nel and lower ends outside ,.f frame channels
(ftat edge of links up and uppe, offset ends toward
channel Range). Install link ecrewa (13 and 23)
through links and lower portion of frame channels.
Fie 34- FoLDING STEP AssEMDLv- E xPLODl!:D followed by plainwashers ( 21 ), lockwashen (20)
VIEW and slotted nuts (19). Tighten nuts and install
cotter pins (18). Bend over ends of cotter pins.
t-Sprln• •••Ml'-ll"k ,e.,..w t1'- l.oekwa1.hw-1Wp bOlt
) - kl'e•- llnk 1a,......c•tt;w pf- l fnk HAW 515. Install link screw spring washers (2 dnd 5)
• -SeNw- ll"k ,.._..~11...- - between right and left links (12 and 28) and flange
5-SJN"lng ....tt.,-Hnk acNW 20-Loc.kWMh--Un.k ..,... of frame (14). Insert link screws (3 and 4) through
1-5,-.uP--hlftl• l t ~ l• lnwah--Unk ~
links, spring washers and frame ttangcs. Inatall
f- Sc,t•w • ncl w ..h•r hint• U-hlt-ct.efl,
plainwashens (8 and 27), Jockwashers (9 and 26)
• - ~la lnw• •h.-tlnk ..,..... u-s..r.-11n11 and slotted nuts (11 and 24). Tighten nuts and
t--LeckwHher-Hnll "-"'-• Z'-N &tt--ill'llt. - -
install cotter pins (10 and 25). Bend over ends of
10-IC:Mt•r jMl'I :rs-c.twr pJft-llnlil Knw l..Vl lcr pins.
11- N w,- Hnll: Ml'tW 2'1--t.-kw• •h4if--llft1L ~

11,-Llni: 11-fl't•lftw • •,,...._llf'lk ~

S76. Position step board (15) in step frame (14)
n --~ 1 1 ...11. zt-LJnll.
(counter-bored holes up). Insert step bolts (22)
,.,_r,..__.._•• tt-S~hlflp
through frame and board from bottom and install
,,-e....-- .... lockwasbers (17) and nuts (16) . Tighten nuts.

Clean step board with a wire brush or soap and
water.
Inspection ( Fl& 34)
568. Inspect step board (IS) lor deterioration,
cracking or warpage. If any of these conditions
exist, replace step board.
569. Inspect step frame (1') for broken welds,
cmcks, distortion, corr~ion domo.ge or Geizod
hinge pins. If nny of thc&e conditions exist, replace
rramc.
570. Inspect step links ( 12 and 28) ror corrosion
damage, cracks or distortion. If anr of these
conditions cxiu, replace linka.
In stallation (Figs 32 and 34)
577. Position hinge spacers (6 and 29) on rear
cross sill and align with screw holes for the step
hinges.
578. Position hinges of step assembly on spacers
and install screws (1 and 7). Tighten screws.
579. Coat Hal surface of cross sill binge weather-
seals and cross sill with synthetic rubber cement.
Allow cement to dry for ten minutes and install
weatherscals (lip down).
580. Place rear door scuff plate over end of floor
and install rear screws and then the front scuff
Issue I- Jan. 1954
CANADIAN ARMY
EME MANUAL
plate screws. lnstall lockwashen and nuts on front
,crews. Tighten nuts.
581. Position door lock lower striker on openings
in scuff plate and install screws. Tighten screws.
COWL VENTILATOR
582. For information pertaining to removal,
disassembly, inspection, assembly and installation
of the cowl ventilator, refer to para 222 through
265 in this INSTR.
AMBULANCE BODY SHELL
Removal
583. Remove battery hold down cover and bat·
teries (two nuts, lockwashers and plainwa.shers).
584. Remove battery cable weatherseal retainer
and battery cable weatherseal (two screws and
lockwashers). Pull cables down through body
Boor.
585. Remove griU from lower right litter support
at heater (two screws and washers). Disconnect
fuel line at heater and push fuel line down through
body floor.
586. Disconnect three cable terminals at connec-
tions inside of right frame side rail to rear of
transfer.
587. Remove right and left rear lifting shackle
bracket assemblies from frame to facilitate removal
of rear body hold down bolts (two lockwashers and
nuts each side).
588. Remove nuts, lockwasbers and plaiowashcrs
from body bold down bolts (6ve each side).
589. Disconnect fuel tank 611er pipe and filler
vent tube hose connections at fuel tank.
590. Balance of disconnect points are the same
as indicated for remo,·al of the cab, para 266
through 20~.
591. Remo,·e ambulance body from frame.
NOTE: Tk all body to frame pads to body hold down
brocket, in tltelr original pasiiions tofacilitate as.,embly.
Disassembly
592. Remo,·e six hinp;c to panel lockw:1sher
screws which will releaw the binges from the body
l uue l- Ja11. 1954
VEHICLES
D 114 INSTR 15
F!G 35- PAUDtr's SEAT BAClt
CUSHION AND LITTE». RACK
REAR GUIDE BRACKET
inside panel. Release patients' seat b:lck latch
catch and re.m ove pati~nts' ~at back. cushion
asaembly, Fig 35.
.11,Q:.. Rf"lea.ce f:utent.B ancl rt.move p,atif'..ntA' ACat
back cushion cover and patients' &eat back cushion
pad.
594. Remove latch catch lockwasher screws
which will release the patients' seat back latch
catch from the patients' seat back cushion bo:lrd.
595. Remove hinge to bo:lrd lockwasher screws
and remove p:ltients' seat back hinge assemblies
from board.
596. Remove screws and lockwashers and remove
the three patients' &eat back bumpers from each
board.
S97. Do not remove p:1tients' seat back cushion
cover fastener sockets from patients' seat back
cushion bo:lrd unless inspection reveals replace-
ment is necessary. If replaceme.n t ia necessary,
remove sockets.
598. Toremovelitter rack rearguidebrackets, Fig
35, remove four litter rack rear guide lockwasher
screws and remove litter rear guide brackets and
litter rack rear guide bracket fillers from inside
body panels.
599. To remove right and left litter rack assem-
blies, Fig 36, pull out litter rack lift handle assem-
blies and place rear of Jitter rack assembly in
raised position (front end down). Remove patienu'
cushion assemblies from litter rack assembly.
Pa&c 39
 VEHICLES CANADIAN ARMY
D 114 INSTR 15 EME MANUAL

Fi e 36--L1TTRR RACK AND

REAR SUPPORT

600. Remove screws, nuts and lockwashers which

attach the rear side companmcnt lid lo side
compartment. Remove lid.

601. Remove nuts, lockwashers and acrews from

rear side compartment panel. Remove panel.
Remove litter rack rear support cross shaft bracket
lockwasher screws from litter rack rear support
cross shat t brackets.

602. Remove litter rack rear support hinge

springs. The removal ol the springs can be facil-
itated by the use of brake return spring pliers.

NOTE: Uiur ruck """' be tiked toward center of

body to proride room for remol'al of ou1side spring.
Fie 37-RRwoVINe Lrn,;:a.
603. Remove nuts, lockwashers and litter rack RAC-IC REAR. SUPPORT AsSBM11LY
rear support hinge screws which will release litter
rack assembly from litter rack rear support assem- 607. Turn litter rack locks and remove litter
bly. Remove litter rack assembly from vehicle. rack lift handle assemblies from litter rack.

604. Lower outs.ide arm or litter rack rear sup-
port assembly into side compartment opening,
A, Fig 37.
605. Lilt inside end ol litter rack support and
move outside arm into side compartment, B,
Fig 37.
608. Remove cotter pin and pull litte.r rack lock
from bracket on litter rack. Remove litter rack
luck. 11;:vt::r-1 liu-:r- nu;k lock lever spacers and litter
rack lock spring from each side ol litter rack.
609. Release lasteners from patients' seat cushion
cover and remove patients· seat cushion board and
patients' seat cushion pad from cover.

000. Raise outside arm of Utter rack support 610. To remove ftoor board covering, Fig 33,
up and over side compartment inside panel and remove rear door scuff plate and door lock lower
remove support from body, C, Fig 37. strikers.

raae 40 Issue 1- J an. 1954

CANADIAN ARMY
EME MANUAL
611. Remove tapping screws and ~ove side
compartment to floor angle mouldings.
612. Remove four screws and remove fuel gauge
in;-pection cover from floor.
613. Remove floor covering from floor board.
Discard covering.
614. To remove floor board, Fig 33, remove
bracket lockwasher screws from side compartment
rear panel aod compartn\t:nl iside "*'"d whic.la will
release the side panel to rear panel bracket assem•
bly, Remove brackets.
61S. Remove luel tank. Reier to INSTR 7.
616. Remove nuts, lockwa.shers and machine
screws which attach floor board to body cross sills.
Slide floor board from body through rea.r door
openinx,
617. II a new floor board covering ls installed on
the original floor bonrd, clean 1,11 traces ol cement
from floor board. This can be performed with a
floor sander.
618. Remove grease and dirt from metal parts
with dry cleaning solvent and dry with compressed
air.
Inspection
619. Inspect patients' seat back cushion cover,
Fig 3S, for wear or other visual damage. If either
ol these conditions exist, replace cover.
620. lnapect patients' seat back cushion cover
fastener sockets, Fig JS, for damage. If any ol the
sockets are damaged, replace as required.
621. Inspect patients' seat back cushion pad,
Fig JS, lor deterioration or other visual damage.
Replace pad if not in good condition.
622. Inspect patients' seat back cushion board
for cracks, warpage or other visual damage. Re-
place board ii not in good condition.
C>23. Inspect patients' seat back hinge assemblies
for corrosion damage or distortion. Replace
hinges if either of these conditions exist.
624. Inspect patients' seat back bumpers for
deterioration. Jf bumpers are not in good condition,
replace as required.
Issue I- Jan. 1954
VEHICLES
D 114 INSTR 15
FIG 38- LrnER RAc1t Loc1t
Al'D Rl!l.ATED PA.RTS
625. Inspect patients' seat back latch catch for
corrosion damage or weak or broken springs.
II any of the9e conditions exist, replace catch.
626. Inspect patients' seat cushion cover for
wear or other visual damage. If not in good con-
dition, replace cover.
627. Inspect patients' seat cushion pad for
deterioration or other visual damage. Replace
pad if not in good condition.
628. Inspect patients' seat cushion board for
cracks, warpage or other visual damage. Replace
board if not in good condition.
629. Inspect litter rack assembly, Fig 38, for
broken welds, corrosion damage or distortion.
Broken welds can be repaired by welding. If litter
racks are distorted or damaged by corrosion, replace
as required.
630. Inspect litter rack lift handle assemblies,
Fig 36, for cracks, broken welds, distortion or
corrosion damage. Broken w.elds can be corrected
by welding. If handles are distorted or damaged by
corrosion, replace handles.
631. Inspect litter hold down straps, Fig 38,
for wear or deterioration. Replace straps ii either
of these conditions exist.
632. Inspect litter rack locks, Fig 38, for bent or
broken shafts. If either of these conditions exist,
replace locks.
633. Inspect litter rack lock !even,, Fig 38, for
cracks or wear. U either of these conditions exist,
replace !even, as required.
634. inspect litter rack lock springs, Fig 38, for
cracks or distortion. Replace apringa if either of
these conditions exist.
 VEHICLES
D 114 INSTR 15
635. Inspect litter rack lock lever spacers for
damage. If spacers are damaged, replace as re-
quired.
636. Inspect litter rack rear support assembly,
Fig 37, for broken welds, worn hinge pins, damaged
support hinges or distortion. Repair broken welds
by welding. If any other conditions exist, replace
rear !iiUpport assembly.
637. Inspect litter rack rear support hinge
springs, Fig 36, for cracks or distortion. If either
of these conditions exist, replace spring.
638. Inspect litter rack rear guide bracket for
cracks or distortion. Straighten bracket if dis-
torted. Replace bracket if cracked.
639. Inspect litter rack rear guide bracket filler
for deterioration. Replace filler if it is not in good
condition.
640. Inspect floor board, Fig 33, for deterioration,
warpage or cracks. If any of these conditions
exist, replace floor board.
641. Inspect side compartment to floor angle
mouldings, Fig 33, for distortion, cracks or cor-
rosion damage. If any of these conditions exist,
replace mouldings.
642. Inspect fuel gauge inspection cover, Fig 33,
for distortion or corrosion damage. If either of
these conditions exist, replace cover.
643. Inspect side panel to rear panel bracket
assemblies for distortion, corrosion damage or
stripped or broken weld nuts. If there is evidence
of distortion or corrosion damage, replace brackets.
If any of the weld nuts are stripped or broken
remove damaged weld nuts and use a cap screw,
lockwasher and nut.
Assembly
644. Slide floor board through rear opening of
body and align screw holes in board and body cross
sills (metal side of floor down). Install flat head
machine screws, lockwashers and nuts. Tighten
nuts.
645. Apply a liberal coating of floor board cover-
ing cement on floor board. Position new floor
board covering on floor board and align screw
holes.
646. Position side compartment to floor angle
mouldings at each side and install a cross recess
oval head tapping screw at each end. Install cross
.recess oval head tapping screws in other holes.
Tighten screws.
Page 42
CANADIAN ARMY
EME MANUAL
647. Apply a coating of sealing compound on
under side edge of fuel gauge inspection cover.
Place cover over floor opening and install four
cross recess oval head tapping screws. Tighten
screws.
648. Install rear door scuff plate and door lock
lower strikers. Refer to para 580 and 581 for
information pertaining to the removal and instal-
lation of these parts.
649. Position side panel to rear panel bracket
assemblies in opening between the two panels.
Install bracket lockwasher screws, Fig 33. Tighten
screws.
650. Insert litter hold down straps, Fig 38,
through slots in litter brackets at each end and
install retaining pins or loops.
651. Place litter rack, Fig 38, upside down. In-
sert litter rack lock lever spacers in litter rack lock
spring and position spacers and spring in litter
rack bracket with ends of spring up and forward.
Position litter rack lock lever between spring coils
and in slot in litter rack (straight edge out). Align
lock lever, spring and spacers and install litter rack
lock with curved side of lock toward end of litter.
Install cotter pin.
652. Install litter rack lift handle assemblies, Fig
36, with slots on lock side so that they will engage
with the litter rack lock lever, Fig 38.
653. Insert outside arm of litter rack rear support
assemblies up through opening in side compart-
ment with litter rack rear support cross shaft
brackets toward front of body, C, Fig 37. Lift
outer end of litter rack support and position sup-
port so that outside arms will be in side com-
partment, B, Fig 37. Insert outside arm up through
side compartment opening, A, Fig 37.
654. Place litter rack assembly, Fig 36, in body
(front end down).
655. Position litter rack on litter Tack rear sup-
port assembly and install litter rack rear support
hinge screws {heads outside) followed by lock-
washers and nuts. Tighten nuts.
656. Install litter rack rear support hinge springs.
This operation can be facilitated with brake spring
pliers.
657. Align holes in litter rack rear support cross
shaft brackets and side compartment rear panel
brackets. Install litter rack rear support lockwasher
screws. Tighten screws.
Issue 1-Jan. 1954
CANADIAN ARMY VEHICLES
EME MANUAL D 114 INSTR 15

Ii 611·l:i
"i
2-
3-M/

,_
4-
1-
e-4ft'/
9- -
I~$<
14~

15::.-
17-@
18--<)

~
19-

2 1--<.:!!:>
23--0 25- ..sra

26-
io ....:,
1s-"
22-! 27-

FRAME

FI G 39-AMBVUNCE BooY H o1. o DOWN B OLT AND PAD LOC\'J'IONS

1- ... t-ltedy hold dow n 1o-tfut-Mdy bolt 11- LMkwHMF
Z-Plo l" wHhe,. 11-Po d- bolll)' to ft'llfflO 20-P'f f-M4)' t• fnm•
s-1'••- Mdy to rnmo 12- Bolt- ..-,. hollll lllow n l t ~ nwuhff
.t--LM-kwHher 13-Pto lftwo,h.w t:z- e.i botl1 hold dow l't
1-N ut- tt.4.- N1t 14--,,.._IMMI,. t o fnmo 2:J- P. . -fM41 to fnme
f.-9olt-a..d,. hotil 4 o• " 1$-l.MllwNh"' Z.4-8elt- body holtl 41ow r.
7- fttal nwo,h.., 1._N wt--9ody bo lt 25-P• lf.-bo~1 u, ,,..,,...
a - P ~ y te fr o mo 11-Plld- body to ,,.amo H - LffkwHh w
t-&.e.••uh.,. 11-Nut-ltocfy belt 2f-ftut-'bo411 ~ ,

658. Insert patients· seat cushion pad in patients'
seat cushion cover, followed by patients' seat
cushion board (fastener side of cover). Close
cover by fastening fasteners over fastener llOCketa.
659. lnstall patients' seat cushion assemblies in
litter rack (fruitener side down).
660. Position right and left rear aide compart-
ment panels, Fig 36, on side compartment with
rolled edge toward front ol body. Install cap screws,
Fig 36, lod-washers and nuts. Tighten nuta.
661. Place rear side compartment lid over rear
opening ol side compartment. Install ftat head
cross recess machine screws through each lid hinge
and side compartment , followed by lockwashers
and nuts. Tighten nuta.
662. Position litter rack rear guide bracket
filler, Fig 35, on body panel (hol~ up and tapered
end out) followed by litter rack rear guide brackets,
Fig 35, (offset end down) and install litter rack
rear guide lockwasher ecrews. Place litter rack in
raised position and push guide brackets down in
contact with litter rack. Tighten screws.
663. Position the three patients· scat back
bumpers on cleats of patienta' seat back cushion
board, Fig 35, (recessed holes out ). Install plain.
washers and round head wood screws. Tighten
acrews.
664. Place patien ts' seat back latch catch on
center of board with open end of bracket toward
edge of board. Insta ll latch catch lockwasher
screws. Tighten screws.
665. Position patieota' seat back hinge assemblies,
Fig 35, on patients' seat, back cushion board (off-
set plate of hina:e toward top of board). Install
hinge to board lockwasher screws and tighten
ac·rews.
666. 1£ inspo,,tinn ...,v..aJed that replacement ol
patients' scat back cushion cover fastener sockets,
Fig 35, is necessary, instaU new sockets as required.

Issue 1- J an. 1954 Paae 43

 VEHICLES
D 114 INSTR 15
667. Place patients' seat back c ushion pad, Fig
35, on bonrd and install patients' seat back cushion
cover. Fasten cover to board.
668. Position patients' seat back cushion assem-
blies on body inside panels, Fig 35, ond install six
hinge tn rmn~I 1ock:washer screw&. Tighten 1&.Crcws.
Installat ion (Fii 39)
669. Place plainwasher (2) on the body hold down
bolts (1) and insert them in the front holes of the
underbody.
6 70. Place plainwashers (7) on the two bolts (6)
and insert them in the a«ond holes of the uader-
body.
671. Place plainwashers (13) on the bolts (12)
and insert them in the holes in tool compartment
floor.
672. Place the bolts ( 24) in the rear hol:s in the
underbody.
673. Attach all body to frame pads (J, 8, 11, 14,
17, 20, 23 and 25) to the body support brackets
with plastic type gasket cement.
674. Lower body on frame and guide hold down
bolts through pads, brackets and frame holes.
675. Place plainwashers (21) on the bolts (22)
and insert them from the bottom (heads down to
prevent interference from rear springs) up through
the body support brackets, pads and underbody.
676. Install internal-external teeth spring steel
lockwashers (4, 9, 15 and 19) and nuts (5, 10, 16 and
18) on the eight forward body hold down bolts
and tighten nuts.
677. Insta ll lockwashers (26) and nuts (27) on
the two rear body bolts and tighten nut,;.
678. Connect fuel tank 611er pipe and filler vent
tube connections at fuel tank.
679. Install right and left rear llfting shackle
bracket assemblies (lockwashers and nuts each
side).
680. Connect three cable terminals at connections
inside of right frame side rail at rear of transfer
assembly.
Palle 44
CANADIAN ARMY
EME MANUAL
FIG 4 0-RAl>IO R£cEPTACLE
DISCONNECT POINTS
681. Push fuel line up through body Boor and
connect line to heater. Install grille on lower right
litter support at heater (lockwashers and eap
screws).
682. The remaining connect points are the same
as indicated for the cab, para 328 through 352.
683. f>ull battery to ground cable and battery to
starter cable assemblies up through body floor and
in,tall cable weatherseal and cable weatherseal
retainer.
684. Install batteries and hold down cover
(plainwashers, lockwaahcrs and nuts).
685. Connect battery cables, except battery to
ground cable assembly, to battery clamp terminals.
Do not connect battery to ground cable assembly
until all electrical connections are completed.
REPAIR PROCEDURES
CARGO AND COMMAND BODIES
Removal
686. Remove radio cable receptacle and cover
from body front panel (four large screws, four
&mall screws and lvckwa,ln:r-.) 1 Fig 40.
687. Remove right and left rear lifting shackle
bracket assemblies from lrame (lockwashers and
nuts each side).
Issue 1-Jan. 1954
CANADIAN ARMY VEHICLES
EME MANUAL D 114 INSTR 15

(1 4) and remove front rack assembly (18) from

body.

693. Remove nuts, lockwashers and cap screws

from right and left side panels ( 13 and 17) and
remove right and left seat back (with supports)
assemblies (5 and 19).

694. If replacement of the safety strap eye bolt

(2) h, necessary, remove nut, loc.k wa5hcr a.nd eye
bolt from each seat back lower board.

695. If replacement of the seat back board seat

retainers (3) is necessary, remove nut, cap screw
and plainwasber and remove retainer from each
,;cat uack luw.,.- UUiirJ.

696. Remove four nuts, lockwashers and cap

Fto 41-UROO
AsS£!,18LY
1- Afft M w •...,,.l:tll'
2---cy. Mh-uleq •• , • •
>-A.... ...-... , ' •• k
._T.al pte
~SMctba e ll
&-S..t •nem1:t1·1
f - T • II gate. hln1r-owtff
1-,1,o,,... and w H h...-ten4'•
I - Reef' fend-
AND COIOUND Boov
11- Ha Ml.-tool oomp•'1.m•nt
t2- Do0f'-tool com••r1.~t
13-Bedy • fd• pan-el
t'-'8ody ff,ont pan•I
1&-Suk.-,,_t rack
tt- er.o~,,.. w...a
1f - lle47 .rife pe.lMI
tt-*-4, ,...1r._ ,,.ftt.
,.,... . ., bMIIC
screws from support brackets of right and left
seat assemblies (6 and 20) and remove seat assem-
blies from side pa.nels.
697. Remove four lockwasher screws which will
release auxiliary seat assembly from front panel.
Remove seat from panPI.
698. Remove two cap screw, and internal-
cxtemal teeth lockwashers from lower flange of
spare wheel bracket (16). Remove two cap screws,
lockwaahers and nuts holding bracket to lront
panel and remove bracket.

688. Remove nuts, lockwashers and plainwashers 699. Remove lockwasher screws each side and
from body hold down bolts. niachim: t1ec1:w~. IV\:kwu::tlu::1~ a nd nut~ at front end
of floor. Remove front panel (14) from body.
689. Disconnect fuel tank filler pipe and Vfflt
line hose connections under body. 700. Remove two lockwashcr screws which will
release tail gate hinge support from rear floor cross
690. Remove body from frame. sill, Fig 42.

NOTE: Proper radio ,w:epuu:h hole oosning betwee11
the body a"d rob depend, on the correct iruralhmon of
the body to frame pad,. Auado all pad$ to "the body
hold down braclret, in their original po,i1ion to
foci/iu,.1e assembly.
Disassembly (Fig 41 )
691. Remo,·e roof bows (I) by lilting from sockets
on body sides.
701. Remove lockwasher screws which will re-
lease the tail gate outer hinges (7) and tail gate
assembly from rear floor cross sil l. Remove tail
gate assembly and hinges.
702. Remove machine screws, nuts and Ioele-
washers and remove fuel filler housing from inside
of left side panel. Remove two cap screws, nuts
and lockwashers and remove fuel filler tube assem-
bly from wheel housing.

692. Remove the two cap screws and lockwashers 703. Remove nuts, lockwashers and screws which
which attach front rack stake (15) to front panel attaeh the inside tlange of the left side vaud,

Issue 1- Jan. 1954 Page 45

 VEHICLES
D 114 INSTR 15
FIG 42-UJIGO UNOEUODY ANO RELATED
PARTS
wheel housing and tool compartment door lock
catch to floor left panel. Remove cap &erewa,
Jockwashcrs and nuts which attach side panel tool
compartment door (12) to left side panel (13).
Remove door.
704. Remove jam nuts and remove, side panel
tool compartment door lock handle (11) from tool
compartment door.
705. Remove nuts, lockwashcrs and cap screws
which will release tool compartment door lock
lrom door. Remove lock.
706. Remove two lockwaaher screws from rear
floor cross sill which will release aide panel corner
bracket from sill. Remove left aide panel (13).
Remove lockwasher screw at rear of aide panel and
remove side panel corner bracket from side panel.
707. The right side panel (17) Is removed in the
same manner as the left side panel except for the
removal ol the luel filler housing and fuel filler tube
assembly.
708. Remove fender lockwasher screws (8) and
remove rear fenders (9) and rear fender welts (10)
from side ponels.
709. Remo,·e tool compartment bottom panel
lockw.asher tcrews and remo"e tool compartment
bottom panel, Fig 42, from floor cross sills.
Pa~e 46
CANADIAN ARMY
EME MANUAL
710. Remove screws and fuel gauge inspection
cover from left floor panel.
711. Remove nuts, lockwaahers and screws and
right and teft floor panels from floor cross sills,
Fig 42.
712. Clean all metal part.a in dry cleaning solvent
and dry with comprcued &ir.
Inspection (Fla 41)
713. Inspect roor bow assemblies for cracks or
deteriorated wood, corroded or distorted roof bow
metal corners. If any of these conditions exist,
replace rool bow auemblfos (1) as required. lnopect
ridge pole and brackets for cracks, deterioration
or corrosion damage. If any of these conditions
exist, replace ridge pole or brackets as required.
71 4. Inspect right and left seat back. (with
supports) assemblies (S and 19) for crack~ or
deteriorated boards. If either or thC$C conditions
CJ<itJ, n,place board•.
715. Inspect seat back supports for distortion or
corrosion da mage. If either of these conditions
exist, replace supports as required.
716. Inspect front rack assembly (18) for cracked,
warped or deteriorated boards. If any of these
conditions exist, replace boards as required. In-
spect front rack stake (15) for distortion, cracks or
corrosion damage. If any of these conditions exist,
replace stake. Inspect front rack brackets and
related part.a for corrosion damage or distortion.
If any ol these conditions exist, replace parts as
required.
717. Inspect boards on right and felt aeat assem-
blies (6 and 20) and auxiliary seat assembly for
cracks, warpage or deterioration. If any ol these
conditions exist replace boards as required. Jn-
apect brackets and supports for distortion or
corrosion damage. If either of these conditions
exist, replace brackets as required.
718. Inspect felt side panel (13), right side panel
(17) and front panel (14) for collision damage or
corrosion damage. Collision damage can be cor-
rected by sheet metal repairs but the panels must
be replaced if corrosion damage is extensive.
Issue I-Jan. 1954
CANADIAN ARMY
EME MANUAL
719. Inspect right and left floor panels, Fig 42,
for corrosion damage or distortion. If corrosioa
has damaged the floor panels to the extent that
sheet metal repairs cannot be performed, replace
panels. Replace floor panels if they are distorted.
720. Inspect fuel gauge inspection cover for
distortion or corrosion damage. Replace cover if
either of these conditions exist.
721. Inspect tail gate assembly (4) for collision
damage, distortion or corrosion damage. If any of
these conditions exist, replace tail gate assembly.
lnspeci tail gate outer hinges (7) and supports for
wear, corrosion damage or distortion. If any of
these conditions exist, replace hinges or tail gate
assembly.
722. Refer to para 915 and 916 for information
pertaining to the inspection of the rear fenders and
rear fender welts.
723. Inspect side panel tool compartment door
(12) for distortion or corrosion. Replace door if
either of these conditions exist.
724. Inspect side panel tool compartment door
lock for distortion, broken parts or corrosion
damage. If any of these conditions exist, replace
locks.
725. Inspect side panel tool compartment door
lock handle (11 ) for cracks or other visual damage.
Replace handle if it is not in satisfactory condition.
726. Inspect tool compartment bottom panel,
Fig 42, for corrosion damage, loose welds or dis-
tortion. If any of these conditions exist, replace
panel.
727. Inspect floor cross siUs, Fig 42, for corrosion
damage, distortion, cracks, broken welds or bent
brackets. Repair or replace cross sills as required.
Assembly (Fig 41)
728. Position number one floor cross sill with the
holes for the tool compartment bottom panel
toward rear.
NOTE: The lower flange of number one floor cross
sill and number two floor crostl sill are drilkd for the
tool compartment bottom panel. The number one
floor cross sill can be identified by the great,er distance
between the brackets.
Issue 1- Jan. 1954
VEHICLES
D 114 INSTR 15
729. Position the rear floor cross sill with drilled
flange up toward front.
730. Position left floor panel on cross sills (cutout
for wheel housing and fuel filler housing toward
outside).
731. Install pan head cross recess machine screws
through the two inside holes of the floor panel at
the rear cross sill. Install lockwashers and nuts. Do
not tighten nuts. Install one pan head cross recess
machine screw in inside hole of floor panel through
rear flange of number one floor cross sill. Install
lockwasher and nut but do not tighten nut.
732. Position right floor panel on floor cross sills
(wheel house cutaway outside).
733. Install pan head cross recess machine screws
through inside holes at rear floor cross sill, followed
by lockwashers and nuts. Do not tighten nuts.
Install one pan head cross recess machine screw
through hole in floor panel and rear flange of num-
ber one floor cross sill. Install lockwasher and nut,
but do not tighten nut.
734. Position number two floor cross sill on floor
panels (holes for tool compartment bottom panel
forward).
735. Install pan head cross recess machine
screws through three holes in floor panel and for-
ward flange of number two floor cross sill. Install
two pan head cross recess machine screws through
two inside holes of floor panels and rear flange of
number two floor cross sill. Install lockwashers
and nuts but do not tighten nuts.
736. Position number three floor cross sill on
floor panels.
NOTE: This is the tlhort cross tlill without braclceu.
737. Install one pan head cross recess machine
screw through floor panels and front flange of
number three floor cross sill, followed by a lock-
washer and nut. Install pan head cross recess
machine screws through floor panels and center of
cross sill rear flange, followed by lockwashers and
nuts. Do not tighten nuts.
738. Position number four floor cross sill on floor
panels.
Page 47
 VEHICLES
D 114 INSTR 15
NOTE: This is the short cross sill with brackets.
739. Install pan head cross recess machine screw
through floor panels and number four cross sill
front flange followed by lockwashers and nuts.
Do not tighten nuts. Install two pan head cross
recess machine screws through floor panels and
center holes in rear flange of cross sill, followed by
lockwashers and nuts. Do not tighten nuts.
740. Position number five floor cross sill on floor
panels.
741. Install pan head cross recess machine screws
through floor panels and front flange of number
five floor cross sill, followed by lockwashers and
nuts. Do not tighten nuts. Install four pan head
cross recess machine screws through floor panels
and rear flange of cross sill followed by lockwashers
and nuts.
742. Tighten all nuts securely.
743. Apply a liberal coating of sealing compound
to upper surface of the front and rear flanges on
tool compartment bottom panel. Position tool
compartment bottom panel on numbers one and
two floor cross sills. Install tool compartment
bottom panel lockwasher screws. Tighten screws.
744. Apply a liberal coating of sealing compound
on top surface of front panel lower flange. Position
front panel (14) with lower flange below number
one floor cross sill upper flange and install the four
center pan head cross recess machine screws fol-
lowed by lockwashers and nuts. Tighten nuts.
745. Apply a coating of synthetic rubber cement
on inside of right and left side panels (13 and 17)
at sides of each tool compartment opening. Allow
cement to dry for ten minutes and install four
side panel to tool compartment panel pads.
746. Insert side panel rear supports in rear lower
corners of side panels (flat side toward rear of
side panels). Install an internal-external teeth
lockwasher and cap screw through rear of side
panels and in upper threaded hole of support but
do not tighten screws.
747. Apply a liberal coating of sealing compound
on lower surface of side panel flanges. Guide side
panel rear supports in rear floor cross sill and
position side panels on floor panels. Install pan
head cross recess machine screws through left side
panel and floor panel followed by lockwashers and
nuts. Tighten nuts. Install pan head cross recess
Page 48
CANADIAN ARMY
EME MANUAL
machine screws through right side panel and floor
panel followed by lockwashers and nuts. Tighten
nuts.
748. Install four internal-external teeth lock-
washers and fluted taper point cap screws on each
side to attach side panel to front panel. Tighten
screws.
749. Install internal-external teeth lockwashers
and fluted taper point cap screws through holes in
lower front side of side panels to attach side panels
to rear floor cross sill. Tighten cap screws.
750. Install internal-external teeth lockwashers
and cap screws each side, through rear floor cross
sill and into side panel rear support but do not
tighten screws until tail gate assembly is installed.
751. Position fuel filler tube assembly on rear of
left wheel housing and install cap screws, lock-
washers and nuts (heads on filler tube side).
Tighten nuts.
752. Coat inside surface of flanges on fuel filler
housing with - sealing compound and position
housing on left side panel. Install pan head cross
recess machine screws, lockwashers and nuts (head
outside on three screws through side panels and
heads on filler housing side on other screws).
Tighten screws.
753. Remove nuts and lockwashers from second
machine screw at front of side panels and install
tool compartment lock catches followed by ex-
ternal teeth lockwasher and nut but do not tighten
nut. Install a pan head cross recess screw, each
side, through other hole in catch followed by an
external teeth lockwasher and nut. Do not tighten
nut.
754. Position tool compartment door locks on
inside of tool compartment doors (latch opposite
hinge) and install cap screws (heads out), lock-
washers and nuts. Tighten nuts.
755. Insert side panel tool compartment door
lock handle (11) through lock so that handle will
be in a horizontal position when latch is in the
locked position. Install jam nut and tighten nut.
Install other jam nut and tighten.
756. Position side panel tool compartment doors
(12) on side panels and install cap screws through
door hinge and side panel (heads out) followed by
lockwashers and nuts. Tighten nuts.
757. Position tool compartment door lock catches
so that doors are firmly closed. Tighten nuts which
attach door lock cat..h to floor panels.
Issue 1-Jan. 1954
CANADIAN ARMY VEHICLES
EME MANUAL D 114 INSTR 15

13

1-f
'-i 6 12

~ 8-- 14

2,!Jjj,fJ

3
~
9---0 15 ~
4~ 10O
5--t, II~ 11----0
16 - -

FRAME

TZ49·11t0

F1G 43-Cuoo AND Co:wwAND BODY H oLD-DoWN BoLT, CAP Sciuiw

AND PAD locATIONS

,~.--....,, . ·--
,-ca,, ...... .,_,.._ ...It

a-P*4-bolly to,........ 1)- St.p Nit

w••.....
3-Plal .. t - ~a lnw..ttw 14-Pad-._., "9 ,,..,...
15-Plalnw ..Mif'
tf-L.Mlrw. . . .
tJ--fh,t

758. Refer to para 917 for information pertaining
to the installation of the rear fenders.
159. Position spare wheel bracket at right side of
front panel and install cap screws through bracket
and front panel followed by lockwashers and nuts.
Do not tighten nuts. Install internal-external
teeth lockwashers and cap screws at lower flange
of spare wheel bracket. Tighten cap screws and
upper nuts.
760. Position right and left scat back (with
supports) assemblies (5 and 19) in right and left
side panels (13 and 17). Align holes in seat back
supports with holes in side panels and install cap
screws (each side) followed by lockwashers and
nuts. . Tighten nuts.
761. Insert safety strap eye bolts (2) in upper rear
hole in seat back lower board and seat back 1up-
port followed by lockwasher and nut -(each side).
Tighten nut.
762. Place a plainwasher on two cap screws fol-
lowed by the right and left seat back board re-
tainers (3) and other plainwashers. Insert cap
screws through lower rear bole in seat back lower
board and seat back supports (seat retainer offset
toward center of body and top edge of offset
pointing down and toward rear of body). Install
and tighten nuts so that retainers can be moved
freely without end play. Peen end of cap screws
over nuts to retain proper adjustment and prevent
loss of parta.
763. Install front rack a=mbly (18) so that
front rack stake (15) is inside of front panel and
end connectors arc engaged with brackets on seat
back support assemblies. Install lockwashers and

Ja1ue I- Jan. 1954 Paae 49

 VEHICLES
D 114 INSTR 15
cap screws to attach front rack stake to front panel.
Tighten cap screws.
764. Position auxiliary seat assembly on front
panel and attach each hinge to front panel with
internal-external teeth lockwashers and fluted
taper point cap screws. Tighten cap screws.
765. Position right and left seat assemblies (6 and
20) on side panels and install cap screws through
each hinge bracket and side panel (heads outside)
followed by lockwashers and nuts. Tighten nuts.
766. Position one of the tail gate outer hinges (7)
on body side panel and attach hinge to body with
internal-external teeth lockwashers and cap screws.
Tighten cap screws. Tighten side panel rear sup-
port cap screws.
767. Coat hinge end of tail gate assembly with
general purpose grease and insert tail gate assembly
in tail gate outer hinge which is attached to body.
Position other tail gate outer hinge on tail gate
assembly and install internal-external teeth lock-
washers and cap strews. Tighten cap screws.
Tighten three side panel rear support cap screws.
768. Close tail gate assembly and position tail
gate hinge support, Fig 42, at center of rear floor
cross sill and install internal-external teeth lock-
washers and fluted taper point cap screws. Tighten
cap screws.
769. Install roof bows (1) by inserting ends in
sockets on body sides.
Installation (Fig 43 )
770. Insert body hold down step bolts (13) in
rear holes in underbody, body hold down bolts (7)
in center holes and cap screws (1) in the front
bracket holes. Attach body to frame r;,ads (2, 6,
8, 12 and 14) to body support brackets with plastic
type gasket cement.
NOTE: On vehicles equipped with radio receptacle
the four thick pads are required at the front to provide
proper alignment between cab and body openings for
the radio receptacle.
771. Lower body on frame and guide hold down
bolts and cap screws through body hold down
brackets and holes in frame. Install plainwashers
(3, 9 and 15), lock washers (4, 10 and 16) and nuts
(5, 11 and 17) on bolts. Tighten nuts.
772. Install right and left rear lifting shackle
bracket assemblies at rear of frame (lockwashers
and nuts each side).
Page 50
CANADIAN ARMY
EME MANUAL
773. Connect fuel tank filler pipe and vent line
hose connections at fuel tank.
774. Install radio receptacle and cover in body
front panel. Screw dust cover on radio receptacle.
HOOD FENDERS AND GUARDS
General
775. The hood is constructed of one piece of
pressed steel and is held in position with two
hinges. Fasteners are provided on each side of
hood to fasten it in the closed position. Two hood
support rods are provided to hold hood in the open
position.
Fenders are held in position with bolts at front
and rear which are connected to frame and cowl.
REPAIR PROCEDURES
HOOD
Disassembly (Fit 44)
77 6. Unfasten hood fasteners and remove cap
screws from male half of hood hinge (4).
777. Remove hood from vehicle.
778. Remove hinge pins (3) which will separate
the male half of the hood hinges (4) from female
half of hood hinge (5). Remove nuts, lockwashers
and cap screws and remove female half of hood
hinge from hood.
779. If inspection reveals that replacement of the
hood bumpers is necessary remove bumpers from
underside of hood reinforcement. Discard bumpers.
780. If inspection reveals that replacement of the
hood panel lock catches (8) is necessary, grind or
file heads from rivets, drive rivets from hood and
remove catches.
781. If truck is equipped with hood safety catch
assembly (25) remove cap screws and lockwashers
which will release safety catch from hood rein-
forcement.
782. If inspection reveals that it is necessary to
replace the hood windshield catch assemblies (1),
hood windshield support brackets (7) or hood
windshield support bracket bumpers (2) on cargo
and command trucks, use the following procedure.
783. Remove nuts, lockwashers and screws and
remove windshield catch assemblies.
Issue 1-Jan. 1954
CANADIAN ARMY VEHICLES
EME MANUAL D 114 INSTR 15

FIG 44-Hooo, FRONT f£ND6R.S, GUARDS ANO RELATED PARTS

1-H .... " '*'h- t . _.n,b.hleld 12-GuM'lf-hN tlllthb a-c:.,-
2-llum,..._.yp'"" bracllH 13-Ll8ht--m a,lliff D-P.....1-r,Mt- ... ...,...
I -HI,... ttln 1~ptc,... !4---llirMkn--fen4w MM• ln.,.
4--Hl . . . . - ~le t\• lf 1~ p lH h l hllld- f'Nf' a--c.111tt ..... N fM;J
6--Ml.n.--f•m.al• t..11 21 &dllc: . 111,• ...,__.. ,,...
~ ............. , tf-Sp~, h • h14tld
11-.Support- ~ la ter tlU.,.!111 n~• ---
J--a.-.cllet-hoff ...... 11-Cx.wnalon- a uppwt 21-Sf.l•tHN"t-n llllatM 1w•NI
~.h--hoo,111 H.-.1 IMII 11-R..alator ew.,.. n--tt...-Ht ht-ltlMkot.tt.
._Fl'Nlt f•ndw 20,,-,~l'Ontfon...,. ~ - l lllt h<t-Nl ce
1 ~• nd WHh.- .plHh • hlehl rl~uarlf.-~Utht 3l1--Paft•l- fend..- t.o hood
11-Spl••h 1hle td U - P'lllw-fot1dN' to h ~ p e l'liel

784. Remove nuts, lodcwaahers and screws and
remove hood windshield support brackets com-
plete with bumpers. Remove nuts, lockwashers,
&Crews and plainwasbers and remove bumpers
from support brackets.
78S. Remove all dirt and corrosion from metal
parts with a wire brush.
Inspection (Fli 44)
786. Inspect male half hood hinges (4) and
female half hood hinges (S) !or corrosion, distortion
or cracks. If corrosion has not damaged the metal
satisfactory repairs can be accomplished by re-
moval of corrosion. Replace binges if t.hey are
distorted or cracked.
787. Inspect hinge pins (3) lor distortion, cor-
rosion damage or wear. If hinge pins are corroded,
remove corrosion and check pins in hinges and
if pins are not a snug fit, replace pins or binges aa
required.
788. Inspect hood bumpers for deterioration or
other visual damage. Replace bumpers if they are
not in good condition.
789. Inspect hood panel lock catch (8) for cor-
rosion damage, wear or cracks- If any of these
conditions exist, replace catch.
790. Inspect hood safety catch assembly (25)
for corrosion damage, distortion, binding, broken
or weak spring. If any of these conditions exist
replace hood safety catch assembly.
791. Inspect hood assembly (6) for corrosion
damage, distortion, bent reinforcements or broken
welds. Remove corrosion ii metal is not damaged
and repaint parts. Repair broken welds by welding.
Replace hood assembly if satisfactory repairs
cannot be performed.
792. Inspect hood windshield support brackets
(7) !or corrosion damage, distortion or cracks. If
any of these conditions exist, replace brackets.

lsaue I-Jan. 1954 Page 51

 VEHICLES
D 114 INSTR 15
793. Inspect hood windshield support bracket
bumpers (2) for deterioration or other· visual
damage. Replace bumpers if they are not in good
condition.
794. Inspect each hood windshield catch assembly
(1) for corrosion damage, cracks, distortion, weak or
broken springs. Replace catch assembly if any of
these conditions exist.
Assembly (Fig 44)
795. If inspection revealed that it was necessary
to replace hood windshield support bracket
bumpers (2), position bumpers on hood windshield
support bracket (7). Place a plainwasher on two
round head machine screws (each si~e) and insert
screws through bumpers and brackets. Install
lockwashers and nuts and tighten.
796. If inspection revealed that it was necessary
to replace hood windshield support brackets (7),
position support brackets complete with bumpers
on hood (long side of brackets toward outside of
hood). Install two cross recess pan head machine
screws (each side) through bracket and hood
followed by lockwashers and nuts. Tighten nuts.
797. If inspection revealed that it was necessary
to replace hood windshield catch assembly (1),
position catch assembly on hood (open end of
brackets toward front of hood). Install two cross
recess pan head machine screws· (each side), lock-
washers and nuts. Tighten nuts.
798. If inspection revealed that it was necessary
to replace the hood panel lock catch (8), position
catch on hood (each side) open end up and install
two round head steel rivets (heads outside). Set
rivets.
799. If inspection revealed that it is necessary to
replace hood bumpers, coat bumpers with liquid
soap and force them into the openings of the hood
front reinforcement (hook toward front) and in-
stall internal-external teeth lockwashers and cap
screws. Tighten screws.
800. If inspection revealed that it was necessary
to replace hood safety catch assembly (25), position
catch assembly on hood front reinforcement (hook
toward front) and install internal-external teeth
lockwashers and cap screws. Tighten screws.
801. Position female half hood hinge (5) (each
side) on hood. Install three hood hinge lockwasher
screws through hinge and hood panel followed by
internal-external teeth lockwashers and nuts.
Tighten nuts.
Page 52
CANADIAN ARMY
EME MANUAL
802. Coat each hinge pin (3) with general purpose
grease. Align each male half hood hinge (4) with
female half hood hinge and install hinge pin.
803. Position hood on vehicle and install cap
screws through male half hood hinge and cowl.
Install lockwashers and nuts and tighten.
FRONT FENDERS
Disassembly (Fill, 45)
804. Disconnect battery ground terminal at
battery.
805. Remove four lockwashers and cap screws
(each side) from right and left fender to hood
panel assemblies, 23 and 31, Fig 44, and remove
panel assemblies.
806. Remove lockwasher cap screw at front of
each radiator tie rod and loosen nuts at rear.
Remove radiator tie rod complete with hood sup·
port assembly.
807. Open rubber coated clips on right and left
fender splash shield assemblies, left front fender
assembly and radiator guard right and left side
supports to release cables. Remove screws and
lockwashers which attach ground cables to fender
splash shields and remove cable connectors from
clips. Separate cable front connectors.
808. Remove lockwashers and cap screws (27 and
28) to release right and left front fender assemblies,
9 and 20, Fig 44, from fender rear supports.
809. Remove three cap screws, lockwashers and
nuts (each side) to separate right and left head-
light guards, 12 and 21, Fig 44, from radiator guard
right and left side supports, 17 and 28, Fig 44.
810. Remove two lockwasher screws (each side)
which attach the front fender to the radiator guard
side support (underside of fender).
811. Remove cable connector rubber grommet,
Fig 46, cable connector grommet adapting bushing,
Fig 46, and cable connector shell, Fig 46, from
blackout headlight cable. Remove cable split
grommet (7) from fender and withdraw blackout
head light cable.
812. Remove cap screws and lockwashers (each
side) to separate right and left fender splash shield
assemblies from right and left front fender assem-
blies.
Issue 1-Jan. 1954
CANADIAN ARMY VEHICLES
EME MANUAL D 114 INSTR 15

33 3l
32~ ~

T249·un

FIG 45-FRONT FENDER AND RELATED PARTS

1-Rlvet 13-Lockwa.,_. 26--1.ookwa•h.,.

2-F'lll----f•ttder to cowl 14--Hl>t 2&-Atttl•aqu.. k-splath •hleld to braok.t
3-F'ro11t f•nder 115-Lookwaahet' 27-Lookwaahel'
4-<:llp-r11bh• covered 16-Llght--marker 28--CapaoNW
6-Sor.w 11-C.p .c... w 29--SplHh •hl•ld
&-ellp-rub!Mr covlH'<,d t8-Plalnwuhe, 30--So,-.w and wHhef'--thleld
T--Grommet.-.:ab1• 19-1.ookwHher 31-F'IU----•hleld to fend.,.
8-Hedllght---Mr"wle• lO-Nut 32-Nut
21-S11pport-front fender 33-LookwHh.,.
1o-Guard-hHdllght 22-Cap*<INW ~-bl•
11-C.p.CNW 23-Lockwaaher 35-Nut
12-Cap ..., • ., 24--Nut 3&-Lookwashel'

813. Remove nuts and lockwashers (each side)
and remove right and left cable covers (34) from
underside of fenders. Remove service headlight
cables and marker light cables from engine com-
partment through opening at front of fender
splash shields.
814. Remove cap screws (22) and lockwashers
(23) (each side) which will release each front fender
front support (21) from radiator support.
815. Remove right and left front fender assem-
blies.
816 . . Remove cap screw and lockwasher (each
side) which attach lower front comer of fender
splash shield to radiator guard side support.
Remove right and left splash shields.
817. Remove two nuts (20), lockwashers (19),
cap screws (12) and lockwashers (13) which will
release each headlight guard (10) from front fender
assembly (3).
818. Remove two remaining nuts (32) and lock-
washers (33) from cap screws which attach each
service headlight assembly (8) to fender. Lift
service headlight assembly from fender and remove
cable split grommet (7}. Sufficient space is pro·
vided in the fender opening for removal of the
service headlight cable complete with connector
shells if connector shells are withdrawn one at a
time. Remove service headlight assembly.
819. Remove remaining nut (35), lockwasher (36)
and cap screw (9) which will release each marker
light assembly (16) from fender. Sufficient space is

Issue 1-Jan. 1954 Pate 53

 VEHICLES
D 114 INSTR 15
..
~ · ....c. - •ll.40
Fm ol6-RAntATOR GUARD LEFT SIDE
SUPPORT, BU.CJCOUT HltA.DLICHT
AsSlillBLY AND Hooo PANEL LOCK
provided in the fender opening lor removal of the
mark.ctr Hght c:able complete with connector shPlls
if connector shells arc withdrawn one at a time.
Remove marker light assemblies.
820. Remove three nuts (24), lockwashers (25),
cap screws (17) and plainwashers (18) (each side)
which attach the front fenders to the front fender
front support (21).
821 . Remove fender rear splash shield lockwasher
screws (30) (each fender) and remove fender rear
splash shield (29).
822. If inspection reveals replacement of the
splash shield to fender rubber filler (31) and rear
aplash shield to b racket anti-squeak (26) is neces-
sary, remove a nd discard filler and anti-squeak
(each &lde).
823. If inspection reveals replacement of the
fender to cowl filler (2) is nettssary, remove rivets
(I) which will release filler from fender (each aide).
Discard fillers.
824. Remove two tapping screws (5) and large
an~ small rubber coated open clips (4 and 6) from
left front fender.
825. Remove nuts, lockwashers and cap screws
and remove fender liquid container bracket assem-
CANADIAN" ARMY
EME MANUAL
FtG 47- fBNOBR SPLASH 5HJELD
As&BM DLl ES
bly, 24, Fig 44, from right front fender assembly,
20, Fig 44.
826, Remove six tapping screws and rubber
coated open clips from right and left fender splash
shield assemblies, Fig 47. Remove tapping screws,
tension type open dip assemblies and clip mounting
plate assemblies from splash shield assemblies.
827. If inspection reveals that replacement of the
fe.n der to hood panel rubber filler, 32, Fig 44, is
neceJSary, remove split rivets and rubber filler.
Discard filler.
828. Remove dirt and corrosion from all metal
parts with a wire brush.
Inspection (Flt 45)
829. Inspect right and left fender to hood panel
assemblies, 23 and 31, Fig 44, lor corrosion dam,1ge,
distortion or cracks. Cracks can be repaired by
welding. If panels are damaged because of cor-
rosion or di$tortion, they must be replaced.
830. Inspect each fender to hood panel rubber
filler, 32, Fig 44, for deterioration. Filler must
be replaced if not in good condition.
Isaue 1-Jao. 1954
CANADIAN ARMY
EME MANUAL
831. Inspect each radiator tie rod for damaged
threads or cracks. Cracks can be repaired b'y weld-
ing but the tie rod must be replaced if the threads
are worn or damaged.
832. Inspect each hood support assembly for
deteriorated hood support bumper, corrosion
damage, broken welds, distorted bracket or
cracks. Replace hood support bumper if it is
deteriorated. Replace hood support assembly if
there is evidence of cracks, broken welds, distortion
or corrosion damage.
833. Inspect right and left front fender assemblies
(9 and 20) for corrosion damage, distortion, cracks,
broken outside beads, damaged threads or broken
welds. Cracks and broken welds can be repaired
by welding and proper metal finishing. Distortion
can be corrected if the damage is not extensive but
fenders must be replaced if they are damaged by
corrosion.
834. Inspect each fender rear splash shield (29)
for corrosion damage,.cracks or distortion. Cracks
can be repaired by welding but splash shields
must be replaced if they are distorted or damaged
by corrosion.
835. Inspect each splash shield to fender rubber
filler (31), each fender to cowl filler (2) and rear
splash shield to bracket anti-squeak (26) for
deterioration. Filler and anti-squeak must b~
replaced if not in good condition.
836. Inspect each front fender front support (21)
for broken welds, cracks, distortion or corrosion
damage. Cracks and broken welds can be repaired
by welding but supports must be replaced if they
are distorted or damaged by corrosion.
837. Inspect each cable cover (34) for corrosion
damage, cracks or distortion. Cracks can be
repaired by welding but covers must be replaced
if they are distorted or damaged by corrosion.
838. Inspect each front fender rear support for
cracks, corrosion damage or distortion. Cracks can
be repaired by welding but supports must be
replaced if they are distorted or damaged by cor-
rosion.
839. Inspect right and left fender splash shield
assemblies, Fig 47, for cracks, corrosion damage or
.distortion. Cracks can be repaired by welding but
splash shields must be replaced if they are dis-
torted or damaged by corrosion.
Issue 1-Jan.1954
VEHICLES
D 114 INSTR 15
840. Inspect rubber coated open clips for cracks
or deterioration. Replace clips if either of these
conditions exist.
841. Inspect tension type open clip assemblies
for cracks or deterioration. Clips must be replaced
if they are not in good condition.
842. Inspect clip mounting plate assemblies for
cracks, distortion or loose rivets. Replace clip
mounting plates if any of these conditions exist.
843. Inspect fender liquid container bracket
assembly, 24, Fig 44, for corrosion damage, cracks,
broken welds or distortion. Cracks or broken welds
can be repaired by welding. Replace bracket assem-
bly if any of the other conditions exist.
Assembly (Fig 45)
844. If inspection revea]ed that it was necessary
to replace fender to cowl filler (2), position fender to
cowl filler on rear portion of each front fender.
Install oval head brass split rivets (1) in each filler
and front fender. Bend_over ends of rivets.
845. If inspection revealed that it was necessary
to replace splash shield to fender rubber filler (31)
or rear splash shield to bracket anti-squeak (26),
apply a coating of synthetic rubber cement on the
rear surface across the top and around the lower
opening of fender rear splash shield (29). Also
apply a coating of rubber cement on the filler and
anti-squeak. Allow cement to -dry for ten minutes
and install filler and anti-squeak on· each splash
shield.
846. Position fender rear splash shield (29) on
each fender and install three fender rear splash
shield lockwasher screws (30) in each splash shield.
Tighten screws.
847. Position rubber coated open clips (4 and 6)
on top of left front fender with large clip (6)
toward front. Install tapered point tapping screws
(5). Tighten screws.
848. Position front fender front support (21)
(gusset plate reinforcement forward) on each
fender and install plainwashers (18), cap screws
(17) (heads up), lockwashers (25) and nuts (24).
Tighten nuts.
849. Insert cable of service headlight assembly
(8) through opening in each fender and install
cable split grommet (7). Position head light
assembly on each fender and install internal-
external teeth lockwashers (33) and nuts (32) on
Page 55
 VEHICLES
D 114 INSTR 15
the two front cap screws (each side). T~ghten
screws.
850. Insert cable of each marker light assembly
(16) through opening in each fender. Position
each marker light assembly on each fender and
install one internal-external teeth lockwasher and
cap screw (9) through inside hole of marker light
mounting bracket and fender (each side), followed
by an internal-external teeth lockwasher (36)
and nut (35), Tighten nut.
851. Position three rubber coated open clips
on right and left fender splash shield assemblies
and install tapered point tapping screws. Tighten
screws.
852. Position four three clip mounting plate
assemblies on right fender splash shield assembly
and two three clip assemblies on left fender splash
shield assembly. Attach mounting plate assemblies
to splash shields with pan head tapping screws.
Tighten screws.
853. Position one two clip mounting plate
assembly on right splash shield assembly and in-
stall pan head tapping screws. Tighten screws.
854. Position one tension type open clip assembly
(large) on right splash shield assembly and install
a tapered point tapping screw. Tighten screw.
855. Position one tension type open clip assembly
(small) on left splash shield assembly and install
pan head tapping screws. Tighten screws.
856. If inspection revealed that it was necessary
to replace fender to hood panel rubber filler, 32,
Fig 44, position fender to hood panel rubber
filler on right and left fender to hood panel assem-
blies, 23 and 31, Fig 44. Install oval head brass
split rivets to attach each filler to panels. Bend
over ends of rivets.
857. Position right and left fender splash shield
assemblies, Fig 47, on truck. Install an internal-
external teeth lockwasher and cap screw (each
side) to attach lower forward corner of splash
shields to radiator guard right and left side sup-
ports but do not tighten screws.
858. Position right and left front fender assem-
blies, 9 and 20, Fig 44, on truck.
859. Install internal-external teeth lockwashers
(27) and cap screws (28) through fender rear sup-
port and fender (each side) to attach fenders at
rear but do not tighten screws.
Page 56
CANADIAN ARMY
EME MANUAL
860. Install internal-external teeth lockwashers
(23) and cap screws (22) through front fender
front support (each side) but do not tighten screws.
861. Insert cable for blackout headlight assembly
through marker light cable opening in left fender.
Insert cables for service headlight, marker lights
and blackout headlight through opening at for-
ward end of splash shields. Install cable split
grommet (7) in fender opening for marker light
and blackout headlight cables.
862. Install cap screws (11) through each head-
light guard and radiator guard on trucks without
winch, followed by internal-external teeth lock-
washers (15) and nuts (14). Do not tighten nuts.
NOTE: On trucks with winch install cap screw through
lower hole in headlight guard.
863. Install internal-external teeth lockwashers
and cap screws (each side) to attach right and left
fender splash shield assemblies to fender assem-
blies. Do not tighten screws.
864. Install internal-external teeth lockwashers
and cap screws (each side) to-attach front fender
to radiator guard side support (underside of
fenders). Tighten screws.
865. Position cable cover (34) on underside of
both front fenders utilizing the two rear service
headlight screws and marker light outer screw
(each side). Install internal-external teeth lock-
washers (33) and nuts (32) on service headlight
screws. Tighten nuts. Install cap screw (9)
through marker light mounting bracket, fender
and cable cover (each side) followed by internal-
external teeth lockwashers (36) and nuts (35).
Tighten nuts.
866. Install cable connector shell, cable connector
grommet adapting bushing and cable connector
rubber grommet on blackout headlight cable,
Fig 46.
867. Position ground cables to right and left
fender splash shield assemblies and install an
internal-external teeth lockwasher and tapered
point tapping screw (each side). Tighten screws.
868. Connect all cables (numbers on identifying
tags must correspond on each pair of cables).
Insert cables in rubber coated open clips and bend
clips over cables. Insert connector shells in tension
type open clip assemblies.
869. Position right and left radiator tie rods and
hood support assemblies on cowl brackets (p!ain-
Issue 1-Jan. 1954
CANADIAN ARMY
EME MANUAL
washer and nut each side of bracket). lnstqll an
internal-external teeth lockwasher and cap screw
at front (each side) through end of tie rod, radiator
guard side supports and into radiator support.
NOTE: Radiator tie rod for right side has an offset for
the air cleaner.
870. Raise front end of each fender assembly as
high as possible by hand and tighten cap screw
which attaches radiator tie rod to radiator support.
871. Position right and left fender to hood panel
assemblies on truck and adjust radiator tie rod at
rear to obtain proper alignment of screw holes.
Tighten nuts at rear of tie rods. Place ,hood panel
assemblies in position and install internal-external
teeth lockwashers and cap screws (each side) but
do not tighten.
872. Raise or lower front or rear of front fenders
as required to obtain uniform clearance between
fender to hood panel assemblies and hood. Tighten
all fender support screws, fender splash shield
screws, headlight guard screws and fender to hood
panel screws (each side).
873. Position fender liquid container bracket
assembly, 24, Fig 44, on right front fender assembly.
Install cap screws, internal-external teeth lock-
washers and nuts. Tighten nuts.
HEADLIGHTS AND RADIATOR
GUARDS
Disassembly (Fig 44)
874. Remove five nuts, lockwashers and cap
screws (on trucks with winch, four) which will
release right and left headlight guards (12 and 21)
from truck.
875. Remove four cap screws (27) -and lock-
washers which attach radiator upper baffle (26) to
radiator guard side supports and remove baffle and
radiator guard as an assembly (19).
876. Remove four nuts, lockwashers and cap
screws (22) and separate baffle from radiator guard.
877. On trucks without winch, remove two nuts,
lockwashers and cap screws and separate radiator
guard ex.tension (18) from radiator guard.
878. Remove two blackout headlight mounting
bracket screws and lockwashers which will release
blackout headlight assembly and blackout head-
light mounting bracket pad from radiator guard
left side support.
Issue I-Jan. 1954
VEHICLES
D 114 INSTR 15
NOTE: Place blackout headlight on fender in a
protected position.
879. Remove four cap screws and lockwashers
(each side) and remove right and left fender to
hood panel assemblies (23 and 31).
880. Remove cap screws and lockwashers at front
end of radiator tie rods. Loosen nuts at rear of
radiator tie rods and remove rods complete with
hood support assemblies.
881. Remove two lockwasher screws (each side)
(underside of front fenders) which attach fenders to
radiator guard right and left side supports. Re-
move cap screw and lockwasher (each side) which
attaches lower rear corner of radiator guard side
supports to front end of right and left fender
splash shield assemblies.
882. Remove two cap screws, 22, Fig 45, and
lockwashers, 23, Fig 45, from front fender front
support to radiator support (each side).
883. Remove cables from rubber coated open clips
on radiator guard side supports. Lift side supports
from truck.
884. Remove tapping screws and remove rubber
coated open clips from side supports.
885. Remove cap screws and lockwashers which
attach hood panel locks to side supports. Remove
locks.
886. Remove all dirt and corrosion from metal
parts with a wire brush.
Inspection (Fig 44)
887. Inspect right and left headlight guards
( 12 and 21) for broken welds, distoi:tion or corrosion
damage. Broken welds can be repaired by welding
and distortion can be corrected by straightening if
damage is not ex.tensive. Replace guards if cor-
rosion has damaged metal.
888. Inspect radiator guard (19) for broken weld,
distortion or corrosion damage. Broken welds can
be repaired by welding and distortion can be
corrected by straightening if damage is not exten-
sive. Replace guard if corrosion has damaged
metal.
889. Inspect radiator guard ex.tension (18) for
broken welds, distortion or corrosion damage.
Broken welds can be repaired by welding and
distortion can be corrected by straightening if
damage is not extensive. Replace radiator guard
ex.tension if corrosion has damaged metal.
Page 57
 VEHICLES
D 114 INSTR 15
890. Inspect radiator upper baffle (26) for.cracks,
corrosion damage or distortion. If any of these
conditions exist, replace baffle.
891. Inspect each radiator guard side support for
broken welds. Broken welds can be corrected by
welding.
892. Inspect each side support for damaged
threads. If the threads are worn or damaged in any
of the weld nuts, nuts can be removed and the
various parts attached by the use of cap screws,
lockwashers and nuts.
893. Inspect each side support for cracks. Cracks
can be repaired by welding and the necessary metal
finishing.
894. Inspect each side support for distortion or
corrosion damage. If either of these conditions
exist, replace side supports.
895. Inspect each hood panel lock for broken or
weak spring, cracks, wear or distortion. If any of
these conditions exist, replace locks.
Assembly (Fig 44)
896. Position · rubber coated open clip on rear
lower surface of each radiator guard side support
and install a tapered point tapping screw. Position
· clip so that it extends down and tighten screw.
897. Positiop hood panel lock on each side support
and install lockwashers and cap screws. Tighten
cap screws.
898. Position each radiator guard side support
on truck (lower rear portion of side support
outside of right and left fender splash shield
assemblies).
899. Install an internal-external teeth lockwasher
and cap screw (each side) to attach lower rear
portion of side support to fender splash shield
assemblies but do not tighten screws.
900. Install internal-external teeth lockwashers
and cap screws (each side) through underside of
fender to attach fender to side support but do not
tighten screws.
901. Install internal-external teeth lockwashers,
23, Fig 45, and cap screws, 22, Fig 45 (each side)
to attach front fender front support to radiator
support but do not tighten screws.
Page 58
CANADIAN ARMY
EME MANUAL
NOTE: To insure proper alignment between the
hood and various parts do not tighten any of the screws
until the headlight guards and radiator guard are
installed.
902. Position blackout headlight mounting brac-
ket pad and blackout headlight assembly on radia-
tor guard left side support and install internal-
external teeth lockwashers and blackout headlight
mounting bracket screws. Tighten screws.
903. Position radiator upper baffle (26) on radia-
tor guard right and left side supports. Install
internal-external teeth lockwashers and cap screws
(27). Do not tighten cap screws.
904. Position radiator guard (19) on radiator
upper baffle and install cap screws (22) through
radiator guard and upper baffle followed by
internal-external teeth lockwashers and nuts.
Tighten nuts.
905. On trucks without winch, position radiator
guard extension (18) between side supports and
under .radiator guard. Install cap screws, internal-
external teeth lockwashers and nuts. Tighten nuts.
906. Position right and left headlight guards
(12 and 21) on front fenders and install internal-
external teeth lockwashers and cap screws (14)
(each side) through guard and front fender followed
by lockwashers and nuts. Do not tighten nuts.
907 ~ Install cap screws through headlight guards,
radiator guard and radiator guard extension fol-
lowed by internal-external teeth lockwashers and
nuts. Do not tighten nuts.
NOTE: On trucks with winch install a cap screw
(each side) through lower hole in vertical bar in head-
light guards followed by internal-external teeth lock-
washer and nut. Do not tighten nuts.
908. Position radiator tie rod and hood support
assemblies on radiator support and cowl bracket
(plainwasher and nut each side of cowf bracket).
Install an internal-external teeth lockwasher and
cap screw at front end through tie rod and into
radiator support.
909. Position right and left fender to hood panel
assemblies on fenders and check alignment of front
and rear cap screw holes. Adjust radiator tie rods
as required to obtain proper alignment of cap screw
holes. Tighten nuts at rear of radiator tie rods.
Issue 1-Jan. 1954
CANADIAN ARMY
EME MANUAL
910. Place right and left fender to hood panels on
truck and install internal-external teeth lock-
washers and cap screws (each side) but do not
tighten cap screws.
911. Refer to para 870, 871 and 872 for informa-
tion pertaining to the aligning of the right and left
front fender assemblies.
912. Tighten all screws and nuts.
REAR FENDERS
Disassembly (Fig 41)
913. Remove fender lockwasher screw~ (8) and
remove each rear fender (9) and rear fender welt
(10) from body.
914. Remove dirt and corrosion from fenders and
body sheet metal with a wire brush.
Issue 1-Jan. 1954
VEHICLES
D 114 INSTR 15
Inspection (Fig 41)
915. Inspect each rear fender (9) for cracks,
corrosion damage, distortion or damaged outer
bead. If the rear fenders are distorted, damaged by
corrosion or the outer beads are broken, replace
fenders. Cracked fenders can be repaired by weld-
ing.
916. Inspect rear fender welts for deterioration
or other visual damage. Replace fender welts if
not in good condition.
Assembly (Fig 41)
917. Place rear fender welt {10) on each rear
fender (9) and. position fenders on body. Install
fender lockwasher screws (8) (each side) but do not
tighten screws. Align welt so that it is even with
both ends of fender and bead is snug against body
panel. Tighten screws.
Page 59
C ANAOJAN ARMY VEHICLES
EME MANUAL D 114 INSTR 16

TRUCKS 3/ 4 TON 4 x 4 DODGE

Truck Ca~o M37 (CDN)
Truck Comm a nd MU (CON)
Truck Ambulan ce M43 (CON)

FIELD AND BASE REP AIRS

SPECIAL TOOLS FOR FIELD ANI, BASE REPAIR

INDEX SUBJECT PARA

TOOLS
General 1

Special Tools Table I

Improvised Tools . Table II
Bearlni Arbours . TAble nr

General
I. Tables I and II list the tools and special
. , .............._7
,.w .......
,.,,. ..,.. "''"•li1t,r,
nr,-cn ..-.1111~ ,.,, ,...,
equipment necessary to perform the service opera.
tions listed in this manual. Table I supplies the
identifying number and provision is made for the
~-
"·-· .... ,..~.......,.,
insertion of Canadian Ordnance Catalogue (COC)
numbers as they become available. The (COC)
numbers can be i~erted by workshop personnel.

2. The special tools and equipment tabulated in

Table I are essential for rebuild purposes. Ordinary
hand tools such as spanner wrenches, sockets,
extensions, etc. have not been tabulated.

J. Table II tabulates improvised tools that can be

fabricated locally. Tb- tools are not essential for
" ........-,...,;,c,
rebuild purposes and are not available for issue. , , - . , .. ,...,. Ol,M:ll
........ l"r• IIQtf
The tool data and dimensioned detail drawin1ts are
supplied for information only.

4. Table Ill provides detailed dimensions and

FtG 1-SPECJAL TOOLS AND EQUIPM6NT
usage for the bearing arbours listed in Table II.

Issue t-Jan . 1954 (WM-4193) Paie I

 VEHICLES CANADIAN ARMY
D 114 INSTR 16 EME ~1ANUAL

t'l fl • 0

·~ ;
•

Q;;
l~ '-"-
,_.--
w
J

' '
Fu; 2-S1•sc1A1. TooLS AND EQUIPMENT
A---P•tl•r. fr•nt ••le • II a.HI •nef b1,,.hl,tt .,t- N.•/ • de 4ri- •Mf't. llfn..ft INarlna 5 ·-S,a oer, beerln,a pt-e]oad e hM•lnt, ail f f -
(lnnwt p1,1I..- entlal dt'lff pln!of'I
~ s ~. lllt.fo dHft e..a,ln9, transfer cH• K- Ade p1.er, p-.,u.,. T--"eplace,, o ll Mel

.....
C~w. .. -..,In t ••P •Pf'e•d, dlffeNntl,al

D-A.t•l'tff, pvu.,.
L- Adap\er, fH.tl'4r, , h11cJde Nit
M- "•"'•"•'• .i1 Nal
H--IIN\'e, ct,l.,e . . . ,. k•rlng, tr-•rufe, U M
U- ft emover, bearh,1
V - 0.,,lft, bu,hlng e nd oll , . .1 l n ,uilllnt
W - Ha,ulle, ,..mover enll ,..plec;,w
E- WN-"•h, d lfle,..«11a1 ~ cap ,._ ~1,1Ue,, tran,ml•aion ,.....,... hUw ••·• -" X-PuUer
r - w,.."eh , . ,..... N.ari"t "'"" e haft
Y-Ga~. '""'' "• r•cllw t
G-Wrench, ~nlen b.arlnt loe.lr nut 0-.ArlMr, I d l er •h•ft. tran,tw UM z- ~""..,..
aM r.01 • ...,_., ~1o1thln1
M - '9'ull•r, IMaf'ln1, • •llt .-c.up tySMt 111- R._tace,, bear ing <• ~ ' " ' knwelileften . .) A.A- Loca;w,, 1n,.,,..111

u C
E

F1c J.-SPECIAL TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT

A- Wrenc.h, .arli,w,..lor HP J•t a "4
• 8'-G:avp-, ciarbvr•1.or flct•l
1•••Jft o--w..neh, _ ,....,,.,., VHVUff'I IICOftOffl.l• • • dJv.s1.1--.
E-T-J, volbg,a. r•1wlator H J1,1nln9
C-WN.rteh., , • .,.,nor • dJwnlne F-0.auo•, •olta1• r o1 ulalor

Pate 2 Issue 1- Jan. 19S4

CANADIAN ARMY VEHICLES
EME MANUAL D 114 INSTR 16

TABLE I- SPECIAL TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT

Item
Identifying Ord. Miller coc Reference Use
Number Number N umber Number Fig Letter

Drift, Valve Guide Removing and 41-0-1547-350 A380456 DD-849 1 To remove and replace
Replacing. valve stem guides.
LOCATOR, Timing Gear Cover. 41-L-1607 -500 7950043 C-522 1 To locate timing chain case
cover oil seal.
REAMER, Hand, Valve Tappet, Set 41-R-1400 B296138 C-265 1 To re.am valve tappet guide
of 2 with 0.343 Pilot Stem. holes.
REAMER, Finishing, Valve Guide C-743 1 To ream exhaust valve stem
Valve Stem Hole (Exhaust) Diameter guide holes .
.437 foch.
REAMER, Finishing, Valve Guide C-249 1 To ream intake valve stem
Valve Stem Hole (Intake) Diameter guide boles.
. 343 Inch.
REFACER, Water Pump Housing C-551 To reface seal seat in water
Seat pump housing.
REMOVER, In~rt, Valve Seat. 7950045 C-732 1 To remove valve seat in-
serts.
REPLACER, Bushing, Clutch Pilot 41-R-2387-350 B296133 DD-286 1 To replace and burnish
Shaft. clutch pilot shaft bushing.
REPLACER, Valve Seat Insert. 41-R-2400-720 7950046 C-3097 I To install valve seat in-
serts.
ADAPTER, Puller, 2 Inch OD, 7i( 41-A-18-16 7950199 2 K To remove differential bear-
Inch Long. ing cone with PULLER
41-P-2902-775.
ADAPTER, Puller • ~I-A-18-173 A7079324 2, S D To remove steering wheel
with steering wheel pulltr.
ADAPTER, Puller, Shackle Bolt. 41-A-18-241 A7079783 2 L To remove front spring
bolts and steering idler arm
shaft.
ARBOUR, Id ler Shaft, Transfer Case. 41-A-338 A- 380509 DD-852 2 Q To remove or install trans·
fer idler shaft.
DRIFT, Bushing and Oil Seal 41-D-1535-25 A380444 DD-843 2 V To install front axle drive
Installing. shaft oil seals and bushing
type bearings in front axle
housing and steering knuck-
les. Also to remove hub
bearing oil seal (used with
HANDLE 41-H-1397).
GAUGE, Bearing Cap Spread; Differ- 41-G-17-800 C7081090 DD-907 2 C To check spread of differ-
ential Case. ential bearing caps.
GAUGE, Turning Radius. 41-G-449 A380443 DD-847 2 y To check turning radius
(front axle in or out of
vehicle).
HANDLE, Remover and Replacer, 41-H-1397 A380406 2 w Use with DRIFT 41-D-
Size of Shank % Jnch, Length 8~ 1535-25 and REMOVER
fnch. and REPLACER 41-R-
2374-878.
LOCATOR, Interlock, % Inch. Di- 41-L-1607-325 7950051 2 AA To install transmission shif-
ameter-5 Inch Long. ter shaft interlock plungers.
PLATE, Axle Drive Shaft, Pinion 41-P-1527 B296146 DD-858 2 J To remove drive pinion
Bearing Puller. rear bearing cone.
PULLER, Bearing, Split Cup Type, 41-P-2902-775 7950263 2 H To remove differential bear-
6 l nch OD. ing cone fused with
ADAPT R 41-A-18-16).
PULLER, Front Axle Oil Seal and 41-P-2909-10 7950042 2 A To remove front ax le drive
Bushing ( Inner). shaft oil seal and bushing
type beari ng from front
axle housing.
• ADAPTER 41-A-18-173 may be modified as shown in Fig 5

Issue 1- Jan. 1954 Page 3

 VEHICLES CANADIAN ARMY
D 114 INSTR 16 EME MANUAL

TABLE I-SPECIAL TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT (CONT'D)

Item
Identifying Ord. Miller coc Reference Use
Number Number Number Number P1' Letter

KIT, Repair, Windshield Wiper. il-K-280 Contains tools and gauies

necessary for maintenance
of windshield wipers.
- ---·
PULLER, ~ x 53 x ~ Inch, 1~- 41-P-2956-30 7950048 2 X To remove transmission
16 NF-2 Female Thread. input shaft.
PULLER, Transmission Reverse U-P-2956-50 B296132 C-603 2 p To remove reverse idler
Idler Gear Shaft. g~ar shaft from transmis-
s1on.
REMOVER, Oil Seal. tl-R-2372-215 7950120 2 M To remove transfer and
axle drive pinion bearing
oil seals.
·- - -·
REMOVER AND REPLACER 41-R-2374-878 7950565 2 z To remove or install b ush-
Bushing, 1~ Inch Long, 1.247- ing type bearing in steering
Inch Diameter Pilot, 0.751-Inch f.rear housing Jused with
Diameter Hole. ANDLE 41- -1397).
REPLACER, Oil Seal, 3~-Inch 41-ij.-2392-405 7950700 2 T To install axle drive tnion
OD, 1.810-Inch Diameter Palot, 1~ bearing oil seal an hub
-Inch Diameter Hole. bearing oil seal.
RE PLACER, Bearing, Steering 41-R-2382-915 7950135 2 R To install flange bearing
Knuckle Flange, Length 4-Inch. cones on front axle housing.
S L E E V E , Drive Gear Bearing, 141-S-3 776-40 A380S11 DD-854 2 N To install transfer input
Transfer Case. shaft gear rollers.
SPACER, Bearing Preload Checking, 141-S-3868-72 7950044 2 s To check axle drive pinion
Differential Drive Pinion. front bearing assembly.
SPACER, Idler Shaft Bearing, Trans- fi 1-S-3868-SOO A380510 DD-853 2 B To check idler gear shaft
fer Case. bearing adjustment.
WRENCH, Differential Case Cap 141-W-3724-100 B296142 DD-861 2 E To remove or install dif-
(Single End, Tubular, Pronged, OD ferential case cap.
3.944 Inch, 3 Prongs, Length 4 Inch).
WRENCH, Pinion Bearing Lock 141-W-3724-130 A380508 DD-860 2 G To remove or install axle
Nut (Sinte End, Tubular, Pronfed, drive pinion front bearing
OD 3~ nch, 4 Prongs, Length ~ cup nut and differential
Inch). bearing adjusting nuts.
WRENCH, Differential Case Cap 41-W-3277-40 To remove and install com-
and Pinion Shaft Holding. panion flanges.
WRENCH, Wheel Bearing Nut 41-W-1991-17 87081490 2 F To remove or install hub
(Single End, Octagon, Size of Open- bearing adjusting nuts.
ing 211"'4 Inch, Length 5 Inch).
REMOVER AND REPLACER, 41-R-2374 A3804S7 C-S84 To remove or install main
Main Bearing, Upper Shell. bearing upper shell.
GAUGE, Carburetor Float,;(. Inch. 41-G-187 C-449 3 B To gauge carburetor float
level.
WRENCH, Carburetor Vacuum 41-W-1390 3 D To adjust metering rod set-
Economizer Adjusting. ting and to install check ball
retainer ring.
WRENCH, Carburetor Cap Jet and 41-W-715 3 A To remove main metering
Idle Jet. jet from carburetor.
W R E N C H , Governor Adujsting 41-W-3734 A707940S DD-868 3 C To adjust ~overnor on car-
(Pronged Socket, ~ Inch Hexagon buretors wath built-in gov-
Male Drive, 2 Prongs). · ernor.
GAUGE, Voltage Regulator, Wire 41-G-507 3 F To check contact spacing
Type. and air gap between regu-
lator armature and core.
TOOL, Voltage Regulator, Spring 41-T -3383-SS 3 E To adjust armature spring
Tension Adjusting. tension.
WRENCH, Generator a nd Voltage 41-W-3249-900 To connect and disconnect
Regulator. leads at ienerator and
voltage regu ator.

Page 4 Issue 1-Jan. 1954

CANADIAN ARMY VEHICLES
EME MANUAL D 114 INSTR 16

.....- - - - - - - - - ~ - - -- 4:t=l/8 I N - - - - - - -- - - -- ··~I

MATERIAL: TOOL STEE.l. 1/ ,4 IN ROUND RA PO 3.56811

Fie 4--STF ERr xG GEM~ Hous1NG UPPER BE.\IUNG Cur RE~fOV ER

0.37~ I N - - t - ~ ~

1/32 IN x 45 DEG CHAMFER

2/32 IN

l /16 IN x 45 DEG CHAMFER 1.365±0.005 IN

TOOL MAY IE MADE FlOM A.O»TBt-41·A-1~173 IA P'D 356112

Frc 5- STEEIHNG \\'HEEL PutLER ADAPTER

Issue 1-Jan. 1954 Page 5

 VEHICLES CANADIAN ARMY
D 114 INSTR 16 EME MANUAL

TABLE II- -IMPROVISED TOOLS

REFERENCE
ITEM FIG LETTER USE

REMOVER, Steering Gear Housing To remove worn upper bearing cup

Upper Bearing Cup. 4 from steering gear housing.
ADAPTER, Puller, Steering Wheel. 5 To remove steering wheel with steer-
ing gear puller.
REPLACER, Weatherseal Insert. 6 To install rubber insert in weather-
seals on ambulance partition and
rear doors.
TOOL, Vacuum Diaphragm Flexing 7 Level vacuum diaphragm and permit
flexing.
ARBOUR, Bearing (See Table III for Installing bronze bearings.
Dimensions and Usage). 8
CONNECTOR, Test. Testing generator.
CONNECTOR, Test, 3 Prong. Testing voltage regulator.
CONNECTOR, Test, 4 Prong. Testing voltage regulator.
GAUGE, End Play. 8 Assembling Starter.
GAUGE, Pinion Travel. 8 Adusting Starter.
GAUGE, Switch Closing, 0.015 Inch. 8 Adjusting Starter.
HOOK, Wire. 8 Lifting brush arm or spring.
ROD, Clutch Removing. 8 Disassembling starter.
SPACER, "U" Shaped,%; Inch Thick. 8 Testing starter.
TOOL, End Head Installing. 8 Assembling generator.
TOOL, Pinion. 8 Assembling starter.

0.1440 IN DRILL, I IN DEEP

10-2,4 x 3/16 SET SCREW

1/8 IN RAO

-·1-•---3-1/2 I N - - - -

~ HANOlE-
MATERIAL: 28 GA (0.072) MUSIC WIRE MATERIAL: 3/,4 IN ROUND BAR STOCK
NOTE: STRESS RELIEVE l HR AT 375-,475° AFTER FORMING RA PD 356813

FIG 6-WEATHERSEAL INSERT REPLACER

Page 6 Issue 1-Jan. 1954

CANADIAN ARMY VEHICLES
EME MANUAL D114 INSTR 16

TABLE III-BEARING ARBOURS

DIMENSIONS

ITEM STYLE C D E F G H USE

1 B .0.500 ± H32 ± 1 In. 4~6 In. 0.622 ± 0.094 ± Distributor

0.0001 In. 0.01 In. 0.002 In. 0.005 In. Upper
Bearing

2 B 0.5000 ± U,(5 ± 1 In. 4 In. 0.650 ± ~In. Distributor

0.0001 ht. 0.01 In. 0.00.2 In. Lower
Bearing and
Starters.

3 A 0.875 ± 13{6 In. 1.Ys In. 4 In. Starters.

0.0001 In.

RA PD 162858

FIG 7-TOOL, VACUUM DIAPHRAGM FLEXING

Issue 1-Jan. 1954 Page 7

 VEHICLES CANADIAN ARMY
D 114 INSTR 16 EME MANUAL

'WIRE HOOK
MATERIAL-STIFF WIRE

•
==--=-==1©
5
IMD HUD
IMSTALLIMG TOOL
MATERIAL-3/4 10
STEEL PIPE
=
~ I

----- 5 --------1 3/6 CLUTCH REMOVING ROD

!...____________.: ¢ MATERIAL-3/8 00
STEEL ROD

1--2-1...1..
112 ~~g1
©
I I 1 U'6 OOAM 2<lO
T 0

j : : i L~0-001
0.325 0 340
=. 0 002 ::: 0.002
3/ 16 D1AM-9 HOLES
EQUALLY SPACED PINION TOOL
END PI.AY GAGIE ON 1 146 DIAM MAT ERIAL-STEEL

i 1013/32
MAT ~R tAL-STE EL
DIAM-2 HOLES

I PINION TRAVEi. GAGE

MATERIAL-1/4 x I
8AR STEEL

LLL
I
. _ l_ _ _ _ _ _.f Ill SWITCH CLOSING GAGE
MATERI.AL-STEEL
e
!-------·~
lo10s ~ 0005
.......- -----,
~
'--1_ _ _ _ __ ..,..IJ_ J,L SPACER
MAl ERIAL~STE£L
- - - - 4 - - - -'
....__........ _____.....,
'---1. - -----,'......L
![7/16

~1 -•-1-D~

[,==-
- -
A
~1+= dJ '9 ~
SEE TABLE Ill FOR DIMtHSIOHS
BEARING
I ' I ARBOURS
I ~H~D-1

[---- -- - j
a
=81-3] Q~. RA PD I 2S4S9A
A~L OIMtNS!ONS S"10WN
AAE IN INCHES

I
Pag,e 8 Frc 8-bn'Rovrsr-:o TooLs AND BEARlNG A!:lHOtJRs Issue 1-Jan. 1954